THE MADRAS POLICE

STANDING ORDERS

VOLUME I

Published by Authority

GOVENMENT OF TAMILNADU

1999

PRINTED BY THE CONTROLLER OF STATIONERY

AND PRINTING, CHENNAI ON BEHALF
OF THE GOVERNMENT OF TAMILNADU
1999

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

1 of 780
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I PERSONNEL OF THE DEPARTMENT

CHAPTER ORDERS PAGES

I. INTRODUCTION 1-5 1

II. Recruitment, Pay etc., of

Gazetted officers. 6-15 2-4

III. Training of Gazetted Officers 16-17 5-6

IV. Examination for Gazetted Officers. 18-20 7-10

V. Promotion of Gazetted Officer 21-25 11-12

VI. Recruitment, Pay examinations

etc., of Non-Gazetted officers. 26-35 13-22
VII. Promotion of Non—Gazetted Officers. 36-45 23-33

VIII. Rewards. 46-62 34-54

IX. Prosecution of Non-Gazetted Officers,

Legal assistance to Police Officers
and the Institution or Defence of
suits by the Government. 63-74 53-71

X. Punishment of and appeal from

non-Gazetted Officers. 75-107 72-109

XI. Personal Conduct of Officers. 108-114 110-115

XII. Maintenance of Personal files,

Confidential Sheets and
submission of periodical
reports on Officers. 115 -129 116-136

PART II POWERS AND DUTIES OF AND INSTRUCTIONS

TO OFFICERS.

A - GENERAL
XIII. Powers and Duties of and
instructions to Officers. 130-179 137-175
XIV. Powers and duties of and
instructions to Officers. 179-234 176-190
XV. Instructions regarding transfer
and relief of Officers. 235-241 191—193

2 of 780
CHAPTER ORDERS PAGES

XVI. Instructions regarding drill

and musketry. 242-251 194-197

B - The Pay system of Non-Gazetted Officers, leave

leave procedure, pension and travelling allowance
concerning all ranks, miscellaneous orders regarding
buildings, tents and sports.

XVII. Instructions regarding Pay and allowances,

contingencies, maintenance of
Cash accounts, etc., 252 264 198-207

(i) Leave Procedure and Pension 265-302 208-236

(ii) Tents. 303-309 237-243

PART III PARTICULAR DUTIES

XVIII. Powers and duties of the Police under
the Arms Act and the
Indian Explosives Act. 310—324 244-279

XIX. Guards. 325-334 280—288

XX. Escorts and orderlies 335-364 289-326

XXI. Beats and Patrols 365-370 327-335

XXII. Miscellaneous Duties 371—388 336—359

XXIII. Correspondence 389-403 360-376

PART IV — PARTICULAR BRANCHES OF THE

DEPARTMENT AND VILLAGE POLICE.
XXIV. Armed Reserves. 404-421 377-394
XXV. Railway Police.
(1) Organisations 422-441 395-401
(2) Procedure 442-462 402-416
(3) Accidents on Railways 463-468 417-419
(4) Miscellaneous Instructions 469-482 420-444

3 of 780
CHAPTER ORDERS PAGES
XXVI. Criminal Investigation
Department. 483-507 445-464

XXVII. The Tamil Nadu Police Radio

Branch. 508-544 465-486

XXVIII. Village Police 545—550 487-505

PART V PROCEDURE IN CASES AND IN POLICE STATIONS

XXIX. First information to the Police551-561 506-513

XXX. Investigation 562—606 514-584

XXXI. Crime Records Bureau 607-621 585-604

XXXII. Arrest and Custody 622-647 605-625

XXXIII. Extradition 648-653 626-632

XXXIV. Bail by the Police and remand 654-657 633

XXXV. Final Reports, prosecution for

false complaints, withdrawal 658-671 634-642
of Cases, appeal against
acquittal, Criminal appeals, etc.,

XXXVI. Searches and property 672-684 643—647

XXXVII. Safe Guarding and Dissemination 685-691 648-657

Co-operation between bordering
areas and Coordination of work
in connection with the control,
of Organized crime and of
Criminals.
XXXVIII. Detective Duty 692-697 658-659

XXXIX. Preservation of the Peace 698-705 660-680

XL. Station House Records and

returns. 706-735 681-693

4 of 780
CHAPTER ORDERS PAGES

PART VI — PREVENTION OF CRIME, SURVEILLANCE OF

CRIMINALS AND FINGER PRINTS.

XLI. Security for good behaviour 736-740 694-695

XLII. Station Crime History, Check

Register of Habitual Criminals, 741 —763 696-718
Weekly crime Reports, District
and Divisional Crime Charts and
General Conviction Register.

XLIII. Surveillance 764-775 719-726

XLIV. The Tamil Nadu Restriction of

Habitual Offenders Act, 1948, 776-789 727—731
and the Tamil Nadu Restriction
of Habitual Offenders
Rule 1949.

XLV. Foreigners, Foreign nomads,

Pathans and strangers. 790-800 732-734

XLVI. Finger Prints and Photographs 801-822 735-759

PART VII — POLICE SYSTEMS IN TOWNS

OTHERN THAN CHENNAI.

XLVII. Police in selacted mofussil cities

Duties of and procedure in
Cases, etc., 823-856 760-776

5 of 780
 CHAPTER 1.

INTRODUCTION.

I. The Police force of the State is unecr the ~ ecitrol of an

Director-General of Police, who is assisted by the Commissioner of
Police, Chetmai City and by a certain nuinher of A ~itiona~ Directors-
General of Police an~Deputy Inspector-General ofPolice, some incharge
of territorial ranges consisting of a given number of (1 istricts anu others
iticharge of spe~ial functions such as Crime, intelligence, Railways,
Ajmed Police, prohibition, Civil Supplies, ln~.ustrial Security, Acminjs-
tration, Training anti Planning.

2. Each district is under the charge of a Superintendent of Police,

assisted by Joint Superintendents, Assistant Superintenc ents or Deputy
Superintenuents in-charge of sub-dvisions of the ~istrict ~ by am
Ad~hionalSuperintendent or Personal Assistant in heauquarters.

3. Sub-Divisions are divided into Circles which are under the charges
of Inspectors of Police, helpeu in some cases by Sub-Inspector,
Circles are sub-ciivice into Police Stations urn er the charge of Sub—
inspectors who are assisteu by an appropriate number of Police Officers
of the rank of Heao Constable, Police Constalle Gra~c I and Police
Constable Grade 11. Station House Othcers are thus usually Sub-
Inspectors, but important Police Stations,especially in Urban areas may
be headed by an Inspector.

4. Outposts, manned by a head constable anti constables, are located

where necessary, for the prevention an~reporting of crime.

5. The village police, who are under the exclusive control of the
Collector and his subordinates in the Revenue Lej c.i ti~nt, assist the
Police.
F—230-3— 1

6 of 780
 CHAPTER U.

Recruitment, Pay etc., of gazetted officers.

6. Indian Police Service.—(l) The rules prescribing the methods of

recruitment to the Indian Police Service, Pay, conditions of service, etc.,
are issued by the Central Government in exercise of the powers conferred
by sub-section (1) of section 3 of the All-India Services Act, 1951 (LXI of
1951), as contained In Volume I of Hand Book of Rules and Regulations
for the All India Services.

(2) Direct recrsdvnent.—

Direct recruitment so the cadre shall be made by the Central Govern..
inent, from among the citizens of India, on the results of a competi-
tive examination conducted by the Union Public Service Commission.

(~)Twenty-five per cent of the superior posts in the Tamil Nadu

cadre of the Indian Police Service are reserved for promotion of officers
of the Tamil Nadu Police Service. The remaining seventy-five per cen1
are open to officers recruited direct. Direct recruits will be termed
‘Assistant Superintendents of Police’.

7. Rates ofpayfor officers ofthe Indian Police Service.—

The scales ofpay admissible to officers ofthe Indian Police Service shall
be as follows:
~unior Scaic .. .. .. Rs. 2,200—75—2,800—EB 100—
4,000

Senior Scale .. . .. Rs.3 ,000—(5th and 6th year)—lOO

—3,500——I 25—4,500
Superintendent of Police (State Cadre) Rs. 3,70O—125—4~7O0
—l 50—5,000
An officer belonging to the Indian Police Service who is appointed
to the Selection Grade of that service shall receive a pay scale of
Rs..4,500—150—-5,700

7 of 780
 The scales of pay admissible to officers hok ing the ranks of T)lrct Cf
General of Police, Additional lair ector-General of Police, inspector
General o~Police and Deputy Inspector-General of Police shall be as
follows:
Director General of Police Rs. 7,300—l00—7,600—l00—8,000
Additional Director-General Rs. 6,390—100—7,600
ofPolice.
Inspector-General of Police .. Rs. 5,900—200—6,700.
Deputy Inspector-General of Rs. 5,100—150—5,400 (18th year or
Police, later) 150—6,150
—~

8. Senior and Junior scales of pay.—

Assistant Superintenc’ents of Police will enter service on the ‘junior
scale’ and after completion of four years of service, they will be moved
to the ‘senior scale’ and appointed as Joint Superintendents of Police
subject to the condition that they pass all the departmental examinations.
6.0. Ms. No. 2596. Home, 10th October 1972.
9. Regulation of initial increments.—
An Assistant Superintendent of Police shall draw his second and the
third increments as soon as he passess the prescribed departmental
examination or examinations irrespective of his length of service. He
shall not be entitled to any further increments unless he has been
confirmed in the service and after confirmation he shall Le entitled to
draw pay at the rate corresponding to his position in the time scale
NOTF.—An Assistant Superintendent of Police becomes elegible for
confirmation on the completion of two years of service, subject to pass-
ing of tests in the I.P.S. Probationers’ Final Examination.
6,0. Ms. No. 2627, Home, 27th September 1971.
10. Number ofappointments above the time-scale (i.e., Selection Grade
posta.)—
The number of posts in the Selection Grade in a State cadre shall
be equal to twenty-five percent of the total number of senior posts
in the State.
P—230-3— 1 A

8 of 780
 4
(6.0. Ms. No. 36 Home, 7th January 1975.)
11. The T~vniilt~,I~,du
Police Service Recruitment, pay etc.—
The rul~ prescribing the methods of recruitment, conditions of
service, etc., are printed in the Tamil Nadu Services Manual, Volume-il.
12. (ncrements—Withholding of.—(l)
Government have laiu down that where it is proposed to with1~~1d
an increment in an officer’s pay as a punishment, the authority inflicting
the punishment should, before the order is actually passec, con~ider
whether it will affect the officer’s pension, and if so, to what extent; if it
is deciueu finally to witht.holu the increment, it shoulu be made clear in
the oruer that the effect of the punishment on the pension has been
considered and that the order is intended to have this effect.

(2) Stoppage at the efficiency bar~hasbeen recognized to be a punish-

ment, but the orders above regarding the with holding to
inc~emeatshould. not, however, be regarded as applicable to stoppageat
an efficiency bar

13. Promotion from the Tamil Nadu Police Service to the Indian Police
Service.—
Promotion from the Tamil Nadu Police Service to the Indiaa
Police Service will normally be to the rank of Superintenc~ent, the ulti-
mate object being the reservation for the officers of the Tamil Nadu
Police Service of 25 per cent of the superior posts on the Tamil Nadu
Cadre of the Indi~inPolice Service.
14. Grants for uniforms.—
The rules regulating the grants to the officers of the Indian Police
Service for the purchase and renewal of uniform are contained in the
Indian Police Service (Uniform) Rules, 1954, issued by the Central
Government. Rules regulating the initial and renewal grants to the
officers of the Tamil Nadu Police Service are in the special rules framed
for the Service and printed inVolume I’ oftlieTamjl Nadu Service Manual
15. p.esignation of appointment.—
No officer of the Indian Police or the Indian Police Service or the
Tamil Nadu Police Service is entitled tO resign his appointment without
the previous sanction of the Central Government or the State Govern-
~*cat as the CaSS azy be.

9 of 780
 CHAPTER m
TRAINING OF GAZETTED OFFICERS.

16. Assistant Superinte~rdents of police to be on probation.—

(1) Assistant Superintendent of Pclice on appointment will he on

probation for a period of two years from the date of his appointment.

Traning at the Sardar Vallabhai Patel National Police Academy,

Hyderabad and State Police Academy.

(2) Every probationer shall on appointment under~etraining for

a period of not more than one yearat theSaradar Vallahhai Patel Natic naI
Police Academy and he shall undergo training in such inc~oor and out
door subjects aslaid (lown by the Central Government fr m time to time
At the end of the period of his training at the said Academy, ever
probationer shall be required to obtain such marks at a final examination
to be conducted as the Central Government may, ii’ cc rsi ltati r with
the Union Public Service Commission decide. The svh~ectscf the
said examination shall be such as the Central Government, may in
consultation with the Union Public Service Conmission prescribe and
will inicude tests in riding and drill etc., This will be followed by thres
months training at the State Police Academy for instriicticn in local
laws, State Police Standing Orders and local languages.

(3) TraIning in district.—

Upon the completion of their institutional training Assistarn
Superintendents will be posted to district for practical training
They will be placed directly under the Superintendent of
Police, who will be carefully chosen and will be hold responsible
for having them trained in evey branch of their work. The Siiperin-
tendent shall give his close personal attention to all aspects of the Assis-
tant Superindent’s training and should see that he is thoroughly
instructed in all branches of the District Police Office. He shall take him
~fl tour and show him how to inspect stations and Investigate caesi

10 of 780
 6

The Assistnt Superintendent will send in a weekly report which will be

submitted to the Inspector General. The Assistant Surerintej’deni
will also do duty as Inspector in charge of a circle for a period of
ten weeks.
(4) Posting to sub-division:—

After an Assistant Superintendent has shown himself

capable of taking charge of a sub-division, he may be posted to the
charge of one.

17. Deputy Superintendenst of Police.—.

(1) The rules regulating the trainingjof Deputy Superintendents ~f
Police recruited direct are in the special rules for the Tamil Nadu Police
Service printed in Volume II of the Tamil Nadu Services Manual.

(2) Upon completion of institutional training the Deputy Superin-

tendents of Police will be posted to districts for practical training. They
will be placed dire~t1yunder the Superintendent of Police who will be
carefully chosen and will be held responsible for their training in every
branch of their work. The Superintendent of Police shall give his close
personal attention to all aspects of the Deputy Suerintendent’s training
and should see that he is thoroughly instructed in all branches of the
District Police Office. He shall take him on tour and show him how to
inspect stations and investigate cases.

11 of 780
 I

CHAPTER IV.

EXAMINATIONS FOR GAZETTED OFFICERS.

18. Indian police Service.—
(1) Every probationer shall at about the end of his period oç
training in the National Police Academy appear at a final examination
which shall be conducted by the Director of the Academy. The
Examination shall be in two parts as mentioned below subjeel to such
changes as may from time to time be prescribed

PART I
MAximum
mARK.

(1) (2)
Law and police Work—
(1) Law— Paper I (without Books) .. .. 100
(2) La~-Paper II (with Books)
- .. •. .. 100
(3) Law—1~aperm (with~~Books) .. .. .. ioo
(4) Administration, Organisation and Office Records 100
(5) Police Functions and Duties .. .. .. 75
(6) Crime and Criminal including Crime Records 100
(7) Detection and Investigation including Plan Dorawing 100
(8) Scientific Aids to Investigation—
~ (a) Written test .. .. .. .. 50
(q) Practical — .~. .. .. .. 25
(9) Forensic Medicine .. .. .. .. 50

Total 800

12 of 780
 PART II.

Drill ~ports and practical sul~Iecis-•- Maximum

Mark.
(1) Physical training .. 3Q
(2) (a) Personal performance in Squad Drill and Arms 20
Drill including turn-out.
(b) Knowledgeofthesubject and instructional ability 15
(c) Command and Control 25
(3) weapon Training _. 50
(4) (a) (i) Sword Drill 5
(ii) Guard Mounting 5

(b) Riot Drill ... 15

(5) Equitation 40
(6) Motor Transport .~. 25
(7)Wireless~Training .. 20

Total 250

Every probationer shall be required to obtain such minimum number

of marks in each subject as the Director, National Police Academy
may dotermifle.
(2) Every probationer shall be required to obtain such standard
or Proficiency, as the Director, National Police Academy may deter-
mine, iii the following subjects.— f~

(a~a regional language shown in column (2) of the Third

Schedule of te Indian Police Service (Probationers final Examination)
Eegulations, I 969 against the cadre of wic!l Le is allotted. W~ere
more tha a e re~ionallanguage is shown against a cadre, the Director
NatI i~tlPol~ A’~adeny siall as~erEaia w~ietherthe probationer is

13 of 780
 9
already familiar with any of them and thereafter decide in consultation
with the State Government in which of the regional language the proba-
tioner shall be examined.
(b) Hindi, except for candidates who are examined in Hindi as
a regional language under clause. 1.
(c) First Aid and Ambulance Drill.
(d) S~:nming (depending upon facilities).
(e) Ur armed combat.
(f) Sta1e management which includes general principles and
sanitation )f sbabIes, selection of horses and their up-keep.

(g) Lathi Drill.

19. ~ A~istaritSuperintendent of Police shall pass the following
departme ta! tests conducted by the Tamil Nadu Public Service Corn-
mision, wit ~i ~a ~riod of four years of their date of appointment to
the Indian Police Service.
(1) Assistant Superintendent of Police whose mother tongue is
Tamil.—
(a) Tamil—Lower Standard.
(b) Hindi—Lower and Higher Standard.
(c) Police Standing Orders. ~!
(2) Assistant Superintendent of~Policewhose mother tongue is not
Tamil—
(a) T nil—Lower and Higler Standard.
(b) Hiudi—Lower Standard.
(c) Police Standing Orders.

NOTE. An I.P.S. Officer, who has taken Tamil in S.S.L.C. or Degree

Course, he exempted from passing the Higher Standard Examinatio~~ in
Tamil. He will, however, be tested in Lower Standard only in reading

14 of 780
 10

and explaining manuscript of plain handwriting in Tamil. Similarly

an I.P.S.Officer, who has taken Hindi in S.S.L.C. or Degree Course
be exempted from passing the Higher Standard Examination in Hindi
He will, however, be tested i a Lower Standard only in reading and
explaining manuscripts of plain handwriting in Hindi.
G.O.M s. No. 639 Home, dated 2nd March 1972.
20. (1) Deputy Superintendents of Police—Deputy Superintendents
Police recruited otherwise than by Promotion from the Tamil Nadu
Police Subordinate Service should appear for the examinations specified
in the Tamil Nadu Police Service Rules whenver such examination are
held, until they pass.
(2) They should also appear for a test in’ ‘First Aid to the injured”
conducted by the St. John’s Ambulance Association, whenever such
examination is held.

(3) All directly recruited Assistant Superintendents of Police and

Deputy Superintendents of Police who have put in about 4 years of
service will undergo the refresher course held annually at the Police
‘1 raIning College, Chennai, referred to in order No.31.

15 of 780
 11

CHAPTER V
PROMOTION OF GAZETTED OFFICER.
21. Deputy Inspector-General and Superintendent.--~ Selection Grade
(1). Appointments to theSelection Grade in the Indian Police Service are
made strictly by selection. All Officers who have rendered exceptionally
meritorious service as Superintendents of Police will be deemed eligible
for appointment, provided that no officer shall be promoted to that grade
who is considered unfit for promotion to the rank of Deputy Inspector
General of Police. Appointment to the post of Selection Grade Superin-
tend ent of Police, wifl not, however, necessarily mean that the Govern-
ment have finally decided that the officer so appointed is fit for promotion
to the rank of Deputy Inspector-General when such a vacancy arises.
(2) Promotion to the rank of Deputy Inspector-Genreal is also
made by selection.
N0TE.—Officiating appointments to the Selection Grade in the
Indian Police Service are admissible.

22. Termitiafion of probation.—

A probationer shall be liabie to be on discharged from the service—
(1) if he fails to pass the final examination in the circumstances
mentioned in rule 9 of the Indian Police Service (Probation)Rulesl9S4, or
(2) if the Central Government is satisfied that the probationer was
ineligible on grounds of nationality, age, health or antecedents for recruit
ment to the service or is unsuitable for being a member of the service; or
(3) if he is found lacking in qualities of mind and character needed
for the service or in constructive outlook and human sympathy needed
in the public services generally ‘or’

(4) if he fails to comply with any of the provisions of the Indian

Police Service (Probation) Rules, 1954.
(Q.Q.Ms.No.l695 Home, dated 24th August 1964.)

16 of 780
 12

23. Seniority—
Every officer shall be given a year of allotment and the year of
&llotment so given shall determine his seniority in the gradation list.
24. Removal from service.—
(1) The authority competent to remove from service a member
of the Indian Police Service wlo is proved to be unfit for further
adva~cernent,shall be the Central Government.

(2) No officer will be so removed until he has had full notice of

the grounds on which inefficiency is charged against him and an
opportunity of making his defence.

25. Tamil Nadu Police Service Officers.—Removal from service for

inefficiency:—
The rules in Order No. 24(1) regarding the removal of Indian
PoPice Service Officers for unfitness for further advancement.
apply also to tne Tamil Nadu Police Service Officers, except that the
power to remove an officer or to order his retiloment will be excercised
by the State Government.

17 of 780
 13

CBAPThR VI
RECRUITMENT, PAY, EXAMINATIONS, ETC., OF
NON-GAZETTED OFFICERS.
26. The Tarnil Nadu Police Subordin~te Service,
Recruitment pay, etc.—The rules for the Tamil Nadu Police
Subordinate Service and the Tamii Nad u Special Police Subordinate
Service issued by the State Governme~.t prescribing t~e methods
of recruitment, the conditions of service, tire pay and allowances and
pensions are to be found in the Tarnil Nadu Services Manual
Volume—Il!,
27. (1) The conditions of service of the various ranks of the Police
have been defined in the rules and orders issued by the Government
and the Inspector-General of Police from time to time. The following
however, are the general conditions :—
Every Police Officer shall conform implicity to all rules which
shall, from time to time, be made for the regulation and good order of
the service and cultivate a proper regard for its honour and respecta-
bility.
(2) He shall serve and resid~wherever he may be directed.
(3) He shall appear at all times in such police dress and accoutre
ments as shall, from time to time, be ordered to be worn by each respective
rank of the service, and shall always be neat and clean in his appearance.
~4) He shall act with respect and deference towards all official
authorities of the country and with forbearanbe, kindness and civility
towards persons ofall ranks. He shall observe a respectable and peaceful
line of private conduct and avoid all partisanship.
(5) AnyPolice officer is iiable to dismissal for unfitness, negligence,
or misconduct, and he may be suspended or otherwise punished for
minor offences by the competent authority.
(6) Every article of dress or accoutrement, lodgings, etc,. which
may have been supplied to a Police Officer at public cost, shall be i minodi-
ately delivered up, or vacated, when he may cease to belong to the Police
Force.

18 of 780
 14
28. .birect Recruitment of Sub-Inspectors and Reserve Sub-Inspectors
Selection of candidates for direct recruitment of Sub-Inspectors
and Reserve Sub-Inspectors will be made by the Tamil Nadu Public
Service Commission, Madras. The Police Department will conduct the
Physical Efficiency Test and the results of the test will be reported to
the Commission. The candidates who qualify in the Physical Effici
ency Test will alone be admitted to the written test to be conducted by
the Commission.
(G.O. Ms. No. 2652, Home, dated 15th November 1974.)
(G.O. Ms. No. 1585, Home, dated 2nd September 1975.)
29. Practical training in districts.—
During the period of practical training of Sub-Inspectors
in the districts, Superintendents shall be responsible
for seeing that they are posted to circles held by the best
inspectors. Sub-Divfsional Officers will pay personal attention to their
proper instruction. These sub-inspectors should also be placed in-
charge of stations sufficiently heavy to provide a satisfactory test oftheir
capability under careful supervision for periods sufficiently long,atransfer
being avoided if possible, to enable Superintendents to form an opinion
as to their suitability for confirmation or otherwise. The Sub-Di visiona1
Officer will hold the oral examination in practice referred to in rule 18(a)
(1) (ii) of the Tamil Nadu Police Subordinate Service Rules at least twice
a year in the case of each Sub-Inspector of Police. The examination
will be searching and questions on each of the following subjects and
kindred matters will be asked

(1) Case work, including recording of first information, compiling

of diaries, and preparing final report, etc.

(2) Practical work of a station-house officer other than case work

such as the care of arms, kit inspection etc.

(3) Practical town duties, beats, regulation of traffic, etc.

(4) methods of detection, as illustrated by actual cases

19 of 780
 1$
(5) the use of confessions and approvers

(6) the prosecution of cases

(7) the treatment of old offenders

(8) preparations of pay bills, travelling allowances bills, etc.

30. Annual Refresher Course for Officers.—

(1) In order to enable the Police Officers, to keep

jfl touch with various subjects dealing with law and
order, investigation and to refresh their knowledge of law and
procedure with several aspects of Police work so as to equip them better
for the discharge of their day-to-day duties, a fresh course will be
conducted annually in the Tainil Nadu Police Training College, Chennai
for the following categories of officers :—

(a) All directly recruited Assistant Superintendents of Police and

Deputy Superintendents of Police who have put in about 4 years of
service

~ All directly recruited and promoted Sub-Inspectors who have

completed 4 to 6 years of service in that rank; and

(c) Sub-Inspectors of Police selected for promotion as Inspectors

of Police.:

(2) The course which will last for six weeks will be common for
both the Gazetted and Non-Gazetted officers with a few extra classes
for Gazetted Officers on supervision and management. The subject to
be taught during the training, the various officers who are to deliver
lectures on the subjects and those who are to preside over group discu -

sions are mentioned in the table given below

The services of a good Assistant Public Prosecutor will be obtained

for the lectures In Law subjects.

20 of 780
 16
(3) At the end of the refresher course there will be an examination
in the various subjects taught during the course and results ofthe examin-
ation will be filed in their Personal Files;Service Books.Sub-Inspector of
Police selected, for promotion as inspectors will be required to obtain
a minimum of 40 per cent in each subject or total of 50 per cent in all
subiects put together with not less than 30 per cen tin each subiect, failing
which they should not be included in the promotion list. For Gazetted
Officers, the Deputy Inspectors-General of Police will be the examiners
and the resi~it of the examination will be kept confidential and reviewed
by the Inspetor-General of Police. In r~spoctof non-Gazetted Officer’s
the results will be filed in their seivice books and personal files and will
be taken into consideration by the State Promotion Board, when consi-
dering their cases for promotion. The results of the examination will be
viewed only as an additional qualification. The question of retention
of an officer in the ‘C’ list, if he fails in the examination, will also be
reviewed by the State Promotion Boaid.

(4) During the deputation of the Sub-Inspectors at the Police

Training College, Ohennai, for the tefresher course, the senior most Head
Constable in the Stations will officiate as Sub-Inspectors in their place.
As regards Sub-Divisional Officeis, i.e., Assist~.ntSupcriatenc’e~1tsof
Police and Deputy Superintendents of Police deputed to the refresher
course, the SuDerintendents of Police concerned will hold additional
charge or their posts during their absence.

(5) The period spent on training by the trainees will be treated as

duty and their pay and allowanc. s requlated accordingly uiid~~ tne
Fundamental Rules.— The officers depute~i for the refresher
course as well as those who deliver lectures and preside over group
discussions will draw Travelling Allowance as on tour.

21 of 780
 TIMETABLE FORANNUAL REFRESI-JER COURSE FOR
OFFICERS.
.Wwnber
of
Period~ By whom leeturea are
.~ubject. (each to be deliv~red.
Perioa is
45 rninwtec).
(1) ~2) ~.3)
1. hxlianPenal Code 12 Assistant Public Prcsecutor,
Grade].
2. Criminal1~rocedire Code 18 Assistant Public P rc s~ctitcr
(Case Procedure). GradeI.
3. Indian EvidenceAct 12 Assistant Public Prosecutor,
Grade I.
4. Special Local Laws 12 Assistant Piblic Proseci. tcr,
Grade I.
Group discussions on law sibjects by
City Public Prosecutor, Chennai on 4
days at 2 periods each day and by
Public Prostcutor, Chennai on 2 days
at 2 periods each day.
5. Medical J~risprt~dence 12 By the District Medical Officer
or one of his Assistants.

6. Police Standing Orders 12 By the Dept ty Inspector-

(Station Routine and General ofPolice, Training
Discipline). Maintenance and Principal, Pclice-
of records. Training College, Chennai.

(Iroup d iscu ssions by a 6 By Deputy Inspector-General

Deputy Inspector-General of Pt lice or C~mnmissioner
ofPolice or Commissioner of Police, Chennai.
ofPoliee on Police Standing
Orders.
F —230-3.---2

22 of 780
 1$

TIME ~M3tEFORANNUAL REFRESHER COUR~FOP.

OFFICERS.—cntd.
Number
of
Sut~ject. Periods By whom lectt. res are
(each to be de1iv~red
Peiiod is
45 minutes)
~I) (2) (3)

7. tnvestigati~.n 6 By an Assistatit Commissioner

of Police (Crimes, Chennai
City or by a Dept ty
St perinter~dentcf Police
C.l.D.

Gr~tp Dise~SSi~a by a 6 Bya Dept tylnspector-Ger.eral

D.~ty Irtspectcr-Ger.eral c fP dice, Commissionner
ofPolice or CommissLfler of Police, Cbe~naj
ofP oliec, Chennai.

8. PubliC Relations 12 ByaSoperintenrientofpojice.

9. Man-management 12.. By a ~uperintendentof Police

10. FmgerPrifltS o fly t~mcSt. ~‘erirtet’~. mt, Fii i-er

Print Bi rem Chenna.
,

11. i~ootPrintS 3 (‘.I.D. EXL cr1, Cherrai.

12. Ballisti% 3 Ativs Lxpert, Chem~ai.

13. ~1~:eutUIc
aic s to ~ etecti~u 12 Uy the Assistar.t Dircot&r,
Tanill Na~’uF~i r SiC ~Cic
~.

nec Laburatcry, Chennrj.

14. fix1.losives • I iispecLr .! E.xpl~Si ~

Chennai.

23 of 780
 19

flME TABLE FOR ANNUAL REFRESHER COURSE FO~

OFFICERS.

Number By whom lectures are

of
Periods
Subject. (each to be delivered.
Period is
45 mm’ tes).
(1) (2) (3)
1 5. P hotography 6 Assistant Director, Tamit
Nadu Forensic Science
Laboratory, Chennai.

16. Map drawing 4 By the p lan Drawing Instructor

Police Training College,
Chennai.

17. Juvenile deliuqt ency 6 By the Superintendent of

police, Crime Br~ch
C.I.D. Cliennai er one of the
dept ty Superintendents

of Police.
18. First Aitç 6 l~1~ St. J~hn Amb. inuce
ASscciati(,n.

19. Wireless telegraphy state 4 Director of Police Telecom-

giid. niunication Chennni.
20. Drill .. .. 30 Police Training
College
Drill Staff.
31. ~onsgabks—Recruitment.—
(l~in recruiting Constables, Grade 11 c~.rsi~cyatit I fl SI ie pr~id
to the question of physique. to the duties required to be perLirned
by the men and the natt re of the It cality in which they are to be
ernp1oy~d.
F—230-3—-2A

24 of 780
 (2) Ex-inniates ~f ~ ~ed sclic ls wLo we~e dealt v th ndcr
? f tho Tanul N~cii (hihujen Act, 1520, sh~iId Fet Pc dccincci
t he dn i aldied, if uther~~ se q~al ifie a~d s~itul:le li r ci 1isin~cjtas
C ~nst~h1es,Grade II. As regards other categories of ex-pi pus of
an~rov~d schools, each case sh~ild be c~usidejed c n its nerits.

(3) There is no ohjecti,u to tic entertainment in the Police as

b:glers of youths, who, th. gh they have committed an cifence and
have passed throigh the & rstal or Approved School, have probably
been c red of their criminal tender cies.
32. Enlistment of constables Grodc’ ii.
(1) The candiontes appearing for selection as Constables-
Grade ii will be i:itef viewed by a Selection Committee com-
prising and of the officer f the rank cf Superintendent of
Pulic~ail tw i Gazetted Police Officers not lower in rank than Dept ty
Saperi1itendent of Police, Selected candidates shot Id be arrat ~ in
oriler of merit and shjuld be appointed as vacancies occ~r. icr this
p•:rpise a standing list of s~chcaaididates should bemaintained by the
appointing authority from time to time. Notification regarding recri it
ment of constables, Grade ii shall be P~bushed in all Police Stations
the District Police Offices and City Police Office, Chcnuai.

(2) (a) Recruitment of Police Constables Grade II should normally

be !ield in all the District Headquarters on the first working clay of every
month at 7.00 A.M. at the Armed Reserve Grounds. On the 13th of
each month, or the next working day, the Superintendent of Police will
have put up to him the number of vacancies in the constabulary on that
day, and see that enlistment orders are despatched the same day. Vacan-
cies arising after the 1 5 th of the month, other than the known ones on
account of superannuation, etc., will be filled up in the following month,

(b) It is essential that all persons to be recruited as Constables

Grade H should be given adequate notice of the date on which they are
t~rep)rt for duty. It is a!so very iinprtaat that there is sufficient time
p~tweenthe date of reprtlllg and the date on which the recruit is to be
bassprted to the Recru its’ School, so that during this period the recruit

25 of 780
 1~

can be vaccinated and moo: lated, Pave his clothing iss~cdaad prcperly
fitted, and receive instructicns how his clothing Is to be worn. The
forenoon of t1’e first day of the month k, from every respe~t,the mcsI
s~itable day for a recruit to rep rt ft r do Iv.

(c) In order that a reor it may knw what his iraifliu~aa(i terms
of services are, and in order thi s to try to preVent early desertins, the
enlistment order should be sent out in the following forms

Thiru is app. i ~ted a~

a temporary Police Constable, Grade U from the (late of reporting ft r
duty. He will report for duty at a.m. ott
at the District Police OlTice(ity Police Office.

He will he sent to Police Recr~its’ Sc~tcof

on the afternoon of to a Jk~ergo
a nine months’ course ci training during which time his pay will he
and dearness allowance Rs

Heis advised to provide himself with sufficient means t~

maintain himself until he is passporte to the Re~ruits’School, as he
will have to make his own arrangements for his meals an accotnnlci la
tion and under no circumstances will he he granteii a’iy ad vance of
pay on enlistment. While at the Re ~rtits’ S~hooI,he will bc reql!j ed
to take his meals in the school uies~,the cost of wfticli will he (c~ufed
from his pay

33 MedicO!
. ‘X~o1jn.1t/ofl of recruits.
Every recruit shall pro’uce a Physial Fitness Certificate tU the fonn
prescribe in the Tamil Na°uPolice Suboivi,inate Servfte Rnl~s,

34. Pc—en/is/mont ~ft.r I’esignatiofl.

(I) Persons who resign their membership of a service can only be
~ippointed to it 011 the basis of fresh rec~~itinent,

26 of 780
 22

(2) Go~’ernment ha lai I down that, if a Government servun’

resigns his appointment, all his previous service under Governmcn~
an~not only servi ~ein t’ie particular post which lie hel when he resigne’
—

—will be wipe.! out. If stick a Government servant is appoifltc~iagain

to Government service 11e will n’~be entitle! to count any portion of
his service prior to resignation for any benefit or concession under any
rule Or order.
35. Panel for Assistant 7~aie’Instructors an~1Assistant Drill Insti uctors
—Police Pee ,ui/’.’ Sc/i’ iol.
(l) The r’roce~urefor drawing ~r a panel of Assistant La’,v
Instructors ~nd Assistant Drill Tnstructors in the J’olice Recruits’
School is published in the Manual for Tamil Nadu Police Recruits’
Schools. The panel will be maintained by the Deputy Inspector-
General of Police, Training and Principal, Police Training
College, CIte al.

(2) Only Sub-Inspectors who have completes four to six years of

service and preferably bra~uatesshould he nominated for appointment
as Assistant Law Instructors in Police Recr.Ats’ Schools. Only Sub-
Inspectoi s who ilave a good recor of servi ;e should be nominated.
The pei sonal re ~or s of the Suh-lnspe~torsshould also be sent along
with the nominations.

(3) On receipt of the nominations, the Deputy Inspector-Genera1

of Lou .~e,Training and Principal, Police Training College, Chennai will
select the reqi’ire~number of Sub-Inspectors, after interviewing them
and keep their names in the panel for appointment as Assistant Law
Instr ctors.

NorE .-—Serviee in the post of Assistant Law Instructors will be given

special weightage for consideration for pronioti~nto higher category
by the State Promotion Board,

27 of 780
 CHAP1TR VU.
PRO MOTEON OF NON-GAZETTED OFFICERS.

36. General Principl,s.

(1) Promotion shall be made on grounds of merit ant abitit~

seniority being considered only where merit and ability are
approximately equal.

(2) Officers responsible for the preparation of promotion lists

will regulate tile num~erof officers on each ‘C’ list to ensure that on
each occasion when a list is prepared or revised the number of names
in it is not more than the total number of vacancies expected to arise
the next year in the category or rank to which officiating promotions
from the list are to be mi. ~e. The vacancies expected to arise shoul’t he
calculated on the basis of the total number of permanent and temporary
posts in existence in the category or rank, the anticipated sanction of
new posts in the next year, the requirement of leave reserve, anticipated
vacancies “ne to retirement and promotion, etc., minus the number ot’
persons aIrea’~yin position in that category of rank.

(3) The number to be includet each year shoulJ be deci ~ and

when necessary reviewe~ by the authority who orers the
inclusion of names in the promotion list in questions. The an thority
concerned will also decide the year of seniority above which personne1
in each category shou’d he considere I for inclusion in the list.

(4) Superintendents of Police an~ Sub-Divisional Officers will

before han~ing over charge when proceel lug on long leave or on transfe
ieave a note for their successors regarding their subordinate offic
a~dmen whose cases for promn~tionshould be taken up for consi eration

28 of 780
 24

(5) lflcusloflS in lists of promotion to various categories will be

considere~and ~ccommen [ed by Promotion Boards composed as
follows :—-

Gat~gorp. Composition of Board.

(1) (2)

STATE PROMOTION BOARD.

inspectors Additional Inspector- Chairman.

General of Police.

Reserve Inspectors
Resorve Sub-Inspectors
Commissioner of Police,
~1
Senior most among the
functional Deputy ins-
pectors-General in State Member,
Headquarters.
Three Senior most Deputy
Inspectors-General of
Police of Ranges.
Deputy Inspector-General
of Police (Administration)
Office of the Director- Secretary.
General of Police Chennai

RANGE PROMOTION BOARD.

(1) (2)
Sub Inspectors Senior most Superintndent ~1
of Police of the Range ~Chairman.
concerned. J

Other Superintendents of Members.

Police of the Range. J

29 of 780
 25

DISTRICT PROMOTIoN BOARD

Police Constables, Grade I Superinten~cntof Police of Chairman.

(District Police) the District.

Senior most Deputy Superin- Member.
tendcnt of Police of the
District.

Police Constables—Grade Superinteti ent of Police Chairman.

I (Armed Reserve), of the District.
Deputy Superintendent of
Police of Armed Reserve \‘tem her.
or, where there jS none
such, any other Sub—divi-
sional Officer.
(6) The Superintendent of Police or Commandant concerned
should submit by dates prescribed a list of personnel in order of seniority
to be considered by the promotion Board. He will record his own view
of the suitability or otherwise against each name in the list and enclos
their personal Files and Service Books written upto date. Specific
reasons must be recorded against each case not recommended.

(7) D~finirioriof’ A ‘, ‘ B’ and ‘ C’ list~—’C’ lists.—

Immeliately after a person is included in the promotion list, he
~sdeemel to he in ~C’list
‘B’ list.—
After a person is promoted from the ‘ C list he is deemed to be
‘

broight on to the ‘B ‘list.

A ‘ list.—
As soon as lie is (eclared to have completed his period of
proba tion (where such is prescribe ~)he is deemed to he •hrough-
on to ‘A’ list. Ifhe is promoted to the posts in which he need not
undergo probation, he is deemed to he brought on to ‘A’ list straighte
away.

30 of 780
 (8) Time Scheduledfor preparazicI~ f SC~ ~

For the purpose of preparation of C’ lists the fojlowj~~ time

‘

schedule should be adhered to ~—

,~

~
~
E ,

~ n
.~
.-. —S
~
~- L
,~, E
bt~
,~ ~
“—.--~ ~-S
b~ ~
: ~ ..-~-- ~

..c:s . ~:i~
~
— ~ ~
-~--

H
~,

~ ~

~ .~— ,~

~ ;~
r~3 ~ ~ ~

(I) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Enspector/ 1 st Feb- 1 5th Feb— 1St April. 1st June,
ruary. ruary.
Reserve Inspectors lstSep- istOcto- lstNovem 31st
tember. ber. ber. Decem-
ber.

~uh.Inspectors 1st 1st 1st 10th

January. February. March. April.
~eservo SubEnspectors .. 1st Sep- 1st Octo- 1st Novem 31st
tember. her. her. Decem-
ber.

Police Constable, 15th 1st May. Ist June 1st

Grade I. April. August.

37. District Poljce—Proinotion to l7~ posts of Inspectors.—

(1) The Superintendent of Police will prepare ani submit

annually to his Deputy Inspector General, a list of Sub-Inspectors in
order of seniority who are to be considered for promotion to the rank
of /Iuspectors. This list, which are to be treated as

31 of 780
 27

confidential will he accompanied by up-to-date defaulter sheets and

Personal Files of the oiTh~ecsconeerne The T)cputy Ins pector-Gencra
-

will s;rtttinize these recommen ~ations and submit them by 1st April
to the office of the Director General of Police where they will be proces-
sed and placed before th~State Promotion Board for consideration.
The recommendations of the State Boar- will be finally placed before
the Director-General of Police for his oriers approving the incluslo0
of suitable persons in the C list.
‘ ‘

() A single statewide C ‘list will he drawn up for promotion

‘

prom the rank of Sub-Inspectors to !nspectors.

38. Promotion to the post of Reserve Inspctors in the Armed Reserve.—

Superintendents of Police will prepare and submit annually to their
Deputy Inspectors-General, lists of Reserve Sub Inspectors in order of
seniority who are to be considere for promotion to the rank of Reserve
Inspectors. These lists, which should he treated as confidential, will he
aecom~aniedby the Defaulter Sheets and up-to- sate personal Files o~
the officers con~ernel. The Deputy Inspectors-General will scrutinise
these recommendations and submit them by 1st November to the office
of the Direetor~Generalof Police where they will he processe I and
placed before the State Promotion Board for consideration; The recom-
mendations of the State Board will finally be place’I before the Directof
General of Police, for his orders approving suitable persons in tho ‘C
1j~tfor promotion.

39. Pronotion to the ports ofJnspctors,Jnspectors-Adjutant in the Armed

Police Battalions.—-

Promotion to the posts of Inspectors and Inspectors-

Adjutant in Arme ~ Battalions shall be made from the list of qualified
candidates suitable for promotion prepared and finalised by a Promotion
Board consisting of all the Commanr~antsof the Tamil Nadu Special
Police Battalions. This list shall be submitte through the Deputy
Inspector-General of Police, Arm~~ Police for approval
by the Director-General.

32 of 780
 28

40. Promotion to the Posts of Sub Inspetors in the District Police.—

(I) Promotion to the posts of Sub-Inspectors shall be made from

the list of qualified candidates suitable for promotion prepared
and finalised by the Range Promotion Board subject to the approval
of the Deputy Inspector-General of Police concerneLl or the
Commissioners of Police, Chcnnai as the case may be.

(2) There shall he only one combine list for promotion from the
rank of Head Constable to Sub Inspectors.

(3) Head Constables considered fit for prolnc’tion to the sank ~

Sub Inspector have to unde~go a course or trainIng for a period of
six weeks in the Police Training College, Chennai Each Superintendent
of Police will make out a list of Head Constable, in his district
considered fit for promotion as Sub Inspectors. Only men satisfying
the conditions prescribed in Rule 3 (c) of the Tamil Nadu Police
Subordinate Service Rules should b~hncbided in the list.

~4)As fi~ras possible selection uf Hc~dConstables for promotion

as Sub I ispector smuld be limited to those who have passed the
S.S.L.C. or c~uivaIentexamination possible. Persons who have flOt
studied upto S.S.L.C. Standard can be select~d only in very
exceptional cases.

(5) The Superintendents of Police and the Deputy Commissioners

of Police will submit the list prepared by them to th~
Deputy Inspectors-General of Police concerned and the Commissioner
of Police, as the case may be. Tue Range Promotion Board
constituted for the pirpose will, after first holding written examination
and then a viva-voce examination including a drill test for those who
are successful at the written test, select the men for the training. The
number of Head Constables to be selected each year will depend on the
ntal number of vacancies of Sub-Inspectors

33 of 780
 (6) Orders regarding t~ieholding cf examinations for 1-lead Cons’
tables under training in tic Police Training Cellege and the ptocedure
ior hxing seniority etc. arc jaid down in sub-ri Ic (e) 1 nder r~le 18 ci tho
Tamil Nadu Police Subordinate Service Rulcs~

41. Promotion to I/ic posts of in

S~th~Jnspectors Armed Police
Battalions.--
-

34 of 780
 Promotion to the posts of Sub-Inspectors shall be made from
list of qualified candidates suitable for promotion prepared and fmalised
by a Promotion Board consisting of all the commandants of tile
Tamil Nadu Special Police Battalions and shall he approved by the
Deputy Inspectors-General of Police, ArmedPolice, Cliennai.

42. Promotion to the posts of Head Constables in the District Police

and Armed Reserve.—

(I) There shall be no separate examination for Grade 1

Police Con~abe3,to qualify for promotion as Head Constables,
Grade I Police Constables should be promoted ai tomatically as Head
Constables from the combined seniority list maintained for the local
Police. All Grade 1 Police Constables, will take seniority from the
date of their regular appointflieiit irrespective f the mode of selection
whether by direct recruitment or by senior or byju nior promotion.

(2) Au Grade I Police Constables, in the Armed Reserve both in

General line ansi Specialist line should be promoted as Head Constable
in senioritY in their respective lines withot t any test. However, a separate
test shall be conducted from among Driver Head Constables for the
posts of Driver Mechanics.

(3) All vacancies of more than one month in the rank of Head
Constables shall be filled by promotion in seniority.

43. Promotion to the posts of Grade I Police Constc~blesin the District

Police.—(l) There shall be an examination for inclusion in the lists of
Grade11 Police Constables, fit for promotion as GradeI Police Constables.
This examination will be common one for both Senior and Junior Grade
II Police Constables. Separate lists will be drawn up for Senior and
Junior promotion. These lists must be drawn up by a District Promo-
tion Board consisting of the Superintendent of Police and a Deputy
Superintendent of Police of the District.
(2) Vacancies should be filled only from the respective ‘C’ list
maintained for Senior and Junior promotion.

35 of 780
 31
S

(3)T here will be ~1D

P: i’~bUf.)r,Gradc I Police Constables nader
enior and Jnnior promothn.

(4) The Senior or J’ nior promotion referred to above is a process

of promotion of Grade ii Police Constables to GradeI Police constables
is~indicated below, subject to the qualifications mentioned therein.

(a) Senior Proniotiofl.

Grade ii Police Constables who have completed 10 years of

service and have completed 8th Standard.

(b) Junior Promotion.—

Grade II Police Constabie irrespective of the length of service.

No I.E.— In exceptional cases, Superintendents of Police concerned

in the .~iofessil and DeputY Commissioners of Police concerned
maY aj)pO~fltby Senior Promotion Grade 11 Police Constables,
~ ~o not possesS the minimum educational qualilIcation, Viz.,
Sth Sta ~dard, but who are otherwise fi~!iy qualified as Grade II
Police (‘O~I:,1abl~~5. -

44 p1.,.1,.,iiorr ~otie pasts oj’Gradc 1 Police CoLStableS in ArmedReserve.

Alt Grad ii Police Constables, who are approved probationers will b.

alL tved to take the exaflhiflatiOn for promotiO~as Grade 1 Police Cons—
tab1e~. HoWe’~’cr,separate tests should be c~uduc~ed1~rconstables in
the Ge-teral line and Specialist line afl~tWo separate ‘C’ list ~ne for the
Geneal Ii .e and the otler for the specialist line should be drawnup
These lists must be drawn up by the District Promotion Board consistin,g
of the Sttperifltenb~tof Police and the Deputy Superifltefl(~efltof Police,
Armed Reserve or, in the istricts where there are no Deputy Superin-
tendents of Police, Arme~~ Reserve, any other Sub-Divisional Officer.
persons should he promoted in seniority as Naiks and Grade 1 Polise
Constables in jheir re~pC.tiVe lineS. Viz., General and Specialist lines
from these lists 0nly.

36 of 780
 45. Approvcd Service.—
(1) An increment is admissible as a matter of course unless it i3

specifically withheld. It may be withheld from a police officer (i)

if his conduct has not been good or his work has not been
satisfactorY, and (ii) as a definite punishment for a specific fault.
G.O. 1054, Puplic Services 11th June. 1936.

(2) Before an increment is with held the officer concerned Should

be issue l with a charge memorandum calling upon him to show cause
as to why action should not be taken against him under rule 3 (a) of the
Tamil Nadu Police Subordinate Service (Discipline and Appeal) Rules.
On receipt of his explanation, the justification ior the imposition of the
penalty should then be examined and a statement of the findings and of
the grounds thereof should be recorded in the order.”

(3) Where it is proposed, to with hold and increment in an Officer’s

pay as a punishment~the authoritY jn~ictiflgthe punishment should,
before the orler is actuallY passed consider whether it will affect the
Officer’s pension an.~,if so, to what extent; if it is decided finally to
withhol I the increment the order should make it clear that the ~ffeet of
the punish~flCflton the pen~i0flhas been considered and that its effect

0.0. 945 PubUc 4th AuguSt 1920

~4) in 0~dertflgthe ~Ithholdiflg of an increment, the ~v1thh~l~1ing

authority shell expressly state in the order—

(a) the perh’d r~rwhich it is withheld.

(b) that the period for which it is withheld shall be excli~sive of
any interval spent oe leave before that period is completed, and
~c) whether the postpoflment shall have the effect of postponing
fiith re increments.
(GO. 616,Puh1iC (ser.) 14th May 1930 and 511 Public, 27th May 1926.)
(5) An increment of pay will take effect from the date follcwiflg
th~ten which the prescribed period f approved service is completed.

0,0. 1700, Judicial, 23, NoV. 1910.

37 of 780
 (6) Increments accruing dr rin, 0 leave of any irind can Fe granted
only on the expiry of such leave.

(G.O. 1700, Judicial, 23 Nov. 1910.)

(7) Police constables employed on temporary service in ailtlition al
or special forces or in other tenlm>rary establishmeats sr;llctil-,rcc! in the
same time-scales as the District Fc!lice are pcrmittcd to COI nt c:~:tin~ cs
service in such forces for increment ( n their trnrsfcr to the yclmanent
establishment, provided there is no break in their scrvicc.
(G.O. 436, Police (Public), 12 At,gt:st 1929.)

(S) The previous service c,f constables who have been re-n&ted
Will not count for increment.
(G.O. 1700, St.dicial, 23, Nov. 1910.)
(9) A wnstable who has retired on an invabtl t r c n a c(>~npe~i-
ration pension is subseql;ently re-ernpli~yed shc~ lc!, if his previo~. B
service counts for pension l!nc!er articles 513 and 519, Civil Service
Regulations, also cmnt such service for ,increments.
(0.0. 1700, Jtidicial, 23 NOV. 1910.)
(10) Constructive war service of not less than one year in the
Stxonti World War will entitle a candidate to th3 grant cf higllct iaitial
Pay.

38 of 780
 34

REWARDS.

46. Xe~v,l/.ris-.Slrbo/.ilinutc P&c OJkcrs iwltrdi/g Puliwnrt?rl irl

other &xtes in ltzdiu. (1) (0) Money rewards within the sanctionin
powers of the officers menticned in Order No. 49, may be grante si
only to Constables, Head Constables, Sub-Inspectcrs znd for service of
special merit but not for work, such as taking action on admis-
sions or c, .nfessions made after arrest, which shows no on tstand ing
Jetcclivi: skill. Even in the case of Head Constables, Sub-Inspectors
and Reserve Si, b-lnspcctors good work shor Id, where possible, be
rewarded in other ways, c-g,, by accelerated promotion, rather than
by grants of money.

(b) Ml)ncy rewards n~ay also bc granted to the T;mil Nadu

SPS xi&l Pl!lice Pers,nncl uf ax below the rank of Sub-Inspectors
for service (If special merit bL t not for work which does not show
any 0:i tstand ing skill. Even in their cases good works should, wherever
possible, be rewarded in other ways, e.g., by accelerated promotion,
rather than by grants of money.
(c) Money rewards may also be granted in special : .a
by the Director-General of Police, subject to the monetary li YL..
pruw:r!b3d in Pcblice Statding Order 47, to the non-Gazetted staff
of the Finger Print B: rcay , ‘‘\t Uhennai, inch sivc of the staff work-
ing in the Single Digit Finger Print Sectit ns and also Photographers
attached to Phcito Secticln in the districts and the nonGazetted
Tccnical staff of the Police Radio Branch who have shown out-
standing pcrsonql initil, tiw and int.cllit;ence.

id) Gazetted Officers of the Finger Print Bc rean should not

be granted money rewards as in the case of Gazetted Officers in the
Police Department.
(2) ~11 the Police OfBcers, other than gazetted of&xx-s, may, how-
ever, accept money rewards in following cases :-
(U) Rewards offered by the Government.
(@ Rewards cfFered by private persons subject to orders
uf the Commissioner of Police or the Deputy Inspector-General of
PO~CG~ as the cast may be, whether the rewards should go to the
individual concerqed or to a Police fl: ml, or party to cash.

39 of 780
 35
This would neeessiaterthe receipt of the reward money in the
first instance by the Deputy Commissioners of Police and the Superin-
tendent of Police in districts and the C.I.D., Chennai, and subsequent
disbursement to the beneficiaries concerned wi; hre ference to hc sanction
of the competent authority. The amounts received should, thrcforc, bc
credited in full into the Treasury and redrawn at the time of dis-
bursement.

(c) Rewards offered by Courts under Section 11-A of the

Tamil Nadu Gaming Act, 1980, and under Section 50 of the Tnmil
Nadu City Police Act, 1888.
(d) Reawrds offered in opium cases and the Dangerous
Drugs Act and the rules made thereunder.
(3) Police Officers of and below the rank of Sub-Inspecters
may accept money rewards in the following cases also :-

(u) Rewards offered by the Customs, Salt and Excise depart-

ment for their good work done as Sub-Inspector and below though
they have been promoted at the time of payment,

G.O.Ms.No. 2349, Home, dated 13th August 1977,R.Dis. 26557/A&-I/76.

(b) Rewards offered by the other States in India.

(4) Rewards in connection with cases brought to trial should-

be granted as speedily as possibIe after convictions. The recom-
mendation roll submitted to the sanctioning authority should from
the outset be treated as strictly confidential. It should give infor
.mation of the sentence passed and of any observations made by
the Court on the conduct of the Police ; and should narrate the,
part played by each individual with the reasons for regarding it as
specially meritorious in character.
(5) Rewards to Special Branch Assistants, Inspectors, Sub-
Inspectors and Head Constables of the Special Branch C.I.D., and
the district Special Branch may also be granted for passing the
pr&ieney examnation in any of the folowing Regional I,~I~u:L~~~
F-230-3-3A

40 of 780
other than their mother tongue viz., Telugu, Malayalani,
Kannada, Hindi, Urudu, Gujarathi, Marathi and Bengali. The
Deputy Inspector General of Police, C.I.D., (Intelligence) Chennaj
to conduct these language examination.

(6) Money rewards within the sanctioning powers of the office

mentioned in order 42 may be granted to Police officers and
men mentioned in Police Standing Order 46 (1) (a) Volume I who
achieve first or second place in the Zonal or All India Police (both
Sports and duty) Meets and for achievements in the State National
and Inter-National competitions.

47 Rewards—Sanctioning powers of officers.—

(1) The Director General of Police and the Commissioners of
Police may sanction rewards to Police officers up to a limit
of Rs. 500, Deputy Inspectors-General of Police up to Rs.
300 and Superintendents of Police and the Commandants
of Tamil Nadu Special Police Battalions up to Rs. 150
in any one set of circumstances. The maximum rewards that
can be sanctioned by the Director- General of Police
or the Commissioners of Police or Deputy Inspectors-General of
Police to any one Police Officer should not exceed Rs. 250. The
maximum rewards that can be sanctioned by a Superintendent of
police to any one Police officer should not exceed Rs. 75.

(2) Sub-divisional Police Officers (or officers of correspon

ding rank) may sanction rewards to Sub-Inspectors, Reserve Suk
Inspectors, Head Constables and Cons-tables up to a limit of Rs.
25 in any one set of circumstances. The maximum rewards that can
be sanctioned by a Sub-divisional Police officer should not exceed
Rs, 10 in the case of a Sub-Inspector, and Reserve Sub-Inspector and
Es. 5 in the case of a Head Constable or a Police Constable.

(3) The Director-General of Police may sanction a reward

of Rs. 200 each to the Special Branch Assistants and Inspectors, Sub
Inspectors and Head Constables of the Special Branch,C.I.D., Chennaz

41 of 780
 37

and of the District Special Branches who pass the proficiency examinat.
lon in any of the Regional Languages, viz., Tclegu, Mnlayal~sm, lbmada
Hindi, Urudu, Gujarathi, M?xathi ?,nd Bengali other than their mot@
tongue conducted by the Deputy Tnspector-Genera,1 of Police, C.I.D.,
Inteligence, Chennai a.nd Rs. 100 each to those who maintain the
efficiency by passing the Annual Regional Language Test.
MOTE.-None will be allowed to claim reward in respect of mom
than two languages other than his/her mother tongue.

(4) (a) In opium cases, the Director-General of Police may

grant a reward without limit, but not exceeding the value of the
opium confiscated in the case, plus the amount of any fine imposed,
and not less than half the value of confiscated article and fine real&d,
in such proportions as he may think fit, to any Non-Gazetted Officer
of the Police Depertment (including Tnspectors of Police) or any other
department and informer and informers who hsve contributed to the
seizure of raw opium or opium mixture or the conviction of the offender.

(b) Officers mentioned below may sanction rewards upto

the limit noted against each in any one set of circumstances :-

Rs.
Commissioner of Police .. .. .. 500
Deputy Inspector-General of Police] r. 300
Superintendent of Police .. .. ._. 150
Sub-Divisional Officer .. .. - 25
(c) The maximum reward that can be sanctioned by the
Commissioner of Police, Deputy Inspector-General of Police to
any one Police Officer in a case should not exceed Rs. 250. The
maximum reward that can bc sanctioned by the Supcrinte Indent
of Police to any one Police Officer in a case should not exceed Rs. 75.
The grant of rewards by Sub-divisional Officers or officers of corres-
priding rank is restricted to Police subordinate of and below the rank
of Sub-Inspectors and ~eservc Sub-Inspectors. The maxiqurg

42 of 780
 38
+vards that can bc sanctioned by a Sub-Divisional Of&r should not
exceed Rs. IO in the cast of a Sub-Inspector, Reserve Sub-Inspector
and Rs. 5 in the case of a Head Constable,
or a Police Constable.
(d) The above order will also apply in the matter of sanction
of rewards detected under the Dangerous Drugs Act and the rule,
made thereunder.
48. Recapture of escaped sub-jail prisoner.-
A reward to a Police Officer for the recapture of a Prisoner who has
escaped from a subsidiary jail is payable by the Police Department.
(G.O. 876, Judl., 29 May 1905.)
49. Rewards by other departments.-
(1) Rewards granted to Police Officers by officers of other depart,
ments may be disbursed to them direct, the Commissioner or Superin-
tendent, as the case may be, being informed of the fact.
G.O. 876, Judl., 29 May 1905.
(2) Rewards granted to the constabulary by the Collector of
Central Excise will be paid by the Assistant Collector to the Inspector
of Police, who will disburse them, sending particulars to the Superin-
tendent for entry in the man’s service roll and small service book,
NOTE.-The reward amounts in the above cases shouId be disbursed
only after the issue of a District order by the Superintendent of Police
(3) Rolls applying for reward for the recapture of escaped prisoners
from District and Central Jails will be sent to the Superintendent of
the jail concerned for transmission to the Inspector-General of Prison.
They must clearly show that the officer!! recommended is deserving of
reward.

50. Rewards for saving l$e and property and putting out fires, etc.-
Rewards for saving life, whether from fire or otherwise, are of
ordinarily granted by the Collector. The Directer43meral also Is

43 of 780
 .
39

mpowered to sanction rewards to Police Subordinates for rescuing

life and property and putting out fire, etc., subject to a maximum of
Rs. 50 in each case.
G.O. Ms. No. 876, Judl. 29th May1905 and 458 Public (Pol.)
26th August 1935).
51. Rewards for the capture of deserters.-
Rewards are granted by the military authorirties for the
apprehension of deserters from the Army, but they will not be given
in cases in which the deserter gives himself up nor when there is
collusion between him and his captor as to the reward.
52. Rewards offered by other states in In&a.-
Acceptence of any present, cmpolyment, or office of any kind
from or under any foreign Ststc without the consent
of the President is prohibited under the Conctitution. IPcrmission
to accept rewards offered by other States in India or officers
of such States empowered by them to grant rewards may
be granted by the Director-General and the Commissioner of
Police up to a limit of Rs. 500 by the Deputy Insp:ctor-General of Police
upto a limit of Rs. 200 and the Superintendent up to a limit of Rs. 50
in any one set of circumstances, subject to the condition, that the
maximum reward that may be granted by these authorities to any one
Police Officer dots not exceed Rc. 250, Rs. 50 and Rs. 25, rz%pzctively ;
in other casts with the previous sanction of the”Governmcnt.
53. Publicatiott.-

Rewards granted by Govarnmcnt or by the Director-Gcncral

will be published in the Police Gi\zcite. Revmds gl;?.ntcd by the
Commissioner of Police, the Deputy Inspector-General of Police and
Superintendents of Police will be published in the Police Crime and
Occurrence sheet.
54, Form of rewards.-
Rewards may generally take the form of money, clothes or
jewellery. But medals also may be granted in exceptional circus.’
tances with the prior approval of the Government

0.0. MS. 1463, Home, 27 May 1955.

44 of 780
 40
55. Rewards to private persons.-(l)
Rewards to private pzrson for the apprehension of offender
and for intelligence leading to the discovery of crime may be
sanctioned and paid by the under mentioned officers up to the
limits shown against each in any one set of circumstances :-

0.0. Ms. Ko. 498 Judl. 12th March 1913 and 880, Jadl 17th April
1914 and 2279 Home (Judl 18th ov . 1920).
Rs.
Director-Beneral U. 500
Commissionerr of Police, .. . .. 500
Deputy Inspectors-General .. ... .. 300
Collector .. a1 .. .. 200

Superintendents .. .. .. .. 150
(2) The State Govenment may, in ,recognition of special am-
vice rendered to the Police or to the criminal administration, by
I), private person, make a gift to that person, or to his heir or
widow, of a State land of a value not exceeding Rs. 500 or may
grant him or his heir or widow, an assignment ‘of land revenue
not exceeding Rs. 15 a year, for one life or for a term of
twenty-five years, whichever period may be the longer. The grant
may be made partly in the form of a gift of land and partly in
the form of an assiglument either of the land revenue of that land
or of other land ; but the total estimated value of the grant will
not exceed Rs. 500. The grant will be made on the condition that
it will not be alienated without the sanction of the Collector and
when it is in the form of an assignment of land revenue, it wiu
be subject to the condition or loyalty and good conduct.

(G.~o~si~tV)880, Jadl. 17th April 1914 and 2209 Home Jadl. 18th

N@rn: Village officers and village servant should be regarged as “private percon&
oacers of other department, not being village-offiaials, cannot be regarded 8s
‘private persons“ for the grant of rewards, Before arward is paid to such oilc’
lo@ departmental superiors should be cons&d,

45 of 780
 41

(3) The Director-General of Police has been empcwered to

pant rewards in opium cases withot t limit, bet not exceeding tl e
value of the opium confiscated plus any fine amount collected in the
particular case. The under mentioned officers may sanction and pay
rewards to private persons upto the limit shown against each in
my one se! of circumstances for good work done in 0pi11m

cases.

Y.

@lommissiontrof Police .. .. .. 508

Deputy Inspector-General of Police_ .. 300

Superintendent of Police .. .. .. 150

(G.O. Me. No. 1953, Home, dated 12th July 1958.)

56. Grant of Certificates and Letters of Thanks.-

(I) Collectors are permitted to issue formal proceedings conveyinz
their thanks to public servants or private Persons for services renderd
and such proceedings will be:published in the District Gaxette. It
will generally be sufficient to communicate a ccpy cf these prccee-
dings to the individuals concerned, but, if exceptional circt mstanm
require it, Collectcrs may issue certificates engrossed cn parchment
paper in acknowledgement of the services rendered. The issue of
minted certificates is prohibited. Parchment sheets can be hd
on application to the Director of Stationery and Printing.
(G .o 323, Pub. 16 March 1914 and 2 :, Home (Ju), 7th Aup. 1920)

(2) Superintendents may grant to private individuals anQ

others, letters of thanks or in exceptional circa mstances, certifi-
eates engrossed on parchment paper acknowledging services ren-
der& by these persons to the Police in cases where money reward6
are not appropriate.
(G.O. 389, Judl. 1st Sep. 1927.)

46 of 780
 42

57. Certijcutes to private individuals- Grant by Non-Gazetted

Police 0flicers-c Prohibited.
Police OffiCWS of non-gazetted rank are prohibited
from granting certificates in their official capacity to private
i ndividuals and others for any services rendered to the Police.

58. Meritoriom Service Entries and Good Servjce Entries .-

(1) Meritorious Service Entries will be awarded for conspicious good
work meriting special recognition. Inspectors of Police,
Reserve Inspectors and Inspectors of Tamil Nadu Special Police
Battaltions alone will be eligible for these awards which will
be Sanctioned by the Director-General of Police.
(C&O. Ms. No.95 Horns. dated 10th Janwry 1977.)
(2) Good Service entries will be awarded for good detection
display of skill or any work meriting special recognition. Good
Service Entries will be awarded to Sub-Inspectors of Police, Head
Constables and Consables by the Sub-divisional Police Officer or
an officer of corresponding rank and to all other Subordinate Police
., Oficers by the Superintendent.
(G.O. MS. No. 1.73, Home, dated 2, st. April 1977.)

(3) Meritorious Service Entries and Good Service Entries

awarded to Inspectors, Reserve Inspectors and Inspectors of
Tamil Nadu Special Police Battalions will be entered in their
service books and Good Service Entries awarded to Of&em
of lower rank will be entered both in their service books or ser-
vice rolls and small service books. A district order will issue
in each case;
(G-0. Ms. 95, Home, dated 10th Jan. 1957.
59. The Pr&Awt’s Police and Fire S’crl-ices Medal- md Police
MeaId.-
(1) The President’s iPolice and Fire Services Medal and the
Police Medal will be awarded to the members of Police Force
and organised Fire Services in consideration of meritorious service

47 of 780
or gallantry and outstanding devotion to duty. Recc mmendatiot:
for the award of the medals for gallantry should be marked secret
and submitted to the office of the Director-General of &lice through
the Deputy Inspector-General concerned immediately after the per,
formance of the acts, which occasion the recommendations, the
written opinion of the District Collector concerned shor,ld also be
obtained and forwarded in such cases.

(2)In other cases the awartls will be made twice a year on

the occassion of the Republic Day (26th January) and the Indepen-
dence Day (15th August). Recommendations for; the awards which
are due with the Government by the 10th September and 1st April
should be marked secret and submitted through the Depc ty Ins-
pector-General concerned so as to reach the Office of the Director
General of Police by the 6th July and 15th Febri.ary respecti-
vely each year. Full names of the individuals recommended, their
rank, the number of years of their service in the Police and full
details of their previous good work and of the particular act or
acts for which the grant of the medal is recommended with dates
of incidents referred to should be given. A Iist of gocd service
entries and rewards earned by them should accompany the recom-
mendations. It should also be stated whether the nominees have
at any time incurred the censure of a Court or have been concerned
in pracedings that have been censured by Courts of Law.

(3) On receipt of the recommendatic~ns from the vnriol:s TJnits

tn respect of Non-gazetted officers, they will be scrutinized with
regard to eligibility etc., in the office of the Director-General ot
Police and placed before the Director-General of Police who will
make his final recommendations to Government. In respect of
Gazetted Officers, below the level of Deputy Inspector-General of
Police, a seniority list of such officers eligible for the award will
be drawn up and placed before the State Promotion Board, which
will make such recommendations as it deems fit and place them
before the Director-General of Potice, who will make his tinal

48 of 780
e commendations to the Government. In respect of officers at th,
level of Additional Director-General of Police and Deputy Ins,
pector-General of Police, a list of such of them as are eligible
will be placed before the Director-General of Police for his deei,
sion as to whom to recommend. A certifica!e in the following form
should be turnished in respect of each recommendation -

CERTIFCATE

Certified that the integrity of Sri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

President’s Police and
recommended for the award of the . ... .. . . .. .. .. .. .. ..
Police Medal.

Fire Services Medal gallantry.

--i---.4id+--4--d ..+d-jfor I------
distinguished meritorious
service.

is above suspicion and that he has never incurred censure nor was
concerned in proceedings that was censured in a Court of Law.

Certiged also that no judicial

Proceedings arc pending in respect -
of the incident underlying the d For gallantry only.
reconmmcndation.

(2) The qualifications for the present of the medals are given in clause
3 of the Statutes governing their grant, issued by the President.

The Statutes and Rules governing the award of the President’

Police and Fire Services Medal and the police hbdalsartb printed below-

49 of 780
phe pre&nt’s Polke and Fire Sehices Medal and the Police Medal.
NOTIFICATION
New Delhi, the 1st March 1951.

No.3 Pres.-4The President is pleased to institute the following awards

to be conferred on members of Police LForce and organiscd Fire
Services throughout the Indian Union in consideration of meritorion
service or gallantry and outstanding devotion to duty , to be designated“
President’s Police and Fire Service Medal” and “Police Medal” res
pectively and to make, ordain and establish the following statutes
wverning them which shall be deemed to have effect from the twenty
sixth day of January in the year one thousand nine hundred and fi&y.
Presidents’ police and Fire Services Medal.

Firstly-The award shall be in the form of a medal aad styled and

designated the “PRESIDENT’S POLICE AND FlRE SERVICES
MEDAL” (hereinafter referred to as the Medal).
Secondly--The Medal shall be circular in shape, made of silver with
gold gilt, one and three eight inches in diameter and shall have embossed
on the obverse the design of the President’s flag on a sheild in the centre
and words “President’s Police and Fire Services Medal”’ above and
‘INDIA” below the shcild along the edge of the medal separated by
two five pointed heraldic stars. On the reverse, it shall have embosse
the State Emblem in the centre and the words “FOR GALLANTRY
or “FOR DISTINGUISHED SERVICE”, as the case may be, along the
lower edge and a wreath joined by a plain clasp at the top along the
upper edge, On the rim, the name of the person to whom the
medal has been awarded shall be inscribed.

Thirdly-The medal shall only be awarded to those who Irave eitfic,

performed acts of exceptional courage and skill exhibited conspicuous
&otion to duty as members oi a recognized Police Force or Fire
Service within the terroitory of India.

Fourthly-The names of those to whom tbis medal may be awarded

rhall be published in the Gazette of India and a Register of such name,
ahall be kept in the Ministry of Home Affairs by such person as the
President may direct.

50 of 780
 - 46
Fifthly-Each medal shall be suspended from the left breast and the
rib,ind, of an inch and three eigth in width, shall in the case ’ of
disting.iished service, be half blue and half silver white and in the case of
awards for acts of exceptional courage and gallantry the riband will be
half blue and half silver white the two c&ours being separated by a verti
cal red line one eighth inch in width.

Sixthly--Any act of gallantry which is worthy of recognition by

the award of the PRESIDENT’S POLICE AND FIRE SERVICES
MEDAL, but is performed by one upon whom the Decoration has
already been conferred may be recorded by a Bar attached to the riband
by which the medal is suspended. For every such additional act an
additional Bar may be added and for each Bar awarded a small silver
rose with gold gilt shall be added to the riband when worn alone.

Seventhly-It shall be comeptent for the President to cancel and

aunul the award to any person of the above Decoration and that there
upon his name in the Register shall be erased It shall, however, be
competent for the President to restore any Decoration which may have
been so forfeited. Every person to whom the said Decoration
is awarded, shall, before receiving the same, enter into an
agreement to return the medal if his name is erased as afore-
said. Notice of cancellation or restoration in every case
shallbe published in the Gaze& of India.

Eighthly -It shall be competent for t’le President to make

rules to carry out the pruposes of t ‘lest statutes.

“Police Medal:
Firstly-The award shall be in the form of a medal and stylo
and designated the POLICE MEDAL (hereinafter referred to
as the Medal)

Secondly-The Medal shall be circular in shape, made of bronze

one and three -eighth inches in diameter, and shall have embossed
on the obverse the State Emblem in the Centre, and the words
“POLICE MEDAL” above and the Stat0 motto

51 of 780
 4
“Satyameva Jayate” in Devanagri script at the bottom of tha
State Emblem along the edge of the medal separatel by two-
I&pointed heraldic stars. On the reverse, it shall have
embossed the words “FOR MERITORIOUS SERVICE” or
“FOR GALLANTRY” as the case may be, exactly at t4e centre
enclosed between two parallel straight lines connected at either
end to each other by a concave line, and the words “INDIAN”
above and ’ ‘POLXE” below, the whole being encircled by a
wreath joined by a plain clasp at the bottom. On t:le rim the
name of the person to whom the medal has been awarded shall
be inscribed.
Thirdly-The medal shall be awarded to only those members
of a recognised Police Force or of a properly orgainsed Fire
Service within the territory of India, who have performed service
of conspicuous merit and gallantry.
Fourthly-The names of those to whom this medal may be
awarded shall be published in the Gazette of *n&u and a Register of
such names shall be kept in the Ministry of Home Affairs by such
person as the President may direct.

Fifthly- Each medal shall be suspended from the left breast and
the riband, ,of an inch and three -eighth in witdh, shall be dark blue
with a narrow silver stripe on either side and a crimson stripe
in the centre, and in the case of award for acts of cospicuou,
gallantry, each of the blue portions of the riband shall contain
a silver line down the middle.

Sixthly- Any distinguished conduct or act of gallantry which

is worthy of recognition by the award of the “POLICE MEDAL’*
but lf performed by one upon whom the Decoration has already
been conferred may be recorded by a Bar attached to the
riband by which the medal is suspended. For every such
additional act an additional Bar may be added and for each Ba
awarded a small silver rose shall be added to the riband when wori
alone.

52 of 780
 ~eventbly-lt shall be competent for the President to cancel and
and annual the award to any person of t!re above Medal and that
thereupon his name in the Register shall be erased. It shall,
however, he cJmpetcnt for the President to restore any medal
which may have been so forfeited. Every person to whom the
said Decoration is awarded shall, before receiving the same, enter
into anagreement to return the medal if his name-is erased as afore
sard. Notice of Cancellation or restoration in every case shall
be published in the Gazette of India.

Eigbthly-It shall be competent for the President to make rules to

carry out the pruposes of these statutes.

No. 4-Pres -In accordance with statute ‘Keighthly” of the

Statutes relating to the award of the President ‘s Police and
Fire Services Medal and the Police Medal, the following rules
governing them arc notified : -

(1) Recommendations for awards on the ground of con

spicuous gallantry shall be mode as Soon as possible after th,
oocasion on whioh the conspicuous gallantry was shown; and
In special oiroumstamxs the reoommendations for awards on othe,
mounds may be made at any time for an immediate award,

(2) All recommendationr oball state the name and rank of

the person recommended, the name of the Police or Fire
Service which be is or was a member and particulars of the
gallsntrt or service for which the gtant ofthe medal is reaomaendcd,

(3) The number of medals awarded in any one gear shall

not exceed forty-five, unless tbepresidefit is of opinion that special
circa mstances in any year justify the award of medais is exc;ees
ef that number.

53 of 780
 4~

(4) The medal shall be awarded —

(i) for conspicuous gallantry in saving life and property or i~

preventing crime ox arresting criminals. The risks incurred being
estimated with due regard to the obligations and duties of the officers
concerned,
(ii) a specially distinguished record, in Police Service;

(iii) success in organizing Police or Fire Service or in main-

taining their organizations under special difficulties;
(iv) special service in dealing with service or widespread
outbreak of crime or public disorder or fire; and

(v) prolonged service, but only when distinguished by very

exceptional ability and merit.
(5) When awarded for gallantry, the medal shall carry
monetary allowances the rates and subject to the conditions set
forth below. The charges thereof shall be borne by the
revenues of the State-Union Territories concerned in respect
of recipients belonging to the State-Union Territories and by the
respective Cenhai Police -Security Organisation in respect of officers
belonging to these organisatious.

~ (a) Where an officer who has already been awarded either

the King’s Police and Fire Service Medal or that Medal and
a Bar or Bars thereto for GALLANTRY, is subsequently
awarded the President’s Police and Fire Services Medal for a fur-
ther act of gallantry. he shall be paid a monetary allowance
attached to the Bar to the latter Medal in addition to the
original allowance and not the full allowance attached to the
Medal itself. Where an officer who has already been awarded
the Indian Police Medal for gallantry is subsequently awarded
the Pr3sident’s Police and Fire Services Medal for a further
act of gallantry he shall be paid the full allowance attached to
the latter Medal in addition to the original allowance.
-

—230.. 3_~4

54 of 780
 (b) The allowance shall be granted from the date of the
act, for which the award is given, and unless it is forfeited
fer misconduct, shall continue until death

(c) Where a recipient is in receipt of the allowance at

the time of his death it shall be continued for life or till
re-marriage of his widow (the first married wife having the
preference). In the case of a posthumous award of the medal-
or-Bar, the allowance shall be paid from the date of the act
~or which the award is made, to the widow (the first married
wife having preference) for her life or till remarriage;

(d) All the recipients of this gallantry award shall be en-

titled to the monetary allowance on a uniform rate. irres
pective of their ranks. The rates of monetary allowance for
the Medal shall be Rupees sixty per mensem and for the Bar
to the Medal it shall be Rupees thiry per mensem.

6. The medal is liable to be forfeited when the holder

is guilty of disloyalty, cowardice in action or such conduct
as in the opinion of the President, brings the force into
disrepute.

7. Recommendations for the announcement of awards

for distinguished service on the 26th January (Republic Day)
and 15th August (Independence Day) should be forwarded so
as to reach the Secretary to the Government of India, Ministry
of Home Affairs not later than the 26th October and the 15th
May respectively each year.

Police Medal—
1. Recommendations for awards on the ground of con-
;PICUOUS gallantry shall be made as soon as possible after the
ecccasion on which the cons~iicuous gal1~try was shown and
in special circumstances recommendations for awards on other
rounds may be made at any time for an inmmediate award.

55 of 780
 2. Each recommendation will state the name and rank ot the
person recommended, the Police Force or Fire Service of which
he is or was a member and particulars of the action or
service for which the grant of the medal is recommended.

3. The number of medals awarded in one year (exclu-

ding Bars) shall not exceed one hundred and seventy five but
if the President considers that special circumstances in any
one year justify the award of medals in excess of one hundred
and seventy-five the number shall not exceed two hundred.

4. The Medal will be awarded

(I) for conspicuous gallantry Awards for gallantry will be

made as soon as possible after the event occasioning tie grant

(ii) for valuable services characterised by resource and

devotion to duty including prolonged service of ability and merit.

5. (a) When awarded for gallantry the Medal shall,

subject to the condition setforth for the President’s Police and
Fire Service Medal for gallantry carry a monetary allow~
ance on a uniform rate of Rupees forty per niensem and th0
Bar Rupees twenty per mensein, irrespective of the rank of the
recipient. The charges thereof shall be borne by the revenues of
the Statô/Uniofl Territories concerned in respect of the recipients
belongingto the State. Union Territories and by the concerned
Central Police. Security organisations in respect of the recipients
belongingto these organisations

(b) where an officer who had already been awarded either the
Indian Police Medal or that medal and aBar or Bars thereto for gallantry
~ subsequently awarded the Police Medal for a further act of gallantry
he shall be paid a monetary allwan~ceattached to the Bar to the latter
medal in addition to the original allowance and not the full ailowane
attached to the medal itself. Where an officer who has already been
awarded the !~ing’sPolice and Fire Services Medal for gallantry is
~—23O—3— 4A

56 of 780
 S2
subsequently awarded the Police Medal for a further act of gallantry
he should be paid the full allowance attached to the latter medal in add
tion to the original allowance.

6. The medal for gallantry shall be worn next to and immediately

after the “PRESIDENT’S POLICE AND FIItE SERVICES MEDAl,
for distinguished service.

7. The award of the medal will not be a bar to the subsequent award
of the PRESIDENT’S POLICE AND FIRE SERVICES MEDAL.

8. The medal is liable to be forfeited when the holder is guilty of dis~

loyalty, cowardice in action or such conduct as in the opinion of the
President, brings the force into disrepute.

9. Recommendations for the announcement of awards for merL

torious services on the 26th January (Republic Day) and the 15th August
(Independence Day) should be forwarded so as to reach the Secretary
to the Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs not later than
the 26th October and 15th May respectively each year.

60. (4) Officers on deputation—Procedure regarding recommendation

of medal.— The cases of officers who are on deputation to the organ1-
sations. like Central Bureau of Investigation.Intelligence Bureau, ~
have to be considered by those organisations. While considering -such
cases, these organisatións refer to the State Government for their
concurrence befor. recommending these cases to Government of
India. The State Government in turn call for the views of the Director
General of Police, who offers his views after scrutinizing their Personal
files. - -- -

(a) In order to ensure that the cases of officers on deputation are

qot left out, whenever recommendations for the award of Medals to

57 of 780
officers of this State are sent to the Government, it should be examincd
whether any of his seniors are on deputation to the organisations like
Central Bureau of Investigation, Intelligence ~urcau.etc. If any of his
seniors are in deputation; the concerned organisation to which he
is on deputation should be informed of the fact that his junior is being
recommended for the award of medal, so that the case of his senior may
be considered for thelaward by the organisation, if it so desires.
61. Service in other States.— Verification before medals are
recommended :—When a Police Officer is recommended for the award
of the President’s Police and Fire Services Medal or the Police Medal in
recognition of services rendered by him in a State other than that to
which he belongs,the facts of the case should be referred for verifications
to the Director-General of Police of the State concerned and the latter’
certificate of verification should be forwarded with recommendation.

[G.O. 654, Public (pol.) 2nd December 1932.]

62. Order ofPrecedence for Police and other awards.— The Order
of precedence wearing of various medals and decorations
as determined by the President of India (vide President’s Secretariat
Notification No.41 Pres.J76,datcd 16th June 1976) is reproduced below.
(1) President’s Police and Firs Services Medal for gallantry.

1(2) President’s Police Medal for gallantry.

(3) Police~ModaIfor gallentry.
(4) Wound Medal.
(5) Poorvl Star.
(6) Paschimi Star.
(7) Raksha Medal 1965.
(8) Sangram Medal.
(9) Police (Special Duty) Medal 1962.
(10) President’s Polic~and Tire ~eivke Medal for distinguished
~ery~ce,

58 of 780
 54

(11) President’s Police Medal for distinguished service.

(12) Police Medal fer mcritori~ussurvice.
(13) Indian Independence Modal 1947.
(14) Independence Medal 1950.
(15) 25th Independence Anniversary Medal.

59 of 780
 55

CHAPTER 1X
Prosecution of Non-Gazetted Officers Legal Assistance to Police
Officers and the Institution or Defence of suits by the Government.

63. Sanction to prosecute police Officers .—No criminal prosecution

af a Police Officer for an offence committed in his offlical capacity stall
be instituted without the sanction of an officer not inferior in rank to a
Superintendent. This does not affect the right of the magistracy or o~
private individulas to initiate such proceedings

64. Except with the previous sanction of the Director-General of

Police, no civil suit or criminal prosecution shall be instituted by a Police
Officer in his individual capacity against another Police Officer
In respect of (a) wrongs done to him in this official capacity, or (b)
offences committed against him, by the latter in his private or officiat
capacity.

65. Prosecution under Police Act for minor offences:—Crimina

prosecution of Police Officers under the Tamil Nadu District Police Act,
(XXIV of 1859) for minor offences, which can be dealt with depart-
1859 mentally under section IC c.ftl-e Act, is ilk~al.

66. Punishment after conviction ~—(l) A Police Officer convicted

of an offence involving moral turpitude and sentenced to undergo
imprisonment shall ordinarly be dismissed or removed from service.
In cases where a Police Officer is convicted and sentenced to undergo
imprisonment for an offence not involving moral turpitude, he may be
compulsorily retired from service by the competent authority.
(G.O. Ms. No. 1534, Home, dated 25th May 1956.)

(2) A Poilce officer sentenced to fine only or released under Pro-

bation of offenders Act need not necessarilybe dismissed or removed or
compulsorily retired. The authority competent to pass an order of dis~
missal shall decide whether he deserves dismissal, or removal, or
compulsory retirement or any other lesser punishment and act accor-
dingly.
0.0. Mc. No. 2648, Home, dated 28th July 1965)

60 of 780
 (3) Notwithstanding anything contained in clai ses (I) and (2)
the pu nishnient to be awarded to a Police Officer in respect of his convict
tion for an offence under sections 4, 4-A, 5 or 7 of the Tamil Nadu
Prohibition Act 1937, shall be dismissal or removal from service.
(p.o. Ms. No. 3697, Home dated 9th November 1960.)
(4) Where an order of dismissal or removal or compulsory retire-
ment is called for as a result of the conviction, such order should be~
passed immediatelyonconvictionbythe first trial Court and not posh
poned till the convicted Government servant has exhausted all his right
of appeal to higher Courts.
(5) In all cases referred to in clauses (1) to (4) of the above order,
a show ca’se notice should be iss”ed against the penalty to be imposed
and the representation if any received in this regard should be dulY
taken into consideration before orders are passed imposing the penaltye
But it is not necessary to follow the elaborate procedure as is done in
other cases, i.e., holding an oral enquiry, etc.
G.O. Ms. No. 2648,Home, dated 29th July 1963.)
67. Procedure after acquittal.— The Government have
ssued the followingorders in the matter of reinstatement
of a Government servant kept under suspension
pending a criminal proceeding against him and of holding a depart
mental enquiry into the conduct of an officer who has already bee’~
tried in a Criminal Court on the facts which formed the basis of th
charge against him.
G.O. Ms. No. 186, JudI, 21st January 1884.
(1) When a Police Officer has been tried and acquitted by a
Criminal c3urt or has had his conviction quashed on appeal he should
ordinarily be reinstated.
(2) (a) If on a full consideration ofthe same facts, a criminal court
has arrived at a definite decision which is neither reversed nor modified,
it is not expedient that the department should proceed on the basis that
proceedings in the criminal court were miscoriceived or that thejudgment
wres erroneous, but

61 of 780
 57

(b) If certain facts affecting the charge were not placed before a
criminal court or adefinite aspect of the case was not considered by it,
or if the acquittal was on purely technical grounds like lack of sanction,
some technical defect in procedure etc., or the facts found proved by
the Court were held insufficient to make out a criminaloffence but may
make out a departmental irregularity, it is open to the departmental
authorities to institute departmental proceedings into the connected
matters.
(G,O. Ms. No. 841, Home, dated 13th March 1967.)
(3) The Government do not wish it to be understood that the
departmental authorities are not entitled, on grounds of legitimate sus-
picion, to order a departmental enquiry in all such cases. They do,
however, wish to emphasize that inenquiriesof this kind, the depart-
mental authorities should not dissent from the conclusions arrived at
by the Court of Law, unless fresh circumstances have brought to
light lacunae or defects in the evidence before, or in the procedure cl
such court.

(4) in every such case where the departmental authority is of

opinion that departmental proceedings are called for against the Govern-
ment servant who is acquitted in court, the facts of the cas, shall
within one month from the date of ju dgment (exclusive of the period
required for obtaining copy), be reported to the Government for.
orders. Every case so reported shall be accompanied by a Copy of
the Judgement in the Criminal case.
G.O. Ms. No. 841, Home, dated 13th March 1967.

(5) If a Police Officer has been punished on the basis of his convic-
tion in a Criminal Court, and if the conviction itself is later on se~
aside by another Court, the punishment awarded to the Police Officer
maybe set aside by an authority not lower in rankthan the highest among
the Officers who have either awarded the original penalty or have revised
it SLO motu or on an appeal or petition from the Police Officer concerned
respecting that penalty.
(G.O. Ms. No. 2343, Home, dated 11’h July 1962.)

62 of 780
 58
68. Rules for the defence of Police Officers in Criminal prosecutions
and Civil suits.— (1) (a) Police Officers will always be
protected when it appears to the Government that
they have acted in good faith, but the Government
do not bind themselves to undertake their defence when
this is not the case.
(b) Wnen the Government decline to defend, it rests with the
officer concerned to take such measures as he considers necessary at his
own expense,but if the verdict of the Court is in his favour the Go-
vernment will ordinarily reimburse his expenses. It is to be distinctly
understood, however, that the Government do not undertake to
pay any except reasonable expenses.
(0.0. Ms. No 1539 Home, 28th July 1936.)
(c) When criminal proceedings are instituted against a Police
Officer either by the Government or with their sanction, the Government
will, as a general rule, decline to undertake his defence. However,
in exceptional cases where the Police Officer concerned is unable to
take measures for his defence at his own expense on account of finan-
cial or other valid reasons, the Government may sanction the defence
provided (1) the Policó Officer undertakes to refund the entire sum
incurred by the Government in connection with the conduct of his
defence if the casedoes not end in his favour and (2)the Governmentare
satisfied about the chances of recovering such sum from the Police Officer.
GO. 1403, Home, 9th May 1956.
(d) When in pursuance of these rules, a Police Officer engages
oris permitted to engage a counsel for his defence, the Government will
not entertain anY claim for expenditure incurred for such defence in
CXCOSS of what they would have had to bear if the appropriate law officer
of the G~Verrimenthad been engaged by them for the defence.
(e) In ~vcryca~eto which clause (d) applies, the attention of
the Police Officer shall be drawn to the relevant rules governing the pay-
mont of fees to the appropriate Law Officers of the Government.
(0.0. Ms. No. 661, Home, 26th Februar 1953.)

63 of 780
 59
(J) When a Police Officer engages a pii~atecounsel at his own
instance before his defence at state cost is sanctioned, the Government
reserve to themselves full discretion either to decline
to reimburse the officer or to sanction only such amount as in
their opinion, represents the reasonable fee payable to the
private counsel. It is to be distinctly understood that the Government
do not undertake to pay to the private counsel either the entire fee
actually paid by. the Police Officer or the full regulation fee.
~.O. Ms. No. 327, Home 9th February 1954.
(2) Information to be furnished.— When any criminal
prosecution or civil suit is instituted against
Police Officers except those of the C.I.D. and the
City Police, the officer concerned should at once inform
the Superintendent of Police of the district in which he is serving. In
thecaseoftheofficersof the C.I.D. and the City Police the
~rejor~ should~be made to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police
~n.charge of Railways or of that Branch of the C.I.D. concerned, or the
Commissioner of Police, as the case may be.
(3) Civil suits or criminal prosecution against Police Officers.—
In the caseof a Civil suit or a criminal prosecution against a Police Officer
in connection with the discharge of his official functions the following
~roaedure shall be adopted: —

(a~~I) Procedure in Civil suits .— If any suit is instituted

against a’?olice Officer in respect of anything purporting to be done in
his ol~cialcapacity either after the expiry of the period laid down 1* Sec.
tion 53 of the Tamil Nadu Police Act, 1859, or without
the notice required by Section 80 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908
laving been duly served on him, he shall as a rule move the Court to
dismiss the suit on the ground that it is instituted cc~Itraryto the pro
ViSi(VflS of those sCctiOfls. If, howerver, Ihe provisionsof ihe section
are complied wilh,he shall immediately report to his superiorofficer all
th6circumstancesneoessary to Ihe forming of a~iop~nInionofl ihe case
When the report reaches the Superintethident be will at once, after
making any enquiry that may be necessary, rep ort the facts fully

64 of 780
 60

together with his recommendations to the Collector who shall, after cone
5u1tifl.g theGovernm~ntPleader, forward the report for the orders 0
Districl General of Police. The Superintendent shall forward a copy Or
his report through the Range Deputy Inspector-Genral to the
Districi General for inforaemation.
(ii) In sutits in which the fee of the law who may be
engaged for the defence does not exceed a maximum of Rs. 300 for the
whole case, the Director-General of Police may himself sanction
the defence. In all other cases be shall forward the report with his
recommendations for the orders of the Government. The scale of fee
to be paid to the lawyer will be the regulation fee in the case of the
Government Pleader and in the case of private counsel, a fee fixed hy
the Director-General of Police not exceeding the said regulation fee
and subject to the limit of his sanctioning capacity.

(G.O. Ms, No. 2229, Home dated 15th May 1940.)

(iii) The Direector-General of Police is empowered to writ,
of! costs awarded to Police Officers in Civil suits in which the defence
of the officers has been sactioned at Public expense if such cost are irre..
coverable, up to a limit of Rs. 300 in each case.
(0.0. Ms. No. 4263 Home, datedr’2lst Oct 1940,)
(b) (i) Criminal complaint~r It
— any crimina1
complaint is instituted against a Police Officer in repsect
of any act done by hi in in his official capacity, ho shall see
wheter such complaint is barred by the limitatiofl imposed by section
53 of the Tamil Nadu District Police Act, 1859 (XXIV of 1959) or
Section 81 of the Madras City Police Act, 1888 (Madras Act Il ot
1888) and if it is so barred he shall at once move the Court to dismiss jt
on the ground that it was instituted contrary to the provisions of
those sections.
(ii) section 197 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973,
lays down special procedure iii regard to criminal prosecutions against
certain classes of officers. In those cases there will always be sufficient
time to obtain the orders of the Goveilirrent as to undertrkii g tl~
defence of the officer and the officer concerned shall report the facts fully
to the Superintendent ot Police, who, ater mnakin~any enquiry that

65 of 780
 61

may be ónessary, shall report them to the Collector who shall after eon.
suiting the Public Prosecutor forward the report for the orders of the
Goverflment through the Deputy Inspector-General of Police concerned
and the Director-General of Police. In the case of criminal prosecu-
tions against other classes of Police officers, it may frequently be
I mpossible to obtain the orders of the Govern ment before the commence-
mont of the proc~e1irigsinCurt. In that case, if the fee of the lawyo1.
who may bee~gagedforthedefence will not exceed Rs.25 per diem or
atIIa~~flhmfl of R3. 150 for the whole case, it would rest with the Colle-
ctor after consulting the S uperintendent 0f Police to decide whether the
defence shall be under taken by the Governmeiit or not. If the cost of
the defence is likely to exceed the above limits or in the event of disgar~
meat between the Collector and the Superintendent of Police con-
cerning the defence of the accused Police Officer, the Collector shall
instruct the P~mblicProsecutor to appear for the accused officer Ic
the initial proceedings and request the Coirt to pcstp~re tLe ft rthe r
hearing of the case, pending a decision bythc Government as tc
whether he should be defended at the cost of the State or not. Infor
mation regarding the course which the local officers have decided to
adopt must be givei in t he ~ci py ~fthe re~~rt to be submitted by th0
to the Director Superintendent-General through the Range Deputy
Inspector-General.
(lii) Collectors are empowered to write off compensadon
awarded by Courts to Police Officers incrimiral cases ii wFich the
defence of the officers has been sarctk red at pr hue e~rcnse, if s~c~
compen sation is irrecoverable subject to a maximum of Rs. 150 In
each case.
(G. 0. 4263, 21st October 1940.)
(c) Cases in Courts in i/ic Mufassal.— (I)
In cases against officers of the Railway ~Police,C.I.D., or the
City Police, instituted in mufassal Courts the Collector of
the district in which the case is instituted shall be considered to be
the Collector for the purpose of this rule.
(ii) Cases in Courts in Ca~nm1ssionaratc—Civil Suits.—
In the case of suits instituted colmnissionatsc against offices of the
Railway Police or the C.LD., the Deputy Inspector) General of P0J100
~ chug. of Railways or of thai Branch ofthe C.I.D. concesned agtbc

66 of 780
 62
case rn~yb~ shall exercise the powers allotted In the district to
Collectors and shall consultthe Government Pleader. In csses agains
office of the City Police theCommissioner o Police shall~afte,
consulting the Government Pleader, exercise the powers of the
Director General of Police as laid down iii rule (3-(a).

(3) Criminal Frocecutions.—

The Deputy Inspector- General of Police in charge of Railway
or of that Branch of the C.I.D. concerned, as the case may
~e in the case of prosecutions against, cfficers of the Railway
Police or C.I.D. and the Commissioner of Police, in case
against officers of the City Police respectively, shall perform
the functions and exercise the powers allotted to Collectors in the
districts as laid down in rule (3) (b) and shall inform the Directos
General o’ Police of the course they have decided to adopt.
(4) General instructions in civil suits and criminal prosecutions.
(a) It the Government or the local officers acting on their behalf sant
~ the defence of an officer, it would ordinarily be sufficient to eng-
age a Government Pleader or a Public Prosecutor at the expense of the
State. The Collector or the Police Officer empowered to sanction the
defence, may, in addition to the lawyer’s fees, sanction the paynient of
incidental expenses up to a limit of Rs. 50. The sanction of the Governn
meat should be obtained if the incidental expenses exceed Rs. 50. If
cases in which a private counsel has to be engaged, a daily fee
subject to a maximum for the whole case snail be fixed in advance be
the Collector, the Deputy Inspector-General of Police i n charge of
Railways or of that Branch ci the C.I.D.conceened, or the Commissioner
of Police, as the case may be.
(G. 0. 4294, Home 22nd October 1940.)
The rate of tee payable to such counsel shall not exceed the rater
payable to Public Prosecutors in the mnufassal which are as specified
below —

67 of 780
 63

For cases conducted at I-lead- For cases conducted in out-

quartefs. lying mufassal stations.
Rs. 35 for work occupying three Rs. 50 for each day spent to Court
hours or more in Court on a day. or occupied in travelling.
Rs. 15 for work occupying less than
three hours in Court on a day.

(G. 0. Ms. 3270, Home, 31st August 1948.)

When the Public Prosecutor is engaged in more than one case on th~
same day, the maximum tee payable to him for the whole day shall not
ordinarily exceed Rs. 50.
In civil cases in which a private counsel has to be engaged, the
Director-General of Police or the Commissioner of Polices
as the case may be, shall fix in advance a daily fee subject to a maximum
for the whole case which maximum should not exceed the regulation
fees as specified in Police Standing Order No. 68 (3)(a)(ii). In petty
cases appearance in person may be often quite sufficient and where this
is so the employment of a pleader is super fluous.
Note —The urn of Rs. 50 referred to above in respect of incidental
expenses has been increased, in the case of the Director-General
of Police to Rs. 100.
(0. 0. Ms. 876, Home, 17th April 1943.)
(b) If the officer wins the case and costs, damages or come
pensation (whether as personal solatium or not) are or is awarded
to him, the expenditure incurred by the Government up to the
Limit of such costs, damages or compensation shall be refunded
by kim.
Note.—Pleader’s fee and incidental expenses will be ordinarily sanctioned only
afterthe cost awarded by the Court are recovered, because, even in the
process of recovery of costs, the pleader may incur some expenses and it is
Convenient to saflctjoa the whole expe~Iditure to gether. if there is a speclrl case
to sanctios the expenditure before the costs awarded by the Court are recovered
the matter should be clearly explained.

(5) If in a civil or criminal proceedings instituted against a

police Officer, the Court decides in his favour but an appeal i5
~1ed or other Drooeedings taken to secure a reversal or modjfic&-

68 of 780
 64

tion of the decision, the question whether such appeal or pro-

ceedings should be resisted at the cost of the State shall be
de&Ied in accordance with the fore going rules.
(0.0. 3233, Home, 19th August 1940.)

(6) If in a case in which the Government have undertaken

the defence of an officer, the decision of the Court is against him
the questions—

(a) Whether an appeal should be filed or whether any other

proceeding should be taken at the cost of the State, to secure a
reversal or modification of the decision ; and
(b) Whether any damages awarded to the plaintiff or any
fine imposed upon the officer should be paid by the State shall
be decided either on the application of the officer concrrned who
should move his immediate superior in the matter or on the repre-
sentation of his superior officer. In either case, the orders of the
Government shall be obtained and the procedure laid down in
clause (3) (a) or (3) (b) above as the case may be, shall, in other
respects be followed.

(7) If a Police officer undertakes a journey in connection

with a civil or criminal case instituted against him for acts done
in his official capacity and the defence of such case has been sanc-
tioned such Police Officer may be granted the travelling allowance
admissible to an officer of his grade while on tour.
(8) In the case of a Police Officer, who has retired and ‘against
whom any civil or criminal proceedings have been instituted for
acts done in his official capacity, if the defence of such proceedings
has been sanctioned, he may draw travelling allowance for jour-
neys, made by him in connection with such proceedings, at the
rates which would have been admissible to him for tours at the time
of retirement.
GO. Ms No. 697, ~Ome~dated 18th March 1957.

69 of 780
 65

(9) As legal proceedings against Police Officers, particular by

civil suits, must interfere with the discharge of their public duties
and are likely to cause harassment to them, the Collector should
impress on the counsel appearing for the officer concerned that he
should request the Court to deal with such proceedings with utmost
possible expedition.

69. False and malicious allegations of corruption are often made

against Government servants with a view to hamper and embarrass
them in the proper discharge of their duties. In order to protect
their servants from such allegations, the Government consider that
the Government servant concerned should be given such legal assis
tance as may be necessary to enable him to take effective action
against those making the allegations. When there is good reason
to believe that the allegations made against a Government servant
are false or malicious and he wishes to take legal proceedings
against the person making them, the Head of the Department in
the City of Chennai, and in the mttfassal the District Head of
the Office in which the Government t servant is employed (in con-
sultation with the Collector of the district) should arrange for the
appropriate Law Officer of the Government giving the necessary
legal advice, to, and appearing in Court on behalf of the Govern-
ment servant. Where the person defamed is himself the Head of
the Department or the District Head the sanction of the State
Government or that of the authority who is immediately sLperior
to the District Head, as the case may he, should be obtainel.

[G.O.Ms. No. 2210, Pablic (Ser.) dt. 28th August 1951]

70. Fees to pleaders other than Public Prosecutors appointed to con-
duct criminal prosecutions.—

(1) The Collector is empowered to sanctio without

referrence to Government fees at a rate not exceeding
Rs. 35 per diem to pleaders other than Public Prosecutors appoin-
ted to conduct prosecutions under Section 24. Criminal Procedure
Code, 1973, for work occupying three hours or more in Court on
a day and Rs. 15 per diem to such pleader for work occupying
less than three hours in Court on a day, provided that when such

70 of 780
 66

pleader is engaged in more than one case on the same day the
maximum fee payable for the whole day shall not exceed Rs. 50.
For conducting Criminal cases in outlying stations, such Pleaders
will be allowed a fee of Rs. 50 for each day spent in Court or
occupied in travelling. Bills on account of such remuneration
should be supported by a certificate in the following form

“I certify that it was most inconvenient in public interest

for the Public Prosectuor or the Assistant Public Prosecutor to
attend at the hearing and that the case could not in regard to the
public interests be postponed “.

(0.0. Ms. No. 3131, Home, 19th October 1954.)

(2) Fees to Pleaders engaged to conduct the prosecution for

offences under special and local laws.—
In cases in which pleaders are engaged to conduct the prosecution
for offences under special and local laws, the Board of Revenue
and Collectors have power to sanction the payment of fees at a
rate not exceeding Rs. 25 per diem subject to the following limits

(i) Board of Revenue up to Rs. 300 in .a.k case.

(Ii) Collectors up to Rs. 75 in each case.

(3) Pleaders other than public Prosecutors appointed to con~

duct prosecutions under section 24, of the Code of Criminal Pro-
cedure will draw travelling allowance admissible as laid down in
Ruling 2 under the heading “Law Officers” in Annexure VIII
to the Tamil Nadu Travelling Allowance Rules. They are not
entitled to any daily allowance.
(4) Fees to Pleaders engaged to defend persons accused of capital
offences.—
Sessions Judges are empowered to sanction without re-
ference to Government fees at a rate not exceeding Rs. 25 Per diem
subject to a limit of Rs. 250 in each case.
( !0. Ms. No. 316, Home, 18th January 1940.)

71 of 780
 67

71. Institution at State cost of civil suits or criminal prosecutions

by Police Officers—Rules.—
The institution, at the cost of the State~ of civil suits
or prosecutions by Police Officers requires the sanction
of the Government in each case. In applying for such sanction
~he procedure laid down in Order No. 68 (3) should be followed
so far as it is applicable. The sanction of the Government should
be obtained separately in respect of appeals or other procee(Llflgs
arising out of a suit or prosecution.
(G.0. Ms. No. 1539, Home, 2~sthJuly 1961)
72. Threat .f civil er criminal proceedings.—
(1) A Police O~cerwho receives any communication containing
a threat of civil or cmimidal proceedings against him fcq
acts done in his o~cimt1capacity should forthwith forward, througc1
the proper cha*nel a copy of such cm.inunication intimating
whether he wishes to reply there to r jiot I and if he proposed
to send a reply, he should sudmit a copy ci’ tli’ purpose reply.
(G. 0. Ms. 2879, Home, 6th June 1938-)
(a) In case the proceedings threatered ~re ci’,il rrcceecirts
o theCmrnissionerof Police, Chennai if he is an officer ci the
Madras City Police, or to the Director )General of Police, if he is an
Officer of the District Police, Railway Police, or the Criminal In~ietti-
gation Departmrnt.

(b) In case the proceedings threatened are criminal proce-

dings (I)to the Deputy.Inspector General of Police of that Branch
of the C.I.D. concerned if he is an officer of the C.I.D., (ii) to the
Commissioner of Police, Chennai if he is an officer of the
Chennai City Police, (iii) to the Ccllectc r of the district in the case
of an officer of the District Police and (iv) to the Deputy Inspector-
General of Police in-char2e of Railways, Chennai if he is an o~ce1
of the Railway Police.

230-3---5A

72 of 780
 68

(2) If the Police Officer who receives such ccmmunicatkn is

the Director-General of Police, Chennai, the commissi( ncr 01
Police, Chcn~mi,the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, incharge
of that Branch of the C.I.D. concetned or the Deputy Inspector-
General of Police, in-charge of Railways, Chenn.~i,he should f~rth
with forward to the Government (the Deputy Inspector-General 01
Police, in-charge of that Branch of the C.I.D. concerned, Chennai
or the Deputy Inspector-General of Police incharge cf Railway’
Chennai forwarding it through the Direct r-General of Police
a copy of such communication intimating whether he wishes to
reply thereto or not submitting a copy of any reply which he
proposes to send.
(3) The Director General of Police, the Commissioner of
Police, the Deputy Director-General of Pclice, in-charge of Rail
ways or of that Branch of the C.tD. concerned, r the Collector
as the case may be, should examine the draft reply, if one is pro-
posed to be sent, and give the officer such directions an~make
such change in the draft reply as he may consider necessary. In
doubtful cases, a reference should be made to the Gcvernment.
A reply should be sent in the form in which it is approved or
required to be sent by the ~icector~Generalof Police, the Cmmis-
somers of Police or the Deputy Inspector-General of Police ia-charge
of Railwaysor of that Branch of the C.I.D. concerned, the Collector
or the Government as the csse may be.
(4) Any faiL~re on the part of an officer to comply with the
provisions of clauses (i) and (3) above will be viewed as a breach
of discipline and will also render him ineligible for legal assistance
from the Government if proceedings are actuelly instituted against
him.
(5) The question of defending at the public expense a Police,
officer who has received a coinnunication containing at threat of
1egal proceeding s against him need not ordinarily be taken up
until the proceedings, have been actually instituted. If, hc’wever,
in criminal proceedings ,the Commissioner of Police ,the Deputy
Inspector- General of Police in-charge of Railwaysor of that Branch
of the C.I.D. concerned, or the Collector, and in civil suits, the

73 of 780
 69
Director-General of Police or the Commissk ner of Police, as the
case may be, consider that the proceedings are likely to be insti-
tuted against a Police Officer, be may examine the question as soon
as he receives a copy of the communication referred tn in clause
above.
73. Civil suitS by or against the State.—
(1) The institution of a civil suit by or against the State
requires the sanction of Government. In all such s~itsane in
suits by or against Police Officers which go up to the G. ~vern-
ment for sanction, the plaints and wirtten statements should except
cases of emergency be got approved by the Government
befoie they are filed. After the approval has been obtained
the Director-General can act further on behalf of the Gcvern
meat by signing plaints and if acquainted with the facts I the
case, by verifying pleadi~igs. If a civil suit instituted against the
State in connection with a matter ccncer~ingthe Police Depart-
ment, the Superintendent of Police shall refer the matter to the Dir-
ector-General for orders. As the defence of such s~its ordi~arily
falls upon the Government Pleader of the district, the Director-
General will secure his services through the Cc Ilectur.

(G.O. 918, Judicial 28th May 1889,2360 Law (General) 25ti Septemhei
1923 and 2632 Home, 7th July 1947.)

(2) Legal Advice to be obtained I~regard to litigation affecting

thc .S’tate .—The Government have issued the following orders in the
matter of legel advice to be obtained in regard to litigaitoa ~
the State;—

(a) It has come to the notice of the Government that no

general rule exists requiring that legal advice shall be obtained
before a suit is instItuted or the defence of a suit uodertakcn on
befall of the State. The State Government considers it desirable
that such advice shall be always be obtained in regard to litigation
by or against the State. It is not necessary that SUCh advice should
be obtained merely because notice of suit against the States s

74 of 780
 70

given under section 80 of the Code of Civil Procedure though in

~‘nportant cases it may be desirable for the officer dealing with the
notice to obtain legal advice regarding it. Nor will officers who
are competent to sanction the filing or defence of! suit on behalf
of the State be bound to follow the legal advice they may receive
through, if they decide to reject it, they must place the reasons
for their decision clearly on record. Subject to these directions, it
5hall be the duty of every officer before filing or sanctioning the
,

defence of a suit or appeal to obtain the opinion of the appro-

priate legal adviser as to whether the suit or appeal is legally main-
tainable. In the case of Collectors or other district officers, the
Government Pleader of the district will be referred to and the fact
of this having been done shall be included in any report to
higher authority. In the case Of Board of Revenue and other
heads of departments, the Government Pleader, Chennai, shall be
consulted.
(G.O.957,Judicial, 14th June 1912.)
(b) The Director -General of Police is entitled to seek the
advice of the Advocate -General and other Law Officers in the
City, but if he desires to obtain the opinion of the Advocate-
General he should address Government in the Administrative Depart-
metit and not seek his advice direct.

~G.O. 4100, Law. (General) 6th Nov., 1931.]

(3) The Director-General is empowered to obtain the service

of the State Prosecutor for the conduct of cases in the Madras
City Police Courts, in cases where the prosecuting agency at his
disposal is in adequate or unsuitable.

(G.O. No. 1291, Judicial 16th June 1987.)

(4) As soon as a noticed in a case which involves a question,
of the validity of any central enactment, etc., is served, a copy of
the pettic’n and affidavit should be forwarded to the Government
of India in, the Administrative Department concerned and also
to the officer of the Central Government primarily concerned, e.g.

75 of 780
 71

the Textile Commissioner, Bombay and they may be asked to give

the necessary instructions for preparing the counter -affidavit and
they may also be I nfornied which Law Officer of the State Govren-
ment is dealing with the case so that they may correspond with
him direct. A copy of such communication should also be sent
to the Law Officer concerned.

(Memo l62227-Tr. 1/51-1 Home, 3rd Dec. 1951.)

74. Claims for loss of Service against members of the public for the
4zjury causedf by them to Police Officers.—Police Officers should report
promptly, through their superior officers to the Director-General
of Police the full facts regarding any injury sustained by them
whether on or off duty, owing to the negligence of a member 0r
members of the public. The question of instituting a claim f0r
loss of services against the party alleged to be responsible for the
injury will be decided by the Government in each case in con~
sultation with their legal advisers.
(G.O. No.2597, Home, 6th Oct. 1936.)

76 of 780
 72

CHAPTER X.

PUNISH~’IENTOF AND APPEAL FROM NON-GAZE TTED

OFFICERS.

75. (1~Toe Discipline and Appeal Rules issued by the Govern-

ment of Tamil Nadu for the Tamil Nadu Police Subordinate Service
and the Tamil Nadu Special Police Subordinate Service are publi-
shed in the Tamil Nadu Services Manual, Vohme IV.

(2) The cordinal principle of discipline is that no one shalt

be punis~.edunless lie has been given an adequate opport~nity to
defend himself against the action proposed in regard to him.

76. R~:tcrio~i
i Iowcr rank
(1) me reduction of a member of the force to lower rank
should ~e awarded only in very exceptional cases a~id only in
the ca~c of those who have been promoted from the lower rank.

(?) Wholesale reductions by a n. mber of graJes or increments

at a time ~1i~ild not be awarded on punishment rolls. Drastic
reductions ma’! b~within the letter of the rules, but they are
not in keeping with their spirit and from every point of view, it
is undesirable that they should be ordered.

77. P,zis~’u~ntof o/jicLtting o~icer&—oUicers comp~’tentto aTv~rd.

The fact of an officer having been placed in charge of a~
appointflient or post (as distinguished from his being appointe~ to
officiate in the post) does not affect the powers of punishment
riven to the various officers in rule 3 of the Discipline and
Appeal Rules. An officiating incumbent should be dealt w1~hin
the same way as a permanent officer of that rank.

77 of 780
 73

78. Recovery frompay.—

(1) The authoity imposing the penalty, recovery from pay of

the whole or part of any pecuniary loss caused to Government by
negligence or breach of orders, shall follow the procedure
prescribed in Rule 3 (a) of the Discipline and Appeal Rules.
(GO. 2414, Home, 16th August 1946)

that the Government servant

(2) Whenever an authority holds
is responsible for any loss sustained by the Government, it should
as far as possible proceed to recover the whole or at least a part
of the loss. Any other form of disciplinary action should be
avoided for the imposition of two punishments for the same offence
will offend the principles of natural justice eventhough it may be
legal.

(3) In cases where it jS adjudged that the loss has been the

result of more negligence or carelessness on the part of the

Government servant and that there was no criminal intent, it is

sufficient if the loss is recovered in whole or in part to the extent

possible and in such cases recovery by itself be enough punishment,
However, in cases where the recoverY of whole or part of the

amount is not possible, it is open to the competent authority to

proceed against the delinquent to impose any other punishment
which it deems fit.

(4) Where criminal intent is evident, then resort should ordit-

narily be had to prosecution in a court, unless the amount

involved is trivial, when appropriate departmental punishment may
be inflicted.

(5) In deciling the amount to be recovered, not only the

circumstances of the loss hut also the Government servant’s finar-

cial position, should be considered, since the penalty should not he

such as impair his future efficiency.

78 of 780
 74

79. Recovery from Pension :——

(1) (a~(i) It shall be ensured that all Government dues are cleared
by the retiring officer before his retirement. Should any such dues
remain unrealised and unassessed for any reason, the retiring Govern-
ment officer should be required to furnish the surety of a suitable per--
manent Government servant or make a suitable cash deposit or such
portion of gratuity payable to him as may be considered sufficient may
he held over till the outstanding dues are adjusted or for a period ot
6 months from the date of retirement whichever is earlier. The
cash deposit to be taken or the amount of gratuity to be with-
held should not exceed the estimated amount of outstanding clues
plus 25 per cent thereof, Tn case it is not possible to estimate
the approximate amount recoverable, the amount of deposit to be
taken or the portion of gratuity to be withheld should be limited
to 10 per cent of the gratuity or Rs. 1,000 whichever is less~
Efforts should he made to recover and adjust the Government
(lues within a period not exceeding six months from the date of
retirement of the officer concerned. If no claim of Government
amount is made against the officer within that period, it would be
presumed that no Government claim is outstanding against him.
(ii) If any dues recoverable from a retired Government
servant come to light more than two years after his retirement by
which time normally the surety would have been released, or the
cash deposit or the amount withheld from gratuity would have
been refunded, the question whether recovery of the irrecoverable
amount shall be waived or the recovery made from the Govern-
ment servant responsible for not assessing and effecting the recovery
in time shall be considered on merits.

(b~ Article 470 (b) of the Civil Service Regulations, however

permits a permanent reduction in the amount of pension where
an officer’s service has not been thoroughly satisfactory
and the Government are justified in making proof of a specific
instance of fraud or negligence by an officer the ground for a
finding that his service has not been thoroughly satisfactory within

79 of 780
 75

the meaning of the article for the purpose of reducing his pen-
sion. In such cases, therefore, the pension papers with the
recommendation of the head of the department should be submitted
for the orders of the Government through the Accountant-
Generah.

(2) (a) if the amount due to Government exceeds the last pay
or leave salary, steps should be taken to recover the amount as
laid down in order No. 79 (1) (a).

(b) If in any case, any amount is still due to the Govern-

vent from the Government servant, steps should be taken to
proceed against him in a court of law to write off the loss to
Government, if it is considered not worthwhile to adopt such a
course.

(3) The Government reserve to themselves the right to order

the recovery from the pension of an officer who entered service
on or after 12th~August 1938 of any amount on account of losses
found in judicial or departmental proceedings to have been caused
to Government by the negligence or fraud of such officer during
his service. Provided that—

(a) such departmental proceedings, if not instituted while

the officer was on duty—

(i) shall not be instituted save with the sanction of the

Government

(ii) shall not be in respect of any event which took place

more than four years before such institution, and

(iii) shall be conducted by such authority and in such

place as Government may direct and in acccrdance with the
procedure applicable to departmental proceedings in which an order of
dismissal from service could be made in relation to the officer
during his service.

80 of 780
 76

(b) no such judicial proceedings, if not instituted while the

officer was on duty, shall be instituted in respect of a cause of action
which arose or an event which took place more than four year5
before such institution.

(c) The Tamil Nadu Public Service Commission shall be

consulted before final orders are passed.
Explanation :----

A departmental proceeding shall be deemed to be instituted

on the date of which the statement of charges is issued.
A Judicial proceeding shall be deemed to be instituted (i) in the
case of criminal proceeding, on the date on which the complaint
or report of Police Officer on which the Magistrate takes congni-
zance of and (ii) in the case of civil proceedings on the date of
presentation on the plaint in the court.
80. Procedure prior to reduction, compulsory retirement, removal
or dismissal:—
(1) The procedure to be followed for imposing the penalty
of reduction, compulsory retirement, removal or dismissal is laid
down in rule 3 ~b) of the Discipline and Appeal Rules (The Tamil
Nadu Services Manual, Volume IV).
(2) (a) On the occurrance of an incident likely to be the
subject of disciplinary action the responsible o~certo whom the
incident is re
1~ortedshall make such enquiry, if any, as he considers
necessary to establish the prima facie correctness of the facts alleged.
If this preliminary enquiry dis loses Viat there is prima facie case
for disciplinary action, a decision should be taken either by the
Officer himself, assuming that he is an Inspector or above that
rank, or by his immediate superior Officer, as to whether the flit!
machinery preliminary to punishment should be set in motion. He
should also decide wiether the offence may require an oral en-
quiry. If it is decided to set in motion the full machinery
preliminary to punishment a specific charge or charges should
be framed in the lignt of the evidence recorded in the preliniinarv
enquiry.

81 of 780
 77
(b) It is not necessary that the charges should be framed
by the authority competent to award a penalty or even that the
enquiry should be conducted by such authority. The charge can be
framed and the enquiry held by any officer acting under the orders
of tne authority competent to award the penalty. This does not,
however, imply that no other officer can frame charges and
enquire. An officer can at any time and without specific authori.
sation by the authority competent to impose the penalty frame
etlarge against or enquire into the conduct of an officer directly
subordinate to him, although he may not be competent to impose
a penalty.
(c) It is particularly important that the charge or charges
should be carefully framed and in doing so, the following points
should be borne in mind—
(i~The charges should be brief and couched in clear ternis. Any
vaguemiccs should be avoided. The date or period of occurrence of the
incident, should, wherever possissble, find a place in the charge;
where the exact date is not available, the approximate date or period
should be indicated in the charge.
(ii) A single charge of a general nature such as corruption or
incompetence cannot be regarded as sufficiently definite. In connec-
tion with an enquiry into alleged corruption or incompetence, a separate
cuarge should be framed in respect of each instance or alleged corruption
or incompetence. A series of charges on particular instances may,
however, be combined with a general charge or corruption or,
incompetence of which the instance from the evidence. For example
the results of a series of charges of delays may be noted after due
enquiry as they occur in a conduct register and a general charge of incom-
petence or persistent dilatoriness may be based on them.
(iii) A full a~~d
clear statement of allegeations in support of the
charge or each of the charges should be communicated to the deliftquent
along with the charge or charges. Every item of the charge should be
carefully and accurately framed. It should be remembered that an exact
copy of the charges or charges framed under item (1) above together
with the full and clear statement ofthe facts in support of the charge
or charges will have to go into the Minute.

82 of 780
 78
(iv) The names of prosecution witnesses (to be styled 1’P.Ws”)
to prove the charges will be nemtioned therein. This should be done
on the following lines.
The following are some of the witnesses it is proposed
to examine in this connection. Ok hers may also be examined, as
found necessary.”
There is no need tø enter what the witnesses are mo prove,----
(v) The delinquent should be directed to submit his written
statement within a sufficient specified lime and also to prod uce a list of
documents he proposes to cite and a’jist ofwitnesses whom he proposes
to examine in defence, with the points upon which he expects each
will speak.
If the delinquent. h~wever,refuses for asy reason to submit
a list
0f defence witnesses with his written statement, he will not be
precluded from citi#ig his witnesses later in the eaquiry, when they
must be heard.
1n He should
writing be required
whether withinto areasonable
he wishes have an oraltime to state
enquiry or
specifically
only to oe heard in person. He should understand what each mean s.
~d) Two copies of the charges together with statements of the
allegations on which each charge is based and of any other circumstances
which it is proposed to take into consideration in passing orders on the
case against the deliquent shall be prepared. One copy shall be given
to the delinquent for his personal use and lie will be required to return
forthwith the other copy with his written acknowledgemeiit of recOipt
thereonand this copy should be attached to the “Oral Enquiry File”.
(e) Ifthe delinquent does not know English, he should also be given
a literal translation in Tamil of the charge(s), the statement of allegation
5
o and the other communications rnadn to him. If necessary, the
minute should also be supplied in Tamil.
(J) The delinquent’s written reply to the charge(s) when received
hould be examined carefully to see whether all the items have been
Correctly
1’or answered.
it should be fixed.If Witnesses
an oral enquiry
can heissummoned
consideredand
necessary, a date
paid travelling
allowance. Official witnesses should be given certiEcates of attendance

83 of 780
 79

(g) Under Section 2 of the Madras Reevnue Enquiries Act 1893

the Government Can, by order, invest any officer deputed by them to
make an enquiry into the conduct of any public servant as such, with
p ~v~:to s.m’n:n )il aiiy p~rsoiito app~.Lrb~fore such officer togive
evidence or to produce documents. The Act does not apply to a case
where the officer making the enquiry is not deputed for the purpose
by the Government, hut acts in virtue of the powers conferred on him by
Statutory rules. There is, howerver, no objection to the Goyernmen-
specifically deputing such an officer, to make the enquiry into the conduct
of the public servant and to their conferring on him the necessary owerS
under section 2 of the Act. This procedure may be followed in case~
where it is found really necessary that the enquiry officer should have
legal powers to summon witnesses to give evidence or to produce docu-
ments. The enquiry officer may exercise also the powers vested in
him by the statutory rules after the completion of the enquiry.
(3) (a) (i) In all cases entailing oral enquiry or being heard in
person it should be conducted by a Gazetted Polce Officer. The officer
who conducted the preliminary enquiry laid down in order No. 80 (2’~
(a) should not conduct the oral enquiry but it should be conducted by
some other officer.
(ii) In all instances of disciplinary actioi~against Inspectors
entailing oral enquiry or being heard in person the officer who deals with
the matter should ordinarily be of the rank of Superintendent of Police
or Joint Superintendent of Police or Additional Superintendent oJ
Police.
~ The Officer who conducts the oral enquiry and appraises the
evidence should ordinarily write the minute. But if for any reason
the officer is not able to complete the enquiry, another officer may cont
nue the enquiry and write the minute with the evidence so recorded by
the previous officer or partly recorded by that officer and partly recorded
by himself. if, however, the officer is of opinion that further exam
nation of any of the witnesses whose evidence has already been recorded
is necessary in the interests of justice, he may rosummon any such
witnesses and after such further examination, cross-examination and
re-examination, if any, as may he permit, the witness shall L’e
discharged.

84 of 780
 80

(4) (a) When the delinquent appears for the oral enquiry, the
enquiry officer should put the following question, which, with its answer
(as in the case of all further questions and answers noted below) shoul~
he recorded in writing in the “Oral Enquiry File”—
(Q) “You have received a copy of the charge(s) and the state-
ment of allegations and submitted your written explanation. Have you
anything further to add before I proceed with this oral enquiry ?“

This recorded question and answer (as in the case of all

further questions and answers) must be read over (in translation, if
necessary) to th~delinquent, and his signature and that of the enq!irv
officer, appende’i to it. The form to be used should be...
“Recorded by me, read over (and translateJ) to the
deponent au acknowledged by him to be correct.”
(b) The prosecution evidence shall then be taken. It is not
necessary to record again the evidence of those prosecution witnesses
who were examined and whose evidence was recorded in the presence of
the delinquent at the preliminary enquiry. It will be sufficient if their
evidence so recorded is read out in the presence of the delinquent, the
enquiry officer certifying in the Oral Enquiry File that this was done, and
the d-elinqueut is given an opportunity to cross-examine such witnesses,
whether or not he had already cross-examined them at the preliminary
enquiry. T~.eprosecution witness need not be rccaUed unless the delin-
quent desire-~ to cross-examine them further. If, however, any witness
was examine at the preliminary enquiry in the absence of the delinquent,
such witness must, if the delinquent so desires, be examined in
chief in his presence (inSteal of the evidence given at the preliminary
enquirY being read out) and the delinquent mu St also be given an
opportunity to cross-examine the wilness. The pros~cutienmay re-
examine such of the prosecution witnesses as consid ers ~ilCceSSary,
after which the delinquent must again be given an opportunity to
put further questions.
(c) Prosecution witnesses who are sunvnoned for the first time at
the oral enquiry shall be examined. The delinquent should he asked to
state if he wishes to cross-examine them. Prose~utionwitnesses may

85 of 780
 8!

be examined in such order as the officer holding the enquiry deems fit.
As for as possible, the cross-examination should be clone immediately
after the examination in chief is over. If however, the delinquent
states that he wishes to reserve cross-examination, the officer holding
the enquiry shall on satisfying himself that the retsons furnished are
adequate grant the request and, if they are not, refuse to do so for
reasons to be recorded in writing.
(G.0. Ms. No. 553 Home, 22 Feb 1956.)
(d) At the head of each evidence, the name, rank, desig-
nation or calling of the witness must be entered e.g. “P.W.l Head
Constables (name) No. 516 X Station, or PW. 2, Tr. X. Village
Magistrate of Y Village”.
(e) At the foot of the completed deposition of each and every
witness the entry detailed in sub-clause (4) (a) should be made, the
enquiry officer, the witness and the delinquent all signing. If there
is more than one page of deposition the pages other than the last should
also be initialled by all the partes mentioned.
(0.0. 1716, Home, 30th March 1936.)
(J) All the statements of presecution witnesses should be kept in
one separate file.
(g) Prosecution documents are marked as Exhibits P-i ,P-2,
etc., and must be kept in their own file for which an index is required
showing the mark of the exhibit, its nature in brief and who has
produced it.
(h) The prosecution side ofthe hearingis new over. On the “Ora
Enquiry File” the enquiry officer should enter the following question
which he puts to the delinquent :—
Q..—”You have heard the evidence against you. Have ye
any witnesses you wish to have examined and any documents you wish
~ohave produced in your defence”.
(i) He must be given fair time to draw up and present his list.
The enquiry officer can question him for what purpose each witness is
required so as to avoid protraction of the enquiry by irrelevancies or the
vaxacious citation of witnesses. He can for sufficient reasons refuse to
F 230-3—6

86 of 780
 82

hear any particular witnesses or to allow any particular documents to

be pro~ucel, but he must record in the same file his reasons for such
refusal. Failure so to record the reasons will vitiate the enquiry.
(j) Defence witnesses, styled, “D.Ws.” are thereafter
examine I in chief by the delinquent and cross-examined if necessary, by
the enquiry officer (and not by other witnesses to the enquiry however
much they are impugned). The delinquent may re-examine such of the
defence witness as he considers necessary after which the prosecution may
again question the defence witnesses further. The procedure is the same
as in paragraph 8O~4)(b)to (Ii) inclusive. As detailed in paragraph
8O(h)(f), a separate file will be maintained for defence statement.
(k) Defence documents are inarked as Exhibits D-1, D-2, etc.
The pro3e~urelaid down in order No. 80(4)(g) shall be followed.
(G.o. Ms. No, 3226, Home, 12 Nov. 1959).
(1) If the delinquent dispenses with any of the defence witness
cited by him, this fact should be recorded in the “Defence witnesses”
file under the signature of the delinquen and of the officer conducting
the enquiry.
(5) (a) if the enquiry is conducted on the complaint of a private
person or body, the complainant shall iint be allowed to cross examine
the officer charget who is, in such enquiry, in the position of an accused
person. but the complainant may suggest questions to the enquiry officer
to’be put to the witnesses produced in defence of the officer charged or
the cn.guiry officer may, in his discretion, permit tile complainant
to cross-examine the said witnesses
(G.O. Ms. No. 663, Pub. (ser) 25 Apr. 1939 and 3793, Home 13th July 1939.)
(h) (i) An officer conducting a departmental enquiry cannot be
cited as a prosecution witness in the enquiry. if, Fowever, he is required
as a defence witness by the dehinq~ent, the latter should be asked to
state ill writing w~iatpoints the officer is cited to elucidate. If the
enquiry officer considers it unnecessary to allow himself to be examined
as a defence witness, he will file that application with his remarks as
part of the records of the enquiry and, if relevant, will incorporatc the
informatio1~contained in that application and his remarks in the minute.
In case, however, he thinks that h~scx~mination as a defence
witness is really necessary,he may still conduct the enquiry if the points

87 of 780
 8i

to be eluciteci from him are such that his answers will not iii any way
vitiate the resu It of thc enquiry. In such cases lie should record
verbatim the delinquent’s questions and his replies both signing
all the pages of the depositions.

(ii) In cases where the evidence that the officor is required to

adduce is vital and is likely to have a bearing on the result of the
enquiry, the enquiry should not be conducted by that officer but by
5ome the enquiry other officer.

(6) Having completed the defence, the enquiry officer should

continue to make entries in the “Oral Enquiry File” as follows i—

Q.—”Your defence witnesses have been examined and such

documents as you required have been produced and exhibited (with the
exceptions refused by me as noted already in these proceedings for the
reasons shown~. Have you anything further to request or say?
You are entitled to put in if you desire, a further written statement
of defence”,
A
The questions and his reply should be recorded, read over, trans-
lated, if necessary and acknowledged by his signature and that of
the enquiry officer as detailed above.

With reference to the first question ifthe delinquent state that he

desirt~to recall certain witnesses for further cross-examination he
shou1~tbe ailowed to do so. But, the officer holding the enquiry
should always ask him what further questions he wishes to put to those
witnessc~~norder to satisfy himself that they are relevent, and, if they
are not, h~can, for reasons to be recorded, refuse to recall
such wi~aesses.

(7) (a) The officer holding the enquiry must. be strictly impartial.
It is particularly importanY that the formalities prescribed in the statu-
tory rules and orders should be allowed. Tt is essential that the con-
duct of the proceedings should not give rise in the mind of the person
F 230-3—6A

88 of 780
charged to a belief that the enquiry is being conc~uctedin anything b~1t
an impurtial and detached I’rame of mind.
(b) A departmental enquiry should be completed with as little
delay as possible. Cat~should be taken to avoid all dilatoriness and
adjournment or postponement ofthe enquiry should be allowed with
circumspection and only when necessary. Where an officer is suspended
pending enquiry into his conduct on the ground that it is not desirable
to allow him to continue on duty during the enquiry, it is all the
more necessary that the enquiry should be completed with expedition
and orders passed as early as possible.
(6.0. Ms. No. 275, pub. (Ser) 5 Feb. 1937 and Ms. 1927 Home 19 May 1937.)
(~)Where, however, in exceptional cases there is difficulty in
observing exactly the requirements of the statutory orders and the
requirements can be waived Without injustice to the person charged and
it is proposed to waive all or any of the provisions of the orders, the
reason therefor must recorded in writing; failure so to record the
reasons will vitiate the enquiry.
(0.0. Ms. No. 2107, Pub (Ser.) 5th Nov. 1937 and 1711 Home 30 Mar. 1938.)

(8) (a) An Officer’s past record should not be taken into

account in arriving at a finding as to the truth or otherwise
of the charges against him. If the past bad record of an officer
is proposed to be taken into account in determining the penalty
to be imposed it should be made a subject matter of a specific charge
either in the main charge sheet issued in the first instance or in the form
of an additional charge sheet issued before the commencement of an
enquiry in respect of the main charge-sheet and the person charged should
be afforded all the facilities necessary for enabling him to meet his
allegations based on past record.

(b) In his explanation the delinquent cannot question the pro-

priety of the punishments already awarded to him as they have been or
could have been dealt with by appeal; be can, however, claim
extenuating circumstances.

89 of 780
 85
(9) All orders passeJ in cases involving dismissaI~ removal, com
pulsory retirement or re huction to a lower rank in the seniority list or a
lower grade, post or time-scale or to a lower stage in the same time-
scale, should contain a specific certificate to the effect that the
authority inflicting the punishment is not an authority SabordinatC
in rank to the appointing authority in respect of the accused
officer. It should also be specifically stated that after the enquiry has
been completed and after the punishing authority has arrived at a
provisional conclusion in regard to the penalty to be imposed, the
accused officer has beeu spplied with a copy of the report on which such
a provisional conclusions has been arrived at and has been calle I upon
to show cause withina reasonable time against the particular penalty
th1~l had been proposed to be inflicted.
(10) An order removing dismissing or reducing an officer in res-.
pect of his conviction and sentence to fine in a criminal court cannot 1e
entirely based on the facts which led to his conviction, since such a con-
viction and sentence do not necessarily entail the award Of any further
departmental punishment. In the case of this kin I not coming within
the scope of the instructions in order No. 81 of Police Standing Orders,
Vol’ me I, when a gazetted officer decides under Or~~er No. 66(2) that
departmental punishment should be awarded, he should frame a charge
and statement of allegations setting forth the fact of conviction and
contence and the grounds upon which his decision to take further
departmental action is based an’! his further enquiry should conformie
the requirements of this order. Tne findings of the court, which it is
not open to the delinquent officer to dispute, will not come within ths
scope of that depxrtmental enquiry but it will be open to the delinquent
to put forward and prove such extenuating or other circumstanc~sas
mayjust~fiya lenient view being taken of his offence. Care
should be taken that expression of opinion by the trying
court, other than findings on issues relevent to the questions of guilt,
are not introduced into the minutes to justify or reinforce an order
of punishment, unlesS theyhave been incorporated in the charge of state-
ent ofallegations and the evidence upon which theyare based has been
regularly brought on to the record of the departi*eutal enquiry,

90 of 780
 86

81. Departmental proceedings and prosecutions of Government Ser-

vants involved in Criminal misconduct.—

(I) The following procedure should normally be adopted in case5

of alleged misconduct of Govesnment Servants :—

As soon as sufficient evidence is available for the purpose, in

the course of investigation in cases of misconduct whether such investi-
gation is conducted departmentally or through any Police agency action
should be taken under the appropriate Jisci-linary rules and disciplinary
proceedings should be initiated forthwith. Such departmental proceed
ings need not interfere with the Police investigation, which may be
continued where necessary. After the departmental proceedings are
concluded and the penalty, if any, impose.~as a result thereof, the
question of prosecution should be consid ered in the light ofsuch material
as may have become available as a result of the investigation.

(2) For the purpose of these instructions, the expressions’

“criminal misconduct” shall have the same meaning as in section 5
f the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1947 (Central Act No. 2 of 1947),
an extract of which is reproduced below
“A public servant is Sai~ to commit the offence of criminal
misconduct in the] ischarge of his u ty
(a) If he habitually accepts or obtain or agrecs to accept or
attempts to obtain from any 1~crsonfor himself or for any other person,
any gratification (ot~iCrthan legal rcm~ine:~jtion)
a.~a motive or reward
such as is rne~~tioae ia sectj ~i 61 i the ft hum Penal Code (Act 45
of 1860), r
(b) if he hiabituahI~~‘c~eptsL,r otains or a~rccsto a~ept or
attempt to obtain for himselfot for any other person ,any valuable thing
without consideration or for a consideration which lie knows to be in ade
quate, from any person whom he k!1G ws to have been or to be likely
to be concerned in any proceeJings or bLtsiness transactel about or to be
transacted by him, or having any connection with the official functions
of himself or of any Pu bhic servant to when he is so bordijiate, or from any
person whom he knows to be inturested in or related to the persons
concerned, or

91 of 780
 87
(c) if he dishonestly or fradulently misapropr!ttes or otherwise
converts for his ownuse any property entrustedto him tr ,~under his
control as a public servant or allows any othenersofl soto do, or
(d) if he,by corrupt or illegal means or by oth~rwiseabusing
his position, as a public servant, obtains for ~mselfor fr any other
person any valuable thing or peeuniary advaitage.
(3) (a) There is no bar to take simultileous action, oth depart
mental and criminal. Care should be taken to ensure that there is no
wilful violation of the stay order of the pro~dingsifa court dcompctent
jurisdiction orders such a stay. In th~obs~nceof such stay ~rder, the
disciplinary authority is free to ex~reiseits lawful powers Ilcfore
initiating such criminal proceedings ~iviceon evidence sho~ki b~obtained
from Government Counsel and ir more important cases froit the
Advocate-General. Where theconduct of an officer discloses i grave
offence of a criminal nature, cri,~inalpresecution should be the rues and
not the exception. Where tie competent authority is satisfied that there
is no criminal case which cas be reasonably against such an officer, crimi-
nal prosecution should not of course be resorted to. But prosecution
should not be avoided m~elyon the ground that the case might lead to
an acquital.

(b) Should theâecision of the trial court, or the appellatecourt

as the case may be, lead to the aequ ittat of the accused, it maybe
necessary to review Vie decision taken earlier as a result of the depart..
mental proceedings. A consideration to be taken into account in such
review would be whether the legal proceedings and the departmental
proceedings cover@~precisely the same ground. If they did not, and
the legal proceecl~igsrelated only to one or two charges, i.e., not the
entire field of departmental proceedings it may not be found necessary
to alter the decision already taken. Moreover, it should also be remern~
bered that while the court mayhave held that the facts ofthe casedid n~t
amountto anofTenceunder the law, it may well be that the competent
authority in the departmental proceedings might hcld that the Goverif
ment Servant was guilty of a departmental misdemeanour and he has not
behaved in the manner in which a person ~i his Pc sition was expected
to behave.

92 of 780
 88

(c) Artiele 3llC) of the constitution provides that the person

who is a membcr of the Civil Serviceof a State orholds a civil post under a
State, shall ie dismis~d,removed or reduced in rank until he has
been given a ~asonable 4pportunity of showing cause against the action
proposed to be taken in tegard to him. The competent authority
should observe strirtly the statutory requirement of
Article 3’l(2) in ~tl cases in which it is attracted.
Comphiencm with these tequirements is not, however required in case
cvered b~clause (a) (b) or (c) of the provise to that article. Where
however, action is taken under clause (c) of this proviso on the basis of
the convi~tionof a person in a court of law and the conviction is set
aside on appeal, the orders passed under the proviso automatically
become insoperative. If departmental action against him is considered
desiral~e, it will be necessary to follow the provisions of the relevant
disciplinary rules and where necessary, the substantive provisions of
article 311(2).

82. Failure jo attend an enpuiry.—

(1) When on officer whose conduct is under enquiry is on
leave or under suspension fails without sufficient cause to
obey a verbal or written order requiring him to attend the enquiry
on a specified date, he will be liable to have his
leave cancelled with the accusation or accusations hanging
over, him. It is incumbent on a delinquent officer, whether
he is under suspension or on leave, to arrange to receive all official
communications at all times, Hence he should intimate his address or
any subsequent change thereof to the District Police Office and the offices
conducting the enquiry. Service of orders will be directed to the address
furnished. This snouldbe pointed out to him at the time of his relief. If
he does not receive the orders the responsibility for failure to attend
the enquiry would then be his and he will be liable to be dealt with as
stated above.
(2) In serving any communication on him, one of the following
procedure may as found necessary, be adopted:—
(a) By enderin~it in person, tinder acknowledgement.

93 of 780
 $9

(b) By leaving it at his last known place of residence Or l~

giving it to an adult member of his family staying with him.
(c) By sending it to him by registered post, acknowledgment
due.
(d) At the time and in the manner he receives his leave salary or
subsistence allowance.
(e) If none of the means aforesaid is available, by affixing it a
some conspicuous part of his last place of residence.
(3) If he claims that he was unable on account of ill-health to
attend the enquiry, his claim will be rejected unless it is supported by~
medical certificate issued by his medical attendant, and if the officer co~
ducting the enquiry requires it, by a certificate of the District Medica’
Officer or the nearest gazetted Government Medical Officer available.
before, whom he may be directed to appear by that officer, If, however
he is clever enough not to carry his effort to the extent of having th~,
proceedings against him closed for the reason that he is treated as abs-
conding, a sure method of serving orders on him would be at the time h~
comes to a Police station or a District Police Office to receive his pay
The officer conducting the enquiry must arrange for the service of th;
orders at the time the delinquent is paid.

83. Being heard in person Procedure.—

(I) When a personal hearings held instead of an oral enqujr~
the procedure shall be as follows :—
All relevant statements of prosecution Witnesses and prosecution
documents on the one hand, and of defence witnesses and defence
documents along with the statement of defence of the accused officer~
on the other hand, shall be collected and deckotted. The accus~
officer should then be allowed to read the statements and documen~
which support the charge. If, at this stage, he questions the authentjcft~
or accuracy of any prosecution statement, he may ask for a regular or~I
enquirY in which case the procedure laid clown in p.s 0. 80 will be
followed from that point onwards. If however, he does not ~
Officer will record that question the prosecution papers the enquwy

94 of 780
 90

the accused officer has been acquainted with the prosecution case
against him and, in token thereof, shall obtain his signed statement
to that effect.

person. The accused officer is entitled to put in only a personal represen-

tation which the Enquiry Officer should reduce to writing or require the
accused officer to do so. There is no question of citing witnesses or
documents at this stage, as all that should have been done in his original
explanation to the charge. The Enquiry Officer shall then draw up
the minute atter analysing the prosecution documents, the defence docu-
ments and the personal representation of the delinquent.
(3) The above procedure refers to a personal hearing which the
accused officer chooses instead of an oral enquiry. In any other context
a personal hearing shall mean that the enquiry officer merely hears the
accused officer on any point at any time during the course of discipli-
när~~proceedings when he shall make a record of any relevant matter
which the latter has to say in defence or in extenuation.
84. Resignation or retirement of Government Servamts when Depart-
mental Procedings are pending against them etc.—Procedure.——(l) Not-
withstan:ling saything contalnel in clauses (a) and (c) of Fundamental
Rule, 56, a Government servant under suspension on a charge of
misconduct should not be required or permitted to retire
on Hs reaching the date of superannuation but should be
tamed in service untihl he enpLiry into the charge is concluded and a
final order passed thereon by a competent authority. Such an othce
should be allowed to draw subsistence allowance till final orders arc
passed on the charges pending against him. If the Government servant
is finally ex:nerated, he should be allowed to draw with effect from the
date of s~’peranuationonly the pension which he would have been entitled
to had he retired from service in the usual course, the allowance already
granted being adjusted towards pension admissible.
(2) Government servants on duty, who attain the age of suprannun-
tion and agaisnt when departmental proceedings are pending may be
permitted to retire on a provisional pension, if the charges are not so

95 of 780
 91

serious as to necessitate suspension, ie., charges likely to entail

removal or dismissal, In the final orders passed, a suitable reduction
in pension may be made, if necessary. -

(3) A Government servant should not also be~permitted to resign

when any departmental proceedings against him are pending or under
contemplation.

85. Minutes for dismissal, removal, comqulsory retirement or rebuct ion

~f Jnspectors,
Reserve Inspectors, etc.—
(I) When a subordinate Police officer originally appointed
by the Director-General is recommended for compulsory
retirement or removal or dismissal, a carefully prepared
and full minute composed in strict accordance with Order No. 86 shall
be made out. All the necessãr~ydocuments shall be forwarded with it,
each one being numbered as an exhibit and referred to accordingly in
minutes. A list of each documents shall also be sent.

(2) The following records will be attached :—

(a) A list showing all the appointments held by the defaulter

since his enlistment with dates.

(b) His personal file in original.

(3) A covering letter, giving the Suncrintendent’s and the Deputy

Inspector-General’s remarks on the ~as~an~their recommendations will
he submitted. It sho~ildspecifically state whether a properly recorded
departmental enquiry as laid down in Order No. 80 was held.

N0TE.—These instructions will also be followed when the Supecjp~

tendent recommends a punishment which the Deputy rnspectoroeneral
only is competent to inthet

86. Punishment Roll File.— V

(1) A minute
mentioned in ruleshall
2 ofbe
the recorded in allPolice
Tamil Nadu cases when a punishment
Subordinate se~vj~~

Discipline and Appeal Rulós, l~55,is to be imposed; V

96 of 780
 92
(2) (a) To facilitate the writing of the minutes and its reading by
those who have to deal with it subsequently, all papers should be sorted
and docketed into their respective files each of which should be clearly
indexed. The order in which punishment roll file should be arranged
would be as follows:
(i) Charge and tehinquent’s explanation.
(ii) Oral enquiry file (containing questions and answers).

(iii) All petitions filed by the delinquent during the oral enquiry
and orders passed thereon.

(iv) Statement of pcosecution witnesses.

(v) Statement of defence witnesses.

(vi) Prosecutions documents.

(vii) Defence documents.

(viii) Other important documents not relating to prosoctttio~

and defence documents (such as belated Medical certificates in desertioji
cases, passportsJudgement copies and case diary files relating to
the concerned crime numbers referred to by the delinquent in the expla-
nation, further written statement of defence, further representatioa
and appeals etc., or in the charge memorandum, minute and the order,
of the Punishing authority or any other important records connected to
the Punishment Roll.

(ix) Miscellaneous file not covered above.

(b) Statements should be page numbered and exhibits shoul(~be

lettered and a list of them included in the record. References in the
minute to depositions or exhibits should be made by page number, letter
or figures as the case may be.

(c) Finally all files forming the records of enquiry should be

dOQkGtCd with an index showing their nature.

97 of 780
(3) (a) Minutei.—
T1~eminute has its own file and shall be written under ~
following heads: —

(1) Statement of facts and evidence.

(ii) Summary of the facts and evidence.

(iii) Summary of the defence and the evidence auduced

therefor.
(i~)Findings on the charge.
(v) The order (by the authority competent to award it).

(b) No reference to the demeanour of witnesses should be made

in the minute unliss a notewas made in tie records at the time or th.
enquiry in this regard. This is necessary to ensure that enquiry
officers to frame minutes do not speak about the demeanour of witnesses
merely from their memory.
(c) The summary under items (2) and (3) of the minute should
not comprise a reproduction of the evidence, but only so much of it as
is essential for adequate discussion of the matters actually at issue. The
evidence both for and against the delinquent should be attached to the
minute. The minute should contain clear reason for each finding.
(4) Findings.—
The officer holding the enquiry should record his finding
on each charge separately after carefully considering the evidence
adduced in support of it as well as that for the defence. In case whore
thereare sevc~a1 ciarges the enq~iryofficer shoL’ld deal with each sub-
ebarge under ‘B’ ‘C’ and ~D’ one below the other, so that the
diffict Ity that is usually expcrienced in sucf cases is avoided. if
ncessary a full final summing up may be Liven at the end covering all
tl’e charges. In cases which are submitted to ti e higher authority foj
the imposition of the penalty, the officer holding the enquiry may made
a separate recommendation taking into consideration the good work of
the delinqient regarding the penalty to be imposed in these cases which

98 of 780
 94
he takes tp su o mow, an~in cases where! e is directec. to hold au-enqu fry
,t is open to the autFority orlering the enqt’iry to direct the enquiry
officer to make such a recommendation separately.

(5) In eases of minor appealable punishments, tFe minutes shocld

be as brief as is consistant with clearness.

Note.— It is essential that charges should be clear and precise, that they should
not be altered or expended or divided up as the enquiry proceeds. Each charge
should b, self contained, single and accurate.

(6) The order imposing the punishment can only be written by the
competent authority who niust also refer to the charge of previous bad
record, if laid, and tbe explanation with regard to it by the delinquent.
He should also indeate that h~has taken the delinquent’s rpresenta.
tionr in to consideration.

Explanation :—
If a delinquent who had committed an offence in a
district had been transferred out of the district at the time of passing
orders on the Punishment Roll, the Superintendent of POlice of the dis-
trict in which he was formerly working will not have jurisdiction to
pass orders on the Punihsment Roll, and hence his order will not be
valid: It is therefore necessary that the punishment Rolls in such cases’
should be forwarded for final orders to the competentauthoroty, (viz.)
Superintendent ofPolice or Deputy Inspector-General of Police,etc., in
whose jurisdiction the delinquent is actually serving at the time the pen-
alty is awarded. The Punishment Roll in such cases will, however, be
drawn up by the officers in whose districts the delinqueney occurred and
the papers will be forwarded to the officer in whose jurisdiction the delin -

quent is actually serving for passing final orders in the Punishment

Roll.

No freshenquiry need be held but the officer concerned having

jurisdiction should be free to come to his own conclusion on the evidenco
recorded by the other Superintendent ofPolice. Provided that the minor

99 of 780
 Os
punishment as specified in rule 2(a) (b), (c) (e) and (J) of the Tami
Nadu Police Subordinate Services Discipline and Appeal Rules may be
imposed by the competent authority under whom the delinquent wa5
working at the time when the lapses were committed and it includes
his successor in office.

87. (1) In cases where the penalty proposed to be imposed is reduction~

removal, dismissalor compulsory retirement,the authority competent to
inflict the pe11~.lty,after arriving at a provisional conclusion in regard to
the penalty to be imposed. should supply the person charged with a
copy of the minute and call upon him to show cause within a reasonable
time, not ordinarily exceeding one month, against the particular penalty
proposed to be imposed. Any representation in this behalf submitted
by the person charged shall be duly taken into consideration before final
orders are passed.
Note.—Thc opportunity to show cause against the particular penalty
proposed to be imposed referred to in the above order can be given either
by the authority competent to inflict the penalty or under his direction
by a subordinate authority who is superior in rank to the officer on whom
it is proposed to impose the penalty.
(2) In cases of compulsory retirement for inefficiency either under
Pundamental Rules 56(2) or under Rule 3(2) of the Tamil Nadu Liberay

1iscd Pe~sjonRules, 1960 after attaining the age of fifty years or after
completion of twenty-five years of service, the elaborate procedure as
laid down in Rule 3(b) of the Discipline and Appeal Rules need not
be t~olIowed.
(3) Under the rules in the Civil Medical Code, medical officers,
should not grant a certificate of unfitness for further service to any Govern
meat servant except on the requisition and with the cognizance of the
head of the Office on department in which he is at the time serving. If a
medical officer recommends the invalidation of a Police Officer and asks
the head of the office to issue requisition for the purpose the latter should

100 of 780
see whether any departmental enquiry is pending, or is under contemp
lation against the person concerned and, if so, refuse to issue the
requisition asked for, informing the medical officer, of the facts of the
case and requesting him to rceommend if necessarypcnding the leave,
completion of the enquiry.
88. Granting copies of minutes.
(1) A copy of the minutes shall at once be furnished to the
officer affected in cases of reduction, suspensions compulsory retirement,
removal and dismissal. In other cases it will onlybe given on application.
(2) Granting copies of other records in Departmental enquireS.-
(a) No records other than that referred to above and copies of the
charges and statement of allegations referred to in order No. 80 need
OrdinarilY be furnished to an officer accused departmentallY of mis-
conduct, but he should be allowed to peruse all or any of the records
pertaining to the case, or to make out copies or extracts of portions of
such parts of any documents are required for his defence, either before
dr after the enquiry and for purposes of appeal under the following
conditiOnS:—
(1) that specifies in his application what records he requires for
perusal and giveS reasonable cause why he should be allowed to peruse
them;
(ii) that he be allowed such access only under supervision and
should not be allowed to take away any records with him;
(iii) that in the case of a subordinate who does not know the
language of any documents or record, he may be allowed, with the
apprOVal of the officer in charge of the records to have with him some
one knowing the languages in question to assist him.
(b) Ifin any case, it is considered that a certain record required
by adelinquent officer cannot be furnished or disclosed to him in the
public interest for any other justifiable, and specific reasons, he should
be informed accordingly under in writing by the
Enquiry Officer. Non-compliance with the reqUest of a delinquent
omcer in such cases will not vitiate the orders of the punishing authority
on tha score, if the orders are passed after duly taking into account
the principles of natural justice.

101 of 780
 89. Reduction to lower grade on post or lower stage in the time scale of
pay.—
(1) In ordering reduction to a lower grade or post the authority
mayor may not specifythe period forwhich thereduction shall be effective
but where the period is specified it shall state whether on restoration
the period of reduction shall operate to postpone future increments, and
if so, to what extent. In cases where no period has been specified, the
eonclusion is that the penalty is for an unspecified period.

(2) Every order of reduction should indicate the date from which
It will take effect and in cases where the reduction is for a specified
period, the period (in terms of years and months) for which the penaltY
shall be operative and whether the reduction will be exclusive of any
interval spent on leave.

(3) The reduction to a lower stage in a time-scale of pay is not

permissible under the rules either for an unspecified period or as a perma-
nent measure. Every order of reduction in time-scale of pay should
indicate—
(a) the date from which it will take effect and the period (in terms
of years and months) for which the penalty shall be operative.

(b) the stage in the time-scale (in terms of rupees) to which the
Government servant is reduced.

the extent (in. terms of years and months) if any to which

the reduction in time-scale shall operate to postpone future increment.
and

(d) whether the reduction will be exclusive of and interval spen

on leave.
Note:- The fact that the order orreducation to lower grade or post is for
an specific period does not bar a person from being considered again
for repromotion to the grade or post from which he was reduced, provi-
ded that he has shown subsequent good work.
F— 230-3—7

102 of 780
 9$
90. &ispensfois.—
(1) (a). Under rule 3(e) of the Tamil Nadu Police
Subordinate Services Disipline and Appeal Rules, 1955, a member of
the service may be placed under suspension from service where—

(1) an enquiry into grave charges against him is contemplated

or is pending or
(ii) a complaint against him of any criminal offence is under
investigation or trial any such suspension is necessary in the public
interest.
(b) A government servant who is detained in custody whether on
a oriminal charge or otherwise for a period longer than forty eight
hours shall be deemed to have been suspended under rule 3(e) of the
biseipliae sad Appeal Ruins.
(c) An order of suspension under Order (l)(a) may be revoked
at any time by the authority making the order or by any authority to
which it is subordinate.
(d) When suspension is ordered under rula 3(e) of the Discipline
and Appeal Rules, it should not be necessary to observe the procedure
laid down in Order No. 80.

(2). (a) When an officer is eventually released from suspension and

restored to duty, suspension pending investigation, or enquiry should
be treated as eligible leave, if the officer is not honourably acquitte&
but in such a case a substantive punishment other than specific suspension
such as stoppage of increment or reduction may be awarded at the dis
~retion of the authority which ordered the release of the officer from
suspension. If the officer is honourably acquitted the entire period of
suspension pending investigation or enquiry should be treated as duty.
A show cause notice shall be issued wherever the period of suspension i~
proposed to be regulated as leave.
(b) When an officer is eventually dismissed or removed or
compulsorily retired from service as a result of an enquiry into the
charges against him, such an order should take effect only from the
date of order of the competent authority.

103 of 780
 99

(3). (a) Suspension shall take effect from the date of receipt ~
the order by the officer affected unles~he is an absentee without leave,
in which case it will take effect from the date of his absenting from
duty.

(b) A police officer under suspension, ordered to appea

for a personal hearing or departmental enquiry, may be struck off as a
deserter, if he does not appear within twenty-one days of the receipt
of the order, if he claims that he is unable to attend the enquiry on
account of ill-health, the provisions of Order No. 82 will apply to
his case.

(4) An officer under suspension should ordinarily be allowed to

leave his station unless wanted there for enquiry provided that he gives
his address before leaving.

(5) Suspension ordered by officers not ~‘mpoweredto award the

penalty_Pr~4ure._
In case of grave misconduct, the Superintendent may suspenC an
Inspector, or Reserve Inspector and the Sub-divisional Officer
may suspend any Police Officer below the rank of Inspectoc PC1~ ji~
investigation or enquiry into the charges against him. En all such
cases, however, the approval of the officer competent to award the
punishment shall be immediately applied for.
(6~Superintendents and Sub-divisional Officers are empowered to
release officers from suspension ordered by them under the Pr~ceing
clause.
(7) Sannads and kit of officers under suspension to be deposited.—
All Police Officers, when placed under suspension, shall deliver to their
immediate superior officer their sannads and kit supphie~hy Govern-
ment.

(8) All disciplinary cases and especially those in which officers

have been placed under suspension, should he dispose! of with the
atmost expedition. The following time limits shoil 1 be aThered to—.
F—230- 3—7A

104 of 780
 100

(1) Investigation, framing of charges 1

and taking a decision as to who should I
deal with the case i.e., department, Tribunal ~4 months.
for Disciplinary proceedings or Court of
law. J
(ii) Conducting the enquiry by the ‘t~.6months
enquiry authorities. J
(iii) Issue of order after report of ~
enquiring authority is received where punish- ~2 months.
ing authority is different from enquiring j
authority.
Total .~. 12

The Deputy Inspector-General of Police should specifically watch every

month the progress of all disciplinary cases and ensure by personal
intervention that the time limit set above are Srtictly adhered to,
particularly in cases where Government servants are under suspension
91. Reprimands.—
(1) Under the Discipline and Appeal Rules a reprimand
can be imposed as a penalty on Subordinate Police Officers of
and above the rank of Sub-Inspector. The lowest authority which
can award the penalty is the Deputy or Assistant Superintendent of Police
or an officer of corresponding rank.
(2) It is a leaser penalty than censure and shall, therefore, be given
when the offence is such as not to merit a censure.
(3) In every case where it is proposeed to award a reprimand the
officer concerned should be given a reasonable opportunity of showing
cause against the imposition ofthe penalty. No oral enquiry is necessary
it is an appealable punishment.
(4) When an officer has a previous good record a reprimand may be
held in abeyance for a stated period ranging from three to six month
at the end of which the order of punishment will be cancelled if th
officers’ conduct while on duty during the per

105 of 780
 101

b.en good. If the officer’s conduct is found to be unsatisfactory

at any time during the period of post porement the reprimand may at
once be confined, If the reprimand is subsequently confirmed, it wil
take effect from the date of the offence to which it relates.

(5) A reprimand will be entered in the defaulter sheet and

I ervice book.

92. Censure.—

A censure may be awarded for serious acts of commission

or commission, for which a reprimand or warning would be inade-
quate, and postponement of increment or reduction would be excessive,.
In every case where it is proposed to award a censure the officer concerned
should be given a reasonable opportunity of showing cause against the
imposition ofthe penalty. No oral enquiry is necessary.

93. Blackmark to whom applicable.—

The Black Mark system is applicable to all Police Officers of and
below the rank of Head Constables in the Local Police, Armed
Reserve and the Armed Police.

94. Blackmarks—Rules.—The following rules regulate the system

of punishment by blackmarks :—

(1) An offence shall not be punished by the award both of a

specific punishment and of a blackmark.

(2) An blackmark should not be awarded for petty offences for

which punishment like drill, extra guard duty, extra work, or fatigue
duty, or a warning might be sufficient.

(3) Not more than one blaekmark shall be awarded for any
one offence.

(4) Blackmarks shall take effect from the date of the offence,
unless otherwise stated

106 of 780
 102

(~) rhe above rules must be strictly enforced, provided

that in any case in which the officer awarding the black
mark c~nsiders that the application of the rules will result in
hardship to the o flender, he shall refer the case for the orders of
the Deputy Inspector—General-cccnerned.
95. Absence without leave for 21 days
Desertion.—(l)
complete as the ofiendences of desertion , after which the officess
name shall invariably be struck ofi from the date of absence.
(G.O. 186, Judicial, 21st January 1984.)
(2) An application for rcinstatenent from an officei who has been
strcu, off asdeserter shall not be entertained unless it reaches the
Superintendent or an officer of equal rank under whom the sub-
ordinate officer was serving within two months fr0m the date
of the cmrnenceinent of the absence without leave. The Super-in
tendent or the corresponding officer of equal rank, as the case
may be, shalt not reinstate a desrter (a) until the deserter has
attends in. Person which he should do not later than the
date prescribei by the officer dealing with the case, and has
given his explanation for his absence without leave and (b) unless
the Superintendent or an officer of equal rank, as the case may
be, is satisfied after such enquiry as may be necessary that
the case deserves e~nsideration. At the end of the two
rnDnths, if no application for ~reinstaternent is received anc! if the
whereibjuts of’ the deserter are not known the officer dealing
with the case will re~ordin writing the reason for his being satisfied
that it is not reasonably practicable to give the deserter an
opportunity of’ shwing cause against his dismissal and the on
confirm the dismissal. In other cases a charge should be
framed and the procedure prescribed in Order No. 80 complied
with, before confirming the dismissal or reinstating the deserer
with o without punishment.
96. Absence without leave.—
Absence without leave up to 20 days may be met by the infliction of
a~ •lis:1 n~.ttreferred to in the Discipline and Appeal Rules. Leave
~.

with pay can be grante~1 fut periods of’ absence without leave

107 of 780
 103

even when leave with pay is admissible (Fundamental Rule

85-B) Such action may be sufficient in ordinary cases.
Recourse may be had to proscecution under the Madras
District Police Act, 1859 (XXIV of 1859) in aggravated casess
Men repeatedly absent without leave wili be liable to dismissal a
confirmed absentees.

97. Deferred punishments.—.

(1) For minor ofiences and in case of’ more serious misconduct
when a man has a previous good record, the punishment may
be held in abeyance for a stated period ranging from three to six
months at the end of which order of punishment will he cancelled,
if the officers conduct while on duty during the period or
postponement has been good. If the ofienders conduct is fcund to
be unsatis factory at any time during the period of postponement.
the punishment may at once be confirmed. A deferred punishment
will be entered in the defaulter sheet if confirmed but not other
wise.
(G. 0. 2960, Home, 4th October., 1954-)
Note.—If the second ofience for which a punishment or
reprimand or censure is contemplated was committed durii~g
the periodol referment of the first punishment of censure or
reprimand is liable for confirmation at the time of the imposition
of the second punishment it will mal.ze no difference if the deferred
punish ment is a censure and the p unishment contemplated for the
second offence is only a reprimand. A deferred reprimand is like wise
liable for confirma tion when the proposed punishment is a
deferred censure.
It must however, be clearly understccd that the defernier~t
of a punishment should be resorted to only if the delinqLent
has a good record or when the ofience is minor. As
reprimand has been introduced as a substantive punishment, there
to should ordinarily be no need award a deferred censure for
a minor ofience when a reprimand would be appropriate.
(G.O. Ms. No. 4017, Home 8th December 1960)

108 of 780
 104

(2) When the punishment held In abeyance Is a blackni*rk

the reprimand or a censure the period should not exceed
six months. If the black mark, reprimand or censure is
subsequently confirmed it will have effect from the date of
the offence to which it relates.
(G,O. 2484, Home, 26th June 1947 and 1926, Home30th June 1954.)
(3) No appeal shall he against a deferred punishment unless
it is confirmed after the period of postponement specified in clause
ti) If the punishment is confirmed an appeal may be against both
the order confirmation of deferred punishment and the order
of subsequent punishment if any, imposed on the officer for
his conduct which is found to be unsatisfactory at any time during
the period of postponement”.
98. The system of deferred punishment shall not apply
to officers other than subordinate Police Officers.
99. Date of effect of punishments.—
Punishments [except as provided in Order No. 94 (4)i n respect
of black marks- shall take effect from the date of the receipt
the order by the individual affected, unless another date i5
specified in the order.
100. Entry of punishment in defaulter sheet—
All punishments including censure of Inspectors, Reserve Inspectors,
and Sub-Inspectors and Reserve Sub4n spectors f Cetera’
Police Force and Inspectors—Adjutant Inspectors and Adjutant
of the sub-Inspectors of the Tamil Nadu spccial police Inspectors
and Sub-Inspectors of the Tamil Nadu Special ~Police will
be entered in their service books and also in the defaulter sheets
to be maintained for them as for other subordinate Police Officers. In
the case of officers of lower ranks, all punishments, except punishment
drill, extra guard duty, extra work and fatigue duty, shall be entered
in the defaulter sheet which forms part of the service roll. Judicial
punishments whichaffect the charater of the officer concerned as a
Police Officer must be entered in the defaulter sheet and also in the
~iervice book where one is maintained.

109 of 780
 101. .~entQJ~1ceji.—
(1) Inthecas:ofofficerslsnt by one department or office to
another, the dispilnary authority in respect of the post held
by the Officer for the time being may impose any of the penalties
prescribed in the Discipline and Appeal Rules applicable to the
borrowing department except those of compulsory retirement, removal
and dismissal from service, but before imposing any such penalty such
authority should consult the lending authority in the matter and the
opinion of the latter should ordinarily prevail. In cases which call for
the punishment of compulsory retirement, removal or dismissal, the
borrowing authority should complete the enquiry and forward the
records together with Its findings to the lending authority which should
pass such orders as it may think fit.
(GO. 273, Pub. (Ser.), Sth February 1937 and 1927, Home, 19th May
1937 and G.O.Ms. No. 1604, Home, 17th May 1968).
(2) Where atnember of the Tamil Nadu Police Subordinate Service
or the Tamil bladu Special Police Subordinate Service or a person
holding a post governed by Tamil Nadu Police Subordinate Service
(Discipline and Appeal) Rules those services are placed at the disposa1
of any company, Corporation or organisation or local authority has, at
any time, before his services were so placed, committed any act or
omission which renders l,i~liable to any penalty specified in rule 2 of
those rules, the authority competent to impose any such penalty, under
rule 4 thereof on such member or person shall alone be competent to
institute diciplinary proceedings against him and to impose on him
such penalty specified in rule 2 as it thinks fit and the borrowing
authority under whose he is serving at the time of institution of such
proceedings shall be bound to tender all reasonable facilities to such
competent authority instituting and conducting such proceedings.

Explanation.—
A member of the Service aforesaid or every person
holding a post governed by the above said rules whose services are 0r
placed at the disposal of any company, corporation, organisation
local authority shall, for the purpose. of those rules be deemed to be a
member of such service or be deemed to hold such post notwitli
standing that his salary is drawn from a source other than the consolidated
fund of the state.

110 of 780
 106

102. Probationers, Temporary Officers and Officers on contract.—

The discharge of a probationer during the period of his probation,
of a person appointed otherwise than under contract to hold a temporary
appointment, on the expiration of his appointment, or of a contract
officer in accordance with the terms of his contract does not amount
to removal within the meaning of the disciplinary rules. But a
probatiober, temporary officer or contract officer is one the less a
member of the service concerned and in respect of disciplinary matter
will be subject to the ordinary disciplinary rules in the same ways of
other members of such service.
(G.Os. 275, Pub. (Ser). 5th February 1937 and 1927 Home, 19th May 1937

(2) The probation of a probationer may be terminated at the end

or at any time before the expiry of the prescribed period of probation.
Though termination of probation is not a penalty under the Disc~p1ine
and Appeal Rules, it can be ordered for specific offence.
When a specific offence on the part of probationer calls
for disciplinary action, his suitability to continue on probation should
specifically be considered and a finding recorded before any of the
penalties prescribed in the Disciplinary and Appeal Rules is imposed on
him. If it is proposed only to terminate his probation the procedure
laid down in the special rules for the Tamil Nadu Police Subordinates
and the Tarnil Nadu Special Police Subordinate Services should be
followed. The delinquent should be appraised of the action proposed
to be taken against him with the reasons th.erefor and allowed a
reasonable opportunity to make any representation he might desire to
make against such action.
(3) Where a probationer has been given a reasonable opportunity
of showing cause against the imposition of him of any of the penalties
specified in clauses (ci), (Ii), (i) and (j) of rule 2 of the Tamil Nadu Police
Subordinate Services Diciphinary and Appeal Rules and at the conclusion
of the disciplinary proceedings, a tentative conclusion is arrived a.t
to terminate his probation, a further opportunity of showing cat Ce
specifically against termination of his probation need not be given w
him.
(G.O.Ms. No. 681, Home, 1st March 1956).

111 of 780
 101
103. Appeals—Records to accompany.—(1) Statutory appeals must
be accompanied by the following records.—
~ Connected Punishment Roll file duly arranged and indexe~j.
(b) Personal File of the appellant.
(C) Service book of the appellent.
(d) Copy of Defaulter sheet.
(e) Parawar remarks.

(f) Appeal pro forma with reasons for delay.

(2) Appeals should be submitted through the Deputy Inspectors-
General concerned who will send the connected Range office Punishment
Role File also.
104. Time-limit for appeals.—
The period intervening between the date of application for
copy of the minute and the receipt thereof by the appellant
should be excluded from the calculation of the time- limit
f’or appeals laid down in rule 9 of the Discipline and Appeal Rules.
105. Consideration of time-expired app eals.—
No Statutory apeal preferred to the Director-General of Police
after the expiry of the prescribed time-limit and no represen-
tation other than a statutory appeal will be examined by him
unless he considers that there has been a miscarriage of justice or for
other special reasons.
106. Unnecessary appealings.—
(1) Subordinates Police Officers are warned that they are enlitiled
statutorily only to one appeal against any order imposing a penalty.
Second appeals are barred, subject to the stipulation in Order
No. 105.
(2) While Police Officers in common with other Goveriinien
servants are at liberty to submit petitions they are warned that un~
necessary petitioning against the decisions of superior officers —a~
disti~ictfrom the appal referred to above—will be considered
insubordinate conduct.

112 of 780
 108
107. Forwarding reeords with appeals.—
(1) Every appeal shall be forwarded to the appellate
authority by the authority from whose orders the appeal
is preferred with an expression of opinion and with such
remarks as are necessary in regard to acuracy of the statements
made and inferences drawn in it. In forwarding appeals, the records
connected with the order appealed against need not be forwaded in the
first instance. If the evidence has been properly arranged, the appellate
authority should be able, in many cases, to determine from it how
far the contentions of the appellant are supported will be justified
in disposing of the appeal on a perusal of the appeal petition and copies
of the order and minute accompanying it, in accordence with ordere
No .103.
(GO.No. 183, Public 5th March 1910.)
(2) If further condsideration appears necessary, the records should
be called for and in submiting them the subordinate authority will use
his discretion as to whether or not, he should offer any further remarks.
(3) An appellate authority should not call for a special repott
until it has seen the records and discovered the exact points upon which
such a report is required.
(4) When an appeal i8 presented, the appellate authority should
first satisfy itself whether the requirements of rule 3 of the Tamil Na~Iu
Police SubordiRate Services Discipline and Appeal Rules, 1955 have
been complied with, and if there are any defects in the procedure, if
should return the case to the authority which passed the original order
for rectification of the defects of after setting aside the original order
which is found to be irregular due to procedural defects. Where a
order of dismissal, or removal, or compulsory retirement is set aside
under this provision, the delinquent shall invariably be kept under
suspension till fresh proceedings rectifying the defects are disposed of
Where an order of reversion or reduction to a lower post is set aside
under this provision, the delinquent shall be restored to his original
post till freshproceedings rectifying the defects are disposed~off.In the
case of other punishments, the penalty imposed by the original order
shall not be cancelled thereby but will continue to be in force pending the
issue of fresh orders in the matter.
(G.O. No. 780, Home, 22nd February l95l)~

113 of 780
 109

(5) When an admissible appeal is submitted to Government all

the evidence—documentary and oral—which forms part of the record
of the enquiry should be submitted with the appeal and the remarks
of the head of the department on the points raised in the appeal.
(G.O. Ms. No.731, Public, 4th August 1926.)
(6) In cases where an appellant states that the rules laid down in
this chapter were not followed, the authority passing the orders appealed
against should report on the allegations specifically and the allegation
should be specifically examined by the appellate authortiy.
(G.O. Ms. No.867, Public Service), 26th August 1928).

(7) As the forwarding authority has to examine only new points

if any, raised in the appeal and forward the original connected records
with his remarks on those new points, there should not be any diffi-
culty in forwarding appeals expeditiously. Hence any delay exceeding
one month in forwarding an appeal should be explained in the forward-
ing report or endorsement. Ifthe forwarding of the appeal delayed
more than two months, the appellate authority shall formally ca11
for ieasons from the forwarding authority.
(8) All appellate authorities, should, on receipt of an advance copy
c~fan appeal, watch for the receipt of the original appeal with the rele
want records, by issuing periodical reminders, if necessary.

114 of 780
 110

CHAPTER XI,

PERSONA~L CONDUCT OF OFFICERS.

108. Personal conduct of Officers.—

The conduct rules applicable to members of the Indian Police
Service as issued by the Central Government have been
communicated to the officers concerned. Those rules applicable to
the officers of the Tamil Nadu Police Service were issued
with G.O. Ms. No. 2226, Public (Services), dated 18th August 1973, as
amended from time to time. The rules applicable to the Tamil Nadu
Police Subordinate Service and the Tamil Nadu Special Police Sub-
ordinate Service are styled “The Tamil Nadu Subordinate Police Officers’
Conduct Rules, 1964.” These have been supplied to all station-house
officers and are also embodied in the revised edition of the Police Head
Constables’ and Constables’ Guide.
109. Reserve Inspectors in-charge of Armed Reserves, officers in-
charge of the companies of the Tarnil Nadu Special Police and Sub-
Inspectors elsewhere are responsible for making clearly known to their
subordinates su cli conduct rules as apply to them. Particular attention
should be drawn to the rules regarding—

(1 )IAcceptances of gifts, gratuities and rewards;

~(2) Public demonstrations in honour of Government servants;
~(3) Collections of subscriptions;
(4) Lending and borrowing;
(5) Buying or selling houses and other valuable property;

(6) Holding or acquiring immovable property;

(7) Speculation;
(8) Insolvency and habitu al indebtedness ; and
(9) Communication uf official documents or Information.

115 of 780
 111
110 Principles of Police Conduct.—
(1) The Police must bear faithful allegiance to the Constitution
of India and respect and uphold the rights of the citizens as
guaranteed by it.

(2) The Police are essentially a law enforcing agency. They should
not question the propriety or necessity of any duly enacted law. They
should enforce the law, firmly and impartially, without fear or favour,
malice or vindictiveness.
(3) The Police should recognize and respect the limitations of
their powers and functions. They should not usurp or even seem to
usurp the functions of the judiciary and sit in judgment on cases. Nor
should they avenge individuals and punish the guilty.
(4) In securing the observance of law or in maintaining order, the
Police should use the methods of persuasion, advice and warning.
Should these fail, and the application of force become inevitable, only
the absolute minimum required in the circumstances should be
used.
(5) The primary duty of the Police is to prevent Crime and
disorder and the Police must recognize that the test of their efficiency
is the absence of both and not the visible evidence of Police action in
dealing with them.
(6) The Police must recognize that they are members of the Public
with the only difference that in the interest of the community and on its
behalf they are employed to give full time attention to duties which are
normally incumbent on every citizen to perform.
(7) The Police should realise that the efficient performance of their
duties will be dependent on the extent of ready co-operation they
receive from the public. This, in turn, will depend on their ability to
secure public approval of their conduct and actions and to earn and
retain public respect and confidence. The extent to which they succeed
in obtaining public co-operation will diminish proportionately the
necessity of the use of physical force or compulsion in the discharge
of their functiong.

116 of 780
 11~
(8) The Police should be sympathetic and considerate to all
people and should be consistantly mindful of their welfare. They should
always be ready to offer individual service and friendship and render
necessary assistance to all with out regard to their wealth or social
standing.
(9) The Police shall always place duty before self, should remain
calm and good humoured whatever be the danger or provocation and
should be ready to sacrifice their lives in protecting those of others.
(10) The Police should always be courteous and well mannered;
they should be dependable and unattached; they should possess dignity
and courage; and should cultivate character and the trust of the people
(11) Integrity of the highest order is the fundamental basis of the
prestige of the Police. Recognizing this, the Police must keep their
private lives scrupulously clean, develop self-restraint and be truthful
and honest in thought and deed, in both personal and official life, so
that the public may regard them as exemplary citizens.
(12) The Police should recognize that they can enhance their
utility to the Administration and the country only by maintaining a
high standard of discipline, unstinted obedience to the Superiors and
loyalty to the force and by keeping themselves in a State of constant
training and preparedness.
(G.O. M’s- No. 4033, Home, dated 17th November 1961.)
111. Police officers addressing Government direct, etc., prohibited.—
(1) Save as provided in rules and ~orders issued by the DIrec~tor-
General from time to time, Police Officers shall not correspond direct with
Government in any matter relating to their official duties. They shall
on no account address the Government directly on personal matters.
Written representations of this nature should be made only through the
proper official channel.
(2) (a) Police officers of all ranks are forbiddden to approach
officials of other departments and non-officials for support in pressing
individual claims or obtaining redress of grievaaGss of an official
asture.

117 of 780
 113

(b) Police Officers are forbidden to approach members of the

State Legislatures or members of Parliament with a view to having theie
grievances made the subject of interpellations in the Legislaturesr
Parliament.

(c) The prohibition in clause 2 (a) above shall apply to the

acquisition of certificates or letter of recommendation other than
certificates or formal letters addressed to Superintendents concerned
bringing to their notice specific service rendered to the writer or under
the official cognizance of the writer.

(3) Police Officers are prohibited from obtaining interviews with

Ministers or Secretaries to Government without the prior sanction of
the Director-General.
(4) Police Officers of all ranks are prohibited from applying directly
or through their superior officers for l)romOtiOfl when vacancies occur
and officers are prohibited from recommending subordinates for
particular posts otherwise than as provided for by the rules or,if ordered
to do so, by the authority empLwered to fill such post.

(5) Police Officers are forbidden from bringing any political or

outside influcence to bear upon any superior authority to further their
interest in respect of matters pertaining to their service, Any violation
of this provision will entaildisciplinary action against the Police officer
concerned •and the onus of proving that he was not responsible ikir
bringing about the influence will lie on him.

112. Returns of immovable properly.—

(1) The returns of immovable property prescribed in the conduct
rules referred to in Order No. 108 above shall be submitted before
the 15th January to the Director-General through the usual

230-3----8

118 of 780
 114

channel by Gazetted Officers, and to the Superintendent or to

their immediate superior officer, as the case may be by subordinate
Police Officers.

(2) (a) (i) These returns shall be kept separately as a permanent

record, those relating to subordinate officers being disposed of in the
manner laid down for service books and service rolls.

(ii) No returns need be sent by members of the Indian Police

who are not of Indian domicile.
(iii) The particulars including “nil” returns furnished in the
returns of Gazetted Officers will be entered in a register maintained in
the office of the Director-General in the form prescribed in the relevant
Conduct Rules.
(iv) The particulars furnished in the returns of subordinate
officers, including ‘nil’ returns, will be entered in the form prescribed
in the “Tamil Nadu Subordinate Police Officers Conduct Rules, 1964 ,“

which is printed in the service books and service rolls.

(b) In either case the entries should be revised each year with
reference to the latest return, and every entry or alteration shall be duly
attested by the head of the office.
(3) Heads of offices should see that the register is properly main-
tained during their verification of service books and service rolls.
113. Enrolment in Army Units.—
Police Officers are not permitted to enrol in th~
Territorial Army or Indian Auxiliary Force or the Army
in India Reserve of officers or to register for service in duty squadrons
(dismounted) of the army in India or in the Indian Garrison and Duty
Companies to be formed on mobilization.

(GOs. 200, Judicial, 21St May 1921, 270, Judicial (Police) 9th June
1923, 831, Public, 29th September 1928 and 166, Public, 13gk
February 1931.)

119 of 780
 - 115
114. Issue of certificates of characterforbidden.—
(1) Police officers are forbidden to give certificates of character
or conduct to their sub-ordinates other than discharge certificate in the
form prescribed.
(2) Police office is are also forbidden to issue character certificates
to private individuals in their personal capacity.
~(3.O. Ms. No. 1722, Home, 15th June 1954.)

F—230-3---8A.

120 of 780
 116

CHAPTER XII.

MAINTENANCE OF PERSONAL FILES CONFIDENTIAL

SHEETS AND SUBMISSION OF PERIODICAL REPORTS ON
OFFICERS.

115. Personal Files.—

Immediately on his first appointment personal file will be
opened for every officer of and above the rank of
Head Constable and for Constables selected as suitable for promotion
to the rank of Head Constable. This file will contain a continuous record
of the Officer’s personal work and conduct while in the public service
and should always be treated as a confidential record.
(G.O. 2059, Home, 2nd September 1936 and 3066, Home, 6th November
116. Contents of personal files:—
(1) This file will comprise the original or authenticated
copies of all reports periodical or special, confidential
or otherwise and ,of all formal orders or communication
with reference to the original correspondence by Government, the
Director General and other superior officers in gradation, commending
or expressing dissatisfaction with or adversely criticising the work or
conduct of the officer or rewarding or punishing him. Authenticated
copies of all judicial orders or judgements or communications from
Courts or Magistrates reflecting on the Officer’s work unfavourably or
expressing commentation of it, should also go into the file.
(2) The files relating to non-gazetted Officers should contain the
following records in addition to those mentioned in the precedin1
paragraph :—

(a) Copies of all Confidential reports, remarks, etc., as listed

in Clause (1) above.
(b) Copies of defaulter sheet (Form No. 3.)
(c) List of rewards and good service entries as entered in the
service book
(d) All miscellaneous papers that may be relevant.

121 of 780
 i’ll

(3~The records mentioned in sub-clauses ta), (b), (c) and (d) of

Clause (2) shall be kept in separate folders in the personal files. When
entries in these records are to be made the folders containing them maY
be removed from the personal files and entries made by a clerk under
the personal supervision of the officer who maintains the personal fileS
(G.O. Ms. No. 3398, Home, dated 15th August 1940.)
(4) Reports, whether periodical or otherwise, should be docketed
page-numbered in ink and kept separated from the other documents
which make the personal file of an officer; other documents in the file
should also be docketed separately and page-numbered in ink. The
latest additions to each kind of recrod in the ifie should be filed at the end
to enable the file to be read bookwise.
(5) Lists of rewards and defaults shall be initiated and dated every
half-year in token of their being up-to-date.

117. Custody of Personal File.—

(1) The personal files of officers (whether officiating or holding
substantive appointments) above the rank of Inspectors/Reserve
Inspectors will be maintained by the Director-General.
(2) (a) The Officers shown in column (1) of the table below will
be personally responsible for the maintenance and custody of the
Personal Files of officers shown in column (2).

Officer having custody of Personal Officers in respect of whom the

File. File is to be kept.
(1) (2)

(a) Inspector-General of Police, Inspectors of Police, Police

Planning and Co-ordina- Radio Branch; Inspectors of
tiofl. Police, Police Computor
wing and Police Research
Centre, Sub-Ins pectors of
Police. Computor Wing
and Police Research Centre

122 of 780
 118

Officer having cusi.odyofperional Officers in respect of whom tht

file File is to be kept
(1) (2)

~T~ornmissioner of Police Inspectors and Reserve Inspectors

(c) Deputy Inspector~Generalof Inspectors and Reserve

Police. Inspeetors

(I) Snperintendnts/Deputy Commis- Sub-In~ectorsand ReserveSub-

sioners of Police, Chennai City. Inspectors; and Reserve
Sub-Inspectors.

(e) Superintendent of Police, Special Sub-Inspectors and Reserve

Branch C.I.D. Sub-Inspectors of Special
Branch, Special Branch
Photographers and Junior.
Reporters of Shorthand
Bureau.

(J) Superintendent of Police Crime Su b-Inspectors in the Crime

Branch, C.I.D., Chennal. Branch, C.I.D.

(g) Superintendent of Police, Com- Sub-Inspectors in the Com-

mercial Crime Investigation Wing mercial Crime Investigation
Chennai. Wing.

(It) Superintendent of Police Special Sub-Inspectors in the Special

Cell, C.I.D., Chennai. Cell, C.T.D.

(i) Commandant, Tamil Nadu Special Inspectors including Inspec-

Police Battallion. tors Adjutant, and Sub-Ins-s
pectors

(J) Sub-DiVisiOfl~tlOfficers — ._ Head Constables (ThIuk

Police.)

123 of 780
 119
(1)
(k) Deputy Superintendents of Police,
Crime Branch, C.I.D.
(I) Deputy Superintendents of Police,
Special Branch, C.I.D.
(m) Deputy Superintendent of Police, Grade-I Constables and Con-
Police Computor Wing.
(n) Deputy Superintendents of Police,
Armed Reserve.
(o) Assistant Commandants, Tamil
Nadu Special Police Battallion.
(p) Principal, Police Training College,
Cherinai.
(q) Principals of Police Recruits
School.
(2)
Head Constables, Grade-i,
Police Constables and
Police Constables in the
promotion list in the
Crime Branch, C.I.D.
Head Constables, Grade-I,
Constables and Constables
in the promotion list in
the Special Branch, CID.
stables in the promotion
list in the Police Computer
Wing.
Head Constables (Armed Re-
serve) (In the Armed
Reserves, where chere i~
no post of Deputy Superin-
tendents of Police, Armed
Reserve, the Reserve Ins-
pector concerned should
maintain the personnel file.
Havildars, Naiks and Cons-
stables in the promotion
list.
Reserve Sub-Inspectors and
Sub-Inspectors of the Police
Training College, Chenna~.
Reserve Sub-Inspectors; Sub-
Inspectors and Head Con-
stables in the Police Recruits
School.
124 of 780
 120

(1) (2)
(r) Director, Police Tele- .. .. Sub-Inspectors and Technica1
Coinn unicati on, Chen iai Assistants (Non-gazetted.)

(s) P.A. to Police Teleco ninunication, Head Constables, Grade-I

Chennai, Police Constables and Cons-
tables in the promotion
list.
(t) Technical Assistant to Police Radio Radio Superv~sors

officer (Gazetted).

(a) Technical Assistant (Non-~azette:l) Radio Technician.

(v) Inspectors of Police .~ .. Constables included in the

promotion list.

(TV) Reserve rnspectors of Police, Ar- Naiks, Lance Naicks and

med Reserve. Constables included in the
promotion list serving under
them.

(x) Deputy Inspector-General, C.1.D. Senior Reporters of Short

(Intelligence.) hand Bureau.

Note.—The expression ‘Deputy Inspector-General of Police’

cocurring in this table includes the Deputy Inspector-General of Police
(intelhignence), C.I.D., Crime C.I.D. Civil Supplies, C.T.D., Prohibition
Enforcement Wing and Training.

(b) In the case of officers not i~eludedin the above table, the
authority competent to appoint the officers concerned, shall maintain the
personal files of the officers concerned. No personal files neeed be
m~in~ained for Constables not included in the promotion list.

125 of 780
 121

118. Transfer of Personal File; on promotion, ctc.

(1) On promotion to higher rank, whether officiating 0r
substantive, the personal file of the officer concerned shown in column
(2) of the table in clause (2) of Order No. 117 should be either retained
or forwarded forthwith to the officer empowered to maintain it according
to the requiiements of column (1) of the said table~. On the cessation
.

of an officiiating appoiotmerit, the file should be retained or forward

to the officer empowered to maintain it.

(2) On the appoiatment of an Inspector to the Tamil Nadu Police

Service, the personal file of the officer should be forwarded by tile
Deputy Inspector-General having custody of it confidentially in a cover
addressee to the Deputy Inspector General (Administration) by
name. This record sbould be docketed and kept in the personal file
separate from the record relating to the officer’s service in the Tamil
Nadu Police Service.

(3) When an officiating Deputy Superintendent reverts for want of

a vacancy to his substantive appointment, that portion of his persona
1
file relating to his non-gazet~ed service will be returned to the Deputy
Inspector-General to whose range he reverts, the ~portionrelating to hi5
gazetted service being retained by the Director-General ~ntil hi~
repromotion or the termination of his service. When an officiating
Deputy Superintendent is permanently reverted to the rank of Inspecto’
for unfitness, his whole personal file will be sent to the DOpLI ty Inspector
General to whose range he reverts.

119. Writing up of Personal File;.

Q) In order to keep personal files in as full and complete a form ~
possi b1~,,they shot~Id be made up every half-year and whenever t1i~r~
is a change in the immediate superior of the subordinate o~C~
concerned.
QO, 623, Public (‘iervice) dated 24th july 1933.)

126 of 780
 122

(2) It is of the greatest importance that the entires in the persons

filøs should enable a correct estimate to be formed of tbe charact0
ability, etc. of the officer concerned. Entries regarding general character
should be made after some experience is gained of the officer and
invariably after the inspection of his station or cirole or other charge
of the office as the case may be.

(3) Specific incidents should he recorded as soon as possbile.

(4) The entry of adverse remarl~sregarding character, conduct or
honesty in confidential reports on officers, should be supported by the
reasons for taking the view recorded and if possible, by reference to
specific facts. An estimate that an officer is unfit for a particular rank
should included the reasons for the estimate and it possible, a statement
of facts in support of the estimate. It should not be founded ott generl
impressions only,
(G.O. Mt. No.36~)l,home, dated 26th October 1945.)
(5) Entries should be made bearing in mind the priuciplel laid
down in order No.120, below for communicating to subordinate office
unfavourable remarks by their superiors and such remarics, or as
much of their substance as the principles laid down in Order No.12
require, should be communicated to the officer concerned. The fact
that such an entry has been communicated should be recorded in the
personal file.

(6) The records maintained by Superintendents, the Principal

Police Training College, Chennai the Commandants, Tamil Nadu
Special Police , Sub-Divisional Officers, the Pricipals, of Police1
Recruits Schools, the Deputy Superintendents attached to the Criminal
Investigation Department. the Police Radio Officer, Tamil Nadu
Inspectors and Reserve Inspectors should be scrutinised during Isnpec-
tions by the Deputy Inspector~Generalconcerned and those main
tamed by Sub-Divisional Officers, the Principals o i Police Recruit
School the Deputy Superintendents attached to the Criminal InV~sti
gation Department, Inspectors and Reserve Inspectors, by the SuperirL
tondAflts concerned, to ensure that they are maintained correctly and

127 of 780
 123

regularly, Inspection reports should say how these records have been
written ups In cases where the Deputy Inspector Genral or the
.

Superintendent or the sub-divisional Offiaer, as the case may be djs

agrees with an entry ,in the confidential report by the immediate superior-
of the officer concerned , it will not only be open to hint but!will also be
his duty to record his own views in the file as well. Failure to do so at
the proper time would imply that the higher authority concerned
~rees wth the entry made by the officer’s immediate superior. Scruitj
fli~iflgofficers should, therefore, record their own views in the person~
1iles at the earliest opportunity in cases where they disagree with an
efltries therein and should abstain from merely intialling a report Ot
making the “entry no remarks” in it, unless they accept as correqt all
the entries below which their initials are placed, or the entry is made
G,O. 1292 Home dated 29th March 1937.
0.0.2125, Public (Services), dated 20th October 1941 and G.O.Ms. No
802, Home, dated 18th February 1941.)
(7) (a) Superintendents of Police Principal, Police Training
College, Chennai and Commandants, Tantil Nadri Special Police, should
certify once a year (Calendar year) and before handing over charg
0
in cases of transfer or when proceedings on bare—.

(0 that they have brought up to date all the personal files as

on 31st Decentber which they are required to maintain themselves; and
(ii) that they have scrutinesed the files maintained by officers
subordinate to them, if any, and that they are in order.
(b) The annual certificates should reach the respective Deputy
lnspector General of Polie by 15th February.
-

G.O. Ms. No.3640, Home, dated 19tn November 1963.

120’ Instructions or communication of unfavourable remarks to offleer

concerned.

Cl) The following rules laid down by the Central Government the
matter of communicating to subordingate officer unfavourable remark
made by their superiors in their confidential reports should be observed
by all concerned.

128 of 780
 124

(a~when a report is built upon the individual opinions of oliferen

departmental superiors in gradition, it is only the opinon as aQcepted
by the highest authority which need he cousidered from the point of
view of communications.
(6.0. Ms. No.1583, (Public) dated 5th November 1915.J

(b) As a genaral rules, in no case should an officer be keptin total

jgourance for any length of lime that his superiors, after sufficient
experience of his work arc dissatified with him; in cases where a warning,
might eradicate or help to eradicate a particular fault, the advantagee
prompt communication are ohivious; where criticism is to be with held,
the final authority to consider the report should record instructions
with reasons, according to the iiattu’e of the d etect discussed, as to the
period for whih communication is to be kept back.

(c) Only those defoats need be pointed out which can be remedied
since it world serve no useful purpose to communicat~such criticismS
as lack of ability or intelligence.

(4) In cases in which there arc difficulties in communicating

adverse remarks of Technical officers, superior officers are ?iven djs-
creation to decide whether unfavourabbe remarks should be commu nicated
or not those concerned but when such remarks are not
communicated form ally, opportunity may be found to be communicate
to them informally.

[6.0. No. 1264, Public (Services) dated 24th September 1930.]

(e) The reporting officer should specifically state whether th e

det’ects reported have already been brought ~in any other connect!on to
the notice of the officer concerned.

(J) Remarks in cases in which the Government or head of at

department or other officer suspends judgement should not be commnuni-
0ated.

129 of 780
 125

(g) Great attention should be paid to the manner and method

nf communication in order to ensure that t1ie advice given and th~
warning or censure administered, whether orally or iii writting shall
having regard, to the temperament of the officer concerned, be most
beneficial to him.
(h) It is not necessary to disclose the identity of the officer who
recorded adverse remarks in the confidential report or in the personal
file since what the Government Servant should be interest in are thO
short comings which his superior officers have found in. his work and
conduct and not the particular superior officer who recorded them in the
confidential report. There presentations oii the ren arks, if any,
should be objective, pertaining to the short:orr ings notice. Apart
from this, disclosure of the identity of the superior officer is also likely
to lead to unpleasantness and personal animosity. It is therefore desirable
that while communicating the adverse remarks to t~~eGovernment servant
concerned, the identity of the superior officers making such remarks
should not norn ally be disclosed. If however, in a particular case it is
considered necessary to disclose the identity of the superior officer
the authority dealing with the representation may at his descretjo~
allow the identity to be communicated.
(G.0. No. 2324, Home, dated 24th July 1964.)
(2) In the case of remarks implying or ex’ressing suspicion
regard to an officers’ honesty which are based on tangible ground
e.g. a specific across his or an inciden~ in which he was concerned
he should be informed that such an act o~ incident has given use to the
suspicion that he is not honest and fact ol his having been so informed
recorded in the records. In other cases, e.g. where such remarks
are based merely on the attitude of the officer towards others and
vice-versa, the remarks need not be communicated to him.

G.0.Ms. 42, Pub. (Ser.) dated 7th January 1936 and 74, Home, dated
7th April 1936
(3) Unfavourable remarks in confidential reports aie not punish~
ments wider the statutory rules and for this reasons no appeal u.s against
such remarks. Such reports express only the opinion of the officer

130 of 780
 126

making the report, but at the same time an o~cer should be given an
opportunity to make a representation against any remarks of which
the substance have been communicated to him arid
which he feels to be unjustifiable. Such representation
should be made to the authority charged with the duty
of scrutinising the officers’ personal files. Where, however the un-
favourable remarks is made by the scrutinising authority itself, the
representation may be made to the next higher authority. Memorials
to Government will be cosidered in the same way and to the same
extent as memorials in regard to specific punishments.

(G.0.Ms. PIo.8)3, H~m?,d~te(18th t?ebruary 1941.)

(4) (a) Unfavourable remarks should be communicated within
one month from the date of acceptance by the reviewing/counter
signing officer who will be responsible for the conitnunication of the un
adverse remarks in time. Uufavourable remarks relating to a period
of 3 years or more prior to the date when it is noticed or brought to notice
and which were not communicated at all to the officer concerned will be
wholly ignored when considering his promotion confirmation etc. They
need not be communicated at all at that stage. Unfavourable remarks
over one yearold i.e.from the date ofacceptance by the reviewing/Counter
signing officer but less than 3 years old need not be communicated if the
latter officer (after consulting the present reporting officer if need be)
considers that the defects no longer exist. In that case he may record a
note to that effect in the personal file under intimation to his next official
5upcrior so that the latter may take any further action called for. Where
such remarks have been communicated and have not been modified Or
expunged or representation the reporting oflicer/countersigniag officer
should specically consider and report in the report for the following
year whether the defects hav~been rectified or not. Silence on the pait
of the reporting or reviewing countersigning officer will be construed
to mean that the defects have been rectified.
(b) The duplicate copy of the memorandum communicating the
the unfavourable remarks with acknowledgement endorsed thereon
hould be kept in the personal file of the individual concerned.

131 of 780
 I2~

(5) No representation shall be considered by the appropriate

authority if it has not been preferred within three months from the date
on which a copy of the unfavourable remark was communicated to the
officer concerned. The representation should be finally disposed of
within six months of its receipt, failing which the defects should not be
held against the officer for promotion etc.
(G.O. Ms No. 2554, Home, dated 27th August 1944.)
121. Use to which confidential reports on Officers can be put —-Confi-
dential reports on officers are now referred to for various purposes and
there should ordinarily be no restriction on the use of such reports. How
ever, such reports should not ordinarily be referred to by tribunals
dealing with disciplinary cases till after they have arrived at their findindgs
on the charges framed.
(G.O. Ms. No. 3545, Home, dated 5th August 1941.)
122. Periodical reports —Annual reports on Deputy Inspectors
General and Superintendents —(1) The Central Government have issued
the following instructions regarding the preparation and communication
of Confidential reports on officers of the Indian Police Service.

(a) Reporting officers should state in the Confidential reports

their opinion as to the suitability of the officers reported on for promo-
tion. Instances of good or bad work or conduct of the officer upon
which the report is based need not be given by the reporting officers
no: need mention be made of the period or degree of personal experience
of the reporting officers, to justify the opinion recorded. Particular
mention should be made about the officer’s relations with his fellow
officers and the general public. The writing of Co ifidential reports
should be done correctly and conscientiously so as to cover all aspects
of an officer’s personality.
(b) Special reports on an officer forwarded in response to enquiries
regarding his fitness for proniotion, or in case in which his conduct is
called in question should be included in his personal file.

132 of 780
 12S
(c) Every officer should be made aware of 1any defects to whIch
his attention is drawn in his coifidoritial reiort, irrespective of the fact
whether it is a remediable or an irremediable defect. Any remarks in an
officer’s report which indicate that he has takei steps to remedy defects
to whcih his attention has been drawn in a previous year should also be
communicated to him, so that he may know that his efForts to improve
have not passed unnoticed.
(2) The Director-General of Police shall send an annual confid en-
tial report in the form prescribed in Government of India r~otificatioui
No. 24/471—A IS (IH~—VolumeI-B, dated 11th September 1973 eom~
municated in 2933, Public (Special-A) Departuitent, dated I 3th November
1973 with reference to Rule 4 of the All India Services (en ilidential
Rolls) Rules 1970, in respect ofIndian PoliceS ervice Officer’s of the rank
of Deputy Inspector-General of Police including the Commissioner
of Police and Additional Inspector-General of Police as so to reac1 the
Government by the 15th April of every year, covering the period from
1st April of a particular years upto the end of March of the succeeding
year. These reports will be written in triplicate, two copies of which
will be forwarded to the Government, the other copy being filed in the
Officer’s personal file,
(G.O. Ms. No. 2160 Home, dated 3rd September1974.)
(3) (a) All Deputy Inspector-General of Police inclduing tIi~
Commissioner of Police and Additional Inspector-General of Polic
0
should submit to the Director-General of Police annually a contIdentjaj
report on each of the Superintendents of Police covering the period
from 1St April of a particular yearupto 31St March of the succeed lag year
so as to reach him by 15th April. The report should be Sent in triplicate
The form introduced in 0.0. Ms. No. 2933, Public (Special-A) Depart-
ment, dated 13th November 1973 should be used for writing the confides
tial report on I.P.S. officers ofthe rank of Superintendent of Police and t0
proforma prescribed by Government should be used in respect of non..
Indian Police Service Officers. By the same date the Director-Generalt
of
hisPolice
remarkswill
on obtain confidentiallyoffrom
the Superintendent Policeeach
of hisCollector,
district, InTwo
triplicate
copie5

0f each report including that of the Collector will be forwarded by the

133 of 780
 129

Direetor-General of Police with his own remarks on each officer so as

to reach Government by the 1St May, the other copy (with the report
of the Collector) being filed in the officer’s personal tile.
(0.0. Ms. No. 2160, Home, dated 3rd September 1974.)
(b) Such reports should also be sent whenever there is a chang
in the immediate superior of the officer concerned and when the officer
~ transferred out of the district or proceeds on leave or reverts to his
substantive appointment before the annual report is due.
[Public(Police) Memo No. P. 21-1, dated 11th April 1930.]
123. Half-yearly confidential reports on Joint Superintendent of Police
Assistant Superintendnet of Polic , Additional Superint ndent of Police
DoputyCommandants and Deputy Superintendents of Police.—Superin-
tc~identsof Police, Commandants Principals, Police Training College
Chennai and the Director, Police Tele-coinmunication, Chennai should
submit a confidential report for the period ending 31St March and 30th
September on each Joint Superintendent of Police/Assistant Superintedent
of Police. The report for the period ending 31St March s ~ouldcover the
period f~om1st October to 31st March of the next year and the report
or the period ending 30th September should cover the period from 1st
April to 30th September respectively The form prescribed in G.O.
M5. No. 2933, Public (Special-A) Department, dated I3tn Nnvcmbsa
1973 should be used and the report should be sent in triplicate through the
Collector and the Deputy Inspector-General of Police concerned who
A’ill add their remarks. The Reports on Additional Superintendents
of Police/Deputy Commandants should also be submitted in triplicate.
ii the proforma prescribed by the Government thro~~gh the Collector
and the Dop~tyInspector-General of Police concerned. Two copies
of these reports on Joint Superintendents of Police, Assistant Superin-
tendents of Police, Additional Superintendents of Police and Deputy
Commandants will be sent to Government and the other copy will
be filed in the Ollicer’s personal file. The report on Deputy SuperirL.
tendents of Police categories 1, 2 and 3 shall also be in the proforma
prescribed by the Government and sent through the Collector and the
Depaty Inspector-GeneralofPolice concerned for recording their remarks
3-9
~3Q-

134 of 780
 i~t$

‘T’he rePorts for the period ending 31st March should reach the Director
General of Police. by the 15th April and the reports for the period
ending30th September by 15th October. In the caseof officers~und~r
training in the Police Taming College, Chennai officers working in
Armed Police Battalions, i.e., Depaty Commandant, Deputy Superin-
tendents of Police, Category 3 and Depaty Superintendents of Police
of Railway Police District, the reports need not pass through the
Collector.

(0.0. M~.No. 2160 Home dated 3rd September 1974.) -

(2) The half-yearly reports from District officers should also be

sent whenever there is a change in the immediate superior of the officer
concerned and whentheofficer is transferred out ofthe districtor proceeds
on leave or reverts to his substantive appointment before the
half-yearly report is due.
(0.0. M~.No. 1999 Home, dated 2nd May 1950.)
(3) The writting of confidential reports should be done correctly
and conctiously so as to cover all aspects of an officers personality.
(0.0. Ms. No. 2420, Home. dated 25th August 1959.)
(4) In the caseofofficers who are either on probation or officiating
(excepting those who have completed the prescribed period of proba-
tion) the Director-General of LPolice will tabulate the reports in the
form prescribed by Governmetit (Form No. 7) adding his own remarks
wherever necessaryand forward them to Government so as to reach them
by the 1st May and 1st November.

(5) The GovernmentofIndia have prescribed as assessment report

in respect of Indian Police Service Officers recruited t~the All India
Services for the first five years of their service for onward transmission
to the Union Public Service Commission with a view to enable them to
examine the qualityofofficers recruited and to amend wherevernecessary
Its examination/selection methods progressively. The assessment
report in respect of Indian Police Service officers have to be written for
~thefinancial year covering the period from 1st April of a particular year
upto 31st March of the suceeding year. Superintendents of Police

135 of 780
 IM

should submit in triplicate their assessment reports in respect

of Indian Police Service l,robationers recruited to the All India Service
for the first five years of their service in Part I of the pro forma relating
to the assessment reports and submit their reports to the Range Deputy
Inspectors General of Police by 1St April of the year. Superintendents
of Police will be the Assessing Officers for the assessmentreports.
Deputy Inspector-General of Police will approve the factual information
in Part I of the proforma and submit their report by the 15th April. The
Director-General of Police will be the Reviewing Officer. A Committee
consisting of the Secretary to the Government, Home Department, as
the Chairman and the Director-General of Police and the senior most
Deputy Inspector-General of Police as the members will review these
assessment reports by 20th May every year.

124. In addition to the reports prescribed in paragraphs (1) and (5)

of Order No. 123, a special report should be sent to the Director—
General of Police through the Deputy Inspector-General concerned’
immediately after an officer of and above the rank of Deputy Superin,
tendent of Police completes his prescribed period of probation, with a
definite recommendation whether he can be allowed to complete
his probation.
125. Annual reports on Inspectors $electedfor admission to the Ta,nil
Nadu Police Service.—’

(1) The list of Inspector whoare considered suitable for

admission to the Tamil Nadu Police Service arranged in the order ô f
preference by the Tamil Nadu Public Service Commission will be Com-
municated by the Director-General to all Deputy Inspectors-General,
who should make it a point scrutinize the work of such Inspectors when
inspecting the district in which theyare serving. EachDeputy Inspector
General should report annually and confidentially as to reach the
Direator~Generalby the 1st May, in the form prescribed (Form No. 6)
on Inspectors considered fit to be selected and added to the list of
Directors fit for promotion as Deputy Superintendent and with full
detailed reasonsin the caseof Inspectors already on the list, whose order
in the list should be changed or whoshould be removed. The work
and conductduring the previous yearof each Inspector on the approved
list reported for altered seniority on the list or removal therefrom should
230-3---9A

136 of 780
 I

be specifically reported on and details of good or bad work

should be recorded. The report should cover the pericd from 1st
April to 3lst March.
(2) The Superintendent of Police concerned shall also incorporate
in the above report such remarks, communicated to him by the Collector
of the district commenting or criticisingthe workof anlnspectorof
Police,whenever the Collectorof a district has/had any occasion to do so.
(G.O. No. 739. Home dated 1st April 1981.)
126. Half-yearly reportS t~iicertain officers including probationers.
(1) Officers of the rank ofSuperintendentcf Police, should submit to
the Deputy Inspector-General or the Commissioner of Police as the case
may behalfyearyso as to reach by 15th July and 15th January a report
covering the periods from 1st January to 30th June and lst July to 31st
December respectively on the following classes of officers :—
(a) Officiating Inspectors who have not completed the
prescribed period of probation.
(b) Reserve Inspectors, who have not completed the pres-
cribed period of probation.
(c) Sub-Inspectors selected for promotion to the rank of
Inspectors.

(d) Reserve Sub-Inspectors who have been selected for aimis-

sio n to the rank of Reserve Inspectors.

(e) “The Superintendent of Police concerned shall also in-

corporate in the above report such remarks communicated to him by the
Collector of district commenting on or criticism of the work of an
Inspector of Police, whenever the Collector of a district has/had any
occasion to do so.”

(2) The reports on Inspectors and Reserve Inspectors should be

in Form 9A and for others in Form 9.
(0.0. Ms. No. 739, Home dated 1st April 1981,)

137 of 780
 133

(3) These reports should also be sent whenever there is a change

in the immediate superior of the officer concerned and when the officer
is transferred out of the district or proceeds cn leave or revertsto his
substantive appointment before the half-yearly report is due.
(G.O. Ms. No. 2759, Home, dated 20th July 1937)
(4) In the case of Reserve Sub-Inspector on probation, the Com-
mandants Tainil Nadu Special Police Battalions should submit to the
Deputy Inspector-General concerned monthly, a report in Form No. 9
Similarreports should be sent by Superintendents to the Depu ty,Inspector-
General concerned every three months from the date they join the
da tiic~:.
(5) In addition to the half-yearly reports prescribed in 126 (1)
(a)
above, a special report should be sent immediately after an ~fiiccr
completes his prescribed period of probation, with a definite recommen-
dation wnether he is fit to be allowed to complete his probation.

(b) All Officers should review the suitablityof all the probationers
well in advance without waiting till the end of the period of probation
and to initiate action to declare or otherwise of the probation well in
advance so that final orders either for the extension or termination of
probation could be issued before the expiry of the period. For this
purpose, action may be initiated for months prior
to the month in which the individual is expected to complete the period
of probation. Final orders should, however, be passed taking into
account the conduct of the individual till the date of passing final
orders.
(Home Department Memo. No. 2481-Pot. 111177/dated 10th August 1977.)

(c) On receipt of these special reports the Deputy Inspector..

General or the Commissioner of Police, as the case may be
will issue proceedings on declaration or extension of probation of Inspec-
tors and Reserve Inspectors. They will, however, furnish coçies of
their proceedings in this regard to the Director-General of Police
for record purpose in Chief Office.

(6) In every report other than the first,it should be stated definitej~
‘vllctbcr ;b~olYiccr concerned is fit to continue on probation,

138 of 780
 ‘34
(7) In the case of Reserve Sub-Inspectors recruited direct, the
~ubject of the probationers’ treatment of his subordinates and otherS
and his progress should be specially referred to and any such officer
found lacking in self-control and given to roughness in his dealing with
the public will ipsofacto be reported as unsuitable for Police Service. A
copy of the special instructions issued for Reserve Sub-Inspectors on
this subject, should be supplied to each such Reserve Sub-Inspectors on
first appointment.
(8) The Deputy Inspector-GeneralJCommissioner of Police should
forward the half-yearly reports prescribed in items (a) to (d) of clause (1)
of this order to the Director-General so as to reach him by 1st August
and 1st January after offering his own remarks on the reports of each
officer. The Director-General will return these reports after perusal
to the Deputy Director-General/Commissioner of Police for record in
the personal file of the subordinate officer concerned and for issuing
any orders that may be necessary on the reports of the District Officers.
(9) Half-yearly reports covering the periods from 1st January
to 30th June and 1st July to 31st December should be submitted b
the Commandants of the Tamil Nadu Special Police Battalions, to the
Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Armed Police so as to reach him
by 15th July and 15th January respectively on officiating
Inspectors Officiating Sub-Inspectors of the Tamil Nadu Special
Police who have not completed the prescribed period of probation
and Sub-Inspectors selected for promotion to the rank of Inspectors.
The Deputy Inspector-General will return these eports after perusal
to the Commandant for record in the personal file of the officer
concerned.
127. Annual report on Inspectors.—
(1) Officers of the rank of Superintendent of Police should
send to the Deputy Inspector-General or the Commissioner of
Police as the case may be annually so as to reach him by
the 1st of January a confidential report in Form TI on each Inspector
for whom half-yearly report has not been prescribed under order No. 126.
This annual report should cover the period from 1st January to 31st
December.

139 of 780
 135

(2) The Deputy Inspector-General or the Commissioner of

Police as the case may be will forward the report with such remarks as
he considers necessary to the Director-General who after perusal and
recording of remarks, if any, will return the report to the Deputy
Inspector-General Commissioner of Police for file in personal file of
the Inspector concerned.
(3) Similar annual reports should also be submitted by the Comman-
dants of the Armed Police Battalions to the Deputy Inspector-General of
Police, Armed Police on Inspectors including Inspectors
Adjutant except those mentioned in order No. 126. The Deputy Inspector
-General of Police, Armed Police will return these reports after perusal
to the Commandant concerned for file in the personal fil. of the
officer concerned.
128. Half-yearly reports on Sub-Inspectors and Reserve Sub-Inspectors:——
(I) Officers of the rank of Superintendents will submit each half-year
to the Deputy Inspector-General concerned or the Commissioner of
Police as the case may be, so as to reach him by 15th May and 15th
November confidential reports in Form No. 9 covering the periods from
1St October to 31st March and from 1st April to 30th September res-
pectively on all Sub-Inspe~orswho have nOt completed their probations
including Head Constables/officiating as Sub-Inspectors and
as Reserve Sub-Inspectors and who have not completed their pro’
bation. In every report subsequent to the first, the Superintendent shal’
say dofini~o1ywhether the officer concerned is fit to continue on probation
Or not.

(2) Such reports should also be sent whenever there is a change in

the immediate suporior of the officer and when the officer is transferred
out of the district or proceeds on leave or reverts to his substantive
appointment before the half-yearly report is due.
(3) In addition to the half-yearly reports prescribed above, a special
report should be sent immediately after an officer completes his prescribed
period of probation with a definite recommendation whether he is fit to
complete his probation.

140 of 780
 136
129. Half-yearly reports on officiating Head Constables.—
(1) Inspectors will submit to the Saperintendent half yearly so as to
reach him by 15th July and 15th January a confidential report in Form
No. 9 for the periods covering from 1St January to 30th June and from
1st July to 31st December respectively on all officiating Head Constables
who have not completed probation. In the case of Head Constables
serving in sub-divisions, the report should be sent through the
sub-divisional officers concerned. In every report subsequent to the
first, the Inspector shall say definitely whether the Head
Constable concerned is fit to continue on probation.
(2) Such reports should also be sent whenever there is a change in
the Inspector who has to submit the report or whom the officiating Head
Constable h transferred out of the circle or proceeds on leave or reverie
to his sut stantive app Ointment before the half yearly report is due.
(3) In addition to the half-yearly reports prescribed above, the
Superintendent should call for a special report from the Inspector con-
cerned sufficiently early before an officiating Head Constable completes
his prescribed period of probation, as to his fitness for completion of
probation.

PART H

POWERS AND DUTIES OF AND INSTRUcTIONS TO OFFICERS

A~-..GENERAL.

CHAPTER XIII.

POWERS AND DUTIES OF AND INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFICERS

OF AND ABOVE THE RANK OF ASSISTANT
SUPERINTENDENTS OF POLICFIDEPUTY
SUPERINTENDENTS OF POLICE.
130. Director-General.—

The Dir~ctcr-Gencra1 is the control authority to direct

opera ions necessitated by s rikes indusfriai troubles,
riots, disorders or political movements spread over a wide area. Police
action arid dispositi~nsnecessary to combat such distrubances or move

141 of 780
 131

ments will be under his general direction and control. Whereas however
the Collector is responsible for the due maintenanace of law a~idorder
in his district, t~e Director-General will, before moving the Armed
Reserve or a portion ofit front any particular district, consult the Collector
concerned if there is time to do so. If, however, ia an emergency there is
no time for such prior co~isultation,he may act at his discretion provided
that he informs the Collectors concerned as early as possible of any orders
that be mayissue and the reasons for them. Any orders i ssued by him
bearing on the maintenance of law and order, such as, for example,
instructions to the Armed Reserves, will also be communicated for the
formation of the Collectors concerned.
(2) “The following officers will conduct the biennial inspection
of the units noted against them”.
Officers Units
1) Addiional Director-General of All CommissioNerateg
Police (Law & Order)
2) Addi ional Director-General of Yellore Range
Police TANSIT
3) Additio~giDirector-General of ~henga~ Range
Police Social Justice, C,LD,
4) Additional Direo~oi -General of Madural Range
Police Civil Supplies, C.I.D.
5) Addi’ional Director-General of Trichy Range
Potics Special Operations
6) Inspector-General of Police
Coimbatore and
(Law and Order) Villuppuram Ranges.
7) Lis~ectcr-General of Police Dinc~igu1and
S~uthern Zone, Tirunelveli Ranges.
8) Inspectoi-Goneral of Police Thanjavur Range
(Coastal Security)
They will also conduct inspection of the select field units whon
I bep conduct the above inspecton”,
[0,0. Ms. No, 13/4. Home (Pol. XIL~Dept. dated 21-9-91 ASR
1/122890/98. dated 16th October 1q98)

142 of 780
 138

131. Additional Inspector-General of Police.—

(I) The Additional Inspector-General of Policeis chiefly

responsible for the technical modernisation of the Police
-and manpower planning. He will also be incharge o~
Police Research, Police Computer Wing, Statistical Call, the Finger
Print Bureau and the Police Radio Branch. He may also be required
to assist in the other normal functions of the Director-General.

Deputy-Inspector-GeneralofPolice.—

(2) The Deputy InspectorGeneral in charge of arange is

a link in the chain of responsibility between the Director-General
and district officer. He deputises for the former
~withinhis area of charge. He should endeavour by frequent persona
‘nspections to establish and maintain efficiency and discipline, to ensure
uniformity of procedure and practice and to secure co-operation between
the Police of his several districts as well as harmoniuos working between
the Police and the magistracy. He should control, instrument and
advise to Superintendnets while being careful not be supersede them in
any of their proper functions or relations to their subordinates. tie wilf
advise and if necessary, supersede Superintendents of Police in times o
grave dis order, taking over full control of the situation. He will pay
particular attention to the training of and the discipline in the Armed
Reserve so that ashigh as possible a standard ofefficiencymay be reachect
and maintained. Superintendents, on their part, should treat the Deputy
Inspector-General with freankness assist him in his inquires bring to
his notice requirements of their districts and consult him confidentially
in all matters of difficulty.
(3) Deputy Inspector-General of Police Armed Police:—
The Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Armed Police-
will be in over all charge of the Tamil Nadu Special Police
Battalions, the Regimental Centre, Avadi and the Transport
Workshop* clim-TraiTting School. He will supervise

143 of 780
 139

the training of the recruits and various Course run at the Regimented
Centre. He will also be in charge of the welfare of Police Personnal.
The other duties and responsibilities of the Deputy Inspector-General of
Police in charge of Range will apply to the Deputy inspector-
General, Armed Police also, besides the above functions in so for
as they apply to the units under his ccntrol.
(4) Deputy inspector-General of Police, Civil Supplies, C.J,D.—.
The Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Civil supplies, C.I.D.,
Chennai will have jurisdiction throughout Tamil Nadu. He should
effectively supervise the enforcement of Various control orders and other
regulatory measures taken by the Government to ensure adequate
supplies of and to stabilise the prices of essenatial Commodities and
also assist the civil suppries department in ensuring equitable distribution
of such commodities to the public. He will pay particular attention to
anti-smuggling measures on the State borders where movement of essen-
tial commodities are regulated under a permit system. The other
duties and responsibilities applicable to the Deputy Inspector-General
of Police in-charge of Range, will also be applicable to the Deputy
Inspector-General of Police. Civil Supplies, C.I.D., Chennai besides
those mentioned above.
(5) Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Prohibition Enforcement.—
He will work under the Commissioner of Prohibition and Excise, Board
of Revenue (Land Revenue) for the enforcement of Tamil Nadu Prohibi-
tion Act. He has State wide jurisdiction. As regards the disciplinary
control over the enforcement staff in districts, he shall have the powers of
the Deputy Inspector-General of Police of a Range. He will collect
particulars with regard to the enforcement work from the Superinten-
dents of Police, Commissioners of Police and Deputy Superintendents of
Police, Prohibition Enforcement and forward them to the Commis
sioncr of Prohibition and Excise for hisreview every month with a copy
to Director-General of Police. Chennni. He has powers to visit police
stations and record his impressions in matters pertaining to the enforce-
ment of the Prohibition Act.
(0.0. MS No 62, Excise and prohibition dated 17-9-1991 and 0.0
No 301, Excise and prohibition, dated 6—11—1972)

144 of 780
 140
(6) Civil Defence and Home Guards.
The Inspector-General of Police who is incharge
of Civil Defence and Home Guards has been
designated as the Director of Civil Defence and Deputy Come
mandant-General, Home Guards, Tamil Nadu He will be in
overall charge or recuritment, organisation, training and discipline of
the Home Guards. He will also be inci-targe of all Civil Defence measure5
and other congnate security matters besides Traffic Planning for the
other State.
(7) Deputy Inspector-General of Police, C.I.D., (Intelligence.)
(a) The Deputy Inspector-Genaral of Police C.I.D., (Intelligence)
is responsible for the collection and dissemination of information
pertaining to Special Branch and ‘Q’ Branch.
(b) His responsibilities are more elaborately dealt with in Special
Branch Manual which is a top secret document.
(8) Deputy Inspector-General of Police, C.I.D., (Crime Branch).
It is the duty of the Duputy Inspector-General to see that steps are
taken for the prevention of crime and particulary that adequa~e arrange-
ments are made for dealing with any usual outbreak. It is also his
duty to exercise a constant scrutiny over the course of investigation of
cases and see that his subordinate take an adequate part therein. He
should particularly watch he investigation of complicated or important
cases and for this purpose he shall on receipt of the first report in
Form No. 13 in such cases. invariably call for progress reports in
Form No. 15 and prescribe the intervals at which the reports should be
sent.
132. His administrative powers.’—The Deputy Inspector-General has
a large measure of administrive control within his range. His powers
m the matter of a appointment postings leave, rewards, punishments and
appeals are detailed in the approriate sections of the Police Standing
Order and in the rules issued by the Government from time to lime
to regulate the method of recritment, conditions of service, pay and
allowance, pension, discipline and conduct of the Tamil Nadu
Police Subordinate Service and the Tamil Nadu Special Police Subordi-
nate Service,

145 of 780
 141
133. His Tour Programme.
Each Deputy Inspector-General should send Copies of
his monthly tour programme to the Director-General
and to the Collectors concerned. He will also forward to the
Director-General of Police, as soon as possible after the close of each
fortnight a return showing the details of his tours and inspections done
during the fortnight in the following proforma

STATEMENT SHOWING THE DETAILS OF TOURS DONE

BY THE D.I.G.
Camp Date and time of Date and Purpose of Remarks.
places of arrival, time of visit.
visited, departure.
(1) ~2) (3) (4) (5)
Particulars regarding Inspection work done.
1 Number of districts
to be inspected.
2 Number of districts
so far inspected.
3 Date of completion of
ofdistrict
inspection.
4 Date of despatch of
district inspection
notes to Chief
Office.

134. Duties regarding inspection.—

(1) Whenever a Deputy Inspector-General of Police inspects
a district or a portion of it, copies of his inspectoin reports should
be sent to the Collectors of the district concerned as well as to
the Director-General of Police.

146 of 780
 142
(2) (a) E~rydistrict shald be inspected every year by the Range
Deputy Inspector-Genaral of Police covering one-seventh of the stations
in the district. In selecting stations they should avoid those stations
programmed to be inspected by the Superintendents of Police, each
year and they should select groups of atleast two stations in a circle for
inspection and circle offices of such groups of stations should also be
inspected. Atleast 2 Sub-divisional Offices should be inspected and
all headquarters, special units of each districts as noted below should
be inspeted every year.
(i) The Armed Reserve
(ii) District Police Office
(iii) Crime Records Bureau

(iv) District Crime Branch

(v) City Crime Branch of District Head quarters;
(vi) City Traffic Station of District Headquarters
(vii) Prohibition Mobile Party
(viii) Traffic Flying Squad;
(ix) District Special Branch
(x) Superintendents of Police personal records
(xi) Mobile Police Squads on Uiitouchability in the districts
(xii) Single Digit Finger Print Section.
(xiii) Mobile Forensic Science laboratory
(xiv) Photographic Section ; and
(xv) District Stores,
(G.O. Ms. No. 2087, Home 15th November 1975).
(b) The Additional Inspector-General of Police, Planning and
co-ordination, Chennai and the Deputy Inspector-General of Police
incharge of a Range and all functional Deputy Inspector-General
bhould conduct annual inspection of their offices and send copies of

147 of 780
 i4~
~heimportant inspectionre ports to the Director-General. They will also
comment specifically on the working off the scheme on implementation
ofTamil as Official language, in their inspection notes in the requestion
prescribed. The Commissioners of Police, should also conduct annua’
inspection of a few sections in his office and send a copy of the inspee
~7tes to the Director-General. He will also comment specifically o~
the working of the “Tarnil Scheme” in the inspection notes in the
questionnaire prescribed.
(c) During the inspection of District Police Offices, Sub-
Divisional Offices, Circle Offices and Police Stations, the Deputy
Inspectors-General of Police should comment specially on ths working-
of the scheme on implementation of Tamil as Official Language in the
i nspeetion notes in the questionnaire prescribed.

(d) The Additional Inspector~Generalo~ Police should conduct

annual inspection of the following units under his control and send
Copies of his inspection reports to the Director-General,
(1) Police Radio Office.
(2) Statistical Cell.
(3) Police Research Centre.
~4)Tamil Nadu Finger Print Bureau.

(3) A district wherein an officer is acting for the first time as Superin-
tendent should be visited as soon as possible a1ter he has settled do~
and district in charge of Junior Officers may well be visited twice or,
even more frequently during a year.

~4) Whenever a Deputy Inspector-General in charge of a range

visits a district headquarters, he should make it a point or seeing all
officers who are still on probation so that he can judge progress that they
have made and check the work done by them. He should also meet
the Collector.
(5) The Deputy Inspector-General C. I. D., (Intelligence) should
i nspect the Special Branch records maintained by the Superintendents

148 of 780
 j44

of Police as frequently as possible. The Deputy Inspector-General of

Police, C.I.D., (Crime) should inspect as many as possible of the
Crime Records Bureau.

(6) A Deputy Inspector-General of Police, who inspects a district,

should keep a confidential note on the standard of performance of ever
Superintendent, Joint Superintendent, Additional Superindentant,
Assistant Superintendent and Deputy Superintendent of Police and on the
Personal Assistant to the Superintendent of Police, who held charge
during the period covered by the inspection and that these remarks
will be embodied in the next periodical or sp~cialreport sent on these
offices instead of sending these remarks along with the Inspection Notes
of a district.

(7) Deputy Inspectors-General of Police will confine their reports

on district Special Branches to Special Branch matters only, and
send their reports on District Special Branches to the Director-General
with the rest of the inspection notes of stations, wireless etc., along with
the consolidated notes of inspection of the distrct. They will also
send copies of the reports on District Special Branches to the Deputy
Inspector-General of Police, C. I. D. (Intehigence). Chennai who were
examine them and take such action as he considers necessary, bringing
to the notice of the Director-General anything of Special interest or
importance in these reports. These reports on District Special
Branches will eventually be filed in the Special Branch office of the C.LD.

(S) Inspection Notes on the District Special Branches by the

Deputy Inspector-General of Police, C. I. D. (Intelligence) should
however be submitted to the Director-General of Police direct (not
Office) then and there. Inspection Notes on the Crime Records
3ureau by the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, C.I.D. (Crime) may
be sent to the Chief Office.

(9) Deputy Inspector-General of Police concerne~Iwill furnish in

their inspetiofl notes, a paragraph at the en I of the main notes con-
tajiLing information on the following points :—

149 of 780
 I 4~
(a) The period (month and year) during which the last inspection
of the district was carried out and by whom (name of the Officer to be
given).
(b) Date of commencement of the present inspection.
(c) Date of completion of the inspection.
(d) Date of inspection notes.
(e) The name of Superintendent of Police and Deputy Superin-
tendents of Police who held charge in the district during the period
covered by the present inspecion no es; and
(f) Whether the confidential reports of the officers referred to in
(e) above have been sent to the Director-General of Police and if so
when.
135. Superintendent of Police.—
(1) The Superintendent is the head of the district
police force. He is responsible for all matters relating to its
intenaleconomy and management, for the maintenance of its discipline
and the punctualand regular performance of all its preventive and execu
tive duties.
(0.0. 850, JudI July, E7, 1597.)

(2) Observance of Office hours by Superintendents of Police,—

Superintendents should attend office during office hours while at head-
quarters. They may attend to Special Branch and other confidential
work in their residences where the Special Branch and Confid ential records
are kept. They may also interview in their residences such of heir
visitors who wish to see them on such confidential matters as should
not be liable to disclosure in the publicity of a District Police Office

136. His relations with C’oilector.—

(1) The Collector, as the Chief executive authority in
the district, is primarily responsible for the maintenance
of law and order and the criminal administraton of the
P—230-3-—1 0

150 of 780
 146

district. It is, therefore, the duty of the Superintendent to keep him

fully informed both by personal conference and special reports, of all
matters of importance concerning the peace of the district and the
state of crime. For the purpose of control of crime and the maintenance
oflaw and order, the Police force of the district will be under the general
control and direction of the Collector. In important matters of the
above nature, the Superintendent should act in consultation with the
Collector. The Superintendents of Police are strictly forbidden from
corresponding with the Chief Judicial Magistrates direct, in respect of
lapses and delays on the part of Subordinate Magistracy. Such
instances should be brought to the notice of the Director-General of
Police, Chennal, who in turn will bring them to the notice of the
High Court.

(0.0. 850, JudI, 17th Juue 1897 and 1157, Judl-2nd, Sept. 19L9.)
(G.0. MS. No. 2582, Home, 30th Aug, 1954)

(2) The same obligations attached to the Superintendent of Govern-

ment Railway Police in respect of the portions of his jurisdiction within
his district.
(0.0. 221, Pub. (Pol.) 20th April 1932.)

137. Intervention of Collector.—

(1) If the Collector, for any special reason, considers
that a Police Officers of or below the rank of Sub-Inspector should
be transferred from a particular locality or from any special duty, he
may request the Superintendent to transfer suck officer.

(2 In the case of a Police Officer above the rank of Sub-Inspector

the Collector may address the Director-General for the transfer of the
officer.

138. To be acquainted with the character of his subordinates.—

It is the duty of the Superintendent and of Sub-divisional Officers to
mak. themselvesacquainted with the character and qualificationsof their

151 of 780
 141

subordinates. For this purpose they shall keep the following record
in addition to those prescribed for the maintenance of personal files
of non-gazetted officers
(1) A list of detectives (Form No. 9);
(2) a seniority list of Sub-Inspectors;
(3) a seniority list of Head Constables with remarks as to their
fitness for promotion;
(4) list of Constables fit for promotion.
(a) in Armed Reserves,
(b) in the Taluk Police and
(5) a list of Grade I Constables fit for Station writer’s posts.
(6.0. 825, Home, 25th Feb. 1937.)
(0.0. MS. 384~,Home, 27th Aug. 1941 and 85, H
0me, 11th Jan. 1954.)

139. Duties towards his assistants.—

The Superintendent is responsible for seeing that his
Assistants and Deputies work efficiently and it is his duty to
bring to the notice of the Director-General any defects of
character or temperament or want of seal which detract from their utility
as Police Officers. The Superintendent may require from an Assistant
or Deputy who fails to secure his confidence any reports or restrict him
to any duty which he sees fit, reporting the same to the Director-
General.
(.GO. 850, JudI July, 1 th 1897.)

140. Touring.—The Supetintendent shall make constant tours of

fnspection through all parts of his district, remaining the longer in trouble
some localities. He shall not conflne himself to examining the Police
stations, but shall visit villages and make himselfacquainte~ with the
village headmen and principal inhabitants endeavouring to gain their
confidence and enlist their co-operation, at the same time ascertaining
the state of crime and inquiring into the work of his subordinates

F—230ç3aIOA

152 of 780
 148
141. Personal investigation.—
(1) The Sc perintendent shall, whenever practicable, personally
vestigate and superintend the investigation of the following
inies ;—
(1) Dacofty,
(ii) Highway robbery.
(iii) Murder,
(iv) Culpable homicide.
(v) House-breaking and theft of a specially grave nature.
(vi) Thefts of a specially grave nature.
(vii) Any specially serious disturbance or riot,
(viii) Conspiracy cases,
(ix) OffencGs under sections 400 and 40 ~, Indian Penal Code.
(x) Any caseor a specially grave nature and
(xi) Counterfeits corrency notes
(Xv) Oflences under sections 3 and 4 of the P.C,R. Act, 1955.
(G.O.Ms.718, Jutil. 22nd May, 1900 and 917, JudI. ~th June 1912).
(2) In cases uf alleged extcrtion or bribery by a Police Officer, the
Superintendent must use his discretion whether to hold a personal inquiry
or not, but all really serious cases of this nature should be inquired mt0
either by the Superintendent or his Assistant or Deputy.
(3) Immediately on receipt of the first case diary in any of the above
cases or after his personal investigation, whichever isearlier, he shall send
lireport in Form No. 11 to the Deputy Inspecter-General and a copy of
a to the Collector.

153 of 780
 149

Notes.—(l) Some latitute is permitted as to compliance with this

order. For instance, if the guilty persons are kncwn and evidence is
at once forthcoming, or if the case comes within its category merelyfor
technical reasons, or, in respect of highway robbery and decoity, the
case is an isolated one, trivial of its kind, in which personal investigation
is not likely to be useful for in cases of murder fellowed by suicide,
personal investigation may often by a waste of an officer’s time rather
than beneficial.

(2) All robberies ofrailway passengers should be regarded as “high-

way robberies”.

142. Sub-divisional Officers.—Personal_Investigation.—.Sub-d ivisional

Police Officers shall investigate cases of the following classes, visiting the
scene of crime and superintending the inquiry:—

(i) Dacoity,
(ii) Highw~robbery.
(ill) Murder.
(lv) Culpable homicide.
(v) Robbery ofover Rs. 200 and anycase pressenting importane
features.

(vi) House-breaking and theft of a specially grave nature

(vii) Thefts of a specially grave nature~
(viii) Any disturbance, riot or affray of a serious nature
(ix) Any important or specially grave cases~
(x) Counterfeit currcnc3, notes
(xi) Voilence resulting in any grievious hurt to Adi-dravidas

(xii) Rape in which Adi-dravidas are victims~

(xiii) Servious mischief or arson involving properities of Adi-

dravfdasj

154 of 780
 1~0

(xiv) Oflences under section 3 and 4 of the P C R Act 1955, and

(xv) Suspected doury deatb,

They shall investigate important cases of lesser gravity, which

may occur near their halting places.
(2) Immediately on receiptof the first case diary in any ofthe above
cascs or after their personal investigation whichever is earlier, they shall
send a report in Form No. 13 to the Deputy Inspector-General
through the Superintendent and a copy of it to the Collector.
Note.—_.(E) Some latiude is permitted as to conpliance with this
order. For instance, if the guitty persons are known and evidence is
at once forth-coming or if the case comes within its category merely for
technical reasons, or, in respect of highway robbery ard dacoity, the
case is an isolated one. trivial of its kind, in which personal investiga-
tion is not likey to be useful or in cases of murder followed by suicide,
personal investigation may often be a Waste of an officer’s time rather
than beneficial.
Note.—(2) All cases of suspicious deaths of serious nature should
be investigated by superior Police Officers (sub divisional officer 0r
Superintendent of Police) as early a stage as possible, by visiting the
Scene of offence and sending grave crime reports as required in Police
Standing Order Nos. 141.. and 142.

Note. _.(3) In respect of the oftenees specified in item (xi) to (xiv)

the Divisional Offi cers shall send a copy of the report in Form No.13
to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Protection of Civil Rights
through the superintendent of Police and the Range Deputy Inspector
General of Police”.
(0.0. No. 2213, Home (Pol. Xlv) 25th September 1984).
143. Weekly reports.— (1) At the close of the week, Superintendents
Additional S~iperintendens and Sub-divisional Officers shall submit a
weekly report. Superintendents should submit their report through
their District Collectors, and Additional Superintendents and Sub-
divisioiial Officers through their Sup.~rintendents, Superintendents
shall also submit a regular Special Branch Weekly Report and Sub-
divisional Officers will do so when necessary. The weekly report
should be in two parts viz., in Forms Nos. 11 and 12. Part II of the
report should be sent only in this cases in which the Deputy Inspect or-
General of Police has called for a progress report onthe first report
in Form No, 11,

155 of 780
 151
(2) Part I of the SuperintendentTs weekly ~report is a secret docu~
ment and that of the Additional Superintendent and Sub-divisional
Officers a confidential one. The report of the Superintendent and the
Additional Superintendent should be transmitted to the Director-
General. In it should be entered the work done by the officer, any
matters of departmental interest, and any information concerning the
district likely to be useful to the Collector. When an officer is on tour,
his halting places the village visiting done, the distance travelled the
manner of performing marches should always begiven. Part
containing remarks of the Director-General will be returned through the
Deputy Inspector-General and wilibe re-submitted with replies through
the ordinary channel. They will be filed confidentially in the office of
the officer concerned and trained for the ten years subject to the
modification in the note below.—
Note.— All correspondence relating to the weekly report of the
Superintendents of Police should be treated as secret at all stage and
dealt with by the Superintendents of Police themselves and not by their
office. The office copy of the weekly reports which are retained by the
Superintendents of Police and fair copies sent to the Director-Genera
of Police should also be kept under the personal custody of the officer
concerned.
(3) When a Deputy Inspector-General of Police is incharge of a
district he need not send weekly report, but the weekly repurt filed i~
the Superintendent’s office of the district concerned should contain a
note that the Deputy Inspector-General of Police was in charge for the
particular period.
144. Weekly Reports, Part Il-Superinfendents.
(Government letter No. 130 8792 p01 X1V 91-2 dated 11th
November 1998)
Part II ot’tbe weekly Repor~Form No. 15 consiStS of reports of
Crime. The Superifltendeilt shall report the fc.llowing crimes:-
(a) DacoitY,
(b) Highway robbery,
(C) Murder,
(d) Culpable homicide,
(e) ~
0USe-breakmg with theft of a specially grave na~uie,
(f) Thefis of ~ special grave nature,
(g) Any disturbance, riot, or affray of a specially grave
nature, and
(i) Counterfeit currency notç~.

156 of 780
 152

145. Weekly Records, Part-Il— Sub-divisional Officers.—

(1) Sub-divisional officers shall submit Grave Crime Reports in
the following cases —

(a) Dacoity,
(b) Highway robbery,
(c) Robbery over Rs. 150.
(d) Murder,
(e) Culpable homicide,
~f)House-breaking and theft of a specially grave nature.
(g) Thefts of a specially grave nature.
(~flAm’ disturbance, riot or affray of a specially grave nature.

(i) Counterfeit currency notes, and

(j) Road accidents involving more than one death.

(2) Sub-divisic~nalofficers shall frame their grave crime reports

themselves
146. General instructions regarding weekly reports.—
(1) Progressreports~shallbe sent in all eases in which they are ordered
by the Deputy Inspector-General and a final report showing the
ultimate disposal of each case shall invariably be sent.
(2) Part II will ordinarily be dealt with and filed by the Deputy
Inspector-General,who will for ward to the Director- General reports
n only such cases as he considers require the Director-General’s
detailed attention. Reports containing remarks of the Director-
General if any will be returned with replies through the Deputy
In~p~ctor-General..

157 of 780
 153
147. Sub-DivisIonal Police Officer.—
(1) The Sub-Divisional Officer acts within his jurisdiction
as the deputy of the District Superintendent of Police,
He shall work entirely under the orders of the latter, whom
he should keep informed of his raction and of what takes place
in the sub-division. He should consult him in all matters of
difficulty and take his advice when necessary.
(2) His responsibilities are more executive than admini istrative.
He should, by regular inspections and frequent visits, ensure the
efficient performance of duties at stations and circle level, and
in particular, organise prevention of crime in a systematic manner
and ensure co-ordinated, sustained and purposeful investigation
and detection. He should supervise the investigation of all grave
offences or any case or series of cases of importance which present
special difficulties. He should also keep in touch with developments,
particularly in the trouble some areas or among the trouble Sol-no clas-
ses within his jurisdiction by frequent visits to villages, particulatly
interior ones, during which he should also check the outdoor work
of the station staff.
(3) He should ensure a high standard of training and perfor-
mance of his subordinates, bearing in mind the quality of thei
service to the public as much as the enforcement aspects of their
responsibilities and should be particularly strict in the prevention
of indifference to public complaints, harassment or oppression
of members of the public an~Ithe ill-treatment of any prisoner 0r
person within police custody or appearing before the police. flO
has a special responsibility for quick and thorough enquiry into
any miscnduct on the part of his subordinates which may corn
to his notice and for the completion of any disciplinary proceedings
which may be entrusted to him.
(4) He should e~sureclose and cordial relations with the
magistracy and other departments. Correspondence with such
departments, other than of a routine nature, should pass through
theSu perintendent.

158 of 780
 154

148. Status of Ddputy Superintendents.—

The departmental status of Deputy Superintendents of Police
and Assistant Superintendents of Police are equivalent
so long as they serve in a sub-division. Assistant
Superintendents of Police who are posted to work as
oint Superintendents of Police in senior scale of pay and the Addi-
tional Superintendents of Police are equivalent in departmental
status.
1 49. Discharged Prisoners’ Aid Societies.—
Superintendents of Police should make a point of joining the
Discharged Prisoners Aid Societies. They should accept a position
on the Committee, if offered.
Note.— No expenditure to Government on this account can be allowed, it will
no doult b0 possib’e and probabaly describle to arrange in most cases that the
Superintendent is an ex-officio member of the Committee.
150. Inquiry in cases of death or injury caused by Police or
suffered in Police Custody and in cases where Police or Public Ser
vants use fire-arm in Suppressing u riot or in self-defence.—
(1) Cases of (a) death or grievous hurt alleged to have
been caused by Police Qificer whether in his public or private capacity
or to have occurred to any person while in Police custody, and (b)
torture, i.e. all cases of hurt or more serious injury inflicted by a
Police Officer for the purpose of extorting a confession or
information, should always be inquired into by a magistrate. In
other cases an officer who has taken a personal part in the investi-
gation of an offence should be precluded from investigating into
charges of ill-treatment on the part of the Police in connection
therewith. However, Superintendents and their subordinate officers
of and above the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police may
make a quick general enquiry into any such incident to enable
them to report at once the facts so ascertained to the Director-
General of Police eventhough they might have received reports of
the investigation personally made by their subordinates.
(0.0. Mg. No. 1421, Home (police Vi) 7th May 1980,

159 of 780
 (2) When any person dies while in Police custody an imme-
diate report should be made to the nearest Magistrate empowered
to hold inquests detailing the facts and circumstances so far as
known and the body should be preserved for inspection by the said
magistrate.
(10. 506, Public, (police) 24th Sept. 1929.
Note -Superintendents of Police should send brief reports to the Director- General of
Police by Radio or Telegram immediatey allegations ofPolice torture are made of
death in Police custody occurs, This should be followed up with a detailed report
expeditiously.
(3) In every case in which Police use fire arms or receive
information regarding the use of fire arms by a Public Servant in
suppressing a riot, or in self defence, an express report or telegram
whichever is quicker, shall be Sent to the Revenue Divisional
Officer and District Collector. In this report the
number of persons killed or injured, if any, shall be stated.

On receipt of such express report, the Collector of the district

shall order an enquiry by an Executive Magistrate, except where
the incident is so trivial in nature as obviously not to necessiate
any such special enquiry. Even in respect of such trivial cases,
the Collector should obtain the orders of Government to dispense
with the magisterial enquiry.

(4) (a) The Director-General of Police will send his first

report to the Government immediately on the occurrence of any
death in Police custody.
G.0. Ms. 2305, Home,lst september 1970.
(b) The Collector will send a follow up report in detail to
the Government on such incidents, accompanied by th relevant
re~crdsof enquiry of the Revenue Divisional Officers.

(c) This procedure indicated above will apply also to cases

of deaths in judicial custody (when the deceased was under jud~-
cial custody at the time of death.)

160 of 780
 156

151. Procedure in respect of charges of torture by the Police

or of de~thor grievour hurt caused by the Police.—
(1) The following procedure is prescribed in respect of allegations
of torture or of causing death or grievous hurt or other serious
offertces against the person made against Police officials. j~
cases of allegation of rape or commission of
an unnatural offence, such as enquiry shall be held irrespecjv0
of the fact whether the act or acts -committed was in the
course of duties or outside the sphere of duties.
(0.0. 226, Home, dt. 18th Augt~st1977.
(2) Mufassil.—’
(a) An officer of and above the rank of Assistant or Deputy
Superintendent of Police to whom a complaint of such
an offence is made or who otherwise hears of such an occurrence
should immediately make a general enquiry into the Occurrence
and should also report the case atonce to the Revenue Divisional
O~cerconcerned. Any such enquiry should be subject to the ins -

tructions in paragraph (3) below.

(b) When information of the Commission of any such offence
is received by a Police Officer below the rank of Assistant Or
Deputy Superintendent of Police, he should not make any regular
investigation himself but should atonce report the case to the
Revenue Divisional Officer and the Assistant or Deputy Superin
tendent of Police to whom he is subordinate and send a copy of
such report to the Superintendent of Police
(3) (a~On receiving information about any such occurrence
either from a Police Officer as indicated in paragraph (2) above
or otherwise, a preliminary enquiry into the Occurrence should be
conducted by the Revenue Divisional Officer or such other officer
as may be appointed for the purpose. The enquiry will he of ~
non-judicial character and more in the nature of an investigation
in order to fix the responsibility, if any, Ofl individual Police Offi-
cers and to see whether there is a primr~faciecasefor launching a
criminal prosecution or other proceedings against anyone cos~-

161 of 780
 15~
cerned. While an appeal can be issued to the public to come
forward to testify at the enqLiry, the proceedings of the enquiry
should not be given wide publicity.
(b) There is no objections to an officer of and above the-
rank of Assistant or Deputy Superintendent of Police being associa
ted with such an enquiry but there should be no parallel investi.
gation by the Police once the magisterial enquiry has started, and
any information gathered by an officer of and above the rank of
Assistant or Deputy Superintendent of Police sl’cild ~c frc nptly
reported to the officer holding the magisterial enquiry. The latter
should complete the equiry in the manner indicated in paragraphs
(4) and (5) below.

(4) When a complaint of torture has been filed in the court

of a Judicial Magistrate by the affected party, the officer con~
ducting the enquiry under paragraph (3) above should not termi-
nate it but should continue it and arrive at his own findings on
the indivisual responsibility, if any, of each Police Official. He
should, however, keep such findings confidential, pending the result
of the judicial enquiry or trial emanating from the complaint. On thr
completion of SUCh judicial enquiry he should decide on the furtheer
course of action to be followed in the light of the judicial decision
and take appropriate steps.
(5)~a)When the affected party files no such complaint in the
court of a Judicial Magistrate, the officer holding the magisteral
enquiry should complete his investigation and arrive at specific
findings as required under paragraph (3) (a) and submit a report
to the Government through the Collector, if he is subordinate to
the Collector, otherwise direct to the Government, who will pass
final orders in the further course of action to be taken.
(b) Whenever an Qificer who conducts an enquiry under the
above Qrder ends that che Police Official concerned has been guilty
of some othcr offence not coming under this ordcr,he should forward
the ioport of enquiry to the Government through the Collector, if he

162 of 780
 I
s subordinate to the Collector, otherwise direct to the Government,
who will transfer the record of enquiry to the Dirrectcr-General of
Police for further action.
(G.O. 4344, Home, dated 12.12 1961.)
(6) City of Chenflai.—
The procedure prescribed in paragraphs (2) to (5)
will apply mutatis mutandis in respect of the charges o~.
the same nature against the Police in the City of Cbennai, with
the modification that the reference to the Revenue Divisional Officer
in those paragraphs will be construed as referring to the Personal
Assistant to the Collector of Chennai.

(7) General.—
When complaints of torture, etc., against a Police
subordinate are received by a Police Officer either in the niufussal
or in the City through telegram from non-official Sour ses or anong-
mous or pseudonymous petitions and letters, or even by vague
rumour, the officer receiving the same should immediately inform
the Revenue Divisional O~cerconcerned in the mufussal and the
Personal Assistant to the Collector ofChennai in the City of Chennai
of the fact that a complaint has been received and that he is
trying to verify the veracity or authenticity of the information.
and that the result of the verification will be communicated to him
as early as possible. He should not however register the com-
plaint as a First Information Report until after such verification.
(8) It is left to the officer concerned~,,either4 to wait for the
result of the Police verification of the authenticityof the information
or cause such verification as he considers necessary to be made.
The officer concerned should not however start the preliminiay
enquiry under paragraph (3) above, before satisfying himselfa as
to the authenticity of the anonymous or pseudonymous communi-
cations containing the complaints.

(9) Such cases as are referred to in paragraph (2) (a) and (b)
above should receive special mention in Part I of the Weekly Report
prescribed in Police Standing Order No. 143, Volume I by the
Joint or Assistant or Deputy Superintendent of Police con-

163 of 780
 cerned and the Superintendent of Police in the mufassald and the
Assistant Commissioner and the Deputy Commissioner in the City
of Chennai.
(10) Minor Injuries.—
The following procedure is prescribed for enquiry in cases of
attack and of minor injuries caused by the Police.
(G.O. Ms, 608, Home, 18th March 1974.)

(a) In the mufassal.—

The person concerned may prefer a complaint in person to
the Executive Magistrate having jurisdiction over the area and such
Magistrate should hold a preliminary enquiry and take such further
steps as he deems necessary. If the Executive Magistrate considers
that there is prima facie case and detailed enquiry is necessary
he should send up proposal to the Additional District Magistrate-j
and obtain specific orders from him before commencing the detailed
enquiry.
(b) In the City of Chennat
In so far as Chennai City is concerned the powers of conducting
the preliminary enquiry and of giving concurrence for the detailed
enquiry shall vest with the personal Assistant to the Collector
of Chennai and the Collector, Chennai respectively.

11) In all cases, where a formal enquiry is held after obtai-.

ning the concurrence of the District Magistrate or the Collector
of Chennai the enquiry report shall be sent to Governweut íø the
Public (General-A) Department
(G.o. Ms. No. 603, Home. Dated 18th March 1974.)
152. CommIssion to be appointed in special cases.—
(1) Where a Sessions Court, or the High Court, records
its opinion that a special inquiry into the conduct of the Police
is necessary, an inquiry will be publicly conducted by a Commission
appointed by Government and consisting of two officers, of whom

164 of 780
 160

onehas had judicial experience and neither belongs to the Police

Department. Should, however, sufficient evidence be available
without the investigation of the special commission, to justify the
institution of criminal proceedings forthwith, that course should
at once be taken.

(2) The appointment of a Special Commission will not take the

place of a departmental inquiry, which should be made ifl all cases
where further evidence is required, but such departmental inquiry
should be preliminary and ancillary to the special inquiry or the
criminal prosecutions, and all evidence available, whether derived
from the Police Officer’s inquiry or otherwise, should be laid be-
fore the Special Commission or the Criminal Court.
153. Perusal of Case Diaries by officers.—
(1) All case diaries of the Main Range shall be read by
the Superintendent and those of sub-divisions by the Subdivisional
Officers concerned. Any necessary instructions or orders should
be passed upOfl them.

(2) The remarks made in the case diaries should be com-

municated to the Inspectors or the Station House Officers as the case
may be by crime memoranda, instead of returning the remarked
case diaries in original.

(3) The Sub-divisional Officers and Inspectors should without

fail, once a fortnight, go through the Crime Memoranda Book,
see whether replies to their memoranda have been received and take
further necessary action.
Case
Note.—(1) In respect of prohibition cases, the diaries will be filed by the
Inspectors concerned.
(2) Case diaries of cases uuder section 64 and 65 of the chennal City
Police Act need not be forwarded to the Sub-divisional officers.
They may be filed by Inspectors themselves after scrutiny.

165 of 780
 161
154. inspections.—
(1) Irrespective of inspections by the Superintendent, every
police station anl outpost ill die Sub-division must ie inspected
by the Sub-divisional Officer at least once in a calendar year
Inspections should, as far as possible, be carried out by circles.

:(2) Inspections should be thorough and cover itil aspects o,

police operations and station administration. During inspuctions
every musket in the station will be teste’~by firing ~a blank cart
ridge.

(3) Superintendents of Police. will inspect every year not les

than three stations in detail in each Sub-division. The inspection5
of Police Stations shoul’~ be concucted in such a way as to ensur
that no police station remains uninspected by him for more than
four years.

~4)During their inspection of all offices and Police Stations

Superintendents of Police will comment on the working of th
‘Tamil Scheme’ in the inspection notes in the qtestfonnaire ~es
crjbed. Sub-divisional Officers will also comment spedfically on the
working of the progress of Tamil as the official language in the
inspection notes of Circle offices anc Police Stations in the qc~es-
• tionnaire prescribed.

5(a) To ensure strict compliance with sub-paragraph (3)

above and guard against omission in inspection of stations, circle
offices, etc, a check register shot h be maintained in the camp
office of the Superintendent of Police This register will be called
“Roster of Inspections by the Superinten~ent of Police and wil
be iii the following form —

3-—ll
F..230-

166 of 780
 162

U ‘ .
~ .E~ .~fi
~v ) ~v
. ~ c~i

~
~ ~
-.C~
n.,
r
~
~

~
in a~
~ ~-
ii~
n-.,-~ c;M~-~
.~
~
n ~ ~
~ .-.~ .~
5) -
.EE
5) 5)
c_ •
0 O~’
~ °~R
4-~t~ ~5)l~
0~ ~
U’
~ ~ ~ ~
z
(1)
~(2) ~(3) ~(5)

(b) The names of all Police Stations, outposts, Circle Office5

and Sub-divisional offices in the district will be serially entered one
below the other in column (I), The names will be arranged
circiewise and Sub-division wise. Traffic stations will be counted
separately where they function separately. A Central Crime Sta
ion will be treated as one Unit.
(c) Dates in Column (2), (3), (4) and (5) will be filled up year
~yyear as and when inspections are done. This register will show
at a ~Iance whether or not the four year rotation schedule has
been bilowed in respect of each station, out-post. etc.
(d) This roster will be scrutinised during the inspection of camp
offices of Superintendents of Police and the progress of their ins-
pection reviewed.

(6) Visits.—
Apart from regular inspections, Superintendents and su b-
divisional officers should. Visit stations frequently by surprise
During such visits, the incidence of crime and its prevention and
dete;tions, the pendency of cases and the maintenance of disciplin0
should be examined. Any men present should be asked about their
difficulties. Visiting Officers will submit copies of their visiting
notes to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police in the same manner
as notes of station inspections.

167 of 780
 16~

(7) Where they have been unable to inspect the stations of5
probationary Sub-Inspector they should visit them and check up
In detail the work and knowledge of the probationers and also
the quality of guidance and control over them by Inspectors and
Sub-Divisional Officers. Visits of Sub-Divisional Officers to stations
should be made once a quarter with special attention to stations
in the charge of probationary inspectors I Sub-Inspectors:
155. Station Inspection Reports.—
A copy of the remarks left in the station or s.utpost
visiting Book, whether during an inspection or a visit is
to be forwarded with the Weekly Report. An inspection
report should be sent with Form No. 13. These reports
will be dealt with and returned by the Deputy Inspector-General.
156. Circle Inspection Reports.—
(1)The Superintendent of Police on the completion of
the inspection of a circle, shall record instruction
in the Superior Officer’s Visiting Book and forward a
copy of his remarks with a report in Form No. 13. along with his
Weekly Reports. Thes~reports will be dealt with by the Deputy
inspector-General and need not be forwarded to the~Direector
General unless they contain anything which should be brought to
his notice.
(2) During such inspections, the stock books of stationery
and printed forms should also be perused to ensure that they arc
properly maintained and a specific report on this point should also
be left in the inspection repcrt.
157. Half-yearlY meetings of Inspectors.—
(1) A meeting of all the inspectors ~1. the distric
and of those Sub-Inspectors whose presence the
Superintendent requires sLall be held once every hal1
)ear, at a time and place to be decided upon by the Superinten
~ient, to exchange information and dis~uss matters connected with (Le
Police administration of the district. Railway Police Inspectors
F—230-3---1 1A

168 of 780
 164

~hose juriadictbn I~Sin the district, will attend, due notice being
~cnt t~th&r Superititendent. All officers of and above the rank of
Deputy Superintendents of Police in the district should he present, if
possible.
(2) A meeting of all Reserve inspectors of the Armed Reserves
In each range will he held during the Annual I~angePolice Sports
cor a free and frank discussion between them, on matters lik°
drill, discipline and welfare ftlating to the Armed Reserves.

158. Meeting between tile offk rs of tire Sortthe~’nRailway ~4nd

Tamil Nadl4 State Police.
(1) Meeting between the officers of the Southern Railway
and Tamil Nadu State Police will be held as shown behow

When to Place of Gonvenor.

Officers who will
c~gtendthe meeting. be held. meeting.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
(a) A Conference of Yearly. Chenai. Chief Security
the General Mana- Officer, South
ger, heads of De- ciii Railway,
partments of South- Cher~nai
ern Railway with
Deputy Inspector-
General and Sup-
perintcndent of
State Railway
Police.
(b) Meeting of Railway As and Chennai. Security Officer,
Officers with the when Southen
Railway required. Rail-way,
Police and Local Chen ai
Police Officeis.

169 of 780
 165

officers who will when to Place of Convenor

attend the meeting he held meeting
(I) (2) (3) (4)
(c) Meeting of the Offi- Half-yearly Tiruchirap- Assistant Secu-
cers of the South- palli. rity Officers,
ccii Railway, Tim- Southern Rail-
chirappalli Division way, Tiruchi-
and.Officers of the rappalli Junc-
Railway Police and tion on behalf
Local Police.. of Divisional
Superinten I. t
Tiruchirappall

(d) Meeting between tLe Half-yearly Ti rr .chir ap- Superintendenci-~t

Officers of the Rail- palli. of Police, Rai I
way Police and the way Police,
Officers of the Rail- Tiruchirap-
way Protection palli.
Force.

(e) Meeting of Railway Do. NLadurai. Assistant Secu

Officers of Madurai rity Officer
Division with Offi- Madurai or
cers of the. Railway behalf of the
Police and Local Divisional
Police. Su perinten-
ent,Maduraj.

(f) Meetingof theoffi- • Quarterly. Mad uraI Assistant Secu-

cers of the Railway rity Officer,
Southern Rail-
Po11*aedOfficers
of.the ~o~mi~ercia1, way, Madurai~
Branch and Rail-
way Protection
F~rve~of Maduraj~
pivisioi~.

170 of 780
 166

(2) The proceedings of the meetings will be issued by the

~onvenors of the meetings.
(3) The above meetings are intended to be held so that in
telligence regarding the ‘black spots organised gang, etc., may
‘

be freely exchanged, besides complicity of Railway employees

in crimes and the necessary measures for prevention, formulated.
159. Officers entitled to take the Salute at Cereinonia~’ Parades.—
The salute at ceremonial Police parades, e.g., those held on the
Republic Day or Independence Day should be taken by the highest
Executi’e Officer j~resentcn the occasion, that is, the Governor’
the Commissioner of Police, Chennai, or the Collector, as the case
maybe.
(G.O. 2453 Home 28th Jure 1937.)
160. Attendance at Sessions.—
Sessions Judges have been instructed by the High Court to send
to the Superintendents at their divisions, before the commence-
ment of each of their sessions, a list of cases posted for trial
with • the dates fixed for hearing Superintendents
will examine these lists and will attend those hearings
which they consider advisable on their part, or will depute their.
Sub-divisional Officers to do so. Deputy Inspectors-General cj-
Police at their inspections will satisfy themselves that attendance
has been satisfactory and not omitted without good reason.

161. Report of casuali;k s among Inspectors, Reserve Inspector

etc.,.—
(1) Report of casualities among Inspectorser Reser1:e hnspec-
tors and Reserve Sub-Inspectors caused by discharge or death •

etc., should be sent to the Di’ector-General.

(2) Similar reports should also be sent to the Director-General

of Police in cases of casualities among recipients of medals of &i
categories.

171 of 780
 167

162. Safr custody of duplicate keys of Iron safes, Cash c/tests,

Con fedentialalmnirahs and baxes.—
The confidential almirabs and boxes of all officers of and
above the rank of Deputy Superintendents of Police should
be provided with keys in duplicate. The duplicate keys of the
confidential almirahs and boxes of all officer should he placed
in a sealed cover and lodged for safe custody in the cash
chests of District Police Offices. The duplicate keys of iron safes
and cash chests provided for stations or other units should l~e
placed in a sealed cover and lodged for safe custo~yin the dis-
trict treasury. A manuscript register of duplicate keys deposited
in the District Treasury and in the cash cl’est in all the p~lice
offices should be maintained. The packet containing the duplicatt
keys deposited for safe custody should be taken back, examined
and re-deposited after being re-sealed once in two years in the
month of April or whenever there is a change in the incumbancy
of the officer depositing the keys, whichever is earlier. A note to
this effect should be made in the register. The officers concerned
are personally responsible to see that the orders are carried out.

163. Revolver practice.—

Every officer of and above the rank of Assistant
Superintendent of Police/Deputy Superintendent of Police
including probationers is required to fire 48 rounds of revolver
ammunition every year. The ammunition will be svpplied free.
(G.Q. No. 362, Judicial (Pol) 2nd July 1924)
164. Scale of conveyance to be maint~tinedby officers.—Evez~
°fficero. i~idabove the rank of Deputy Superintendents of Police
s~iou1d waintain a thoroughly service~bie n~~ter~car or n’rtr
cycL or sc~~oter
(G0, No. 5239, t-lome 9th December 1930)

165. Officers exempted from maintaning a conveyence.~ Tne officers

-

mentioned below need not maintain a motor car, motor cycle or

scooter.
(1) Deputy Inspector.General of Police ~Administrations)
(J2) Assistant Inspector-Oeneral of Police.

172 of 780
 168

(3) The Superintendents. Special Branch, C.1.D., Crime Th inch.

C.LD. ‘Q’ Branch, C.E[1. Civil Supplies, C.I.D., and Prohibiticn
Enforcement Wing.

~4) Officers of the Railway Police.

(5) Pi-incip us, Police Ti aining College and Police Recruits

Schools.
(6) Deputy Supe;intend~-nlsof ihe unit s referred to In item.
(3) aboVe

(7) Officers of tI’e Thmil Nadu Special Police.

(8) Adliiional Superintendents of P~.lice
(9) Deputy Superinten*~ntof Police incharge of Arne 1 Rese~vo;,
Poiic~Com~’uterCentre arid Police Research Ceiitre.
(G.O. N .107, Jw~l.(Pol,) 6th March 1923,)
and 7J,4, Judl, 15th Dcc., 1925

166k Conveyance Period Within which to he obtained or replaced;—

(I) Every Proh~ionary Assisant Superintendent of Police, Deputy

Superintendent of Police or Officiating Deputy Superintendent of
Police must rn~iiitaina thoroughly serviceahle motor car, motor cycle
or scooter wit I~iii three months of his being posted to hold charge of a
sub-division.

(G.O. Mr. No,. 1756, Home 3rd May 1951)

(2) An officer will be allowed one month to replace a motor

vehicle sold.

(3) An offleer on return from long kave should provide hirnse)f

with a motor vehicle within one month after his arrival.

167.. Exemption from. maintaining a. conveyance Authority corn-

netent to ~rantT—(I) The Director-General of Police is empowered
~ogrant officers temporary exemption from the obligation to maintain
a motor oar, motor cycle or a scooter for not more than six

173 of 780
 169

months. If the.cfficcrs.~’o i’ot get a motor car, motor cycle,. cr

scc’ter within the time all wed, the Dirept:r-General of Police shocld
~.‘dress the Goverr’mert f r orders in the matter.

(G.O. -Ms~,No. 293O~Home, 24th July 1951.)..

(2) An officer, who does not provi1~chimself with the requ. ired
means of conveyance within the prescrihed period ned has not been
exempted in the manner indicntcd abc vc ~sliable to have hs tra’elling
allowance redi ced.

168. CerJIicate and Reports regarding maintenance of co?veyance

by the oi~ersof and above the rank o~iDeputy Superintendent oi Police.—
(1) Every fficer will certify in his travejling aliowár.ce bills that he has
maintained a motor car, motor cycle cr sccctr aid that 5 in n lining

(G.O. Ms. 2930, Home, 24th Ji ly 1951)

(2) When an officer~s.motorcar, motor cycle çr Sc-ootor, i~~:ld

or becomes nserviceahle he ml st report the fact officially at once
-

to the effic~rwho countersign his trave~1ingallowance bill.

(3) Depity Inspector-General when cr tor r, shot ic see that

~ecrs have the requ ired means cf ct-.nvey~inceand report th~ fact
in their notes of inspec ion.

169. Collcctor to. be informed qi absence from district.—.-

The Snpe~intendeu~t shaft,irtform the Collector ~f his intended absence
bef re leaving his ciistpct,~.whether on dtkty or on casnal leave..

170. Urgent work Iran~act~on when

;-~— Superintendent. or Sub-.
d!visiona~.ofYicer i~con casual ieaw’.—Arrangements to b6:
The SoperintencIen~sh~llniake necessary arrargements fdr t1~étrans-
actL n of all rgent and important work di ring casial ica~ie taken
-.

by himself or any ol his Su b-Divisional Officers

174 of 780
 170

171. Reports to the Secretary to Governmem, Home Depart-

ment, and to the Private Secretary to the Governor.—
(1) The following Officers shot id report to the Secretary to
Government, Home Department, and to Private Secretary to the
Governor their arrival, at, or reL rn to, and their depa rtt.re fn nu
Chennai :—

(a) Direotor-Ge~eralof Police.

(b) Commissioner of Police.

(c) Deputy Inspect. r-General of Policel

(2) If any of the officers mentioned above arrives at or departs

from Ootaoamund when the Goverro r is staying there, he shoL id report
to the Private Secretary to the Governor.

(0.0. No. 744, Public, 7th August 1926 and 906,Public, 19th Oct. 1926.)
1 72~Procedure to be followed in sending re-ports.—
The procedLre to be follwced in sending reports and the forms to
be used are given below. The forms can be obtained from the Director
of Stationery and Printing, Chennai on indent.

Arrivals.—
An officer should send the report in Form 1, before he is
due to reach head.q arters, 1. niess he has already given the infor-
mation in Form H before or on his dep~irutrefroni head qiarters.
Any change in his plans relating to his arrival should be reported
in Form I. An Officer who has net already reported the date f his
arrival at or return to headquarters in Form-I or Form IT, sho~1d
on arrival at head q arters, report by making an entry in the book
and forms Kept at Secretariat for the p; rpcse, or by letter cr
by telephonic message: entries in the ferm kept at the Secretary
for intimation to the Private Secretary to the GL-vernc r will be trans-
mitted to him without delay.

175 of 780
 171

(2) Departures.—
An Officer should send ~‘ report in Fk im TI as soon as
the date of his despart res IS fixed u~1css the information has been
given already iii form I, Any change in his v’lnns of his depart’ re should
be repr’rted in Form II.

N tc.—The instructions contained in this ( rder apply to Officers on

leave as well as to those on duty.

176 of 780
 172

FORM-i.

AgRLVAL REPORT,

1 Name.

~. .~esignatiqn.

3. Place from which coming or to which returning.

4. Date of arrival at /return to the headquarters of Gove1 i oc

5. Address at headquarters.

6. Probable date of departure.

7. Des ination.

~tatio~

Dated:

Signature of Officer.

To

The Private Secretary to the Governor.

The Secretary to Govermn~nt,Home Departrn.it.

177 of 780
 1~
FORM—Il.

R~poRr01 DEPARI URI~

2, Desiguiation,

3. Frobable date of departurC.

4. Prob~b1e.date of return to -headquarters of Cicivetnmen~

c. Districts and principal places t~ he visited If the o~1cer in

the head of a department.

S~gnauie of Officir.

To
The Private Secretary to the Governor.
The Secretary to Goveiament, Home Depart:nent.

178 of 780
 173. Visit to neighbouring States.-
Whenever an accusti is to be apprehended of
goods seized within the limits of, tighbouring State
close touch with the local Police of that State should be
maintained by the Police of this State in the interests of both of
good relations with the States and of speedy and effective investigation
in emergent cases where the time required to contact the loai
Police is likely to result in the disappearance or removal of
incriminating evidence or the escape of the suspected accused,
independent action may be taken to the extent considered necssary,
but the local Police should be informed of the action taken,

(G.0. Ms. No. 1286, Home, dated3th May 1954.)

174. Reports of arrival in Chennai to . the Asistnnt Iqn3ctw

of Police and contacting the Deputy bspector~rai of Police, C.&D.
i (Crime) and Deputy Inspector-General 0’. Police, CAD. (I~eIIige~).

(1) Officers of and above the rank of Deputy Superintendents of

Pohce on arrival in Chennai are required to report their aldress to the
Assistant Inspector-General of Police.

(2) Superintendents of Police will also contact the Deputy Inspector-

General of Police, C.I.D. (Crime) and Deputy Inspector-General of
police C.I.D. (Intelligence), Chennai, in regard to Crime and Special
Bransh matters in their district or in his absence, the Superintendents
of Police, Crime Branch and Special Branch as the case may be.

175. Payment for supplies on tour.-

Officers when on tour, are required to see’ that the full
market value is paid for supplies and that the money reaches
the proper person.

G.O. 503, Pub. dated 20th July 1909.

179 of 780
176 Copy of circulars to be sent to Director-General:
(1) A copy of any cireqiar or other general communication
explanatorY or in complement of any Police Standing Order, should
be sent to the Director-General by a Deputy Inspector-General
or through the Deputy Inspector-General by a Superintendent or
Sub-Divisional Officer.

(2) No circular calling for a new return or periodical information

shall issue without the previous approval of the Director-General
(3) if a Deputy inspector-General disapproves of any circular
issued by a Superintendent or Sub-Divisional Officer, he may cancel it
and in that case it need not be forward to the Director-General.

177 Grant of documents or copies.—

No document or official paper of any kind or any copy
of such paper belonging tO oT in the ct stod) of the Police shall be
furnished tO any private individual or other person not authorised
by law to require it, except under orders of a competent couri
or competent authoritY.
178 Applications or petitionS presented to any executive officer for
the purpose of obtaining a copy or translation of any order passed
by such officer or of any other document on record in such office should
be affixed with one rupee court-fee stamp.

180 of 780
 - l~6

CHAPTER XIV

~OWE~.SAND DUflES OF AND INSTRUCTIONS TOoFFIç]dRs~

.179. (1) Inspectors of Police (Law and Order).— -

The principal duties of the Law - and Order

inspectors are to supervise the Police work o~
Jur~sdictionand branches, to maintain discipline among his subordinates,
to see to the upkeep of arms, accoutrements and other Government
property and buildings, and to keep their immediate superiors informed
of the state of the Stations limits under his control from Police point
of view.- The supervision o-f the Law and Oruer Inspector will in no
way relieve the Sub-inspector of full responsibility-for the Police work
in his station area.

(2) InspectOrs oi Police (Crime).—

- Crime inspectors are employed -to hold responsible on a full time basis
for prevention of crime, detection of crime and prosecution of criminal
cases in Courts. They will also handle professional property~crii~e in
his Station limits. They will also handle crime and intelligence work
in special units at districts and State level. -

180. (1) (a) inspection of Station.—

The inspection of Poice Station by Iripsectors of Police inc11arg~
of Rural, Town and Railway Police Circles will be as follows:—
(b) Inspectors.—
Inspectors in direct charge of single station need not inspect
or visit their own stations as those stations arc in their direct
charge.
(c) Inspectors incharge of two or more Stations should inspect
the Stations once in a half year and visit them once in a month, with
special attention to Stations incharge of probationery Sub-inspectors.
(d) Where an Inspector 15 incharge of two Stations one of which
does not have a Sub-inspector, he need not inspect or visit the Station
of which he iS in direct charge.

181 of 780
 hi

(c) The reports of their visits wil! hc recognised as forming pait cf

the formal inspection report. A re..~ordof each visit to the Station and
the instructions issued sh~1lfind a place in the Inspectors Visiting Book’
G.O. Ms. No. 2794, Home, 2nd November 1972.

(2) The remarks of a inspector on the inspection of a Station should

be directed principally to pointing out errors and giving iflStructionss
They should not be allowed to take the form of a review of the vario~
branches of Police work.

(3) Inspectors shall visit all the villages in their control atleast
once in a year.

4) Inspectors (Crime).—
The Inspector will visit all Police Stations in his
circle once in a math an-I ensure on the spot that all main and
5subsidiary crime records are maintainc thoroughly and upto-date. He
will also ensure that input forms from the Stations are sent to the
Computer Centre as prescribed with thorughness and promptness
His Inspection Reports of his unit should be directed principally to
pointing out errors and giving instructions. He will list out defects and
see to the remedies such defects on the spot. He will also be present at
the inspection of Police Stations onder his control by the higher officers.

DutIes of Inspector (Crime)—

181. (I) On the occurrence f crime of any importan~cthe Inspectcy
Crime) should proceed to the spot wiftout delay and take steps 1.,
nvestigate and if and when necessary, should take steps to secure ti-c
co-operation of the Police of the neighbouring Stations. If circumStafl(e
requ ire it or when the Superintendent of Police or the Sub—Djvisjona
Officers SO orders, he should himself ass me charge of the investigatiox~.

(2) In regard to outbreaks of a particular type of crime within tl-~e

circle the Inspector (Crime) should personally and as early as possible
take charge of the direetioos and co-r~rdinationof investigation. He
will be held responsible for seeing i:iat all information is examinrt d
compared and collated, that every clue is followed up to its end aid
redundant wok is not done by different stations.
F—,230-3-.-.12

182 of 780
 178

(3 ‘When an Inspector has to leave a case he has been personallY

investigating, he should record, in his case diary, the opinion he ha~
formed of the case so far and thedetails of instructions regarding the line
of further enquiry and further action to he taken in the case.
(4) He will also personally investigate all grave professional
property crimes and all important cases forming a series and also attend
to s~ichother cases that are endorsed to him for investigation by the
superiors.

(5) The monthly and annual crime reviews and Part I crime review
will bedrafted by him.

To countersign subo.‘dinate’s case diary. —

182 (1) Whenever an Inspector (Crime) is present at art investigation

conducted by one of his subordinates, he shall countersign
the case diary, and certify that it contains a correct record of the
investigation.

(2) The Inspector will maintain case diaries of investigation and

court attendance. He will also frame crime memoranda.

Branch of the peace.—

183. If a serious breach of the peace is anticipated, the Inspectoj

(Law and Order) shallpromptly proceed to the locality and take measures
to prevent it. Should he be present at the time of any rioting, he will,
ifl the absence of any senior officer, take command of the Police engaged
in suppressing it.

Festivals and Public assemblies.—

184. The Inspector (Law and Order) should be present on the
occasion of large festivals and Pu blic assemblies and sueprvise the Police
arrangements.
Diaries.—

185 The Inspector shall send in a diary in Form No. 14, Inspector’s
hdiaries will cover the twenty-four ours from 6.00 a.m. to 6.00 a.m,

183 of 780
 l~ It is part of the Inspector’s duty to prosecute cases of
comparatively minor importance and the Superintendents should see
that this duty is not neglected by their Inspectors.

Prosecution of cases by Head Constables.—

187 In cases of a simple character when the services of the regular

prosecuting staff of other officers of rank senior to Head Constables
are not available, a Head Constable may, with the permission of thc
Court, conduct the prosecution.
Resem ye Inspectors.—
188 In large districts where there are three Reserve Inspectors, the
senior most among them will generally be Incharge of the Armed
Reserve companies, the next senior ir~chargerf stores and the third in-
charge of motor transport. Efl districts where thereare only two Reserve
l~spectors,the senior among the two will be incharge of the companiøs
and the other incharge of both the Stores and Motor Transport. They
should be trained accordingly. The Superintendent of Police, may
however, temporarily change this order according to the special,
training undergone or to be undergone by each. The Reserve Inspecto1
incharge of companies shall submit a daily report in Form No 15.

189 Reserve Sub-Inspectors incharge of Platoons of the Reserve

shall submit a daily report in Form No. 1 6.

Status of Reserve Inspectors and Inspectors in Tamil Nadu Special Police

Battalion;.
190 The departmental status of the Reserve Inspectors and
Inspectors in the Tamil Nadu Special Police Battalions (including
Inspectors— Adjutant) is equ alto that of Inspectors.

Status of Reserve Sub-Inspectors in the Armed Reserve and

Sub-Inspectors in the Tamil Nadu Special Police Battalions.
191 The departmental status of Reserve Sub-Inspectors in the
Armed Reserve and Sub-Inspectors in the Tamil Nadu Special Police
flattalions is equal to that of Sub-Inspectors.
12A
F—~20 3—

184 of 780
 180

Motor Vehicles pe~soniz~land duties. -

192. Duties and responsibilities of personLiel attacL~edto Motor

Transport Branch of various units in Police Department are given in
Coapter XXIV.

Employment of Reserve Sub-Inspectors.

[93.(l) Reserve Sub-Inspectors arc employed ~iL Reserves, in certain

towns and important Railway StaEions.

(2) A Reserve Sub-Inspector will be incharge uF the District Armcd
Reserve. -

Daties of Rese,~eSub-Inspectors, —

194. (1) The duties of Reserve Sub-Inspectors employed in Armed

Reserves are detailed in Chapter XXIV—. Armed Reserves.
(2) The duties of Reserve Suh-Inspectc.rs at Railway Stations are
to supervise the Platform staff and assist in preserving order. They
should also assist the Station House Officer or Platform Head Constables
when their help is required.

195. Station House Offictrs.—

‘Sub-Inspectors are normally employed as Station House Officers.
However, in large town stations, Inspectors are employed as Station
House Officers.
196. Responsibility for station administration.-—
A Station House Officer in charge of a police station is fully
responsible for the police administration of his charge
It jS his duty to assign to his sub-or~~inates their duties
and to see that they perform them correctly an:1 to take measures for
preservation of the peace and the prevention and detection of crime
within the limits of his station.

185 of 780
 181

197. To acquire local knowledge

A Station House Officer shall make his business to

acquire full local knowledge and to become acquainted
with the people of his station limits, especially the village headmen, and
enlist their co-operation. He shall visit all the villages in his jurisdiction
once in a quarter.

198. Instruction of subordinates.—

A Station I-louse Other shall see to the instruction and c~rillOf
his s ihordinates, ho! 1 inspa~tionof their kits, catechise them upon
the performance of their duty and examine their beat books and
note books.
199. Investigation.—--

As far as possible, all investigations shall be conducted by

an officer not lower in rank than a sub-Inspector.
200. Duties of Sub.Inspectors in Single Station circles.—
(1) In the Single Station Circles, Inspectors are Station House
Officers. The Sub-Inspector attac he). to such stations shall work under
the orders of the Inspector inquiringk to the crime and iI~S iucting r~nd
supervising the work of Head Constables and Constables. During
the absence of the Ins-pector, lie will be in full charge of the station
and will act on his own initiative.

(2) When more than one Sub-Inspector is attached to such single

station circles, the junior Sub-Inspector shall work under the orders of
the senior Sub-inspector. They are. however, concurrently responsible
for the smooth running of the sta~on,

186 of 780
 182

201. Head —Constables.

Head Constables are employed on general duty in police
stations under the station house officer, as station writers
n important stations and in charge of outposts and guards, and also in
eserves. They shall not be placed in station charge except under section
4 (p) of the Criminal Procedure Code in the absence of the Station house
officer nor shall they conuct indepenlent investigation of cases unless
deputed to investigate simple cases under Section 157 of the Criminal
Procedure Code in the absence of the station house officer.
202. General Duty 1-lead Constable.—
The primary duty of a Head Constable on general duty
in a police station is to supervise the work on the
Constables and see to their instruction. He shall perform any duties
allottei to him by the station house officer, whom he will accompany on
investigation when required. He will also be available for eniploymenf
in charge of a guard ~r escort. He should visit all the villages in the
station jurisidication at least once In a quarter.

203. Station Writer:—

The station writer will p~rform the clerical work of the station
under the direction of the Station House Officer.
204. Station Charge
In the abserce at the Station House Officer, the senior officer
present shall assume charge of the station.

187 of 780
 183

205. Tresaury and Sub-Jail Guard Charge.—

In stations whore no head constable is allowed for the treasuzy
or sub-jail guard, the charge-of the guard will, under the direction
of the Station House Officer, bedivided between the general duty and
Station writer and Head Constables.
206. Outpost Head Constables or any other Police Officer—
The duty of the Head Constable or any other Police Officer in-
charge of an out post is to supervise the work of his men, maintain the
prescribed records and submit a daily report in Forms Nos. 75 and
76 to the Police Station.
207. Receipt of complaint at an outpost.—
(1) The Head Constable in charge of an out pose
jS not an officer in charge of a police station and i~
not empowered to record a ‘First Information’ within the meaning of
Section 154, Criminal Proce ‘ure Code, of a cognizable offence or to
enter its substance in the First Information Report form. Tf information
of a cognizable offen~,therefore, is lodged with the officer in-charge of
an outpost, he shall record the facts in his outpost ‘General Diary~
and report them, as expeditiously as the circumstances of the case may
require, to the Station House Officer. The information referred to in
section 154, Criminal Procedure Code, the substance of which should be
~itered in the First Information Report form in such a case in the infor-
~nat1on first received by the Station House Officer which in many cases
M the outpost Head Constable’s report. -

(2) A Head Constable in-charge of an outpost may, without thG

intervention of the officer inchage of a police station, take action in such
of the offences falling under the various enactments contained in the
Madras Road Traffic Code, 1940, as can be legally taken cognizance of
by a Head Constable.

208. Action in urgent cases.—

(1) The police officer in charge of an outpost
5hall, on receipt of a direct complaint or information of a crinic

188 of 780
 184

ot serious occurrence, take such imniediate action as may appeat neces-

~ary, such as proceeding to the scene of the occu-rence to render assis-
tance or arrest an accused person.

(2) Relief of men in outposts.-—

Men (Head Con~tablcs and Police Constables) on
duty in outposts s!iouli be relieved periodically,
preferably once a year d~r~ng April. They arc not to be kept on
this duty for any length of time.
209. Oftlc~rsresponsible for kit.—
Every officer who is SL7;)liel ~‘ith kit at Government
cost is responsible for keoing it in good condition and shall
be required to replace at his own cost any article carclcsslly
lost or damaged.

210. Non-appearance ofpcnsiom rs to draw pension— police enquiry—

On receipt of information that a pensioner of any
department of Gove:n~ient has failed to appear to
receive his pension for over three months, enquiries should
be made by the Police as to the ca.se of his non-appearance-
and the result intimated to the officer concerned with the payment
of the pension.
211. Inspector’s Case diaries.—
Inspectors shall fo:wa-d to their immediate superior, with
the diary of the day, Case diaies in cases investigated by
themselves. They shall s~’vianother copy of the Case diary for file in
the station in wimich the case is registered, an retain a copy themselves.

212. Station House Officers to send Station Ho:,sc Report.—

(1) Station House Offiocs sbaU b-ward da~!vto the Circle Inspector
or S~h-Divisional Offi~r as the case may be, a carbon copy of the
-,

entries in the Station G~’ieal Diary (Fo-m No. 7Slwith a covering sheet
in (Form No. 76~a copy of all Fi~st Infoimahion -Reports in cases
registered and case diary sheets recording any investigation made.

189 of 780
 185

(2) The Station House Register (Form 76) should be compiled

daily by the collator in each station on the basis of the day’s Genera!
Diary (Form 75).

213. Check Register of Case Diaries in purely town circles.—

In purely town circles, the Circle Tnspector shall maintain a Crime
Re:ister in Form No. 17.

214. Cri,n~Register of Circle Inspectors.—

All cases for which First Information Reports arc used shall be
entered in this registe:, ~~:hiciiis intended to aid the Inspector
in the sup~vision and control of all cases registered in
his circle. At the end of each month, an abstract for each
station will he made out in this register showing, month—war, all pending
cases, indicating those still under investigation. This register must be
taken along wit;i the Crime Memorandum Book on all visits to stations
for the pur~ascsof going through all his pending cases with the Sub—
Inspector to s~Lpe;-viseand guide him in his investigations and for check-
ing through cases pending trial. In column 6, the Inspector will enter
all points lie wants to go into at these visits to stations. Such visits
should be at frequent intervals, not less than a nionth, Columns I to 5
may he entered up by the Circle writer. (Form No. 17).

21 5. To forward Case Diaries.—

The Circle Inspector shall transmit to his immediate superior with
his diary for the day all case diaries received from his subordinates. He
should consider it one of his prime duties to ensure that such Case
Diaries are not delayed.

216. Inspector’s Records.-—

Tne records to be mnaintaiiied by an Iii~~ector
are shown at the end
of this volume. Instructions are given below upon those which require
them.

217. Custo ~‘ of Inspector’s note-books.—

When a Circle Inspector’s note-book is finishic lie shall file h with
1~,

his records. Ho shall Ien~e his caj rent note-books behind on transfer.
The book will be retained for three yeats,

190 of 780
 186

218. History of the circle.—.

Inspector shall take care that the Circle Information Book (in
Form No. 18) is properly compiled and kept up to date, obsolete
entries being Scored out. The object of this book is to prevent
knowledge gained by an officer being lost to his successor.

219. Notes on Crime in the Station Crime History—In$pectors ret-

ponsible for correct maintenanece.—
Inspectors are responsible for the correct maintenance of the notes
on crime in Part I and Part IV of the Station Crime History. They
should retain in the Circle office, copies of the entries they make in
these records for their information.

220. Travelling Diary.—

The Inspector will enter in the Travelling Diary (Form No.19)
the places visited by him, the date and hour of arrival and departure, the
distance and means of travel and the purpose of the journey or visitS
The name of the place at which the night halt is made shall be
underlined.

221. Circle Remarks Book.—

Inspectors shall record in the Circle Remarks Book the dates of
changes of transfer of circle charge.

222. Station Insjrection Report.—

Circle Inspectors should record the Circle remarks on the inspec-
tion of a station in the Inspectors’ visiting book (Form No. 20) and
shall corward a carbon copy of the same with their diary.

223. Inspectors to visit the C’ollectors and Revenue Divisional Officers.

Circle Inspectors shall call on the Collectors, District Revenue
Oil ~3N ai I Rcv~:ia e Divisional Officers, whenever the latter camp in
the irjirislietion.

191 of 780
 187

224. Records from Circles and Stations.—

(1) Station and Circle records which have to be retained in the
District Office will be sent into headquarters by Circle Inspectors at
the beginning of the year.

(2) At the close of each year, Inspectors will prepare and forward
10 the District Police Office for the Superintendent’s sanction a station-
wise list of time-expired record and other useless papers for destruction.
They ~vi11 be destroyed by the Inspectors themselves on receipt
of the Superintendtent~sorders

(3) Inspectc’rs are responsible for the destn ction in The circle of
the copies of case diary files and First Information Repcrts retained in
their office and in Stations. These files with the exception of these
mentioned in Cla~se ~4)of this Order will be retained for three calendar
years after the year in which the case is d ispc sed of. Attention iS drawn
to the fact that in undisposed or not fully disposed of cases (e.g) in
which the acci-sed persons remain to be arrested cuse diary files shoud
be retained for a peried of thirty years. Circle and station records
will be inch ded in the annual list of records for destru etion to be putup
by the District Police Office.

(4) In all cases where an inq::est has been held the copies of the
case diary files and First Information~Reportswill be retained for five
Galendar years after the year in which the case is disposed of.

225. Report of arrival and departures.—

Every Inspectc-r, Reserve Inspector, Reseve Sub-inspector and
Sub-Inspector (not belonging to the headq: arters circle) should report
his arrival and departL re at the District Once.

226. Atten dance of Sessions.—

The investingating officer should, as a rule, attend Sessions during
the trial of a case. Circle Inspector will however attend SeSsionin all
!mpor~ntcases, and whenever they find time to do so, in other cases

192 of 780
 188

227. Head Constable to maintain order in Sessions.—

A Head Constable (fr-rn the Reserve ~:niess the Sessons Coi. rt is
not at the district head quarters) will be depi. ted to be at the d ispc sal
of the Judge to maintain order in Coi rt. The sanie Head Constable
should us:aIly be detailed every month.
(G.O. 46, J~dicial, 12th Jan~ary1900)
228. conveyance.—
Conveyace s~sh as motor-cycles cr other transport provi-
ded to police stat-ions and circles shoi.hl be made i se Cf effective-
ly and their proper maintenance and i. pkecp shot id always be ers~jed.

229. conveyance Allowance.—

(1) For scales of conveyance allowance sanctioned to Iuspcctcrs
a~dSi. b-Inspectors see ri. les in Part I c f the Tamil Nadu Manual
of Special Pay and Allowances and the Appendix thereto.
(2) Ch~imsto conveyance allowances shot Id be Si rr itcd by r.
certificate in F: rm No. 21 in the pay bill. A certificate may net be
given in respect of a hired convcyai cc withci t the spcciel sanction cf
the Dep.ty Inspector-General.

(G.O. 953, 3 dicial, 6th December 1931.)

(3) The maximum period for which the conveyance allowances o~

Rs. 40 per inensein granted to an Inspector or Sub-Inspector for the
maintenance of a motor cycle may be drawn by him when the conveyance
in respect of which he draws the allowance is temporarily out of use is
limited to ten days.

230. Police and Fire Service Officers salutation.—

All officers of Tamil Nadu Fire Service including District Fire
Officers will salute,whcn passing, addressing or being spoken to by
police officers superior to them in rank and all police Officers will
likewise salute all Tamil Nadu Fire Service Officers senior to them
in rank. For the purpose of this order, Fireman and equal ranks will be

193 of 780
 189

deemed equivalent to Police Constable,, 1’sdinll Fireman to ~

Constables, Sub-Officers and Station officers to Sub-Inspectors of
Police and District Fire Officers to Deputy Suparintendeiit:; of Police.

231. Recomrne,zdation for punishment.’—

(I) Station House Offers will be supplied, with punislunent roll
forms (Form No. 22) When a S~ettionHouse Officer reports one
of his staff for any delinquency which is likely to reselL in Ike issue
of a memo of charge, ho will atLach a punishment toll rerrn, daly filling
up the columns relating to the number of defaults and t hi~a 151 entries
and leaving the rest blank and forward it to the Inspector who will
fill up the first column and write a minute.

(2) In stations where the Inspector is the Station House Officer,

he will himself fill up the columns in ihC punishnL.;it LOU, \VfitC up the
minute, and transmit it to the Suporinte~ckumtor sub-tljvjs~:nialofficer
as ilte case may be.

(3) When nil Inspector or Station House Offleer call; ~a any sub-
oniunto Police Officer for an explanation i~.should be ob:eined with
the least possible delay and shall in every cu.se be subinii~nrj omice to
the Superintendent or Sub-Divisional Officer. It Shoeld either be
accompanied by~apunishment roll or reasons should be given for not
submitting one. Any delay will be noticed by the Sup~riiteiide~it or
Sub-Divisional Officer.
232. Entries in Small Service Books.—
Inspectors amid Sub—Inspectors will make authorised ontrjos in the
Small Service Books of their subordinates.
233. Headquarters of Officer mjn~lersuspension to be communicated,
(1) A Police Officer placed under suspmsion should b given a specific
headquarters by the authority passing the order, which shall normally
be his last place of duty. He should not leave the headquarters so fixed
without obtainiug the previous permi’;sion of that authority. If, due to
some emergency, lie has to leave such headquarters without m~kingprior

194 of 780
 190

permission, he must leave his forwarding ~.ddress with the head ot’his
office and witlithe officer holding the enqumry into his conduct. He shal’
be intimate the latter the reasons for and likely duration of his absence
which shall not be longer than is absolutely necessary.

(2) He must obey all order connected with any enquiry into his
conduct, including orders to attend any stage of such enquiry, and if he
fails to do so, the enquiry may be held in his absence.

234. Statistics not a criterion of merit—

The merits of an investigating officer will not be judged by the

number of cases sent up for trial or by the low ratio of crime
within jurisdiction but by the quality and nature of his work and the
detective ability displayed in each individual case.

(G.O. 1721, Judicial, 9, November 1911).

195 of 780
 191

CHAPTER XV
INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING TRANSFER AND RELIEF OF
OFFICERS.

235. Postingi and transfers of time officers of the Tamil Nadu Police
Service.—

(I) All Postings amid transfers of Deputy Superintendents of P~lice

shall be ordered by the Director-General of Police, sLbject to the con-
dition that such transfers and postings of Deputy Superintendents of
Police as Assistant Commissioners of Police in Chrimni City Police
shall be ordered in consultation with the Commissioner of Police.

(2) Transfer of Assistant Commissioners of Police from one range

to another in the City of Chennai shall be made by the Commissioner of
Police.
(3) All other postings and transfers of the members of the service
shall be made by the State Government.

236. Reports of relief of Group ‘A’ amid ‘B’ Officers.—

(1) (a) A report of transfer of charge shall be submitted to the

Accountant-General direct by Group ‘A’ and ‘B’ Officers in T and A
Form No. 7 accompanied by the acknowledgment of the permanent
advance.
(b) Every transfers of charge of an officers of Group ‘A’ and ‘B’
should be reported by post on the same day to the Chief Secretary
to the Government, the Accountant-General and the Secretary to the
Government, Homne Department.
Article 76 of Tamil Nadu Financial Code, Volume 1.
(2) Assumption of charge of office by Deputy Inspectors—General
ud Superintendents will be communicated to the Deputy Inspector-
General (Administration) by wire. Other officers of Group ‘A’ and
‘B’ will send a report immediately by post in T. & A. Form No. 7.

196 of 780
 I ~2

(3) A report of transfer of charge shiall also be macic to (he Dept ty

Inspectors-General in charge of ranges and the functional Deputy Ins-
sector-General by their subordinate officers.

(4) Whenever a Superintendent of Police leaves a district on trans~

fer or long leave, he should send to the Director-General cl Police,
* copy of the handing over notes.

237. Postings and transfers of subordinate Police officers.—Pc stings

and transfers of members of the Tarnil Nadu Police Subordinate Service
are regulated by rule 32 of time rimles regulating the meti-med of recr~.it-
ment, conditions, of service and pay and allcwances of that service.
Transfers of Inspectors, Reserve Inspectors and Reserve Sub-Inspectors
should be communicated to the Director-General for publication In
the Police Gazette. Sub-Divisional Officers transferring Head Constables
and Constables in their sub-divisions should send the original orders
to the Superintendent for the issue of the necessary district orders.

238. Transfers not to be frequent.—(l) The frequent transfer of

Constables is forbidden and they should be kept at the same station for
a period of three years whenever possible. Noti~ingtends more to make
the service unpopular than want of consideration in this respect and
Deputy Inspectors-General will see that needless changes are miot made.

(2~Fur facility of check, district orders relating to transfers of

Head Constables and Constables will be entered in red ink in the District
Order Book, Form No. 23.

239. Joining time.—Joiniflg time may be granted in accordance with

the provisions of the Fundamental Rules, it must be understood that
joining time cannot be claimed as matter of right and that any officer
may be requested to join forthwith.

240. Trt~nsferof charge by Inspectors amid Reserve Inspectors.—’(l) When

a transfer of charge of the appointment of Inspector and Reserve ins-
pector takes place, a certificate in Form No. 24 shall be sent by Superin
Lendents to the Director-General through the Deputy Inspector-General.

197 of 780
 193
241, Relii~fof Insp’ctors and Smib-Incpctors.—(l),Wnea an Inspecto
hands over charge of a circle, he shall give the relieving ~fflc er all the
records to be kept by an Inspector. He shall also furnish tim with
(1) a inemnoramidum of all moneys handed over, and iii) a list of undis..
posed papers. The relieving officer shall grant a receipt iur these arti des
(2) (a) The Distribution list of Arms, etc., (Office Manual of the
Madras Police Form No. 25) kept in stations shall constitute the record
of property in the circle, and the relievimig officer shall, within thirty day~
visit each station in time circle, e~ieel tne property and bring to notice
any deficiencies.
(b) The station charge list (Form No. Pol. B. 269) shall comprise
a record of property, rebhiers, etc., in charge of • or to be maintained by
a Station House Officer. When a Sub-inspector hands over charge ot
a station, he shall hand over the station cimarge list to time relieving officer
who before taking charge of the list, shall check all items of property’
registers, etc., mentioned in the list, and record in the General Diary
tne fact whether all the items have been correctly handed over.

(3) ‘rae pay of an oifieer leaviag the Furee shall tot be dually
settled im~and paid to him, umlcil tii~above checking has been carried
out, or the thirty days allowed for it have expired.
~4) ~a) In the case of a Reserve Inspector all property for whic~m
he is responsible shall be cuecked by t~ierelieving officer before taking
charge and any deficiencies brought to notice.
(b~Iii cases wnere the transfer ol’ charge by a Reerie inspector
is prolonged and both the relieved and relieving officers become entitled
to draw pay and allowances simultaneously for the san-me appoinuneatr
time Superintendent of Police can allow a maximum ol three workinj~
days for the transfer of the charge. In such cases the Si perintendent cc
Police should certify in the last pay certificate of the relieving officer
that the time taken by him to check and take charge of the Go vernme i
property is reasonable and that he snould be treated as on dmty i~
full period.

(G.o. No. 2328, 1-1 Pm ,dated 7th August 1946)

V—~23O-3—l3

198 of 780
 194

CHAPTER XVI.

INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING DRILL AND MUSKETRY.

242. £r111 and instruction for taluk Police.—The following is the

routine for drill and instructional classes in all Police Stations to be
held from 6.30 to 7.30 a.m.

Monday, Tuesday and Friday .. Catechism and local infor

mation.

Wednesday .. .. .. Drill.
Thursday .. .. .. .. Cleaning of arms.

Saturday .. .. .. .. Fatigue duty.

Note.—Every member of the subordinate ranks should attend

atleast one parade in a month.

(G.O. Ms. No. 455, Home, (confidential), dated 9th February 1953.)

243. Off duty for Taluk Police.—

(1) Taluk men will be allotted one day off duty each calender
week. The Station house officer of each station will draw
up in a’ivaiice every Friday a list of Head constables and Police
Constables showing on which day of the following week each
is allotted his day off-duty, rand paste it on the notice board. This
will be liable to alteration should it be found later that a particular
Head Constable or Police Constable is required for a particular duty
ofl his off-duty day. That Head Constable or Police Constable will
then be given the day off-duty on the day preceding or following his
allotted uay and a Head Constable or Police Constable due for off-duty
on that day will be inter-changed.
(G.O. Ms. No. 771, Home, dated 20th March 1973.)

199 of 780
 I 95
(2) The Police Constables on off-duty will be divided evenly ovet
each day of the week, the larger number being on the early days of the
week and Court holidays. Thus in a station with 16 Police Constables,
three Police Constables will be allotted their off-duty on Sunday and
Monday, and two on the remaining days of the week. Should for
instance, the Thursday, be a Court holiday then three Police Constables
would be on off-duty on Sunday and Thursday, and two on the remaining
days of the week.
(3) No one on his off-duty day may leave the headquarters withdu
permission.

~4) A Head Constable ot Police Constable having had a day~s

leave during a calendar week shall not be eligible for a day off-duty
during the remainder of the week.
(5) If, in the public interest any Head Constable or Police Consta-
ble is not given a day off-duty in any week, he shall be granted
remuneration for the extra-time duty at Rs. 50/- per day. Each Station-
House Officer will maintain a register showing the names of Head
Constables and Police Constables who are eligible to draw this extra-
time remuneration, with full details as to the circumstances in wiii~Ii
“off-duty” days could not be allowed. A copy of these entries shouli
be sent to the District Police Office once in a month, whe such rcI~ini$
are prefered.
244. Town Stations. -

(1) In towns, all the men of the station, except those :~ctually on
duty, will be required to attend every Friday morning for drill and genera
instructions from 6.30 to 7.30 a.m.
(2) On other days, the men of No. 5, rehier alone need attend a
5.30 a.m. for cleaning arms and instructions.
Notes. _(i) Physical training, Platoon drill and Company dr ill need
not be practised by the men of town stations.
(ii) Every member of the subordinate rank should attend atleast
one parade in a month.
F—230-3—-.13A

200 of 780
 196

?4~. Lath? -

Men who turn out for dealing with ci owds, bandobust duty, patrols
(when arms are not taken). beats in (listurhecl areas and on any occasion
upon which a h~tthi is required for self defence should always be armed
with laths.
2-16. Fat,~gueduty. —

Fatigue duty consists of cleaning and keeping in order the ground

round the station and lines, Government buildings occupied by Police
officers and gardening other than vegetable gardens, keeping
the range in order and generally maintaining the orderlines of the
premises.
247. Kit Inspection.—

(1) Kit inspection shall be conducte’~by the station Home Officer

in res~)c~ of City and district Armed Reserves or Reserve sub-In--
pector of Police shall inspect the Kits of all constables and Head
Constables in the first week of the first month of the 1st and 3rd
quarters and Reserve InsPectj of Police Shall inspect their kits in
the 2nd and 4th quartes. Every man hot present on that day shall
produce his kite on Subsequent day.
(GO. MS. No. 102) Home (Pol. (XIV) 6.5-1988)

(2) OflIcers of and above the rank of Inspectors should verify

during their visit to Police stations whether the kit inspection has been
held properly.
(3) A diagram showing the articles to be produced is given in the
Police Head Constable’s and Constables Guide. The items of clothing
to he produced must be of the latest issue.
248. Musketry.—
(1) each man in a station l’ac to fire25 rounds of ball ard 10 rounds
of blaik cartridges every year. The firing shall take place once in every
six moithS. The Sub-Inspector also should fire an annual course of
musketry similar to that fired by the men of his station.
(GO. No. 433, Judicial, dated 27th September 1927.)

201 of 780
 197
(2) (a) The Circle Inspector shall have the custody of praetic~
ammunition and shall hold musketry practice every i.alf year. He shah
keep a Target Practice Register in Form No. 27. At out-stations,iI an~
men are absent at the time of his inspection, he shall leave ammunitior
for their practice, which will be held under the supervision of thc
Sub-Inspector, who shall forward the scores ontained to the Jnspc~to!
for entry in the register.

(h) The Ins2eetor sh~uldcomplete ftc practice at I is Leadqu:r1er~

himself.
(~) Ammunition Account 1~cgister (in C.F. No. ‘6~(a
showing the receipts and issues should he closed every quarter.

249. Revolver practice.—

Every Tnspector, Reserve, Inspector Reserve Sub Inspector

and Sub-Inspector should fire 60 rounds of rcvolvei
ammt~nition every year. inspectors, Sub-Inspectors and Head
Constables employed on Special Branch, C.I.D. duties should also fire
6fl rounl!s a-~rrually. The detailed courses of practice are giver.
in Sections 147 to 151 of the Drill and Training Manual for the use of
Tamil Nadu Police.
(G. 0. No. 628, Pz~blic(Pol.), dated 13th December I 93~land G.O. 144
Public (Pol.), (Ia ted 14th March 1935.)

?50. Annual renewal of buckshot ammunition.—

TIe 410 buckshot ammunition supplied to Police stations shall be
fired off at the stations and the stock replace immediately by fresh rounds
from the district Stores. Fifty per cent of the stock, i.e., at one round
ner musket shall be fired off at the half-yearly musketry practice.

251. Good Shooting Badge.—

Badges for good shooting will be awarded to the men on the com-
pletion of the annual practice and wifi be worn on the lower part of
the left fore-arm. 1 he eligibility for the award of badges like siL1~
Silver or Gold is laid down in Section 156 of Drill and Training Manu~1
for the use of the Tamil Nadu Polic~.

202 of 780
 198

CHAPTER XVII.

INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING PAY AND ALLOWANCES, CON-

TINGENCIES, MAINTENANCE OF CASH ACCOUNTS ETC.

252. Pay and Allowances.—

The General Rules regarding the drawal of pay and allowances

are contained in Tamil Nadu Financial Code and the Tamil Nadu
Treasury Code. The following detailed instructions are issued.

253. Paydue to deceased officer.—

(1) The last pay due to a deceased officer or an officer qutiting the
service should not be paid until it has been ascertained that no demands
are outstanding against him and until his full kit has been accounted
for and deductions made for deficiencies.
(2) Subject to the provision of subsidiary rule 34 under Treasury
Rule 16 of Tamil Nadu Treasury Code, Volume I, Pay and allowances
ofall kinds claimed on behalf of a deceased officer may be paid without
the production of the usual authority:—

(a) if the gross amount of the claim does not exceed Rs. 2500
under the orders as the head of the office, in which he was employed at
the time of death, provided that the head ofthe office is otherwise satisfied
about the right and title of the claiment; and
(b) if the gross amount of the claim, exceeds Rs. 2,500 under
the orders of the Government on execution of an indentify bond duly
stamped with such Surities as may be necessary.

(c) The authority mentioned in clause (a) above may, subject

to the conditions prescribed in that clause, make anticipatory payment
of an amount not exceeding Rs. 2,500.

(d) In any case ofdoubt,paymentshall be made only to the person

producing the legal authority.

203 of 780
 k99

2~4. Recovery ~ f overpayments.

When over payments cannot be recovered from the payees,the officer
responsible for the overpayments will be liable to refund the amcunt
overpaid in the absence ofa satisfactory explanation fci the overpayment.
255. Disbursement.—
(I) The payment to the staff’ who are in places other than in the
headquarters of the Drawing Officer shall be made o nly by Bank Drafts
drawn in favour of the Citcie Inspector concerned who will encash the
same and see to the disbursement cn the due date itself.
(G. 0. Ms. No. 549, Finanec (T & A) 15th June 1977.)
(2) The Drawing Officer should ensure that the payment of salary
to the staff is made on the due date by presenting the pay bills well in
advance. In oider to ensure that payment of salary is made on the due
date to the staff stationed in places other than in the headquarters of
the Drawing Officer, pay bills should be presented in Trensuries sufficiently
in a advance and drafts may be obtained three days in advance cf the
normal due date of payment and sent one day in advance of the due
date so as to make payment on the pay day.
256. Return ofpay Bills.—
The Station House Officer will return the pay bills, signed~
by the recipients, to the District Office by the 15th of the month
with a memorandum in Form No. 28 of undisbursed pay which
will be retained by him. The District Office will deduct the
amounts of undisbursed pay retained by Station House Officers from
the remittance to be forwarded to the Inspector on account of the next
pay bill and advise the Inspector of the amounts so deducted and the
amount to be sent by him to each Station-House Officer. Entries
in Form No. 28 should be made chronologically by months and under
each month, according to classes of officers.

257. Re--endorsement on bills—Prohibition.-—

(1) Pay and Travelling Allowance Bills and bills for office
contingencies are not negotiable instruments and re-endorsement
on them are prohibited—vide Sub-sidiary
Rule 2 (q) under
Treasury Rule 16. Subsidiary rule 36 (b) and (c) and Subsidiary

204 of 780
 200

Rule 37 under Treasury Rule 16 prohibit the issue of Bank

drafts in cases where bills are endorsed for payment in full at a
single sub-treasury. In such cases the following procedure should be
adopted.

(2) Bills payable at the bank or treasury at the headquarters will

be endorsed by the Personal Assistant (Administration) to the Superin-
tendent of Police to the treasury orderly. Those payable at out-sations
will be endorsed to a subordinate specially selected by the Circle-
Inspector. All bills to whomsoever endorsed will be sent only to the
Personal Assistant (Administration) to the Superintendent or the Circle
Inspector concerned who should send it to the subordinate in whose
name the bill is endorsed and should watch the actual encashment and
subsequent disbursement as if lie had himself endorsed the bill to the
subordinate concerned.

258. Precuation in transmitting cash.—

(1) When cheques or bills have t~be cashe I or when public
money has to be sent or brought from one place to another
the following scale of escort is laid down for the general
guidance of all officers for the safeguarding of Government
money in its transmission in normal circumstances. These escorts are
additional to any member of the clerical staff who may be employed
to encash the bills or cheques concerned :—
[(G.0. No 334, Finance, 17th May l935.)~1

Scale of Escort.
Amount. Number of Escorts.
(1) (2)
1. Below Rs. I ,00) .. .. One Constable.
2. Rs. I ,000 and above but less than One Grade-I P.C. aud
Rs. 1,999. Two Constables.

205 of 780
 201

~. Rs. 2,000 and above but less than One Head Constable and one
Rs. 9,999. Constable.
~. Rs. 10,000 and above but less than One Head Constable, One
Rs. 30,000. Grade-I P.C. and one Police
Constable.

5. Rs. 30,000 an-I above .. .. One Sub-Inspector or Reserve

Sub-Inspector, one Head
Constable and two Police
Constables.
(G.O. Ms. No. 989, Home, 3rd May 1988.)

(2) If conditions are in any way abnormal as when the general

transquility is disturbed or when public money has to he transported a
long distance or when crimes against property have been unusually file
1n any area, officers will be expected to use proper discretion ~tsto
*fly additional precautions necessary.

(3) The scale of escorts laid down above does not ar to

treasure escorts which are governed by Order No.337.

Noge.—When a Head Constable or Constable is detailed to cash any

bill at a place outside his own station, and owing to the distance from
his own station is forced to halt either at the place of encashment, before
starting back or on the way, he shall make su cii halt at a Police Station
and shall on reaching such Station immediately deposit the cash in hiS
char~~jth the Station House Officer or the officer incharge of thC
Station at the time. The latter shall record the fact in the general diary
~oting the amount deposited, and also acknowledge receipt of the
mount on the passport of the Head Constable or the Constable as the
ca may be. Before he starts from the station Head Const~h1e ~

206 of 780
 202

the Constable shall note in the general diary the fact of th. cash having
been returned to him and the Station-House Officer or the officer then
noharge of the Slation shall note on his passport that the cash has been
returned to him.
(2) The Station House Officer or the officer incharge of the Station
at the time shall keep the cash entrusted to him under lock and key and
will be held responsible for its safe custody.
259. Contingent expenditure.—
(I) The term” Contingent Expenditure” iS applied to the incident
expenditure which has necessarily to be incurred in running an
office. This comprises mainly of charges for electric current,
cleaning, freight, tour, rewards paid to non-officials, diet and
other expenses paid to prosecutors or witnesses, law charges,
etc. The expenditure is non-recurring i.e. it should not
involve any commitment beyond a single payment. The special rulese
restrictions, etc., regarding particular items of contingent expenditure
are laid down in the Appendix to the Office Manual of the Tamil NadU
Police.

(2) Service Postage Stamps.—

The instructions regarding the use of Service postage stamps
in Official correspondence are contained in Article 119 of Tamil
Nadu Financial Code, Volume I and item 46 to Appendix 5 to
Tami( Nadu Financial Code, Volume II.
(3) Police Officers should not send communications of any kind
regarding their leave, pay, trasfer, fund subscriptions and other analogous
matters under Service Postage, as such communications are private
and not official.
(4) Priority jn Trunk Calls.—
The Director-General of Police, Commissioner of Police, Chennai
Deputy Inspectors-General of Police, C.I.D. (Intehigence), Home
Guards, and the Superintendents of Police, Special Branch, C.’E.D.,
Chennai are authorised to use the priority indication Iniportant
In trunk calls.

207 of 780
 203

Payment of sundry expenses of investigation ;—

(5) (a) (i) Superintendents are permitted to sanction, on their

own authority, expenditure from their allotment under special rewards
upto the limit fixed for their districts.
(G.O. No. 317, Finance, 6th May 1914).

Expenditure under special rewards :—

(ii) Their Camp Junior Assistants should keep a note-book

in which the details of all expenditure under special rewards will be
entered and which will be examined by the Deputy Inspector-Genera]
of Police at his~inspections. Whenever possible vouchers should be
obtained and filed.

(b) orders sanctioning payment of special rewards should be

in Form No. 29.

(c) Government have laid down that the Deputy Inspector

General is responsible for a through audit of the expenditure under
special rewards which should be conducted atleast once in every financial
year. He will furnish a certificate to the Accountant-General in the
following form not later than the 31st December following the year to
which it relates ;—

(d) “I hereby certify that the amount actually expended by

for secret service in the year ending the 31st March was Rs.
and that the balance in hand on the said 31st March was Rs.
and that this balance was surrendered by short drawing in the first bill
presented during the year; and I declare that the interests of the public
service required that the above payments should be made out of secret
service funds and that they were properly so made “.

208 of 780
 ~04

Permanent advances to and cash books maintained by Divisiona1

Officers;—

260. Superintendents give permanent advances from their own

advances to Sub-Divisional Officers whose Headquarters are diflerent
to that of the Superintendent. Such Divisional Officers will maintain
a cash book for their cash transactions in the prescribed form and will
make out at the end of every month a detailed balance sheet in Form
No. 30. In this balance sheet, on the debtor side, the permanent advance
and all sums received an~undisposed of will be entered, and, on the
creditor side, all expenditure paid in advance and not recovered, and
the cash balance in hand will be shown. Iteii-is of sums in hand in
addition to the permanent advance, shall be given in detail. The totals,
and not the details, of contingent bill submitted to the Superinterdeni
and of items of contingent expenditure not yet billed for will be given.
All other sums paid in advance shall, however, be shown in detail.
Divisional Officer’s Contingent Account : -

261. (1) The Divisional Officei shall send in an account of his contin-
gent expenditure, suppor’ed by vo~:chers, to the superintendent by the
5th of the month following that in which the expenditure was incurred
(2) After the account has been audited in the office and passed
by the Superintendent, a xemittance will be made to reimburse the
permanent advance of the Divisional Officer.

209 of 780
 205
262. (‘asI~book in Police Stations.-— Maintenance--. Instructions.-.--

(1) Acash book in C.F. No. 119, sliallbe maintained in the head-
quarter station of each circle and in stations to which permanent advances
are given. It shall be a record of all cash transactions of the station and
the Circle Inspector also in the case of stations at circle headquarters.
All money’s received on Government account, whether in cash, cheques,
cash orders, remittance transfer receipts, bills etc., which are conver-
ble into cash, shall be brought to account in it.

(G. 0. No. 4023, Home, 8th October 1937.)

Note.— For purposes of this order, bills other than pay bills signed
by the Superintendent of the Railway Police District and passed on to
the Railway Police Inspectors for presentation at the treasuries, with
reference to instruction 3(c) under Treasury Rule 19 in the Tamil Nadu
Financial Code, Volume I, shall be brought to account in the cash book
iinmediaely on receipt.

(2) (a) The bDk shihl cl~iu Lw. s~soIp ~ ~ ~i i’~ ii

are marked “Dr”. and the right hand pages “Cr.”

(b) The permanent advance and all other moneys received on

Government account shall be entered on the “Dr.” side and all disburse
memils or expenditure shall be entered on the “Cr” side.

(c) To facilitate the easy check of disbursements as against the

corresponding receipts, the last column viz., ‘H~d of Account, etc.,
on each half shall be used for noting LI1C dates of dibursements or dates
of receipt ot the different items.

(d) Sums paid to men of other disLricts from the permanent ad-
vance and their recoupment shall be entered iii red ink so that the ad
iuslinents of such payments can be easily watched and delays brought
to notice.
(3) (a~(i) The bok shall be closed at the end of each day on which
here is transaction, the amount or cash on hand being shown as the
last entry for the dny on the “Cr”. side and brought forward as the first
ntry of the next day on the “Dr.” side.

210 of 780
 206

(ii) The book shall be in the custody of and shall be maintained

by the Sub-Inspector himself, but, when he is likely to be absent from
the station for a day or more, the book may be handed over to the station
writer with clear and definite instructions as to its maintenance. During
the absence of the Sub-Inspector from headquarters, the staion writer
should make entries in his own hand in the cash book and
this should not be postponed on any account till the Sub -
Inspector’s return. The Station writer will be held per-sonally
responsible for the correct maintenance of the cash book during
the Sub-Inspector absence. On the Sub-Inspector’s return to the
Station, he shall check the entries in the book and the cash balance
and initial the transactions for each day of his absence.

~b) The cash on hand in each Station shall be kept in a locked

drawer or other suitable receptacle ; when the charge of the cast louk ~s
exchanged, the cash balance together with the key of its receptacle shall
be handed over by record in the General Diary, the amount h~.ndedover
being stated in words as well as in figures.

(c) The Circle Inspector shall, when he halts in his head quarters,
check the entries in the book maintained in his headquarter station daily
if possible and in any circuinsta uces not less than once a week. On
return after an absence from his headquarters, he shall examine the book
and check and initial the transactions for each day of his absence. In
respect of cash books maintained in other stations of his circle, the
Inspector shall check the book of each such Station as often as it is
possible when he visits the Station but not less than once a month, and
certify in his diary that he has done so, that the books are in order and
the cash balance correct, that all payments from the permanent advance
upto the date the last recoupment bills were due have been claimed and
that full cash recoveries have been made from all bills cashed upto date.

~4) At the end of every month a detailed balance sheet in Form

No. 30 shall be made out in the cash book iii the manner prescribed ni
Order No. 260.

211 of 780
 20’]

(5) In Single Station Circle the duties in regard to maintenance

of and checking of cash book will be performed by the Inspector himself.

263. Station House Officers to send contingent bills

(1) Each Station House Officer shall submit direct to the District
Office on the 20th of the month a bill, in Form No. 31 for the contingent
charges of his station. The bill should include all fixed charges, such as
reat of S~atioa,wsg~sof Station sweeper, etc., to be paid during the next
succeeding month, and also the expenditure actually incurred upto the
date of submissoin of the bill under fluctuating items, such as service
bearing postage, for which vouchers should be attached. For any
charges of an unusual nature the previous sanction of the Superintendent
should be obtained through the regular channel before the amount is
included in the bill. The Inspector shall make out a separate contingent
bill for charges incurred by himself and forward it to the District Office
on the 20th of the month.

(2) These bills will be audited in the District Office and passed by
the Superintendent. The money will be remitted to Inspector or, if
the Superintendent considers it advantageous, to the Station House.
Officers direct. The bills will be returned signed by the payees in the
case of all non fluctuating items with the returned pay bills of the month

264. (1) Supply of service stamps :—

Inspector shall submit a monthly statement of expenditure of service
stamps with an indent for stamps, i.e. Form No. 32 to the District Office
by the 5th of the month. They will distribute stamps to their Station
House Officer. At their inspections of Stations,Tnspcctors shall very
carefully check the expenditure of service stamps.

(2) In Single Station Circles where Inspectors are the Station

House Officers, they will themselves submit the monthly statement and
indent referred to in Order No. 264 (1) direct to the District Office by
the 5th of the month.

212 of 780
 208
LEAVE PROCEDURE AND PENSION.
(i)~LEAYE

26$. Grant of leave regu/ated ~by the Fundamental Rules:—

rtie~raut of leave is re~ulated~by
the Fundamental Rules and the
Tu~nilNadu Leave Rules, 1933.

265. C’aruil ani co’np~n~stioileave

f~ ~ ~yi~ o-Je:s g)v.~:atile gcaat af casual and compensation leave.
Execath’3 fntru~tioi~
i~r:ieiby tu Govern neat of Tarnil Nadu
~regarding casual leave.
(I) Casual Leave:—
Casual Letve is n~t provided for in the Fun n~ntal~R ‘and i?con-
cession to enable Government servants in Special circumstances to be 5
abscat from duty fjr short periods without such absent being treated
leave under the Fundamental Rules or Tamil Nadu leave Rules, 1933. a

(G.0. No. 406 Finance 7uiMay~l923 and 5l,Finance, 191liJthsuary 1926.)

I -
(2) No Geveranent sei vaat~mayin any case be absent on casual
leave for more than twelve days in the course of one calender year.
Casual leave may be combined with Compensatory leave, Sundays o~
other authorised holidays provided that the resulting pericd of absen’
t’iuj~duty does i1o~c~eeed tca days. The fact that a maximum has beeu
fixed for tie anount of casual leave which may be takea
witain a year, does not~mean that an officer is entitle0
to take tue full ainouat o casual leave as a matter of course.
(G.O. No. 502, (Puo.)IPol.) 7th March 1951)

(3). Heads of Departments sbould intimate their inteti-

~o* of taking casual leave to Goverr~ement in time department
concerned.

(4) A ~rejister of casual leave taken should be maint-

tain.d by e~cy otheer empowered to grant casual leave to
1~ssueordiua~es.

213 of 780
 209

(5) Menial servants paid from contingencies whose

service is non-pensionable may be granted such casual leave
as would be given to private servants, the ordinary limits of
ten or fifteen days not being applicable.

(6) (a) Special causal leave not counting against or-

dinary casual leave way be granted to a Government ser
vant in the following circumstances.

(i) When he is detained in a plague camp on the way

to rejoin duty for a period not exceeding twenty one days.

(ii) When he is directed by the Head of his Office

to absent himself from duty to consequent of the presence
of infectious disease in his house ordinarily for a period upto
twenty~one days but in exceptional circumstances upto thirty
days provided that arrangement for conduct of his duties
can be made without extra expensce to Governemnt or
that the special sanction of the Government is obtained
in cases in which a substitute is employed in the place
of the absentee, without prejudice to his pay.

(G.O. No. 1952, Home, dt. 25th August 1936.)

NOTE:—(1) When the Government servant himselr

catches the infection, regular leave under the Fundamental
Rules or the Tamil Nadu Leave Rules must be taken
for the period of absence.

(2) Sanction of Government for the grant of special

casual leave, without prejudice to the pay of the absetitee.
will be accorded only in exceptional cases in w!~icIl tl-ie
abence is for less than thirty days and the subordinate
concerned draws a pay of less than Rs. 100 per mensem and
has no ordinary leave to his credit.
F—~23O-314

214 of 780
 210
(3) The following will be treated as infectious diseases

for the purpose of the grant of special casual leave:

(a) Small pox (e) Typhus.
(b) Chickenpox (f) Acute influenzal Pneumonia

(c) Plague (g) Diptheria

(d) Cholera (h) Cerebro-spinal meningitis
(4) In the case of chickenpox, special casual leave
should rot be sanctioned unless the Health Officer responsible
considers that because of doubt as to the true nature
of the disease ,for examble small pox, there is reason for
the grant of such leave.

(GO. 292, Fin. dt. 7th August 1937.)

(7) (a) In the cases coming under clauses (1)

and (2) above when the period of absence from duty ex
ceeds the limits prescribed therein, the Government servant
may be granted for the entire period of absence such regular
leave with leave salary may be due to him and thereafter
extraordinary leave.

(b) The grant of casual leave other tiar spech’l (a~iel

Leave should not ordinarily result in any appreciable extra
expenditure to Government. Care should be taken to see
that no o’ e is allowed to proceed on casual leave or avail
of holidays frequently if he has actually to be relieved on
such occasio~s and the payment of travelling allowance
to another officer thereby becomes necessary.

(GO. 104, Fin. 11th April 1940.)

(c) Probationery Sub-Inspector of Police should
he allowed as a special case Special casual leave

215 of 780
 211

not exceeding six days in addition to the usual casual leave

admissable to them during their training year before they
.

proceed to join the district in which they have to serve. This

extra casual leave should not be debited to their ordinarily
casual leave account.

(0.0. Ms. 1014, Home, dt. 29th March 1945.)

(8) Causal leave cannot ordinarily be taken in

combination with any leave recognised by the Fundamental
Rules Tamit Nalu Leave R~les with joining time
or with vacation. Heads of departments may, however
sanction such combhiation in special cases prov~ded there is no
evasion of the rules for instance when an offices
obliged to be absent owing to the prevelence ofinfectious disease in his
house and placed on special casual leave, himself contracts the illnes5
and has to be granted regular leave in continuation.
(0.0. Ms. 2408, Home dt. 11th August 1944.)

NOTE: .-(l) The power to sanction leave under this clause has bcen
delegated to the Deptuy Inspector-General of Police.

(2) There is n~objection to the combination of special casual leave

between two spells of leave under Fundamental Rules or the Tamil Nadu
Leave Rules.
(Home Departmental Memo No. 4556/A45/2/2nd January 1946.)
(9) Compensation Leave

- A Government servant who is called on to attend office on a public

authorised holiday, except as a punishment, should be granted
anotherday in its place when oppurtunity offers. If possible, a Govern-
ment servants of the religious persuation who observes holiday should
no t be called upon to work on that day. The grant of compensation
holidays is subject to the followed conditions: —

(1) Such holidays may not be taken by any Government servant

without the previous permissionof the authority who is competent to
grant turn casual levae. An officer who is allowed to avail himself
F—230-3 14A

216 of 780
 212
of caS al leave without obtaining the previous permission of higher au-
thority should intimate his intension of taking such a holiday to the au-
tho:ity to whom he makes similar intimations in respect of caual leaves

(G.C. 1917, Pahlic, 16th September l9O2and G.O. 942,Public, l7thOct

1993)
(2) Not more than twenty such days in all may be taken in a
caleactc~ year and no such holidays shall be taken after the expiry 0t
six months from the public holiday for which it is substituted. It will
however, be within the discretion of the head an office to call on the
subordinate affected to take such holiday on any date within the six
rnon~hswhich the head of the office finds to be convenient.
(3) Not more than much seven holidays may be accumulated
and a lower number may be fixed in his discretion by the head of the
office.
(4) Such holidays may he cmbined with causal leave or other
autho~iscdholidays, provided that the total period of absence from duty
shall not exceed ten days.

(5) Officers of and above the rank of Deputy Superintendent

of Police who are subordinate in an office may be granted such hoildays
under the foregoing rules. In the case of such an officer in independent
charge of an office the same rules will apply, but if the permission øç
any a thority to take a holiday is necessary under rule (1) above, such
authority sh. uld before granting the required permission, satisfy himself
that owing to the exigencies of the public service the said officer was
unable to avuit himself of tire p;blic holiday in lieu of which he applies
for permissk to take a holiday.

NOTE.— P lice OTicers of and above the rank of Deputy Superinten-

dents of Police on e;~ecutiveduty and other Police ~Subodinates are
~1so eligible for compensation leave. But the grant of compensation
cave should he restricted to the absolute minimum and it should not be
~nted us a matter of course, simply because it is permissible.

G.O.MemnNo. 3822/53-3, pub. (Political) dated 14 November,1953 and No.1026/54-3,

Public (Po1it~ca1)dated 4th May 1954.

217 of 780
 213
267. Granting Leave.—
(I) Casual or compensation leave to officers may be granted
by Superintendents/Comman~nts to officers sibordinate to
them by Deputy Inspector-General of Police in the case c’f Superins-
tendeut/~ommandantsin their ranges, and by the Dreutor-General
to Depity Inspector-General and the Assistant Inspector-General. In
each instance, the grant of leave by the Superintendent cf Police should
be communicated to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police concerned,
and the grant of leave by the Deputy Inspector-General of Police s;ol Id
be communicated to the D.rector-General of Police for information.
(Go.M~. 3451 Home1 25thSePtcmbe~. 1942.)

(2) Divisional Officers, Dep~itySuperintendents of Police, Armed

Reserve and the Dep.~tySuperintendents of Police of Arnied Police Batta-
lions are empowered to grant casual and compensation leave to Iuspectc r,
Reserve Inspectors and Inspectors and AdjL taut Inspectors respectively
working under them. Each instance of grant of leave should, however,
be reported to Superintendent of Police and Commandant respec-
tively.
(3) Inspectors are empowered to grant casual and compensation
leav~~o their subordinates. The grant of the leave should be reported
in their diaries. All cases in which leave is refused by them should be
reported to the Superintendent or Divisional Officer for orders. The
applications will be returned to the stations with the orders thereon and
eventu ally filed there by the Station House Officer with a note of tli~
latest of availing of and return from the leave.

(4) In emergencies, the Sub-Inspector or Head Constable incharge

of a station or outpost may grant to any of his subordinates casual or
compensation leave and may also permit them to combine Sundays and
other authorised holidays with it, subject to the limits prescribed , report-
ing the matter for the confirmation of the Inspector.
268. Register of casual/cave.—
(1) The Register of Casual Leave prescribed by Government
should be maintained in respect of officers of and above the rank
of Deputy Superintendents of Police by the officer competent to
sanction the leave.

218 of 780
 214

(2) ~n respect of officers of and below the rank of Inspectors, the

register of cast al leave shall be maintained in every office by every Station
HouseOfficerfor the men of hisStation, by the Inspectors forthe
Sub-Inspectors in their Circle, by the Reserve Inspectors
for the Reserve Sub-Inspectors, Inspectors and
men under them, by the Inspectors and Adjutant—
Inspectors of Armed Police Battalions for the Sub-Inspectors, Havildars
and menworking under them, by the Divisional Officers for the Inspector
under them, by the Assistant conrnand.ants of Armed Police Battalions
for the Inspectors and Adjutant Inspectors under them, by
the District Police Office for the Inspectors working directly ~nder the
Superintendent of Police and for the Office Establishment.

NOTE.— The grant ofcompensation holidays will also be noted in the

Casual Leave register.
(G.O, 1288, Home. 12th May 1911)

269. Application for and grant of leave.—

(1) The Superintendent and Deputy Superintendent level officers
should submit their applications for leave to Director-General
through the Deputy Inspector-General concerned.

(2) (a) The Director-General is empowered to sanction leave to

Deputy Superintendent level officers. The Superintendents are em-
powered to sanction leave to Inspectors, Reserve-Inspectors Sub -
IRspectors and Reserve Sub-Inspectors.

~b)The officer who sanctions the leave and officiating appoint-

ments should forward a copy of the order to the Assist ant inspector—
General for publication in the Police Gazette.

(c) Leave to Head Constables and Constables may be granted

by the Deputy Superintendents.

NOTE.— The expressions “Superintendents and Deputy Superinten-

dents” occurring in order No. 269 (2) (a~and (c) shall mean to include
the Deputy Commissioners of Police in Chennai City; the Comman-

219 of 780
 215

dhnts of the Armed Police Battalions and the Assistant Commissioners

of P’~licein Chenna City; the Assitant Commandants of the
Armed Police Battalions respectively.

(3) For the grant of hospital leave, the Circle Ins? ector will, en the
Constable’s or Head Constables’ ~return to duty from hospital, submit
a leave roll with the man’s passport attached.
~4) In the case of Constables and Head Constables who are admitted
into hospital for treatment as in-patients on passports, formal requisitions
for medical certificate will not be insisted on by medical officers, They
will grant separate medical certificates w~enrecommendingsuclimen for
long leave. In cases in which the leave recommended is only for the
period spent as in-patient or for short periods to recoup their health,
separate certificate is 1 nnecessary and the recommendations can he made
on the passport itself.
270. Grant of Leave—Provisions of Fundamental Rule 71 to be enforcLd
(I) The authority competent to grant leave or the authority
under whom the Government servant is to be employed on return from
leave, as the case may be should enforce the provisions of Fundamental
Rule, 71, under which no Government servant who has been granted
leave on medical certicate may return to duty without first producing a
medical certificate of fitness. A medical certificate of fitness may be
required also from Government servants who have been granted leave for
reasons of health, even though such leave was not actually granted on
a medical certificate. An officer who applies for leave other than on
medical certificate within a period of three months from his return from
leave should state definitely the reasons for the leave in order that
the officer granting it may see whether the spirit of the leave rules has
been complied with.
(0.0. 406 Fin 21st july 1932.)
(2) (a) Officers competent to grant leave to their subordinates are
warned that they will be held personally responsible for the observance
øf the above orders and that the Government will not hesitate to
Jecovok from them any pecu niary loss to G;vernment by their negligence

220 of 780
 216
(b) An officer who takes leave preparatory to retirement can be
held to his offer to retire at the end of the leave and be Compelled to do
so, provided that it is on record that the leave was applied for pre-
paratorv to retirement and granted on that condition.
(G.O 583, Judl. 17 Oct. 1~J25)
271. Leave upplications.—
Applications from Head Constables and Constables for leave
‘will be forwarded by the Statiofl House Officer to the Circle Inspector
with a leave roll in Form No. 33. The latter will submit the same
to the Divisional Officer concerned through the District Office. The
District Office will indicate the leave eligibility and forward the roll to
the Divisional Officer.
272. Dc’perture on leave.—
(1) Officers of and above the rank of Deputy Superintendents before
Droceedi~gson leave should communicate their address white on leave
to the Depity Inspector—General of Police (Administration)

(2) All subordinate Police Officers, before procceding on leave

should communicate their address to their immediate superior and keep,
- him informed of any change of address.
(3) No subordinate Police Officer may proceed on leave with-
out sanction.
~4) Head Constable and Constables proceeding on leave shall
invariably be furnished with passports. A man who has obtained a
medical certificate recommending him leave should be given a passport,
before proceeding on leave, in token that the leave has been sanctioned.
in the case of men of the Armed Rerserve the leave poassport will be
given by the Reserve Inspector. In circles, it will be given by the Ins-
pector or Station House Officer.
II PENSION.

273. Refusal ti undergo operation: —

No pension or gratuity is admissible to an officer who refuses to sub-

mit himself to operation when incapacitated from further service by
a disease curable by an operation.

221 of 780
 217

274. Effect of resignation: -~

Government ~nt l.iid di-iwi. t~LLt,if ~tG)verIun~utservant resigns

his appointment, all his previous service under Government — and not
only service in the particular post which he held when he resigned—will be
forfeited. If such a Government servant is appointed again to Govern-
ment service he will not be entitled to count any portion of his service
prior to resignation for any benefitor concession under any rule or order

275. Adfress to be furnished by retiring Officers: —

On retirement, officers should furnish their address in order that the

authorities may commanicate with them if necessary.

TRAVELLING ALLOWANCE AND RAILWAY WARRANTS

276 Travelling Allowance Grant of: —The grant of travelling ahlo~

wance is regulated by the Tamil Nadu Travelling Allowance Rules
prined as Part [I ofthe Tamil Nadu Manual of Special Pay and
Allowance.
Volume. —I.

277. Reftes/wr courses:— Sub-Inpsector, Head Constables and

Cjastables c~llcdinto Circle or district headquaters for refreshe’
~our~S in drill will be treated as on tout for purposes of th~
Travelling Allowance Rules.
(Go. No. 451 Judicial 13 Seplember, 1928.)
278. Journeys in attendence upon a sick ofticer.—..

When a Police Officer is deputed by a Medical Officer to attend during

a journey upon a Government servant who is so ill as to make it inadvis-
able! or hiiii to travel without attendance, he will be deemed to have
been trave!lhg oii duty and will be entitled to travelling allowance for
thejouriley both ways.
(G. 0. No. 40 Finance, lth January 1907.)
279. Government bicycles not exempted.—

Bicycles, which are the property of Government kept for the use of
Police officers are not exempt from municipal tax wherever they are in
force.

222 of 780
 218

230. Preparation of trat’ellin? allowance bills.—

(I) Travelling Allowance bills will be prt~pared by the Station House

Officerand forwarded direct to the District Office by the 5th of the month.
in case of j mrneys by rail or ~ foils of the railway warrent, marked
for the Superintendent of Police” or the bus warrant as the case
may be should be attached to the bills. Bills relating to the claims
of Sub-Inspectors will he forwarded thr~.ughthe Circle Inspector by the
1st of the month.
(2) Claims for travelling allowance must be supported by the pass-
ports of the men who travelled. These passports and railway or bus
warrant foils must therefore be retained by the Station Ho use Officer and
attached. to the travelling alhwance bill. They will be filed in the District
Office with the office copy of the bills.

(3)(a) Superintendents are responsible for passing travelling allowance

bills and seeing that impioper claims to travelling allowance are not
included in ti~etn. In the case of Inspectors, Sub-Divisional Officers will
verify each claim with the dairy diaries of Inspectors and forward the
bills with their remarks to the Superintendents c f Police, with the leasi
possible delay.

(b) Before submitting the travelling allowance bills to the Super-

intendent of Police, the Station House Officer should check the claims in
the bills with the entries in the passports of the men cOncerned and certify
to that effect on each travelling allowance bill. In the District Police
Office the hills a~idpassports need be subjected to test checks. Definite
instructions as t the nature of sich test checks and when such checks
are to be made should be given by the Office Superintendent of each
District Police Office.

281. Disb!lrseinent of Travelling Allow.vzre.—.

(1) No delay will be permitted in the disbursements of Travelling

Allowance and the return of acquittances (F0 rm No. 35) For any
amounts subsequently disbursed, separate receipts should be obtained
and forwarded to the District Office. After the amount drawn from the
Treasury is completely vouched for, the District Office will certify on the

223 of 780
 219

acquittance rofl that it has been audited, noting the date of audit in
column 11 of the Travelling Allowance Bills Check Register (Form No.
36) against entry concerned and the Superintendent will initial both.
(2) Superintendents should take immediate and severe noti e to
delays in regard to the preparation of travelling allowance bills and
disbursement of trevelling allowance.
282. Railway Warrants.—

(1) Railway Warrants (Form No. 37) will be accepted without

question by staion masters or booking clerks as a cash payment for value
of tickets supplied, provided that rulesi to 5 printed on the reverse
of the foil headed “For Railway” are observed.
(G. 0. Mc. No. 569, Judicial 25th March 1913).
(2) Before Railway \Varreiit books are issued to station, each to
the three foils of the warrants should be clearly stamped in the district
stores with the name of the station and District in the space allotted for
Police Office” and “District” at the top.
283. Preparsation and Presentation at thq Railwcy Staton.—

Railway warrants shall be made out in English. The foil headed

“For Record” will be retained in the Office of issue, and the remaining
two foils handed over to the officer-incharge of the travelling party, who
will fill up column (4) in each, sign the Railway foil and present them
both at the railway station. The Railway authorities will then issue the
tickets required, and also return the foil for the Superintendent of
Police” with the blanks filled in. This foil will be sent by the Officer-
incharge of the party to the Officerincharge of his Station, who will
collect together all the foils received in the course of the month and
attach them all to the travelling allowance bill of the Station for the
month.
(G. 0. Ms. No. 569, Ju’llcial, 25th Aiarch 1913.)

284. Preparation of warrant by the Railway Administration for payment:

The foil headed “For Railway” will, accordance with rule 7 printed
on the reverse, be presente’l by the Railway Adrniuistratin to
the Accouitant General of the State to whiCu th~l’~li;epart byclongs
and the Accountant General will forward if after payment to the

224 of 780
 220

Controlling Officer for scrutiny and counteisignature. To enable the

RailwayAdministration a nd the Accountant-Generalto send the warrant
to the proper officers, the officer issuing it will when the party does not
belong to the same State or district as that of issue, respectively endorse
iii red irk at the top of the foil headed “For Railway” as follows:—

~Payablc by the Accountant~General to be sent to the Superintendent

of Police for Acceptance”.
C3.O.Ms. No. 569, Judicial , 25 March 1913)

285. C’oncessional use of Railway Warrants.—

(I) Careful attentioii uhould be pail to the rules on the reverse
of the foil headed “For Railway of the form of railway warrant.

(2) Whenever possible, Railway Warrants shall be issued at the

Station of .1eparture for the return journey also.
(3) Railway warrants should be issued to all Head Constables and
Constables including those in the Cbennai City, for journeys to and
from hospital and from one hospital to another, and also for journeys
to seek me ical ad vice coming under rules 99 and 100 of the Tainil Nadu
Travelling Allowance Rules.

~4) Railway warrants may be used for the conveyance of tapal to

officers an Camp provided that expenses or time can he saved thereby.
(5) Head Constables and Constables who are natives of the former
Malabar District, who were recruited prior to 1st November 1956 and
who are serving in the Police force of this State, are eligible for railway
faree or warrants for their journeys to and from their native place once
in three years to enable them to visit their homes on leave. The
railway fare for the forward journey may be paid in cash,
hut for the return journey the individuals concerned may be given
only railway warrant by the Station House Officer of the Station from
where they return to duty.

225 of 780
 221

(6) Malayalee Constables who are natives of the Malabar district

and who are recruited on or after 1st November 1956 shall not be ehigibk
for the concession referred to above.

286. Safe custody of Railway and Bus Warrants.—

(1) The bock of railway or bus warrants should be kept
under lock and key in the personal custody of the Officer
to whom it is supplied. In the absence of the Station House
Officer from the Station, it will he in charge of the Senior
Offi;er present. The rules for the safe custody of railway warrants
printed on the inside of the cover of the railway warrant books should
be strictly enforcet Railway or bus warrants should be issued in strict
serial or~er. The travelling allowance bills sent monthly from each
station to the District Office should be accompanied by a statement show-
ing (a) the number of the railway and bus warrant foils attached to the
bill (b) the numbers of the warrants already issued and to be accounted
for with the bill of the following month and (c) the numbers of the warrants
still in the custody of the Station House Officer. Superintendent should
see that item (a) above agrees with the numbers of
the railway or bus Warrants actually received by them
and that the foils of the warrants mentioned in item (b) in the statement
of the previous month have been sent.
G.O,Ms.No. 113, Judicial, 7th April 1927
GO Ms. No. 194, Judicial, 23 rd May 1927 and
G.O.Ms. Ni. 42, Judicial, 25th January 1928
(2) Whenever transfer of charge rakes place, the printed numbers
of the railway or bus warrants handed over should be given in the certifi-
cate of transfer of charge.

287. Particulars to be entered.—

Each Station House Officer, Reserve Sub-Tnspector Inspector and
Reserve Inspector— should be (lirected invariably to give the follow-
ing particulars on the railway warrant :~

(1) Name and number of Police Officer and nature ofduty.

(2) Reasons for travelling by main train,

226 of 780
 222

(3) Tn the case of a transfer, whether it was on public grounds or for

misconduct.
(4) If a Constable was sent to obtain au extract of previous convic-
tion, why he was sent instead of obtaining the information by post.

(5) In the case of treasure escorts, the weight of treasure, number

of free passes issued and number and date of luggage ticket which should
be entered in the railway warrants for both the forward and return
journeys.
288. Escort of treasure—Number offree passe.c to he Issued by Railway.
Administration.—

When Government treasure is escorted by rail, the Railway

Administration should except in the case of escorts over the
Mettupalayani-Ootacamund Section of the Southern Railway, issue
free passes to the escort on the scalelaid clown in article 146 of the Resource
Manual, viz.

(1) One man to travel free, both on the outward and return
journey, as a second class passenger, when the consignments of
treasure are over 20 quintals and under 50 quintals.

(2) Two men, when the consignments are from 50 quintals to

100 quintals.

(3) Four men, when the consignments are of 100 quintals and
over.

(4) When a consignment amounts to 20 lakhs of rupees or more

(200 quintals or more) a guard of four men to be allowed, with return
passage, free of extra charge.

289. Railway ticket requisitions.—

Railway ticket requisitions, in Form No. 38 are used for all journey’~
performed by members of the Government Railway Police.
(G.O, 566, JudI. 25th niareh 1913.)

227 of 780
 223

RECORD OF SPRV1CF~.
290. Defaulter Sheet.—
(1) The Defaulter Sheet is the record of punishments. In the case
of the Constabi~laryit forms part of the Service Roll (Form No’
39 and for others it will be kept separately in Form No. 3.)

(2) All Police Officers below the rank of Inspector shall, on e~ilist-
ment, be given a Defaulter Sheet.

(3) Mi pnnishments mentioned in the Discipline and Appeal RuleS

except punishment drill, extra guard and fatigue duty’ shall he entered
in the Defaulter Sheet.

(4) Great care should be taken to enter only that item or portion
of a charge, including modifications, if any, on appeal of which the delin-
queiit has been found guilty.

(5) The Defaulter Sheets of other ranks than the coiistab~ularyshall

be filed with S.~rviceBooks in the District Office.

29:. Entr~’of date of effect.—

The date from which punish m ~n bysuspension, redu ction or dismissal
take effect should be specifically entered in the Defaulter
Sheet.
292. Defaulter Sheets to he kept in Stations—.
Separate Defaulter SI eets in Form No. 3 containing all punishment
orders will also be kept in Stations incharge of the Station House Officer
for Officers below the rank of Inspector. Entries therein shall be made
by the Inspector or the Sub-Inspector.

293. Small Service Oook.—

(1) Small Servce Books in Form No 4~shall he supplied to afl
Police Of~cersbelow the rank of Inspe~oron en1istni~nt,

228 of 780
 224
(2) They will be kept in the possession of the officers themselves
and ~hou1dbe returned when the officers quit the force.

(3) Entries in the Small Service Books of Sub-Inspectors and

Reserve Sub-Inspectors will be made by Inspectors and Reserve Inspec-
tor& and in those of the Constabulary by Inspectors and Reserve
Inspectors or Sub-inspectors, as the case may be.
(4) The books may be handed over to the Officeis one year after the
date on which pension or gratuity is granted to them.

2~4.San’z~ds.—
Every Police Officer enrolled under Act XXIV of 1859, shall, -

on enlistment, be given a Sannad in Form No. 41.

295. Medical History Sheets.- -

(1) In addition to the Sannad and Defaulter Sheet, all 1-lead

Constables and Constables shall be given a Medical History Sheet
(Form No. 42) on enlistment.

(2j Medical History Sheets will be kept by the Station House Officer
and given to men on their going to hosiptal. Entries of attendance at
hospital will be made by Medical Officer alone.
29.6 Dischirge Certificate.—
(I) A discharge certificate in Form No. 43 shall be given to
every Police Officer of and below the rank of Inspector on leaving
the Force. 1-us character should be described from a consideration oç
his conduct throughout his service, and, in case he has been
dismissed or removed for misconduct, it should not necessarily
be defined from the particc far misconduct that necessitated removal or
dismissal.
(2) The following expressions alone may be made in describing
character :—

“Very Good” “Good” “fair” “Indifferent”, “Bad”, “Very

Bad”. If a man’s character has recently changed and cannot be properly
described without qualification, the word “Latterly” may be used
as a prefix to any of the above expressions.

MISCELLANEOUS.

229 of 780
 225

297. Upkeep of compounds.—

The rules regarding the upkeep of the comp~unds of public

buildings are in Article 283 of the Public Works Department
Code and they are reproduced below for convenience of r~ferenee -—

To ensure the proper upkeep of the compounds attached to

Government buildings including residences in-charge of the Pu blic
Works Department, the following rules should be observed.

(1) The occupant of a Government building or residence shall be

responsible for the proper care and upkeep of the t~ee•s, shrubs and
hedges in the compound and will also see that the compoul is kept in
proper order.

~2) No tree or main branch of a tree shall be cut without the Ex c

cutive Engineer’s concurrence.

(3) The ground of the compound shall not without the concu
rence of the Executive Engineer, be broken for any purpose except thar
of “gardening” in the ordinary sence of the word and this sense shal t
not include the digging of pits, ponds or wells for watering purposes.

(4) Bushes and shrubs planted in the ground are the property of
the Government and may not be cut down or removed from the compound
without the concurrence of the Executive Engineer; but his concurrenc
shall not be required for such cutting (lOWfl, uprooting or trimming of
any bush or shrub or lopping of any tree that may be necessary for the
proper maintenance of the garden.

(5) The Executive Engineer will report to the Superiniending

Engineer any breach of the above rules which may come to his
notice.

298. Recovery of rent, etc.—

The following rules in the Fundamental Rules and the Pubhi
Works Department Code regarding Governmunt buildings recovery
of rent, etc., are reproduced below for information and guidance:—

F—230-3----’IS

230 of 780
 226

() A i/cnn ent of r.’sidences.

(a) R.ii~ in~sacqu irel, coastru etc or leased h~Governinciit for
the OCcUp:LltS of particular posts shall ordinarily be occupied by
the officers holding those posts.

(b) Where any question iS raise as to which officer has the

prior title to oxupy a particular house, or if no officer wishes to
occupy a house, as to which officer shall be required to pay rent for
it the question shall he deci led by the Collector and the Superintending
Engineer sitting together
(S.R-t. (ii) under F-R. 45).

(c) It will be the duty of the Executive Engineer to report every

case of vacancy as soon as it is known that it is likely to arise and to take
prompt steps to ensure that no house is allc wed to remain vacant for a
day longer than is unavoidable. An officer occupying public quar crt
shall, therefore, give timely notice in writing to the Executive Engi-
neer of his intention to vacate them; otherwise he shall he liable to he
called upon to pay rent upto the date of receipt by the Executive Engineer
of such notice or the re-occupation of the quarters.
lS.R. 1 (iv) under F,R. 45]
(2) Exchange of residential Buildings
b1’ officers of the same station.:
Any two officers at a station may exchange the buildings allotted
~o them with each other as a purely private arrangement. hut each
officer will continue to he responsible for the rent of the building
assigned to him.
(S.R. (2) under F.R.45)

(3) Sub-letting of residence.—--

The sub-letting of an official residence may be permitte .1 only under
the following conditions :—
(a) The previous sanction of Government should be c>btainud
for sub-letting

(b) the officer will still remain personally responsible for the
rcut and for any damage caused to the building beyond fair wear and
tear
(c) Government will not recognise the sub-tenancy

231 of 780
 227

(d) The rent to be charged by the officer to his tenant should

not, except with the sanction of Government in special circumstances
exceed the rent paid by the officer to Government;
(e) Sub-tenancy should continue only for so long as the officer
who makes the arrangement holds the appointment for which the official
residence is provided.

(S.R.3underF.R. 45)
(4) Officers on leave.—

When an officer provided with Government quarters goes on leave,

he should be held to have ceased to be in the occupation of the
building from the date of commencement of leave, unless for any
reasons a competent authority decides otherwise.

N0TE.—The local administrative head of the department may grant

permission to occupy Government quarters to officers pro~eeding
on leave on average pay not exceeding four months; in other cases, the
petmi~siono~the Government is necessary.

The term “The local admin istrative head of the departnient~e

occuring in the note above includes heads of offices also.
(S.R. 4 under F.R.45)

(5) Exemptions from payment of rent.—

An incumbent whether permanent or temporary of an
appointment, for whose benetit a house has been constructed
or purchased or leased by Government will be held responsible
~or the prescribed rent during his tenure of the appointment
In the following cases, however no rent will be recovered
provided that the head of the department or the authority
competent to make a permanent appointment to the post for the incum
bent of which the house js intended furnish a certificate to the office
responsible for the recovery of rents that he conditions laid down ar
atis~ed.
.R. Sunder FR 45)
£—230-3--.l 5A

232 of 780
 (a) When an officer is holding as a temporary measure u~tder
rule 49~ an appointment to which a Govcrcment residence is attached,
in addition to his substantive appointment and does not actually occupy
the house.

(b) When an officer in addition, to the duties of such an appoint-

ment carries on the duties of another appointment which preclude him
from occupying the house.
~c) When an officer is officiating in au appointment for a period
not exceeding one month does not wish to occupy the house; and

(d) When an officer is officiating in an appointment for a period

not exceeding two months and the circumstances are such as to proclude
him from occupying the house.

NOTE. An officer who is merely discharging the current or routine

duties of an appointment/to which an official residence is attached is not
bound to occupy it and should not he considered as the incumbent of the
appointment for purposes of recovery of rent.

(6) Conditions of allotment of residcnces.—(l) When Government

supplies an officer with a residence leased or owned by Government,
the following conditions shall be observed :-—
F.R. 45 (A) (iv)
(a) The scale of accommodation supplied shall not’ except at
the officer’s own request, exceed that which is appropriate to the
status of the occupant.

(b) Unless in any case it he otherwise expressly PrOVided ifl

these rules, he shall pay.

(1) rent fer the residence, such rent being the standard
rent as defined in the Fundamental Rules or 10 per cent of his monthly
emoluments, whichever is less; and

(ii) municipal and other taxes payable by Government in

respect ofthe residence not heinginthe natureof house or propetty tax.

233 of 780
 229

NoTe.— Fcr the purposes of the above rule, the portions of property
tax levied on Government bLildings by local h dies representing wate
drainage, lighting and scavenging taxed shall be treated as being not ifl
the nature of house or property tax.

(2) When a buildiig is leased by the Gcvernment for an oficer

who is uiot eatilled tu rent— free q: arlers, the fill rent which the Go~erui-
meat will have Co pay for the bi ilding as well as any ether incidental
expeuiditure involved ~il securing a residencefc r him sucild he rcco~ereu
in all cases from the c fficer occi pying the building.
Instructions under F.R. 45.A (iv) (c) (ii)

(3) (a) In the case 0f Government servants UCCI pyieg Goierume.t

residential bt.ildiuigs, rent shall he recovered from them for [lie pericJ
ol’ their occ~pation du ring joinirg time en transfers at the ~aues which
they are payable before their transfer
(instructions under F,R- 45A.)

(b) Rent shall he recovered, at the saiiie rates En, in Ge vernnlefl

servants on trai~sfer who are allowed to occipu Government residentia
building beyond their joining time because neither the Governmen~
servants holding additional charge of the posts nor the incoming regu
lar incumbents of the posts for whom tue said buildings are intended ar~
in need cf them for the period of such extended cccepaticn, provided
that the new posts to which the Government servants are transferred do
not carry higher scales of pay. In cases where the new posts to which,
the Government servants are transferred carry higher scales cf pay
their enhanced rates of pay shall be taken into consideration fo 1r
calculating
date rentjoining
of their at 10 the
per new
cent posts.
0f their einolu y.1~iiI~
fro iii the acti a

(‘) Rent shall also be recovered at t e rates specilied in the

first paragraph from Government servants on transfer, proceeding to
new stations, duriiig ~heirjoiniuig time and occupying the Government
residential b: ildings attached to such posts, ii’ vacant, earlier than
actu ally taking ever charge of the new posts, for tne period of such
occupation during joining time,

234 of 780
 230
(4) In special circumstances, for reasons which should be recorded,
the local Government;—

(a) may, by general or special order, grant. rent-free accommoda-

tion to any officer or class of officers; or
(F-P.- 45-A (v).)

(b) may, by special order waive or reduce the amount of rent

to be recovered from any officer, or

(c) may, by general or /special order, waive or reduce the

amount of municipal and other taxes not being in the nature of house
or property tax, to be recovered from any officer or class of officer5
NOTE— (1) A sanction accorded under paragraph 6 above will not
exempt the occupants from liability for payment of rent for water
supply sanitary and electric installations and fittings which will be
charged on the basis of 6 per cent on their capital cost except in the cas
of the following officers who have been exempted from the payment of
such rent

(a) Government servants drawing a pay of less than Rs. 90, a

month.

(b) Head Constables and Constables.

(c) In the case of Police Officers of and above the rank of Sub
Inspectors and Reserve Sub-Inspectors who occupy buildings rented by
the Government or buildings taken on rent by themselves and who are
in receipt of house-rent allowance in lieu of free quarters, rent for wate1
suPPlY and electric installations shall be recovered at the rates prescribed
by the Government from time to time.

(2) in the case of buildings rented by the Government, rent

for water supply, sanitary and electric installations should bebased on
he cost of the installations as estimated by the Pu bhic Works Departine
officers.

235 of 780
 231

(5) (a) Exernptions from payment of rent may be sanctio ned, with
I be previous approval of Government when a building :s rendered
un inhabitable by reasons of exfensive rrpairs or for aiiy other car seh
and ~sso certified by th~ Executive Engineer. The latter should
forward his certificate to the Super intending Engineer, who will
report to Government whether partial or total remission of rent
should be allowe~and fer what period.
([nstructions under FR. 45-A (v))

(b~When only a portion oi a Gevcrnn~er~ ~~sidcI’ce hecc mc~

uyunnaotaDi~, ~he ccei~ntwill he atiowed the benefit c r :mssl
of rents, only it the s nndrad ren to ~ciiehu!Icting excluding he
prop~rtionaterenl c~fthe portion ren .ened unlnhahi~ablefalls below 10
per cent of the occupant’s emoluments.
(c) Inconvenience caused by petty or ordinary annual repairs i~
insufficient to warrant a remission of rent.
(d) The total amount ~1’ rent and service taxes recoverable from
any Government servant in respect of a Government residential building
owned by Government shall not exceed 10 per cent cf his cinch inentsr
Government servants entitled to rent-free quarters will be exempted from
the payment of service taxes.

NOTE.— (a) The members of the Tamil Nadu Police Subordinate

Service who are entitled to rent free quarters as a condition of the i
service shalt he allowed rent-freequarters or house-rent allowance in lieu
thereof during leave period not exceeding four months or 120 days, as
the case may be, irrespective of the fact whether substiti tes are posted
in their place and extra expenditure is invcived. if tie leave is
extended beyond four months or I 20 days limit, rcnt~uree~ccu patina of
the quarters must cease.

(b) A permanent incurnbern may, during absence or leave cr on

duty etsewl-ere, be permitted by the Superintend.ing Engineer to store
at his own risk, free of rent, his furniture and other belonginas in
his residence when both the conditions specified below are fulfilled.

(i) The temporary incumbent does not require the residence aud
s exempted from the payment of rent for it; and

236 of 780
 232

(ii) arrangements cannot be made to lease the house during the

absence of the permanent incumbent.

The concession of storage of furniture and otncr belonging under

this note, free ~f rent is subject to the condition that, if a claim for
vacancy remission of property tax becomes inadmissible consequent on
such storage, an ainounteqial to the vacancyrernissionoftaxthat would
otherwise have accrued is recovered from the Government servant
concerned.
(7) Damage to resuk’ntial buildings by tenants.—
Every officer for whom a Government residence has been
provided is hound to leave it in a fit state for occupation by
his SUCCCS5o~, and will ho required to pay the cost of any specia1
paintings, white-washing, cleaning or other repairs which may be
rendered necessary by any improper use of the building.
In order to give elTect to this rule and to see that
the quarters have been handed over for occupation in throughly good
order, the Executive Engineer or the Sub-divisional Officer should
arrange to have each residential building inspected immediately after
it is vacated. The incoming tene at will also be responsible for bringing
to the notice of the Executive Engineer any special damage at the
time he enters the building.
(Para 280, P.W.D. Code.)

NOTES.~~(l) The intention of the nile is that while repairs occasioned

by natural wear and tear should be carried out at Government cost dama-
ges to Government property which can be proved to be due to culpable
carelessness on the part of tenants should be charged to them.
(2) A notice to the above effect should be issued to occupants before
they occupy their allotted quarters.

(3) A list of fixtures in each residential buildings shall b~ main-

tained by the Public Works Department section officers and in sub-
division and division officers and a copy of it shall be hung in each building.
Whenever a change in occupancy of a building occurs, the outgoing

237 of 780
 officer should obtain from the incoming officer a i eceipt for the fixtures
handed over and forward it to the Public Works Department section
Officer in charge of the building. TI the building on being vacated by
one officer is not occupied immediately by another, the outgoing tenant
on vacating the building should obtain a certificate from the Public
Works Department section officer that all the fixtures noted in the list are
present amid in good order; and when the building is re-occupied the sec-
tion officer should obtain from the new tenant a receipt for the fixtares.
Ifanyofthe fixtures are left in a damaged condition the Section officer
should immediately report tiiC fact throt, gli the Divisional Officer
to the Executive Enginee: wJ1o will recovem t:te cost of the damaged
articles from the outgoing tenant.

(8) Usc ofvacant residential buildings as rest houses.——

The Government consider that it is undesirable to allow

Government residences to be used as rest-hodses, and direct that
temporary occupation by any one other than the officer for whom
a house is intended should be allowed only with the previous
permission of the Executive Engineer and that the full rate of rent
should then be charged.

(9) Care of vacant buildings.—-.

If an officer for whom a Government residence is provided with

or without rent, is allowed for his own convenience to live
elsewhere, he is expected to engage a watchman to take care of the
building. Until a private watchman is so employed, the Publie
Works Department will, employ one and recover the cost from the
tenant; when however, a residence remains unoccupied not purely
on account of pe~sonaireasons but because the post to which the resi-
dence is attached is vacant or its incumbent is exemptedfboth Ire m
occupying it and from the liability to rent in the circumstances described
in Subsidiary Rule 5 to Fundamental Rule 45 the following arrangements
should be made
(Para 282 P.W.D, Code).

238 of 780
 234

(a) If the quarters are expected to be vacant for one month or

less, the officer on the spot discharging the duties of the permanent
officer for whom the quarters are intended should arrange to depute a
peon or other menial to look after the vacant building and garden attached
to it.
(b) If the quarters ate expected to be vacant for more than one
month, the department in—charge of the building will employ a watchmen
at the cost of Governmentto look after the building as well as the garden.

(10) Upkeep of the compounds.—

(1) Tenants of rented or rent-free residences may be allowed
the enjoyment of the use fruct of trees, provided the compounds are
maintained at their cost and the pay of the gardeners and ull garden
expenses are borne by them.

(2) The officer occupying Government quarters has no right to

the trees or branches blown down by cyclones as the term ‘usufruct”is not
meant to include them.

299. Scale of’ fire appliances—--

(1) Chemical fire extinguishers and water or sand in buckets are
first-aid appliances, to be used for tackling a fire at the outset to enable
it to be put out immediately or at least to keep its under control
until tFe arrival of the Fire Brign~.ies.The type and scale of fire
fighting ap~liancesto be provided in a building will depend on.
the types of fires that are likely to be encountered in the building and this
in turndepends to a large extent on the contents of the building. Govern-
ment buildings cati be broadly classified into two categories
(App. XXVIII of Tamil Nadu Fire Services Manual Vol Ii)

(a~Ordinary buildings.—
Where the hazard is caused by furniture records, stores etc.,
stored in the building, fires encountered in such buildings usually
involve paper, wood, cloth, etc., and all of which can be
extinguished by application of water. The scale of fire fighting

239 of 780
 235

appUances for such buildings will however depend upon the

quantity ofcombustible materials in the building. In this basis ordinary
buildings can be further sub-divided into in two types.

(i) Ordinary buildings with low fire hazard e.g., offices.

(ii) Ordinary buildings with high fire hazard s.g. record rooms
store rooms and godowal.

(d) Buildings In volving special risk t ‘r ii’ of storage of oil ci

ch~,nica!sor use of electrical equiqinent.—~

The type of fires likely to occur in such buildings cannot be

extinguished by application of water. Special types of’ fire extinguishers
or dry sand will have to be used to put ~ut fires in such buildings.
(2) (a) Ordinary buildings with low fire hazard’.—
One JO litres water bucket for every 100 square metres
floor area or part thereof~ and one 9 litre soda acid extin guisher
for every 6 buckets or part thereof with a minimum of one
extinguisher and two buckets per compartment of the building
The appliances shall be so distributed over the entire floor area
that a person shall not have to travel more then 90 metres from
any point to reach the nearest appliance. In special cases, approved
by the Local Fire Officer, buckets may be dispensed with, provided
the supply of extinguishers is doubled.
(b) Ordin-jry buildings with high fire hazard.—
One 10 litre wat~r bucket for every 100 square metres of floor
area or part thereof and one 9 litre soda acid extinguisher for every
6 buckets or part thereof with a minimum of 2 extinguishers and 4
buckets per compartment of the building. The appliances shah
be so distributed over the entire floor area that a person shall noi
have to travel more than 15 metres from any point to reach the
nearest appliance. In special cases, approved by the Local Fire
Officer, buckets may be dispensed with, provided the supply of
extinguishes is doubled.

240 of 780
 236

(c) Buildings involving special risk.—

Where oils or chemicals are stored or electrical equipment is used,
the number and type of fire appliances necessary for svch buildings
should be ascertained in consultation with the Local Fire Officer to
meet the special hazard, involved in the build iiigs.

NOTF.—(i) In calculating the floor area, open verandahs, passages

terraces, etc., where no combustible material is stored may be
excluded. In the case of storie’~buildings, the floor area of each floor
shall be calculate:1 separately for arriving at the scale of fire fighting
appliances rcquire~for each floor.

(ii) A list of suitable chemical fire extinguishers with the names of

firms where they can he purchased should be obtained from the con-
cerned i)ivisional Fire Officer.

(3) Police Stations, outposts and other non-residential buildings

which are in the o ;mpation of the Police Department should provided
with fire appliances in accordance with the scale laid down in this
order.

3 00. Progress report—-

A form of progress report in Form No. 44 will be forwarded to an
Inspector at the time of the sanction of a work and lie will submit
the form with his diary of the first of the month for the Superintendent’s
information. After perusal it will be returned to him.

~O1. Completion of works.——

Upon the completion of a work, a completion certificates in Form
No. 45 will be signed. An officer of and above the rank of DeputY
SuperifltetYtent of Police shoulr examine new buildings which costs
over Rs. 500 and sign the certificate. Completion certificates signed h
Inspectors will be countersignerl by the Superin tend ent. The fi~’a1bil
to complete payment should not be made out until the work has bees
finally examine1.

241 of 780
 7

3)2 Oc~~i ~ z aud pi,’tcy r ‘pairs of huts.—-

(l)Wnere lines exist, Head Cons tables and Constables shall be bou~u
to o~xupythem.
(2) The orders regar in.g white washing of Police Lines by fatigue
parties are laid down in Police Standing Order No. 298.
(2) TENTS.

303 Scale of tel/Is.-- —

The following is the scale of tents sanctioned by Goveriunent for

the use of the Police Department.

(i) The scale of tents provided for each distric.t will be two 180 1bs~
ellis.

(ii) The scale of tents for Tamil Na~uSpeLial Police Battalion is as

follows

Make of tent. Nunib r prescribed.

Headquarter Active
company. Company.
(1) (2) (3)
L l~0lbs. 10 17
2. E.P. T.P. 6 6

3.40 lbs. tents 7

4. Store tent .. 2

5. Necessary tent 2 3
0.0. Ms. No. 2184, Home ~Po1iceXIV). 25th August 1980.

304. Teiiis-Storage of—

(1) When not in use, tents should. generally he kept in a
dry place on stands about 18 inches high so as not to be
damaged by rats or white ants. But luring the monsoon, when they are
not in use, they should also be spread out in the sun to dry not less than
once a month.

242 of 780
 238

(2) When a sub-division is left without an officer, the offic~t

vacating it will hand the tents over to the Superintendent, who will give
them into the charge of the officer in-charge of stores for safe custody.

Instructions for pitching and striking tenIs.—

(3) The following instructions are laid down for pitching and
striking tents. Attention to these will make them last much longer
than they would do otherwise. The failure on the part of any officer
to comply with these instructions should therefore, be promptly
reported to the Director-General for orders.
(a) Tents should on no account be pitched under tamarind trees.

(b) When tents are being pitched or struck and the ground is all
muddy, the tent bags or some straw should always be spread below them
to keep them clean.

(c) Great care must be taken in pitching tents that the pegs
for the ropes are placed in a straight line with the seams in the fly, so
that the strain may be direct and equal and not crosswise. Ropes should
not, therefore, be tied to trees unless they happen to be exactly in
the true line, which will seldom happen. It is the safest plan never to
allow them to be tied to trees. If tents bag at the corners, the rope
which pass up insides the fly round the pole must be pulled moderately
tight and tiei to the corner ropes so as to make the stain come on them
and not on the canvas.
(d) In stormy weather, the corner and storm ropes of tents
should invariably be “bushe~I”.If bushes cannot be procured, as in sandy
tracts a hole should be dug and a tent peg be buried at right ;.ngles to the
direction of the rope at a depth of a couple of feet, the rope tied to it and
the hole filled in and the sand firmly rammed down. It will be found that
ropes so secu red will hold iii sandy s~i1far bettere fthan if tied to page
driven in the ordinary way.
(e~When rain comes on, all tent ropes should be slightly slackened
off, so as to allow for the shrinkage of the ropes and canvas when,
wet. Ropes are otherwise liable tc be broken and canvas to be torn and

243 of 780
t often. happens that their -~riukin.gpulls the pegs out
0r t’ie ground
cspecithy in the dryweathcr vh~nthe ground is hard and. the ~egs 1iiv~
probably not been driven io deep. II. this should happen at night, as
freqt ently does, the fact that the pegs havedrawn is likely to pas~u rino iced
tad the teats will be liable tc be blown down if the wind she Id rise.

(J) Care should he taken not to strike and pack tents when damp
from rain or dew, A march had better be a little delayed than a tent be
spoilt from :nildew, which is the certain consequ ence of packing tents
when damp.

(4) (a) Without detriment to Police duties tents and shooting pals
heL nging to the Police department may be lent to other departments of
Government whether commercial or non-commercial. As regards
departments which are non-commercial, hire charges need not be
collected but the expenditure, if any inc~rrcdonaccouritoiconveyance
pitching, etc., or repair of damages cat. sed to tbe tents, should be
debited to the departments concerned.
G,O. Mc. No. 1686, Hame, 14th Ju’ie 1955,
Memo NO. 50907 Pol. JV!56—tHome, 15th JUne 1956, and
Memo No. 32845/Pol. IV/56—4 Home, 30th July 1956
G.O. Ms. No. 2745, Home 29th Seyt 1956

(~-‘) Police tents and shooting pals may be lent

to commercial
departmeots of the Government on the following conditions ;—
(i) That a sum t f Rs. 50 (Rupees fifty only) per (lay per tent
~ c Id be levied as hire charges;

G.~\Ms. No. 3111, H~me,dt. 9th Dc;~cnbcr 1981.

(ii) that the department hiring the tcn~s should undertake to
ret rn then in the same good condition in which they are lent arid to pay
-

eompensation for damages, if any, caused to the articles viJe also

Article 61, Tamil Nadu Financial Code, Volume-I.
(e) Tents belonging to the Police Department may also be lent to
private institutions and associations of STANDING subject to th,
Gonditions mentioned in 4(b) (i) and (ii) above.

244 of 780
 240

(4) ‘1 eats of the Police Department sn~utdnot be lent on hire to

cfrcus, cinenias or dramas, pc;’formed fom e~ma;crcial p rpo~es.

(3) SpoRTs.
305, Kinds ofsports.—-.(l) The following Police sports are held in this
Sate
(a) District Sports.

(b) Range Sports.

(c) Annual State Police Sports.

(d) Inter-Recruits, Schools Competitions.

(c) Battalion Sports ~f the Tamil Nadu Special Police.

(2) District Sports are open to all the men of the districts and
Range Sp rts are open to the districts e~the Range. The Chenaai City
will count as adistrict Ic rpurpose~cft~esesports. The flrsttwo districts
in the sports of each Fange represent that range at the Annual State Police
Sports. inter-Recruits’ Senool Competitions are held at the head
quarters of one of the schools as may he agreed upon year by year.

306. Composition of thu team.——

(1) The teams competing at theDistrict and Range Sports should

not incl~demore than cneofficer ~f and abcvct]ie rank of Deputy
Superintendent of Police and sixty ~tlTer ranks including staff. The
Dep ty Inspector-General should as far as possible, atte~idsp~ris held
in the range nder their charge.

(2) For the Annual State Police Sports each Range learn shall
consist of a team Commander ( Superintendent cfPolice or-Co mmanders
nominated b~the Deputy I nspe ;tcr-General of Police in charge from the
Superintendents of Police and Cc mmandants detailcd to attend by the
Director-General c-f Police) and tip to a maximum of sixty all ranks-
including ministerial sta flu nder the conditions laid down by the Director
General of Police. All officers and men may he members of the team

245 of 780
 241

provided theyhave completed one year service on 1st December. Inclu

tied in the team of sixty shall be one Reserve Inspector or Inspector of
Tamil Nadu Special Police Battalions who will be the team captain.
(3) A team for inter-Recruits’ Schools competitions should
consist of not more than twenty members. They may either be all
recruits or not more than two members of the staff may be included to
bring the total number up to 20.
(4) Teams for Inter-company Sports of the Tamil Nadu Special
Police should also consist of a reasonable number of men and officers
not exceeding twenty in any case.

NOTE.— The expression “tea ms competing at the District Sports”

means the teams sent from the Circles and the Armed Reserve of a
district.

307. Funds.— (1) A consolidated grant is sanctioned by Government

to muet the expenditure on all kinds of sports. This grant will be at the
disposal of the Director-General of Police to be allotted to ranges
and districts (including the Chenciai City) at his discretion. The pro-
cedure in dealing with the amounts thus allotted will be tise same as
in the case of other allotments of Government Funds in the sanctioned
budget estimates. The expenditure from this grant will he subject to
regular audit by the Accountant-General.
(GO. Ms. No. 2768, Home, 16th June 1950.)

(2) The collections of subscription from P6lice Officers and the

public for these sports or games (including prizes for shooting, etc.) is
prohibited. Thepublic will not be charged for admission to the sports
or games. The responsibility for sanction and check and control of
sports expenditure rests on the Superintendent of Police who will see that
the expenditure is limited to an estimate sanctioned by them and is not
‘~travagantor excessive.

308. Objects on which sports money shoald be spent.—

The purpose for which the Government grant for sports should be
F—.230-3-—16

246 of 780
 42

spent is specified below;—

(I) (a) Preparation of grounds including the making of Hockey
am! f.~ot-ballfields and sports courses with their paraphetnalia.

~b) Hire of furniture.

(c) Charges for the transport of furniture.

(d) Lighting charges.

(2) (a) Equipment including expenditure on eqi ipment f~o~

District Range and Annual State Police Sports, Inter-Recruits’
School Competitions and Inter-Company Sports of the Tami1
Nadu Special Police.
(b) Preparation and training for all these sports throughout the
year.
(c) Entrance fee to local tournaments not exceeding Rs. 20 on
each occasion which may b; sanctioned by the Superin-
tendent of Police.

(d) Charges for the transport of sports equipment and tents.

(3) (a) Prizes including prizes for all sports-meetings mentioned in

paragraph 2 (a). -

(b) Prizes for m~nduring their training.

(4) Printing including cost of printing invitations.

(5) Special diet for men in training for District, Range and Annua’
State Police Sports, Inter-Recruits’ School Competitions
and Inter-Company Sports of the Tamil Nadu Special Police.

l6~Special clothing for teams participating in spoils

games.

(7) Stationery and postage connected with sports meetings.

(8) Refreshments to persons attending or taking part in sports or

games.

247 of 780
 243

(9) Expenses in connection with District Sports on such item a~

“Practice”, “Training”, “Preliminary arrangements”etc.

(1 0) Railvay fare and daily allowance:—

(a) To men taking part iii sp~rtsother than th se ineutkijcd in
paragraph 5, e.g., a hockey tournament;

(b) to men detailed for practice, training prelirnenary arrange-

ments in connection with sports of all kinds; and

(c) to the private employees of the State Police Band attending

Police Sports.

(II) Any miscellaneous expenditure which may be incurred legiti-

mately in connection with sports.

309. Travelling Allowance:—

(1)Travelhing Allowance may be drawn according to the Tansil Nadu
TravettingAhlowance Rules forjurneys and halts made by:——

(a) the members ol teams attending the District Range and

Annual State Police Sp.rts, Inter-Recruits’ School Sports and Inter-
Company Sports of the Tamil Nadu Special Police.
(b) the orderlies acco mpanyiug tents req ired in connection with
these sports; and
(c~the Government members of toe State Police Band, attending
the sports.

(2) Concession tickets should as far as p~ssibIehe obtained from

Railway for the members of all teams. Toe travelling ailowance should
be reduced by the difference between the costs of tickets at the oidinary
rate and at the concession rate.

(3) Railway fare and daily allowance of the private members of

tue State Police Band should ordinarily be paid out of the Sports Fun~t.
if at any time this fund is dulicient the expenditure should be met from
“Ollice Contingencies”.
F—230-3-—16A

248 of 780
 244

PART ILl—PARTICI.4LAR DUTIES

CHAPTER XVffl,

POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE POLICE UNDER THE ARMS

ACT AND THE INDIAN EXPLOSIVES ACT.

310. (1) Any Police Officer may arrest without warrant a person found
carrying or conveying any arms or ammunitions whether covered by a
licence or not, in such manner or under such circumstances as to afford
just grounds of suspicion that the same areor is being carried by him with
intenttouse them or that the same may be used, for any unlawful
purpose and seize from him such arms or ammunitions.
Sec. 20 ofArms Act, 1959.

(2) Powers and Procedhre.—

Power or demand production of licsnce etc:
(a) Any Police officer or any other officer specially empowered
in this behalf by the Central Government may demand the production
of his licence from any person who is carrying any arms or ammunition.

(b) If the person upon whom a demand is made refuses or fails

to produce the licence or to show that he is entitled by virtue of this
Actor any other law for the time being in force to carry such arms or
ammunition without a licence, theofficer concerned may require him
to give his name and address and if such officer considers it necessary
seize from that person the arms or ammunition which he is carrying.

(c) If that person refuses to give his name and address or if the
officer concerned suspects that persons of giving a false name or
address or of intending to abscond, such officer may arrest him with-
out warrant.

(3) Police officers of and above and rank of Sub-Inspectors have

been empowered to conduct searches under Section 22 of the Arms Act
1959.

249 of 780
 245

~4) Se4rch of vessels, vehicles for arms, etc.—

Any Magistrate, any police officer or any other officer specially
empowered in this behalf by the Central Government, may for the
purpose of ascertaining whether any contravention of this Act or the
rules made the reunder is beingor is likely to be committed, stop and
seatoh any vessel, vehicle or other means of conveyance and seize any
arms or ammunition that may be found therein along with such vessel,
vehicle or other means of conveyance.
311. (1) All the offences under the Act are cognizable within the
meaning of the code of Criminal Procedure.
See. 38 ofArms Act.
(2) No prosecution shall be instituted against any person in respect
of any offence without the previous sanction of the District Magistrate.
(3) Section 3(b) of the Arms casts aduty on every person to inform
the officer in charge of the nearest Police Station or the Magistrate, when
he becomes ware of the commission of an offence under this Act. No
person shall be excused for not complying with the provisions of this
section unless there be some reasonable excuse.

312. Going arined.---(l) A licensee or any retainers acting under the

licence shall not carry arms otherwise than in good faith for the purpose
of sport/protcction/ display and ho shall not carry any such arms to a
fair, religious procession or other public assemblage, unless sepecially
authorised by the licensing authority.
(2) Exempted officers.—~Withreference to section 4 (2) of the
Arms, Act, 1959 nothing in the Act or Rules will apply to the
carrying or possession of arms in the following cases :—

(a) Arms carried and possessed by Officers of Government as

part of their equipment.

(b) Arms supplied by Government to subordinates of the

police department to be carried or possessed by them in the execution
of their duty.

250 of 780
 246
(c) The Government have ‘Ieclare~that an Inspector or Sub-
Inspector is entitled in the course of his duty as a public servant to bear
or possess either a revolver supplied to him by the Government or
a private revolver or automatic pistal of suitable pattern and ammunition
for the same.

(3) Exemption of constcil~ulary.—

With reference to section 45 of the Arms Act. 1959, Head Con-
stables and constables are declared to be officers required to carry
arms in the performance of t~eirduty. Under category 111(d) of
Sche4u!e-I to the Arms Rules, 1962, the carrying of a single-barrelled
mizzle loar’ing gun with amm~nitionby a ghattalayari employed in the
police departm~nthas been de;l~re:! ~y government to be in the

public interest.
(4) 1 Tnder Section 29 of the Arms Act, licensed dealers in arms
~nd anmunition are bound to ascerr!ain that the persons to whom they
sell arms, ammtnjtiorl or military stores are legally authorised to
possess the same. Any tendency on the part of dealers to evade this
obligation should be checked bythe Police by their constant strict super-
vision over the trade in alms and ammunition. The Police should also
exercise constant vigilant supervision over the registers maintained by
licensed dealers in order to ensure that arms and ammunitions are not
sold to person other than those legally authorised to possess the same.
If, on inspection, they find that arms and ammunitions are supplied to
persons whose exem~tionseems to he doubtful they should take steps to
ascertain whether such persons are really exempt from the provisions of
the Arms Act, an I if not, to report the matter to the Collector. In
doubitful cases o1sale~to persons said to possess licences un~ertiiC Arms
Act and Rules, a reference to the registers maintained inPolice stations
will show whether the purchasers are bonafide licen;ees or not.

313. Supply of ‘Arms Act, 1959 and Arms Rules 1962.

The hook “The Arms Act 1959, and the Arms Rules, 1962’,
published by the Central Government has been supplied to all of
Groups A and B in the Police department, Inspectors of Police
Assistant Public Prosecutors and police stations.

251 of 780
 247

314. (1 )(a) Applications for licences or duplicates thereof shah be

submitted in Form ‘A’ in Schedule IV to the Arms Rules, 1962.
(b) Application may be preseritel by the applicant in person or
sent by post or otherwise to the licensing authority.
(c) It shall contain all such information as is necessary for the
consideration of the application.
(d) Where an application is for the grant of licence in
Form II, III, 111-A, IV, V or VI from a person other than a
bonafide tourist as defined in Section 10(1) (b) of the Arms Act,
it shall be accompanied by two passport size copies of the latest
photograph of the applicant.
(e) The licensing authority may require, if Ire so desires,
the personal attendance of the applicant before granting or renewing
the licence applied for.

(2) Applications for new licences should be sent to the Collec-

tors in the districts ani to the Commissioner of Police in Chcanai
City. The Collectors will forward to the Police for report only
those applications from individuals whose character status or repu-
tation, is unknown or doubtful. Station House Officers will forward
their reports to the Collector through the proper channel.
(3) Applications for renewal of licences should he submitted
early during the last quarter of the year proceeding that for which
the renewal is desired, as all weapons for the possession of which
renewed licences have not been issued by the 1st January must be
deposited in the police station. Each application should he accom-
panied by the licence and may he sent either to the Collector or
the Commissioner of Police, Chennal as the case may he.
(4) Superintendents will issue instructions to their subor~inates
to report at once any information which may indicate that the
renewal of any licence is undesirable. About the end of September
in each year the Superintendent and Taluk Executive Magistrates
will supply the Collector confidentially with any information which
would appear to render the renewal of any existing licence in
xpedient.

252 of 780
 48

(5) When a Collector grants, cancels or refuses to renew a

licence, lie will intimate the fact to the Station-House Officer con
cerned. The Station-House Officer should, on receipt of the inti-
mation, report promptly to the Collector through the Superin
tendent the action taken in the case of a licence which has been
cancelled or refused renewal.
(G.O.512 Pul. 22 Act, 1934)

315. (1) Licences will be issued in printed form in the regiona’

langu age or in English at the option of the licensee. If the
Collector grants, renews, or declines to renew a licence, he should
send the licence or order to the licensee either—

(a) through the post, service paid, the nature of the con-
tents being clearly noted on the cover in the regional language,
e.g., “licence for the possession of a gun “; or

(b) through the TahLk Executive Magistrate or the Deputy

Tahsildar; or

(c) through the officer-in-charge of the nearest police

station.

(2) If the Collector on an application for a new licence refuses

to grant the licence, the order of refusal should be forwarded
to the applicant through the Taluk Executive Magistrate for the
information of that officer. The reasons for refusal to grant or
renew a licence shall be recorded by the licensing authority, but
they shall not be communicated to the applicant.

(3) If the licence or order sent by post is returned through

the Returned Letter Office, it should be sent out for delivery to
the addressee through the Taluk Executive Magistrate or the Deputy
Tahsildar or the officer in charge of the nearest police Station.

253 of 780
 249
31 6~ Ammuniti,n -possession- Scale of-Instructions to licensing
authorities.—

(I) In tire absence of any special reason to the contrary licensing

authorities have been authorized to adopt the following scales
in the matter of fixing the maximum quantities of ammunition
that can be possessed at any time by the licensee :—

Short guns or .22 bore or target rifles—- .. No limit

Revolvers .. .. .. .. 100 rounds each.
Rifles .. .. .. .. .. .. 200 rounds each.

(2) If any person proves that he needs more than 100 rounen
for revolvers or 200 rounds for a rifle he should be given a licence
for a larger number.
(3) The quantity of shot that may be possessed by a licensee
need not be enteicct in the licence as under paragraph 6 of G.O.
No. 1615, JudiciaL, dated 22nd November 1909. birdshot when
possessed in quantities not exceeding 50 kgs. at any one time j5
exempt from the operation of the Arms Act, 1959.

317, Retainers- Registration of.-----The following instructions am

issued for the guidance of Collectors and the Com.misioner of
Police in regard to the registration of retainers in Forms XVI
and XX of the forms in Schedule II appended to the Arms Rules,
1962. These instructions should be strictly observed
(1) Retainers should be permitted only to those persons whose
standing or circumstances are such that they may reasonably require
retain~sor servants to carry weapons in the ordinary course of duty.

(2) All applications for the inclusion of retaiaers in Forms XVI

~nd XX must be dealt with by the Collector or the Commissioner
of Police in person
(3) No change shall be made in the names of retainers entered
a licence except under the signature of the Collector or the
Commissioner of Police whO granted the licence or his successor
In office.

254 of 780
 250

(4~When no retainers are licensed the fact should be clearly

stated in columns (5) to (9) of Form XVI or columns (4) to 8~ o~’
Form XX,as thecase may be.

31 8. Rules for th~’ ,nai,lt,~’nance of ~4rrns Licence Registers.—~--

(l~~ All Collectors, and other Executive Magistrates (including

Deputy ‘Fahsildars) of the Revenue Department and Station House Offi-
cers will keep in Form A appended to these orders decennial registers
of licensces issued under the Arms Act to persons residing in the
area with which they are respe~tivelyconcerned. In the office o~
the Collector, a separate register will be maintained for each taluk
or deputy tahsildar. Ta each taluk register the entries will be
arranged by police stations and villages the village within the limits
of each police station being arranged in alphabetical or Other con-
venient order. A page or more will be allotted to each village,
as may be found necessary, no village being omitted although no
licensee resides therein. Entries relating to hamlets will be placed
tinder the parent village. The page numbers of each taluk register
will be consecutive throughout the register. An index of villages
arranged in alphabetical order will be placed at the beginning o~
each taluk register. The serial number of the licence will be a
fraction of which the number of the page of the register in which
it is registered in the numerator and the number of the line in the
denominator, preceded or followed by a letter indicating the taluk
(e.g., C-26!5). The entries in the registers maintained in subordinate
offices which will be supplied in the first instance from the Collec-
tor’s office must, therefore, correspond exactly. page to page and
line to line, with the entries in the register maintained in the
Collector’s office. The Collector ~villfix dates between the I st
and 15th January for the s~ibmission to him of each talük
register in his district. Necessary entries will be made in thes
Collector’s office in these taluk registers relatin~ to all li~encet
renewed or~the renewal of whiçh has been refused h~r the just
begun. The taluk registers will be returned to the Sub-Magi1
tr~teswith as Iittle~delay as practicable. In the second fQrtnight o~

255 of 780
 251

the first month of every quarter each Station-House Officer will

take or send his register to the Taluk or Deputy Tahsildar’5
office, as the case may be, have it checked with the register main
tamed in that office, corrected and brought u ~ to date. All Officer5
of the Police depa~tmentof and above the rank of Inspectors
will inspect the police station register at every inspection of the
station and see that it is properly mainatined.
0.0. No 470, Home, 20th September 1938.
(2) At the end of each register maintained in the ofilce of a
Collector or Taluk (Executive) Magistrate or Deputy Tahsiklar’
an abstract will he made in Form B appended to this orde”
showing the number of weapons of each kind licensed in the taluk
or station. A fresh abstract will be opened at the beginning of
each year by the counting the licences already granted or renewed
for the year by the 1st January. Whenever an alteration is macLa
in the body of tLe register either by reason of the grant of
new licence or the cancellation if or refusal to renew an old
licence, a coriespondiflg entry will be made in column (1) of the
abstract by quoting the register number of the licence preceded
by a plus(-l--) sign in the Case of a new licence preceded l~ya
minus (—) sign in the ease of a cancellation of or refusal to renew
a licence ; the necessary entries in columns II, Hr and iv
of the abstract will be made whenever it is desired to bring the
abstract upto date and whenever a line in column I is comp1ete~
the net total should then be struck in column II of the
abstract.
(3) At the close of each month the Collector wiLl forward to
his Subo~dinate Magistrate concerned lists of the licences granted,
renewed, cancelled or the renewal of which he has refused during
th~~montl’ in the Forms C and D appen~ed to this orde
Licences renewed for the year fo1lo~vingthat in which the lists I
Form C are sent need not be shown in the lists. Licence the
renewal of which is refused for the following year should be in
cluded in tl~elists in Form D appended to this~order, in order

256 of 780
 252

that action may be taken to see that the arm covered by the
licence is not retained illegally by the licensee after the close of the
Year. If a licence is not renewal the Collector will state in the
last column of the list in Form ‘D’ the reason for non-renewal
such as the death, o~’the licensee, the transfer of the weapon by
sale, gift or otherwise, etc.,) and should see that the weapon is
not retained by any person who is neither exempted from the oper—
ration of the Arms Act in respect of such weapon nor licensec~ to
posseSS it.

(4) Not later than the 15th January of each year the Col-
1ector will forward to the Superintendent (in Form ‘B’ appended)
1ists of licensees who have not applied before the 1St January for the
renewal of their licences with the request that he will ascertain
and report the causes of the omission whether the arms have been
deposited in the police station, and whether the prosecution has
been instituted in each case in which the arms were not duly
deposited in the police stations; a separate list will be sent for
the village in each police station. The lists should be returned
to~the Collector’s office not later than the 15th March by the
Superintendent with his report and recommendation whether the
unreneweci licence should be renewed or not.

(5’) When the taluk registers are submitted to the Collector

under rule I, the Collector will have them compared with the regis
ter maintained in his office so far as the entries relating to the
previous year are concerned and corrected if necessary before, the
abstracts in the registers maintained by subordinate officers are
compared with the abstract of the register maintained in the
Collector’s office, the figures in the latter should be verified by coun-
ting the outstanding entries in the body of the register. The Col-
lector will include in his annual report brief remarks regarding the
maintenance of these registers throughout his district. For this
purpose the Superintendent will report annually not latter than the
1St February to the Collector on the maintenance of the register
by Station-House Officers during the previous year.

257 of 780
 253

(6) Registers for licences in Forms XIV and XVIII may be

maintained in Forms A-i and A-2, appended below. The Lorms
will not be standardized a~dmay be altered to suit local require-
ments. If collectors find it convenient, in districts where licence S
in these forms are few, to enter them in the existing register ‘A’ oi in
register ‘A-3’ referred to below, this may be done, For licences in
Form XIX, to which the Government attach growing important
a separa~ register in Form ‘A-3’ should be oponed.

258 of 780
 254

FORM A-1.
Village

Register number Residence o1

Page/Line licensee
number. (hamlet)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7-a) (7-b)

259 of 780
 255

Date of renewal, grant, can-

cellation or order refusing ~
renewal of licence for the ~ .~

year.

Register Residence ,~

number of
Page/line licensee
number. (hamlet) . . . . . . . . ,

19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19
(8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18)

NOTE :— In cloumn (6), R—-Rie, G—Srnooth,—bore gun, M—

Magazine, D. B.—Dou ble Barelled, S.B.—Single Bare
iled, B.L.—Breech loading, M.L.—Muzzle-lk.ading
percussion caportna, L—Match lock, F. L.—Fluit 1ock~
Ko—Revolver, P—Pistol, B —Bay~rst, S—Sword
D—Dagger.

260 of 780
Register— Pige number/ Une

number.

Residence of licensee (hamlet)

Of licensee.

Of his father.

Description.
Quantity.
Maximum to be possessed at
one time.
Maximum purchasable during
the year.

When licence cancelled or not

renewed, disposal number and
date of District Collector’s order
disposal of weapon..

261 of 780
 L1~—E-OF2
Register Pag~i1um~r/.Li~&-.~:.r.;
~ . ~ number. .---~-• -

-‘ G
~ Rçsidonce of the licensee (ham- ~
let) ~
~ ‘Z: Of licensee. n
. I-.
~ Of his father. :.ç.-~ ,.

H
j~Description. -
-. I
2! i:~~ ...~. •. I.
~ ~ j.~ ~Qi~an~ity. i
,
~-. 1~’-’; I
~ Mttximum to be possessed~aj ‘~ -
~‘ 2 any one time.
- I.
~. ..
— ~ Max~rnuni purchasable during
-. ,~. ~ ~, .

~ i:~ 1h~yoaj~. .. ~ - I

I Pl~ce or track within which -j~

licence -

is I -

I~ Valid. - C
~ ,-~
H ..- . ~
‘---S * .
- -

‘~ which iiiay
Spocifkatioii of the wild b~a~ts -

be destroyed und~i the licence. , :~

~c-~ --~ ...; .

HE. ‘~ ~
~
~ ~-~m-~.~”- ~-- ~‘- -‘ .
~ I ~ p.~

- ).___ -~-(~ -
—.~-.-t
—S
~- ~To. ~ ~.

0 ~ j.- ~ ~i
2.1...~ ~
-
~ ~ate of production. -

~ 1 - Designation of the Magistrate

b ~tore wlic-n produced. ~
- I
~
o L- ~ ~
1, ~

~-~Wh~ti~lic~nc ncgll-o~~~,..~ j~~ ‘~ ~i. I

I u-~~ flu41~ber-j~-~ ~ ~
I
I
~ t-~ ~
~ tor’sorders
weapon.
and disposal of] ‘.

~ fI

262 of 780
 0 R~gIsternumber page
-4 nvmber

Resi~encc~-fthe license(ham I ~
let). c.~

1j Of l~eess~e,. 1
~ I
v,-1

- Of his father.

Description,
Qtar-tity,

Maximiany onemtime.
to be pc sses~ed j a~
~Ø

Maximi m purchasable th ring

the year,

Place (with descrip4a * n where artioks ~‘ ~

11 are to be kep
-~
I,
Period f~r which the lieer~cis v~iid,

T~’’

‘1

When lioctee can~e&d at not reetwed

disosal at mber and date c-f Diatrict
Cdfleoter’s order and d~~prc.~a~
of ~
p-o;t.

263 of 780
 VLl—~-O~

~
an’1 an ~‘a
~ (D —
aC 0
(D
r~ ~ ‘1~-
~
an_c~c ~
~ 0---.-. ~-, —
~

‘~ Magazine. I

~ Double barre-

~ Single barre I
lied.

U. -

~S.B.B.1.
0
‘~ D.B.M.L.

‘~ Match locks.
0
0

Flint locks,
0
‘1

~ Revolvers. I C
a

* ‘~Pis1ols. I

~ Bayonets.

-~S vcrds.

.~Daggers.

6ct

264 of 780
 A
0 I?
‘~ Magazne.

U>
‘~ Doubles
barrelled. a

0
~ Single
barrd led.
I
r~ ~‘

~ D.B.B.L.
0- ~
0
C —

~ S.B.B.L.
a
I 0
0-I ~ D.B.M.L. Ia’
~H ~- C
I’l

~a I ~ S.B.M.L.
C
In C
a
0
~ Match looks. a
CD

~ Fl~nilocks,

Revolvers.

ii.
Pistols,

‘i~Bayonets.

~ Swords,
Daggers -

Date and in lials

• Jt of I he Magris~
terial Head
Clerk.

265 of 780
 261
FORM—C
Proceedings of the District Collector of
dated No. of 19
The district Collector of -
has- been pleased to grant licence for the year 19 19 issued
under the Arms Act to the folLwing individuals residing
jfl the
Taluk
Deputy Tahsildar of for the weap--ns -

specified against their names

2. The Taluk Magistrateof
Sub-
is requested to cause the necessary entries to be made in his copy
of the register of licences under the Arms Act. The number
and date of this order should also be entered in redink
in the appropriate column under the heading, Date of
renewal grant’, cancellation or order refusing renewal”. - -

C
C’
Zn

>

I.-
V
-a
.0 Zn

U
. ,_;
E
,-‘
-a
~
a C ‘ ‘-‘ C t~
C ‘— D~ ~_
Li ~ ~ C • C
~
2 2 C Zn
C
C .....
-‘: -~
~
C C C ~~D) 0 •.~ -i~
a - a Zn
a ~ -
C C ~
C
h~
~ L. b -‘~
~
U a C
U •~ ~ ‘2 ;~
.~
.-i u-
-C
Z
C
Z
-~ ~0
(1) (2) (3) _______________________
(4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Note l—(l) Theiries (2 columns (3) (4) (5) (6) and (7) above
shoul’t be neatjy copi-xt In the ap,)ropriate Column of the
lice~o~ r gistet of he- page specified- in column (1) end the
Line noted is c luinn 2.
(2) In column (6) R—Rifle, G—Smooth-bcre gun. M—Magazine
B.—D~uble-barrelled. S.B—Siagle---barrellerl. B.L Breech h ading.
F.L.—ML zzIe loading percussion’ cap. Ma.L—Match.k ck. F.L.—
Flint—1ck Re —R,volver, P—’Pist: 1, BB~y.~ nel, $—S~ard, p_..
agget.

266 of 780
 FORM —D.

Proceedings of the Collectcr ci - * dated

N. f 19-

The Distrtrict Cullect-:’r of has hee~

cancelled or refused to renew for the year 191 9 licences Issued -

Indians Arms Act to the following individuals residing in thi

Taluk
Deputy Tahsildar of for the wea
pons specified against their names.
2. The Taiiik - Magistrate (Zf

Sub-
s reqieste~ t casuse the word cancelled “tobe neatly written
i n red i~k in the register of liccices iss ~ed against each lice’~ce
mentioned --below i’wnediately after the last “Renewal” entry.
The entry in re-itarks c -l’im’i bel )W should also be noted after
the -word cancellel with the number and date of this
proc~dings. A red ink line shc-uld also be- -drawn through
the entries in t~ie register relathg to the licence.

C
0
Zn
~-
-a
-~
V

Li -~ ~ -5 ~

-~ -~ ~ I ~
2 2 a
U ,~ .~ E .~ E’~U
~ C a
01 > 01

(2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Z (7) (8) - -(9)

*E,g”C~c lIel—Died. L.c Dis No.1—19O4~”“Cancelled Weap~)fl
sId. L.C. D-s. No. 2-19 4. Cancellod-unrenewed. L.c-. Dii.
3.19C4, etc.
‘‘~.

~oe: -In Col. (16) R. Rifle G—Smook—.B~regun M—~Yagazine

DE.DoUble Barrel SE—Single Barrel EL—Breech L- ading
ML—Muzzle Loadihg, Percussion Ma L—Match Lock
- - - FL—Flint L~ck, Re—Revolver, P—pistol B—Bayonet, *

S—Swardk D—Dagger -

267 of 780
 FORM-B

List of personnel who have not applied for the r~ne’~

al
of their licences in division, taluk
district, for the year 19 on or before the 1st January,
19

Zn Zn
C 0
C Zn
Zn

C U
V
‘I
.9
—
a
On

E 1~
Zn
0 - E
C -an U

I-.- C E C C
C I..
0.. 0
0
~ Zn

.0 a
i
z z :5
C
n..
ci
Z z
(1) (2) (~) (4) (~) (6) (7) (8~)

e I mn(4) R—Rifle. G—Smccth-bcre gun. M—Maga~ine

D.R—D ‘ubie bar died. S.B—Sir~gle barrelled. B.L—Breech-l a’ ir-g.
~ft.L—M IZZlC4-~4LiU PórCussion can. Ma.L—Match-lcck. F,L—
Flint-l”ck, Re—Revolver, P—P,stcl, B—Bayoret. S—Sward. D—
Dagger,

268 of 780
 - * 264

19. Register of Arms Act ~icenc~s.—

~, re~j~t~ ~ --1teence~.granted under the Arms’ Aflt, 1 9-59. hat
to be maintaine-ti’ in every -ostátion. -
- --

-- “(oci. N(~:’1oo~,Juid&l~23#dJulIe 1905.) - — ‘ - - --

lo be checked JUarterly.—
(2~ The Station Licefrce Register shall be taken to-the Tal~ or
D~4mty Tahsi1dar.’s~office in the second fortnight -of the first
m~uithof every quàrtér for check with the resister maintained
there and initia11~d 1~y the Taluk clerk who keeps the register.
(G~O.No - 4570, Hornc 20th September 1938.) -

320 Regi’k / of Iir~alms’ formingpari of cquI,Inult of ofl,crs —

(I) A reister u~T~ori-nNo 45 under the Arms Act will be main

tamed in each District- Police Office and in the offices of Deputy
Inspectors-General of Police,; Conirn~ndants, Tarnil Nadu Special
Poitce Ba~taliomis, Commissioner of Police and Principals
of Police ~fraining Cohlc.ge and Police: Rccrnits’ Schools, in respect
--

revélvers or pistols and of ammunition in the -possession of

of ~t1l

*
all officers of i11~department w1i~ther s~m~p1iëdby Governmeiit or
privately owned by them in the course of their duty. In case of
t1-~fejs ~f subordinatc officers posse~ing private weapons, the
particulars. c~weapons~~hou1d be cpnamunicated by ~heSupefjntenden
óf:Poli~e~or:~ot1~er o~ers-~concerne~tothe~StipeEintendcnt of the
-- district1ir~the oThbers’~o?‘bthér- ~ as ~the- ease may be - to ~4-J~jch
they are transferred. -

(G.O. No. 159, Pub. (PcI) 29th March

and G.O. No. 448 Pub. (pol) 26th
1933

August 1933,)
(2) Any change in this register consequent on the transfer of
omcers or the disposal of the weapons owned by them or purchase
of new weapons should be reported to the Director-General quarterly
for communication to the Collector, or the Commissioners of Police
as the case may be. For this purpose, changes in the
register up to the end of a quarter should be consolidated in the
prescribed form and communicated to the Director-General in

269 of 780
 266

should be inspected once every half-year by the Sub

divisional Police Officer in whose jursidiction si ch shop and premis&’
are situated. In the case of shops and premises situated in area
under the direct control of the S1perintendent, such inspection
should be conducted by the Superintendent himself. These ins-
pections are to find out whether the room in which arms and
ammunition are kept is reasonably safe. During the second mi-
pection in each calendar year, the inspecting officet’ shall also exa-
mine the stock and accounts Cf receints and sales of arms
ammunition and military store and see whether alt the conditions
stipulated in the licence forms are observed. A report on the re-
sults of each inspection should be forwarded to the Collector in
Form No. 4~ those from the Sub-divisional Police Officers being
submitted I ‘trough the Superintendent concerned.
G.O. No, 1453,Judicial 130 September 1882 (i,O ~o. 448, Pub. (Pol) 26th
August and G.O. No, 4571, Home,25th O.~toher, 1950.

(2) Government have ordered that Superintendents should

report the result of the inspecton of all licensed arms made bY
Subordinate Police officers as laid down in Order No. 320 to their
Collectors who will then take what steps they tbink fit with regard
;rrO2UiSres brought to notice.
(6.0. No. 448 (Pu~3)(PoI.)26th August 1993..)
(3) (a)—Rule 106 of the Explosives Rules, 1940 confers on
Police O?ic ‘rs of rank not below that of Sub—Inspector certain powers
of inspection, search an, seizure and jt is the desire o the Govern-
me~itthat these officers shoud exercise in full their p:wets in the case
of licences used tnder the rule. In respect of shops licenced under
the explosve Act informs (i) (K) (L) and (M) in schduled Iv to the
explosive i’iJcs, 194), periodical ir~specticnby the Police once a m-nth
by sub 1nsect~-rand ence in lom-.g six mc’n~hby Inspectoi and cnce a
year by superintendents of p~tice or ~he subdvisional officer c-n ~tte
obligatory. ihe insp~etionef shops and p~emmises licericed to sell
only cOu~ntrygun powder, ~i ses arid filed works may however’ be
caused out by circle inspectems.
0.0. Ms. Nc’ 4057, 9th December 1960.
GO. Ms No. 679, Home, 27th March, 1981,
Note In a single station circl..~wheme Inspector is the sta ion h i
officer he shall persons t~therif a sIo eneme:~te above.

270 of 780
 - 265

duplicate so as to react him by the 5th of the month succeeding

eachquarter i.e., 5th April, 5th Jul. 5th October and 5th January.
The nature of the change s~iouli~beh:iefly indicated in the remarks
column against each item, c’., -New supply’, ‘ New purchase’,
‘

• Transfer to or from another place, etc..

(3) Productiofl of pistols possessed hr officers.—

Titer -- officers concerned should produce their pistols once a
year, preferably in December, before the Deputy Commissioner of
- Police, Headquarters, in Madras City or the Revenue Divisiona1
Officer in the mofussil for inspection.
cOO. Ms. No. 203, Home, 18th J~inuary 1956.)

(4) In order that a proper description may be available in

case of loss, the general description and district number of each
firearm in the circle shall be recorded on the fly leaf of the Ins-
pector’s Register of Government property. Entries should be made in
the following manner

The muskets at Vellore station are muskets, 410- bore

-

numbers 20 to 35”, “Inspector’s revolver is Enfield Mark 11

- “, as the case may be. -

(5) References to the Arsonal number or the manufacturer’s

number stamped on all firearms supplied by Government should
be given in the following registers in which they are accounted
for
- (i) List of Government peroperty in stations.

(ii) Inspector’s register of Government property.

- (iii) Distribution list of Government property.

321. fnspeetion - of shops and premises licensed under the Arms and
- - -

Explosnes Acts—
(1) Government have laiddown that every shop and premises licen
s~l to sell arms and ammunication (i.e., licensed in Forms -

IX,, X, XI or XII in Schedule II to the Arms, Rules, 1962)

271 of 780
 267

(b) Shops ~rdpremises hcensed for a peried nat -.xce~d~ng

fear months need not be inspected by the Supemintendent or Sub—
divisional Pohce Officers. Jnspcccc~s rrd Sub—Inspectors of Police
should inspect such shops and premises once during the currency
of the licence.”
(4) Government have ordered that any Station—House office
who received a report of the loss of v.ny firearms should conimuni—
cate the particulars of the case thr ugh the proper channel to th.
Collector of the district in which the licensee who lost the firearms
resides.
(G.O. Ms. No 12J, Pns, (pcI.) 13 March 1924.)
(5) (a) Sub—Inspectors of Police should inspect nce a quattem-
the books, shops ~nd prem~ses ar~d stccks of all licensed mai u-
facture and vend rs of arms, anim n~tjn and militory stcres
i.e., UCLr~ssdin Forri S IX, X, XI or Nil in S ched~Ic II to the
Arms Rules, 1c62) and the inspection I shops hicer sed under
the cxpL. sves Act ifl Form ‘1’ ‘K’ ‘L’ a~d ‘M’ ii Schedule
IV to the Indian Expksives Rules, 1940) shc-uld he crrrjed ut in
accordance with the instroCti ns undcr order No. (32) (3) (a) with a
vjów to see whether the Con~itinns mentioned in the hjcences
are generally obrerved. A repcrt shcuid be sent in form Nc. 46
to the District CollectI r through the Superitendent (f Police. In
the case f match factories where the Central Exc’se Officers are
stati’. 1le~., it will, how..vre be suffcient if Sub—Inspectors of Police
see once a quarter whether the c~nditionsof license are
rally bserved, but once in every six months they should make
thorough ispection of such factories by a detailed examination
of th~ st1 dc and acc~unts to see whether all the conditions stipu—
latod in the licence are strictly ccmplie’~’with. In addition to tbi~.
sirprise inspecticns should be undertaken by Sub—Inspect~rs ci’ Police

272 of 780
 268
as-often as possible in orUer to ensure tiat match factories are
wLrking-propeely and that the conditic ns mne. tk ned in the licen~.c
are ~generallyobserved.
(G.O. Ms. N~.267 home 20th Augost 1963.)
(b) (i) All licenced arms other than revolvers and pistols
have to be inspected at the licensees, residence preferably by sur-prise~
visists-of Police Officers of a r~’,nknot below that of an officer-in-charge
of a Police Station twice annually once in the - q-~-~--;i ~fter th
renewal of liconcos and again in the third quarter just prior to the rene.
wal season, inspections b~ingm~dcsimultaneoulsly as far as possible
The result of the inspections by officers oilier than the Supcrintendc~it
should be reported to the Superintendent. Superintendents should
report the result of the inspections in the district to their respective
Collectors.

(ii) All- licensed revolvers and pistols have to be inspected

in the first qu~rterof each year by an officer not below the rank o1
Inspector of Police at the licensees’ residences along with the check of
other arms. The results of such inspections by Officers other that the
Superintendent should be reported to the Superintendent as in the case
of arms othor th~n revolvers and pistols. Superintendents should
report the res,~ltof the inspections to the respective Collectors who
will then take necessary steps with regard to any irregularities brought
to notice.

(G.O. No. 1453, Judicial , 30th September 1882 arid ‘148 Pub. (roL)
26th August 1935.)

(c) The licensing authority may for th~purpose of s~’tisfying

itself that any arms covered by licence are still in the possesstion of the
licensee, at any time,while the licorice is in force, by order in writting
require the licensee.——
(i) to produce the arms at such time and place for inspection
by such officer as may be specified in the order or

(ii) nt th~option of the licensee, to produce a certificate from:

(iii) a Magistrate or the Officer in chr,rge of the - nearest
Police Station in whose jurisdiction the licensee resides or h~s his
occupation, or

273 of 780
 26~

(iv) if’ he is a Government ser~ont,a group ‘A’ or

Officer to whoni he is sul)rdinmnto, to the effect tl~~,t
he has seen the
arms in the possession of he licensee and that thcy correspond to the
description given in the leense. - -

(d) All shops and premises licensed to sell poisons under th.
Poisons Act, 1919, shr11 In inspected once a quarter by a police Officer
not below the rank of the Sub-Inspector. The shops or premises, the
stock and register of the license holders shall be scrutinized with- g
view to find out whether the conditions of the licence are
observed.

322. Deposit of arrn~.

(I) Arms, the possession of which is unlawful owning to the
cance1l~:ion or oxpiry license or otherwise, must be at once deposited
in the nearest Polce Stations. The arms so dcposit?d should be shown
in tnc “Register of Arms Deposited” Form No 47 and an accurate
descrip~ion of cacti arm, with the maker’s name and number if given
and actual measurements if a country gun, should be given in column
(3), The Station-House Officer is responsible for the sate guarding of all
arms deposited in the station Time arms should be kept under lock and
key
(G.O. No. 1447, Judicial, 26th June 1915.)

(2) Arms in deposit in stations shall, if not returned or otherwise

disposed of within one month from the date of their deposit, be removed
to and. lodged in the District Arrnoury. The Station-House Officer
will send such an ms with an extract from the “Register of Arms Depo
sited” in Form No 48 (which is in duplicate with a trifoil for the station-
necord). This form will be made out by carbon prccess. One copy
will be retained in the District Armoury and the other returned to the
Station-House Officer as an acknowledgement. This- acknowledgemen %
should be pasted with the corresponding trifoil in the staction, and the
number allotted for each weapon in the District Armoury should b.
uoted against the respecti~earms in the “Register of Arms Deposited’
Coumn (13)—Form No 47 in the station

274 of 780
 (~) Ar~sree~i~eJ
at the D:stnict Arrucury h~vc,after th~e~r~tt~
Ida of oa~yeir (c~,u~ dtte of eh-ir deposit, to be forfeited to Govern.
ment. Sie~iarm; shill be s~n~v.i
in th~“ R~is~er of Arms Deposited~
—.~ornNi 47 Lr1l~: tim si~e~ision
of the Reserve Inspector in charge
of stores A~i extr~etfron this register shill be sent monthly in Form
N. 49 (wi1ic~iis in dtzplicite wth a trifoil f~rthe District Police Office
record), to the Collector for orders declaring the arms forfeit to Govern-
merit. The Collector will return the duplicate of the extract with his
orders, and on its receipt, the arms with the exception of the fire arm
of prohibited bore, shall be sent to the Collector’s office accompanied
by the above said duplicate of the extiact. An acknowledge merit shall
be obtained on the extract for the arms so delivered from the Collector
or some officer deputed on his behalf Fire arms of prohibited bore
need not be sent to the Collector’s office but will be retained in the
District Armoury.
(0.0. No. 2435. Home 16 August ~954.)
(4) Inspecting officers should, during inspection, check all arms
in deposit with the “Register of Arms Deposited” and see that an
accurate description of every arms is entered in the register, they should
report ha’ing done so in the inSpection report.

(0.0. 22, Judicial, 1st April 1921.) -

323. Rule for the Dispc;al of confiscated Arms a~zI Ammunition.—

(1) Arms, ammunition and stores which can bt tilised by the
Police or other Government department may be ret a! .ed or brought
into use with the sanction of the State Gov,e~ent, Pistols, revol-
vers, rifles and muskets of prohil-ited bores which may thus be
acquirea, may be loaned to Government servant~~who are autho
!ised to keep them as part of their er~uipment,or who by th e
tnature, of their duties require tb~spgst~Ctione’f weapons. These
should not however be allowed tc ~tcome thc ~i rivate property or
5he persons to whom they are issted.

275 of 780
 ~.,1

(~) Art*~,amnsnition aid stores, not so retained shall b~

d~5,~1&
of a the follow’g manner ;—

(a) All revolvere, pi;tols amid r~1e~

of prohibited birc~,
‘hail be seat to the ap~rop:iate0:diaanee Depot, if of service
pittera and to Ordinance Dept, Allahabad, if of non-service
pattern. Shall arms and aini~unition similar to sevvice type of
ammunition and of prohibited bore shall be sent to the nearest
Ammunition Depot, Ml other ammunition of prohibited bore
being disposed of in consultation with Chief/ Circle Inspector of
Explosives.
(b) Pistolt and revolvers of non-prohibited bore may be
sold to Governi meat servants and others who are duly licensed’
Government scriants should however be given preference Over
“others” according to the needs of each category.
(c) Arms, ammunition and stores other than those described
under (s) and (b) above may bc sold to licensed dealers or othet
persons entitled to possess them.

(ci) Arms not disposed of under (b) and (c) shall be broken
u p locally and the materials sold, unless they are rifle fire-arms
of rifle barrels, in which case they should be sent to the appro-
priate Ordinance Dep..~ts, ammunition and stores not disposed of
under (b) and (c~shall be destroyed. Alternatively, all arms, small
arms, ammunition similar to service pattern and stores which can
not be disp~sedof unde (b) and (c) may be sent to the appro-
priate Ordinance Ammunition Depots.
L’~oit~S~rviceab1eand unservlceaole confiscated arms shalt be sent to the following
Ordinance Depots as the case may be.—-
(1) Serviceable and repairable arms Armament Stores Sub depot
of standard pattern Kirkee.
(2) Serviceable and repairable Ordiance Depot, Altahabad,
obsolet obsolescent tnon-
standard) pattern.
(3) All unserviceable obsolete obsolescent Ordinance Depot. Allahah&d
non-standard pattern
(4) Unserviceable confiscated arms of Rifle Factory, Ishapog~,
siLVic~pattern.

276 of 780
 (3) An acknowledgement should be obtained from- the Officer
,f t i~t:;oii~ C).i~ci~i~of tie re-~eip~of arms
i t-~i1~.P and
annmnition seit to him under claise 2 above.

(4) Procedure for auctioning of coiifiwated and forfieted Fire-arms.—

-tie following procedure will he followed for the auctiQn
of- fire-arms that are confiscated or forfeit-ed to Government and
become available under the rules for disposal to --dealers or cther
1icense~s. - -
-

(5) Before the weapons are sold in auction or steps taken tO

acquire thein for Government use, a district price committee should
-be -formed for -each district and Ch~nnaiCity to fix the minimum
-

upset price for every available weapon in the district and the City.
-

in the mofussil the committee will consist of the Collector the

Superintendent of Police and the Deputy SLperintendent of Police,
Armed Reserve or if the latter post does not exist, the Reserve
Inspector c-f the District Armed Reserve. In CltCj~naiCity it v~ill-
consist of the Commissioner of Police, -the Deputy Commissioner Of -
Police, Headquarters, and the Reserve Inspector of Stpres.. The
Superintendent of Police in the Districts and the Deputy commis-
sioner of Police, Headquarters in the City will be the convenor of
the Committee. The Committee should meet once in six months
for the purpose of fixing the tpset.price for each weapon with due
regard to ;— -

(a) Its general condition

- (b) the prevailing market price of a new weapon of the

same make and design; and ‘

(c) Its age. - - -

(6) Before fixing that price it should obtain an estimate from

an arms dealer, if there is one in the district and that esti
- - mate
will be the guiding factor. The prevailing market value-of--a new
weapon of the same make and design should be taken-as -the star-

277 of 780
 273

ting point. Yearly depreciati~n should he allowed from the

starting point at 10 per cent for tie first two i-ears. 5 per cent for
the next five years and 2~ per cent for the next 14 years.
If the age of the weapon is n t known, the probable period for
which it might have been ~sed, should be decided and then de-
preciation allowed at these rates. The cost of repairs, ir any,
that will have to he carried out to the weapon should also he
deducted from the price so arrived at. -

(7) The public auction will be held by the Collector, in each

district, and by the Deptv Commissioner of Police, Headquarters
in Chennal City. If e weapon does not fetch atleast the i!pset
price fixed by the Ccmmiuee, the matter should he reported to
the Director-General of Police, who will either divert it to So me
other district where there may h~demaad for the weapon or issue
other suitable instructions for ci isposal.

(8) Govenirient omces may also hid at the auction either

in person or through their agents. TI a weapon is brought either
by the Collector, the Superintendent of Police or any one con-
nected with the estimating Committee, it should be handed o~c’r
to the soccessftl bidder only after obtaining the sar~ctionof the
Board of Revemue or the Diiector-Genreal of Police as the case
may be.

(9) The above procedure should he followed in re:ard to the

sale in p~iblieauction of confiscated and forefeited amrnmniticn and
military stores also. -

(10) Proce dare foc th: Loaning of confiscated Fire-arm: of prolmihiteil

bore 10 Govern,ne nt servants.—

(a) Accoding to the rules prescribed by theGovernment of

India; pistols, revolvers, rifles and muskets of prohibited bore
conliscated to Governmeat under Section 21 of the Arms Act, 1959

F— 230-3-—- 18

278 of 780
 274

may be loaned to Government servants who are authorised to keep

them as part of their equipment or who by nature of their duties,
requ ire the protection of a weapon. The following rules will govern
the issue, cus~ody, etc. of such confiscated fire-arms of prohibited
bore to Government officers.

(b~ The Collector m the districts and the Commissioner of

Police in the City of Chennai will maintain a record of all confis-

cated weapons in their jurisdiction. The weapon should be in the
custody of the Superintendent of Police in the districts and the
Commissioner of Police in Chennai CiW, at the respective Police
armou ries.

(c) Revolvers, pistols, rifles and muskets of prohibited bore

may be loaned to Gazetted Officers of the Police and other depart-
ments who are authorised to keep them as part of their pequiment,
or who by nature of their duties require the weapons for protec-
tion. Non-Gazetted Officers also, may in special cases, be given
these weapons. The Officers concerned should apply for and secure
licences in the usual course for the possession of the fire-arms,
unless they are exempted under the Arms Act from obtaining p
Licene.

(d) Collectors in the districts and the Commissioner of

P,lice in the City will from time to time circulate the heads of all
offices in their jursidiction, a list of confiscated weapons of prohi-
bited bore available for loan to officers. In allotting sucks weapons,
proforence shall be given to officers who are required to keep arm
as part of their equipment. The Director-General of Police
will maintain a list of offices who are in need of confiscated wea-
pos~of prohibited bore and who have not been supplied with
w~ns by the Government, and to give prohibited bore Weapons
~ b~znon lo~nas and whçn such weapons become availbic,

279 of 780
 275
(e) The Superintendent of Police in the districts and the
~ mnmissioner of Police in the City of Cheimnai, should maintain ~
register in the form prescribed be(ow, of all weapons of prohibited
hore loaned to officers.

Register of confiscated fire-arms of prohibited bore acquired

by Government and locined

- -
~ ,~
-~ ~ -~ a
~ 1~ -~ I
-c ~ ~ > .9 -~
~ -~ ~ —

~ -~ ~ -~ ~
~ .! ~
~ .E .~— >~ ~
~ 7

(I) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

The District Collectr will send tc~ the Soperintendent of Police

fur record, copies of his ~. rders sanctioning the loan weapons to
officers. In the City of Chcnnai, the Commissioner uf Police, will
himself keep up a recç-rd. The officer to wht.n the weapon ip
allotted will take delivery of the weapon from the Superintendent
of Police, or the Commissioner of Police cr in their absence from
the Reserve Inspector in-charge of the District cr City Armed
Reserve Stores, and acnknowledge receipt of the weapon in the
-

remarks column in the register. The delivery of the weapon to the

officer will be intimated by the Superintendent cf Police to the
Col1ector and the Director-General of Police.
(f) Weapon~ioaned to officers should he surrendered at the
time c-f their retirement or when the necessity for the fire-arms
ceases, whichever is earlier.
F— 2 30-5— l8i\

280 of 780
 27~

(g) When an officer to whom a weapon is loaned is trans-

lerred out of the district or the City of Chennai, as the case may
he, he should report to the Superintendent of Police or the Com-
missioner of Police, as the case may he, the fact cf his taking
with him the weapon loaned to him. On his joining his new
station 1~e should report the particulars of the loaned weapon in
his possession to the Collector and the superintendent cf Police
of the district to which he is transferred or the Commissioner of
Police, as the case may be, and also produce the weapon within a
reasonable time before the Superintendent of Police or the Com-
missioner of Police, as the case may be or in their absence, before
the Reserve Inspector of the District or City Armed Reserve for
inspection. Ou receipt of the report from the officer, the Superin-
tendent of Police or the Commissioner of Police will enter the
particulars of the weapon in the register maintained by him.

(I?) Weapon should be loaned to officers free of charge but

the weapjns will not on this account be allowed to become the
private properties of those to whom they are issued.

(1) All officers, both Gazetted and Non-Gazetted who have

taken weapons on loan under this scheme, will send annually in
the first week of April to the Collector and the Si-perintendent
of Police or the Commissioner of Police, as the case may be, a
certificate to the effect that the weapons loaned to them are in
their custody and in serviceable condition. Whenever a loaned
weapon is lost or damaged a detailed report should be sent to
the Collector and the Superintendent of Police in the districts and
the Com,iissioner of Police in the City.

(I) Whenever officers to whom weapons are leaned or trans-

ferred to another department, where they will not need the use
of fire-arms, or proceed on leave preparary to retirement
or retire they shall return the loaned weapon to the Superintendent
of Police and the Commissioner of Police and obtain acknowledge
ment. The Superintendent of Police and the Colnlllssioner of
Police, will take steps, if thereis need, to have the weapon reloaned
to other Government Officers.

281 of 780
 217

(k) When an officer proceeds on leave out of India, he shall

(let) sit the weapon with the Superintendent of Police or the Com-
-

missioner of Police as the case may be and take it hack, if

necessary, on his rejoining duty.

(1) The officers to whom the weapons are loaned should

keep the weapons in question in proper order and incur all ex-
penditure incidental to repair, maintenance, etc., at their own cost.
They will be held liable for loss or damage caused to the weapons
except that caused by fair Wear and tear: and in the event - of
loss or damage, they snould pay to the Government such amount
as the Collector or the Commissioner of Police, Madras, as the case
may be, may fix as compensation.

(rn) The District Collectors and theC~mmissicner c f

Police should communicate to the heads of departments conceriied
details of the fire-arms loaned to officers under their control. The
heads of departments should see that the loaned fire-arms in the
possession of their subordinates are surrendered in all cases of
retirements, resignations, deatns, etc., For this purpose the heads
of departments may obtain half-yearly or annual returns from the
concerned subordinates.

(n) All officers subordinate to the Board of Revenue and

the Commissioner of Pclice, Cbennai will submit a return tc- the
Board in the form prescribed in paragraph 4 on cr before 1st
Febr ary showing the list of weapons loaned to Government offi-
cers. In the case of retirement, resignation, death, etc., c-f the
Government servant to whom the weapon is loaned, it should bs
reported whether the weapon has been surrendered or not, st~cb
•ntry being noted in the remarks column.

J,O, Ms. NO. 6, Hon4c, dated 3rd Januar, 1966,

282 of 780
 2~~

~4 lcckt’nt.c fñ coi i:~tjo~~v,fh 2qi!’~iv.~sand tnJ7aoziii!,~e

Oils— Report to Chief Inspector of Expl.sives in !ndia, Calcutta.—
(I~ O~te occurrence o~any accident of the nature referred to
in Section8of theindian Explosives Act, 1884, or Section 27 of the
Petroleum Act, 1934, the Station-Ftouse Officer should immediately
report full pariculars of the accident to the Superintendent who
will then expeditiously convey the facts direct to the Chief Ins-
pec~orExplosives in India at Central Secretariat Buildings, North
i3lo~k, New Delhi, with a SiEultaniously copy to t e Inspector
uf ~xp1osives,South Circle No. 35, Haddows Road, Nit~gainbak
t~am, Chennaj-600034. A report should also be sent to t1t.~
Director coicernej an’ã to the Director-Ge.~eralef Police, Chenna
(Go. 1178 Hon~thMarch 1937G.O, MS. NO. 4j90, Home, 2Ot~ NoVember 1945
and. GO. 1432, Home, 15 ,May 1954.)

b~hc~h~~ccideJIt
involves any loss of life or is on a large-
sc~r t~ç aj~o~HouseO~cer should send an urgent telegra-
ph~lfe~rf5t~f~tsdirect to the Chief Inspector of Explosives,
Ne~~ ~ ~j~raphic address is ‘Explosives, New Delhi,
o ~~~u~crit ~ ~~~olice and to the Inspector of Explosives,
So~ ~ 1~dows Roai, Nungambakkam, Ckeinai
600034. Telegraphic address “Iis.-South, Madras “. The Superin-
tendent of Police will then send an immediate report of the facts
to tjii Collector co*ceraed and to the D~rector-GeaeraI of Police,
Ch~~a?~ 1~h~~t~s to be
‘ra~r&~~h whichii ad~itioito the in
should he sent repor
all
pr~i~Yd ~i ,ThcI ~i
- flj l~rq~~1uiaq ill
:ffl J’j~o~ D ~1 I)~nn(I ~i qnow
~ij(3)-Ln ,.tJi~~~&~bf ~r~ri ~ all wreckage and debris
Sh~ld~~ ~ ~PJ~1~~Ac1 2~f1 ~p~f~a~ under g~ard and flot
~ f~ç~~eChief Inspector of
Explosive that he does n~twi~~ ~ or enquiry
to he made.
.‘~1 ‘~irur.~.bt~b~u&L.~rtoH,.
(4) All exhibits and substances suspected to be explosives or
connected with an exploolon not involving tIe death or ~ievous
hurt t
0 any person or persons, or serious damage to property

283 of 780
 279
should he sent to the Inspector of Explosives, South Circle, N0. ~5
Haddows Road, Nungambakkam, Chennai-600034 with a copy of
the report that is to he sent to the Chief Inspector of Explosives
New Delhi.
(5) In the case of explosions involving the death or grievous,
hurt to any person or persons, or serious damage to property,
the Police will not handle or remove any exhibits or si-hstances
suspected to tbe explosives or connected with the explosion. Such
exhibits and substances will be handled only by the Inspector of
Explosives, on his arrival for investigation of the explosion. The
Police should not send any such samples for examinations, but
only a copy of the report sent to the Chief Inspector of Explosives
New Delhi, should be seat to him.
(6) Bombs.—
(a) in cases involving proseci tion of persons for illegal
possession of unexploded military granade, mortar bomb etc.
the Inspector of Explosives, South Circle, Cliennai should be
inf~,rinedby wire, and his arrival awaited. If the bomb, etc., has
exploded and it is desired to prosecute a surviving person, the
Inspector of Explosives, South Circle, Chennai and the Chief lus
pector of Explosives in India should he informed by wire in acc~r-
dance with the Instructions contained in paragraph (2) above. In
other cases, the remmants of the exploded bombs, etc., shouJ~ he
sent to the Inspector of Explosives, South Circle, Chennai
U. 0. MS. 1962, Home, 17th June 1953.

(b) In forwarding articles suspected to he c-i an expk.sive

nature, special prosecutions should be taken to a’.oid risk of
their exploding in transit or when unpacked, The ti~ al type c-i
bomb used in Tamil Nadu is quite safe to handle if thoroughly
wetted, bit very dangerous if dry. Anything of the nature of a
live b0mh should therefore be thoroughly wetted with water, packed
in such a way that it will not dry in transit and sent through a
messeuger, and not by railway parcel or post. to the Inspector (ii
Explosives, South Cirele, Chentiji.

284 of 780
 280

CHAPTER XIX.

GUARDS.

325. Rules for standing guards.—

For all standing guards, printed orders in English and Tamil
shall he hung up in the guard-room. These orders shall containl
‘n5tructions on the following points~—
i) The strength of the guard.
(~ The number of muskets and the quantity of ammuni-
tion.

(3) The number of men to he present during the day and

U ring the night.
(4) (a) The number of sentries required to be posted during
the day and during the night, specifying their exact position, the
extent of their beats and their duties and responsibilities.

(b) The exact position and the duty and responsibility of

each member of the guard, on the guard turning out during night.
~5) The arms to be carried by sentries by day anc night.
(6) The periods of sentry-go.

(7) The posting and relief of sentries.

(3) The maintenance of a Sentry Relief Book.

(9) The premises and articles for which the sentry is
responsible.

(IQ~The duties of the officer-in-charge.

(II) An instruction to report immediately to the Statiot.
House Officer any important occurrence.
and

285 of 780
 2~l

(12) The inspection of the guard by the Station-House Officer and

Inspector.

(13) A warning that neglect of guard duty will be severely

punished.

326. General instructions as to guards.—

(1) Day duty runs from 6 a.m. to 6 p.m. and night duty from
6 p.m. to 6 a.m.
(G. 0.241, Judicial. 4th Pebruapy 1913.)

(2) The period of sentry-go is ordinarily three hours in all

guards, except the Huzur Treasury Guard, in which it is two
hours.
(3) During the day, sentries may leave the guard as soon as
relieved, for a period equal to the duration of their sentry-go.

(4) In treasury and sub-jail guards, the watch from 3 p.m. to

6 p.m~shall be performed by the guard officer and the sentry
alone, provided that, in the event of there being prisoners in the
sub-jail, a sufficient guard is detailed to take charge of them when
outside the su b~jail. The rest of the guard shall be permitted to
he absent during these hours returning at 6 p.m. After the sentry’
relief at 6 p.m. the guard officer and the men on duty between
3 and 6 p.m. may be absent until 9 p.m., provided that duringt
their absence there are, besides the sentry who goes on duty a
6 p.m., the third day sentry who returns after availing off-duty
from 3 to 6 p.m. and the officer-in-charge of the guard who may
be the station-writer. The sentry on duty from 6 p.m. to 9 p.m
shall be allowed to be off-duty for an hour from 9 p.m. to 10
p.m. to e~&blehim to have his food.

(5) (a) Sentries shall be posted by ge ard efficer. At each

relief, the guard officer shall go round the premises with the sentry
on duty and the relieving sentry and examine them thorougHy
nothing whether seals are in tact and prisoners present. A note

286 of 780
 2I~2
of anything wronc~shall be made at once in the Sentry Relief
Book. During iig5~i,t~iesentry on duty is resp~asibleor waking
the guard officer 5 minutes before he is due to be relieved, for
the jaltertj mour.t the next s.nitry.
(G.0. 3036, Home. 2 ~h April 1946.)
(b) The o~icer-in-chargcof the guard, except when he i
5
on the duty meoti ~ei ia claise (6), must be present with the
guard constables ‘vhen the prisoners are taken out of the sub-jail
for the purposes meutionel in Order No. 327 and he and the
guard constables wiU be jointly and severally responsible for the
custod oF the prisoners taken out.
(c) In order to ensure that the prisoners have nothing on
them except their clothes, their persons must be searched every
time before they are put into their cells after being taken out and
the officer-in-charge of the guard shall, on every such occassion
make an entry ia the Sentry Relief Book that the prisoners were
searched and that no coritrabend articles, weapon or other article
likely to facilitate escape is left with them. Provided that all
prisoners, whether remand, under trial or convicted confined in
sub-jails may be permitted to get a reasonable quantity of
tobacco, toilet items such as soap hair-oil etc.., for their use at
their own cost. Provided further that the hair-oil to the prisoners
shall be permitted only in polythene containers and not in con-
tainers made of glass.
(0.0.5059, Home 27th November 1950.) G. 0. Ms. 2417, Home, dated 7th
september 1970.
(6) (a) The Officer-in-charge of a treasury guard shall be
present every evening when the treasury is closed and every morning
when it is opened, and examine the s.als. The private seal of
the Treasury Officer should be affixed to the outside of the treasury
door in addition to tne official seal and this seal should not be
broken except by that officer’s orders.
(b) Tue offloer-in-chargeof Treasury guards s~.uldalso receive,
for safe custody when delivered, the sealed bag containing the keys
of the record rooms of the respective treasuries and those of the

287 of 780
 ~.83

ordinary record rooms, if any, and sign In the appropriat

columns of the register maintained by the Revenue Departmefll
for the purpose.

0.0 331, Public (Service) 29th February 1930 and G. 0. 478, public (Pol.) 26th
August 1930.

(7) A Sentry Relief Book in Form No. 50 shall be main-

airied.

C’. 0. Ms. No. 2423,Home, dated 16th August 1960.

(S) During spells of sentry go, five rounds of .410 Buckshoi

ammunition shall be in charge of the sentry a~d kept in his
pouch. Sentries armed with .303 Rifles shall each carry five rounds
of .303 hall ammunition. T~ remainder of the ai~mtnition shal
he kept um’~rlock and hey by the guard Q~cer “.

(9) The men of the guard shall be told 0ff for duty for the
next twenty-four hours by the guard o~cer at 6 a.m. when their
Duty Roster in ~rm No. 51 will be ~Hed up. When a cons-
table is siek, or absent, at the time of his turn of duty, another
constable shall be appointed, a note being made oii the reverse o I
the farm.

(l~)The absence without leave of any member of the guard

or neglect of duty by the sentry shall be immediately entered in
the Sentry Relief Book by the guard Officer.

(11) The guard oLcer shall seed every morning to the Statjone
Uouse Officer the Guard Duty Roster in Form NQ. 51. On the
reverse of this form should be notesi the number ef prisoners in
the case of sub-jail guards, the number of seals i~the case of
reastry guards and other particulars of remarks, if any, as well
as the remarks of the visiting officers. This report will be sent
with the General Diary.
(0, 0. Ms. No. p79, Home, 6th May 194~)

288 of 780
 284

(12) Rules for sub-jail guards.— The guard o~cershall be off-

duty from 6 p.m. on the night of Monday, Thursday and Saturday
until 6 a.m. next day and from 12 noon to 6p.m., on Sunday
Tuesday, Wednesday and Friday. Another Head-Constable, Naik
or Lance Naik or a Constable will be appointed to relieve him.
(G.O. No. 29~2,Home, 30th Obtober 1936)
(13) The guard shall sleep in uniform near their arms at
night and be ready to turn out at a moment’s notice. They shall
tUrn out at night, for inspection of any police officer going on
rounds.

(14) The men of the guard shall be changed every Sunday

morning.
(15) (a) (i) During the day sentries will warn the guard to
turn out on the approach of the officer entitled to the compli-
ment. Giards will be turn out and present arms only once a day
on his first visit to the Direc~o~General of Police. Guards will
act in a similar manner once a day on their first appearance to the
followingofficers ~—
District and Sessions Judges, Magistrates of the First
Class, Officers of and above the rank of Deputy Superintendents
of Police and in Military Stations, the Officer Commanding the
Cantonment.
(ii) On the other occasions the guard will not be turned
out bit the sentry will present arms to all Officers belonging to
group ‘A’ and ‘ B’ and salute Police officers of lower rank.

(b) At small sub-jails and treasuries, where, as a rule, there

will probably be only one other man of the guard present,
the sentry in the day time will not turn out,
the guard on the arrival of an officer entitled to the compliment,
but will present arms or salute according to the status of the
officer.
(c) Guards will not turn out automatically for inspection
by any officer what soever, after “retreat” and before “reveille”
when sounded by bugle or otherwise between Sunset and sunrise.

289 of 780
 285

After the orderly officer or other officer has inspected is the ~oSj
tion i.e. the cells, Treasury seals, etc., with the sentry, he may
order the guard to fall in for inspection. The g’iard will fall in
for inspection, only when specifically ordered to do so.

(d) Between ‘retreat’ and ‘Reveille” when sounded by bugle

or otherwise between sunset and sunrise, sentries will not pay corn-
pliinents, b~itwill stand ofl attention, when they recognise the 0ffi~~
passing by, after he has been challenged.
(G.Q. Ms No. 7, Home, dt Zid January 1958)

(16) The lantern in the guard premises shall be placed 1

its light may be diffused only in the main approach to the pr&
mises and at the same time will not enable any undesirable person
or persons to easily spot out the sentry and attack him.

327. The duties of the Police in a subsidiary jail where

Police guards are provided would be as defined in the Tamil Nad
Subsidiary Jail Manual as under ;—
“47. During nights and whenever during the day, the warder
is absent from the Subsidiary Jail for the purpose of taking his
food, etc., the keys of sub-jail shall be in charge of the senior
peon nf the Revenue Department on duty and the senior Police
Officer of the Sub-Jail guard shall be informed of the person who
has charge of the keys. For this purpose a register
shall be maintained iii the sub-jail in which shall be obtained
the signature of the warder, the senior Revenue peon on duty
and the senior officer of the Police guard on duty, the last that
he may know in a case of emergency where the keys are kept.
The register shall also show the exact time of delivery of the keys
by the warder to the Revenue peon and vice vefsa. If during
the day time no Revenue peon is available t~ take charge of th~
keys during the temporary absence of the warder, the keys ma.)’
be handed over to the senior clerk on duty of the Sub-Jail Suporin_
~j~~’s Qfficc and his signature sh411 be obtain.d in register

290 of 780
 2~6

4L The guarding of Subsidiary Jails and the prisners there

herein shall be carried out by the Police and the Pdice guard shall be
responsible for the safe custody of the prisoners both while theprisoner5
are in the wards and while they are re~mvedfor labour to the
CO k, house, latriRe, etc.

4Z-A. When a Ion: teri~convict or notorious cri*ainal is co~flned

temporarily in a sub-jail while under trial or otherwise the following
special precautions shall be adopted

(a) A special guard consisting of three police constables shall be

engaged to maintain a strict watch over such prisoner by night and day
and such prisoner shall he licked up in a separate cell, if available —

(b) the ward in which the prisoner is confined shall be regularly

5earched at short intervals and when a separate cell is provided, the
special guard shall allow flu one to approach the cell, except the jail
officials, the person deputed t~give the prisoner his food, the scavenger
or other person specially authorised by the Superinter.dent in writing

(c) to enable the guard to watch the prisoner by iiight, a lantern

shall be So placed as to throw a good light into the ward or cell. The key
of the door of the ward or cell shall be kept by the officer in charge
of the ~oecial guard
(d) the prisoner shall not he detained in a sub-jail for a huger
period than is actually necessary, and hth the Superintendent of the
Sub-Jail and the senior Police officer in charge will be held severally
responsible for the safety of the prisoner

(e) In the case of a long term convict who is confined in a sub-

Jail under the Prisoners’ Testimony Act or who halts at a sab-jail en
route to a Central or District Jail the furter preca’~tirnof imposing
fetters shculd be observed. The fetters should ordinarily he removed
during the prisoner’s actual appearance in court, unless , in the case of
an exceptionally dangerous or violent prisoner it is deemed unsafe to
remove them.
49. The Police shall not interfere in the matter of jail economy.
Their duties shall be limited to guarding prisoners and to giving assis-
tance in case of refractory behaviour on the part of the prisoners.

291 of 780
 287
328. Custody of an approver:

An undertrial prisoner who has been admitted as an approver b~

a Court shall be kept separate at all times from the other prisoners in
the same case, and all communication between them must be prevented.
329. Guarding prisoner:
Constables guarding a gang of prisoner should remain at a sufficient
distance to enable them to use their arm in the case of a rush.
330. Attempt of prisoners to escape :——

When prisoners attempt to escape the Police must se all means in their
power to prevent them, but will not be justified in causing death, except
in the exeriec of the self defence when attacked, cr when the escaping
prisoner is an individual accused of an offen punishable with death or
transportation for life.
(G.O.Ms.No. 452, Judl. 16 February 1883)
331. Guards for other departments:—
When applications are made other departments fur guards for emer-
gent purposes, the Superintendent should use his discretion as tu supply-
ing them in anticipation of the Director-General’s sanction.
(G.O.Ms.No. 1839, Finance, 9th August 1884)
332. PolIce Guard for pri.coner temporarily for treatment in Civil
Hospitals :—

In the case of prisoners of a dangerous type, who are temporally

released and sent to Civil Hosoital, for medical treatment a regular
Police guards shall be arranged for by the Superintendent.

G.O.Ms.No. 1525, Law (Genl.), 16th May 1934

333. Guardsfor Public Works Department Off7eer :—

When a Chief Engineer considers that a guard is necessary for pro

porty in the charge of Public Works Officers when oU tour or in camp
such guards shall be supplied by the Superinteiident free of charge oD
e ‘~“iicatioafrom an Executive Engineer.

292 of 780
3~4. Private Gu.lrd3 :—

(1) Police guards applied for by private pnrties under section 13

of the Madras District Police Acts 1859 (XXIV of 1859), will be supplied
on the sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General of Police and those
under section 14 of the same ~~cton the sanction of the Director-Geleraji
of Police.

(2) If a private guard is provided by the Superintendent in antici~

pation of the sanction of the Director-General of Police or the DeputY
Inspectot-General of Police as the case may be, care must be taken to
see that the strength of the guard is equal to the work demanded of it.
A guard for duty throughout the day aid night should never consist of
less than four men.

293 of 780
 2s9
CTEAPTFR XX
ESCORTS AND ORDERLiES.

335. £vcorts—Genera! Rules

(I) Escorts by road should repoti ihcmselves at all police st~ttons

tnrough which they pass.

(2) Escorts must return in a body ii~ ne charge of their officer.

(3) Escorts coming to Ch~nnaishould report at the office of the

Commissioner of Police. They may depcsd their arms and kits at the
Flower Bazaar Police Station or the Wallajalt Road Police Station.

336. Escorts of treasure by road :—

Police treasure-escors should travel by night ott roads where night

travelling is usual, but should refuse to allow tra~shipment of treasure
after clark.

337. Strength of treasure escorts by road and rail :—

(I) (a) The following scale of the strcn~l~ of escorLs for treasure
road is given as a general rule, to he varied as local experience may prove
an increase or decrease necessary :—
Cons-
Head
Cons- tables.
tables.
(1) (2) (3)

Sums not exceeding R. 2,000 1 2

Sums over Rs. 2,000 bilL mt exceediag Rs. 6,000. 1 3

Sums over Rs. 6,000 but not exceeding Rs. 10,000 1 4
Sums over Rs. 10,000 but not exceeding Rs. 20,000 1 6

Sums over Rs. 20,000 but not exceedino Rs. 50,000 2 10

Sums over Rs. 50,000 hut au exceeding Rs. 1,00,000 2 12

Sums over Rs. 1 ~00,000 .. 2 15

F----230-3--- 19

294 of 780
 290

(b) When the value of the remittance exceeds a lakh but does
not exceed five lakhs, an officer hot below the rank of Sub-Inspector or
Reserve Sub-inspector should be sents in charge of the escort, if tne
value exceeds five lakhs, a Reserve Inspector or Inspector should
invariably be sent.

(2) Escorts on the above scale will rarely be required for remittan
css by rail, but timely notice must be sent to the Superintendent of the
district of destination to provide men sufficient to strengthen the escort
for any road journey to be performed after alighting from the train.
Tn Ch~nnai,the Commissioner of Police will supplement escorts. A
Reserve Inspector, Inspector, Rserve Sub-Inspector or Head Constables,
as the case may be, and two Constables for each wagon will ordinarily
sufficefor escorts by rail, unless the escort has also to return with treasure’
in which case the strength will be one Head Constable, Naik or Lance
Naik and six Constables in addition to the Officer -in-charge.

(3) (a) Treasure escorted by the Police between places where bu~
services are regular, continuous and reliable and where there is no raii
way connexion may be conveyed by motor bus provided the Police Officer
concerned considers its are to do so. The following is the scale of the
strength of escorts for treasure in one motor bus by day ;—
(G.O.Ms. No. 639, Puhlic ~Pol., 9th DeCember 1929)

Head
Conststables. Constables.

(I) (2~ (3)

Sums not exceeding Rs. 50,000

Sums not exceeding Ri~.1,00,000 ~j .. .. 1

Sums exceeding Rs. 1,00,000 .. .. ., 1* 4*

* With a Reserve Sub-Inspecto.r or Su b-Inspector-in-charge.

295 of 780
 2cn
Por sums exceeding Rs. ~,C0.OO0a Reserve inspectur or
Inspector should be in charge

(b) As laid down in paragraph (1) above the scale is a genera’

one ~nd should he increased when considered necessary, e g., by night
by 50 per cent. Each man of the escort should carry lire arms.

338. Treasure packed in boxes escorted within the district.—

When money 1s remitted within the district in locked boxes, th.e
Police escort should grant a receipt in terms of bags and not of boxes
Thy bags need not be weighed in the presence of the escort, as this
precaution affords practically no additional check if the sealing of th~
bags is properly attended to. It will be sufficient if the escort officer
examines the seals and counts the bags as they are put into the box
The bags being inside t~eb)x the seals upon them are protected and
may be expected to reac~ their destinaticn intact. Where stee
yards are s pplied, the loaded 1~oxshave to be weighed in th
pres~n~eI tie esc irt as an additional precau tion.

G.O. ~88 Revenue, 15th March 1899)

339. The following instructions based on those contained in tile

Resource Manual are issued for the guidance of officers-in-charge of
treasure escorts ;—
(G.O. 3314, Home, 22nd November 1935)

(1) (a) P~ceiptsand delivery of Treasure-Duties of officer in char~~c

of escort.—.The escorts are solely and entirely responsible for the safe
transit of the treasure boxes, a:id [or handing over the boxes inthecondi-
tion in which they received theni.

(b) The escort officer shall see the boxes of notes and coin weigheo
or in the case of chests or carts containing bags of coin shall count tn
number of bags. He shall satisfy himself that each box, chest or Cdi-
he is properly fastened and secure before he takes charge of it. H
shouI~1 refuse to take charge of treasure insecurely packed reporting the
reasons for so doing to his superiors.
F—230-3—l 9A

296 of 780
 292

(c’) He will, it’ he is satisfied, sign the receipt at the loot oI eaoI~
copy of the invoice for “ bags packed in carts, cr. .,
boxes of marks and weight detailed above said to contai:~
coin and liotes to the value of Rs “the bianhcs will be fih14
up in words and, if the escort officer be ignorant of English he will ~
required to write the numbers of the bags or boxes which he has received’
in Tarnil on the copy of the invoice to be retained by tile Treasury Officer.

(d) When the escort officer is relieved iii the cou rse of thejourneys
he will obtain a receipt For “ carts in good order said to
contain coin to the value of Rs ill bags
or fur” bD~es~or sealed wagons), in good order, said to
contain coin and—or notes to the value of Rs
When the remittance reaches the addressee the latter will count
the bags and weigh the boxes, and give a receipt for “ bags
said to contain coin to t!~evalue of Rs or
for. . ..boxes of marks amid weights detailed in the invoice said to contain
coin and for notes to the value of Rs “. If any box be
of short weight or shows signs c~fi~aving been tampered with, it should
be opened iii the presence of the escort officer otherwise he should be
allowed to return at once.

Escort of treasure by rail.—

(2~(a)Before the treasure is loaded in a van the officer, in charge oj’
the escort shall examine the van and see that it is secure in every
way. If any defects are found, he shall immediately bring the matter
to the notice of the railway station master and, if they are not remedied
or another secure van is not provided, he shall decline to load the
treasure reporting the grounds therefor to his superiors.

(b) Police guards escorting treasure to the railway station and

protecting the loading, and guards escortihig treasure by rail should be
of the strengths laid down in order No. 337.

(c) The treas Ire mast he deposited in the van in the presence of
the whole g~ard, after which the van shall be locked on both sides. The
guard will be furnished with an extra padlock of good quality for each

297 of 780
 293

door to be used in addition to any lock furnished by time railway. If the

wagon be secured by d( uble locks, one key shall be held by the shroff
and the other by the escort officer. If there be only one lock, the key
5haIl be held by the shroff but the escort officer is responsible for not
allowing tile wagon to he opened before arrival at destination save in
the case of a breakdown, w~enthe treasure must be moved to another
Wagc 11 in his presence. In the case of remittances sent without shro ifs
single locks shall be used and the keys entrusted to the escort officer in
a sealed cover which lie shnuld not open except when absolutely neces
sary in the case of breakdown. If a breakdown separates treasure loaded
in more wagons than one, the officer-in-charge shall divic’e his guard
and make atequate arrangements to guard each part of the convey
~tta~binghimself to the part where risk seems greatest.

(d) If for any reason a box is smash& in transit, the contents

should immediately be shroffed uncer the close surveillance of the esco~
b~rthe shroff if he IS present, otherwise by the officer in charge of the
escort and the contents carefully recorded on the invoice.

(e) During the railway journey the es~ortwill be acuommodateo

In a brake van attached to the treasure van if the remittance is carried
by goods train, or in a compartment nearest to the van carrying the
treasure. In the latter case the offi~erin charge of the esuort may trawl
in the nearest first or second class compartment adjacent to the treasure
van. Neither door of the compartment occupie’t by the escort should
be locked.

(j) When a wagon containing treasure jS detached from the

train for any reason, the station master or the guar~in-charge1er
of that
the
train will warn
necessary the police-guan’
arrangements in charge
may be made of theit. treasure, in or
to guard

(g) The officer-in-charge of the ~uard shall, if he so requests

be provide I %~itha lantern whih will burn all night. He shall cause
a sentry to alight every alternate Stop~iflgplace and ascertain that
the locks have not heeii tampered with. At uvery importatnt railway

298 of 780
 294

station and at other stations where the train stops for any length of times,
a constable sentry shall be poste~on the platform close to the treasure
wagon or van. If there be several such wagons it will suffice to post
two sentries, one at each end of the wagons. The officer posting the
sentries shall at the time examine the wagon or wagons, or van or vans,
carefully with the aid of a lantern if necessary and verify that everything
is secure.
(G.o.3650,Homc, 20 th November 1946)

(h) As the guard is required to be constantly on duty, it should

be relieved at suitable stations at intervals of about 12 hours. As far as
possible relieving stations should be at district headquarters. The most
convenient course in regard to thiS should be adopted in each case and
due notice for relief of escorts given to tile officers concerned as required
in clause (3) (c) of this order and in Order No. 340 (1).

(NOTE.—(l) Order No. 342 (2) shall be followed, as regards the relief
of inter-State escorts).
(N0TE.—(2) This order does not apply to treasure escorts from the
Madras City which are governed by Police Standing Order No. 341.)
(i) An Officer in charge of a relieving guard shall see that tile
numbers of tile wagons agree with those given ill the blank receipt, in
the form given in clause (j) below, tendered for his signature, that the
locks an’i all openings or ventilators are se;ure, that the seals are unbroken
and bear no signs of having been tampered with and that the locked
doors of the van cannot be opene ~. If the seals on a wagon are broken
or bear signs of being tampered with, or, if a wagon has not been sealed
it is tile duty of the escort officer to insist on the wagon being opened
and the number of boxes countei before he gives a receipt for the con-
signment. In such cases, the fact of the wagcn having been opened
and the number of boxes cotinte’l should he endorsed on tile receipt.
(j) The officer in charge of the escort will, on delivering the boxes
at the treasury to which they are addressed, obtain a receipt for “

bags said to contain coin (or notes) to the value of Rs “ or

for “ ,,,.,, boxes with i~arks~nd weights detailed in the iflvoicC

299 of 780
 295

said to contain coin and or notes to the value of Rs

If any box be of short -weight or shows signs of having been tampered
with, it shoulu be opened in the presence of the escort officer; otherwise
he should be allowed to return at once. The form of receipt to be used
by a relieving guard should run thus :—

“Received charge from

Police officer of .. district of railway wagon
No said to contain boxes aggregating
Rs wagon No said to contain
boxes aggregating Rs (and so on). The wagons were
duly locke and sealed, and one key for each made over
receipts to be given by other relieving guards are also acknowledged.
The number and contents of each wagon should be detailed in case of
a breakdown.”
(k) Whenever any breach of these orders occurs, the officer in
charge of the guard mist insist on the treasure van being detached from
the train, and should immediately telegraph the facts to the remitting
officer, to his own departmental superior, and to tile Traffic Manager
of the Railway.
JflStrUCtiJfl to b~given to escort officer.

(3) (a) The attention of tile Offi;er in charge of the escort shall be
drawn by the Treasury officer despatching the consignment to the
memorandum of instructions on the subject.
(GO. Ms. 3650, Home, 2~)thNovember 1946.)

(b) The Treasury officer, jointly with the Police officer who is
to travel in charge, shall superintend personally or by s’ib!titute the load-
i ng of the vans, and shall hand to the Police officer a memorandum of
instructions, as shown below, in English and in Tamil and as many
blank receipts as there will he reliefs. The Treasury Officer shall take
a receipt for these documents. The memorandum of instruct~onsshati
be handed over on relief to the relieving officer,
(0.0. M~,2362, Hotne 10th June 1949.)

300 of 780
 296
Memorandum of instruction to be given to the Police Officer
in charge of a refnittancc by rail.

INSTRUCTIONS.

I. The Police Officer taking charge of a treasure guard travelling by

rail will not see the treasure packe at the treasury ; but he will see the
boxes weighed; and satisfy himself that each box jS properly secured
before it is transferred to the van, and that it is properly placed therein.

2. The guard should be a; ;ommodated in a brake-van attached to

the treasure-van or in tile end compartment of the carriage next adjoin-
ing the treasure-van; afl(l tile doors of the compnrtment occupied by
the guard should never he locke
3. The escort officer will wire to the receiving officer the number of
the train (passenger or goois) conveying the remittance and its hour of
departure and will also wire again en route if any thange in the train
has been made or anything has o;curred to delay its arrival.

4. An officer relieving such a guard will see that the numbers of the
wagons agree with those given in the blank receipt tendered for his
signature ; that the locks are secure ; that the seals are unbroken and
bear no sign of having been tampered with ; and that the locked doors
of the van cannot be opened.

5. The officer in cha.-ge of such a gu ard shouid be provided with

a lantern which will burn all night, and should cause a sentry to alight
at every alternate stop,tng Place ant ascertain that the locks have not
been tarn e:ed with. D sing any long stoppage a guard must remain
on ditty by the door of time treas~irewagon; if there be several such wagons
ii will suffice to tell off two men who may stand, one at each end of the
wagons.
6. In case of a break-down, separating a convay, the officer in charg
should separate his party attaching himself to the disabled portion.
7. On delivering tue boxes at the treasury to which they are addressed
iie willobtain a receipt for bags said to contain
ooin to the value of Rs or ~. .tór

301 of 780
 297

boxes, with marks and weights detailed in the invoice said to contain
coin or notes to the value of Rs If any box
be of short weight or shows of having been tampered with, it should be
opened in the presence of the escort officer; other wise he should be
allowed to return at once.
(a) The form of receipt to be used by a relieving guard ~houid run
thus—

“Received charge from police officer of

district of Railway wagon No said to contain
boxes aggregating Rs wagon No
said to contain boxes aggregating Rs (and so on). The
wagons were duly locked and sealed, and one key for each made over;

(b) Receipts to be given by other relieving guards are acknowledged

the number and contents of each wagon should be detailed in case of
bieakdown, the receipts should be in English, the Police officer.
t~cquaintedwith that language, otherwise in ~

NoT~.—Ifthe seals in a wagon are broken or bear signs of being

tampered with or if wagon has not been sealed, it is time duty of the
relieving escort officer to insist on the wagons being opened and the
number of boxes counted before he gives a recepit to the relieved officer.
In such cases, the fact of the wagon having been opened and time number
of the boxes counted should be endorsed on the receipt.

8. The escort officer will present the command certificate for examina-
tion to tile remitting treasury or bank officer before the remittance is
handed over to him. He should also present it for examination to the
treasury or bank officer taking charge of time treasure. The later will
satisfy himself that he is taking over the treasure from the Officer named
in the command certificate and will at the same time check the strength
of the escort with that stated in the command certificate noting any
difference that he may find. When all is correct, he will merely sign the
command certificate,

302 of 780
 298

9. Whenever any breach of these rules, occurs, the officer in charge

of the guard must insist on the treasure van being detached from the
train, and should immediately telegraph the facts to the remitting
officer, to his own departinantal superior and to tile Traffic Manager of
the Railway.
10. When a shroff accompanies a remittance he is responsible
during the whole course of the journey for the contents of the boxes
and the police guard acts as an escoi-t. The Shroff will not interfere in
any way in the performance by escort of its legitimate duties but he must
be permitted to satisfy himself that all necessary prceam~tionsare being
taken. In the event of damage occurring to a box, it is the ditty of the
shroff to take over any coin that may fall out and to verify the contents
and repack the box if repacking becomes necessary. The escort officer
must not permit the shroff to be interfered with in the execution of his
duties.
Inimation to destination.—

(c) The escort officer when starting with the remittance by rail,
shall telegraph to his relieving officer the probable time of his arrival
at the reliefstation. He shall also wire to the receiving officer the number
of the train (passenger or goods) conveyingthe remittance and its hour of
departure, and shall also wire on route if any change in the train has been
made or if anything has occurred to delay its arrival.
(Article 1 30, Resource Manual.)

Currency Note.—

(4) When time i-enuttance consists of currency notes only, small

packets of notes shall be carried by one of the constables forming the
escort.

NOTE.----When remittances consisting of currency notes are entrusted

to a servant of the Postal Department who has furnished security, the
Police forming the escort will be responsible for the safety of the depart-
mental official and not for time notes being of the correct value.

303 of 780
 299

340 (1) All consignments of arms and ammunition should be sent Or

taken delivery of under Police escort. Tue scale of escorts by rail will
be as under:

(G.O. Ms. No. 3498, Home, dated 3rd October 1952.)

Head Constables.
Scale of Police escorts. Constables.

(1) (2) (3)

I. Number of arms

Upto 50 2

5ltolOO 1 2
101 and above i 3

Ammunition—
Upto 5,000 rounds 2
Over 5,000 rounds 1 2

This scale should be increased if the internnl security situations.

demands it. The same scale may be adopted for escort by road also’
but it should be varied, if necessary, according to local conditions’

Nor~..—’Policeescorts for collection of arms and ammunition from

Ordinance depots to consignees will be detailed only in times of unrest
or whenever the Army authorities insist on the provision of escorts on
security grounds.
(G.O. Ms. No. 2606, Home, dated 30th August 1960.)

(2) Arsenal authorities will issue the packages intended for each
consignee and furnish in time the following paiticulars to the pofl0C
fficers concerned—

304 of 780
 300

(a) The date on which the consignments will be ready for delivery;
(b) designation of the officer for whom the consignment is
intended;

(c) number of arms to be issued to each officer;

(d) quantity of ammunition to be issced to each officer; and

(e) other instructions, if any.

(3) On receipt of intimation from Ordiance Depots that the stores

are ready for the collection, immediate arrangements should he made
to dep’ Ic necessary escorts on the prescribed scale to take delivery
of the cnsignments from the arsenals. A separate escort party should
he sent t~each arsenals.

(4) At least 24 hours’ notice of the date of arrival of escorts should

be given to Chief Ordinance Officers so that arrangements may be made
for the transport of consignments at the other end.

(5) ilie packages are booked by Chief Ordance Officers “Freight to

Pay” As soon as the stores reach the destinations the officers concerned
should arrange for the payment of railway fright charges by drawing the
required amount on a contingent bill, or by the issued of credit notes,
as time case may be. The railway receipts will be the necessary vouchers,
req~~ired
for the bill.

(6) On receiptof the articles, the Officers will check them and bring
deficiencies, if any, to the notice of the Chief Ordinance Officer! The
priced arsenal vouchers which will be received by the officers from
arsenals s~iouldbe duly countersigned and returned without any delay,
if time articles are correctly received.

(7) Tile following particulars should be furnished in time case of all

indents f~rarms and amnii~niticn on the Ordinance Depots—~

(a) Consignment instructi~n, the designation if the Officer

and time railwaystation t~which the articles sh~uld be booked, and

305 of 780
 :~O1

(b) the designation and address 1 tLc ificer t~whom clue inti—
ination should be sent by the Ordinance Depot for detailing Police
escort to collect the stores ready for issuc in cases where tie provision
of an e~’rt s necessary.
(i~)A memorandum of instructions in the form given at the end oj.
this order in English and Tanil and as mar’y Hank receipts as there wilj
he reliefs will he handed over to the escoi t officer w~en he is detailed
for escort.
(9)The escort officer will he provided h~the consigner ~~itha list
°fpackages showing their serial numbers and connected voucher
numbers. This list will be Imarided to the consignee t4 enable a check
to be made that all packages have been delivered.

(10) The stores may be loaded in sealed wagons of ~ gccds train

or in the brake van of a passenger train or may he kept in the personal
custody f the escort in the compartment in which the escort is travelling
depending on the quantity and nature of the stores to he escorted.
(11) Before the stores are loaded in a van the Officer incharge
of the escort shall examine the van and see ttiat it is secure in every way~
defects are found, he shall immediately bring the matter to the notice
of the railway station-master and if timey are not remedied or another
secure van is not provided, he shall decline to load the stores reporting
the grounds there for to his superiors.
(12) Tue stores must be deposited in the van, and the van pad-
locked and sealed by the railway authorities in the presence of the whole
guard. if for any reason, te stores have to be loaded in mere than
one wagon, the Officer incharge s~a1ldivide his gu ard and make
adeqt ate arrangements to guard each part ui’ the convOy.

(13) During the railway journey, the escort will be accommodated

in a van attached to the sealed wagon in wl’ich the stores are loaded.
On occasions, the consignment may have to he loaded in the brake van
and it may NOT be possible to accommodate the escort in a compartment
alongside, or the wagon may have to be attached next to the brake van

306 of 780
but the escort ot the vehicle cannot, for operating reasons, he accommc~~
dated next to it. In such cases a sentry will, after obtaining the guardc
permission, travel in the guard’s compartment. in any ease, the escort
should always be near enough to the consigment to prevent any possibility
of tampering with it.

(14) When the consignment is in an unsealed compartment or

wagon, the sentry or sentries on duty will invariably travel in the same
comparnient or wagon.

([5) A strict ~vatc~imust be kept for fire and should an outbreak

of fire occur, the alarm must be raised atonce. If necessary, the
wagon (s) will be detached and isolated from tile rest of the train.
Should a fire break out in tIme wagon(s) which is/are being escorted, the
escort officer will open the wagons in the presence of the railway officials;
or, if enroute, in the presence of the train guard. He will make a note
of the articles, destroyed or damaged by fire on the list provided by the
consigner, and he will as far as possible obtain the signature of’ the
railway officials/train guard against such entries.

(16) All escorts should apprise the guard of the train, of the coach
in which they are travelling and advise him also of the wagon, or wagon
for which they are providing escort. This will ens: re that, in the event
of anything unforeseen happening which necesistates the gutting
off of one of the wagons in questions, they may be immediately
informed and so enable to take suitable action to safeguard the
consignment.

(17) If, for any unavoidable reason, it is necessary to detach

wagon over which an escort has been placed, the station-master of the
station at which the detaching takes place will issr e a certificate to this
effect stating reasons for detaching the wagon. The esort in such cases
will detail guard for the detached wagon and ensure that thc detached
wagon is sealed irrespective or whether or not it is filled to capacity.

307 of 780
 MI~MORANDUM OF INSTRUCTiONS TO BE GIVEN TO TFII3
POLICE OFFICER IN CHARGE OF THE ESCORT OF
ARMS AND AMMUNITION BY RAIL.

Specimen orders to escort officers

Office
Place
Date
(To) insert~naIneof escort officer).
(l)lYou with.. . . wi1l~escortfrom.. . .to the following stores:—

(2) Your tasks are;

(a) to prevent interference with sealed wagons throughout the
journey;

(b) to safeguard stores in brake vans or in person custody

~- ~m pilferage or damage en rout4 [delete (a) or (b) if irreievant];
(c~to ensure that stores reach their dc.tination as quickly
as possible
(this paragraph will contain any ~pecla1 orders as to the
~)
property ~o be escorted.)
(4) You will dispose your escort in the best manner possible for
the ~rotcction of the stores entrusted to you.
(5) On arrival at the train, you will tell the guard the coach in which
you are travelling and ascertain from him which sealed wagou or wagons
you are to prevent interference with. You will also advise him ~I
unsealed wagon or wagons, for which you ai~responsible.
(6) In the event of it being found necessary to detach any of these
wagons, you will obtain a certificate to this effect from the staion-master
of the station at wiicli th~deia~hin~ has takcii place and detail a guar~
for the detached wagon(s) of practicable otherwise, ens’ire that tht
wagon(s) is/are sealed and report to the nearest Police (local) Officer foi
assistance.

308 of 780
 (7) If on your way y~uthink that the stores have been tampered
with or damaged or that they are Nor being sent frwsrd as q’~ick1
as they should, y~~uwill, in addition to doing all that you can to protect
thenm, report The matter to the nearest superintendent of Police.

(8~On arrival at

you will
(a) Ensure that the sealed wagon or wagons are unsealed in y~a~
presence by the cc nipetent railway a t hority.
(b) Hand any timer stores over to
together with the list of packages provided by the despatching authority.
If there are any packages deficient, you will explain the discrepancies as
fa~as possible and sign awritten explanation if called upon, to do so.
Signature and designation üf tile Officer
deputing the escoort.

341. Reliefof the chennai City Escor:.-—.Subject to the provisions in

Police Standing Order Ns. 342 and 343 escorts with treasure from
the chennai Cityshall pnceed to time final destination within the State
collecting and handing over treasure on route at intermediate railway
stations both on the o” ward and retu ril jou rneys, as required by
reqv~sitionsreceived fr~: m the Currency Officer.
(G.O. Ms. No. 2267 Rome, 9th 1941.)
The escort will work on exactly the same system of relief as any
ordinary guard and the provisions of Police Standing Order No. 3 39(2)(h)
will not apply to the City. Sentries posted for dury as per Police
Standing Order No. 339 (2) g will be relieved every 3 hours.
342. Relief of escorts to and from Tatnil Nadu—Treasure and
prisoners.—
(1) The f”llowingrles areprescribed for the relief of escorts in
char~eofpris’qersor treasure coming into or going out of Tamij
Nadu.

309 of 780
 305

(a) Di all cases where relief of escorts Is necessary, three d~~ys

clear nodoeshould begiven by the despatching officer to the first rehiev~.ng
station Inthe neigbbouringState If letter by post would not’ givethyee
days’ clear notice, the requisition should be telegraphed. Such notice or
telcgrap~icrequisition should invariably furnish the following inforn.m~-
don.
(i) In the case of prisoner&—
(a) The number and class of prisoners;
(b) Whether dangerous, ordinary, u ndertrial, women,
juvenile, etc.
(c) The strength of the escort to be relieved.
(d) Whether demonstrations are likely to be made at
stopping station enrou to.
(e) The date and probable hour of arrival of the escort.

(ii) In the case of treasuries—..

ta.) The value of the treasure,

(b) Whether in gold, silver, copper, nickel, or currer oy
notes.

(c) The number of wagons in which treasure is loaded.

(d) The number of boxes in which the treasures is contained
in each wagon.
(e) The strength of the escort to be relieved,
(J) The date and probab~ehour of arrival of the escort.
(2) On receiptofthe information referred to in clan se (I)(a) above
the Superintendent of Police of the district concetned will put lito
force the escort rules of his own State~increase or decrease the strength
ofthe escort in accordance with those rules and make any other arran~e-
ments he considers necessarily.
230- 3—20

310 of 780
 306
1t)uld b~clearly ~i a J,erst j od that reliefs for inter-state escorts
~~ist (3) It5 by provided and never refused or withheld on the
always
p~ound that the men cannot be spared.

343. centresfor t~zrrelief ofescorts of Treasure and Prisoner,. —

The followii; arr cip n~its app~y t the relief of escrts o

treliUres and prisoners.

Route. Direction of Place of Relief to be

journey, relief: provided by.

(1) (2)
(3) (4j
l~ North- From Madras tø Gudur Superintendent of
East places on
Un.. Police, NetIor~
Calcutta side. district, Andhra
Prade sh.
To Madras Gudur Superintendent of
from places Police, Chengal-
on Calcutta 5ide. pattu (East)
district.
2. No~th~ From Madras to
places on Renigunda Supednienclent of
West
Bombay aide. Police, Chittoor
district, Andhra
Pradesh.

To Madras from Arkonam Superintendent of

places on Police, North
Bombay side. Ascot district.

From Madras Katpadi Superintendent cf

to places on Police, Chittoor
Chittoor side custi ict, Andhca
(P4) Metre Pja~esh.
~

311 of 780
 30?

(1) (2) (3) (4)

To Madras from Katpadi Superintendent of
place on Police, Nortf~
Chittoor side Ascot distict
(via) Metre
guage.

3. South- From Madras to Jolarpet Kolar Gold Field

West places on Police,
Bangalore side. Karnataka.

To Madras from Jolarpet Superintendent of

place on Police. North
Bangaloro side. Arcot district.
4. South- From Madras to Olavakot Superintendent of
West places on Police, Palgliat
Un.. Nilambur, District, Kerala.
Kozhikode.
Ernakulam,
Cochin Harbour
and Faighat sides
(Broad gu e).
From Madr~~o Olavakot Superintendent ~f
Paighat (Mdtr~ Police, PalgF t
guage). District, Kerala
co Madras from Podanur Superintendent r,
places of Police, Coimb i-
Nilambur, tore (Urban).
Kozhikode,
Ernakulam,
Cochin Harbour
and Paighat sides
(Broad guage).
280-3—tOA

312 of 780
 308

U) (2) (3) ~~4)

From Paighat to Pollachi Superintendent of
Madras (Metre Police, Coimba-
guage~. tore, Rural.
5 . Southern From Madras to Shertcottah Superintendent of
line, places on Police, Quilon
Trivanurum and District, (Kerala.)
Quion side
(Metre guage).
To Mr~drasfrom Shencottah Superintendent of
places on Police,
Trivandrum and Tirunelveli
Quilon side District.
(Metre guage).

(2) On receipt of a requisition for the relief of an escort the

Superintendent of Police concerned (or in his absence, his office
Superintendent) should at once make necessary arrangements.
(3) Escorts from the Nilgiris to places within this state beyond
Coimbatore, will be relieved at Coimbatore by the Coimbatore Urban
district Armed Reserve. Requisition for relief should be made to the
Superintendent of Police, Cojmbatore Urban. On receipt of the
requisition the Superintendent of Police, Coirnhatore Urban, should
at once make the necessary arrangements.
344. In the case of prisoners wanted in other States in India and arres-
ted in this State, necessary escort should be provided by this State to take
such prisoners to the States where they are wanted without any
charge being claimed, on a reciprocal basis.
(G.O. Ms, No. 4086, Home dt, 30th November 1966.)

345. Escorts for prisoners or treasure proceeding to any place

in India outside Tamil Nadu should at their starting stations be provided
with railway tickets up to the destination of their charge. At the station
where they are relieved, they will hand over the tickets tb the ~elievin~
escort. Arrangements have been made with Railway Administration

313 of 780
 309

to perm~ttheir transfer of tickets. Cash for obtai~ningt~ck~ts fo~r the

return jounery of the escorts of this State from the Station where they are
relieved should also be paid to them at the time of their deputation
Similarly, escorts arriving from any place in India outside Tamil Nadu
Will hand over their tickets which will be u pto the destination of their,
charge, to the relieving escorts of this State who need be provided
with cash for their return journey from the desination of their charge to
their own headquarters only. The cost of railway fares issued unde’
this order will be treated as a charge of the district in which they are
issued.
0.0. MS. No. 715, Home dated, 11th March 1959.

346. Instructionsfor the issue of Railway warrents for treasure escorts—

The following procedure should be adopted when treasure is
escorted over the Southern Railway:—.

(1) Forward Journey.—

A single railway warrant should be presevted for the
entire forward journey whether the escort is relienec! en route
or not. The actual strength of the escort should be shown on the
railway warrant, the number allowed to travel free according to the
scalelaid down in Article No. 146 of the Resource Manual and printed
on the inside of the cover of the book of railway warrants, being shown
in the column “Number of free passes issued” in the both the foils
“for Railway” and “for Superintendent”. In exchange for this warrani.
the Railway authorities will issue a single Police ticket for the entir~
party which should be passed on to the relieving party or parties, if any.

(2) Return journey :—

For the return journey also, a railway warrant should
be presented at the station from which the escorting
party returns in exchange for which a single Police ticket will be issued~“

above. When the escort is relieved en route each party should prese.
a separate railway warrant for the journey it has to make. In order

314 of 780
 310

eiable the RaIlway authorities to make the free allowance on ever

r ~iilwaywarrant for the return journey, reference should bo given
therein to the warrant presented for the forward jou rnery at the starting
s’ation as follows :—
Railway warrant for the forward journey No.
dated from to
This informationshould be furnished without fail by the relieved escort
t the relieving escort at the time of relief.
Postal Rem!ttancac—Bseorts for.

(1) Police escorts should, on requisition by the postal authorities,

347.
t ~furnishedfor postal remittances which exceed Rs. 1,000 in value, o~
v hich are to be conveyed over roads the safety of which the Police are
unable to ensure.
G.0. Ms. No. 4509, H0me, 15th September 1938,

(2) The following principles will be adopted for the recovery of

charges from the Postal Departmentfor Police escorts supplied to it ;—
(a) No charges will be claimed from the Postal Department for
men who can combine the work of escorting a postal remittance with
c ther work which they would be ordinarily performing.

(b) Pull charges as calculated under Order No. 380 for private
uards will be claimed in respect of daily escorts on which one or more
men have to be exclusively employed.
(e) (i) As regards escorts which occur at more or less reg~i1ór
otervals, but not so t’requ ently as to necessitate a special a’d~n
:~the staff, only tl~etravelling ard other inck~ertel e~rcr!uL~urred
1 y t~e esco ct~ will be cla~ied.
OI’~ When reel rrlng periodical escorts monopo~Lzethe s~vices
Ia policeman k’r tenor moredaysduringamouth add ionalstaffwil
be engaged and ~hargcdfor as in clause (b) above,

315 of 780
 311

348. Escort of Prfsoneu under the Prlsctne,rs 4ci~

(The following rules are laid down by Government under the Priso-
ners (Attendance, In Courts)Act, 1955 (Central Act, XXXII of 1955).
(1) The escort of prisoners under the Prisoners (Attendance In
Courts) Act, 1955 shall be undertaken by the Police [Paragraph 453 k*
Chapter XXX (Part 1)—Page 137 of the Tamil Nadu Prison and Rcfo~
matory Manual. Volume 1IJ.

0.0. Ms. No, 968, Judlsiel, 15th July 1908, 0.0. Ms. No. 3698 Home, 27th
December 1955 and Chapter XXX, Part I of the Madras priuon XXX a~ Refer
rnatory Manual Volume II, Paras. 453.477,

(2) Whenever an order for the production of a prisoner to giv~t

evidence or to answer a charge is received from a :ompetent court by the
officer In chirge of ~jail, such officer shall send a copy of the Court’s
order to the head of the local police who thereupon shall cause the
necessary police guard to be detailed In accordance with the termsof the
order, and the prisoner shall be made overto thecustody ofthis guard
(Pasagraph 454 In Chapter XXX (Part 1)—Page 137 of the Taniil Nsdu
Prison and Reformatory Manual, Volume II].
(3) Whenever the court and the jail are In the same station, the
prisoner shall be taken from the jail to thecourt and back dailyuntil hilL
attendance is dispensed with. On every day he attends the court, he
shall receive the full jail ration, and shall be albwed to take his
midday meal with him for consumption at any convenIent hour. (Para-
graph 455 in Chapter XXX (Part 1) Page 137 of the Tamil Nadu Prisor
and Reformatory Manual, Vc~lumeII].

(4) Whenever a prisoner Is sent for examination to, or has to

bait a nighten In route at a station where there is a central or district jail
he shall be confined therein. Where there is no central or district
jail he shall be confined in the subsidiaryjail, and where there Is no
subsidiary jail, he shall be ccnfmned in the Police lcck.i p. [Paragraph
4~6iu CFapter )C)~~ (Part 1) Pare 137 of tI~e’TairilT’~adt Prison and
Reformatory Manual, Volume II].

316 of 780
 312

(5) lithe escot t is a nable to each a central,district or subsidiary

j~U or police l~ck~uip before sunset, the Police shall make the necessary
~rrangethsritsfor the safe custody of the prisoners. [Paragraph 457 in
Chapter XXX (Part 1)— Page 137 of the Tamil Nadu Prison and
R~for~atory Manual, Volume H], ~

(6) If the prisoner is taketi to a central, district or subsidiary jaI

1
tiejailor Police establishment guarding it shall be responsible for the
ci stody of the prisoner, Whenever the escort desires to proceed, the
prisoner shall he handed over for that purpose, provided that no
prisOner escorted under these rules shall be admitted into a Jail
after sunset, not handed over to the escort before sunrise. [Paragraph
4 58 In Chapter XXX (Part i)-.- Page 137 of the Tamil Nadu Prison
and Reformatory Mauual, Volume II].

(7) if the prisoner is taken to a police lock-u pin which there are no
other prisoners, the police in charge of the lock-up shall permit the
prisoner escorted under these rules to occupy a ward in the lock-up, the
keyof which shall he handed over to the escort and the prisoner shall be
entirely under the charge of the escort as regards safe custody, supply
o~food,etc., On the depart cc of the escort with its prisoner the
byof the ward occupied shall be returned to the police in chargeofthe
lock-up. In the event of any prisoner committing damage to a ward
occupied by him the fact shall be reported to the officer in charge ofthe
~tilwhen he was brought, who shall defray the cost of repairing the
damage. [Paragraph 459 (1) in Chapter XXX (Part-I)---Page 138 ofthe
Tamil Nadu Priso and Reth rmatory Manii al, Volu me IIj.
(8) In the evetir c~a p~.Ikelock-up being occupied byother

r risoners, the prise ncr shall he confined with them,the policeincharge

of the lock-up being then respo nsible for his safe custody. The duty of
supplying the prisoner with food and of watching him cook and
elt, shall rest with the police escorting him. [Paragraph 459 ~2)In
Chapter XXX (Part-i).~•Page 138 of the Tamil Nadu Prison and Refot-
metory Manual, Volume 111

317 of 780
 313

4~9)Police escorts sh~conform to the rules in force at lock-ups as

regards hours for cooking and meals e.g., when the custody of the
prisoner devolves upon the police in charge of the lock-up tbe escort
shall not demand that he be let cut at u nau thorised hours to cook his food,
etc., (Paragraph 459 (3) in Chapter XXX (Part 1) —Page 138 of the
Tamil Nadu Prison and Reformatory Manual, Volme IIJ.
(10) (a) A prisoner escorted under these rules shall ordinarily b.
sent by rail; when travelling by rail, the accommodation to be
provided shall be of second class in the case of ~C’class prisoners and
first class in the case of ‘A’ and ‘B’ class prisoners. At district head-
quarters prisoners should be conveyed from jail to coo rt and back In a
police van. Prisoners whose confessions are to be recorded should be
taken to the court from the jail in a police van, escorted by warders as
a specialcase. In places where thereare no police vans but where motor
bus Is available undertrial prisoners shall be conveyed by motor, bus,
irrespective of thedistance to be travelled, provided that the number of
prisoners to be taken at a time is small and can be controlled easily and
provided also that their presence in the bus does not cause inconvenience
or annoyance to members of the public using it. In please where none
ofthe above modes ofconveyance is available, under trial prisoners who
are persons of good social position arid are accustomed to use a conve-
yance may be allowed a conveyance prov~dedtheir safe custody is not
endangered. On no account they should be allowed to use the conve.
yanco of their own.
(b) The same rule should be followed in the case of prisonerswh.
are certified by the Medical Officer to be physically unfit to walk. ra
oshercases, prisoners should go on foot except in the cases noted below.
No prisoner should, however, be compelled to march on foot more than
fifteen miles in 24 hours.
(1) When convicted prisoners are escorted along with under.
trial prisoners the former may be conveyed by the motor bus in which
the latter are conveyed, irrespective of the distance to be travelled In
order to avoid the inconvenience and e,pcnse cf pi klirg a rcpsiatc
escort for them.

318 of 780
 314

(II) Whenever women prisoners have to be escorted by road,

they should be provided with a conveyance, where the distance to be
traversed by them exceeds one mile. Conveyances may also be
provided for shorter distances in cases In which, for reasons of health
or custom orother walid reason, failure to make such a provision would
canss undue hardship to them.
(iii) A convicted prisoner shall not be handcuffed, unleu there is
a reasonable expectation, either from the heinous nature of the crimes
with which he Is charged or from his chracter or buhaviour, that such
person will use violence or will attempt t.~escape or that an attempt will
be made to rescue him. The same principle shaE be followed in the
cue ofundertrail prisoners. Paragrap 462 in Chapter XXX (Part I)
—Page 138 of the Tamil Nadu Pris )fl and Reformatory ManuaL
Volume IL~
(12) (a) The minimum strength of the police guard shall be as
foflows~
For a single prisoner, two constables.
For two prisoners, two constables.
For more than two and not more than four prl,on.rs. twø

.onstablcs.
For more than four amid not more than six prisloners three
canstables.

Pot more than six and not more than ten prisoners one head
constable and four constables.

(b) A female warder shall, wherever possible accompany’s

female prisoner Instead of one 0f the constables Paragraph 463(I) In
Chapter XXX (Part 1)—Page 139 of the Tamil Nadu Prison and R.efos-
~atory Manual, Volume-TI. Such escort by afeniale warder shall
also be provided when the female prisoners or Juveniles have to be
tabsa outside the State limits.

319 of 780
 315

(13) When prisoners are of desparate character or aie iilccly

to attempt to escape or when the flu mber to be escorted exceeds
ten, the strength of the quard shall be increased at the discretion
of the officer in charge of the police. Paragraph 463 (2) in Chap
ter XXX (Part 1)—Page 139 of the Tamil Nadu Prisc ii and Refor
matory Manual, Volume II.]
(14) The cost of conveyance (if any) and of maintaining priso-
ners while absent from the jail shall be advanced by the officer
in charge of the jail to the officer in charge of the escort, pro-
vided that whenever possible the escort shall be given article,
of diet sufficient for the prisoner’s rations during his absences
instead of money, If a prisoner is admitted into any jail, he shal’
be supplied with rations by that jail d~ringthe period that he
spends there. (Paragraph 464 (1) in Chapter XXX (Part 1)—Page 139
of the Tamil Nadim Prison and Reformatory Manual, Volume-Il

(15) The cost of conveyance of prisoners to and from the

Court shall be recovered by the officer in charge of the jail from
the Court before which the prisoner’s attendance is required. No
recovery need, however, be made from a criminal court before
which a prisoner is produced in cases where such cost is less than
Ra. 2; nor shall any recovery be made of the expenses incurred
in connection with the subsistence and transit of accused persona sur-
rendered from one State to another or while in transit from one
State to another. Conveyance and other incidental charges of
undertrial prisoners sent from this State to other States and
vice versa should be borne by the State sending s’ch prisoners.
[Paragraph 464 (2) In Chapter XXX (Part 1)—Page 139 of the Tarnil
Nadu Prison and Reformatory Manual, Volume II]

(16) No State Prisoner, or prisoners nder sentence of death,

shall be removed under “the Prisoner’s (Attendance in C~vrts)
Act, 1955” from the jail in which be may be confined without
the special sanction of Government ex:ept in the case of a pri-
soner, under sentence of death whose presence is required by a

320 of 780
 316

sessions or High court for the purpose of taking additional cvi-

deace in the case. [Paragraph 465 in Chapter XXX (Part-I)—
Pages 139 and 140 of the Tamil Nadu Prison and Reformatory
Manual, Volume II].
(17) For the purpose of the Prisoners Act and the rules, the
Superintendent shall be deemed to be the officer in charge of the
jail. (Paragraph 466 in Chapter XXX [Part 1)—Page 140 of the
Tainil Nadu Prison and Recrmatory Manual, Volu me II].
(18) When a prisoner is sent from one jail to another under
these rules, his original warrant cr warrants of commitment and a
nominal roll in Form No. 52 (of the Taniil Nadu Prison and Re-
formatory Manual) shall be sent with him.
(19) The attention of all Superintendents of Police is drawn
to the wording of paragraph (12) above. The scale laid down therein
is the minimum only. Officers who depute escorts should
invariably increase the strength in the case of dangerous prisoners
[paragraph (13) at ove~,or when a Jot! rney by train will take more
than twelve hours or will take place at night, so that regular sen-
tries can be pcsted. while others take rest.
(2O)~Whena journey by train is to take more than twelve
hours to take place by night, the escort commander mtst main-
tain in his note-book in Sentry Relief Book form details of Sen-
tries (th. period should be as a gereral rule two hours), as well
as their acknowledgments of being posted and taking charge of the
particular number of priscners.
(21) Special care to bc taken while escorting extremists under-
trials/convictedprisoners.—The strength of the escort should be in-
creased depending upon the number and notoriety of prisoners
without strictly adhering to the scale prescribed in 348 (12) which
Indicates only the minimum. The Police party escorting undertrial
prisoners from place of detention to court aud vice versa should
be absolutely vigilant and constently alive t0 the possibility of the
prisoners’ objective of escaping. If there are more than two pri
soners, all of them should not be allowed to take f~cd sinwlta-

321 of 780
neou sIy. Their handcuffs should 1:~ t be ~.nlccked at one anti the
same time. They should be split into groups of two, and on6
group at a time should be allowed to take their food. The,
escort party should escort any prisoners going tc wash their hands
eic.,

(22) Extremists undertrial/convicted priscners should always

be escorted in a Police Val.. The investigating officers should in-
variably indicate to the C%.er in charge or tLe eaccrt party that
the under trials to be escorted are dangerous elements 1 and that
extra care and caution sho~~li! be enslvred.

349. P.~rso.~~l cnsr? property of dJtenus under Police escort.- ’

XXII
Detenus are allowed to use their personal cash property foi
legitimate purposes during joL rneys while under police escort. The
police escort will be in c~stcdy of t1.e personal cash property and
should maintain accounts of the expenditure inclirred during transit.
(GO. Ms. No. 3585, Home, 17th Septemhr 1947.)

350. Producing prisoners in Cmrts.-

The following rules have been laid down in the Jail Manual and
the Subsidiary Jail Manual for regulating the production of
undertrial prisoners before Cuurts: -

(I) The duty of ascertaining ti,e time at which a prisonw

committed to the Sessions is to be prods ted before the Sessions
Court, and of providing the necessary escort for this purpo~
rests with the Police.
Rult: 741 of the Jail Manual and Rule 121-A of the Subsidiary Jail Manu].

(2) The Superintendent is responsible for the production in

Court, at the appciated time of a prisoner remanded pending a
magisterial inqciry or trial and shall make suitable arrangemenu
with the Police for provision of the necessary escort.

322 of 780
 (3) A receiptin Forii No. 62 (of th e Prison Manual) or Form
No. 4-B (f the Stbsidiary Jail Mant al) as the case may be shall
be obtained from the senior Police Officer of the escort, whenever
a prisoner, whether committed to the Sessions or under remand,
is ni~i1oOV~I~ for production In
t) tie charg.~ )t S IC~iP)li~CO~fi~er
Coo rt.
(4~The Police are responsibb for the safe custody of any
prisoners committed to their charge under the preceding clauses
of this rule, till he is returned to the jail or discharged from cus-
tody In due course of law. It Is for the Police to decide whether
s~’ch prisoners shall be handcuffed ci not.

(5) When an undertrial prisoner has to he bro’ght back to

the Jail eveu in tie event of his acq~ittal or dischage, the senior
Police Officer ot’ t.e esccrt should be informed of the fact and the
receipt in Form N~.62-A (of th&pr~son Manual) or in Form No
4-B (of the Subsidiary Jail Manual) as the case may be, taken from
him.
(6) Whelk woman unde~trialprisoners are taken from Sub-
Jails to Courts or vice versa they shall be provided with conveyance
where the distance to be traversed by thelu exceeds one mile, con-
veyance may also be provided for siin’ter distances in cases in
which for reasons of health or custom or other valid reasons,
failure to make such provision would cause undue hardship to
them.
(7) WheneVer dangerous prisoflrs whether remand under-
trial or convicted are escorted to Cok: ts, Sub-Jails or Central Jails
either for trial or for confinement or vise versa necessitating travel
either by b~sor train or by any other public conveyance, the
escort men shou Id not have their mu shets loaded with ammunition,
when inside such vehicles as ~t is likely that the muskets may go
off accidentallY ca sing dangerous tc fellow passengers. It is
enough that the musket is kept loaded while escorting by foot on
the road but before boarding the vehicle the weapon must be
unloaded and if necessary it may be re-loaded after getting dove
f~~m the yshicle.

323 of 780
 319

Fiie Olicer-in-charge f the escort or the senior Police Officer

p~~
it ; i~if ~i ~ tu~ ~ p~Ll. u iavc ~i acEicred to
b~ior~cim n~.ici.i~ jour.leyS ni any vehicle.

(~)Wi~i r~niii prsn~rs or nL~rtrialpris~aers are escorted

t0 c~oc~ a ~~t or Ccv:a Ja~I r p~rposes of
ru, ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ iiiii b~so armed that
half tji~ pirt~’ ~‘trcy latih aid the other d~lf, musket and
ammunition.

(9) \Vhen escorting dangerous pr~soners vu’,, political prison...

ers~ prisoilers involved in party fac~ions, communa
factions o~ in wi IICS~rCn 1 ‘1ist~rbnnces such as rioting’
arson, etc..~ eith~from Snb~Jailor Cer~~ral Jai for purposes oj’
trial, thu offlc~r~who dcj~tc the e~co1ts sho~J1 use their dis —

Gretion an i lecul~w~ethe~ tfe escort party as a whole shouLd carry

mtskets or lathis ~eue~ pt in to i:~cprison ~y[1 SU~luayS, ete progibited

351. The following are tac provisions in th~Jail Manual regu

1atin~ the ti n~ fof adrnittin~ prisoners

(1) No nrisoner Shall be admitted to any jail on any of the

recognizei holidays for prisoaers, vu~., Sa~idoys, Christmas day
Go:l Friday, the last day of Rarnzau and Pon~alexcept wit~ tb~
written odcrs of a Cuiel .1 udicial ivIa~strate1Coicf Metropolitae
~agistraLe.
(2; No piisoners, except such a~ilay hay. been temporarily
absent attending Coirt, shall be admitted to any jail before sunrise
011 aiiy day o after the pr soners love been ‘ocked up for the
night.

352. Prisoners breaking journey in Maara3.—

(1) (ul Viuri a prisone has to be escorted from Madras by
a train ioa,’ing he ~veeii the hours ot 7 p.m. an 7a.m. he shall be
t~UpO~aIIly CUfl~i1~tLin Hu~verBazaar Police Station, if leaving
from tac Central station, and in Vepery Police Station, if leaving
from the Egmore ~tatioa.

324 of 780
 320

(b) When a prisoner has to break his journey in Madras,

and, arriving at Central Station, has to leave from Egmore 8tatiofl,
be shall be taken at once to Vepery Police Station. A prisoner
arriving at Egmore station and leaving from Central station shal1
be taken immediately to Flower Bazaar Police Station.

(c) In no circumstances may a prisoner be taken to the

railway station more than three-quarters of an 1 our before the
departure of the train by which he is to travel.
(2) Prisoners in transit by rail should not be detained in rail-
~y Police stations but should, unless there are special reason
to the contrary, be taken for safe custody to the nearest loca1
Police station provided there is such a station within two miles
from the railway station.

353. Escort halting at Police stations.—

An escort in charge of prisoners, halting at a station on Its
route, is for the time being under the immediate orders of the
Sub-Inspector or Station House Officer of the station, who f~
responsible for posting aguard, consisting of escort and so many
men of the station as are necessary to bring the escort up to
a sufficient strength to furnish four sentries.
(0.0. 1119, JudI. 27th July. 1904.)

354. Medical certificate of fitness to travel,—

(1) The Medical Odicer or subordinate in charge of a loca
1
liospita) or dispensary shall grant “certificates of fitness or otherwise to
travel” to prisoners when it is intended to despatch to a jail when
such prisoners are produced at the dispensary or the hospital during
the usual hours of attendance.
3
purpose(2) can
At stations
be more where the examination
conveniently carried out ofat prisoners foritself
the sub-Jail thI
as for instance, where a Medical Officer or subordinate Is eith~

325 of 780
 i-ft

in charge’ ot the ~ub-Jail or visits it regularly in.~th~

edarse. of h~s
routine duty, the examination may take place on the occasion oç
his visit to the Jail, thereby avoiding the nec~ssityof sendiiig pri-
són~rstO the local hospital or dis~iensary.
(para. 327 of the Clyli ‘ M~dieal Code.) .

355. Railway warrants for Prisoners.

(1) When prisomlers arc taken by rail or motor bus, a railway
warrant or bus warrant will be issued for both the prisoners and
the policemen who escort them. The entire cost of railw~y~or bus
warrants will be borne by the !01ic0 department.

(0.0 569, JudI., 25th. March. 1912, amId 274. Law (Gen.), 22nd Jan. 1931.j
(2) Police escorts for “A” and “B” class r~risoners should
travel in the class of railway accommdation in which the prisonere
in their charge are allowed to travel. In addition, Head Constable
and Constables will draw daily allowance. “The railiva~accothmo
- -

dation to be provided for “A” and “B” class prisoners shall

be first class or if no first class is available, second class “.

(0.Os. 384, Ptlb.’(Pol.),l7th July 1931 and 81 Pub. IGenI.), 26th Jan. 193’~’l
356. Prisoners by mail trains ;—
Prisoners should not he sent by mail trains excep for
special reasons, In the event of their being sent by mail tt’ains
the higher fares chargeable on the railway concerned for
journeys in such trains must be paid.
357. Reserved accommodation for prisoners.—
(l~Reserved accommodation should be obtained for the con-
veyance by rail of all parties conveying prisoners who number
over lIve including the prisoners, of parties conveying military
prisoners and of person in the ci. stody of the Police who ‘are
insane, violent or dangerous. Reserved accommodation is not
reqt!ired for parties numbering five ct t.nder unless the prisonej
is a military prisoners or insane, violent or dangerous
(G.0~.569, JudI. 25th March 1913 ard 231 Rys. P.W. 6th .Jub~ 1917)
~—~23O3—21

326 of 780
 (~!)The ~óllowing table shows the cornrnoda’tion required j~r
parties of police and prisoners on the broad and melte-guage
liacs. The accoiwnodation required always be entered in coLu~
3 of the railway warrant. If the party has to travel on both the
broad and metre-guage lines, the accommodation required on each
line should be specified

8I~ALEOF RESI~RVEDAICOMMODATLON.
Strength of
escort. .0
~-
‘~ ‘.~
.n
‘..
~
.‘-~
~‘-~

.m> ~n -_
.;~ ~ i~
C
~
,.
J~
.—
C ‘--‘
~ ~e
Ho~
~
‘.-

0
~
~
i
c;~ ~
~
.
~.

~
~
an;;
~
~o
~

C~
.~v
;~
~

4~ . — ~ cz ‘-
~ ,~ ~ nn ~ ~—

~ ~ Er: ~‘t~ ~
~ ~ 0 ~-‘ < .~

(I) (2) (3) (4) (5) ~(6)

I .. 2 3 Three se~ir~ .. Three seats
2 .. 2 4 Fonr seats .. Four seats
3 .. 2 5 Five seats . . Five seats

4 .. 2 6 One reserved corn- One reserved

partment. compartment.
, 3 Do. Do.

..
3 9 r~. Two reserved corn-
partnmeflt.
7 ) 4 12 *One reserved corn- One reserved coin-
partinent (for one partrnent (for one
head constable), head constable),

327 of 780
 323

1 ~ 3 4
two constables and two constabics
six prisoners) and five prisOflers)
and three unreser- and four unre-~-
ved seats (for two served seats (for
constables and two constables
one prisoner). and two pri-
soners).
8 4 13 *Otle reserved com- One reserved com-
partment (for one partment (for one
head constable, head constable’
two cotistables two constables
and six prisoners) and five pri-
and four unreser- soners) and five
ved seats (for two unreserved seats
constables and (for two cons-
the prisone!e). tables and three
prisoners).

9 1 4 14 *One reserved com- Two reserved com-

partment (for one partments.
head constable,
two constables
and six prisoners)
and five unreser-
ved seats (for
two constables
and three pri-
soners).
4 15 Two reserved con-
partmentS. Do.

~eept ‘on the Central RailwaY where Two compartments should be

1O~~for.
repulSit
F~2303—21A

328 of 780
 35’s. Prisoners kLken b~thc Railway Po1ke.—’-~
When lrisoners are taken by rail by Railway Police, the railway
warrant in Form No. 38 should be used.The credit note at the bottom
will be only for the difference between the fare for the accommodation
provided for the prisonei~sand escort party and fares for the rail-
way policemen who travel on free passes obtained on requisition in
Form No. 38.
GO.Ms.No. 5H9, judicial. 25th Mat~h19l~and 261 ~Rly P,W. 6th July 1917.

359. Prisoners released on medical groiiimds,---~

A prisoner conditionally released on medical grounds from a
jail situated in a district other than that in whiei he wishes to
reside should be taken charge of by the Police of the district
in which the jail is situated, for escort to the district where he
p:’oposes to reside.
3r~1 July 1886.
0.0. M%. No. 1942, judhial, 2
360. Escort of Sold jerv.--~
A military escort should be applied for, for the purpose of
escorting soldiers still in service who are in the custody of the Civil
power from one place to another. whether before or afteç
sentence, Police escorts should not he furnished for the purpose
(
10.Ms.No. 1755, Judicial 24th Novernh~r1903 and 19;’.3,judjeia 12th t’~,’vember190t

361. De,~crter—~-Apprehensjon.
—

(I) l.a all cases where a deserter Or absentee from the Army or Ai~
Force surrenders or is apprehended by the Police, a certificate in Form
should he foc awarded without delay to the Officer Commanding
the unit to which the deserter or absentee belongs. Under the existing
rules, the Army or Air Force authorities, as the case may he, are
hound to despatch at once an escort to take c~marge ~ the
descte~ or absentee.
(2) Another copy of F’orm should be prepared in
manuscript on plain paper (copied ftom thê’prof~rma) and signed
~nd should thereafter accompany the ~‘eserter whenever ‘he ‘is moved

329 of 780
 325

o fresh en stody. It should be finally handed over to tile Non-

om.missioncd Officer in charge of the military escort detailed to
ake oveç~lhe deserter from the civil authorities.
~G.O. Ms. ~1~l Home, datcd 29th March, 1943.)

(3) Deserter Register.—

The thstIlct Crime intelligence Bureau will maintain
a Deserter Register showing the description of the
des~ter’ section of law for which he is wanted, complete parti-
culars of the unit of defence services deserted, places ~kely to
‘Visit, persons he is likely to visit, reward if any, etc. This regis~
tee should be brought up-to-date as and when the deserter is a
ardested b~enté~ii~g the date of arrest or rejoining the unit.

(4) A Deserter Register will he mafntained in every Poli~e

~tatton furnishing details of offence, unit of defence service, rewards,
e1ue~‘about his whereabouts, etc.

362. Persons arrested on (~ey1on Warrant.—

When a person is arrested under a Ceylon warrant he should ~ot
be immediately despatehed under escort, but shculd be remanded
and inquiry made by telegraph whether a Ceylon escort can
be sent to assure custody of him. Action should be taken in
accordance with Ui reply received.
(G.0. Ms. No. 676 1udi~ia~,dated 9 th May 1908.)

363, .Scale of Ordcrlies.—~..

‘th~1,.dh’,v ing :S th~scale of ordc~rliesptiscribed —

Addition;d .n’.pec~or-Gcneralof P&’l’ce .3Ccrst~hlcs

Deputy I nspector—Generr’.l of Police . . 3

Supcrinlendent of Police . . . . . . 2
A ‘idit ional Superintendent of Pt lice

330 of 780
 326
S slut or Assistant or Deputy Superinten- 2 Constables
dent of Police
C’~rc1eInspector .. .. .. . - I . Constable
(G,O. No. 252, Judicial, 21st June 1927.)
Note —(1) The Deputy Inspector-General of Police, C. I .D,
(intelligence) aittl (Crime) are permitted to take with them on their
tours, ‘as their orderly, a head constable in place of the thrco
constables allowed to them.

(GO. No. 404, Judicial, 14th $cpten~er1927.)

(2) Superintendent of Police may take a third orderly while
holding addhiOnal charge of a sub-division.
364. Relief of Orderlies.~—
Orderlies other than those of Circle Inspectors must be’rolievcd at
least once in three months, or of thncr if the Superintendem thinks
proper.
(0.0. No. 253, Judicial, 21st June 1927.)

331 of 780
 327

CHAPTER XXI,
BEATS AND PATROLS.

~65. J’iI(age Beats—Principles.-—-

The principles governing the desp-atch of constables on
village beats are, firstly, that the village arthorities should
be held responsible for repOrting crime and sup~1ying
itformation about the movements of bad characters, and secondly that
constables should not, as a rule, visit villages, except under defInit~
orders, for a definite purpose or unless the village lies on their ‘way to or
from any duty.
36g. Purposes for sending beat constables.—
Constables shall be sent on heat for the following purposes
(l) Ic gather information in village the authorities of which
cann~tit is believed, b~etrusted to report information;
(2) To watch specially dangerous criminalsor criminal organi.
sations which require surveillance;
(3) to pick up information from or about travellers at camping
grounds, chatrams. ferries and places of public resort;
~4) to make enquiries in particular villages whether bad character5

have been or are in the neighbourhood.

1 serve
(5) to ascertain any defInite piece of infermatioli nut
processes,
367. Bad Characters—Enquiry of.—
constables sent on village beat should make enquirle
about the presence of bad characters, about their doingss
conduct and livelihood from the date of such previous
enquiry. They sheuld be specifically instrrcted that there should be
no domiciliary visit except it be the house of Habitual Offànder. They
should not he sent out as a matter of course to make such enquiry’a(
night. Special arrangements should ho’wever be made f~’r su~ihenq’~i ry
when circumstances ~equ ire it,—

332 of 780
 328
~68. Scicetion of villages to be v!sjt~d.—
(1) The Station-1-toise O~flcer, shall determine what village
should be visited for the purpose enumerated in sub-
paragraphs (I) and (2) of Order No. 366 and how frequent the
visits . shot Id be and also which criminals must be watched by the
Police alone, .wi-ich~bythe Police as well as by the village officers and
which. may be left to be watched by the village officers alone. The
decisme will rest largely on the trust-worthiness of the village officer’
and the discre~i~nary. power vested in the Station House Officer, must
be carefujjy supervised by his superior officers.

(2) (a) Villages to be regularly visited should he conveniently

grouped and a beat book (Form 54) kept fo,r each group.
Separate heat books will be kept for i’se when constables are
‘deputed up~ntl~eoccasional duties already specified.

(b) Beat c ~‘~*c’~ arc re’iuired to bring the signature of a

village officer or of a respec(able inhabitant of the village in Proof of
their visit to a village. For the prrp~se of cFecking beat bce ks, a bcok
in Form No 5.5 shall be kept in the station,, in which shall be entered the
usual signatures of.the village officers a~dof any respectable yillagers
selected to sign in beat books.

(c) Point books in Form No. 56 shall be sipplied to village

officers andjor selected respectable inhabitants, it shall he the duty of
beat constables and officers checking beats to sign and date their names
in the point books whenever the visit the villagers. Beat constableS
shall obtain the signat[re of the point book holder in the beat ticket
Checking Officers,,Sub.-Inspectors and Inspectors shall also see whether
constables who have visited the village subsequent to the previous check
have signed the point books.

(3) Bad C/iaracter—.Cluck Rcgister—Maintenance of.—(a) a check

register of all L Ds., habitual offenders and suspects, inclusive of
those residing.in.,the limits of outposts shell bç mainlained iii each
station in Form No. 57.

333 of 780
 329

(b~The bad characters who are in jail and not likely to be

released during the year, can be entered at one stretch in the opening
pages of the Register. The had characters who are present, out of
view or in jail but likely to be released during the year shall be’ entered
beat-war thereafter. in the cases of bad characters in jail, entries
regarding the pericd of imprisonment and the dates of their probable
release shall be made agairst each.
(c) Close watcl’ bad characters should be written, K.Ds. first
and then suspects in red ink, followed by non-close watch bad
characters in blue or black ink, in the same order. All those entries
should be beat-war.
(d) The date of the expiry of the History Sheet shall be noted
a the remarks column against each bad character.
(~)Such a register wilt be maintained in out—posts also, for
characters living in their respective jurisdiction when the out-posts are
for the purpose of checking K,Ds., suspects and habitual offenders.
(f) Names of notorious rowdies ordered by an officer of and
above the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police to be watched,
shall also be entered in this register.
369. Road Pat
it is incumbent upon the Police to ensure the safety of the
roads and strict attention must, therefore, be paid to road
partouing. Unduly severe work should not be demanded from night
patrol men. They should be sent out with definite orders whic~h’may
be varied, as circv mstances permit, with respect to the time to be passed
at particular spots. It should always be possible to arrange for a patrol
to take some rest at a named place. If possible, two constables’should
patrol together or a constable should be accompanied by a village
talaiyari,through his village limits, it is often useful for patrol cons-
table. tn look up bad characters in villages not far from the road side.
To secure the due performance of road patrolling, constant checking is
absolutely essential, and officers of and above the rank of Deputy
Superintendent of Police must see that all subordinate officers, from
jnspector downwards, perform their fair share of this duty.

334 of 780
 330

370. Syste~nof work in town station.s..—(l) The whole of the police

of a town station with the exception of Sub-Inspectors, station-writer,
standing guard and men fcr traffic regulation duty will be divided k~to
thr~sections A, B and C-—each section containing as nearly as possible,
an equal number of melt. Surplus Head Constables will be allotted
general duty and if no Grade I .P.C. is available, will attend to such work
as may require to their attention or be given t~them.
(2) ~a) The 24 hours will he divided into reliefs, four of these
consisting of four hours each and one of eight hours.
(b) The following table shows the cycle of sections and the
rotation of reliefs under the system. It covers four days of duty ;—

Rd/if. Hours. ,S~ctions on duty for

four dam.
(1) (2) (3) ~4) (5) (6~
First .. .. 7 a.m.to 11 a.m. A n c A
Second .. ,. II a,m. to 3 pn’i. B C A B
Third .. 3 p.m. to 7 p.m. A B C A
Fourth •. .. 7 p.m. to ii p.m. B C A B
Fifth -. 11p.m. to7am C A S C
(c) The incidence of a constable’s duty fin’ a period of thfe~
days will thus be as føllows ;—
Flist. day-~Dutyfrom 7 a.m. to 11 a.m. and from 3 pam. to
~ h.~.rs.
Sccond day— Night ditty from 11 p.m. to 7 am. hours.
—~

Thir4~day—~Dutyfrom 11 a.m. to 3 p.m. and from 7 ~ fo

1 p.m.—l~hours.
(4) Ariangernents will be made to relieve the men on duty
from 1 p.m. to 11 p.m. as far as p~ssiblein batches for half’ an hour ff
their evening meals. Ordinarily the actual period of nig~1tpatrol of
the fifth relief should he only from 12 midnight to 5a.m. but the hour5
of patrol may be varied suject tothe period of five hours of actual patrol
duty not being exceeded. When nc t on patrol, ti~eroen shall rest at
the Station Hou ses.

335 of 780
 331

(3) (a) Two menfur sentry duty at the station and one for process
service shall be drawn from the three sections and shall be on duty in
reliefs as follows;—

From 6 a.m. t~ 10 ant.

From 10 a.m. to 2 p.m.
From 2 p.m. to 6 p.m.
From 6 p.m. to to p.m.; and
From 10 p.m. to 6 a.m.

(b) The men on duty from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. may, when there
arc no prisoners, sleep iii the station. When prisoners are in custody,
two night patrol section police constables will be deputed as sentries
by night to relieve each other for two hours. These two men and the
constable taken for process service may be changed once in every three
days.
~4) (a) Iii town stations where there are no separate traffic stations,
the inca employed on traffic control duty should be entirely separated
from the ordinary station staff and maywork directly under the inspector
who has only municipal jurisdiction. In circles which has rural stations
also, the men employed on trafficduty will work under the Sub-Inspector
of the most centrally located town station. Traffic staff would include
point-duty men and bus regulation staff. Traffic process work and
case Work would continue under the Sub-Inspectorswith jurisdiction.
(b) The station-writer will, in addition to attending to station
records, receive all telephone messages and communicate them to the
officers concerned or pass them on to the Station House Officer for
necessary action. For efficient discharge of this duty, he should sit close
to the telephone receiver.

(5) Two general diaries will be maintained in each town station

one by the Station House Officer for noting his personal duties and those
of his assistants, the reports of cases, cognizable and flon-CogniZable
accidents and other occurences made at the station and the other by
the section Head Constables for recording matters received for
disposal by the section and instructions to section men for the
performance of section duties.

336 of 780
 332

(6) The section Head Constable will be responsible for the clean
turn out, education and the efficient discharge of duties of the men in
his charge. In the absence of the section Head Constable charge of the
section will be handed over by him formally to the senior section polio
constable present by rec, rd in the section general diary.
(7) The Sub-Inspector or other officer in-charge of die station fi~r
the time being, will make a note of orders and in~1r’ ctjo”c to section
officers in the section general diary in regard to matters which ~vill be
carefully prepared with due regard to the requirements cf the station
Therein will he noted—
(a) the notorious rowdies who require to be looked up and the
times when they should be checked;
(b~k calities where nuisances arecommitted and the times
when such nuisances are usually cc mmitted;
(c) bazaar-streets which incessantly require to be cleared of
obstruction and the hours during which they are liable to obstructions;
(d) cases of missing children

(e) notices of important cases requiring the-vigilance of section

men; and
(fi) particular localities to be specially visited kr prevention of
miseheif or other crime, etc.
(8) (a) Section Officers will, as they come on duty, make a point
or perusing the orders and instr..ctions recorded in the section general
diary for their information and guidance. They will issuedetailed orders
to the men of their section on t~~ose matters and ~i1I also note in the
section general diary later on that duties assigned to them were dulY
performed.
(b) Day beats as such will be abolished.
(9) Section Constables sent out to attend to obstructions or
nuisances in particular localities or any other Wc rk n~avbe instructed
if they find no obstructions or nuisances. etc., or when they have done

337 of 780
 333
the work allotted in the places to which they were sent, to patrolt1u~ovg~t
them smartly and return at once to the station to be in waiting or to be
sent out to other places. Constables without definite work are no~to
loiter about the streets. Instructions for ~onstablesin rdgard to work to
be attended to by theni should be noted in out..door work tickets (Form
No. 59~to be supplied to them.

(lO) The Constables will note in their tickets the time of their
departure from and return to the station, giving reference to their note-
books for details of work done. Any shortcomings noticed by officers
sho~lube noted in their tickets. on the return of Constables to the station
it is thedutyof the section Head Constables to receive from the Constables
their tckets and note-books and to see that these are properly written
up. They must then and there question them as to short comings, etc.
and take any actionthat may be called for. They will then write up the
section general diary by reference to the Constables’ note-books, which
they iave alrea.iy perused and initialed (Men should not be allowed
t0 take their note-books away with them from the station while off-duty~
The note-books must be in the station and the section Head Constables
will be responsible for their custody under lock and key. The general
duty Head constables will take charge of the note-books whenever the
section Head Constable happens to be absent from the station.

Night Patrols.—’
(ii) One or more batches of patrol-men preferably i,~
intfti-shculd be sent to important junctions, streets or lane corner;
where house-breakers are likely to pass from their sphere of operation.
Such patrol
tocality, alertmen
and should hide
ready to themselves
pounce in unobservable
upon night parts
hawks. These of wth
might the
advantage be shifted from one corner to another fOr specified periods on
each night and need not necessarily be kept on for the full period of
five hours in one place. One man may sleep while the other keeps
alert. The test is that they shall be able to spot their checking officer
when they pass. (Specific directions as to the locality and time at ea~h
pot, should be noted in Tarnil in the work-tickets concerned before th~

.4

338 of 780
 3~4
m~nare detailed.) Other available men may be given a specific short
length of streets to go round, noting the exact streets. Such blocks to
be traversed, by patrols should be changed from night to night.
The greatest care must be taken to limit the extent of these patrols~
men, v,ho have had already five hours of night duty, should not be
detained in the morning to deal with nuisance cases. Bad character,
5bould not be checked by might by the police unless they are actually
under suspiciOn of being engaged in night crime. Regular enquiries~n
the day time are what are required.
(12) Sub-Inspectors shall go on night rounds on
successive nights, the Inspector in the case of a purely
town circle, also doing this duty at frequ ent intervals to be specifically
laid d0wn. If the circle Inspector has rural stations also, he shall check
night patrols in the town by means c.f surprise visits as freqi ently as
possible. In single stations circles, the Inspector shall take night round.
in tI.rfls.
(1 3) Sub-Inspectors in-charge of town stations should personaLly
detail night patrols giving full and specific instructions on the above line
in the section general diary. When the section Head Constables havg
become ftmiliar with the above principles, they may be allowed to
detail night rounds, subject to constant supervision and check by the
Sub_Inspect~rs. -
-

(14) (a) Town men should have a clear day off at regular intervats
of not less than six days. As far as Head constables are concerned, there
are in all town stations a sufficient number ofHead ~o nstables. In regard
to Constables the strengrh availabe will be reduced to its effective strength
for duty at a time by the number of Police Constables reqi ired to provide
for days off and the number so reduced will always be off-duty the mea
taking an 0ff-duty day in strict rotation. A sinuilar arrangement shouLj
be made with traffic men. The Station House Officer of each station
will drawup in advance a list of Head Constables and Police Constables
entitled to aday off-dt ty in the ensuing week and paste in on the Notice
(GO Ms. No. 857, Home, 3Oi/~ March 1954.) -

(b~No one on his off-duty day may leave his headquarters

without permission.

339 of 780
 -335

~c) if, in the public interest, any Head Constable or Police

Constable is not given a day off-duty in any week he shall be granted
remuneration for the extratime duty at the rates prescribed from time
to time. Each Station House Officer will maintain a register showing
the names of Head Constables and Police Constables who are eligible to
drawthis extra time remuneration with full details as to the Circe Instances
in which off-dut)’ days could not be allowed. A copy of these entries
should be sent to the District Police Office once in a month when such
claims are preferred.
(I 5) The following system should be adopted in small town
stations whereonly two head constables are availabjefor section work ;—..
(a) The day sections comprising two-thirds of the men under
one Head Constables will remain at the station during the day except
only when allowed offfor relaxationor meals under general diary record
or when. they are sent out on specific work which they will attend to
promptly and return forthwith. Their deputation on such work and their
reports when they return will be fully entered by their Head Constable
a general diary to be maintained separately for work performed by
sections. The Sn b-Inspector will daily record matters reqi iring attention
by the da~sections in the section general diary and the Head Constable
will be responsible forattending to it. The Head- Constable will be
1esponsihlc also for letting the memoiffor meals or for reasonable periods
of relaxation under record in the general diary. When he goes himself
1or meals or relaxation h~will hand over under formal record in his
general diary to the next senior section men present. One section,
composed of the remaining one-third of the station menavailable, will be
on night duty each night. -

(b) Petty petitions will be handed over at once tinder record

to the section Head Constable or the section in charge for disposal. The
sections will attend to all day work ofthe station not specificallyprovided
for otherwise.
(16) Atown duty register will be maintained in Form No. 58 and
outdoor work tickets in Form 59 Orders regarding oifduty for Taluk
Policemen are contained in Police Standing Order No. 243.

340 of 780
 CHAPTER XXI1,
MISCELLANEOUS DUTIES.
371. List offestii~alsto be kept.—
A list of festivals in the district and of those festivals of other
districts, to which mea have to be sent, shall be kept in Form No.60 in
each Districi Police Office andan extract sent to each Circle Inspector,
who will enter it in the Circle Information Book,
372. Precautions to be taken against fires in festivalpanduIs.—
(1) The Government have ordered that whenever there is a proposa1
to celebrate a festival in which a panda! within enclosures is likely to
be erected, the village headman should report the fact as well as the date
ot the lestival, as early as possible to the Station House Officer of the
Station within the limits of which the village is situated. On receipt of
the - village headman’s report, the Station House Officer concerned
should proceed immediately to the village and arrange with the autho
rities in charge of the festival to provideasufficientnumber of exits of
suitable size on all the sides of the panda! and in the enclosing walls, if
any and to erect the pandal sLfficiently high to prevent all danger of its
catching fire from torches or other naked lights which may be used in
the pandal during the festival.
-

[G.O. No. 395, Public (Pol.) 24th .Jaly 1935.] - -

(2) if the Station Hoi. se Officer finds that the pandal p~top
does not satisfy the above requirements, he should in the interests of
public safety at once move the Execvtive Magistrate having jurisdiction
over the area to issue an order under Section 144 of the Code of
Criminal Procedure 1974, to stop the festival and take steps to see that
the orders passed by the Magistrate are obeyed and that no breach of
the peace results.
- - - -

(3) While it is primarily the duty of the village headmen to report

festivals of the kind in qLestion to the Station HoLse Officers, the latter
are also expected to look out for s’ cli festivals independently a~d •t~

341 of 780
 ~cessur~ a~Lioilin tune. Any dela) O~’ailure on tite part ut tit
illage headman in makiog tile report prescribed in paragraph I above,
hould be rep -rted to the St’perintendent who will report it to the
C.~llectorfor necessary action.

373. Instructions for managing largt asscrnhlies.—

The iöllowiag instructions for managing large assemblies are
given :—

(I) Men detaih~dfor this duty should nfl be allov,ed to 1a~

their families

(2) Care should be taken that men do not get away to festivals
independent duty such as, on the pretext of serving warrants.

(3) Camps may be erected for I he accommodation of I he men.

~4) If n’~cessary,ihe locality should be divided into actions w ith

a definite unmber of men so allotled to each section. A reserve force,t
sufficient to ensure the suppression of a dis~urbanceat its out set but not
necessarily or considerab e strength should be available 1k-hen it is
necessary to detail such force of cofisderable strength a hulger should
be in elud~d When ever Women Police are available they should
be made use of to control crowds of women and chidren. The service
of Home Guards should also he availed o~.
(5) Out-posts withPolice and Medical Subordinates in cnarge
-

should be established round the locality in order to examine person~

susp~ctedto be suffering from an infectious disease or to have come
from an infected locality.
(6) Each policemen on duty should be given printed memo nandum
of ins~ructions in Tamil as to what his duties are. The principal dutie
of Police Officers are—

(a) To maintain a careful watch over sanitary arrangements

and to prevent nuisances being committed and not to wait until they
are committed and then arrest and charge the offenders This should
particularly to the case where women and children are concerned. If
F-- -230-3—22

342 of 780
 33

h~ police gct thc idea that they will be i~r-.sicdfor a number of prose
cution~, there is grave risk of officious interference and abuse of powez

(i)) To report to a medical officer cases of small-pox, cholerr.,

etc.
(c) When on patrol duty, to interfere as littleas possible with
he people but to prevent crimes and offences preserve the peace keep
torder and mark down depredators and bad characters.
(d) To warn people not to drink or take water from prohibited
places.
(e) To see that cart-stands al-c kept clean.

(f) To give as little troubles as possible to the pilgiims and to

as courteous as possible—a help and not a nusiance to them. Th~
men should be made to undersrtand that they will get credit for th~
maintenance of quiet order and that officious interference with ordert
people will not he t~lerated
(g~Io send children ~.r lost property to the Child Rescue
Centre “or the L~St Property Office” is such office exist, and if nut,
io the nearest p. lice station ,and to direct persons in sea1 ch of 1os~
children cr property to go thither.
(h) To re’v-’rt fires to the nearest Police or Fire Service Station.

(i) To take injured persons to the nearest h~spital in case of

Accidents, etc.
(j) When on duty at temples, to prevent nuisances and crimes
and to rep~rt t . the Ins pect~r i. i-charge all cases f levying blackmai 1.
The men sh~uld be given to ~mdersta’v~ that they are not to help the
templeauthoritiesa~d therstc-c. llectc~ohes-rextort gifts.

(k) Not to go ah:ut in ~iuiform when off duty particularly in

railway premises.

(1) To strictly adhere to the orders regarding the regulation of

traffic.

343 of 780
 (in) ~Fogo to the feeding camp ,if such exists, at t~eprescribeU
timeandtooccupytheaccommo~atifl pr vi ~e

(7) Each Policeman attending the festiv~.l4-n duty siiuuld be

awarded a specific duty to perform ,to which he will a-lhere duri-tg th.
ettire festival. His camp Station, Section a-id h urs~f duty s’i ul ~
specifted in writing on the list of pri’it~Jroles given to him i~the f rr~
liven below ~

TAMIL NADIJ POLICE.

-7
F’.’ -

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) - (6) (7)

(8) Men should not b~empl yed fc-r m re t’an six h~- rs at a
stretch,
(9) As a general rule, not more than tei me sh uld be employed
under one f-lead Constable.
(10) Arrangements shul l he made t - have the 1. cality lighted
throughout the night. This may be a mea’ts preventhg accidents cr
aTimes.
(11) Fire brigade shc-ull be estabtishd where aecessary ~vith
a sufficient number of men at each brigade.
(12) If circumstances render it necessary -Chili Rescu~
~‘

Centre and a” Lost property Office”, should be opend with a suffie-

“

cleat number (f men in-charge. Funds should also be pr~vide~1f(:r tt-~

Child Rescue Centre “for the feeding ef the children
F —2.d-3—--22A

344 of 780
 ~4t)

~i3)Rules regarding the regulation of traffic, at such places and

on such occasions as may be necessary, should be published arid the
men instructed to carry them out carefully. Tlìe stopping of traffic
shculd only be done when it is in the interests of the vast majority of
the visitors.
(14) In mobilizing the Railway Pc-lice Force required fcr duty a~
the scene of a festival, the requirements cf (ther principal stations on
the railway line should also be considered and sufficient number of
men should bedetailed for duty at thc- se Stations.

(15) (a) The number 0f men required fc-t duty at the temporay
waiting sheds at railway stations should be cc rrectly estimated. A cci-
dents are likely to occur during the rush of passengers into the train when
an enclosure is c.pened. -To prevent such accidents it j~desjrable~~,
employ a sufficient number of men, preferabl” under the super vision of
an experienced officer inside these enclosures. Cripples,v.omen and
~Thddrenmay he seraratel and allowe4 to pass out iirst in pre’~erenceto
able bodied men.

(b) The work of the Police may be lightened by having more

exirs than one to these enclosures and harriers within them might
ease th~strr~r,

(‘6~ ~ oft--iuty twist not be allowed to go about in uniform.

These men, not being under proper control, are apt to misbehave and
give trouble.

(17) The men deputed for duty at the festival should be det&ned
until after the majority of the pilgrims have left.

374. Police to work under Sanitory OJ(i~-’c~.—--.

(1) At large festivals, in order to secure the adequate attainment

of such objects, as referred to in cleusea (a) (b) and (‘) of Order No
,

3~73(61 (b) arid to claU4es to exe~’te other. - -

345 of 780
 341

lecessary sanitary meas~res, such as gi- arding isolation camps, a certain

number of the Polics Constables deputed for bandobust duty should
work under the direction of the principal sanitary Officer.
(2) The men should be selected for their suitability for the d vty
As regards discipline, the men will be under their own officers.
375. Constables to be armed with lathies.— -

(1) Constables employed on miscellaneous duties on the occasion

of large assemblies such as festivals, processions and the like will
invariably be armed with lathies.

(2) Whistle calls in emergencies.—

Should an emergency arise which necessitates the assemblagg
of men employed singly or in small parties, the signal will be too lone
blasts repeated at intervals as necessary.
(3) Immediately on hearing the whistle all men will double towards
the sound of the whistle and form up there under the command of -th -

senior officer on the spot. -

376. Deputy inspector-General of police Itatie to be present.—

The Deputy Inspector General of the range should be present at
specially large festivals.-

387. Temple cars and rafts.— - -

(1) Each Station House Officer should keep a list of cae

and theppam festivals held within his jurisdiction and se
that temple a- thorities apply one month in advance of the date of
-

commencement of the festival to the Sub Divisional Officer, Public Work

- Department, having authority to examine the car or raft regarding it
structural ability and safety, with a copy of the application to the Police
(2) (a) (i) On receipt of such an application referred to in Clausf
(1), the raft or the car and the route of the car or the proposed path o~
raft should be jointly inspected by the Local Station House Officer
the Assistant Engineer and the Executive authority or Panchayat Board
as the case may be and the temple authorities and a certificate of fitnes
granted by the Assistant Engineer if the raft or car is in a fit conditioq
A raft o~car should not be moved without his certificate.

346 of 780
 342

(ii) In cases of “Theppams” which will be assembled over

~~heraft- only a few days before tle festival, the Theppam shot Id he
inspected a second time on the previous day of the festival by t1’e Public
Works Department a t’-orities jointly with the Police who we-i’ Id also
by actual trial, test the or mber cf persons the Tl’eppam could carry.

(b) The Station H. use Officer should satisfy himself whether

the temple a thorities have carried out the technical advice given by
the Enginc~rregarding the repairs to the car or the raft, and wi ether
the former and the local bedy concerned have taken special steps to
provide arm even s- rfacc for the roads or streets through which the car is
to be dragged. In thc case c-f Theppam. it should also be ens~red that
in the prop osedi path of the raft, projection like j tting rocks, or sub-
mer~darticle w’tiçh cannot be removed, are prominently marked by
ligned buys- so that the Theppams c
0uld he towed clear offobstr ctions.

(3) (a) The Siation House Officer should find out whether tempi.
,1m t~crities had contacted the local Electricity Officers to see that the
- top part-ion ( f car does- not come- into contact with live wires and if it is
proposed to take the car on routes whether theee are over-bead live wires
whether necessary precautions to cut of the s’ pply at the time of drag-
ging the car had been taken.

(b) As in t~.ecase of temple cars, there should be no over-head

power lines or rider-water cables obstructing the free passage of the
Theppam. If they do not conform to tl’e conditions, the dragging of
the car or the floating Festival shom~ldnot proceed.

(4) The Police will instruct the Temple authcrities to see to th

(a)
ver” slow movement ~f the car when it is being dragged and to the
~pec~alpreca tions to be taken to keep down the speed at curves and
over undUlating and sloping grounds where it will be difficult to control
the speed. The car simould be made to move in the centre of the street.
Experic-iced persons s~uuldbe engaged by temple authorities for appli-
cation of brake-wcdg~s.A cordon of at least 3 to 4 feet should be throwa
around the car.

347 of 780
 343

(b) In the case of Theppams, the Police would see that arrange.
ments had been made by the temple am thorities for towing the raft slowly
carefully menceuvring it at the t! rnings and approaches to the bank,
for entrusting towing operations to experienced persons, and for ensuring
that the raft is not loaded beyond limit, loading to any stampede, dis-
a1lo~ingentry of nai-thorised persons into the raft.

(5) If the car or rafts is certified to be mi nsafe by the Assistant Engi

neet or wmere a certificate of fitness is not given by such in officer or
whether the conditions cf the road or street or path of raft is so b.d
that the car or raft could not be draggged or towed as the case may be,
without any risk to public safety, the Station House Officer shot id obtain
Immediately an order from Magistrate preventing the car or raft froii
being used till such time as the temple am’ thorities produce the certificate
of fitness aforesaid or provide on even s’ rface for the roads or remove
b~obstacles from the path till it conforms to requirements.

(6) The Circle Inspector should pay special attention to the car
and theppam festivals.

378. Duties of the Police on the outbreak of fire.—

(1) Summoning of fire engine. — On the cit-break

of fire, the first Police Officer in the vicinity, who
hears of it, shall immediately send information to the Fir.
Station or Fire Engine shed, where these exist, by telephone or cther
quickest means giving his name and designation and indicating th.
locality and extent cf the fire as precisely as possible, }Te shall then
inform the nearest Police Station and proceed to the scene r f ti-c fire bo
render assistance.
G,O. M~, 2062. (Home) 7th July 1944.)

(2) Police Officer to go to the scene offire.—

All Police Officers in the vicinity, who are not on duty and
hear of a fire shall go l~crc at once.

348 of 780
 344

(3) Action in Police Stations.—

On receiving information of a fire the senior Police Officer
present in tue Police Station shall immediately take the fLIlowing
at eps

(a) Send prompt information by the qrickest available meane

tt the nearest Fire Station or Fire Engine staff. The Government have
directed that normally fire appliances should be sent upto 30 miles from
ti:eir headquarters to attend to lire calls and that in exceptional cases
they may, at the discretion of the Fire Officer in charge of tie section
concerned, he sent to places beyond 30 miles from their headquarters
The senior officer present should use his discretion indeciding (i) whether
having regard to the distance at which the nearest fire station or fire
engine is located, tue fire Station can render timely and effective aid in
putting out the fire and (ii) whether the fire is serious enough or likely
to be serious enough toj stify along journey by the Fire Service vehicles.

0.0. Ms. No. 1947. (Home). 2n’I JuIy 1946)

(b) Requisition ‘.:f medical assistance and an ambulance if it jS

aecessary.
() Inform his next superior officer and the Reserve Inspecto
of the Armed Reserve if the fire is at the headqu arters cf an Armed
Reserve, and call out all available Police officers for duty at the scene of
fire.

(d~Send to the scene of fire all available fire-hooks, rakes and

cr:~v ckets in places w!~er~
I, there is no fire service.

(c) Report to the Police s.Lb-Divisional Officer or the Superintendent

I’ Pulice sen us ire or in which there is loss of human life.
(4) Help from neighbouring srations—In all serious fires at place

whcr.~~hc~care tw.~o. more Police Stat~ols within cas reach,th

enior Polee officer at the ~ne~e of thc out break shall surnmon’e
it t;t
~S neighhoiiriig Police Stations or Armed Reserve1 wherever
from availahie, ~ch number of men as he c~nsider necessary to contrcl
be ~ruwds or assist ii p itting dowii the fIre.

349 of 780
 345

(5) Keeping the sacene cleir.—

(a) As soon as sufficient Police Officer are present, the senior
Police Officer si’all detail men to draw a cordon round the fire, to keep
back the crowd, mark hydrants cr other sources of water-supply and
approaches to them.
(b) He shall also tell off any men required to guard property and
keep a sharp look-out for any pilfering by the crowd. These men shall
ordinarily come from the station concerned. Luiterers should be nlo’.~ed
beyond the cordon.

(6) Keeping Police in reserve.—

A Puce Officer shall be deputed to take charge of all Police
Officers as they arrive and tell them off for ditty. All those who are ~ot
immediately req ired for duty shall be kept in reserve in a body under
this officer.
(7) First steps at a fire.—
On arrival at the scene of fire, the first steps to be taken by the
Police are—
(a) to get every person omit of the building and endeavour person
in peril

(b) to examine out-hou ses and stables in which any animal is

kept, cover its eyes with sacking or cloth, lead it out or cut it
loose amid allow it to escape

(c) to see that doors and windows, especially those on the ground
floor, are closed, as s~ch openings create dram; glits which seriou sly increase
the fire
(d) to cut off all electric ci rrent from the building

(c) to render first aid to injured persons before medical assistance

arrives
(f) to remove injured persons to the hospital by time quickerst
c.nve~anceavailable

350 of 780
 346

(g) to cause the rem~valof all movable pn perties placing them

*s far as possible in one spot and causing them to he guarded against
thieves

(It) to deliver to the parties concerned under proper acknowledge-

ments property so removed.

(I) Action pending arrival of fire engine.—

5
In shall
persent localities where
pen ~ing fire engines
the arrival of the arc stationec,
engine, take allthepossible
Police officer
steps
to extingoish the fire and prevent its spreading by removing all
inflammable materials near the fire.
(j) Directing the fire engine.—
(i) The exact spot where the fire is burning can seldom be undet
stood on receipt of the call at the Fire Station. Itis, therefore, most
important that people, Police officers if available, should be stationed on
the main street down which the enc~ine m St come, to direct it. The
Police Offi..~ersfirst on the spot shall see to this and it shall be the first
duty of a res
1onsible officer, from Inspector to Heal Const~b1e, to see
that it has been done.
(ii) Besides directing the fire engine to the scene of fire, it jS
equally important that the Police officers first on the spot shall find ou
where the nearest hydrants or other sources of water-supply are situated
and tell off a man to meet the engine on arrival asthe si;ene anc direct it
to the hy~rantor other water-supply.
(8) Searching houses.—
The best means of searching houses on firs is to ascend the
staircase, taking care that every door, which is passed, is closed. When
this is found impossible, when it is necessary to enter by a window,
great care must he taken. Windo’~sshould be closed, if possible,
after entering to prevent outer air getting in.
(9) Voving in burning buildings.—
When moving in a burning building men will fini it a’k’antageoi~s
to crawl on hands and. knees and tie a wet handkerchief round the
aiouth and nose as a precaution against being overcome by smoke,

351 of 780
 347

(10) Rescue by L4ddcr.—

W~cn rc~uing a from or through a window,
person
the Policemen con~crfl~m sho~.ldtaLe dare at all times to keep
his halun.~eesp~ialiy;st tile moment of placing his weight on the ladder,
and ~houl tred as wide as possible taking each step close to the side
of the Ia ~er as the strength of th~smokes is greater here than in the
sent~c.

(11) List of Pollee Office rs to be recorded.—

A list of all Police officers who worked in extinguishing the fire
shall he rc.or’e~.
(~‘2)Powers of the Police on OcCasion of fib s.—
(a) Section ~l of the In ~ian Penal Code gives protection to Police
Offi mers ~a.Si ‘;nnages or obstruction in goo faith for the purpose
of fire-fighting.
(h) Any Police officer above the rank of Constahie may, on the
o~asion of fire—-
(i) ren-tove or or cr the removal of any persons who by their
presence interfere with or irnpe~ethe operations for extinguishing the
fire or for saving life or nroperty, an close any Street OT pass’ge in or
near which any fire is burning;
(ii) b~ himself or those acting under his orders, break into
or through or pull own or use for the passage of hoses or other apphi-
andes aay premises for the purpose of extinguishing the fire, doing as
little damage as possible;

(iii) ca se the mains or pipes in any area to h~shut off so as

to give greater prcssm:re of water in the place where tile fire has occurred

(iv) call on the person in charge of aily fire engine, at places

where there is no bran ~ of the Tamil Na ‘mm Fire Service, to render
su h assistance as may be possible

(s’) ~enerally take such measures as may appear necessary for

tl~eprcserva~ionof life arid property,

352 of 780
 348

(13) List of hydrants to be hung up in Police Stations.—A list of

hydrants where these have been installed, or other sources of water-supply
as are likely to be useful to extinguish fire in the station limits shall be
hung up in each Police station and every Police officer shall be
made to know their position.

(14) Pire Service responsible for fire-fighting—-Police responsible for

maintenance of law and order.—

In localities where there are sections of the Tamil Nadu Fire Service
and after their personnel have arrived they will be solely responsible
for dealing with the fire and the senior Fire Service Officer present
will be incharge of the operations. The Police will, on no account
take arty part in the actual fire-fighting unless called upon to do so by
the Fire Service Officer-in-charge They are primarily responsible for
.

maintaining order and controlling the crowds at the scene of fire in

order that the Fire Service personnel may not in any way be
obstructed in their work.

(15) The Police shall closely co-operate with Fire Service Units
wherever these are sanctioned and shall from time to time held com-
bined fire practices.
G0. Ms. 2062,(Home), 7th July 1944

379. Inspection ofplaces ofPublic Resort—

(1) In municipal towns and places to which the provisions of the
Places of Public Resorts Act, 1888 (Act II of 1888), have been extended,
a licence from the Chairman of the Municipal Council or a Magistrate
having jurisdiction over the local area, las to be obtained before
using any place or building, with au area of 500 square feet or
upwards, for public resort or entertainment The relevant sections of
the Act with which the Police are concerned are printed it1
Volume II.
(0.0. Ms, No 1224 M2nd AuguSt 1909)

353 of 780
 349

(2) Any Station House Officer or Police Officer above the rank of
Head Constable may at any time inspect such building or enclosure,
and may prevent its use as a place of public resort, if there is no licence,
or if the conditions of the licence are not observed or if he sees reason
ot apprehend imminent danger to the public.
(3) The Superintendent or Divisional Officers shall decide whethiem
any Police Officer should be deputed for duty inside the premises ol
a place of public resort and will determine the strength of the force to be
employed. To obviate any objection on the part of the management
to the free admission of this force, the licensing authority should be
moved to insert the necessary provision, as a condition of the licence,
n column 10 of the prescribed form.
380. Fees for services of the Police at entertainments and for private
guards.—(l) Superintendents have been empowered by Governmen
to levy fees for the services of the Police at public and private ~nterta ifl
ments in towns at which their presence iS requisitioned subject to the
following rules ;—
(a) (1) The scal e of fees payable to Police Officers
for services at private Balls, parties entertainments, etc. will be as shown
in Columns (2) and (3) of the following statement. In a.ldition, 10
per cent of the amount payable will be levied as supervision fee to be
ore lited to Government and another 10 per cent to be credited to the
City/District Police Amenities Fund.
0,0. Ms. 2921 (Home). 12th November 1973)
Scale offees payable io
Police Officers for
a period not exceeding
four hours.
Rank. I

By day. Bynight.
(1) (2) (3)
Rs. Rs.
Inspector or Reserve Inspector or Technical 15 20
Assistant.
Sub-Inspector, Reserve Sub-Inspector and 10 is
Radio Supervisor.

354 of 780
}1ead Constable, Pc’lice C-instable, Grade 1 ‘7
arid Radio Technicians.

Police Constable, Grade II .. 4

Nor~.—1nrespect (S concerts, at Hc mes, and oti~ers c~entertain-
ments, day ciarges stall be cllected fr t e peri~dir~m
0700 hours to 24 00 hcurs and night charges kr t~.epeii~d
from 24.00 hours to 07.00 h~ui
G.0. ~. 1107 (Home), 13th ~vIay1976,
(ii) Officers ern~loyed n s Cii duty s all be relieved at the
..

end of every four hours.

(iii) The scale of fees speci led in para~iaph(i) ab.. Ye s~uld

be levied in cases w~ereonly a sin~.ie relief” is provided (dr any pen. d
“

not exce~dingfour hours irrespective. f the perLd oi’dcratioa, Charges

should, however, be levied pro-rata for a peri.d of less tnan 4 hours’
duratir~nwhen more than one “relief” is provided.

(b) When replying to applications Iru m individu als or Companies

for the services of tie Police at p~ihlic r private fk!nctions these fees
should be q oted.

NoTIls.--—(i) Events like narriages, reception, etc. are to be classed

“ private “.

(ii) Events like cinemas, dances, s ws, cricket matches athletic

events, races, exhibitions, etc. are he classed ‘~P~
ti blic
where t~eprofit motive is Lsally present.

(c) (i) No fees should be levied w~entie entertainments are

cr eharitab1e purposes.

(ii) No fees sh :uld he levie! for ti’e maintenance ~.f rder i.~
connection with any official or q:iasi-official function rganized by t r..

Chairman ~f a Municipal Cu nd! or by t~1ePresident cf a Local B a~t

ja accordance with a resolution cf suci council or Board, provided tilat
the Police required fer the p rp.~secan be found from the Li cal Force

355 of 780
 (iii~Nj fees should be levied for providing Police handohu
in respect of functions conducted by Government Departments as pro
vision of such bandobn st is for the maintenance of law and order and
as there is no profit motive in holding such functions~
G.0. Ms. 12S2. (Home), 14th May. 194)

(d) Fees should be levied when Policemen are depi ted to attend
avezue sales by auction held by Local Bodies.
(e) Police Officers on duty at entertainments should not accept
atty remuneration. A person desirous of remuneration the Police in
Instances when no fees are prescribed or in excess of the sanctioned
scale of fees, should be requested to communicate with the Superintendent.

(1) Polic~Service at Cinema Theatrds.—(l) A nominal ‘security

deposits’ of Rs. 100 per Theatre should be collected in advance from
sh. concerned ,rnanagements.
0.0, MI, 3410 (Home, 28th December 1957)

(ii) Baaclobust should be indented for 3 days in advance to

enable the Inspectors of Police to find the men required.

(iii) Bills for ben~ohust charge. which will be presented by the1

Police for a calenc~armonth on or before the 5th of st cceecing
month, should be paid within one week of the date of delivery of
the bills.
(iv) Payrnertt of bandobust c1iargss in advance should be
Insisted upon in the cases of Cinema Theatres which d rfaujt lit
payment according to condition (iii) above twice in a period of
six months.

Ncrr~s: (1) The nntnber of men to be depute.1 for the duty

ihould be fzxed by the Superintendent according to requirefl~ents
and should b. approved by the Deputy Inspector-General if and
whom the arrangement is for a prolonged ~riod or of cons~n.t
recurrence.

356 of 780
 ~52

(2) Normally only ‘nfl duty’ men should be employed for

public events. However, if sufficient number of ‘on duty’ men are
not available the Station House Officers may detail ‘off duty’ men
also for public events. Detailing of more men than is actually
necessary to regulate traffic and maintain order at public or private
events must be avoided as a rule. When Policemen whether ‘on
duty’ or ‘off luty’ are deputed for official or quasi-official events’
no charges need be levied. When they are detailed for private o r
pablic or pablic events, fees should be collected in accordance
with the scale prescnibot in clause (a) (i) above.
(G.O. Ms. 1107, Homc 13th May 1976.)

The fees :.llected fc~r‘on dut:y ‘men will be credited to Govern

meat. Wees collect for ‘off du~v ‘men will be paid to the men
Explanation.—.By ‘oil duty’ men it is meant Police personne’
from the rank Inspector of Polio to Police Constable who are detailed
or bandobcst at ‘public’ and private events after discharging 8 hours
official duty in a 24 hours calendar day from 0600 hours on one day
o 0600 hours the following day.
(2) Fees for the services of additional Police deputed for duty on
the application of any private person or institution or authority shail
be levied as follows
(a) When ‘ofF-duty’ Police are deputed the scale of fees as in
paragraph (a) (i) above shall be charged and the fees collected shall he
paid in full to the men on duty.
(b) When Police of the Local establishments are deputed and
are for that purpose deflected from other regular duties, fees on the
same scale as laid down in clause (2) (a) above shall be charged and
credited to Government.
(c) When Police additional to the local establishment areg
deputed, fees on the same scale as in clause (a) above with travellin
allowance of the Police so drafted, in shall be levied and credited to
Government.

357 of 780
 31~
(d) Wiien Police in addition to the saictjoned establishmenf
are deputed, the whole charges for s’ ch Pclice, i.e., pay and alL waikes’
clothing charges, contrib:tion towards leave salary and pension, travel
;~g allowances and house rent, shall be charged as shown below ~n’
credited to Government.
(I) Pay and Allowances.---

Tite gross sanctioned cost of th~additional establishment.

(ii) Clothing and supervision charges.—

Ten per cent oi pay pbs special pay plus compensatory
allowances incl.ding dearness allowance 01 tnc
additional establishment, in respect of those for whom
articles of uniform are supplied at Government cost. In the case of
hose wio are not s~ppliedwith uniform at Government cost, super-
vision charges should be recovered at 5 per cent of pay plus special pa~
plus compensatory allowances mci. ding dearness allowance. The
demand should be made in whole ~ pees ; a rL pee should be chared
wnei t ie fractio,1 is half or over half a ri pee and when the fraction is
less than half a rupee, it should be omitted.
(iii) Contribution for leave salary.—
Twelve and half per cent of the total sanctioned cost
oi the additional establishment or in the case o time-sc~ties
of pay, on the average cost of all the posts concernea
including all compensatory allowances in the case of those governed l’v
Fundamental Ru.les and at 11 per cent in the case of those governed by
Tamil Nadu Leave RL les.
(iv) C’ontribution for pension.—--9.S per cent of the maximum
monthly pay of the grade substantively held.
(v) House rent shall be charged at the standard rent leviahic
under Fundamental Rule 45-A, when Government quatters are provided,
When quarters are hired, the rent shall be the same as that acm ~4Ih
,‘~q ~y the Government for the quarters.
(3) The cost of private guards ml st be paid monthly in advance.
F—2 O-3.23

358 of 780
 -3 ~4

381. Fees for opinion given by the Foot-prinf Experts in the Taini
Naclu Forensic Science Laboratory to another State or to private persons.—
Fees on the scale shown below should be charged in respect of every
expert opinion given by the Foot-print Experts in the Tamil Nadu Foren-
sic Science Laboratory to another State or private persons ;—
Scale of Fees.
(1) (2)

(1) For the expert’s opinion A flat rate of Rs. 50 only for the
first article and Rs. 25 for each
of the subsequent article5
subjecttci aminimumofRs. ion
per case.
(2) Travelling Allowance .. Actual expenditure incurred by
the Expert in connection with
the case.
(3) Photographic charges .. Actual cost of any photograph5
taken in connection with the
case.
(0.0. No. 3170 (Home), 10th June 1939)
38~.(1) Destitute Persons In Towns:-Destitute persons found dying
of disease or starvation j~2ownsmust be taken to the nearest hospitals
or dispensary. If refused admission, the orders of the Revenue
Divisional Officer if present orin his absence of any local Executivc
Magistrateshould be obtained.

In Vil~ages_~(2) Police personnel of all ranks should extend

their services to provide appropriate assistance and other relief to
people in distresssituati on like helping the sick/injured by removing them
their residence or for hospital for treatment in police vehicles.Thcy can
also undertake rescue operations during outbreak of epidemic and
floods, etc.

359 of 780
Stretchers—

383. One or two stretchers for carrying sick on njured persons

to hospital shall be kept in Town Police Stations.
rreatment of Lunatics

384. (1) (a) Under Section 14 of of the Indian Lunacy

Act, 1912 (Act IV of 1912), every Offirer-in-charge of
a Police Station may arrest or cause to be arrested all lunatics found
wandering at large and shall arrest or cause to be arrested all dangerous
lunatics within the limits of his station. Every lunatic so arrested
shall be taken forthwith to First-class Magistrate.
(b) By “at large” is meant that they are found at a distance from
their residence, and obviously uncared for and uncontrolled by their
proper guardians.
(2) Under Section 14 of the said Act, it is the duty of every officer-
incharge of a Police Station immediately to report to a first-class
Magistrate any instance of a lunatic within the limits of his Station not
being under proper care and control of being cruelly treated or neglected
by any relative or other person having the care of such lunatic.
(3) When a person arrested as a lunatic is being taken to the Magis-
trate, he may be confined in Police Lock-ups or Sub-Jails if no other
place of safe custody is available. After his production, it will rest with
the Magistrate to prescribe the place of detention.
(G.O. Ms. No. 1969, Judicial, dated 11th August 1879.)
(4) Criminal lunatics should be confined in Sub-Jails or district
Jails according to the stage of the inquiry.
(G.O. No. 2762, Judi. dated 25th November 1880.)
(5) (a) When a lunatic is sent to the Institute of Mental Health the
Magisterial or Police~ Offleer who despatches the person is responisbie
that the escort is provided with sufficient means to provide such arbcJ~i

F—230-3—-23A

360 of 780
 56

as milk, coffee, biscuits or any suitable cooked food for the use of tli e
insane during his journey to the hospital, In case the insane refuses
foo~or becomes sick, he should be taken to the nearest hospital. Every
female ii1s~tne should be accompanied by a female attendant o
relative ir a~lditj~nlie us rat Pollee escort.
(0.0. Ms. No. 826, Judicials dated 8th May 1896).
(b) Criminal lunatic, recovered and unrecovered when sent by mu
should not be allowed to move wiih other passengeres, but should be
placed with their escort or attendants in a separate compartment.

(c) Police escorts for lunatics entitled only to lower class of acconi-
modation by rail shall travel in the higher caiss in which lunatics in
their charge travel and [in addition, will draw, in the case cf con
stables, daily allowanee and, in the case of others half fare cf the
class by which they are entitled to travel at Government expense.
(G.0. No. 427, public (Police) I liii August 1932.)
(d) A Police Escort accompanying a niental patient for any
purpose should wear plain clothes and be unarmed and provided with
hand cuffs to be used when necessary. A conveyance should be
provided for taking him from place to place.
(G.0. No. 1855, Home, 11th May 1951.)
6. When required by a ~iagistrate ,the Police shall obtain and
furnish the information necessay for the compilation of a lunatic’s
medical history sheet. The Police should furnish the medical officer
to whom a lunatic is sent for observation, with all available details
as to his previous history and the. alleged causes of his insanity.
7. Every Police Officer may tocapture any lunatic who escapes
from an Institute of Mental Health provided that in the case of a
launtics not being a criminal lunatic, the power to recapture sha1l be
exerci~ab1eonly for a period of one month from the date of escape.
8. When required by the Superintendent of the Institute of Mental
Health, the Police shall take such steps as are necessary to bring to tJ~is
Institute, a mental patient temporarily discharged therefrom, who is ~
produced before the Superintendent of the Institute Whenever he is re-
quired to be produced or on the date of the termination of the perioa
~temporary discharge.

361 of 780
 357

Note. : In districts where the judiciary has been separated from

the executive the Judicial Magistrate will exercise the power under
Section 13 of the Lunaoy Act.

(G.O. No. 1534, P.}{. 27th April 1939.)

Treatment of Policemen.
385. The rules relating to the medical treatment of Police patients are
laid down in paragraphs 163 and 317 of the Tamil Nadu Medical Code
which are reproduced below.

Policemen should be treated in Hospitals or Dispensaries in-

cludin~Rural Dispensaries or modern or [and Indian medicine nearest
or inst accessible to their Stations. They need not be removed to a
s~pira~ePjlic~Hos?ital or District Headquarters Hospital but may be
retained and tre~itedin the nearest hospital easily accessible if the
Medical Officer attending on them considers that the complaint is one
which could be tre3.ted by him properly and cured by him. If the
Medical Officer however is of opinion that their transfer tc a separate
Police Hospital or District Head quarters Hospital is necessary consi-
dering the nature of illness he should as certain before hand except in
en~:gerttcis~s wheii~rac~mmodaticnwill be availabie for them is
tue Hospitat to which they are p~oposodto sent and then arrange for
tneir transfer.
0.0. No. 1670, P.H. 8th May 1939. G.O. Ms. No. 2739, P.H. 2lst

June 1940. and G.O. No. 1403, Health, 15th April 1953.

Cost of traetment of Policemen.

(1) Policemen treated in Police Hospitals in Special Police wards

attached to Government, Panchayat Union or Municipal Hospitas will
he treated as other Government servants in the mat~er of recevery of
Hospital charges. Where local bodies maintain Police wards ,ihe charges
incurred by them will be paid b~the Goveriiment in the manner

362 of 780
 358

provided in paragraphs 4 and 6 of G. 0. No. 68, Medical, dated 19th

September. 1916. Charges for diet will be recovered from Gazetted
Police officers wnen they are treated in Government Hospitals as per
scale in paragraph 456 and credited to Government.

GO. No. 622, Medical, 16th November 1920.

G.O. Ms. No. 364 ,Public Police, 4th August 1934, and
0.0. No. 1991, P. H. 22nd August 1934.
(2) Special Police Officers injurid on duty and admitted to
Government Medical Institutions are entitled to free accommodation
diet and treatment. When they are admitted to Panchayat Union
Municipal Institutions the charges, if any, leviable from them under
the ru!es of the institution will be borne by the government.
(3) When Policemen are ireatec! as out-patients or as in-patients
of a Hospital wh~reno special arrangements are made for their treat
moat, theY will be stibject to such rules as are applicable to other
persui~* of the same status at the hospital in question; any cb~rge
leviable on them nder the rules of the Hospital will be borne by
Government,
Medical check-~.p t’ Police Officers,
(1) The members of Tamil Nadu Police Subordinate Service and
Tamil Nadu Police mci ding Superintendents of Police other than
cffic~rsof the Indian Police Service shall be subjected to medical check
up c’mpLls-rily once in two years, The Superintendents of Police
shall arrange for the examination of each member of the said services
by a Government Medical Officer available at the Station or if no
st~chofficer is available, by a Medical officer of a Primary Health,,
Centre or a Panciiayat Uaion Hospital, I he Superintendent of Police
other than those belonging to I.P.S, shall also subject themselves to
such medical examination comp~Llsori1yonce in two years, The exami-
nation should be free in all cases,
]G0, Ms, N ,1621, Home (PA, xlV), 14th 3. ly 1981,]

363 of 780
 359

(2) A register of all compulsory medical cheek’ p shall be maintained

or this pi rpose in the following form,

1~Pasrn. Desiganlion/Station. Daze on which Due daic Daie of

last under of nexi Medical
went medical compul- check-up,
checkup, son’
medicel
checkup,
(1) (2) 3) (4) (5) (6)

A separate leaf fcr each member shall be alk ttec’ f~r entering the
above partic lars.
(3) If a member is transferred ot t cf the district the date on which
he last anderwent medical cheoki p shall invariably be noted in
last pay certificates are issued, In respect of members w ho are net
issued with last pay certificates from the District Police Office the
information shall be ascertained from the member concerned
entered in the register maintained for the pL rpcse,

(4) The Superinondent ci Police shall review this register at

the end of each Calendar year and ens re that every member had the
checkup within in the prescribed period,

(5) The Superindents of Police should also ensure that members

are sent to the medical ins1itutions in such cenven~entbatches so as to
to avoid a heavy strain on the medical officers, A programme shor Id
be drawn i p in consulation with the Medical officers conoerne at tbc
bc~inningof each calenda4’year.

364 of 780
 360

CHAPTER XXIII.
CORRESPONDENCE

386. General Rules;—.

(1) The name as well as the official designation of an officer
sh’~uidbe set out atthehead ofevery letter, memorandum
or proceedings issued by him or from his office on his responsibility
rre~p~~~ lye of any signatt re which may be given by procuration at the
and irrespective end of the at thority or person to whom it may be sent
(2) The use of facsimile signature stamps in lieu of sign manuai
~n correspondence is forbidden. Official docu ments should be signed
a uniform and legible manner.
(3) When it is necessary to add a date to initials or signature, th~
year as well as the date and month should be shown.
(4) Wnen a large number of enclosi res is sent with a letter, a list
of them s~iouldbe forwarded.

387. Letters to be paid for.—

All letters despatc’ied by Government officers in their official
Capacity,in reply to commlJ nicatic ns of any kind received from
individuals or associations, should be despntched private “service
paid”. (GO. 532, dated 22nd July 1905.)
388. Confidential commanications.—
(I) (a) Covers containing correspondence which is not of confiadential
nature, should be addressed to officer for whom they are intended
by his official desgination only and without the addition of his name.
(G.O. 1151, Public, dated 21st December 1963.)
(b) Confidential papers should be placed in double covers, th
inner cover being marked ‘confidential’ and sealed and superscribe
with the name only of the addressee, the outer cover being addressed i
the manner prescribed in the previous paragraph.

365 of 780
 361

(2) Officers of and above the rank of Deputy Superintendent of

Police are supplied with an almirah for the ct stodyof confidential paper~~
S ~h papers shall, as far as practicable, be kept in the officer’s persona1
charge.
389. (1) Demi Official Communications
Demi-Officiat covers should ordinarily be addressed to tli. officer
for whom they are intended both by his name and by his officia,
designation. Should the officer addressed by name have vacated hi55
appintment.
and deal wif~his
the successor or locum
communications tenens if s~iouldopen
enclosed such
I e is competent to cover
do so
If not competent, he should return them to the sender with an intimat in
to that effect and should treat any information thus obtained as
Confidential.

(2) Demi-Official comminications which are intended to be opened

by the addressee and by no one else should be enclosed in cover
add rèssed to him by name only, his official designation being omitted.
If he has vacated an appointment and they arc delivered to his successor
or locum tenens, they should be forwarded to him direct if his address
is known, and, if not, returned to the sender.

Demi-Official letters to the Deputy Inspector-General (Administration)

(3) Demi-Official letters from gazetted officers, cf a purely persona
1
nature, s~cuId be addressed to the Deputy Inspector-General (Admini..
tration). Such communictiOns will, if necessary, be placed before the
Disector-General for orders.
(4) (a) Government have iss ed the fliowing instructions in the
matter of sending demi-official forms letters to senior officers and the
appropriate forms of saluation to be generally used in such demi-official
correspondence.

(M~mo.4498/52-3 Pub. (Scr.C), 31st March 1953)

(i) Between members ( f any of the All India Services, such as
the I.A.S., T.P.S., l.A., and A.S., LF.S., Indian Service of Engineers,
ctc. ajunior member should use the form “Dear Thir~A,

366 of 780
 362

in addressing a member of the same service who is senior to him by

10 years or more. He may use the form “My Dear A “

in addressing others.
[Memo. 1590/53-2 Pub. (Ser. C’), 22nd May 1953
and
Memo. 3093/53-1, Pub. (Ser.C.) 10th September 19531
(ii) A member of any of the All-India Services such as I.A.S, etc.,
should address a member of any other such All-India Service by the form
“Dear Thiru A. “if there is a difference of 10 years or
more of serVice between them, in other cases, the form “My dear”
may be used.
(iii) Gazetted Members of the State Service may use the form
“Dear Thiru A “ in addressing a member of
the All-India Services, who maybe their colleague or who enjoys the same
or similar official status as themselves, in other cases, where they have
to address a member of the All-India Service, it would be appropriate
for them to use the form “Dear Sir”.
(iv) As between members of State Services, theymayappropriatel
obs.rve the convention followed by All-India Services as laid down in
instructions (1) and (ii) above.
(v) The position of a Collector in a district is slightly different
As the Head of the district, he can address all officers in the district
or even Regional Officers stationed in the Headquarters by the form
“My dear A “ irrespective oftheir seniority. In addressing
the Collector, menbers of the State Services having jurisdiction over
district or part of a district should use the form “Dear ~Sir”, Regiona
Officers ofthe State Services havng/jurisdiction over one or more district
like Superintendeing Engineer; of Conservators of Forests should alsg
use the form Dear Thiru A”.
(vi) As the district and Sessions Judges occupy a high place in
the district administration, that they may address the Collector as “My
Dear and similarly the Collector may also addresp
tbçm as “My Dear

367 of 780
 363 S

(vii) In the case of women officers, the same instructione

may be followed using “Tmt’ or ‘Selvi’ as the case may be,. in the plac
.

of Thiru
(b) In interviews and conversations with senior officials the term
“Sir” should generally be used in greeting Ministers and high official8
in taking leaveo fthem and in taking any instru ctions or orders from them
The following general instructions will be found useful in this
connection;—..
(i) The term ‘Sir’ is appropriate when members of All-India’
Services address any member of the same service who is senior to him
by ten years or more.

(ii) The term ‘Sir’ will be appropriate when member’s of the

All-India Serivces, other than the I.A.S., address members of the I.A.S
if there is a difference often or more years of service between them.
(iii) The term ‘Sir’ will be appropriate when members ofthe State
~ea’vicesaddress members of the All-India Services who are not their
colleagues or who do not enjoy the same or similar official status as
themselves.
(iv) AnI.A.S., Offleer may say “Thiru” when addressing in interview
and conversations, officers of the All-India Services other than I.A.S.
who are senior to him by more than ten years in age or in gazetted service.
Officers will pay due attention to these accepted forms of salutation
in correspondence and in conversation.
Form of Address—’
390. (1) (a) In all official correspondence and Government record
8
only the following honorifics will be prefixed to the names of Indian
Nationals, men and women, irrespective of race or religionof the person
concerned.
For men Thiru
—

For women —

If married Thirumathi
—

If unmarried Solvi
-

(~.O,Ms. toi 3095 Pi,Mk (Services A), dated 18th Decemder

368 of 780
 364

So far as men are concrned each name should have the honorific
‘Tniru’, for example ‘Thiri Ramakrishna’ and ‘Thiru Ganapati’ and no
need should arise for a plural for ‘Thiru’. For women ‘Thin. mathiyar’
and ‘Selviar’ should, however, be used as plurals for ‘Thiru mathi’ and
‘Selvi’ respectively.
(b) While addressing companies, firms, etc. bearing personal
names, the honorific ‘Messrs.’ should be sed in English correspondence
and the honorific ‘Thiruvalargal’ in Tamil correspondence.
EXAMPLE.
Firms bearing personal Names:
For Correspondence in English. For Correspondence in Tam!!
1. Messrs. Spencer & Co., nr~r u~ir.~ri- ~
,s~LL)QU~?Sf7.

2. Messrs. King & Co., ~ rrt~fT ~J ~ awQu~?

3. Messrs. Kalyanam & Co., ~rt~ rr~ri.b ry~~
6cL1JQUó~~.

While addressing companies, firms, etc., hearing impersonal names

the use of honorific shot ld be dropped, both in English and in
Tamil, correspondence
EXAMPLES.
Firms bearing impersonal Names:
For Corespondence in English For Correspondcnce in Tamil
I. The A.C.C., Madras ~r. Qr.
~.

2. The Universal Bcok House $). ~-~iv~ii tj~

3. The Neyveli Lignite Corp3ration ,~. G~i~9 ~
~rrri

(c) Separate honorific perllxed for non-Indian Nationals besides

‘Thiru’, ‘Ttiirumathi’ or ‘Selvi’ are i nnecessary. As far as possible
‘Thiru’, ‘Tnirumathi’ or ‘Selvi’ as the case may be should be used as
prefixes to all, except in the case of personalities of international impo r-
tance, where prefixes appropriate to them (i.e. commonly i’sed in their
rcspectivo countries) may be used.

369 of 780
 (d) The honorific ‘1h~rumatl’i’may be used for widows also and
‘Thiru’ may be used for boys.
(2) Medical Practitioners of the scientific system of medicine
(except those who hold miliatry ranks) ~whetherin the service of Govern-
ment or other wise should be addressed by the courtesy title of ‘Dr’.-
before their names and with their degrees and licences (in the caseof
Government servants) added at the end, examples:
‘Dr. M B.B.S.,
‘Dr. L.M..S.,
‘Dr. L.M.P.,
Form of correspondence with Tahsildars and Sub-Magistrates—
391. Correspondence between an Officer of and above the rank of
DepL.ty Superintendent of Police and a Tahsildar or Sub-Magistrate
may be by letter or in the form of endorsement but the endorsement
form should be used in preference to the letter form whenever possible.
Proceedings or similar mandatory forms implying subordination should
not be be used. The letter form should be in the simplest briefest
and most direct style.

(G.O. 895, Rev, dated 7th June 1923).

Form of correspondence between Statioa house O~’ficCrsand Officers

Superior in rank to them.—
392. Sub-Inspectors and Station House Officers shall addressofficers
of and above the rank of Inspectors, Magistrates, Tahsildars, officers,
of the Salt, Central Excise and Customs departments of and above the
rank of Inspector and other Governmentofficers of corresponding rank
by letter in Form No. 61 using the following formula.
‘Sir, Yours faithfully.
Between Inspectors and Officers superior in rank to thea.—

393. The same style of address shall be adopted by Irspectors when

ressing Officers superior in rank to themselves.

370 of 780
I~etweenInspectors, Sub-Magistrates, eEc,—.
394, Inspectors of Police shall address the Court as well as Snb-
Magistrates and Tahsildars by using the words namely ‘Sir’, ‘Submitted,
and/or ‘Resubmitted’ irrespective of the fact whether they are letters 0r
endorsements or printed forms. Inspectors of the Salt, Central Excise
and Customs departments shall be addressed by letter form.—

“Sir” Yotrs faithfully.

Memorandum Form of correspondence.—

395.(l) The Government have authorised the use of the memorandum
form of correspondence vtithin the Police department.
(G.O. 5 Public, dated 4th January 1921).

Memorandum Form Book,—

(2) The Memorandum Form Book (Form No. 61) is intended

for all correspondence, including correspondence with the magistracy,
for which no particular form is prescribed.

Correspondence with Central Bureau of Investigation.—

396. (1) Direct correspondence on routine and noncontroversial
matters peftat:11 ig to crimes of a non-political character can be had with
Central Bureau of Investigation, New Delhi.

(2)The Co-
0rdination, Records and Interpol Division in the
Central Bureai: of Investigation consists of three wings vi?,, (1) Crime
Records Wing, (ii) In erpcl Wing and (iii) Co-~rdinaticnwing, Al1
correspondence shot Id be addressed to the Dep~ty Director, Cc-
ordina.ion Wing, C.B.I. East B1u~~ No. 7 R.K. Ptram Now DeIhi-22
or to the Assistant Dircctcrs cf the respective divisions to which the
subject matter relates.

371 of 780
 ~67

Correspondence,—

397, Direct correspondence en routine and non-cc ntrcversinl matter

between officials of Tamil Nadu State and those ~f the adjoining States.
[6.0. 3736 Pub, (Fol,) 19th Septunber 1950 and Memo. 450-B/51,
Fib (Pol), 29th Apr11 1953],
(1) To facilitate matters in day-to day administration the Heads
of Departments and certain cthers mentioned in colt mr (I) cf the
table below, are permitted to correspond directly on ro~tine and non-
controversial matters on the subjects mentioned in column (2) thereof
with the State omcials mentioned in colt inn (3),

372 of 780
Table showing s objects on which officials of the Tamil Nadu Government may correspond with officials of the
adjoining State Government

OfJicer or Officeis of the Subject on which correspondence Officer/Officers adioining State

Government of Tamil Nadu is permitted. permitted to correspond
-

who are permitted to correspond direct with the Officers of the

direct. Tamil N’;du Government.
(I) (2) (3)

POLICE DEPARTMENT
Officers of and above the rank Matters relating to border crime and Officers of and above the rank of
of Inspector of Police, crime and criminals. Inspector of Police.

Do. Exchange of intelligence. Do.

Do. Surveillance of gangs and ex-convicts Do.

and checking of ex-convicts.

Do. Enquiries regarding antecedents of Do.

persons.

Do. Circulation of lists of properly. Do.

373 of 780
 Do. RecoverY of propertY and documents Do.
wanted in criminal cases and
recording staemn of persons.

Do. Assistant for investigatiOnS. Do.

Do. Pay of moneys such as rewards. Do.
Do. Border beats and patrols. Do.
Do. Information about police Officers Do.
on leave or ex-members of the
police and their families.
Do. Border meetings. Do.
Do. Correspondence on any other matter Do.
necessary for the successful investiga-
tion of cases and tracking down
of cirminals.
Commissioner of police. Correspondence on any other mailer Direc or-General of Police..
necessary for successful investigatiOfl
of cases and (racking down of
criminals and information of a

374 of 780

Do.
Director-General of Police and
Officers of and above the rank ol
Deputy or Assistant Superinten-
dent of police.
Officer of not lower than the rank of Verifying the attendents and character
Assistant Superintendent of
police.
routine n ature relating to the
administration of thç Police
])epartment.
War watching and other defence
operations
Transfer of cases between Tamil
Nadu State and other States.
of Police recruits.
Do.
(1) Commissioner of Police for
the City and Superintendent of
Police for the districts, and also
Assistant Superintendent of
police Midhra Pradesh.
(2) Director-General of police in
Karnataka and officers of and
above the rank of Superimen-
dents of Police.
(3) Director-General of police
Kerala.
OffIcersnot lower than the rank of
Assistant Superintendent of
Police. Karnataka.
Director-General of police, Kerala
375 of 780

•11
Director-General of Police.
Superintendent of Police, Special
~ C.LD., Madras.
Deputy Inspector -General of
Police C.LD.(Intelligence)
ms.
(2)
Verification of sale of arms.
All Political matters (communists
and allied organizations, Forward
Block Muslim League and allied
organisations; and other minor
political organizations.)
Foreigners Verificatior attenedents.
of persons, Lias ‘ with State
Border meeting~ to ~zchaitge
political intcltigence.
(3)
Director-General of police,
Karnataka..
Dijector-General of Police
(I) The Director-Genera1~of
Poli~, ~erala.
(2) The Deputy.!nspector-G~nera1
o PoIi~e~Special Btanch in
~arnataka, Bangalore.
(3) The Deputy In spector-Genera.
of POlice, C.LD., Andhra.
Prad~sh.
376 of 780
 (I) (2)

Routir~ematters not contro versiel in Officers of the Karn~taka~

5ub~1nSpect0rSor Station House
Officers. in nature. Andhra pradcsh States cf r~k
corresponding to that of a sub
Inspector.
Director -General of Police
!ceila.~.. .

Police Radio Office. Matters relating to the mechanical DirectOr-General of police,

working of the Radio net work. Andhra~ Pradesh, District
Superintendent of Police,Arrned’
Reserve, Kerala or Assistant ~
Superintendent of Po1ic~,wire
less Station, Armed Rcse~e
Kerala, wireless
. Omcer
Karnataka and Police wireless,
Bangalore.

377 of 780
 MISCELLANEOUS
Chief Secretaries of the State
Collectors or the District Magistrates Arms licences and working of Ehe concerned.
as the case may be. arms and Explosives Act.
Routi tie matters relating to the Surgeon-General, Kerala and
Lomm ssioner o~Police, Madras
working of the Arms Act and DistrictMagiStrate concerned.
and the Dis~sictMagistrate.
Exposives Act.

District Magistates of the district

~Collectors of the Distris~:Mgistrates Licence or import of arms, etc., to
Madras State from iCarnataka and in the States concerned.
as the case may be.
other States.

Magisterial matters. Chief Secretaries of the States

Do.
concerned District Magistrates
of Karnataká State,

Andhra Pradesh District Judges-

~Collectors of the Distcict Magistrates Enquiry into pauper petitions and
Collectors! Registrar, Bigrt CUU:
as the case maybe. supply of information regarding
Bangalore, Collecotrsconc%Ued
the solvency of persons residing
.in Trivandrurn. Quilon, Kotta—
lathe State.
yam and Tiruchur.

378 of 780
Collectors or the District Examination of witnesses on commi&- Andhra Pradesh District Judges
Magistrates, as the case may be sion. and Magistrates or the Collectcrs
District Magistrates concerned
i.e. of Trivandrum, Quilon,
Kottayarn, Registrar, High
Court Bangalore, Distrist
Magistrate Tiruchur.
Commissioner of Police, or District Working of the Cinetnatograph Act, Director-General of Police and
Magistrate. 191$. District Magistrate. U)

379 of 780
 375

hrrespondence with R$nistets

&H3.?.Whenever lo& su boidinates are asked by -Ministers to enquire
htb any ma!&& or make reports,,. the reparts should be sent !hrodglV
the head of the Dipartmeyt concer:led and the cJ,ncerned Department
in the Secretariat. Heads cf Departments also should not correspond
direct with Mi:lsters except through the concerned Department in tLe
Secretariat. 01. rare occasions. whenever t!tey are asked to furnish
nfotmation by Ministers. when a rig+l adherence to the above proce
dure may resyllt in some delay. however little, which may defeat the very
opje3 with which the information may have been sought, they can. i-b
aqdition to their rezula% reports through the normal channel. send a C&V
direct to the Minister. Any further instructions or orders on the subjec
will contintie to emanate, as at present only from the concerne4
Department of tSe Secretariat or the concerne ‘. head of the Departments

399. Unpdd Ietttw.--

Unpaid letters superscrib& as on public service but not sign& by a
person adthorise 1. to frank, ms t not be accepted.

400. Orders 011petitiow-

Petitions receive I from persons outside the department should not
be returne-l in original but an order should be communicated to the
sender.
40 1. Nil I’P turks. -
Printe:! forms of returns should not be used when the return is a
‘Nil’ one. A half sheet of paper can be used.

402. P~Lytncttt for trlcgrmms---

All telegrams anr’i other communications from officerc of
Government regarding their leave. pay, transfer. leave allowance, fund
subscriptions and analdgaus matters are private and not official and
should not be sent at L he public expense. Jf at telegraphic reply )I
any such communication is desired, it should be prepaid,
C,o. 419 pub 13 th Apl 1914,

380 of 780
 376
403. Correcriotts in records.-
All corrections and alterations in police records should be nw.Ie by
drawing a line through the original entry so as not to obliterate it
wckriting tQerequired alteration above and initialling it,

381 of 780
 377
PART IV-PARTICULAR BRANCHES OF THE DEPARTMENT
AND VILLAGE POLICE

CHAPTERxxv 1.
ARMED RESERVES

404. District Armr4 Reser w.-

At each district headquarters there will be kept a body of armed
mei1 callei the District Atmel Reserve. Tilis force must be available
to deal promptly wiih orilinary tumults an4 1ocal disturbances:.
t-b. Ms. No. 40 pu,, (pal) ,4th Fcp, 1936.

(1) In a ldition to the platoons of the regular District Armed

Reserves, acIditiona1 platoons called Deputy Inspectors General
platoons and RaiIway Police platoons are stationed at the headquarters
of oertain districts as noted below :-

(u) Deputy Inspector’s General,. Armel Reserve platoons are

stationed at the following places:-

%. Thomas Monnt, Madurai, Ramanathapuram

Vellore, Salem. Coimbatore and Tiruc;hirappalli.
(b) The Railway Police Arme 1 Reserve platoons or half-pintoo n,
are stained in the following places :-
St. Thomas Mount, Vellore, Cudcialore, Thanjavur,
Madurai. Ramanathapuram, Salem. Coimbatore
and Tiruchirapalli.
(2) The Deputy Inspector’s-General Armed Reserves will be
utilise;l at the discretion of the Deputy Inspector-General concerned.
They will be local stretagic forces under the direct orders and disposal of
the Deputy Inspector-General concerned. For purposes of training
and discipline, the platoons of the Deputy Inspector-General Armad
Reserve will form part of the District Armed Reserve of the district: 1
which they are attached.

382 of 780
 373
(3) The Railway Police Annel Reserves will, for the purpose of
training ani supervision, form part of the District Arnied Reserve
of the district to which they are attache 1 in the same way as the Deputy
Inspe~tor’s-GeneralArmel Reserve. The Superintendents of Police.
Railway Police, Tiruchirappalli. will call upon the Superintendent of
Police concerne I to provi le for railway protc..~tionp~irposesas an-!
when requireI the platoons reserved for railway police work.
Movements of Armc4 Reserves-Information to be given to
C’dllectors.— - -

406. (1) The Superintendent should give information to the-

Collector of—
(a) the mobilization of the District Armed Reserve stating th
reasons therefo r and

(b) the despatch of any part of the District Armed Reserve to

suppress riots, or to maintain order in disturrbed areas, or, under
the orders of the Director-General or Deputy Inspector-General to do
duty in another district.

(Memo 1737-1 Pub. (Pol,) 1st M~y1931) -

Moihlisation ~f neighbouring Reserves.—

(2) (a) In cases of emergency a Superintendent may
apply to the Deputy Inspector-General of the range
concerned for such reinforcements to his district are
necessary. The Deputy Inspector General concerne I may, on receipt
of such requests, order the movement of Armed Reserve from within
his range. If movement of Armed Reserves is considerel necessary
from iutside the range. such movement shall be ma’~eonly Imnmer the
order of the Director-General. Any movement made under this order
shall be Promptly reported to the Dircetor-General.

(b) Government have laid down that before ordering the move
ment of an Arme I Reserve district to another the Director-General
should consult the Collector concerned if there is time to do so. If,
however, in an emergency, there is no time for such prior consulta
tion, he mayact at his discretion provided that he informs the Collector -

comicerned as early as possible of any orders that he may issue the reasons

383 of 780
 379
for them. Any orders issued by him bearing on the maintenance of law
and order such as, for example, Instructions to the Armed Reserves
slioulci be communicated for infrmatiou to the Collector concerned.
fG.0. 406, Pub. (Pal.) 18th July 1930.]

(3) Whenever a detachment of the Armed Force of a district whether

District Armed Reserve Deputy Inspector’s-General. Armed Reserve
or Railway Police Armed Reserve is duputed for duty outside its own
district, the Superintendent of Police of the district to which the detach-
ment is attached should keep the Director-General an-I the Deputy
Inspector-General of Police inforrne-l of its movements by sending
prompt report on the despatch and return of the detachment. The
purpose for which it jS deputed and the number of platoons or sections
despatched should also be stated.
(G.O.Ms. 1081, Home, 8th April, 1946.)
407. hOW to he armed. —
(1) When calle1 out for duty conne-~te-l With the maintenance
of peace. the Reserve Sub-Inspector of an Arme!
Reserve shall he arme 1 with a pistol. Hea~1 Constables, Naiks.
and men may prefei ably to be limit their weapons to
lathis only, an addition to tea-smoke carried by~the spc~ia1 tear
Smke Sq~ad: —

(2) If time cailying ol rifles is deemed essential, the mob control

~rties will ensure that they have atleast two men armed with muskets
who will carry both buck-shot amid ball ammunition in alternate ~oucbes.
411.Organisaflon and formation of Arifled Reserves
408. (I) Each Armed Reserve will be treated as a
company which will consist of the headquarters wing
comprising of specialists like motor transport staff. amourers,
carpenters tailors and orderlies and regular platoons each under
a Reserve Sub-inspector. A platoon will consist of four sections and
a seQtjon will consist of one Head Constable, one naik and 12
constables including two constables for vacancy reserve. The
headquarter wing will have its own vacancy reserve. Robrowing staff
is provided in the headquarters wing of the Armed Reserve of Tiruc]iirap-
paul district.
(0.0-Ms-No- 1081, Home 8th Api-il 1946)

384 of 780
 380

(2) (a) A Reserve Inspe-;tor wilt be the Company Commander. A

platoon will be under the comman of a Reserve Sub-Inspector, a section
under the command of a Head Constable and a half section under the
command of a Naik or LaiLe Nail-:.

(b) The Deputy lnspe~-toi-’sGenei-al platoons and Railway i’OIILC

platoons will also be un:~erthe command of the Reserve Inspector hu1
will form a se~rateplatoon un-Icr a separate Rcs-~rve~hmh-Inspector.

40-). O:din~ryduties of tii: Di’striet Armed R’scrre.~-

(I) The duties to be performed by each Reserve will he classitie-l as
“fixed’’ an I “flue tuating” tb ties. Men requre:i for ‘fixed’ uuties, i.e..
duties the oat re~fwhich is s~ehthat the men performing them cannot be
change-I from those duties ill times of cm~rgency,e.g.,arrnoury staff. motor
transpordui~-;staff,ordcrties, etc., at-c provided for in the hc~dquarters
wing outsi - e the formation slremtth of platoons. Men required for
‘tluctuatiu3’ ue., duties the nature of which is such that the
men who r~rforrnthem ~:anan I must he changed frequently e.g., guards.
escorts an~o’ier miscellaneous duties, will be foun from the formation
strength of p!~toons. The platoon:; or platoons employed for the time
being on flu;t:ating duties viii ~e style--i the ‘duty platoon or platoons’.
(2) The uty platoon or platoons will be employed as such for a
week at a time in rotation, the other platoon or platoons being mobilized
and exciusi umly engaged in training when not called out for bandobust
or the maint ~oanueor the pea-;e of other definite duty of the kind.
(G.0 ~ N0 IO~1 Hj:D~ 13 -M3rch 1942.i.
(3) (ci) The District Armed Reserve shall furnish duards and escorts
at headquarters, and parties for Preserving order at festivals and Iarge
public assemblies, and for maintaining the peace when disturbance is
anticipated.
(b) The employment of the Reset-ye Police on festival bandobist
duty should, however, be restricted as much as possible. When it
is fouud necessary to send a Party of Armed Reserve Police to a festival,
they should h~kept apart nsa Reserve to b~used in case of mnei~uc~.
and should not be emplovel on isolated deties,

385 of 780
 ~81
(4) (a) Al( Hen I Constables, Naiks, and Police
Constables in an At-med Re~ervcshould have a clear day off-duty at
regular intervals of not les than six days, the week starting from
Sunday. Ordinarily the ~shole Armed Reserve except the “Emergency
strength”, the stand-by Motor Transport staff, guards etc., will have
its oft—duty on Sunday. This “Emergency strength” WiuL stand-by
N’totor Transports staff, guards etc., which were on duty
on the Sun lay will have their off-duty clay Thursday. Reserve
Inspector of each Arme I Reserve will draw up in advance a list of Head
Constables. Naiks and Police Constables entitledto a day
off-duty in the ensuing week and paste it on the Notice-Board.

(b) No one on his off-duty day may leave his headquarters

without permission.
(c) If, in the public interest, any Heal Constable, Naik.
or Police Constable is not given an day off-duty in any
week, he shall be granted rem--neration for the extra-time duty “at
the rates prescribed from time to time”. Each Reserve Inspector of the
Armed Reserve will maintain a register showing the names of Head
Constn~les, Naiks, and Police Constables who a~eeligible to
draw this extra—time remuneration with full details as to the
circumstances in which off-duty days could not he allowed. A copy
of these entries should be sent to the District Police Office once in a
month when such claims are preferre -

410. Eniergcncy Strength.-

1) A minimum “Emergency strength” will be laid down for each
Arme I Reserve and jt must always he available and ready for
immediate action.

(2) The minimum prescribed are additional to the Deputy Ins-

pector’s General and Railway Police Arme 1 Reserve platoons which
should always be available for action in full.

(3) Men of the Arme 1 Reserve for duty on emergency shall be

deputed in com-~letesub-formations—- -platoons, sections or half-sections-
as the situation to he deal with may require.

386 of 780
 382
411. Duties of the personnel of the District Armed Reserve.—

The duties of the Reserve inspectors and their subordinates in

the Armed Reserve, are set oat below;——-
(1) (a) Reserve Inspector, Armed Reserve.---.-
The senior most of the Reserve Inspectors will he in overall
charge of the entire Armed Reserve Unit of the District.
(b) I{e will be in-charge of all items of work, such as Buildings.
Lines, Parade grounds, Sports, Musketry apparatus, sports gear and
those other than specifically allocated to the other Reserve Inspectors.
(c) The Reserve Inspector, Armed Reserve shall consolidate the
company-war or platoons-war rosters daily after checking them. He shall
record his arrival and departure in the Armoury Gen. Diary. He shalj
personally maintain all other records of the Armed Reserve. He shall
hand over his sealed duplicate keys to the District Police Office Superin-
tendent if the Armed Reserve is stationed at district headquarters, when
he leaves headquarters. He shall provide by specific written orders
issued weekly for the checking of all Armed Reserve guards.

(~J) He will be ui-charge of all Non-Commissioned Officers training

cadres, training in Tear Gas and other training classes that may he held
from time to time.
(2) R~cerveInspector, Storcs.—(a) The Reserve Inspector Store:
will be in charge of all store work relating to the Arms, ammunition and
accountremetit. He will maintain the registers relating to the con-~em-
nation and aucajon of all articles in the Armed Reserve.

(b) He will he in charge of the cycles and spares. lie shall hold
cycle cleaning parades monthly (luring the first week and inspect all cycles.
He shall make a record of this inspection in the General Diary and note
the condition of the cycles. He will take the necessary steps to get
cycles repaired and report separately all cases of damage not due to fair
wear and tear. All District Police Office cycles and cycles with Gazetted
OffIcers in headquarters shall be produced at these parades. He will
maintain the Cycle Register and the History Sheets.

387 of 780
 ~83

(e) Fte will he resp~nsiblefor checking the daily work don~ by

the Armoure,r, carpenter and tailor and for con meting the range,
~racLices. He should attend parades twice a week and such other
parades as ordered by the Superintendent of Police.
(d) 14e will be in-charge of the magazine and deposit arms~

(c) He will be in-charge of the welfare work and also of the

àdministretion of the welfare units.

(3) R ~serve Inspector, Motor Trancport.—

The Reserve Inspector, Motor Transport will be in over all
charge of the Motor Transports. Petrol and diesel pumps and
the Headqu arters platoons. Re will supervise the duties
of the Head quarters Reserve Sub-Inspecor and be responsible for
the maintenance of the Motor Vehicles in the Dis~zic*.
He should attend parades twice a week along with the headquarters wing
and such other parades as ordered by the Superintendent of Police.

(4) Readquarters Recerye Sub-Inspector.—

(a) T~ie Headquarters Reserve Sub-Inspector who is in direct
- charge of the Headquarters wing will be the staff Reserve
Sub-Inspector of the Armed Reserve and will Work directly
- a nder the control and supervision of’ the Reserve Inspector
Motor Transport. He will perform such miscellaneous duties as may be
assigned to him from time to time by the Reserve Inspector, Motor
Transport.
(b) lie will be in-charge of all motor transport, accessories, and
personnel. He shall check the mileage done by the lorries and the
- petrol used, once daily and make a record of this in the lorry
diary. He shall maintain all motor registers viz., M.T. Returns Petrol
Register and Lorry Hire Register.
(c) He should attend parades twice a week along with the head-
quarters wing and such other parades as ordered by the Superin.
tendent of Police.

-(d) Platoon Commanders will be held responsible for t~e

arms &ean!ng.

388 of 780
 384

(5) Orderly Reserve Sub-Inspector.—

(a) The Orderly Reserve Su b-Inspector will be responsible~forthe
safe custody of the Railway warrant and Bus Warrant Books.
(b~He will be ia-charge of all arms and ammunition in the
Armoury.
(c) He will be responsible for all working keys while sealed
covers containing duplicate keys will be in the possession of the Reserve
inspector.
(d) The Orderly Reserve Sub-Inspector shall not leave the Reserve
lines without the written permission of the Reserve Inspector to be re-
corded in the General Diary and when such permission is grantedhe shall
be regi larly relieved by the Reserve Inspector or by another Reserve
Sub-Inspector. Whenever the Orderly Reserve Sub-Inspector leaves
tue civinity of the Arinoury he shall hand over the charge by entry in
the General Diary to the Guard Commander.

(e) He shall put the Armoury clock right daily.

(f) He shall be responsible for the maintenance of the General

Diary ~i1 w~iicheverytning that happens in the Armoury shall be recor-
ded. He shall exchange charge under record and signature in the General
Diary whenever he leaves the Armoury and returns to it.
(g) He shall depute all escorts or parties of men and issue pass-
ports to to~mand note departure and arrival of all escorts including
escorts from other districts and parties of men, in the General Diary.
He shall inspect all men going out on escort and other duty both before
they go on, and after they return from, such duty. He shall check
all equipments or stores orother material s issued to them or brought by
them and make a record of such in the General Diary.
Qm) He shall mount and relieve Armoury, Magazine and District
Police Office guards and other guards in District Headquarters.
(i) He shall receive all suck men from Platoon Reserve Sub-
Inspectors and see that all names are entered itt the Sick Register before
they are marched to hospital. He will also obtain the medicaiHistory

389 of 780
 beets of~emen reporting sick and send them with *e Non-Co mrn~s
sjoasd Officer in-charge of the sick so that the necessary entries could
made by the Medical Officer in the case i~f men discharged. On
disoharle the Medical History sheets of the discharged men will be
•eturned to the Platoon Reserve Sub-Inspector.

(6) Platoon commander Reserve Sub-Inspector.—

~a)Each Reserve Sub-Inspector in-charge of a platoon shall maintain

the duty-roster of his platoon. The Reserve Inspector shall communi-
cate ge~eEalorders f~rthe deputation of men for duty tø him.

(b) The Platoon Commander Reserve Sub-Inspector shall receise

all sick reports of his platoon and produce men before the Orderly
Keserve Sub-Inspector to be passported to hospital. He shall form ‘ p
his men or parade and have ready for presentation to the Reserve
Inspector a parade statement showing details of the
Head Constables, Naiks, and Constables who are present
and accounting for absentees. He shall nominate Head Constable
andmeflOfilis platoon for duties as may be required and shall
if-he is not himself Orderly Reserve Sub-Inspector, inspect them before
sending them to the Orderly Reserve Su b-Inspec~orto be passported~
He shall repDrt Head Constables and men who misbehave and shall
be re~ponsiblefor producing them at Orderly room. He shall bs
responsible for the carrying out of orders awarding extradrill or guards
to Head Constables and men of his platoon. He shall serve orders
received from the Reserve Inspector upon Head Constables and men
of his platoon, andtake their explanations for misconduct as required.

F— 231,1-3—25

390 of 780
 386

Other Ranks: - - - --

(7) (a) Men in the platoon or plat~ens wilt

have S~indayfree. Any fatigue that has to be d-.~neon Si ndays will be
i

done by the men of the ‘D~typlatoon or platoons’.

(b~The armourer and his assistant will attend all alarms and all
horning parades at headqu arters on Mondays and Fridays. Similarly
all orderlies not on duty will attend on those days.

(c) The Head Constable-mechanic will he responsible fo~ the

maintenance of the motor vehicles in good repairs and efficient condi-
tion.

(8) (a) Orderly Room:- The hehling of orderly room in very

important function for the maintenance of discipline base~lon publicity,
airplay and the redress of j~stgrievances which are not to be stifled
The Superintendent or the Personal Assistant to the Superintendent of
Police or the Sub-divisional Officer stationed at district headquarters
~ould hold Orderly Room once a week at about 10.30 hrs. Orderly
Room, will, of course, be held on all other working days, except
Thursday, by the Reserve Inspector himself, All matters of discipline
and general administration should he dealt with at Orderly Room
platoon Commanders marching in their own men and being present
whilst orders are passed or requests and complaints considered. As far
as possible all representations from the men should be dealt With there
as also the sanction of leave, the grant of General Provident Fund
Advances, requests for transfers, the location of line huts, etc
individual applicants and those who wish to make representation wil1
be marched in, the orders being passed and intimateti to them then an!
there. A diary should be maintained for the orders, etc., issued at
- the Orderly Room. The need for frequency - in holding Orderly Room is
atresse’l. Thereby time is actually saved, justice is swiftly meted
and grievances are handled before they are magnified by brooding
Disciplinary matters requiring action by the Gazetted Officer at his
Orderly Room will be brought before him by the Reserve Inspector who
will deal with his own cases prior to the time fixed for the Gazetted Offl~~r
~

391 of 780
 412. Annual mobilisation.—
(1) All Armed Reserves are to be mobilize1 once a year
or at any time which the Superintendent may consider to be
most convenient. The Armed Reserves are then to be
drilled for fifteen days, ‘ooth the Superintendent and Subdivisiona1
Officers being present at the drill and taking an active part in it. It is
most important that officers should not permit themselves to become 80
rusty in their drill that they are unable efficiently to command thehi
Armed Reserves in the absence of the Reserve Inspector.
(2) Superintendents are personally to supervise the organisatjon
OX the mobilized Armed keserve and, as a rule, they should remain a~
headquarters so long as the mobilisation continues.
413. Mobijjsation orders.—
(1) Standing orders for mobilisation shall be drawn up.
(2) In these shall be detaileu the stan’ing ~uties of the District
Armed Reserve and the circle or stations which will supply men to fulfil
each of these duties. A copy of the orders shall be hung up in each
station concerned.

(3) Instructions on the following points shall be given in respect

of the men to be sent in from the district—
(a) the number of men of each rank to he sent;

(b) how their work v~illbe carried on in their absence.

(c) to whom and where they should report themselves

(d) what their duties will be ;

(e) what arms, if any, they should take with them; and

(J) that fulL kits will he taken.

(4) It shall be laid clown that men will be passporte I direct to the
~Iace where they are to do duty.
F -.230-3—25A

392 of 780
 .i88

(5) Circles not to be unduly we~kuied.—Careshould be taken wh~n

drawing up mobilisation orders, not to weaken ~induIy the imp~i’~-nt
circles.

414. Armed Reserve on detachincut duty.—

In the case of a subformation of an Armed Reserve on

detachment duty—
(1) The senior officer of the detachment should post up particulars
of daily attendance for duty and absentees in hi~note-book.

(2) A Reserve Sub-Inspector in~chargeof a platoon on detachment

duty should attach to his daily report a statement accounting for the
daily employment of all ranks in his platoon. If the detachment i3
mployed outside the district to which it belongs, copies of the daily
report should be sent to the Superintendents both of the district in which
the detachment is employed and of the district to which it belongs.

415. The curriculum for intensive training of the Armed Reserves

will be as follows : —

The training will be done on the following lines :—

(1) From March to November inclusive.—’

Superintendents will see that the weekly programme
of work provides for parades of one and half hours
duration each morning except Sunday and Thursday parades of
45 minutes, duration each evening except Sunday or Thu rsaday, or other
day if locally indicated ; e.g., shaw~y,with lectures three times a
week between 9.30 and 10.15 a.m. by the Reserve Inspector or by a
Reserve Sub-Inspector. The annual musketry course should be fired
during the months when rain will not interfere. Hours of work for
men doing musketry on the range will be specially detailed. Due pro-
Vi$iofl will be made for regular instruction and training in—

393 of 780
 389

Squard, Company and Arms Drill

Skirmishing (instructions),
P.T., B.T. and Lathi Drill,
Route marches and small tactical scheni
Mob operations.
House surroundings,

Camp layout and discipline,

Field Firing,

Bayonet fighting,
Construction of hivouse shelters (instructional).

Tent-pitching,’

Musketry (instructiona),
Care of arms,
First-aid (selected men),
Anti-malarial measures and sanitation,

Care of clothing and equipment.

Section leadership,

Night marching by compa~.

Cooking (selected men) L I

Games.

(2) Deceniler to February.—

Specially intensified training should be given to the mc b~j~

p~ttion of the Reserve ineachof these mo~th~.

394 of 780
 390

(3) The ordinary parade programme in December, January and

Pebr ary, should provide for two hours, work in the morning and one
hour’s work in the evenings instead of the one and half hours and 45
mintes prescribed in items (I) above and for lectures cn five days of
the week. Superinten ents will attend as many parades
as possible during this perk d and see that the trainings given becomes
dehnitely intense so that the men are thoroughly tried out. Subdivisional
Officers sho~ld also be brought into headqt arters at this time for a
fortnight each, as con\’enient, and should attend parades daily unless
prevented by other really urgent work.
4l’~.Lathi diii! and exercise and mob operations:—
The instr~ctions regarding Lathi drill and mob operations are
Contained in C:apter XIII Sections 122 and 123 of the Drill and Training
Manal for ftc se ofthe Tamil Nadu Police.

417. Badg~-’sfor good shooting----

“Gocd shooting badges” will he awarded on the
completioti of the annual practice and will be worn or
the lower part of the fore-arm. The kinds of badges viz., Gold, Silver
and Silk and the conditions for the award of these badges are contained
in Chapter XIV—Scction 156 of the “Drill and Training Manu al for
the use of the Tamil Nadu Police”.
416. ~sh-b,i~ i’z .1 n d R’v.2e~’cs-WJint~nance—Jns(raC(iofls.__
(~) A Cash-hookinC.F.No. 119 shallbemaintajned mall Armed
Reserves. It wifl be a record of all cash transactions of the Armed
Reserves. All :noneys received on the Go veriiment account, whether iii
c~s, cheque, bank drafts i-e~nittancetransfer receipts, pass~ bills’
etc., which are convertible into cash shall be brought to account in it.

(2) Toe book shall be in the custody of and maintained by the

Reserve inepoc~orhimself. It shall be closed at the end ~f each day on
w11~ch tiier~is a trans.ction an~ sigmd by the Reserve Inspect1r, a~’d
~ oyiiisclerkwhenhewritesitup, the amountof cash on hand
being shown as th~last entry for the day on tue “Cr”. side and
brju gh forward as the first entry of the nexy day on the “Dr.” side,

395 of 780
 391

(3) On the last working dayof the week one of the Su perintenden
of the District Police Office, selected by the Superintendent of Police
shall check the cash balance and aiditt]ieentriesin thecash hcl~f~r lb
weekby a referencetotbevol~cherS.The Personal AssistanttoSuperin-
tendent of Police or the Sti perintendent of Police, as the casemay 1,”
~hall scrutinize the cash-book and initial it weekly.

~4) At the end of the month, a detailed balance sheet in Form

No. 30 shall be made out in the cash book. The Superintendent and
the Personal Assistant to Superintendent ofPolice, or the Superintendent
of Police, as the case maybe, shall be scrutinize the balance sheet
in the course of their weekly examination of the cash-hook

419. Tear Smoke Squad.—

r~ Tear Smoke Squad will consist of two section
one Head Constable and six Constables attached to each
WI Lt~i
The squad will be attached to the headquarters wing of the Disiric
Armed &eserve and will be under the control of the Head~iarter
Reserve Sub-Inspectors.

420. Strength, location and Periodic training.—

(1) The Govern.~nenthave approved the scheme of training
8 Head ~onstables and 48 Constables intheuseoftear smokeevery
Year, The training sche me will be as follows ;—~
0.0. Ms. No. 747, Home 1st ApriL 1969.

(a) Heaa Constables.—

Two Head Constables are to he trained for 3 months at a time.

(b) Police Constables.—

Twelve Police Constables are to be trained for 3 months
at a time.

(2) This scheme will continue to be in force in 4istrlcts where th~

entire reserve has n~tyet been trained in the use of tear stnoke,

396 of 780
 392
(3) In distrlef s’ where theentire reserve 1ia~been trained the
following procedn~’eshbtlId be adopted:—
(a) The strength c f the sql ad consisting oftwo Head Constables
and twelve Constables trained in the use of tear smoke will be drawn
Cqually from each active platoon and attached to the headquarterspla.
o ~n The constables will be drawn by rotation in equal numbers
rom each platoon and the Head Constables one from each platoon by
roiation.The men thus drawnrand attached to the head quarters platoon
hould he replaced once in a quarter by fresh batches of mendrawn in
similar manner. The men replaced willbe sent back to their own
platoon.
(h) T e squad will be under the direct controlofthe Headquarters
Platoon Reserve Sub-Inspectors who should himself have undergone t~-
necessary training in the use of tear smoke.
(c) Tie men attached to the Lear smoke squad for a quarL~
should fire the allotment of practice T.S. ammunition sanctioned fot
that q arter.
(d) Recruits received from schools should be attached to the
tear smoke squad for a month’s training and given trainingin tht use of
tear sm)kC before being allotting to regu Jar platoons.
(e) The tear smoke squad thus formed foE each quarter and
atta bed to the headquarters wing should under no vircumstance~b*
utilized on other Armed Reserve duties.
421. Records to be maintained in ~he Armed Reserves—The follow~
ing recor ‘s shall be maintained in the Armed Reserves ifl the
manner indicated below in addition to those specified in the rele-
vant orders :—
(1) 1~oi~gLeave Register.—
Applications for long leave shall entere’i j~
be
a register (Form No. 138) as they are received. Each
~1atoon will have its own register. and it will be Nit up bafbre
~he Superintendent along with the leave rolls, as far as possiblq
hii should be done at the Orders’ Room.

397 of 780
 393

(2) casual Leave Register.—

This should be r~aintainedplatoOn~War in tl~e~

sa~&torM
the Reserve Inspector efttering his ord~ ther4bn~.

(3) 1Yz~!j’Roster.—
This should be maintained by each Platoon Com
mander in his own hand-writing and checked and initialled
~y the Reserve Inspector at least once a month.

(4) Line Hut Register.—

Where there are insufficient line huts for the
men, the Reserve Inspector should maintain ifl a register
form a list of all men occupying the huts and also a waiting list
of those who require huts. This waiting list should be compiled
chronologically, accor 1ing to the application of the men who will
receive the hut in the same order. (Form No. 139).

(5) Transfer waiting list.—

This will be maintained in the orderly room
for entering the names of those who apply for trani
er out of the Armel Reserve, entry therein will be made as th
Superintendent of Police deems fit, forms except for special reasons which
should be entered in the regilt.er, transfers out shall be made strictly
in the chronological order of the list.
(6) Promotion list.—
Apart from the lists maintained in th~
District Police Office, the Superintendent of Police and the
Reserve Inspector, Armed Reserve, will also keep copies of promo-
tion lists (Form 62) an~ see that they are kept up-to-date. Al
1
entries,
1er, removals ant alterations must be made un~cr a
where tiere are other detachments of the Armed Reservedistrict
rOutside the District 1Iealquartes (e.g.) Rarn~nathapuramthe pro-

398 of 780
 394

motion lists should cover them all as one unit and not as mdi-
fduai units. Separate and similar combined promotion list must
~‘ maintained for the Motor Transport staff and these specialists
or whose promotion special rules have been laid down.
(7) Superintendent of Police should check frequently these
records and initial in token thereof. Deputy Inspe~tor-Genera1
should, during their inspections, make a point of seeing th~tthesa
nstructiOns are properly carried out.

399 of 780
 395

CHAPTER XXV.
RAILWAY POLICE-
Org~iisati~ns
Status.—
422. The Railway Police is a branch of the General
Police Force and is subject to all Police Orders of general applica
tion. The Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Railways and Armed
Polioe has the same position with regard to the Railway Police as
the Deputy !nspector-General of a range bears to the District
Police.
[Govt.of India Resolution on Police Commission Report, 1903 (para 81.)1
General.—--
423. The primary duties of the Railway Police are th~
maintenance of law and Order within the Railway premises and
the prevention and detection of crime against the person and pro-
perty of Railway passengers, as also investigation of crime against
the property of the Railways.

Officer to take command of Police.—

424. When the Railway Police and the District Police are on
duty todether on a railway, as defined in Section 3 of the Indian
Railways Act, 1890 (Act X~of 1 890), the senior Police O~cerpresent
whether belonging to the Railway Police or to the District Police,
will take coninuni of all the Police present. If, however, any do~jbt
arises about the relative seniority of the Railway an 1 the District
Police Officer, then the Officer of the Railway Police as
having jnrishictiori will take coninand.

Jurisdiction.—
425. The j~iris4ictionof the Railway Police extents over
the area incI~de4 within the boundary of the Railway
line an~ covere~.by station yards and coods sheds; and this area
IS called “The Railway LImits This jurisdiction does no~
“.

exten I t~)the lands oucipied by the ~v~ellingof the Railway staff I~

or outside the Railway limits.
(q.Q.Ms No. 3272, Hoile, dsted 19th S~ptemb~ 1945)

400 of 780
 396

426. Organisatlon of the staff.—The Railway Police Is di~ided

uto two sections—

(1) The travelling and detective staff.

(2) The platform staff.

427. Organisation of Railway police District.—

The Railway Police District is in charge of a Superintendent who
has the assistance of one or more Assistant or Deputy Superintendent
of Police. The district is divided into Inspector’s Circles which ar
sub-divided into station jurisdictions.

428. (1) CIrcle Inspectors.—

The duties of Circle Inspectors in the Railway Police
are similar to those of Circle Inspectors in the-
District Police. In particular, it is their duty to know, and
frequently visit, and maintain satisfactory relations with the Ra I
‘say officials, especially the district officers. They must also take
steps to seoure co-operation with the District Police, visiting the
Collector, Divisional Magistrates and officers of and above the
rank of Assistant Superintendent of Police or Deputy Superin.
cudent of Police, connected with their circles and keeping in cbs
touch v-1td the District Police Inspectors. They shall attend the
half-yearly me~~gs of District Police Inspectors.

(2) They shall report forthwith to the scene of any ser~ou’

crime or accident and take tile necesary steps,

401 of 780
 4~9. Case biaries.—
The instructions in Police Standing Order No. 567 apply.

430. Sub-Inspectors.—-
(1)Sections are in charge of Station House
Officers, who are Sub-Inspectors. The position and dutie5

o~the Sub-Inspector corerspond to those of Sub-Inspectors of th

District Police. He is responsible for the efficient working of th
men of his section and is the investigating officer.

(2) He must acquire local knowledge, not only of the emplo

yecs of the Railway but also of the criminals residing in the vici
aity of his section

(3) He shall attend the railway platform, wherever he may

be, at the time of the arrival or departure of mail trains or amer
important trains.

(4) He shall travel throughout his section in the train con

veyiiig the Covernor and in special trains conveying persons of high
position

431. Platform Swff-Reserve Sub-Inspectors.—-

(1) The duty of Reserve Sub-Inspectors at railway stations

is to supervise the platform staff, assist in preserving order and
help in the training of the men.

(2) Reserve Sub_Inspectors will receive the orders for

routifle duty from the Circle Inspector but shall be bound to assist
~he Station House Officer, when required. They shall put in a daily
report of duty done, to be attached to the General Diai

402 of 780
 398
432, Heel Constables.; —
The Platform Head Constable has control of the
platform staff, He should not leave the neighbour-
hood of the railway station without orders, His duty. should be
arranged so as to enable him to have three nights in tile week
- off duty, In his absence, another Heart Constable or a Cons-
table shall invariably be deputed to act. He is responsible for
telegraphing any important oceurrcnces to tue Sub-Inspector during
his absence, unless this is done by the Station Writer, He shall
be present at the arrival and departure of all important trains.
433, In-charge Constable.—
(1) At railway stations where three or more Cons~
tables are employed and to which no Head Constable
is allotted, a Constable shall be appointed to be in enarge and shall
perform the duties of a platform Head Constable. -

(2) When two Constables are posted to a Railway Station the

senior will be considered to be in charge.
434, Duties of the platform staff.—
(1) The chief duties of the platform staff are
(a) the maintenance of order at Station;

(4) watching passenger trains standing at stations; and

(c) watching suspicious characters and safe guarding pas..
50nger properties at the platforms and keeping a similar watch on
the off-side of the platform when the trails arrive and leave the
jancnor~.
(2) (a) Where a sufficient platform staff exists. the ulatform
ihall be divided by the Inspector into sections, called posts, which
will be numbered. Men will be told off to those posts and their
numbers entered against them in the Duty Roster (Form No. 63).
~en shall move about within the limits of their posts. A plan
shall be h~ng up in the Police Station snowing the limits of each
post and on this will be specified which posts should be fihlød at
the arrival of each train,

403 of 780
 399

(1) At Railway Police outposts, a Duty Roster in Form

No. 64 shall be maintained.
Platform Connoble of another district serving at a junction
station.—
435, At a Junction Railway Station, Platform Constables belonging
to a Railway Police district other than that to which the Junction
Railway Police station belongs, shall be under the control of the
Station House Officer at the Railway Police Station located there,
Railway stations with two Constables,—
436, At railway stations where two constables are employed, one
shall stand near the entrance gate and observe the passengers
going out, while the other shall stand on tile platform where
tile rear brake van will halt and after the arrival of the train,
shall move slowly up and down looking into carriages. He
shall also have an eye to the offside of the train, crossing the line
behind the rear brakevan and looking along the train.

Beats of the Travelling Staff.—

437. (1) A travelling Constable’s beat consists of the train by which

he travels from his station over a .prescribed length of line, and
tile train by which he returns to his station. The serial numbers of
the trains which form a beat shall be entered in the Duty Roster,

. (2) Beat Constables shall report themselves at the Railway

Police Station situated at the termination of their beat, and their
numbers shall be entered in the Duty Roster of that Station,
Station House Officers of Sections between which there is a meeting
will compare their rosters once a month,

(3) Beat Constables on trains proceeding beyond the State.—

(3) Beat Constables on trains proceeding beyond. the State to
other States will be relieved at the points noted below
66. Home, 29 J’Ily 1936 and 4110.’Horne26 August 1938.
O.Os.15

404 of 780
 4OO
Station furnishing Tn.in pro- Reli~i’ed at. 1~elievedby.
• beat. cee ding to-
wards.

(I) (2) (3) (4)

Jolarpet. Bangalore. Bangaru pet. Karnataka Rail-
way Police.
Villupuram Pakala and Katpadi. Andhra Pradesh
beyond. Railway Police.
Madras Central. Renugunta. Arkonam. Do.
MBdras Roya- Gudur, Nellore, Gudur. Do.
puram. etc.,
Coimbatore Cochin Harbour Olavakkot. Kerala Railway
Terminus. Police.
Tiru nelveli Trivandru m Shencottah. Do.
(via) -Main
line.
Srivilliput hur Trivandrum Do. Do.
(via) Viru-/
dhunagar to
Shencottab
chord line.
NOTE: The men so relieved will in turn relieve the beats of the bordering Rail~
Police on the returning trains at the points noted in column (3) of the above
table.
Travelling Staff.—
438. (1) The men of the travelling staff shall be
selected for suitability. No man shall be appointed to it, except
temporarily, without the Superintendent’s orders on the Inspector’
recommendation and men found unfit shall be removed atonces
The travelling staff mu St be keptup to strength even at the expenses
of the platform staff.

405 of 780
 401

(2) Men of the travelling staff, are as a rule, to be exempt

from travelling every third day, when they shall perform platform
duty if not otherwise detailed.

Duties of Beat Constables.—

439. Beat Constables shall always wear uniform. At
every station they shall see the Station Masters and
ask him whether he wishes to make any report or complaint
and request him to initial the Beat Book (Form No. 65. 2 30-3) When
time admits, they will walk from end to end of the train making
observations. On return from beat they will deliver the Beat Books
and their note-books to the Sub-Inspector or Officer-in-charge of
the Station.

440. As an additional precaution, the railway Train Guard

should be required to inform the Travelling beat constable by
writing in his beat book the train nt mber, date and n~mber of
each carriage in which accommadation is reserved for women only
particularly when women passengers travel alone. The beat cons
table should obtain the signature or initials of the Train Guard-
for this entry. The beat Constable will be required to search the
off sides and the underneaths of the compartments and to main-
tain a watch at each stopping place particularly at tne time of tile
departure of the train to ensure that no one is travelling on foot-
boards or couplings. Whether these duties would reqt ire all in-
crease in strength will be determined by tile Circumstances then
existing. Both the Train Gt ard and tile Travelling Beat Consta-
bles shall be jointly held responsible for carrying out this order.

Mufti men.—
441. [n addition to beat Constables, men in mufti
may be employed to travel by train on detective duty, such as
~~ad~wiflgsu spects. They should never speak to the beat Consta-
bles nor should the beat Constables recognise tilem.
V..~23~-3—26

406 of 780
 402
II. Procedure.
442. 2elegraphic Reports.—
(1) All cognizable cases, serious lossess of pros
perty, all offences falling under Section 126 of the
Indian Railways Act, 1890 (Act IX of 1890) and other important
occurrences reported at outside railway station ~shallbe telegraphed
at once to the Station House Officer of the Railway Police Station
of the Section and also to the nearest District Police Station-Rouse
Officer and to the Superintendent, Railway Police, by the senior
member of the platform staff or the Beat Constables.
(2) When the Station-House Officer is absent from his head-
quarters, all reports of the above nature received in the station
shall be telegraphed to him.
(3) (a) Station-House Officers shall telegraph serious cases and
occurrences to the Insp~tor and the Superintendent, and the Ins-
pector shall telegraph to the Superintendent any information ~
he considers should be so reported.
(b) All grave crimes and offences under Sections 126, 127,
12S and 129 of the Indian Railways Act, 1890 (Act IX of 1890j,
and strikes or attempted strikes of railway employees shall also be
reported by telegraph or express report to the Collector con-
cerned. -

(4) Telegrams concerning railway cases shall be sent ‘On

Railway Service’ and other telegraphs as ‘State’ messages.
(5) Express Reports to be sent to the Collector, Superinten-
dent of Police of the District concerned to the Deputy Inspector-
General of Police, Railways and Armed Police, Deputy Inspector-
General of Police, C.L.D. and the Director-General of Police,
Chennai.
The Officers of and above the rank of Assistant Superinten-
dent of Police and Deputy Superintendent of Police shall inform
the Collector, the Superintendent of Police concerned including

407 of 780
 4O~
• the Superintendent of Police, Railway Police, the Deputy Inspector-
General of Police, Railways and Armed Police, Deputy Inspector-,
General of Police, C.I.D., and the Director-General of Police
Cheanai direct by telegram or by radio of any specially grave
occurrence such as a serious breach of the peace or other grave
crime as stated in P.S.O. 558, 559, 560 and offences under Sec-
tions 126A and 127, 128 and 129 of the Indian Railways Act and
on strikes or attempted strike of Railway employees. Subsequently
he Superintendent of Police, Railway Police, Tir:chirappalli shall
end as soonaspossible adetailed reportinquadruplicatedirect to the
Director-General of Police, Chennai with copy to the Deputy Ins-
pector-General of Police, Railways and Armed Reserve Police and
Deputy Inspector-General of Police, C.I.D., when the full facts
regarding the occurrence are known and will also thereafter keep
the Depity Inspector-General of Police, Railways and Armed Police
and Deputy Inspector-General of Police, C.I.D. and the Director
General of Police, Cfiennai with the course of event by prompt and
detailed report.
(6) Any riot involving use of fire ams, the death of any
person or an attack on the Police and all cases of communal riot
will be regarded as a serious breach of peace.

443. Entering upon investigation.—

The Railway Police are bound to investigate all
crimes and occurrences which the Police are required by the
Criminal Procedure Code to investigate.

444. Personal investigation by officers.—

(1) An officer of and above the rank of Assistant
Superintendent of Police/Deputy Superintendent of Police
should atonce proceed to tae scene of occur~
reace and conduct the investigation on receiving the report of any
case coming under section 126 of the Indian Railways A•ct, 1890
(Act IX of 1890), which involves danger to human life.
[0.0. 519, JudI. 22, Mar., 1902 and 221 Public (Police) 20 Api. 1932.]
F—230-3—26A

408 of 780
 404

~2) He shall also send a copy of the report of his investrgation

to the Collector concerned.
(3) Such cases must be very thoroughly investigated with the
so-operation of the District Police.
445. Telegraphic complaints by Railway Officials.— In tie matter
of complaints or information reported by railway officials by tele-
gram, it has been arranged that the telegram shall Fe confirnied
by a further report in writing.
-

446. Complaints by Railway Officials.—

On receipt of a report from a railway official
which appears to show that cogizable offence has been
committed the Station-House Officer will atonce send a
First Information Report and proceed to make an investi~
gation according to the Criminal Procedure Code.
447. Shortages and Lost Property.—
(1) The Police shall not register information of
‘shortages’ or of the loss or missing of property as
crimes, or proceed to make an investigation according
to the Criminal Procedure Code upon such information, unless
there is reasonable suspicion that a cognizable offence has been
committed in connection with the loss of the articles. They shall,
however, register such information in the General Diary and take
what steps they can, to trace the missing articles.
(2) In order to ensure that proper steps have been taken to
trace missing articles, a register in Form No. 137 will be main-
tained in railway police stations, entries being made immediately
on receipt of the information about the loss or shortage.
(3) Separate entries, either in separate registers or in different
tarts of the register, will be made for—
(a) Shortages, goods or parcels,
(b) Shortage or loss of railway materials.
(c) Property of passefljers.

409 of 780
 405

I) Entries in classification (a) will clearly distinguish whether

the shortage or loss occurred in a stationery wagon, a wagon
in transit or from a transhipment shed or platform. When making
entries in the register, care should be taken to note in column
(10) whether a report against any railway officials was sent to the
railway authorities and the action taken by them thereon.
(5) Station-House Officers will be responsible for the disposal
of any shortage of loss amounting to a maximum of Rs. 50 Circle
Inspectors for values between Rs. 51 and Rs. 200 Divisicnai
Officers for values between Rs. 201 and Rs. 500 and Superintendent
of Police for property valued at over Rs. 500.
(0.0. Ms. 385, Home, 12th Feb. 1973.)
(o) Particular attention will be paid by inspecting officers to
the action taken and enquires made by the Section-House Officer
in regard to such shortages and losses. The Divisional Officers
may exercise the powers of the Superintendent, Railway Police in
respect of cases in their Division.
~ (7) The register will also include reports which the Station-
House Officer transfers to another jurisdiction. He should state
his reason for such action and this must be ratified by his Cicrie
Inspector.
448. RegIstering cases at junctions.—.
All cases occurring within the limits of a junc-
tion railway station where the jurisdiction of two
Railway Police districts meet, shall be registered at and in-
vestigated by the Station-House Officer of the Railway Police station
located in the junction railway station, if any such police station
exists, irrespective of the Railway Police jurisdiction in which they
occur.

449.~Nuisances.—
All nuisances committed within railway limits must
be dealt with by the Railway Police.

410 of 780
 4C6

450. Ptty thefts.—

(1) Care mist be exercised in the matter of refusing
to investigate petty thefts on the ground of the small
value of the articles stoleii. The theft of an important piece of
mechanism, of small intrinsic value, may amount to a grave offence
under the Railway Act.

(0.0. 1726,JudI. 1 Nov. 1904).

(2) Government have laid down that cases relating to des-
truction of aloe or other fencing of railways should not be dis
posed of by viIlag~headmen or panchayats.
451. Custody of Prisoners.—
At Railway police Stations where there is no Jock-up, pri-
soners who are not immediately sent for remand ,shall be sent
to the nearest District or City Police station for custody. The
hour at which a prisoner is thus sent shall be entered in column
~ of the Search Register.

452. Copy of inquest report to be sent to Raifway Officials. —

In cases of death (whether by railway accident or otherwise

within railway limits, in which an investigation is held under
section 174 of the Criminal Procedure Code, an extract of
the investigation report in Form No.66 shall be forwarded to
the Divisional Engineer in all cases and the Divisional Opera-
tIng Sup~rinteride~talso, in esses occaring within the limits
of a railway station, In the event of the investigation having
been held by th~ District Police, a copy of the report shall
be obtained from them.

453. Disposa! of bodies.—

The railway police shall take steps to hand over the body
of any person who has been killed or died within railway limit
to the relatives or failing them to any friend of the deceased, or,

411 of 780
 407

of if for any reason that is not possible ,to them member of

any society or msutuLion, willing to perform the last rites for
such person and if none of these ag~ucies undertake the
rank that the Railway Police shall be responsible for the
burial or cremation in a proper manner and in accordance
with the nationality and religion of the deceased ,the cost
being defrayed in the Madras City by tho Commissioner of
Police and elsewhere as follows:—

(0.0. 63, Public (Police) 31 Jan 1931)

(1) Those dying within cantonment limits~Canton—ment
authority.
(2) Those dying~within municipal limits: Municipality
(3) Those dying in panchayat areas: Executive Magis-
trate concerned.
454. Appeals:

Notices of appeal in Railway Police cases will be’ sent~to the

Assistant Public Prosecutc rs concerned.

455. Station Crime .flistory:

To facilitate the study of crime and criminals, ,a Station

Crime History will be maintained in ~ah stations. It is cong.
dential record and consists of four parts.

456. Part I. Criin’, Occurrence and Classification Register:

(I) In Part I (Form No. 115) shall be entered ~chronolagt-
cally all true c:iines ~aad attempts under the foU~wing
classes, addition-ti classes being ineluded~only with the sanc-
tion of the Deputy Inspector •~General of Police, Railway’
and Armed Police, Madras.
(0. 0.0 Ms~2133, Home, 1st Sept. 1948)

412 of 780
 498

CLASSES OF CRIME.
I. Theft of Passengers’ belongings.

A. (i) In running trains:—

(a) Pocket picking.
(b) Jewel snatching.
(c) Personal effects in I and II classes.
(d) Personual effects in other classes.
(e) Luggage vans.
A. (ii) On platforms, in waiting hails or rooms and ~stationery
trains.-.
(a) Pocket picking.
(b) Jewel snacthing.
(c) Personal effects in I and II classes.
(6) Personal effects in other classes.
(e) Luggage vans.
A. (iii) Other thefts.
B. Thefts of Railway properties including that consigned
to Railways as bailees—
(i) From running trains.
(a) From Goods train.
(I) Whole consignments.
(2) By exrtaction.

(3) From sealed wagons.

(b) From parcel trains or brake vans of passengers, trains
(1) Of whole consignments.
(2) By extraction.

413 of 780
 409

(ii) From goods shed—

(1) Of un shipped consignments.
(2) During loading.
(3) By extraction.
(4) From sealed wagons.
- ‘ii) From Parcel Offices and platforms—
(1) Whole consignments.
(2) By extraction.
~) From yards.
,) Other thefts.
(GD. Ms. No. 1075, Home, 10th April 1964.)
II. Theft of Railway Property.

1. (a) From stores and shops including carriers wagons and

loco ~shops and workshops (where they are within the juris-
diction of the Railway Police.)
(Li) Fitting including electric ritting~from carriages.

(c) Fittings from locomotives (Engines) and thefts from loco

sheds,
4) Coal thefts.
(e) Other thefts.
2. Burg1aries~
3. Robberies —

(a) Of passenger’s’ belorgirg

(b) Of Railway Property including goods consigne~i
to them.
4. Decoitios—
(a) Of passengers’ belongings
(b) Of Railway property including goods consigned to them.

414 of 780
 410

(a) Cheating of passengers—

(i) By sale of tickets.

(ii) Confidence tricks.

(iii) False per sonation.

(iv) Miscellaneous.
(b) Cheating of Railways.
Criminal misapproprIation and criminal breach of trust.
(a) Of Railway property including property consigned to Rail.
way as bailees.
(b) Of passengers’ belongings.
7. Possession of stolen property—

(a) Railway property including unlawful possession (Unlawful

P~.4isscssionAct, 1955).

(b) Goods consigned t~Railways.

(C) Passengers’ belongings.

S. Coal thefts.
9 Oounterfeiting or uttering of currency (paper and niua!),

to Murders including culpable homicide—

(a’l for gain.
~*)others.~
it. Adrnktisterinll of stupifyin.g drugs.
12. Assault on piblic s~rvaThts.
13. Sabotage.
L4. Mischief.
U. Miscellaneous—

415 of 780
 411
(a) Other offences against persons.
(b) Other offences against property.
(2) Entry in column (3) should be brief as is consistent with
tiarity and include all classifications that are covered by the
offence.
(3) In column (5) shall be entered all the useful information
%nd facts discovered during the investigation, including the names
)f the known or suspected a&used, with grounds for suspicion,
pecularities in the commission of the offence and the result of the
investigation. The names of old offenders in railway offences shall
‘~eentered in red ink, quoting relevant records.
(4) On the close of each year the Inspector shall enter an
analytical review of its crime and formulate a programme for pre-
‘~entionand detection during the ensuing year.
(5) The First Information Reports Index (Form No. 72) will be
kept as an appendix to Part-I.
457. Part I!—.General Information.—
(1) Part II corresponds to part IV (Order No. 759) of a
local police station. It will be kept in loose sheet forms, with
appropriate headings, as detailed below—
(a) Extent of station jusidiction, quoting actual mileage
and a list of railway stations in the jurisdiction, giving actual mileage
and code name of each station.
(b) Plan of the railway linein the stationjurisdiction showing
railway stations and important bridges with mileages in each
case.
(C) Local police station and district in which each railway
Station lies.
(d) Sub-Magistrates and Sub-Divisional Magistrates (both
the executive and judicial) within the jurisdiction, noting against
each, his headquarters and his jurisdiction as far as the Railway
Police are concerned.

416 of 780
 412
(e) List of festivals, their probable date and duration and
the strength required for each and any special precautions neces-
sary.
(f) List of weekly markets. Commodities sold, nearest railway
station and the average number of passengers alighting there.

(g) A note on the Railway Protetion Force staff.

(h) Notes on important disputes which may cause interference
with the running of the railway. These should include all labour
disputes and a special note on any friction or dispute among the subordi-
nates of the railway.
(2) This register should in fact contain a summary of such infor-
mation as will be useful to a new Sub-Inspector taking over charge of
the station.

(3) All entries should be edited, signed and dated by the Inspector.
A..copy of item number (h) should be taken and maintained by the
Inspector for each of his stations.
458. Combined Part III and General Conviction Register.—
(1) The Combained Part III and General Conviction Register shall
be in Form [16. The names of the following persons shall be entered
in the register provided the offence is in connection with the railway and
orders for the retention of finger-prints have been passed by the Super-
intendent of Police subject to the provision in sub-paragraph (J).
G. 0. Ms. 2133 Home 1st September1943
(a) Persons convicted of offences under Chapters XII and XVII
of the Indian Penal Code for which a punishment of three years or up-
wards is prescribed.
(b) Persons convicted of offences under section 489-A to 489-D,
Indian Penal Code (forgery of currency notes and bank notes).
(c) Habitual offenders convicted of offences tinder the section
of Chapter XVI, Indian Penal Code, referred to in the Schedule of
the Registration of Habitual Offenders Act.

417 of 780
 41 ~
(d) Persons bound over under sections, 109 and 110, Criminal
Procedure Code and those convicted under sections 64 and 65 of the
Madras City Police Act.
(e) Persons convicted under sections 126, 127 and 128 of the
indian Railway Act.

(f) Unconvicted persons reasonably suspected to have committed

ifences with particulars of the offenees selected for inclusicn with the
approval of an officer of and above the rank of Deputy Superintendent of
Police. These shall be retained only so long as reasonable suspicion
exists against them.
(2) ThIs register will contain convictions in cases registered at the
station and of persons living in the station local area convicted of
offences on the railway elsewhere. If a conviction is reversed on appeal-
the entry should be crossed out unless the person is
brought under clause (f) of paragraph (I). In the “Remarks” column
of the form shall be entered a broad classification of crime commiV ed
by the criminal.
(3) The names of persons registered in the Combined Part 111 and
General Conviction Register shall be struck off after a period of ten years
from the expiry of their last sentence, provide.I in the case of persons for
whom history sheets have been opened, the history sheets have been
discontinued. The removal may be effecte1 by Circle Inspectors. An
officer of and above the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police may,
however, sanction the removal of names at any time within the period
mentioned above, if the retention of such names is considered unneces-
sary.
459. Part IV—History Sheets.—
(1) (a) Part IV shall contain in Form 111 the history
sheets of persons resident, whether permanently or tempor-
arily, in the station local area who are known or believed to
be addicted to or to aid or abet the commission of crims on the railway,
whether convicted or not or who are believed to be habitual receivers
of property stolen In offences committed on the railway.

418 of 780
 414
(h) Only sheet Nos. 1, 3, 7 and 8are to be maintained in
the history sheet form in use in stations. Sheet No. 9 should also be
maintained if a photograph of the criminals available.

Nov~.—Thissub-paragraph will not affect the history sheets main-

tained in the District Crime Records Bureau.

(2) At the back of sheet No. 1 below item 7. the foiluwing des-
criptive details should be shown :—

Age,

Height,

Complexion and

Particular marks of identification.

(3) (a) (i) The Railway Crime Records Bureau will maintais
history sheets of selected criminals of special importance who operate
over an extendei area. These persons will be knownas railway criminals.
The Superintenlent, Government Railway Police, will decide wha~
persons should be registered as railway criminals.
(G.O. No. 2898 Home, 26 Oct. 1936.)
(ii) The instructions regarding reporting the activities and
movements of district criminals apply equally to railway criminals. The
Station-House Officer is responsible for reporting to the Railway Crime
Records Bureau. particulars of arrest, conviction, release from jail,
passing out of view, conduct movement’s etc., or any other infor-
mation likely to be ofuse or of general interest, in respect of every railway
criminal for whom a history sheet is maintained in his station and in
respect of any railway criminal about whom he may obtain information
on the points specified.

419 of 780
 4i~
(b) For a criminals, who has a history sheet in a Railway Police
Station a history sheet will also be maintained in the local police station
in the jurisdiction of which he resides. These sheets will be marked
with a red ‘R’ and below it, the name of the Railway Police Station
and History Sheet No. e.g., R - The Railway Police

Thanjavur 11
be marke similarly with a letter ‘L’ e.g. L

Thanjavur 15
Local and Railway Police Station-House Officers will report of each
other, information of arrest conviction etc., and all matters of
interest in respect of such persons.
(o) Acheck register 0f all persons havingHistc ry Sheets in Form
No. Ill in the Station will be maintained n Form 57 as under Order
No. 371 (3). These persons will be checked whenever practicable
by the Railway Police. When this is not practicable tbe local police
should be referred to for partictiars of the activities of stch persons.
460. Index.—
(1) The following indices shall be maintained :—~

(a) An alphabetical loose-leaf Crime Classification index to

Part I and Part 111 and General Conviction Register as per list specified
in Order No. 456 (1) in the form shown below
Volume and page number of Name, father’s Crime
I name, village, number.
Part I Part III and Police Station
General of the convict
Conviction or suspect.
Register.
(1) (2) (3)
(b) An alpiabetical index of persons entered in Part III and
Gcn~ra1Conviction Register.

420 of 780
 416
(2) A check registerof persons entered In Part III and General
Conviction Register shall be maintained in Form No.117 Village-war,
village being arranged alphabetically.

461. Co-operatIon with the District Police.—

(1) There should be the closest co-operation between the Distriet
and Railway Police.

(2) The Railway Police should be in a position t0 afford the

greatest assistance to the District Police in arresting offenders who are
trying to escape and in notihng the movement of criminals.

(3) In matters of placing obstructions on the line, tearing up

rails, throwing stones at trains and such lilce the help of the
District Police should be promptly sought.

(4) In the event of crime being committed in the limits of the

District Police, but in the close neighbourhood of the railway, the
Railway Police shall take any legal action pending the arrival of the
District police.

(5) (a) (i) Superintendent, Railway Police may require the

District Police to take over the entire responsibility for the investigation
of a grave crime such as murder or dacoity, the circumstancesof which
are of a local nature quite unconnected with the railway even though
the case occurred within the Jurisdiction of the Railway Police. On his
requisition the District Police shall atoflee take over the investigation.

(ii) In the event of a strike on the railway, the Railway Police

investigating staff will deal with the ordinary offences of normal times
while the staffof the local Police, which will be reinforced will investi-
gate all the offences arisingout of the strike except these considered by
the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, C.I.D. (Crime), sufficiently
grave to be taken up by the Crime Branch, Cii niinal Investigation Depart-
ment.

421 of 780
 417
(b) Whenever a caseis reported to the Railway Police for which
other than railway criminals are suspected to be responsible, a copy of
the First Information Report dealing with the occurrence will be seflt
atonce to the local Police Station-House Officer by the Officer-in-charg
)f the Railway Police Station.
(6) Whenever a Circle Inspector of the District Police finds himself
in the same place as the Superintendent of Government Railway Police,
he should visitthatofficer, and similarly, Inspectorsof the the Railway
Police should frequently visit higherofficers ofthe District Police.
(1) When an offence committed within Railway Police jurisdiction
is reported to a District Police Station of the railway line, the latter
shall forthwith inform th ~ Railway Police Station by telegram the
elsgrnm to be followed up by a First Information Report transferring
the case. If the offence is reported to a District Police Station on the
railwayline, the First Information Report transferring the case to the
Railway Police station with jurisdiction shall be sent forthwith ly
express and through the Railway Police travelling staff.
462. S~toppingoftrains at non-stopping stations.—
in special and urgent cases a Police ~. Officer of and
above the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police
may, by written requisition to the concerned local Railway
official, cause a train to be stopped at a station at which it is not booked
to stop either to effect an arrest or when tie stoppage is otherwise nece-
ssary, to safeguard the public peace and safety.
(G. Ms. 1~4$,Rys.. PW. 14 March 1932 and 593 Pub. (Police) 31st Act 1932.)
III. ACCIDENTS ON RAILWAYS.
463. Notice of accidents to the Police.—
(a) Under section 83 of the Indian Railways Act, 1890 (Act IX of
1890), the statiofl~maSterSbound to give information, without unneces-
sary delay, to the Station House Officer in which limits the accident
occurred, and to such other Police Officer as the Safety Controlling
Authority may appoint in this behalf, of the following accidents;
,~~23O~3—21

422 of 780
 418

(1) any accident attended with loss of human life, or with

grievous hurt as defined in the Indian Penal Code, or with serious
Injury to property;
(ii) any collision between trains of which one is a train
carrying passengers;
(iii) the derailment of any train carrying passengers or of any
part of such a train
(iv) any accident of a description ust~allyattended with loss of
human life or with such grievous hurt as aforesaid or with serious injury
to pro~rty;
(v) any accident of any other description which the Safety Cont-
rolling Authority may notify in this behalf in the Gazette of India.

NOTE.—Rules under the Indian Railways, Act, 1890, are printed in

Volume II.

(b) Railway Police Officer investigating into casc~of railway

accidents shall take into account the findings of the enquiry likely
to be intimated by the Ins-pector of Railways before concluding
their investigation especially when sabotage is suspected.

464. AccIdents on private sidings.—

Section 83 of the Indian Railways Act, 1890 (ActiXof 1890) and
the rules framed under section 84 of the said Act apply to accidents on
private sidings. Accidents occurring on such sidings shci Id be reported
similarlY as accidents occurring on main lines of railway.

465. RepOrts tO Generd Manager by the Railway Police.—

(1) The Police are bound to report atonce to the General Manager,
of the Railway and the Additional Commissioner of Railway Safety
Southern Circle, Bangalore-9, the result of every Po1i~einvestigatjon
regarding the circumstances of any accidents.

423 of 780
 41 ~

(2) These accidents are—

(a) all oases of loss of, or injury to, life or limb from causes,
connected with the working of railways—rule 2(a);

(b) all cases of injury to the permanent way, stock or works

(including interruptions to traffic owing to several breaches)—vide rule
(8) whether attended or not by injury to life or limb—rule 2 (Ii).
(c) all cases, without exception of cattle being thrown off the
line ~r run over—rule 2(c),
(ci) accidents occurring—
(i) in railway workshops; or
(ii) on new works not opened for traffic; or
(iii) on lines under construction; or
(iv) on lines not used for the public carriage of passengers,
animals or goods; or

(v) to steamers or flats working in connection with railways—

rule 15.

466. Railway officials to communicate to District and Railway

Police.—
The railway authorities have been requested to communicate
information of accidents both to the Railway Police and the District
Police. The nearest Police Officer should take any action that may b~
immediately necessary.

467. Mobilization at accident.—

On the occurrence of a serious accident the Station
House Officer of the Railway Police shall mobilize the
men of his section and have them taken to the spot. If the men of one
section are in su.fficieiit, the Inspector shall mobilize other sections The
Railway Police shall guard property and help injured persons
F— 230-3—27A

424 of 780
 420
468. Reports of accidents, injury and death.—
All cases of accident, injury and death occurring on the railway shal
be mentioned in the General Diary and~bythe Inspector in his diary.

IV. MLSCI3LLANEOUS INSTRUCTIONS.

469. Unclaimed property.—
Unclaimed property should be made over to the station-master
for disposal.

470. RaIlway Servants as witnesses.—

When Railway subordinates are bound over by the Police to appear
as witnesses, the district officer of the department concerned should
~e informed and he will arrange for their relief.

471. Railway Police not to purchase tickets for passengers.—

The Railway Police are strictly prohibited from havinganything
to do with the parchase or sale of tickets or collection of excess
fares demanded from passengers, otherwise than as provided by the
Indian Railways Act, 1890 (IX of 1890).

472. Civil or Criminal proceedings against Railway servants.—

Officers and men of the Railway Police are prohibited from institu-
ting any civil or criminal proceedings in their private capacity against
a Railway official or servant without the permission of the Superinten..
dent, Railway Police.

473. Watching district criminals and foreigners.—

When persons, known to be registered criminals of the District
Police or suspected tobe criminals, are found travelling, they should
be carefully watched and information passed on to the local police
of the place to which they are travelling by any available means of coin-
munioatioli viz., Telephone, Radio or Telegram.

425 of 780
 421

474. FestIvals.—
A list of festivals held near the railway hue, detailing
the Police arrangements to be made should be kept in every Railway
Police Station. In the event of any festival or large gathering not
included in the list, being held, the Inspector should give timely infor-
mation to the Superintendent.
475. lost rneys ofthe Governor ofTamil Nadu and other Very Important
Personages.—
The following security arrangements will be g~adefor the
Governor ofTamil Nadu—
(1) .Thurney by raiL—
When the Governor travels by special train,the platforrnjplatforir
which the special train touches at all Raih~ayStations where lie doc.
not halt to alight should be kept clear.
0.0. Ms. 42~,Home, 9th February 1956, and, 2405 Home 26th August 1958.
(2) When the Governor travels by ordinary train, by one Head
Constable and two Police Constables carrying short lathies will be on
duty on tFe platformopposite the compartment of the Governor to guard
against any unauthorised or undesirable person gaining access to the
compartment, at the same time, taking particular care to avoid
unnecessary interference with the travelling public.
(3) An Inspector of the Railway Police should travel in the same
train as the Governor, and a Deputy Superintendent of Police or the
superintendent of police should receive and see the Governor off at
the Stations of alighting and boarding the train.
(4) One Head Constable and one Police constable in plain clothes
(from the Railway Police) will travel in the compartment adjoining (next
behind away horn the engine) the Govneror’s Compartment. The
Head Constable will be armed. At all train halts the Head Constable
and the Police Constable will alight, take up position one on each sida
of the Governor’s Compartueflt and lccep a watch for the apploach nf
undesirable persons.

426 of 780
 422

(5) Journey’s by road.—

A pilot car, with a red flag, in the charge of an Inspector will
preceds the Governor’s car on all journeys by road.
(6) The Pilot Car should be fitted with a siren. It should be
capabk of travelling as fast as the Governor’s car is driven, irrespective
of the condition of the roa&
(7) The officer acting as Pilot should so regulate his distance from
the Governor’s car that dust does not affect it, i.e., on open mofussil
roads the Pilot Car will keep well ahead of the Governor’s car. While
in towns and on tarred roads, the Pilot Car will drop back to within
100 metres or so, of the Governor’s car.
(8) The Officer in-charge, of the Pilot car should see that the Gover-
nor’s cans not held back unduly and should be primarily responsible
for setting the pace in consultation with the senior Police Officer present
and the Private Secretary to the Governor or Aide--dc-Camp in waiting
accompanying the Governor.
(9) ~ Whenever the Governor has to travel by car during night
time in the course of his tours in the districts, an advance pilot flying,
an yellow flag in addition to the usual Pilot with the red flag should
be provided. The flags should be illuminated.
P Dis 2/HBI)72 dt 5th August 1972~

(b) The Special Branch Officer acting as guard will normally

travel in the Pilot car.

(c) The Officer acting as Pilot should not drive the Pilot car
himself.
(d) Care should be taken to see that such private individuals who
follow the Governnor in their cars on road journeys, keep behind the
escort car and are not permitted to overtake the car in which the Gover-
nor is travelling.

427 of 780
 423

(e) E’scort.—’Fhe Superintendent of Police, or the Divisional

Officer, will travel in the escort car immediately behind the Governor’s
car.

(f) The escort car will fly a white flag.

(g) The car must be capable cf keeping up with the Governor’s
car at all times. ‘I he Officei in-charge c I ftc escc rt car sI cu k’ not drive
it himself. He is, however, responsible t~r tFe car maintaining the
proper distance from the Governor’s car according to circumstances.
(h) A staff of one Reserve Sr b-Inspector, one Head Constable
and four Constables will also travel in a car, immediately behind the
car in which the Superintendent of Police or the Divisional Officer
travels.
(10) Journey by air.—
For the Governor’s journeys by air, a Police Guard should be
posted for guarding the aircraft and Police bandohust should be
arranged to keep the landing ground clear.

1) Public bandobust.—
(a) The first duty of the Police is to safe-guard the Governor’s
person; the second is to afford him and his party free passage along
the road but to allow as many persons as they wish to see him
passing. Road bandobust should be redu ced to the minimum necessary
to keep the road clear of dangerous or irritating obstructions. On
rural drives or other surprise visits, there is no necessity for any
Police arrangements whatever. Intowns or atformal or social functions
such arrangements should be restricted to the minimum andjudicious
use should be made of plain clothes men. No attempts whatever should
be made to stop traffic or pedestrains on the Governor’s route but Ffthe
Governor is paying a pre -arranged visit to an institution, drivers of
vehicles should be asked not to cause congestion by stopping near the
entrance to the institution at the timeof the Governor’s arrival or depar-
ture. It is, however, emphasised that discretion is left t0 the Superin-
tendents of Police concerned to increase the normal bandobu St should
local conditions warrant such a course.

428 of 780
 424
(b) At all public entertainments an Officer ofand above the rank
aof a Deputy Superintendent of Police who is in-charge of the Police
~ argen~er.tSsl’cild’he in close attendance on the Governor.
12) Guardsfor residence (when on tour).—
Aguard for the residence of the Governor while on tour will be
provided by the Superintendent if considered necessary and if local
Conditions warrant it.
(1 3) The followingsecurity arrangements will be made for the Chief
Minister of Tamil Nadu :—
(a) Journey rail.—
Two plain clothes Head Constables of the Railway Police wil1
travel in the compartments in the front and in the rear of the Chief
Minister’s compartment. Whenever the train halts for sometime, one
Head Constable will alight, station himself on the platform side at
a reasonable distance from the Chief Minister’s compartment and keep
watch to prevent the approach of undesirable persons. The other Head
Constable will alight on the off-side and watch the Chief Minister’s
compartment.
(C.O. R. Dis. 168~4/HB1/70 dated 26th May 1970.)
(b) Journey by road:
(i) Pilot. One Pilot Officer (Inspector) armed
with a revolver one Head Cons-
table and one Police Constable
both carrying lathies only.
(ii) Escort. 1 Reserve Sub-Inspector.
1 Head Constables.
4 Police Constables.

(~)Guarth for residence (i.e.), when halting in Ira yeller’! bungalow.

etc.
On toUr. I Head Constable.

429 of 780
 425
(~)At Head quarters I Sub-Inspector.

Head Constable
Noa-Commissioned Officer and

8 PolIce Constables (2 at a time.)

.O.Ms. 3201, Home, dt 6th December l9~7)

(d) Publicfunctions—
The Superintendent of Police concerned will apart from
providing a sufficient number ofuniformed men required for main
tenance of order in such meetings also post an adequate number of
neatly dressed muftimen as miy be necessary to afford the maxi-
mum protection to the Chief Minister, Public pickets of
workable size may be posted at vulnerable place so as to reach Sore
spots quickly and assist the uniformed personnel in case of emer-
gency.
(e) Functions Inside closed halls.—
A plan must be drawn up, showing clearly the entrance gate,
number of exits bolconies basements, roof and ventilators, side-
rooms if any, to the main hail of the function. alectric installations
and other vulnerable point and all these places must be guarded
by uniformed and plain clothes personnel. There should be
an adequate sprinkling of plain clothes personnel among the
audience also.

(f) Routine lining.—

No route lining will be done at any time, either in Madra3
City or other towns, without the express sanction of the Govern-
ment.

(14) The following security arrangements will be made for

Ministers of the Tamil Nadu State (other than the Chief
Minister): —

430 of 780
 426
(a) JourneY by rail.—
One plain clothes HI’ad Constable of the Railway Police will
be provided for general duty. He will travel jfl the unreserved I~
Class compartment closest to the Minister’s compartment
~either behind or ahead of it). Whenever th. train halts for
~om~time the Head Constable will alight from the train on the
platform side and station himself at a reasonable distance from
the Minister’s compartment to prevent the approach of undesirable
persons. If the train halts only for a few minutes the Read Constable
will get down on the platform and look forward at the Minister’5
compartment.
0, 0. M~,No, 1521, Home, 3rd Jufle 1957.
(b) Journeys by Road:

(I) Pilot. Nil

(ii) Esoort, Mi!. (An escort consisting of

I Reserve Sub-Irspector, I Head
Constable and 2 Police Consta-
bles will be provided only if speci-
fically asked for ~bythe Minister
concerned).

(c) Guard- for residence (i.e. when halting iu troveller’s bungaloH s

(i) on tour. IHeadCcnsitable. 4 Police Cons-
tables.
(ii) At Headquarters Guards should be pyovided !rteS-
pec~ive of whether specifically
asked for by the Minister concer-
ned or not.
(d) Public funclions.—
The Suerintendeut of Polioe, Will, apart
tS to horn
post the usual number
a large unifrornd
of
bandobU~t m ake, suitable arrangrnen
neatly dressed mufitmen in suoh a manner asto afford tke maximFm
protection to the Minister.

431 of 780
 4”
(e) Route lining—
No route lining will be done at any time either in Madras City
or jn other towns, without the express sanotion of the Governmcnt~
Lvplana lion—
For the purposes of this Police Standing Order, the term ‘Minister
includes the Speaker of the Legislative Assembly and the Chairman
of the Legislative Council,

(0. 0. Ms. Mo. 1521 Rome 3rd June 1957.)

(14) The following rules will apply to all special trains of
compartments conveying persons of high position, e.g., Ministers,
of thc Central and othei State Governments in the Indian Unjon;~

(a) (i) A Railway Police Guards of two Constables armed

wtth short lathieswihl travel in the spe.ccial train in a compartn~ent
as near as possible to the compartment in which the high Person
age travels. This Guaid will be relieved at thejirst halt in eaoh
Railway Police Circle.

(ii) Dulies of the g~iarda~stopping stations.—

Where the train halts for any length of time. one Contable
will immediately take up his position on the platfrom near the
Compartmontand prevent any unauthorised person from approaching
it, and will keep any crowd whiohi may gat~eiat a reasonable
distance from it. The second constable will be posted on the
off side of the compartment. When the train is about to start
the Train Guard will fall back to their oompartment.

(iii) If the halt is only for a shortt!me., Say, only two

or three minutes, or if the train stops outside a Station on
account of signals or any other cause, the guaid will not bn
mounted at tire compartment itself but one Constable will get
out on each side of the compartment and look along the train
towards the compartrneut.

432 of 780
 428

(b) At Railway Stations wnere the person of high posi-

tion entrains or detrains the platform and entrance to the
station should be kept clear of all persons other than those authorised
to be present.
(c) At Railway Junctions or other large Stations where
the special train or compartment stops the Railway Police
Sub-Inspector having jurisdiction will post Constables on the plat-
form to augment the Train Guard to the extent necessary.
td) If a long halt is made at any Station and the hign
personage continues to occupy the train on a siding, the Train
Guard will mount guard on the compartment occupied by the
hign porsnage and the Railway Police Sub-Inspector having juris~
diction will arrange reliefs.
(e) When the empty special is stabled with luggage in it, one
Constable wittl lathi will he posted as Sentry on each side of the
main compartment and relieved every three hours.
(0 H any Station a large crowd is expected to
meet the higri personage on platform or present and addres~.
the Railway Police Circle Inspector should obain the help o
the local Police for the necessary bandobust.
(g) All ranks will wear Ceremonial Dress but without
words and spurs. Sub-inspectors and Reserve Sub-Inspectors
will carry loaded rev olvei s. Head Contables and Constables wil1
earry short latnies. The Train Guard will not wear boot
l~etween21.00 hours and 06.00 hours.
(h) The Railway Police Sub-Inspector will travel iu
his jurisidiction in the same train as the high personage and
the Superintendent, Railway Police, will ~travel in tne same trail
if specially ordered.
(i) When tac high personage travels in a compartment
attached to a mail or passenger train, the same arrage-
meats sould be made as for the special train, but care should

433 of 780
 420
be taken to see thit t~ietravellin3 public have free access
the trains only the portion of tne platform opposite to the com-
partment in which the high personage is travelling is kept clear.
The travelling public should be kept to the further side of the
platform in the vicinity of the compartment.
(J) ii i\timst.rs oother State visiting the State of Tamil Nadu
4o nOt bring their own armed orderlies for their protection or if they
express their desire to have a Guard from this State Police, a Special
Branch Officer or Officers will be sent as body guard, or to carry out
other ~pecia1 Branch work.
(k) If the Superintendent of Police, Special Branch, thinkg
it necessary, a Special Branch Officer or Officers may be sent as body
guards to the high person age or to carry out other Special Branch
work.
Ngrs.—Police bandobust for Deputy Ministers should be similar to
that for Union Ministers but the arrangements need uct be so elaborate
as in the case of Union Ministers. As regards security arrangements
Deputy Ministers shouk. be treated on a par with Union Ministers.
No Police Guards however should ordinarily accompany the Deputy
Ministers of the Government of India when they travel by train or road.
Should however, local conditions require special precautions to be taken
thesc~~ouldbe arranged as considered necessary.
(15) Police arrangements at air fields of arrival and departure for
the visits ofMinisters of the Central and other State Governments in the
indian Union.—
(a) The Ministers of the Government of India, while travelling by
air, are afforded protection, in flight and at intermediate air-
fields by the gun menprovided by the Delhi Administration. They
however, require police protection at air fields of arrival and departure.
On receipt of intimation regarding the arrival at or departure from a
particular air-field, the local police concerned will arrange to keep
the air-field and the entrance to it clear of al~
unauthorisod persons, care being taken not to cau so any inconvcnjeaic0
to bona-~4sau pusengers.

434 of 780
 4~
(b) Police bandobust to keep the landing ground clear of any
object or obstruction likely to hinder landing must also be made.

(c) The Police Guard should prevent any unauthorised person

from having access to the aircraft.
(d) On all occasionsthe air-craft should be thoroughly searched by
the Police in the presence of the Pilot of the air-craft just be fore ths
Minister emplanes. From the time of the search until the Ministers
departure, the Police must ensure that no unauthorised person had
accessto it. Similar protection should be afforded to the Ministers of
other State Governments in the Indian Union at air-fields of arrival and
departure, during their official visits to this State.
476. When high personage halt outside railway promises or tour
otherwise than by rail, the Commissioner of Police, Madras, or the
Superintendent of Police concerned will provide such Police Guards
and protection as the circumstances warrant. The arrangements
made shall be as unobstructive as possible, the criterion being
protection and not formal display.
477. Ministers, Ministers of State and Deputy Ministers of the Union
Government and Ministers of other States in the Indian Union—.Official
visits to this State C’ourtesies.—
(1) ‘When a Minister, Minister of State, or Deputy Minister
of the Union Government or a Minister of another State arrivess
in Madras, either the Collector of Madras, or the Commissioner
of Police, Madras, or other officer deputed in this behalf will
meet him at the station of arrival. If the Minister, Minister of State
or Deputy Minister of the Union Governmentor the Minister of another
State aniveS by air, theCollectorofChingleput, or the Superintendent
ofPolice, Chingleput Eastorotherofficerdeputed in thebehaif will meet
him at the airport on arrival.
(2) When the Minister of State, or Deputy Minister ofthe Union
Government or a Minister of another State visits the headquarters of a
District, or any other place in that District, the Collector, if he is
present at the place shoulc~meet him on arrival and when the Collector
a not prsent, the senior most Revenue Officer of the District present at
the place should meet him.

435 of 780
 .4~i
(3) When a Minister, Minister cf State, or Deputy Minister of
the Union Government or a Minister of another State visits a place to
attend a State fu notion as a representative of the Union Government or
the State Government, as the case may be, the Collector of the District
should receive him at the Station of arrival. If the Minister, Minister
ofState, or Deputy Minister ofthe Union Government or the Minister
of another State arrives by air, the Collector cf the District iii which
the airport is situated will also meet him at the airport on arrival.
478. Visits of top-ranking very Important Person ages in this State.—

(1) When top ranking Very Important Personages of India (herein-

after called Very Important Person ages) visits this State, bandobu st as
detailed in the Blue Books issued by the Government ofIndia should be
laid on.

(2) Escorts of High Personages will be relieved by the respective

Railway Police Escorts at the centres specified below :—.

~G. 0. M~.No. 304 Home, 2nd February 1959. Remarks.

Line. Centre for Trains.
relief.

(1) (2) (3) (4)

(a) Madras— Vijayawada By all trains Iii the case of

Calcutta. trains going
north-wards
Maeras— from Madras,
Delhi. the Tiruchirap-
palli Railway
Police will pro-
ced opto Vijaya
ada where the
kndlira Pradesli
Railway Police

436 of 780
 432

will relieve them

and in respect
of journeys in
the opposite
direction to
wards Madras,
the Tiruchirap-
paffi Railway
Police will
relieve the
Andhra Pradesh
at Vijayawada
and be incharge
of the High
Personages
up to Madras..~

~b)Madras— Rengiunta By all trains Tiruchirappalli

Raichur. from Madras Railway Police
Katpacli— and Katpadi. will proceed
Gudur. upto Renigunta

(c) Ra1cbur~— Arkonam. By all trains. Andhra Pradesh

Msdtas. Railway Police
will proceed
up to Arkonam
for journeys
up to Madras
~)Gudu~ Katpndl By all trains For all journeys
~i. towards South.
Andhra Padesh
Railway Police
will proceed
upto Katpadi.

437 of 780
 4~3

(1) (2) (3) (41~

(e) Banglaore—.— Jolarpet Do. Tiruchirappalli

Madras. Railway Police
will relieve
Bangalore— Karnataka
Salem. Railway Police
at Jo larpet.
if however the
High persofl~ge
detrains at any
Station in
Ancihra Praclesh
limits lying
between Kar-
nataka and
Tamil Nadu
boundaries the
Karnataka or
Tiruchirappalli~
Railway Police
should escort
upto the Station
of detraining
according as
he travels from
Bangalore or
Madras. The
same principal
should be
adopted if he
entrain at any
such Station.

J ..._230-3.—-28

438 of 780
 434

(1) (2) (3) (4)

(j) Virudhunagar Shencottah All Trains Tiruchirappalhi
—Quilon Railway Police
(Main line) will take charge
via., Maniachi from and relieve
and Tirunelvei Kerala State
Junction. escorts, coming
through main
lint.-

(g) Virudhu- Shencottah All Trains iruchirapparne

nagar—Quilon Railway Police
(Chord line) will take charge
via., Tenkasi and relieve
(Chord line) Kerala State
escorts coming
through chord
line.
(h) Madras to Olavakkot All Trains] Kerala State
Cochin Railway Police
Harbour will relieve
Terminus and Tirucliirappalli
Mangalore. Railway Pohce
at Olavakkot~

(I) To Madras podanur. For all trains Tiruchirapoalli

from Podanur Railway~Pohce
Cochin wir relieve
Harbour Kerala State
Terminus and Railway Police
Mangalore. at Poaanut.

(3) Security arrangements for the wife of the Governor of i amil

\radu...

(a) Within Madras City limiis.—At residence.—No separate

provision is necessary since the Raj Bhavan is already protected.
.0. Ms. No. 1275 Bosne~2nd May 1959 (C. No. 1012!HB1/S8.)

439 of 780
 435
(b) 41 private and public functions.—
Whenever the wife of the Governor of Tamil Nadu attends any
private or public function within Madras City limits and he is not
accompanied by the Governor of Tamil Nadu, the Commissioner
of Police, Madras, should detail one Sub-Inspector in plain clothe
(with revolver) to perform security duty on such occasions.

(c) Every o~lIcial armed with a revolver shall have fired that
revolvers on the Range atleast once in the last six months so that
he is familier with the usages and his aim is good.

(d) Journey by road.—

During journeys in the City when the wife of the Governor of
Tamil Nadu travels unaccompanied by the Governor, the Commi-.
ssioner of Police, should provide one plain clothe Sub-Inspector
(with revolver), to travel in the same car.

(e) Train journey inside Tamil Nadu.—

(i) During train journeys, the Superintendent, Railway Police
Tiruchirappalli, should detail one Head Constable and one Polic~
Constable in plain clothed from the Railway Police (the Head
Constable to be arme ~ with a Revolver and to be drawn from the
Railway Police District SpecialfBranch) as escort for the wife of
the Governor.

(ii) The Deputy Inspector-General of Police (Intelligence),

C.I.D., Madras should (lepute one plain clothed Head Constable
(with Revolver) for security duty.

(iii) The plain clothed escort deputed by the Superinten.

dent, Railway Police, Tiruchirappalli should search the Railway
compartment before the commencement of the journey and should
satisfy themselves that every thing is in order. During halt at
Station, either side of the compartment should be protected and
ingress of unauthorised persons into the compartment prevented.
F—230-3--28A

440 of 780
 4~6

(iv) Halts at places in the Districts.—

The Superintendent of Police of the Distiet concerned, should
provide two Head Constab~es or Police Constables in uniform for
Guard duties at the places of halt of the wife of the Governor.
The plain clothed Head Constable (with Revolver) deputed by the
Deputy Inspector-General of Police (intelligence), C.l.D., Madras,
should perfosm security duties at the places of halt.

(f) Air journeys.—

No security arrangements need be made on such occassions

except intimating the State Criminal Investigation Department and
the State Government concerned of her prop~sed arrival, arid
rqucsting adequate security arrangements to be made at the
other end.

(g) Journeys outside the State of Tamii Nadu.—

Whenever the wife of the Governor proposes to visit or pass
through another State, the Comptroller, Governor’s Hoit sehold should
send intimation i.e., copies of tour programme along with any other
~onnectcd details to the State Government concerned well in
advance. The Comprtoller should also send an ilitirnation
to the Deputy Inspe;tor-Gcneral of Police (Intelligence),
C.I.D., Madras so that he can inform the Criminal Investigation
Department of the State concerned as regards se~Ltrity arrange-
met-us.

(4) Security arrangements for the wifi’ of the Governor of another

State visiting Tamil Nadu State.—

(a) The secuity arrangements for the wife of the Governor ol

a~io~her State visiting Taal Nadii State will be the same as for the
wife of the Governor of Tamil Nadu.

441 of 780
 437

(1~)En case of the wife of the Governor of another Stati

stays in places other than the Raj Bhavan. Guindy, or Ootaca-
mund, the Commissioner of Police, Ma~ras,or the Superintendent
of Police concerned should provide two Head Constables or tw0
?ollce Constables in uniform for Guard duties at the places of
halt. The Commissioner of Police, Mariras, or tie Deputy Tnspec-
tor-General of Police (Intelligence~, C.T.D., as the case may i~e,
should also depute one plain clothed Head Constable (with a Revol-
ver) for security duty at the places of halt.

(5) (a) In view of the importance attached to the duties con—

necte~lwith the visits of Very Important Personages, such as the
President and the Prime Minister of India or any foreign digniary
who is accorded the same scale of security as the Presidentprjrne
Minister of India. it is very necessary that a new item of trainin~
for armed and unarmed Police be intro !uced regularly with the
object of teaching Police Officers of all ranks how to carry out
correctly the various tasks connectel with such visit:.

(b) Generally speaking, training may be imparted by way

if lectures, by practice on parade grounds, by working or~t
schemes on sand models, by mock exercises in streets, where pract~-
cable ant by takin~ advantage of actual occassions on which
crowd control is carried out. The provisions of the current Blue
Books relating to the President’s and the Prime Minister’s sc~urjt~-
should he preperly mastered and men under training should he ma~e
thoroughly conversant with the Rules. Before each visit, rehear-
sals may be held and these may be utilise l to train the personnel
who have not had sufficient knowledge of their duties. Tue Super-
intendents of Police may use their initiative in designing the tm-
fling Course to suit local conditions. The Officers of the Police
Force employe~ on the occassions of the visits of Very Important
Personages will be required to perform duties of varied naturç.
These duties can generally be divided under the following sub..
heads~

442 of 780
 438
(i) Duties for ensuring th~personal ca/ tj of t/a V ry Inipor-
twit Personage when he is stionery, i.e., either at his residence or
attending a function other than ~ public meeting.—
(a) The Very Important Personage may he residing temporarily
either in the Raj Bliavan, Circuit House or in a private building.
The degree of security would vary with the place of his residence.
The uniformed police men on duty at the place of residence should
be trained in the correct method of giving comrdirnents. They should
also be trained not to make unnecessary noise like banging of
fire arms on the ground or with their han s. The plain clothed
staff should be trained to be as unobstrisive as possible and to
afface themselves at all times, yet be on the spat when required..
They should be so trained in behaviour that none and least of all
the Very Important Personage, spots them atonce as Police
men.
(b) The training and instruction imparted (r~ the men posted
for duty at the place of residence should also be imparted to the
men posted at the places of function, other than public meetings.

(ii) Duties connected with the Very Important Personages’ per-

sonal safety while he is on the move, either by air, by rail or by
road.—
(a~Buy Air.—
The Rules for guarding the plane are laid down in the Blue
Books. Details of these Rules should be explained to all officers
who are likely to perform this task so that they are thoroughly
conversant with what they have to do. The same wo: id apply to
the Rule regarding search of the small cards with the relevant rules
printed therein should he issued.

(b) By rail.—
The Train Arme~Guards should he trained to make a thorough
and systematic search of the train or coach. The Baggage Guard
8hould be properly briefed an’1 trained to see that the baggage is
orreetly taken charge of and delivered in time.

443 of 780
 439

(c) Rules have been laid down regarding the guarding of

bridges, culverts and railway track proper training should be
given in the positioning of men for such duties and in the tasks
expected of them.
(d) Byroad.—
The Pilot Car Personnel should,be trained to know the distance
at which they are to keep from the Very Important Personage’s
car under different circumstances. They should also be trained
to master the directions given regarding speeds to be observed
along the route. The officer in-charge of the Pilot car should
be trained to keep in constant touch with the Escort Car.

(e) The Motor Cycle Out Riders should be so trained that

they become most proficient in Motor cycle riding skifls. They
should know how to keep their exact position vis-a-vis the car of
the Very Important Personage,
(J~The men of the Escort Car should have their duties
properly explained to them. These duties are laid down in the
Blue Book.
(g) The driver of the Car used by the Very Important Per-
sonage should be properly trained in good and safe driving it
should be remembered, in this connection, that every driver is not
a good driver and that a skilful driver is not necessarily a gooi
driver.
(~controIl1~j.~the crowd lining the streets during tne passage-
of the Very important Personage.—
Sector officers should be trained to keep their wits about them
and to use their initiative in increasing the number of men in
their Sector where the crowd pressure is great and in decreasing
the number in places where the small strength of the crowd
makes the employment of a large number of Policemen ridiculous.
The officers and men on route lining duty should also be trained
ot keeP their ~vCsopen for any tendency on the part of the crow~$

444 of 780
 440

rn run behind the Very Important Personage’s vehicle either on

the road immediately behind the vehicle or on the sides of the
road parallel to the vehicle. The officers and men could be
trained in the various items of training under this head by way
of lectures and demonstrations, together with an exercise on a
skeleton basis which provides for crowds, cross-roads, vehicles, etc.
The training could also be given with the help of sand models.

(7) Control of Traffic.-’---

Traffic Officers should be trained to realise control of traffic
should continue as efficiently as possible after the passage of the
Very Imporatant Personage’s motor car till congestion is minimised
anl regular flow of traffic is restored. The strict control that was
maintained prior to or during the passage of the Very Im-
portant Personage’s motor car should continue for some time till
normalcy is restored.

(8) Arrangements at Public Meetings.—

(a) A Very Important Personage’s visit is generally associated
with a t~1hlicmeeting. Generally speaking in District towns where
s ich meetings are likely to he held, there are one ~r two
grounds which are used for the purpose. Sand mode’s of the
particular ground should be kept. With the help of these sand
models which should be of fairly big size (about 180 ems, by 120
c.ms at least) it will be easy to demonstrate in a clear manner
at the Briefing Session what is anticipated of every man on these
occassions.

(b) The Policemen on duty at the meeting place shotil’J he

trianded to be ‘all eyes and ears’ for what is going on around them
and not to be enthralled by the sp~ech or actions of the Very
Important Persona&eS.

(c) The men an4 officers in nuilorm withm the mee~iug

place should be trained to assert their authority from ihe very
beginning an I keep the crowd under control before the rneetin~

445 of 780
 441
starts s~that, as soon as the Very Important Personage arrives
these uniformed men will he able to sit down and not obstrtact the
crowd in any manner. Tney should also be trained to be extremely
vigilant and active when. the meeting is over so t~at the crowds
cave th~meeting place in the same manner iii which they entered
and to see that all arrangements are not thrown to the winds once
the Very Important Personage and some of the important Persons
have left the meeting place.

(d) It will be a good practice ii a rough diagram of the

meeting place is drawn up on the parade ground at each District
Headquarters and exercises carried out under fairly realistic cond~
tions, giving the officers and men actual training in the matter of
directing crowds into the various sectors, preventing people from
jumping over sitting in fences, rushing through barricades~
etc.

479. Railway strike.—

(1) (a) The Railway Police are primarily responsible for the
maintenance of order during a strike, but will have the co-operation
of the District Police for that purpose. To this end a strike scheme
should he prepared in each district to provide for the reinforcement
of the Railway Police, the prevention of crime, the protection of
railway servants against interference in the discharge of their duties,
the safeguarding of the permanent way and the investigation of
such offences as may arise. Such a scheme will provide for—
G.O. 189, Pub. Pol.) the March 1951.

(i~t~eestablishment along the open line of Police posts

to ensure patrolling for inielligellce purposes by Police and Village
talayaries

ti~)the protection of railway property and the provision

of guards at important and strategic centres;

(iii) the posting at strategic centres of’ mobile forces with

light engines;

446 of 780
 442
(ivy the protection of railway servants ; and
(v~the reinforcement of the local Police investigation staff
~so that they may deal with all cases arising out of the strike ex-
cept those cases considered by the Deputy Inspector-General of
Police (Crime Branch), C.I.D., as sufficiently grave to be taken
up by the Crime Branch, Criminal Investigation Department.

(b) When armed force is required in excess of the above

rrangemeitts, tie senior offIcer in local charge of the anti-strike
operations should send t~melyreports to the Dir ector-General of
Police direct.
(2) (a) When a strike is threatened the District Magistrate or the
Additfonol District Magistrate, as the case may be, the local Superiri..
tendent and the Director-General should be kept informed, and the
Superintendents concerned should take preparatory action by rein.
forcing District Police stations along the railway line to peimit the
strike scheme being put into force as soon as the strike is declared
or appears inevitable.
(b) Railway Police circles should be at the same ~tlmcbe
mobilized.

(3) Each man will be sent out with full kit and must be pre-
pared to stay wherever ordered.
(4) The railway authorities should be asked to provide pilot
engines, patrol trains (wherever necessary) and patrol trolleys.
(5) It is not the duty of the Police.—.-(a) t0 interfere with the
strikers unless it appears that they are committing or about to
commit an offence.

(b) to deliver orders from Railway Officers to any of the

rail ~ ay staff, whether on strike or not.
(6) Any complaint made to a Railway Police Officer m~st
at once be communicated to the nearest Station House Officer. Sta
don-House Officers must not be led into taking hasty or illegal
action on unconfirmed reports of the possibility of the occuj~rence
0f an 0ffen~O’

447 of 780
 443
(7) (a) The matter of “picketing’ demands careful attention.
“Picketing” implies an organised endeavour by men on strike
or agitators, to induce workers to “down tolls” by means of
parties of men posted at inportant working centres, such as work-
shops gates.
(b) “Picketing” does not constitute an offence of the per-
suation used is of on ordinary and peaceful nature and does not
involve coercion, intimidation, restraint hostile demonstration,
obstructi~a to the public or any offence under the ordinary law or
danger to the public peace. If, however, any person wilfully impedes
or resi’ticts any railway servant in the discharge of his dt~t~’”he
commits an offence under section 121 of the Indian Railway Act,
1890, which is cognizable by the Police.
(8) The Pol’ce have no power to order a peaceful picketer or
any other person to leave railway premises unless he has committed
an offence under Section 121 or under some other cognizable section
of the Indian Railways Act, 1890. Any person refusing to leave
railway premises after being ordered to do so by a competent Rail-
way Officer commits an offence under Section 121 of the Indian
Railways Act, 1890.

(9) The Police have at all times the power to interfere to pre-
vent the commission of any offence or a breach of the peace.
if any such occurrence is apprehended at any Railway Police Sta-
tion which is not adequately manned,~ immediately information
should be sent to the nearest local Police Station and assistance
requested.

480. Drill and Instructions.—

(1) Hours for drill and instruction arranged according to trains,
should be detailed in a form prepared by the Inspector and hung
up in each Police Station.
(2) Platform constables at out-stations shoild he relieved for
three days each month and called into the Railway Police Statjç,n
for drill and instruction.

448 of 780
 444
(3) Constables employed on platform duty at outstations should
be changed periodically at the Siperintendent’s discretion.

481. Custody of Arms.—.

The arms will be kept in the station secured to an arms
rack by means of a chain fastened with a lock and 1)0 in-charge
of the Sub-Inspector or other officer-in-charge of the station in his
absence. Station centries will keep the key and he recponsible for
the arms in succession. The ammunition will be kept in a locked
ammunition box, the key of which will be kept by the station
sentry. The Sub-Inspector or the officer in-charge of the Station
in his absence, will be repsonsible for its correctness aid this officer
will issue the requisite number of rounds whenever necessity arises

482. Usc of arms.—.

The muskets should be used on the occasion prescribed by the
Superintendent hut the officer for the time being in-charge of th~
Station may direct them to be used in any e’ner~ency or for
a$~ertingprisoners.

449 of 780
 44S

CHAPTER XXVI.
CRIMiNAL INVESTIGATION DEPARTMENT.
483. Manner of assisting the District Police in investigation.—’
(1) The Ci~ninalinvestigation Department will assist the District
Police either by—
(a) taking up the entire investigation or a case, or

(b) placing an officer of the staff at the disposal of the

Superintendent of Police.
(2) Sub-Inspectors attached to the Criminal Investigation
Department must be deputed by an Inspector or officer of higher-
rank t~investigate in each particular case on which they are em-
ployed, b~.tsuch authorisation is not necessary in the case of
officers above the rank of Sub-Inspector.
(cj. o.Ms. No. L862, JudI, 16 Nøv. 1912.)
484. Application for assistance.—~
Application for the assistance of the Criminal Investigation
Department should he niade by the Superintendents of Police
or the Depaty Commissioner of Police (Crime) to the Deputy
inspector-General of Police (Crime), Criminal Invest igatio ii
Department through the Range Deputy Inspector General or
the Commissioner ol’ Police as the case may be. No enquiries
shall be undertaken without the orders of the Deputy
Inspector-General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, It
will, of course, be open to the Range Deputy Inspector-General
of’ Police or the Commissioner of Police to withheld an application
and direct the District or the City Police to continue investigation.

485. Responsipility ~f District Police.—~-

The Criminal Investigation Department in no way relieves the
Distri”~LPolice of their responsibility for the prevention and detection
of crime.

450 of 780
 446

Classes ofcrime to be tnvestigated by the criminal !nvcstigatlon Depart-

inent.
486. The Criminal Investigation E1~epartinent will ordinaoly (‘eal
with crimes of the following classes only:—
(1) Note-forgery cases.
(2) Cases of counterfeit coiniag when the connterfeits arc
Struck from dyes.
Note.—(1) Officers of the department who have been trained in the
Bombay Mint are available in cases where expert evidence or
advice is wanted in respect of counterfeit coins whether struck or
moulded.

(ii) Whenever it is intended to launch a prosecution in a case

in which apparatus or materials for foreging coins or currency notes
have been s~lzed,ths C.I.D., should be informed and asked to give
expert opinion before the cane is put up in court.

(3) Cases of professional poisonihg.

(4) Theft of Government arms and ammunition and illicit

tradein arms.

(5) Important oases in which foreigners are concerned (in-

cluding cases of international criminals, foreigners and traffic in
women by foreigners).

(6) Frauds by moans of advertisements, bogus funds and

companies; personating public servants, swindling, etc..

(7) Cases of dacoity or house-breaking of a popular nature

which indicate the work of an adopt gang not previously noticed
or accounted for by the local police.

(8) Cases of fraud, theft or chesting of a peculiar natiure which

..ff.ct more than one district.

451 of 780
 447

(9) Cases of such a technical nature as in the opinion of the

jjirector-General or District authorities call for investigation by
an officer of the Criminal Investigation Department.
(10) Important thefts of currency motes or important defal-
cations of public money.
(11) Cases of smuggling of opium, cocaine, etc.,
(12) Cases of bringing fraudulent civil suits.
(13) Gang Cases.
(14) Important conspiracy cases whose ramifications extend
to several Districts.
(15) PornographY.
(16) Thefts of idols or curios.
(17) Thefts of Automobiles having inter-district and inter-State
ramifications.

(18) Any serious crime which appears to have a political moti’e

dicluding all offences connected with arms and explosives which
are suspected to be of a political nature.
(19) AnY case which the Deputy Inspector-General of Police,
Dircctor~Geflera1of Police or Government consider should be in-
vestigated by an independent agency consequent on tile investigation
by the local Police having become suspect of 1partisanship or cor-
ruption.
Superintendents tO send special reports.—
fl4~7 (1)(a) In all cases falling under items(3) and (16) in cases of
speciali mportaflce, and in all other cases included in Order No, 486 in
which immediate action by the C.I.D.,is called for, a telegraphic or Radio
report should be sent to the C.I.D. (Crime) followed by a written
report which should be sent~by express if urgency dictates this
p~ocedure. This report should be written in three parts as shown
be’ow ;—

452 of 780
 44~

Part I-—-.—-.A1I relevant facts of the occurrence.

Part TI—Action already taken and ordered.

Part Ill—Suggestions for further action as dictated from
local knowle~lgeof the District Officers.

(b) A copy of this report should be sent to the Collector

and the Range Deputy Inspector-General, Further progress report
in Form No. 12. should be sent in all such cases to the Collec-
tor, the Range Deputy Inspector-General and the Deputy inspec-
tor-General, Criminal Investigation Department (Crime).

(2) In all other cases, the Superintendent should forward a

special report direct to tile Criminal Investigation Department. Fur-
ther progress reports need not be submitted in these cases unless
specially called for, but a report must be made of their final dis-
posal. In the event of a conviction, a copy of the judgment must
be forwarded with the final report.
Classes of crime to be reported to the Central Bureau of
Investigation and the Criminal Investigation Department.—
4S8 (I) Cases falling under classes 1, 4. 5, 15 and 16 of Order No
486 and all convictions of non-Asiatics, when such convictions are for
,ffences of the type in which finger prints would ordinarily be taken
for record in the Finger Print Bureau, should be reported by the
Criminal Investigation Department, to the Central Bureau of
Investigation (Ministry of Home Affairs. Government of India,
New Delhi.).
(2) (a) whenever a mon-Asiatic is convicted of an offence of
the type in which finger prints would ordinarily be taken for record
under the rules, the finger prints and photographs of the convict
as well as the details of the offences described in words and
not merely referred to by their Indian Penal Code Section numbers
in respect of which they were convicted” should be sent by the
Superintendent of Police of the District in which the case was regis

453 of 780
 449

tered tG t~ie Criminal Investigation Department (Crime) for tranS.

mission to the Director, ~Central Bureau of Investigation, Government
of India, who in turn, will forward them to the head of
the Police in the country of which the prisoner is a resident.

(b) Before the release of such a prisoner a report should

be sent by the Superintendent of Police of the District in which
the case was registered through the same channel to the Director,
giving information regarding date, route, ship, etc., on or by which
the prisoner will be travelling, in order that such information may
be tran$mitted to the country of the man’s origin.

(3) In coining ~r note-foregery cases in which an Asiatic

but not a resident of India, is convicted and in which there, is
reason to believe that the false coins or notes have been manufac-
tured abroad, a report should be forwarded by the Superintendent
of Police of the District in which the case was registered to the
Criminal Investigation Department (Crime), for transmission to the
Director, Central Bureau of Investigation.

(4~If any foreign criminal, whether Asiatic or non-Asiatic,

is convicted in a coining or note-forgery case which may arouse
.international interest, a similar report shoLld be sent by the
Superintendent of Police of the District in which the case was regis-
tered to the Criminal Investigation Department, (Crime) for infor-
mation of the Director, Central Bureau of Investigation.

Radio Reports to the Criminal Investigation Departmeni

to be sent In certain cases of serious Crime :—
489. If, in cases falling under item 18 of Order No. 486
officers concerned in the investigation discover any
concrete fact of importance and the officer deputed by
the Criminal Investigation Department, (Crime) is not
actually present at the time, a radio report of such facts should
be sent both to the Criminal investigation Department ~Crimc~
and to the Superintendent of the District concerned.
F—230-3—29

454 of 780
 4~,o
D’pIHfio’l of Officers of the Criminal Investigation Department—

490 (1) In any case in which the services of an Officer of the Crimna1
Investigation Department are asked for, or ,whenever an officer
deputed by the order of the Deputy Inspector-General or of the
Dire~tor-Genera1to con duct an investigation or inquiry of any kind
the officer, depatel should generally take with him a letter Iaddressed
to the Superintendent prescribing the work upon which he is sent.

(2) Ifthe Superintendent is away in camp, the officer deputed should

hand over the introductory letter to the Superintendent or ~report his
arrival, to the Personal Assistant to the Superintendent of the District
and should submit immediately a report in writing as tol the cours
of investigation he is adopting. He should [thereafter take the firS5
available
likely to opportunity
be a lengthyofone.
seeing the Superintendent of the inquiry i

(3) In cases where an officer of the Crime Branch, Criminal Investi-

gation Department, is deputed to assist the Superintendent of Police
of a District in the investigation of a case, the Crime Branch Offices
should work directly under the Superintendent of Police who wi’
then be responsible for the enquiry. In such cases the case diaries
should be submitted to the Superintendent of Police, of the District ~lth
a copy to the Superintendent of Police, Crime Branch, so that the lattot
~saware of his officer’s doings.

(4) In cases which are completely taken over by the Crime Branch
Criminal Investigation Department, the officer concerned will work
directly under the control of the Criminal Investigation Department and
submit his case diaries to the Superintendent, Crime Branch. But the
officer should keep the Superintendent of the District in which lie is
working fully informed orally of his doings, consult him, take instructj.~
tions wherever practicable, on matters affecting the District and finally
inform him of the result of the enquiry.

455 of 780
 451
Superintendent to assist the Crimln3l favestigation Deparime ng_
Officers:—
491 Superintendent should give officers of the Criminal Investigation
Department every facility for conducting inquiries in their districts an4
Should make available for their assistance the local knowledge of
tile District Police. The Officers of the Criminal Investigation Depart.
meat have the same right of inspecting re~orJsas the District Police.

492. Case Diaries and other Criminal Investigation Department recJods—

The case Diaries of officers of the Criminallnvestigation Department
are subject to the same rules as those of the District Police. Ezcept
that in cases in which investigation is completely taken over by the
Crime Branch, Criminal Investigation Department, case diaries will b
lodged by the Superintendent of Police, Crime Branch, Criminat
Investigation Department in the Crime Branch Office.

Branches of work in Criminal fnv~stigationDepartment;—

493 (1) The Criminal Investigation Departmentis divided into two

Branches known as Intelligence and Crime, each divided into su
d~visjonsas indicated below :—
(a) Intelligence Branch:

(i) Special Branch.

(ii) ‘Q’ Branch.
(iii) Special Branch (V.I.P. Security)
(b) Crime Branch:—
(i) Crime and Criminal Intelligence not of a specially confiden.
tial nature.
(ii) Commercial Crime Investigation wing.
(2) In addition to the above, there is also a separate wing known u
“Civil Supplies C.LD.” to enforce various Acts relating to Foods
grains movement Control Order, Essential Commodities Act etc.

1—230/3—29A

456 of 780
 452
~peo~1 Branch Work :—
494. Special Branch work IS strictly confidential and must be
~t :enttrely separate from any matters, such as information for the
Criminal Intelligence Committee, ~nconnected with it.
Crime Branch: —

495. (1) The executive Officers of this iS branch investigate cases

falling under Police standing order No 486.
(~‘r:mlnillntiligenc
(2) As regards Criminal Intefligence, infor natiOn will
~ collected and diseminated with regard to the following matters:—
(a) Serious crimes.
(b) Property last or stolen and suspicious property recovered.
Jc~Ow.nterfit cedns and currency notc~.
(d) Arms an~tammunition.
(e) Persons wanted or arrested by the Police, missing persons
and suspicious individuals.
(f) Military deserters.
(g) Foreigners and foreign nomads.
(Ii) Notifications under the Foresigners’ Act
(I) Scientific aids to detection.
(j) Interesting cases.
(k) Interesting extracts.
(1) Notes for the guidance of investigating officers.
(3) Criminal Intelligence Gazette.—
Such information will ordinarily be published weekly
in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette. Matters intended for
~ut3leation should be sent in, as far as possible, ready
for the press, carefully drafte and written on one side of the
paper only. Attention must be paid to the authorised spelling of all
names.
(4~Extracts from the Criminal Intelligence Gazette in the Regionaj
janguager.—
As tite CriminUl intelligence Gazette is of all India import
an~e,it will he issued in English only. When a Superintendent considers
that any information published in it should be circulated in Tamil he

457 of 780
 453

CM co so by means of the District Crime and Occurrence Sheet.

~e~over, ~formation of a confidential character must not be so
proa~lgatedbut must he communkated by cyclostyled circulars.
(5) Criminal Intelligence Gazette—Supply t0 Certain Officers.—

The Criminal Intelligence Gazette will be supplied to such officers out

side the control of the Tamil Nadu Government as the Directo~-
General of Police, with approval of the Government may direct.
00. ~ 1566 Home 29th July 1936,
(6) Maclas Operandi Bureau.—
The Modus OperaLidi Bureau will function as an adjunctof
the Crime Branch CAD. The Bureau is under the control
~f t~he Superintendent of Police, Crime Branch C.J.D. Its
Primaryduty is to collect, record and disseminate info rmat ion regard-
3ureai~
ingoffences and criminals. Thearetlic
wifl bestowParticularattention types se
ofoffences tohe
WI: id areto which tile Jinvesti-
normally
gated by the C.I.D., under Police Standing Order 486 and criminals
whose operations are either extensive in the State or inter-stale in nature.
The Bureau will not undertake the investigation of cases the responsi_
bility for which rests with the Exect live Officer cf tile ClinIc Br.ai~cli,
C.I.D. Investigating Officers may, however, make ft 11 use of the informa-
tion available in the Bureau to make their work more easy. The Bureau
will consolidate the crime figures each month and put up the monthly
crime review, prepare the quarterly statistics of crime and collect parti-
culars for the Annual Administration Report. It will also publish
the Criminal Intelligence Gazette.

(7) The records to be maintained in the Modij s Operandi 13i. rean

are (1) List ofMis~1ngPersons (2) List of wanted Persons (3) General
Subject File ~4)Indices and such other items as may be prescribed by
special orders from time to time.

(8) (a~Mod~isOperandi Bureau Sheets.—Indices and S~gna1s~—

Modus Operand! Bureau sI.eets will r~ivaiiaFlybe opened f r criminals
wbo have operated in mere than one State. In cases of criminals who

458 of 780
 454

have obtained r.ctcricty in the cases invest~gatcdby the C.I.D., sheets

may be ordered to be opened by the Superintendent of Police, Crime
Branch, C.I.D., In fact, sheets will normally be maintai ned for all the
accused concerned in cases listed under Police Standing Order 486 except
for special reasons. A number will be assigned to each sheet and the
fact of opening a sheet shall be communicated to the Superintendent of
Police of the district in which the criminal normally ‘esides or where his
operation has extended. The Superintendents of Police will send a
monthly return ofcurrent doings of the criminal to the Modus Operandi
Bureau. The Modus Operandi Bureau wil also maintain sheets for
Modus Operandi Bureau criminals ofother states residing in this State.
The fact of having opened a ModusOperandi Bureau sheet for a criminal
‘of any other state should be premptly communicated to the concerned
State, and the cross reference obtained and noted in the Mcdus Ope-
randi Bureau sheet maintained.
(b) Whenever Modus Operandi Bureau sheets are maintained
foi any criminal, History Sheet shall be opened by the local Police
where the criminal resides, or where he has operated. The sheets shall
be periodicallY reviewed on the strength of the reports received from the
Superintendent of Police and for such of those who have become (a~too
old to commit crime (b)unable to commit crime due to physical infirmi-
ties and (c) so completelyreformed as is establishedby continued good
record for over a period of 15 years, the sheets shall be closed.
(9) IndiCes.—
The following are the indices to be maintained for
Modus Operandi Bureau Criminals in the Modu s Operandi Bureau .They
will be on the card system. They will be type written and kept in
cabinateofan approvedtype:—
(a) Name index.
(b) Serial index.
(C) Alphabetical index.
(d) Descriptive, defermatjve and physical peculiarities Indei

459 of 780
 465

(s) MO. Index.

(j) Alias card.
(g) Style Inder
(h) Trade mark Index.
(I) Transport Index.
(j) Property lost.
(k) Property recovered.
(1) General subjects file index.
(10) (a) Name index.—
The cards for the name index will be maintained alphabeticall\
in four colours red cards for inter-State, white for local
criminal bluefor inter-Police Station and pink for inter-District
criminals. The card should contain residential particulars, age, height,
reference to M.O. etc., This be flagged by signals (vide ‘Signals’ in-fra,)
The cards have a line ~ inch above the bottom edge. Below this line,
the name or alias ofthe crrniinal followed by his father’s name indicated
by the prefix “S/o” should be typed.
(b) Serial index.—
Indices to all Modus Operandi Bureau sheets should be
maintained, serially, showing address particulars, Modus
Operani Bureau number and serial number of history sheet or personal
file maintained in the District.
(C) Alphabetical index.—
An alphabetical index showing the dat~opening of Modus Operandi
Bureau sheets, classification of his~orysheet, details of address etc.
(d) Descriptive deformative and physical peculiarities.—
index cards will be maintained having special features ofdeformatives in
respect of all crimnals whose appearnces, identiflcation:marks, habits or
~l~er ol~araaterjsticscan readily and usefully be classjfied. Apart from

460 of 780
 4~6

furnishing~etails in this form the classes of physical and criminal charact-

eristics will have typed hulow the bottom line of the card also. The
sphere of operation will be entered on the meverse of the card.

(e) M.O. Index.—

The cards for this index will be arranged in the alphabetic a
order of the different modus operandi and ether characteristics
in drawers assigned to the main, heads of crime. The index
head swill be plain langu age catch words corresponding to those in Crime
classificationhist presciibed fc~rindexing Part I Station Cr~mnc 1-listor.
The M.O.B. Criminal number, the Station and sphere of operation will
be entered against the name of each individual. The type of crime will
he entered below the bottom line of the card also. Slips and signals
will be used on the sides of the card according to instructions below ;—

(J) .4 liar card.—

A card for each criminal will he open cci containins~his aliases H.S.
classifIc~tioflS, M.O. classifications. This will he maintained
alphabetically.
(g) Style index.—
index cards of the same type as descriptive, deformatjv
an~physical peculiarities shall he noted in respect of criiminals who
in’ icate alleged trade, profession at the time of or immediately prior
to commission of offence which can readily and usefully be classifiee’l.
They shall be grouped style war.
(h) Trademark mdcv.——
Similar index cards like style index will he maintained
for all criminals who indicate any extraordiuary act e.g.,
pois1cningdogs, cnanging clothes, food, ccn~mittingnuisances etc., not
associate with crime and grouped trade-war.
(t) Transport index.—
An iddex of all types of’ tran sport used at the time of commission
~,i the offence, classified according to vehicle used shall he
maintained individually for each criminal and grouped vehicle-c~’ar.

461 of 780
 4511

(j) Properties lost/stolen.—

Cards will be opened in respect of identifiable properties
lost or stolen in respect of all grave and important cases; the
reports being complied from the important cases, the
reports being complied from the C and Q sheets, reports from District.
Crime Intelligence Bureau and other information, received in C.LG
sheets of other States.

(k) Property recovered.—

Cards will also be opened in respect of all identifiable properties
recovered, the reports being compiled from C&O sheets reports from
Crime Records Bureau and other information received in C.1.G. sheets
of other States.

(1) Genera/subjectfile index.—

Acardindextothe general subject file will be maintained.
A list of subject for which general files have been opened
will be kept in alphabetical order. The first page of each
General File will contain a list of its main contents.

(m) Signals.—
Slip on signals indicating the particulars noted
below will be attached to the bottom of name index cards and to the
sides of modus operaudi and deformative, descriptive and physical
peculiarities index cards—
Blue .. In jail.
Red .. Out of view.

Two Reds .. Out of view and wa~tt‘

Yellow .. Inactive
Green .. Operating outside the States.
Orange Active.

462 of 780
 458

(11) General subject file.—

Information of permanent value about important classe5
of crime and criminals will be maintained in general
subject files of folios. Materials for these files will be got from
crime Records Bureau, results of investigations of cases in the
CI.D. Special reports and from any other information obtained on
records ava ilable. Thesub jects for which such files should normally
be opened are criminal organisations, criminal areas, counterfeit coins
and currency notes, bombs, smuggling of arms, poisoning, special
classes of crime all the heads of crime for which such files are maintained
~n the Modus Operandi Bureau and such other special types of crime
peculiar to the State etc. The files should cover all subjects of impor-
tance affecting criminal history of the State and should be carefully main
tamed and kept uptodate.
(12) Photographs.—
Photographs for all Modils Operandi Bureau Criminals will
be maintained in albu ms. They will be maintained M.O.
war, in respect of this state criminals as well as other State criminals
The photographs will be in the same three poses as is being maintained
in the District Crime Records Bureau. The District Crime Records
Bureau will suply the photographs to the State Modus Operandi Bureau
as soon as any criminals ofthe District is registered as a Modus Operandi
Bureau criminals.

(13) Hisotory of Crime.—

The District Crime Records Bureau will communicate
to the State Modus Operandi Bureau cases of interest and cases
coming under Police Standing Order 486 in Form No. 83.
The Modus Operandi Bureau will embody this information in the General
Subject File. In cases where a report in Form No. 83 has been sent to
the Modus Operandi Bureau, the officer in charge of the District Crime
Records Bureau should send final report either when the case has ended
in conviction or when the case has been treated as undetected in Form
part i~.

463 of 780
 459

(14) MIssing and wangedpersons Bureau.—.

The State Modus Operandi Bureau will maintain a list of missing
persons and wanted persons. The list of missing persons will be
compiled alphabetically from the First Information Report of missing
persons received from Police Stations and a special report will be sent
in a proforma. All cases of Missing Children, Kidnapped women
childrenand activities of Professional traffickers of Women and children
will be reported by directly Station House Officers to Mod~isOperandi
Bureau. An ‘A’ Card will be opened for all missing persons and
a card showing details of cases in case of kidnappers.
Similarly index will be opened for all wanted persons
1n the descriptive form flagged by appropriate signals as jr~the case
of M.O. index cards. An edited paragraph will be published in respect
ofany missing persons and wanted persons in the Criminal TnteIIige~c~
5
— Gazette provided the descriptive and other Particti lars are found to be
useful or photographs are available. The Criminal Intelligence Gazette
Sheet fl~.mber wherever possible shoud be entered at the bottom of each
card opened. Periodical enquiries will~be made by correspondence
about tie missing and wanten persons and if they are traced the cards Will
be eliminated. Cards will also be opened for missing persons of other
States who are likely to visit this State. Their photos and partict,Jars
will also be similarly published in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette of
the State. The District C&O. Sleet and other State Criminal jn
t~hligenceGazette sheets will be screutinized by the Modus Operandj
Bureau with regard to persons for whom cards have been opened and
any information received will be communicated to all Concerned

(15) Forms ofgangs.—

A regsiter of the activities of all gangs that have come to
notice In the State during the investigation of cases will be maintained.
The register will be in the same form as the one maintained
in the Crime Records Bureau and will be maintained M.O. war. Apag~
from listed M.Os. any particular or special M.O. that cori~t0 ~
hould be separately listed,

464 of 780
 460
(16) Register of smugglers.—
A list of smugglers will be maintained showing the type o,ç
articles involved, places from and to which they are smuggled,
transport used, contact with the public and officials etc~
Result of each case should he et,tered after disposal.
496. Police Research Centre.—
The Police Research Centre undertakes studies of ernie
relating to definite group or classes or people in select areas
in order to find out how far heredity, environment, lack of
ducational facilities, economic backwardness or other factors play a
cart in advancing the criminal tendencies and their bearing on the actual
1ncidence of crime. This centre incidentally examines the possibility
of arresting crime by eliminating the factors which are known to be co ntri -

butory causes. The reliationship between mdii strialisation resulting in the

coming up of slums andthe incidence or pattern of crime also receive
attention at the Research Centre. This Centre besides studying the
crimes factu ally as they OCCUr, sts dies special circs. mstances and factc rs
which go to increase or decrease crime and publishes the results there of
The methods of raising the Police morale and improving Police-Public
Relations also come within the p FViCW ci the sti dies in the Research
Centre.
497. Tainil Nw/u Forensic ScienCe L~boratory.—
The Tamil Nadu Forensic Science Laboratory, Madras
is organised into Several divisions including Ballistics, Biology,
ChemistrY, Documents, Physics Serology and Toxiocogy
it also undertaken reserach work. Laboratory received fo~
examinatiofl afLieIeS connected with Crime fro in Presiding
Officers of Criminal Courts, Police Officers and Medica1
accompanied Officers. Articles receivedfrom Medical Officers should he
by a ~eqUiSitioflfrom a Magistrate or a Police Officer not below the rank
of DeputY Superintendent of Police. The Laboratory deals with
a wide spectrum of forensic work and is equipped with several medern
Instruments for rapid and precise analysis.
498. Finger Print Bureau.—’
Instructio~regarding Finger Print Work are givenin Chapter XLV.

465 of 780
 4~1

499. Inst,.uctionsfor repo~ringinforrna~ion

Instructions for reporting information to .the Modus
Operandi Bureau and for pub!ication in the Criminal
Intelligence Cazette are given below ;—

(I) Serious crime.—

Tiiis will includecases in which special reports have been
prescribed in Police Standing Order No. 487 and any other
cases possessing interesting or nova1 features which should be made
known generally to all Police Officers. The report should be sent in
crime Reprt Form N~. ~3
(2~Property lost, stolen or recovered.—
Lists of property lost, stolen or recovered should bC
confined to articles capable of identification or to rare and
highly valuable articles and shall be in the form No. 164
statement of identifiable (i) stolenjlost (ii) recovered articles.

(3) Persons wanted.—

Rolls fo~r persons wanted should only be sent for
publication when there arc good reasons to believe that the
individual will ~travelbeyond the districts to which the district Police
Sheet is circulated. Such report shall besont in the descriptive roli
form. Photographs if available should invariably be forwarded.

(4) Persons missing.—

All Station House Officers will send a copy of th
0
first information report along with a special report to the Modus
Operandi Bureau in all cases of missing of children, adults, kidnapping.
tc., with copies of the photographs ofthe kidnapped wherever posslbl~
The M.O.B. will after opening an ‘A’ card for the missing persons and
a card forthe kidnapper as the ease may be, send an edited paragraph
for piblication in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette wherever found
necessary and useful. The Station House Officer will follow hl~
reports with a report when the missing person is traced or when the
case is disposed of furnishing salient details.

466 of 780
 462

500. Release Notice of Dangerous Criminals.—

(1) In order that the Police may be warned tn.~t

a dangerous criminal is about to be released from jail’
the Criminal Investigation Department will publish in
the Criminal Intelligence Gazette a Release Notice of such an individual
shortly before his release from jail.

(2) The Release Notice will take the form of a description and
concise history of the criminal.

(3) Release Notice will be published for any particular criminal

Who is likely t0 commit crime over a large area, such as a domestic
servant, forger, coiner, swindler, etc.

(4) (a) Release Notice will be printed on separate sheets and for.
warded with the Criminal Intelligence Gazette.

(b) All Police Officers, who receive the Criminal Intelligence

Gazette, should place in a separate file for reference, the Release Notice
of criminals who are likely to operate within their jurisdiction.

501. SuperIntendents to senda report ofconyiction of Criminalwhose

Release Notice Is to be published.—

The Superintendent should report to the Criminal

Investigation Department direct the conviction of any
criminal included in the preceding order, or of any other criminalt
whose Release
will give N0tice he
the following considers: —should be published. The repoi
particulars

(1) full personal description;

(2) a brief history of the individual, detailing his Criminal

career and criminal propensities.
(3) the probable date ofrelease and thejail in which confined.

467 of 780
 46~

502. Importance of Cr!m!nal Investigation Department watching

notorious criminals.—
One of the most important duties of the Crimin.al Investigation
Department is to keep a watch over the movements of and
furnish Superintendents with information concerning the most notorious
ani dangerous criTniiuls awl this will be of great advantage to District
The foregoing instructions must, therefore, receive close attention.
503. Photography.—
The following photographic work is undertaken in the
Criminal Investigation Department Office ,—

(1) Photographing any documents or other objects sent i~i by

officers and making enlargement when necessary
(2) Maintaining a record of, and preserving all photographs or
negatives.
504 Criminal investigation Department—Officers’ Report.~
Officers ofand above the rank of Depi ty Superi Iltendeiit of Police of
theCriminal Investigation Department should send all reports of
investigation and communications direct to the Criminal Investigation
Department and not through Superintendent of the District concerned
They may however communicate to Collectors and Superintendents o~
the District concerned information of any important matter of Criminal
‘nterest which comes t0 their notice.

505. Criminal Investigation Department officers not to wear unlform.._...

Except on ceremonial occasions, officers of the Criminal Investigation
Department should not wear uniform and have instructions not to
riceive their superior officers with a military salute.
506. Superintendent Special Branch and Superingencfrnt Crime Branch.
For the purpose of administration, the Superintendents of Police’
Special and Crime Branches are responsible for the maintenance of
discipline in the Special and Crime Branches respectively so far as the
routine work is concerned. These SuperintendentsofPolice are invested
with financial and disciplinary powers as vested in the Superintendents of
Police of Districts.

468 of 780
 464
~O7. Address.—
AR correspondence intended for 0rime Branch shall b.
addressed to the Superintendent of Police, Crime Branch and
t1~atiatended for the Special Branch shall be addressed to the Superin-
L~dentof Police, Special Branch. The addres of all the ~branches.1
4ie Orhninal Investigation Departacnt is Mylapore Madzas’l
(pfl,~~~Q 0049.

469 of 780
 46Z
CHAPTER XXVII
THE TAMIL NADU POLiCE RADiO BRANCH.
508. Organisatton.—.
The Tarnil Nadu Police Radio Branch was officially started
in October 1948. The Tanil Nadu Police has an up-to date
Radio Network. Other States in India have also their own.
Investigating Officers can broadcast information to any Police
Officer, in any of the important Cities or District Headquarters
in any Part of India at the quickest possible time, about crimes and
criminals. All message relating to law and order may also be
passed over the Police Radio.

(G.o. No. 2236, Rome 12th June 1948).

509. (a) This organisation will be called the “Tamil Nadu Police
Radio Branch” and will consist of the following ,subject to such
additions as may be prescribed from time to time.
(i) State High Frequency Radio Network.
(ii) State V.H.F., Radio Network.

(iii) State Microwave Radio Network,

(iv) The Madras City Police Radio Network,
(v) District Police Network.
(vi) The Police Radio Signal School.
(vii) The General Maintenance workshops.
(viii) District Maintenance Workshops.
(b) The Tamil Nadu Special Police Radio Network will b~
district from the Tamil Nadu Police Radio Network comprising
of items (I), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v).
(c) The Inter-State Police Radio Network a separate organisation
run by the Government of India has its own station at Madras
,

Messages to Police Officers in other States in India and vice versa

have to pass through this Station.
F—230-3—30

470 of 780
 466
510. (a) The present schemes of the State Poilce Radio N~two~
~nnsistsof the followiing :—~

(i) State l-l.F. Stations

(ii) Static V.H.F. Stations
~i) Mobile V.H.F. Stations

(iv) Microwave Repeater Stations.

Multi-channel Microwave system connects all the tistijct head—
(h)
quarters with Madras and provk~esdedicated clan nels fcc telephone,
telepriler and facsimile circuits.

(c) 1 ainil Nadu Specialpolice Radio Network has its fixed stations
at Avad i, Tirueliirappalli, Man imuthar and Kovai 1~udur and Tra~is-
portable Stations connecting the headquarters of the Companies
during their various movements.

(a) City and District headquarters coi~trolrooms.

(onriol Rooms Mobile stations arc kcrt at the followine important
towns.
~ i-joI iVü mc’ of Co,ilrol Room. Nniibei-
;lc.mbL’r. of
V.11. ‘~
Mobile
‘~1 huh
(~) (2) (3)
1 Madras City .. ... ... .~. .. . . 115
2 bt.Thomas Mount .-. 12
3 IKancheepuran .,. 6
Cuddalore — — ... ... .. .-. 8
5 Tiruchirappalli 15
~ Thanjavur 7
‘7 Nagappattiflail 5
~ Puoukkottat 5
Math~xai

471 of 780
 461
Serial Name of Control Room. Nuin~er
number ~oJ
V.H.F.
Mobile
(1) Station.
(2) (3)
10 Dindigul 4
11 Karaikudi 3
12 Tirunelveli 10
13 Nagercoil 5
14 Udhagamandalam 7
15 Coimbatore 19
16 Erode 4

17 Salem it
18 Dha.rmapuri 4L
I
19 Vellore 71i

Total .. 278

These are intended for use to maintain commwlication with Cont~~

Room duriLig times of emergency, disturbancesio the public tranqui1it~t~
regulation of traffic and during the visits of important personages. These
stations operate within the area of the respective lowns.
be under the direct charge of
(a~ This branch will
511.

the Director of police Tele CO1fl1flLifljCa~

Chennai will be under the general control of t~
Director General of Police. Chennai who will be assisted by the A~I~
tional Inspector General of Police ~P1anaingand Co—ordination), M~d~s~
The Additional Inspector General of Police. (Planning and Co~31M?~
nation), Madras will exercise the same powers over the Police ~adjo
t3ianch as those exercise by the Range Deputy Inspector Geue~1q~
Police over the District Police. ~mii o~
F—230j3—30A

472 of 780
 468

(b) The Director of Police Tele Communication

will exercise general technical Supervision over the State
Police Radio Network and the Tamil Nadu Special
Police Radio Network.
(c) The Commandants of the Tamil Nadu Special Police Batts-
lions will generally act in the consultation with the Police Radio Officer
in all important matters relating to the technical staffunder their adminis-
trative control, as also in technical matters concerning their networks.
The Commissioner of Police, Madras and the Superintendents of Police
will similarly consult the Police Radio Officer in all technical matters
relating to Madras City and District Police Radio Networks.
512. Use of transportable stations and their Control.
(a) The radio sets supplied for transportable stations may be taken
by the Superintendent of Police to Camp in a station Wagon which
has been provided for the purpose, so that he can keep in touch with
his headquarters. It may also be sent to such places where he antici-
pates trouble or where Armed Reserve bandobust party is sent so
that he can be kept informed of latest developments.
(b) Transport for Transportable Stations.
When Police Officers move their transportable stations on camp
they should provide proper transport. The Police Motor Vehicles
attached to the Armed Reserve and particularly the Station Wagon
~~ted to each District, may be used for the purpose.
513. Office. :
(a) The Police Radio Office will function as a separate unit. The
Senior among the Office Superintendent will be the Chief j Ministerial
Officer responsible for the day to day routine work of the Office. The
P.A. to Director of Police Tele Communication will have overall
control of office amdinistration and he will be the drawing officer.

(b) The work in the office will be regulated by the orders of the
Government and the Director General of Police as issued from time
~o time and according to the rules and regulations laid down in the

473 of 780
 469

various Codes zand Manuals issued by the Government and genei ally
applicable to all Government Offices and Government servants in the
State of Tamil Nadu.
514. Personnel.
(a) The Police Radio Branch will comprise of the following
personnel:
1. Director of Police Tele communication.
2. Technical Assistant to Director of Police Tele communIcation
3. Deputy Superintendent of Police Communication
Category-I
4. Deputy Superintendent of Police, Cryptography (Category
(I) Hxecutivc :—

(a) Inspectors.
(b) Sub-Inspectors.
(o) Head Constable Operators.
(d) Grade I Police Constable Operators.
(e) Grade II Police Constable Operators.

(f) MessengerS~OrderjieS.
(g) Drivers.
(ii) Minisrtcfllal
Office staff of the Director of Police Tele communication
(iii) Technieal :—
(a) Technical Assistants.
(b) Radio Supervisors.
(c) Radio Technicians.
(b) The qualifications for appointment the conditions 01
service of the personnel and such other matters will be governed by
~s atihoc rules, issued separately for these posts.

474 of 780
 470

GAZETTED STAFI~.
515. Duties of Director, Police Teli Comimt,Iiecfl ion

(I) The Direcor Po1i~e TcIc Communica i~.n

will be in-charge of the Tamil Nadu Police Radio Net-
work including the sch = ol and the worksh(’p and will
exercise the administrative and financial powers of a Superintendent
of Police. He will exercise administrative powers over the entire technica’
staff of theState Police Rt ho Net-work besides techaical supervisions
He will als exercise te~1i~i:al s Ipervisi ~n over the Madras City Police
and the Tamil Nai~tSpecial Police Battali n Radio Net-works. He
will be responsible for the efficient maintenance and ~peration of all the
quipment in Tamil Nadu Police Radio Branch and the Madras City
Police and Tamil Nadu Special Police Battalion Radio Net~wurks “.

(2) He will inspect all District Headqoarters installations, Madras

City Police Control R orn, Tamil Nadu Special P~lice installaticn5
and V.H.F. link and Repeater Stations at least once in Twoycars “
“

and submit the reports to the Director-General f Police thr~ucli the

Additional lnspect~r—General of Police, (Planiiiiig and Co—or inatior)
1)iring his visits to District Headquarters he should ensure that a
11
communication channels are personally chcckc I I r their reliabilit\
besides all ~ther r~utine matters regarding niainte’iaitce technical store
Geneial Stores traffic handling, etc. Dorii.~his Visits to District
Head ~4uarters he should also visit at least two of t he Puljcc Stati n
level just ilhtti ).i fl tie District mi ~mertaim ticir niaiitcitimce
utilisation, communication, and dlscipliiic among the staff.

(3) He will work in eL se liasi a with the Director, I)irector

of Co—ordination. Police wireless ~v1inistry~i~ ne A1Ttirs, New Dcliii
and the Police Radio Officers of other States.
G.O. Ms. No. 2870 I-tome, 27 July 1948.
(4) He will act in liaison with the Radio services ( I limo the Defence
Services, P sts and Telegraphs and Railways and will Cu- rdinate
and c a—operate with these agencies during ti lies of eniergencv.
• ~~) i~jh.n.
~ ~rll ifI3fnicW~cIflJ .-~1ot
FI~Will represeni me state
!Q~i1IdAP~1~
oftce Raio~on
. ~i1T ~n
the Renton
~ ~ llte~e~tt?lk~ ü1~ii 01 i~1~ciii t, C~jy~
.~i2oq o~diiol ‘~l~lri,nnc~ Leo22i ~ ~((f~~ ~j
(6) He will hold all examinations for promotion.

475 of 780
 471

(7) He will submit weekly reports to the Director-General 0f

Police through the Additional Inspector-General of Police, (Planning
and Co-ordination), Madras as laid down in Police Standing Order
145.

516. Maintenance of Personal Files.—

The orders in Chapter Xli will apply to the Radio Branch also.
~f 7. Duties of Technical Assistant to Director, Police Tele Communi
ca~
ion (Head.-quarters).—
(1) (a) He will b~incharge of Technical Stores in Headquarters
and inventory control. He will be responsible for the general upkee~
of Stores in order to ensure smoolh flow of stores to various districi
workshops in the State.

(b) He will inspect the Technical Stores once in 4 months and the
Tamil Nadu Special Police Radio net-work (Tamil Nadu Special Policn
Ii and \T) once in a year and submit a report to the Director of Police
Tele communication Chennai.
(c) He will supervise all co:respondence work pertaining to
Technical Subjocts and render assistance to the Police Radio Officer.
He will also have liaison with other Technical Assistants to Police Radio
Officer on technical matters on vital subjects and apprise Police Radio
Officer in the mattcr.
(d) He will have the control of the Technical Staff of Madras
Workshop and also installations in Headquarters complex. i-Ic
“

will guide the Technical Assistants (N.G.) Radio Supervisors and Radio
Technicians.

(e) He will ho litcharge of time H.F. net-work in Headquarters i.e.

transmitting and receiving stations.

(f) He will submit his weekly reports to the Police Radio Officer.
(g) He will prepare periodical Technical Reports of the Police
Radio Branch.
(2) Duties ofTechnical Assistant to Director of Police Tele ccmmu
nication(R. and D).—

476 of 780
 472

(a) He will be assisting the Police Radio Officer in Planninga

Development of various works in the State.

(b) He will be incharge of Research and Development wing, General

Maintenance workshop and Aerial Section. He will supervise and
guide the Technical Assistants (N.G.), Radio Supervisors and Radio
Technicians and he will be responsible for co-ordination in Technical
matters pertaining to his unit.

(c) He will be incharge of Micro-wave Terminal, Teleprinter

Terminal and all the circut its terminating in Madras. He will guide
the staff for the maintenance and upkeep of the Trunk hues to various
districts in co-ordination with other Tehenial Assistants to Police Radio
Officer-in- Ranges.
(d) He will incharge of Chenglepet West District workshop
and Repeter Stations at Vandalur and Pallavaram.

(e) He will be looking after the purchase of Technical Stores

pertaining to the Police Radio Branch. He will make a con-
solidate report onee in a quarter and effect Purchases after follo-
wing the procedures prescribed.
(1) He will make training programme of jecnnjoal Personnel
on the latest developments in Technical side. He will assist the
Police Rodio Offioe in oonducting the courses.
(g) He will submit weekly reports to the Police Radio
Officer.
(3) Duties of Technical Assistants to Police Radio Officer at Range
Headquarters and Madras City.—~
(a) He will have jurisdiction over the various units and their staff
in his respective ranges.
(b) He will inspeot all District Workshops and Repeater stations
once in 6 months in his region. He will also inspect the workshop of
Tamil Nadu Special Police Battalions in his jurisdiction once in a year.

(c) He will be responsible for the maintenance and supervision

of Radio net-works of the districts in his region.
(d) He will be in liaison with the Deputy Inspector-General of
Police and Superintendents of Police. He will also be in close co-
ordination with the officers of public Works Department EI~rcit~jtv
~)ard, Forest Department, Highways in connection with project WQr~
of Poli~Radio Branch.

477 of 780
 ‘7,

(e) All correspondence pertaining to the staff under his jurisdiction

should be routed through him.
~f) Ho will be personally responsible for the maintenanace and
upkeep of personal files of Radio Technicians working under him.
(g) In case of emergencies such as strike, cyclone and other natural
calamities, elections, Fairs and Festivals, visits of V.I.Ps. he will maintain
a close supervision over the Radi o net-work in his jurisidiction and
provide uninterrupted communication.
(h) He will deal with the staff working under him in regard to
leave, welfare and discipline, etc.

(i) The Technical Assistant to police Radio Officer, Madras

City will have jurisdiction over (i) Madras City Police Radio Net
work and Repeater Station at Sembium, (ii) Maintenance Workshop-
of Chingieput East District.
(f) He will be responsible for the maintenance [and super-
vision over the varulos units of Madras Cily Police Radio Net-
work besides the Public Address systems, C.C.T.V. and other
Electronic aid to crime and investigation in Madras City.

518. Duties of Dy Supdt of Police, Communication (Cat-I)

(1) He will be under the immediate control of

Director of Police Tele communication Chennaj
and hold charge of communication. He will hold direct charge
of the Masjter Control Room at Madras, closely watch the day to day
functions of the Police Radio Net-work and will exercise disciplinary
and executive control over the staff vnder him.

(2) He will inspect all District Headquarters Stations. Sub-

Divisional Head quarters stations and Transportable stations in the
State Police Radio Net-work at least once a year and submit his reports
to the Police Radio Officer, Madras. He will co-ordinate his ins-
pection with the Techinical Assistant to the Police Radio Officer
Madras in such a manner that at least one half of the total number
of radio stations are visited by him every year. These report will b0

478 of 780
 474
conlined to general problems of communication manintance and
upkeep of Rkdio Stations etc., buildings or portion ofther buildings
where the Radio Stations are accomnodated.
(3) He will also be in liaison with signal units of the Defence
Services, Post and Telegraph and Railways during time ofemer—
pnc~
(4) He will be incharge of Signal School and will be respossible
for general proficiency of the trained personnel and conduct all
gradation tests at Signal School, Madras.
(5) Hc will be responsible for the Office ad’ministra:ion, check
the cash book and maintain personal flies of ministerial staff of the
office. He will inspect various sections in the office periodically and
submit reports to thePolice Radio Officer.
(6)ye will ctteck all items ofGeneral Stores, clot ‘dug equipment
and stationery pericdicaily and submit reports to the Police Radio
Officer.
(7) He will assist thePolice Radio Officer in all confllential matters
connned with communication, security and will under take to arrange
for s?ecialised security work in performing coaltdential duties as and
when require I bg thePolice Radio Officer, Madras.
(8) He will submit his weekly reports to thePolice Radio Officer.
(9) He will sanction causal leave to the Ministerial stsff in the
office and o
2erating stall.
(10) W ~enin Headquarters he will attend office daily frome
10.00 am, to 5.45p.m. with a break from 1 .30p.m. to 2. p.m.
519. Duties of De?uty Superintendent of Police (Cryptography)
The Deputy Superintendent of Police (Cryptography) will inspect
District Headquarters Cipher Cells once in a year wit!i a tour pro
gramme duly approved b7 Police Radio Officer by 5th of every
month. During his visit he will check the security arrangements
doeuments, as weH, the discipline of thej Crypto personne

479 of 780
 475

He will report on strict adherence to the instructions on all

matters relating lo Grypto materials and traffic hnnd lcd. He wilt
be inchar~e of the Motor Transport of the Radio Branch and exercise
supervision over the work of the Motor Transport staff. He will
also inspect Diesal Engines in various Radio Stations and fuels supply
to vehicles and engines.
520. Duties of Inspectors (Executive StaIr).
(I) Radio Tnspector incharge of Master Control Madras and
Radio Inspectors at Range headquarters of the Police Radio Ne~
work will be responsible for the discipline and efficiency of the
operating staff and efficient working of Radio communication service.
(2) The Radio Inspector (General Administration) will be res-
ponsible for carrying out the general instrections and orders given
to the communication set up by the Head of Office from time to time
implement such orders in the Master Control. He will also inspect
the Radio Stations under his charge atleast twice in a year and submit
his reports to the Police Radio Officer. These reports will be confined
mainly to Administration and operations of the networks. Fle will
also he ~responsible for the maintenance and upkeep of the
Police Radio Office building and the Police Quarters attac~’edto the
Radio Bsanch at Madras.

I(s) He will alson bt~in liaison with the signal units of’ tile Defence
Services, Railways, Post and Telegraphs and other tec!iiucnl InStitUtiOnS
in the city.
~4) Radio Inspector Training will he incharge of the
Signal School at Madras. He will he immediately responsi-
ble to the Police Radio Officer for efficient lrainng of the
men, and will exercise disciplinary and executive cofltrol over
the trainees and men under him. He will hold weekly tests
and will submit results to the Police Radio Officer. 1-fe will
he incharge of the boarding lodging and sanitary arran2emenjs
for trainees. He should take our men in the vehicles and give
proper instructions in the practical installa~ion and working
of transpmtable, mobile and fixed stations, He should maintain
~6tl~eFs for each trainee and should enter the weekly results
Ia the sheets. . noi3)rI~rnrt

480 of 780
 4%

(5) He should be available to undertake special moni.

t oring or specialised security woik out of school hours and assist
tb~ Police Radio Officer.

(6) He will be responsible for all the Government properties

and various radio equipment of the Signal School.
(7) He will undertake refresher coursers for Radio Opera
tors to imporve their effluloney and tests conduct and examinations
whenever required;
(8) He will sanction casual leave to the Traniocs.
(9) He will assist to the Deputy Superintendent of Police
Cryptography in the maintenance of and use of vehicles in the Policee
Radio Branch.
(10) When in headquarters he will attend Office daily
from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. with a break foi lunch from 1 p.m. to 2 p.m.
(11) Radio Inspectors in Ranges will inspect the Radio stations
under their control at least twice in a year and submit their reports
to the police Radio Officer. The Radio Inspectors will be
responsible for the maintenance of communication without any
break. They will also under exercise overall control over the
operational staff under them including those who are sent to
Repeator Stations in their jurisdictions.
521. (1) Duties of Sub-Inspectors.—
The sub-Inspector will be in direct charge of the Master Control
Station during his shift duty or the station of his distrrct as the
ease may be and emergency Radio networks whenever required. He
will work in close cc-operation with the officeL in charge of the
urban Radio networks.
(2) He will be directly responsible for the control of the staff under
him in the Master Control or Distrct or Direct concerned
and will also be responsible for the general control of the men in the
various stations in his District.
(3) He will maintain close liaison with Defence Services Signa
organisations, if any, and the Radio Stations of Posts and Telegraphs
and Railway located in his Jurisdiction.

481 of 780
 (4) He will also undertake operating workduring emergendes
and whenever necessary

(5) He will Visit and chek the fixed and transperable stations
under his control as often as possible.
(6) He will scrutinise the daily of all his radio stations
and take prompt action if any slackness is noticed in the part
of operators resulting the delays of messages etc.
(7) He will also attend to the proper maintenance of radio
equipment and adjustment and minor repairs when technical
staff is not readily available.
(8) During emergencies he will be inmmediately on the
spot and take immediate action in the set up for radio net
works.
(9) He will keep his stations and the Inspector and thePojice
Radio Officer informed of his movements.
(10) He will inspect the stations once a quarter and subm it
report tothe Police Radio Officer.
(11) He and the technical staff in his range or station
will work at close co-operation.
(12) He will pay special attention to the operating efficiency
of the men under him and arrange for refresher courses
from time to time.
(13) He will! maintain a note-book and be responsible for
ailcash transaction ofthe District ofwhich he is holding charge.

(14) He will be incharge of all Govern ment Properties

in his District or Madras Head quarters as the case may be
and will be responsible for their maintenance, upkeep and safe
custody.

(15) He will be incharge of the cash received for

disbursement to the Staff and he will maintain a cash Book. it on
any occasion the cash on hand is Rs. 1,000/ or more the cash box
shall be deposited in the district Armed Reserve Armot ry Guard
(G.O.MS.No. 443 Home (polJV),dated 17 March 1989.)
(16) He will ..nctlon casual leave to the men under him
npto a limit of even days.

482 of 780
 478

Daties of operators and Gene,al.—

522 Tue working hours i~a Static Radio station will be

divided into two shifts, the first from 08.00 to 13.00
hours and second from 14.00 to 17.00 hours with an
interval from 13.00 to 14.00 hours. One Head Constable
and one constable will work together in the first shift and 1 Naik
and I Lance Naik will work together in the second shift, by turns.
~Though not actually on work, the men should be near at hand,
if requircu during hours of heavy traffic. The Head Constable
v~hennot on work, will do supervisory auties of tFe station. The
men can have off duties, by turns, once ~ week.

526. Duties of head Con stable O~

e~awrs.—

523 (1) The Head Constables Operators will be incharge

of fixed stations and all the transportable stations ~ttaeliod
to them if any.

(2) They will do operating work, as stated in order 522 by

turns in the station and they will be responsible to sue that one
operator is always present at the station to attend to emergency
telephone calls and be ready to switch on the radio station on a
warning from the Master Control station or any out-station.

(3) They will be responsible for tilO control of the staif under
him subject tc tue general control exeruiseo by the Sub-Inspector.
(4) They wi’l be responsible for the technical efficiency anJ
dt&~iplifl~of the staff in the station.

(5) They will scrutifliSe (laity logs and submit them to tFen
District Sub-Inspectors.
(6) During disturbances and other einergenehs such as
cnryelones, Iloois, etc., the 1-lead constable operator should tak~
~ t.o see that radio comniunication is not interrupted due to

483 of 780
 4,9
breakdown of mains, want of hatterieQ, damage to serial instal1a.~
tion or any such cause. They should take all the procautions
and steps necessary during emergencies to keep up and maintair~
un-interrupted communications.
(7) They will be responsible for the routine maintenance and
safe custody of the radio equipment and allied accessories and other
Government properties in the station.
(8) l’hey will sanction casual leave up to three days to the
men unc er him in urgent cases when it is not possible to contact
the Sub-!nspector personally or by R,T. Ordinarily the casual leave
apolications sjicuJd lc fcfwarded ~ the Distri t Sub-lnsp~tcr
for crders. Tl~ee~sua~ leave resister vi;d the Mdieal History sh1c?~
shculd ho maintaiz~e~
by him.
(9) They sl’ould maintain a 1iig~i standard cf sceurity and guard
agrinsL leakage of se~re~nwssages and sabotage by subver
sive and bosLik e!ements.
(10) They will maintain the visiting book, inspection book and
other records relating to th~irstation.
(II) Th:y should undertake monitoring cr any other specialised
work, whenever required.
524. Duties of Grade I awl Grade I! (~onstable Operators—
(1) The operator will operate on continuous waves an.l Radio
Telephony and maintain log books and should be available for duty
always. Two operators shall always be on duty in each station.

(2) They should manipulate and work all types of equipment

available at the station and will work the auxiliary equipments for
generating power and maintain them properly attending to their
spot routine maintenance.
(3) They should install IIxed and transportable stations, erect

aerials and establish communications when at ci wherever required.

(4) They will attend refresher couFs~s iro~n time to time to
improve their efficiency.

484 of 780
 4*O
(5) One operator will always be on duty at tb. radio statIofl
to attend to emergency calls and be ready to switch on the radio
station on a warning from the Master Control station or any out-
station.
(6) They will do monitoring work and other specialised work
whenever required.
(7) All operators in the station have a joint responsibility for
the safe custody of the radio equipment from Ca security point of
view and maintain 100 per ccitt secrecy over the intelligence passing
through the radio net-work.
525. Duties of Technical Assistant (Non-Gc. zetted).—
Theywill inspect Radio workshops, Radio Station aod Repeater Stations
in their trange once in 6 month’s and submit notes to Police Radio
Officer through Technical Assistants to Police Radio Officer. They
wi!l help and guide the Supervisors, Technicians in the workshop
in servicing, maintenance and installation of radio equipment. TheY
will supervise and check the work of the Supervisors and Techni-
cians. They are responsible for the day-to-day work and to main-
tain discipline. They are responsible for the disbursement of pay
and allowances and other amounts to the Technical staff under their
control and for the proper maintenance of cash book. They are
responsible for the collection of stores, maintenance of spares and
their distribution. They will submit proposals for purchase of
spares etc., required for use in their range.
526. Technical staff—Duties of Inspector (Technical).—
(1) They will attend to all first line maintenance and
servicing of all radio equipment under their charge. They should
not undertake any major repairs and should keep the Police
Radio Officer informed of any breakdown and take instruction~
(2) They should from time to time visit the Radio stationi
under their charge and check up the equipment.
(3) Any damage to equipment caused by careless handling
will entail the recovery being made from them of the cost of damage
done.

485 of 780
 481
~4) Whenever any emergency is proclaimed they should he en
the spot and co-operate with the Sub-inspector or the operawi-
indharge in the maintenance of communication without interrup-
tion.
(5) They should fully co-operate with the Police Radio- Exe -

eutive staff and keep the Sub-Inspector and the radio stations under
their charge informed of their movements.

(6) They should maintain weekly diaries showing the work done
by them datewar, These should be sabmitted to the Police Radio
Officer through the Technical Assistant.

(7) They will be responsible for the upkeep of all the Radio
equipment under their charge.

(8) They will maintain History sheets for the radio e~aipments
under their charge.
(9) They will distribute work to the Technicians under Llieni~
and control their movements.
(10) They should be available for duty, outside normal working
hours also, if callel upon to do so.
(11) They are liable for transfer to any place in the State

527. Duties of 5ub-Inspec~orsTechnical.—(l) They will be under the

cm~nc~iate
controlof the Insepector Technical and carry out all their.
instructions.
(2) They will attend to all minor repairs and servicing and
maintenance of equipment.
(3) Any damage to equipment Lone by them ~ue to careless
hank ling will entail the recovery being made from then, oh the
cost of damage done.
(4) They should co-operate fully with the cxe~utive staff.
(5) During emergencies they should be on the spot and
attend to the various technical work connected with the op~ation
of the radio stations and help the executive staff to maintain Un
nterrupted communication.
F—230-.3—31

486 of 780
 4g2
(6) They should be available for duty outside normal working
tours also, if called upon to do so.

(7) They are 1iable for transfer to any place in the state.
528. Motor Transport.—
Duties and responsibilities of personnel attached to Motor Transport
Branch of various units in Police Department including Police Radio
B:anch are given in Chapter XIV. The powers and duties of the Reserve
Inspect or will be exercised by the Headquarters Radio Inspecto
and Radio Sub-Inspector respectively.
529. Duties of Messenger.—
(I) He will be a qualified motorcycle despatch rider at Madras, but
)t so in the rnafussil his main duty will bi the conveyance cf n
1essage
and their delivery to the respective adc resses. He shouk have sufficier.t
working knowledge of English to enable him to read and understand
addresses and effect efficient delivery. He will also atteni to routine
miscellaneous duths in the radio stations His hours of working
will ordinarily be 8 a.m. to 1 p.m. and 2 p.m. to 5 p.m. He will,
however, be on duty at other time as the exigencies of service may,
demand.
(2) Duties of Orderly.—.
He will attend to all routine miscellaneous duties. His hours
working will ordinarily, be 8 a.m. to 1 p.m. and 2.00 p.m. to 5.00
p.m. every day. He will however, be on duty as the exigencies o~
service may demand He will also accompany officers on tour.

530. Punishments.—
The Executive, Technical and Ministerial staff will, in
matters of discipline and appeal, be governed by the rules
governing the services to which they belong.
531~ Rewards.—
Money rewards may be granted to Constables
Head Constables, and Sub-Inspectors Radio Supervisors
and rach~o technicians for exceptional and outstanding
good woik.The work should not be routine in nature or one of
rOUtme overtime.

487 of 780
 48~

~32. Schedule of working hours.—

This service will normally be availa le for 08.00 to
17.00 hours except with a break for lunch from 13,00 to
14.00 hours. subject to such modiflcatioi, as may be
tdered. in times of emergency. During public holidays and
on Sundays they will function from 15,00 to 17.00 hours. But during
cmergencies this will be waiveS. Regarding the time s;he ~ule of
nter-State Police Network station, Madras, this station works during
all days including holidays from 08.00 to 13.00 hours. 15.00 to
17.00 hours and from 18.00 to 22.00 hours.
533. Officers competent to use the Service.—
All Police Officers can use the Police Radio Service for all Crime
and Law and Order purposes- district Collectors can se the p,lie
radio service only for purposes of law and order Messages of
private nature are strictly prohibited.

534. Liaison between Defence Services, Signal Organisation

and Posts and Telegraphs and Railways.—

Close liaison will be maintained between the Tarnil Nadu

Police Radio Branch and Radio Organisations of the Defence
Services, the Posts and Telegraphs and the Railways
especially during the emergencies. Standing reciprocal
arrangements for the transmission of messages to destina-
tions covered by any one of th~organisations will be made from
time to time by the representatives of these organisations
meeting in conference.
535. Records to be maintained in Radio Stations.—
(I) (o) Logs to be maintained in duplicate.
(b) In and out register for registering IN and OUT meesages
(c) Cash book.
(d) Superior Officers’ visiting book.
(e) Inspection Notes Registers.
(f) Casual leave register.
(g) Bus and Railway Warrants Register.
(Ii) Attendance Rcgister~
.F—230f3—31A

488 of 780
 484
(1) Tappal Book.

(j) Police Radio Office Standing ~,rder file.

(k) Sub-Inspector’s memo file.

(1) History sheets for various ra ¶do e~iipiient and acces-

sories (to be maintained by techni~alstaff).

(m) Duty roster.

(n) Government property register.

(2) Range Headquarters —-Records to be nwintained :—

(a) Cash book.

(b) Logs for all the fixed and transportable stations in the
Range to be retained for one year and then to be destroyed under
the orders of the Police Radio Officer.
(c) Superior Officer’s visiting book.

(d) Inspection Notes register.

(e) Casual leave register.

(f) Bus and Railway warrant and books.

(g) Sm%ll service books and Defaulter sheets of operators in

t be Range including constable operators.

(h) Tappal book.

(i) Police Radio Officer Standing Order file.

(j) Sub-Inspector’s memo book.

(k) Log check register.

(1) Government P1OPL rty register.

(m) Stock register.
(n) Police Ga?ette file.

489 of 780
 4g5

536. Musk~gt;’Practice.—
The Superintendents of Police concur-ned will arra~a.
for musketry practice for Hezd constables and constaLie~.
according to Taluk Police scale. Inspectors, and Sub-Inspect~’rs
will be given revolver practice according to the prescribad
scale. The Comn-issioner of Police, Madras, will arrange for
musketry and revolver practice for the personnel employed i n
Madras City.
537. Protection clause.—
All the intelligence passing through the various Radio
Networks will be considered as secret and will be protected
under Sections 123, 124 and 162 of Indian Evidence Act, 1814.
538. Source ofFower.—
(1) For economy all fIxed stations at District Head quarters
will be worked off local commercial supply of A.C. power.
As an uninterrupted communication service will depend upon uninter
ru pied supply cfthis power mainly the Superintendents of Police will be
in touch with the local Electrical Engineer incharge and make arrange-
ments to get advantage information for the radio stations about tempo-
rary shut downs or breakdo wns of this supply and they should he vigilant
especially during emergencies.
(2) The fixed stations should not be sac ved by any c ificer except
under orders of the Director-General of Police. The transportable
stations attached to the Directc r- General of Police,theDept ty Inspec
Lors-General of Police, Superintendents of Police, and other officers
can be moved by them only within theirjurisdictions but the Director-
Generalof Police can order the transfers of these stations for emergency
employment anywhere in the State. All requirements for radio service
should be addressed to the Director-General of Police, Chcnn~i.

539. Security watch over radio staf).—

As this is mostly a security service and considerable
damage could be cat. sed by a nscru pu Iou s operating staff eniplo~ed
inthe Branch, an unobstrusive security watch should be maintained
over them by the Superintendents of Police concerned,

490 of 780
 486

540 frorecrive nwsaurcs for radio installations.—

These installations should be treated as vital and protected
areas and the security of such installations is the responsibility
of the concerned Superintendents of Police in Districts and of the
Commissioner of Police in the City of Madras.
541. Inter-State Police Network.—
This service will be utilised for purposes of law and
order by Police officers, Collectors and Secretaries to Government
This group links all the States and Cities in the Indian
Union and thus messages could be passed to any of the District Head.
quarters in any State.
542. Uniform.—
The officers and men will wear such uniform as may be prescribed
543. Message instruction.—(l) All Radio messages should be sent
as written in the prescribed Radio message forms for transmm ission
and signed by the originator with his designation affixing proper prio rity.
(2) As far as possible it is safer to send messages in writing to
Radio stations than by phone in order to avoid phonetic errors which
will lead to the mutilation of messages.
(3) Oral instructions to an operator for transmitting messages to
be framed by him shouki be avoided.
(4) All code or cipher messages should be necessarily sent as
written to avoid phonetic errors and consequent mutilation of messages.
(5) As for as possible messages should be in telegraphic language,
clear, concise and easily understood.
(6) Ordinarily a message should not exceed 30 words.
(7) Originators of Radio Messages will avoid sending lengthy
mcssagcs for transmission over V.H.F.
544. Conditions of service, qualifications, method of appiontmen$
and promotion to Various categories in the subordinate service of the
?t4ice Radio Branch are laid down in the respective Ad-koc rules issued

491 of 780
 48!

CHAPTER XXVIII.

VILLAGE POLICE.

545. The duties of village officers in their relations with the Police
for the prevention, detection and prosecution of crime, etc., are given
jn Section 1 to 5-A and 10 of Chapter III of the Village Officers and
Ryots’ Manual (1931 edition) reproduced below :—

1. RELATIONS WITH THE POLTCE.

The head of the village under Regulation XI of 1816 has important
Police powers in his village and the ordinary police when on duty in
a village should treat the head of the village with deference and courtesy.
His advice and assistance should be sought, and constables should be
instructed to heed the heads of villages frequently, consult with, and
take advice from them. The Police, while engaged in preventing and
detecting crime in a village are entitled tothe fullest aid and cooperation
of the head of the village, who, with his talaiyaris, must afford them
alithe assistance in his power.
The Village Headman, or as he is commonly known, the Village
Magistrate, is responsible for the performance of village police duties
For this purpose he has under his orders the Village Watchman or tala~
yari, who is provided by the Police, Department with a badge bear in
the inscription” Village Police” and a lathi.
Talaiyaris are required to act under orders of the Village Magistrate
and to patrol the village and high roads and throughfares within its
limits, to report the movements of criminals entered in the Village
Magistrate’s register and the presence of suspicious strangers and, gene-
rally, to assist the Police in the execution of thier duties. They shall’
on the orders of the District Collector pattrol. such portions of the open
railway line as may be allotted to them, irrespective of the villages to
which they belong.
2. When a police constable visits a village for any purpose the Village
Magistrate or, in his absence, the Karnam, or some other respectabl e
person of the village, must sign the constable’s beat book entering therein

492 of 780
 48~

the hour or arrival and may also enter the purport of any informatlo
communicated to him. If the informationis bulky, it should be writt e
on a separate piece of paper and given to the constable.
3. The head of a village and village watchers are bound to given
every assistance that may be required of them by the constabulary in
executing warrants of arrest, search warraots and warrants for the d istres5
and sale of movable property f r the recovery of fines, or in arresting
persons for the commission of o ifences fcr which the Police are authorised
to arrest without warrant. The head of a village should also
assist the police in the prevention of disc rder and crime during railway
strikes and in all railway strike operations.
4. The head of a village should see that the constabulary do not use
the talaiyaris for the carriage of kit, etc.
Village Magistrates and talaiyaris are under the control of the District
Collector and Revenue Divisional Officer.
2. PREVENTION OF CRIME.
I. The head of a vil.lage should understand that it is his duty to strive
by all means to prevent the commission of offences within the limits of
his village.
2. It is his duty to communicate to the Police any information which
he may receive of gangs of robbers, or regarding suspicious persons who
have entered his own or any other village and to co-operate in all things
or the general security of the country.
3. It is his duty to report to the local Sub-Magistrate and the Police
the arrival, in his village, of strangers of suspiciousappearance and al
1
lnformatioii which he may be able to collect regarding such persons
For this purpose he should maintain a register in the form prescribed in
Appendix XVII* and it will be open to the inspection of Police and
Magisterial Officers.

4. When there is a likelihood or any breach of the peace taking place

should give immeliate intimation to the nearest police as well as to
the Magistrate in view tn steps being taken to prevent its occurrence.
i~fthe village officer’s and Ryot’s manual.)

493 of 780
 4g9

5. The head of a village should maintain a register in the form pres-

cribed in Appendix XVIII*_.of known denredation, members of a perma
neat criminal gang or persons who have been ordered under Section 356
Criminal Proce~turcCode, to report themselves to the Police, residing
within his village limits and of soch notorious suspects as he may he
required by the Police to watch, Entries in the first five columns c~
register will be made by the Station-house officer cr by some officer to
whom he is subordinate. If any person entered in this register absent
himself from village, it is the duty of the head of the village to report
the absence fourthwith to the Station House Officer by means cfa memor
randum f rrn vIde Section 3 infra, when the individual returns a similar
report regarding the return should be forwarded. This and all other
Police registers maintained by heads of villages will he open to the
inspection of the Police.
6. Under Section 45 of the Criminal Procedure Code it is the duty of
every Village Headman, Village Accountant, Village Watchman,VihlagC
Police Officer, owner or occupier of land, and the agent of any such
owner or occupier incharge of the management of that land and every
officer employed in the collection of revenue or rent of land on the part
cf Government of the Court of Wards, to communicate forthwith to the
nearest Magistrate to the officer in charge of the nearest Police Station’
whichevei is the nearer, any information which lie may possess
iespecting ;—~

i~i)(a) the permanent or temporary residence of any notorious

receiver or vendor of a stolen property in any village of which he is
Headman, Accountant, Watchman or Police Officer, or in nhich he
owns or occupies land, or is agent, or collects revenue or rent

(b) the resort to any place within, or the passage through, such
village of any person whom he known, or reasonably suspects, to be
a thug, robber, escaped convict or proclaimed cifendet ;

(c) the commisien of, or intention to commit in or near such

village any non-bailable offence or any offence punishable under section;

* Of the Village Officers and Ryots, Man~ial).

494 of 780
 490

143. Being member of an unlawful assembly.

144. Joining an unlawful assembly armed with any deadly

weapons.
145. Joining or continuing in an unlawful assembly, knowing
that it has been commanded to disperse.
147. Rioting, and
148. Rioting armed with a deadly weapon, of the Indian
Penal Code.
Note.—Cases of petty theft which the head of a village taken up
for trial himself under section 6 of Regulation IV of 182! need!not be
reported to the Sub-Magistrate and Pclice ‘until after disposal-
Vide paragraph 5 under Section 6.
(d) the occurrence in or near such village of any sudden or
unnatural death or of any death under suspicious cirucumstances or the
discovery in or near such village or any’ corpse or part of & corpse in
circumstances which lead to reasonable suspicion that such a death
has occurred or the disappearence from such village of any person in
circumstances which lead to a reasonable suspicion that a nonibailable
offence has been committed in respect of such person:
(e) the commission of, or intention to commit, at any place
out of India near such village any act which, if committed in India
would be an o ~ace p.mishable uriler any of the following sections’ of
the Indian Penal Code, namely:
231 —Counterfeiting coin.
232. —Counterfeiting Indian coin.
233.—Making or selling instruments for the purpose of
counterfeiting coin.
234.—Making or selling instruments for counterfeiting
Indian coin.

495 of 780
 491

235.—Possession of instrument or material for the purpose

of using the same for counterfeiting coin.
236.—Abetting in India the counterfeiting out of Ir~diaof
coin.
237.— Import or export of counterfeit of coins.
238. Import or export of cointerfeits of Indian coin.
302.—Murder.
304.—Culpable homicide not amounting to murder.
382.—Theft after preparation, made for causing death, hurt
or restrain, in order to the committing of theft.
392.—Robbery.
393.—Attempt to Commit robbery
394.—Voluntarily causing hurt in committing robbery.
395. —Decoity.
396. —Decoity with murder.
397.—.Robbeiy or decoity with attempt to cause deith or
grievous hurt.
398.—Attempt to commit robbery or dacoity when armed
witti deadly weapon.

399.—Making preparation to commit dacoity.

402. —Assembling for the purpose of committing decoity.
435.—Mischief by fire or explosive substance with intent to
cause damage to amount of 100 rupees or in case of agricultural produce,
10 rupees.
436.—Mischief by fire or explosive substance with intent to
destroy house, etc.
449.—House-trespass in order to commit offence punishable
with death.

496 of 780
 492
450.—House-trespass in order to commit offence punishable
with transportation for life.

457.——Lurking house-trespass or house-breaking by night in

ordler to commit au oiTen~Cpu nishahle with imprisonment.

458 .—Lurking house-trespass or house-breaking by night

after preparation for hurt, assault, or wrongful restr~int.

459. —Grievous hurt caused whilst committing lurking house-

trespass or house-breaking.

460.—Death or grevious hurt caused by one of several, persons

jointly in house-breaking by night, etc.

489. A.—Counterfeiting currency notes or bank notes

489. B.—Using as genuine forged or counterfeit currency

notes or bank notes.

489 C—Possession of forged or counterfeit currency notes

or bank notes.
489. D.—Making or possessing instruments or materials for
forging or counterfeiting currency notes or bank notes.

(f’) Any matter likely to affect the maintenance of order or the

prevention of crime or the safety ofperson or property respecting which
the District Collector by general or special order made with the previous
sanction of the State Government, has directed him to communicate
information.
(2) Tn this paragraph
(i) “Village” includes village lands ; and

(ii) the expression “Proclaimed Offender - includes any person

proclaimed as an offender by any Court of authority established or
continued by the Government of India in any Part of India in respect
of any act which, if committed in India, would be punishable under
any of the following sections of the Indian Penal Code, namely 302, 304,
382, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 402,
435. 436, 449, 450, 457, 458, 459 and 460,

497 of 780
 7. If a Village Headman, Village Accountant, Village Watchmafi Of
other person mentioned at the beginning of the proceding paragraph
intei~tional1yomits to communicate forthwith to the nearest magistrate
or to the officer in charge of the nearest police station, whichever is the
nearer, any information which he may possess respecting the matters
spccfflei in the preceding paragraph he is liable, 011 conviction under
section 176, Indian Penal Code, to be punished with simple iinprsion
ment for a term which mayextend to one month or with fine which may
extend to Rs. 500 or with both or, if the information respects the com-
mission of an offence or is requited for preventing tie commission of an
offence or in order to the apprehension of an offenders, with simple impri-
sonment which may exteno to six months or with fine which may extend
to Rs. 1,000 or with both if he knows or has reason to believe that
an offence mentioned in clause (c) of the preceding paragraph has been
committed or an act has been committed at any place out of india
near the Village which if committed in India would be an offence punisha-
ble under any of the following sections of the Indian Penal Code, namely
302, 304, 382, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 402,
435, 436, 449, 450, 457, 458, 459 and 460, and if he
intentionally omits to give the information as requirci under paragraph
6 above, he will be liable on corviction under section 202, Indian
Penal Code, to imprisonment of either uescription for a term which
may extend to six months or with fine or with both.
8. It is also the duty of every Vil’age Headman to report to the
neraest Magistrate or to the officer in charge of the nearest police station
all cognizable offence committed within the limit of his village other
than petty thefts referre~i to in paragraph 5 under section 6. Failure
to report will render him liable to departmental punishment.

II is the responsibility of the head of Village to preserve in tact scenes

of offences in cases of murder, house-breaking, robbery, dccoity, rioting,
accidential death and suicide. Particular care should be taken about
linger and footprints. The responsibility of the head of the village will
cease when the Police arrive on the scene for Investigation.
Go,Me.No, 1J2 Revenue, June 1950 and
LP. press, No 23, 26 Apri’ 1950.

498 of 780
 4~4
9. Village watchmen s~13uliordinarily ~comminicate any inf’ormatirni
of the nature referred to in paragraph 7 or relating to other cognizable
offences to the Headmen of the Village in the first place.

They are required to act under orders of the heads of their villages
and to patrol the village and high roads and thoroughfares within its
limits, to report the movements of criminals entered in the village
headman’s register and the presence of suspicious strangers and generally
to assist the Police in the execution of their duties.

10. Should robbers attack any person or preperty it is the duty of the
village head and the village watchmen to induce the villagers, by
personal effort and example, to unit and by force resist the party, instead
of running away or yielding to them. The villagers should be made to
understand that nothing is an offence which is done in the exercise
of the right ofprivatedefence, and that it is open to them to use all possible
means of resistance and to employ firearms or any other weapn s
of self-defence but that their first endeavour should be to secure the
persons of the offenders.

3. VILLAGE HEADMEN’S REPORTS.

When a Village Headmen receives any information of the nature
referred to in paragraphs 6 and 8, under section 2, he shall at once
record a statement from the complainant a informant, which should
be read over to the complainant a informant as the case may be, and
his signature or thumb-impression obtained thereto. He shall immediately
prepare a report in triplicate in the form prescribed in Appendix XIX
one copy of which should be despatchei forthwith along with the
original statement of the complainant or informant to the Police, and
another, along with a true copy of the statement simultaneously to
the Sub-Magistrate. Third copy of the crime report should be retained
as an office copy. The Village Headman should not record statements
from witnesses but his report should contain all information immediately

499 of 780
 4~
~tvau1ablean the~namnesof witnc;ses so far as as.~ertainedby him. ~a r~
should be taken to note therein the time of the offence an 1 the names and
descriptions of such of tue offenders as have been identified.
Go. No. 1155, Home 29th June 1936.
B.P. press No. 86, 13th July 1936.
Go, No. 1745, Revenue, 11th August 1936.

Nom.—The crime report of a village headman who has no village

servants should ordinarily be despatche ~to the Police Station and Sub
Magistrate, through the village servants of an adjacement village. Bu
whenever, this is not possible the village headman concerned may
~mp1oya ~-nessangeron a wage not exceeding three pies a mile and then
recover it from the Sub-Magistrate concerned.

2~~ Village Headmart’~Memorandum book-Appendix XIX—

~~euld be used for reporting all matters of a magisterial or Police
nature to superior magistrates and to Police Stations such as—

(a) Crimes.

(b) Accidental deaths.

(c) Suicides.

(d) Fires.

(e) Movements of persons entered in the register of K. Ds.

(f) Arrival and departure of suspicious strangers.

(g) Loss of tobacco by fire.

NOTE.—1n cases of destruction of tobacco by fire accidents village

officers should send reports of the cases to the local Central Excise Officer
(Sub-InsPector) in addition to sending report to the Police and the
Revenue Officers. The reports to the local Central Excise Officer
~ay be rnad.e on separate sheets of paper.
&p. press No.3, dated 18th February 1949.

500 of 780
 4. DETECTION AND PROSECTIJION OF CRIME.

1. It is the duty of tile head of a village to co-operate in all things for

the apprehension of offenders.

2. Where the head of a village receives credible information of stolen

property being concealed, and there is reason to apprehend that it will
be made away with, unless prompt measures are taken to secure it
lie shall cause a search to be made, and shall secure and forward tile
property, if found, with the offenders to the police station. If the
place of concealnient is a dwelling-house, the search shall be male 011tY
between sunrise and sunset.

A search list shall be prepared and the following instructions shall

hc followed. Tile search shall be made in accordance with the pro
visions of the Criminal Procedure Code and should be reported within
24 hours to the magistrate having jurisdiction

(i) whenever it is necessary to cause a woman to be searched, the

search shall be made by another woman with strict regard to decency.

(ii) Before making a search, the head of the village shall ca

upon two or more respectable inhabitants of the locality in which the
place to be searched is situated to attend an ~ witness the search and
may issue an order in writting to them or any of them so to do. Any
person who, without reasonable cause refuses or neglect to attend
and witness a search when called upon to do so by an order in writing
delivered or tendered to him shall he deemed to have committed an
offence under sectioli 187 of tile Indian Penal Code.

(iii) Tile search shall he mace in the presence of two or more res-
pectable witness as required above and a list of all things seize I in the
course of such search an- of the places in which they are respectively
found shall be prepare.I and signed by such witnesses, b~itnø person
witnessing a search shall be required to attend the Court as a witness of
the search, unless specially summoned by it.

501 of 780
 (iv) The occupant of the place searched or some pdrson on his
behalf, shall, in every instance, be permitted to attend during the
search, and a copy of the list prepared and signed by the said witnesses
shall be delivered to such occupant or person at his request.
(v) As a precaution against the introduction into a house of stolen
articles by the searching officers, the latter should wear nothing but a
loin cloth when entering the house.
(vi) Village officers are enjoined to observe very strictly the rules
of procedure relating to the conduct of searches. As a precaution by
the searching officer, the person of the latter should be examined
in the presence of search witness before he enters the house. Tile
officer or person conducting the search should also be accompanied
during the examination of the premises by one or two respectable wit.
nesses. The practice too frequently adopted, by which the village
officers and search witnesses remain outside, while a single individual
enters and carries out the actual search, should never be resorted to
Village Officers must carefully note in reporting searches the exact
place in which stolen articles are found as also the existence of any
window, skylight or other aperture by which the stolen articles might
have been introduced from without. Search list must be drawn up
and signed without delay immediately after the search is over. Village
officers should on no account, allow the framing of this important record
to be postponed.
3. The head of the village should be present at all searches made by
the Police.
4. When cattle are stolen, the head of the village shoald not merely
content himself, with sending a report to the Police and the Magistrate
but should, with his talaiyari. promptly follow up the track of the
stolen cattle. If this duty in properly attended to. stolen cattle will
nearly always be recovered.
5. The head of a village is forbidden to concive at any ill-treatment
or torture which the Police may resort to for extorting a confession or
information. When the Police have recourse to such objectionable
practice it is the duty of the head of the village to report the matter
to the nearest Sub-Magistrate.
F—230J3—32

502 of 780
 498

6. The head of the village is absolutely prohibited from reducing to

writing any confession or statement whatever made by an accused
person after the Police investigation has begun.

5. REPORT OF SUDDEN AND UNNATURAL-DEATHS.

1. It is the duty of every village headman, accountant and watchman
to report to the nearest magistrate or to the officer ill charge of the nearest
Police Station, whichever is the nearer, any information obtained by him
regarding the occurrence, within the limits of the village, of any
Sudden or unnatural death, or of any person having died under sus
picious circumstances.
2. Under section 13 of Regulation XI cf 1816 and sub-section (4) of
section 174 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, Police Officers and in
their absence heads of Village are required to make an investigation as to
the apparent cause of death in eases where they receive information that
a person.—
(a) has committed suicide, or
(b) has been killed by another, or by an animal or by machinery,
or by an accident, or
(c) has died under circumstances raising a reasonable suspicion
that some other person has committed an offence.
3. As soon as the head of a village receives intimation of a death by
suicide or accident or a death caused by a person or animal or machinery
or death under circumstances raising a reasonable suspicion that some
other person has corn initte I an offence lie should.—.

(a) immediately report to the nearest magistrate ewpowecei to hold

uquests and to officer in charge of the nearest Police Station the infc~...
mation which has been given to him, awl

(b) ~aceed to InspOct tiw body and there await the arrival of a
police Officer or a Magistrate.

503 of 780
 499
If ne1the~.t Police Officer nor a Magistrate arrives on the scene within
reasonable time after the discovery of the body, the head of the village
should except when the boy is unidentified send the body to the nearest
hospital for post-mortem examination if there is any doubt regarding
the cause of death or for any other reason he considers it expedient to
do so.
With the body is to be sent a report for a post-mortem examination
in the form prescribed in Appendix-XX.
As soon as this has been dane, the head of the village should in the
prescence of the Karnam and two or more respectable in abitants of the
neighbourhood hold an investigatio’h and draw up a report in the
form prescribed in ApDe ndix-XXE.
If the corpse is unidentified, the head of the village should, if neither
a Police Officer nor a Magistrate arrives soon after the discovery of the
body, proceed to hold an investigation and draw up t~.ereport already
referred to before sending the body for a post-mortem examinatic~n.
4. When the investigation is cdnducted by the head of the village
before the arrival of a Police Officer or a Magistrate he shall, if there is
ground for suspecting any person or persons within his jurisdiction of
having committed murder, immediately apprehend such persdn or per-
Sons and send him or them to the Station-House Officer or Magistrate.
5. It is the duty of the head of the village to provide the means of
conveyance for the corpses to the hospital as laid down iii paragraph
3 above. He should also arrange for the burial of unclaimed bodies
not required to be so sent. Any expense incurred in these cases can
be recovered by the submission of a bill to the Magistrate.
6. In the absence of a Magistrate or Police Officer the head of the
village should question any person who has received sericus injuries
whether by violence c r by accident, and who is likely to die to the cause
of those injuries and should record the injured person’s statement wc rd
fcr word, obtaining his or her signature if pcssible. Immediately
after recording this statement the head f the village shculd send the
injured person for treatment to the nearest hospital. Tmmediat~
F—230/3—32A

504 of 780
 ~oo
attention to the injuries is the first essential in such cases and time shouid
not be lost in obtaining treatment by sending the injured,person to the
Police Station.

5-A. AIRCRAFT ACCIDENTS.

0n the occurrence of an aircraft accident the Village Magistrate of
the village in which the aircraft lands should at once report
the matter to the nearest (i) Police Station or Out post and (ii) to the
Magistrate and also to the nearest Medical O.fficer, if any person is
injured as a result of the accident. Till the Police arrive on the scene
of accident and take charge of the situations the Village Magistrate
should immediately take steps :—

(a) to extricate persons from the aircraft.

(b) to arrange for immediate first aid and medical attention to

surviours.

(c) to guard and protect the wreckage or aircraft and of necessary

to arrange for removal of aircraft of contents therec f to such extent as
may be necessary for bringing it or them to a place of safety. If should
be noted that no article should be removed from the wreckage unles
such removal is necessary for their preservation. Mails, if any
removed from the wreckage should be placed in safe cusdody
till they are handed over to the representative of the Post O~ffice.
(d) to Prevent any interference with the aircraft or wreckage by
the public.
(e) to ensure that marks on the ground in the vicinity of the
accident are not obliterated by footprints; and

(f) toasceratain the name and addresses of all eye-witnesses

(G.O. Ms. No. 3263, Home, dated 15th October 1960.)

2. An accident may be investigated by an Inspector appointed by the

Director of Civil Aviation in India by a general or special order.

505 of 780
 Isi
1~orthe pirpse of such investigation the Inspector has power—
(a) by summons under his hand to required the attendance of any
person whom he thinks fit to call before him and examine for such pur
pose and to require answers or returns to any inquiries he thinks fit to
make:
(b) to require any such persons to make and sign a declaration for
the number of the statements made by him in his examinations;
(c) to require and enforce the production of all books papers
documents and material objects which he considers important for such
purposes~and
(d) to have access to and examine any aircarft concerned in the
accident, the place where the accident occurred, or any other place
the entry upon and examination of which appears to the Inspectors
requisite for the purpose of the investigation.
3. The Government of India may, when it considers such a courSe
expedient, by order, direct a formal investigation to be made by a court
and may appoint one or more persons to act as assesssors.
4. No persons should obstruct or impede the Court or an Inspector
of Accidents or on assessor from discharging any otheir duties. A
person should not without reasonable excuse (the burden of proving
which shall lie on him) fail to comply with any summons or requisition,
of a Court or an Inspector of Accidents holdings on investigation. Any
person coxitraveiing these provision is punishable with imprisonamet
for a term not exceeding three months or a fine not exceeding Rs. 1000
or both.

6. FESTIVALS.

1 he village headman should send a writter~report to the station.house

officer whenever there be a oroposal to celebrate in his village a festival
in which a p~ndalwithin enclosures is likely to be erected. The report
5hould give the date of the festival and should wherever possible, be
sent at least fifteen clays prior to the date of tIw festival,

506 of 780
 502
Serious notice wiil be taken of any delay or failure on the part of the
~illageheadir an in rr aidng the report.

546. Reporting Village Officers for punishment.—

Village Officers and servants, who fail in their duties should ~e

reported for punishn~ent to the Tahsildar or Revenue Divisional
Officer axording to the nature of their default.

s47. Treatment of Village Offi~rs—

It is en~oined upon Police Officers of all ranks that, they should
treat village headma ii and other village officers with special consideration
and do their utmost to maintain the dignity of the village officer
position.

548. Inspection of Village Headmen’s Police Register.—

It is the duty of all PoliceOfficers of and above the rank of station
house officer to inspect the Police registers kept by village headmen and
see that they are properly maintained but they have no concern with
th~magisterial diaries maintained by village headmen.
(GO. No. 1591 Judicial, 12th Octooer 1911.)
,

549. (inlicenved ,irms—Duties and Rtsponsibilities of Vi!la~e 1k ad-

men.—
Village headmen will be held repsonsibie for reportirg cases of
unlicensed possession of arms within their ~urisdiction.
(GO. No. 305, Public(?olice), 27th June i914.)

550..— Duties o~frU/age headmen under the Tam!! Nadu Restriction oj

Habitual Offen~Lr,cA ci, 1948.—
The rules framed by the State Government under the Tamil Nadu
Restriction of Habit’~al Offenders Act, 1948 laying down t~e duties of
Village headman under the Act are reproducd below ;—

507 of 780
 503
(2) Each village heamdman shall maintain a list of notified
offenders residing within his limits. The list shall be open to inspection,
check and correction by a police officer not below the rank of Sub-
Inspector when he visits the village. It shall be the duty of the station
House Officer to see that the list is maintained correctly and 1. p to date
(G.o. 2662, Home, 29th June 1949.)
12. (1) Any notified offender who intends to leave, permanently
or temporarily, the village in which he is residing shall, before his d epar-
tu re, intimate to tue headman of such village;—
(a) the date on which he intends to start;

(b) the village and the house into which he is changing his
residence or to which he is going;

(c) the route by which he intends to proceed

(d) th.e time he will take in going to his destination ; and

(e) in case he is leaving temporarily the village in which he
is residing, the probable period of his absence therefrom, and the route
and the time he will take for the retErn journey; and shall obtain from
the headman a certificate in F rm XIII.
(2) A notified offender who has obtained a certificate under sub-
rule (1) shall not without good and sufficient ca~Se—
(a) deviate from the route or exceed the time specified in such
certificate, whether in going to hisdestination or in returning therefrom;
or

(b) be absent for a longer period than that specified in such

certificate.

(3) In every village in which the notified offender spend, during

the journey either in going to his destination or in retirning therefrom,
any night or part of a night, he shall report in person to the headman of
such village his arrival at, and departure from the village and shall
obtain the signature of the headmen in the certificate in form X1I.l

508 of 780
 504

(4) Immediately on arrival at the village of destination the noti-

fied offender shall report himself in person to the headman there of and
shall—

(a) In case he is to stay there temporarily, show the headman

the certificate in Form XIII and obtain his signatute thereon; and

(b) in case he is to stay there permanently give up the certifi-

cate to the village headman.

In cases falling under clause (a) of this sub-rule, the notified

offender, shall, before leaving the village where he is te mporarily
residing, inform the headman of the date on which he proposes to
leave the village on his return journey.

(5) If the notified offender has temporarily left the village in which
he is residing, he shall immediately on his return to such village after
completing his journey, report himself in person to the village headman
and give up to him the certificate in Form XIII.

12A. Any notified offender who intends to leave the house in which
he is residing during the night between 10 p.m. and 5 am. on any day
to go to any other place within the same village, shall, before his depar-
ture, intimate to the headman of the village—.

(a) the date and the time at which he intends to leave the house
and return thereto; and

(b) the place or premises to which he is going.

14. If any notified offender required to give notice under r~le 12

is prevented by illness or other sufficient cause from doing so in person,
be shall infcrm tre headman of the village in whose limits he happens
to be, of the fact by a written or verbal message containing the parti-
(ulars he is reqt ired by the rules to furnish.

15.A. A village headman or station-House Officer shall grant

p certificate in Form XIII to a notified offender who asks for it.

509 of 780
 505

16. (1) When a vi’!age headman receives information that a notified

offender intends to leave village temporarily or permanently, he shall
forthwith give information of the fact in Form XIII to the officer incharge
of the Police Station within the limits of which the village is situated
giving the date on which the notified offender intends to depart.
(2) When a village headman receives information that a notified
offender of another village has spent a night or part of a night in his
village without a certificate in Form XIII, lie shall promptly inform
the Station-House Officer having jurisdiction over his village, setting out
in brief the soy rce and substance of such information.

20. Any police officer or village headman shall be comptent to pay

demicihiary visits within its jurisdiction to any notified offender with a
view to verify the presence of such notified offender and it shall be the
duty of such notified offender to appear before such officer.
31. (1) No notified offender shall absent himself from the settle-
ment unless he has been granted apass under this rule and he shall obey
the conditions specified in the pass. Any pass granted under this rule
may at any time be withdrawn by the authority granting it.
* * * * * *
(7) The route to be taken by the person granted leave on the
jouneys to and from his destination shall be specified in the pass and he
shall travel by no other route.
In case he halts in a villageovernight, he shall report himself at the
Police Station if there is one, and if there is no Police Station, to the
headman of the village; and the Police Officer or headman, as the case
may be, shall affix his signature on the reverse of the pass, noting
therein the approximate hours of arrival and departure.
On arrival at this destination, he shall report himself at once
to the village headman, who shall forthwith report the arrival to the
officer in charge of the Police Station within the limits of which the
village lies and he shall note this fact on the reverse of the pass.
On return to the settlement, the notified offender shall report
himself immediately to the Settlement Manager and shall hand ovel
the pass to him.

510 of 780
 506
CHAPTFR XXIX
FIRST INFORMATION TO THE POLICE.
551. Registry in tirst Information Report Bool;—
Information coming under any of the following heads received at
a Police Station, shall be registered in the First Information Report
Boolç (Form No. 73) which is the book prescribed by Section 154,
Criiv inal Procedure Code :—

(I) Cognizable cases including those referred to the Police for

inquiry by Magistrates;
(2) Con-plaints falling under Re~u1ationIV of 1821
(3) Au occurrences which need investigation, such as suicides and
accidental death, Accidental fires, straying of cattle, etc., only where
there is a reason to suspect the commission of cognizable ofTences.
(4) Non-cognizahle cases endorsed to the Police for inquiry;
(5) Cases under section 107 to 110 of the Criminal Procedure Code
after it has been determined to put them before a Magistrate;
(6) Offeuices to be reported to the Central Excise Salt and Customs
departments.

(7) Reports made to Magistrate with a view to action being taken

under sections 144 and 145 of the Criminal Procedure Code.
Note.—Complaints made by telegram or telephone should not
be recorded in the First Inforii-ation Report until the information has
been verified and either a statement has been recorded from the sender
in writing or a confirmatory written and signed con’plaint has been
received from him.
(2) In cognizable cases, the Police will normally deal with the
judicial Magistrate. The First Information Report should oe sent to
him as also the list of uroperties seized or recovered if they be such. The
final report whether it is a referred case or a charge-sheet will also be
sent to him orders or trial as the case may be.

511 of 780
 507
552. rjrst Information Reportl—7o whom sent
Ordinanly one copy of the First Inforru ation Report will be retained
in the station and another will be forwarded without delay in the usua1
course to the Magistrate having jurisdiction and a third with the
station House. General Diary to the Superintendent cr Sub-
divisional Police Officer thrc•ugh the Circle Inspector. When the
Magistrate havingjurisdiction is not the local Sub-Magistrate
a fourth copy will be sent to the latter also. The copies will be
made by the carbon pi~ocess.
553. Central Execise and Salt Act cases.—
In cases under the Central Excise and Salt Act, 1944,
and under the Central Excise Rules, 1944, a copy of the First
Information Report with enclosures such as the Panchayatnama
‘ist of contraband articles seized, etc., should be sent without
delay to the Assistant Collector of Central Excise.
Under section 15 of the Central Excise and salt Act, 1944
all Officers of the Police are empowered and required to assist
the Central Excise Officers in the execution of this Act.
554. To be written before proceeding to investigate.—
The First Information Report shall invariably be written before
the investigating Officer proceeds to make an investigation.
555. Express Reports.—

(I) En alt cases of (i) murder (ii) culpable homicide, (iii)

decoity, (iv) robbery, (v) house-breaking and theft above
Rs. 3,000, (vi) theft above 5,000, (vii) serious disturbar.ce and
riot (viii) Kidnapping of childern fcr the purpose o~ begging
(ix) Violence resulting in any Gri~vioushurt to Adi~D~avidars,
(x) Rape in whch Adi-Dravidars are victims, (xi) serious mis-
chier or arsn involving properties of Adi-Dravidars, (xii) c ft’ences
under Secticns 3 and ‘1 of the Pr~tection of Civil Rights Ace,
1955, (xiii) Serious offences involving Adi.Dravidars whcr~

512 of 780
 10$

caste considerations are suspected and (xiv) a specially grave

nature, copy of the First Information Report sh~’l1 be sent
direct to the office 01 the Superintenden~ or S’b- !ivisi. upI
Officer, to the Circle imnspector to the local Sub-Magistrat md
in respect of Sesshns and First-Class Ma,,ristrate case4 lncl’ldGd
‘n fh’~above lists of crimes, to the Revenue Divisional Officer
and Ex-Offi.cio First Class Magistrate’s also. In cases coming
within the abve categories and reported in sub-divisions, which
are particularly serious or include specially important cir-
cumstances, but are not reported by radio under
Order No. 559 (2) a copy of the First Information Report
shall also be sent to the Superintendent. In specially grave
occurrences a copy of the First Information Report
shall be sent to the Collector and Additional District Magistrate.
(G.O.Ms. No. 723, Home (Pol.XIV) Dept. Dated 2nd February
1980.)
(2) These reports are termed Express Reports and should
be sent in the quickest way possible, either by post or hand.

Note: —All cases of thefts of idols and antiques respective of

the value of loss involved shall be regard as cases of
“Specially grave nature”.
556. Telegraphic Radio reports.—
(1) Telegraphic Radio reports, giving concise details shall
be sent to the Superintendent or Sub-divisinoal Officer,
as the case may be, and to the Circle Inspector, on the receipt
of information of (i) a murder, (ii) a decoity, (iii) a highway robbery
(iv) violence resulting in any Grievious hurt to Adi-Dravidas
(v) Rape in which Adi-Dravidas are victims. (vi) Serious
mischief or arson involving Properties of Adi-Dravidas. (vii
offences under section 3 of Protection of Civil Rights Act,
1955 relating to religious disabilities and Section 4 of the Pro
tection of Civil Rights Act, 1955 relating to social disabi-
lities and (viii) any serious offence.

513 of 780
 (2) Telegraphic/Radio information shall also be sent to the
Superintendent in respect of cases of highway dacoity and high
way robbery and any very serious of~nces and violence
resulting in any grievious hurt to Adi-Darvidas and offences under
Section 3 of the Protection of Civil Rights Act, 1955
relating to religious disabilities and section 5 of the Protection of
Civil Rights Act, 1955~relating to social disabilities reported in the
sub-division.
Note.—All robberies of railway passengers should be regarded
as highway robberies.
(3) Telegraphic/Radio information of any important, or specially
grave cases inclusive of violence resulting in any grievious hur
to Adi-dravidas, Rape in which Adi-Dravidas are victims and serious
mischief or person involvng properties of Adi-Dravidas and
also offences under Section 3 of the Protection cf Civil Rights Act
1955 relating to Religicus disabilities and section 14 of the Pro~
tection of Civil Rights Act, 1955 relating to the Social dis-
abilities, shall be Sent to the Collector and Additicnal Disrtict
Magistrate and the Revenue Divisional Officer and Ex-Officio
First Class Magistrate.
(4) Telegraphic/Radio reports or express reports when no
telegraphic communication exists shall invariably be sent by the
local Police to the Collector and Additional District Magistrate
in respect of riots or disturbances which involve a serious
breach of the public peace.
(5) As regards reports of accidents in connection with ex~
plosives or inflammable oils the procedure laid down in Order
No. 310, should be followed.
(G.O. 1308, Home, 11th March 1981.)

557. Teigraphic Radio reports to thc Depiry In~pector-Ge~zera1

and the Director -General.—

(1) Offices of and above the rank of Deputy Superintendents

of Police shall inform the Deputy Inspector-General and the Director
General diiect by telegram, or radio of any specially grave occurance

514 of 780
 51 O

such as a serious breach of the peace or other grave ofl~ence.

Sybsequently, the Superintendent of Police shall send as soon as
possible a detailed report in quadruplicate direct to the Director-
General (a copy being sent to the Deputy Inspector-General) when
the full facts regarding the occurrence are known and will also
thereafter keep the Deputy Inspector-General and the Director
General acquainted with the course of event by prompt and detailed
reports.

(2) Any riot involving the use of fire arms, the death of any
person or an attack on the Police and all cases of communal
riot will be regarded as a serious breach of peace and the facts
should be reported at once briefly by telegram or wireless and fully
by letter, to the Director-General and the Deputy Inspector-General.
(G.O. M.s. No. 2828, Home, 9th July 1949.)
Note:—(l) Cases of the possession, or manufacture or
use of bombs or explosives even though non-political are
prima facie cases of a specially grave nature within the
meaning of Order Nos. 558 and 560.

(2) Robbery or attempted robbery by the administration of

Datura or other drug or poision should be considered to be
a specially grave offence coming within the purview of Order
No. 560.

(3) Copies of reports sent to the Director-General of Police

relating to cases mentioned in notes (1) and (2) above will
also be sent to the Deputy Inspector-General of Police, Criminal
Investigation Department (Crime) Chennai,

(4) In simple cases 0r assault on a Police Officer, where

no grievous hurt in casued nor is there any unlawful assembly
no report need be sent to the Director General of Police.
Reports will be sent by post to the Deputy Inspector -General
of Police and the result of the case also will be reported
to hini,

515 of 780
 5i I
(5) Cases of kidnapping in women and children on a syste-
matized manner should be considered to be cases of as
specially grave nature, coming within the purview of Order
No. 560.

558. (1) The Director -General of Police shall send reports

to the Chief Secretary to the Government, Public Depart-
ment with a copy to Secretary to the Government, Home
Department, on the following subjects as soon as the incidents
occur:—
(1) Communal rioting
(2) Disturbances involving the breach of the peace or death
of any pe~son;
(3) Disturbances involving the use of fire arms;
(4) Assault on Police in which death or serious injury to
police is reported;

(5) Cases of Possession or manufacture or use of bombs or explo-

sives 0f specially grave nr~tureor involving or Political moTive.

(6) Serious fire accidents involving heavy loss of public

life and property;
(7) Strikes of all kinds;
(8).. Rioting and disturbances in which Police open fire;
(9) All cases of alleged tcrture by the Police or death or
grievous injury caused while in Police custcdy; and
(10) All other important and grave occurrance (only such
cases of grave nature not covered by items (1) to (9) which
may be 0f interest to the Government).

(2) Copies of reports shall be sent to the Chief Minister of Tarnil

Nadu and the Secretary to the Governor of Madras.
Copies of reports on item (7) above will also be sent to the Minister
f~j~Labour and the Secretary to the Government in the Labour and

516 of 780
~mp1oyment bepartment in ~the case of labour strIkes
and to the Minister for Education and the Secretary
to the Government in the Education Department in the case
of strikes by student and teachers in educational institutions.

559. .Registry of cases when Station limits of occurrence are

doubtful:—
(1) When a crime has been comu itted close to a boundary
betwwen Stations, and it is at first doubtful in which
Station limits it occured, the Police to whom it is first reported
shall register the case and take up the investigation, the Station
which should retain it being subs’~quent1ysettled.

(2) When an offence committed within Railway Police juris-

diction is reported to District Police Station on the Railway line,
the latter shall forthwith inform the Railway Police Station con-
cerned by telegram the telegram should be followed up by a
First information Report transferring the case, If the offence is
reported to a District Police Station on the railway line, the
First information Report transferring case to the Railway Police
station ~with jurisdiction shall be sent forthwith by express and
through the Railway Police travelling staff.
560. Instruction regarding First Information Reports:—
(1) cases entered in the first ~information Report Book
wilIl be given a consecutive number and this number will con-
stitute the crime number for the purpose of the subsiquently records.
(2) The thumb-impression of the informant will usually be taken
only in the case of itiliterate persons.

(3) In the case of compliants a copy of the First Information

Report should be furnished free of charge to the complainant or
informant under proper acknowledgement immediately after the
complaint is registered.

517 of 780
 513
561. Non-cognizable cases :—

(1) Information received in a Police Station of facts, which

constitute a nori-cognizable case, or any steps taken by the Police
of their own motion in a non-cogniable case, will be entered
in the station General Diary. in such cases and in cases
with facts not covered under Police Standing Order 660 an
acknowledgement in Form ‘No. 90 should be furnished to the
party concerned.

(2) When a Police Officer finds it necessary to lay information

before a Magistrate in a non-cognizable case he may, under Section
190(1) (b) ofthe Criminal Procedure Code, make a report to the
Magistrate, in writing of the facts which constitut such offenec.

E— 23~3—~3

518 of 780
 SM

CHAPTER XXX.

INVESTIGATION.

562. Refusal of investigation.—

(I) The following principles are laid down to guide the exercise of
their discretion by Station house officers in the matter of refusing investi-
gation under section 157 (1) (b) of the Criminal Procedure Code.

(G.Os. No. 332, JudI. 28th Feb. 1906 and 485 Judi. 14th March 191 .1)
(2) Ground,g for refusal.—
Investigation may be properly refused in the following cases.—

(a) Triviality.—
Trivial offences, such as are contemplated in section 95 of the Indian
Penal Code.
(b) Civil nature.—

Cases clearly of a civil nature, or in which the complainant is obviously

endeavouring to set the criminal law in motion to suppoit a civil right.
(c) Petty thefts.—
Cases of petty theft of property less than Rs. 10 in value cognizable
by a Village i{~:t~1n’mnuivler Regulation LV of 1821, provided that
the accused person is not an old offender, nor a professional criminal,
and that the property does not consist of sheep or goats.

(d) Injured person does not wish inquiry.—

Unimportant cases in which the person iniured does not wish inquiry,
unless (1) the crime is suspected to be the woik of a professional or
habitual offender or (ii) investigation appears describle in the interests
of the public.

519 of 780
 515
(e) Undetectable simple cases.—

Simple cases of house breaking or house trcsspass and pctty thctts

of unidentifiable pioperty, in none of which cases is there any clue
to work upon or any practical chance of detection, provided that theme
is nothing to indicate that the offence has been committed by a
professional criminal..
(i’) Exaggerated assaults.—

Assault in cases which have been obviously exaggerated by the additiont

of other charges such as theft.
563. Report to be used.—
When an investigation is refused at once, a First Information Report
only need be submitted.
564. Refusal after local investigation.—
Further investigation may be refused alter a preliminary local inquiry,
in which event a ease diary shall be written and a final report sent.

565. Refusal of local investigation.—

(1) The power to abstain from local investigation under section
157 (1) (a) of the Criminal Procedure Code is primarily intended
to be exercised in cases which are complete on the information
brought to the Station and req~ire no further inquiry.
(G.O. No. 332, Judi. 20 February 1906).
(2) In rural, tracts police investigation should invariably be
held on the spot.
(3) In towns, the examination of parties in the Police Station
may frequently be conducted without objection.
566. Investigation to be impartial.—
(1) Investigating officers are warned against prematurely
committing themselves to any view of the facts for, or against a
person. The aim of an investigating officer should be to find out
the truth, and, to achieve this purpose, it is necessary to
preserve an open mind throughout the inquiry.
F—23013—33A

520 of 780
 (2) Charge-sheets in cases and counter cases.—In a complaint
and cunter cotnplaint obviously arising out of the same transact
tion the investigating officer should enquire into both of them and
adopt one or the other of the two courses viz., (1) to charge the
case where the accused were the aggressors or (2) to refer both
the cases if he should find them untrue. He should place before
the court a definite case which he asks it to accept. The in-
vestigating officer in such cases should not accept into one com-
plaint and examine only witnesses who support it and gave no ex-
planation at all for the injuries caused to the other side. It is
his duty to exhibit the counter-complaint in the court and also to
prove medical certificates of persons wounded on the opposite side.
The truth in these cases is invariably not in strict conformity with
either complaint and it is quite necessary that all the facts are placed
before the court to enable it to arrive at the truth and a
just decision.
(3) If the Investigating Officer finds that the choice of either
course is difficult, viz., to charge one of the two cases or to throw
out both, he should seek the opinion of the Public Prosecutor of
the district and act accordingly. A final report should be sent in
respect of the case referred as mistake of law and the complai-
nant or the counter-complainant as the case may be, should be
advised about the disposal by a notice in Form No. 90 and to
seek remedy before the specified Magistrate, if he is aggrieved by
the disposal of the case by the Police.
(0.0. MS. No. 182, Home, dated 23rd January 1958.)
567. Case diary.—’
(I) The record of an investigation will be made in the case
diary (Form No. 74) which !~ the diary prescribed in section 172
0f the Criminal Procedure Code. It will bear the number of the
First Information Report.,
(2) To be sent daily.—
An Investgating Officer absent from kis station should send in
his case diary daily.

521 of 780
 517
568. Details to be Jhrnished in the Cast’ Diary.—(I) The record
of investigation in a ease diary should contain only daily detailed
of the time at which the information reached the Investigation,
Officer, the time at which he began and closed his investigation
the place or places visited by him and a statement of the circum-
stance ascertained through his investigation.

(2) An investigation should be recorded in the case diary

when the Investigation Officer has that record with him, otherwisn
the case diary will be compiled from the note-beck. The Police
will truly and in detail record the statement of persons examined
by them in the course of an “investigation. These statemenst
recorded shall, whenever possible, he in the first person, and in
the langu age cf the witnesses themselves. Case Diaries should be
prepared in two distirct parts viz., (l~Investigation Part and (2)
Statement of witnesses recorded under section 162, Criminal Pro-
cedure Code Part. The second part alone should be handed over
to the Magistrate’s clerk for making out copies to be ft rnished to
the accused.
[(0.0. Ms. No. 2353, Home, dated 19th August 1958).

(3) When a Police Officer redi1 ces to writing any statement

made to him under section 161, Criminal Procedure Code, he should
make a separate record of the statement of each of such persons
whose statements he records. Not recording the statements of each
witness separately is a violation of the mandatory provisions o1
section 161 (3) Criminal Procedure Code.

(4) (a) In investigations under section 174 Criminal Procedure

Code, the statements of any relatives of the deceased person or
other persons who may speak to facts touching the cause of death
should be recorded in the case diary in detail and, wherever pos~
ible, in the first pers r ard in ii e ]ar.~la~c( I tie per~cns c~a_
~nined.

522 of 780
 518
(b) In cases of accidental deaths, case diaries shall not be
written in additicn to inq~est repc its b~t a precise of the case
in a few sentences shall be given at the end of the inquest report
~tse1f subject to the following exceptions ;—

(i) A Case diary should be written to embody the result

of the post-mortem examination, if one is conducted.

(ii) Statements of important witnesses who are not exa-

mined at the inquest owing to tl~ir not being available should be
recorded in a case diary.

(5) In order to show the progress of trials in Courts, Case

Diaries should also be written reporting all hearings and adjourn-
ments of cases.
(0. 0. M.S. No. 2550, Home, dated 28th September 1957.)

569. Mahazars—Rccovery of Stolen property otherwise than on

house search—’Record of material facts.—

(l~ When any property is recovered by a Police

Officer otherwise than on formal search of premises, a
contemporaneous record of the facts relating to such
recovery may be prepared by him Form No. 86 prescribed by
Order No. 679 and may he attested by witnesses present at the time
of such recovery. The record so made is admissible in evidence
to corroborate the testimony of the Police Officer who prepared
it or may be used to refresh his memory. The signatures of the
attesting witnesses may be used in evider~ceonly to corroborate
the statement of the Pc lice Ofilcer that they were present at the
time of the recovery of the prcperty and attested the record pre-
pared by him. Statements which read as statenient~ o f person
other than the Police Officer who prepares the record should not be
entered therein. The record sl~ocid reach the Magistrate ~~ith the
least possible delay,

523 of 780
 519

(2) When material facts which may be of value as evidence

are observed by an Investigating Officer at the scene of the offence
or at any other place, he shall draw up in the presence of witnesses
(who, wherever possible, should be respectable inhabitants of the
locality) present at the time when such facts are observed, a recor c
of the facts, illustrated if necessary by a rough plan. The wit-
nesses may sign the record after its contents have been read over
and carefully explained to them. They may afterwards be cited in
Court to prove the facts observed by them.
(3) Whenever Mahazars are prepared by the Investigating
Officers for the recovery of blood-stained clothes from accused
persons an attempt should made invariably to give an account
of the dimensions of the stains to enable the court to have an ide ~
whether the blood-stained were due to any other cause or due to
the wearer having taken part in the assault involving the shedding
of blood. It will be sufficient if an approximate estimate of the
dimensions of blood-stains are mentioned in the Mahazars, if exact
measurements cannot be given.
570. ~‘orwarding case diaries anb remarks upon them.—
Case diaries will be duplicated by the carbon process, one copy
being filed ie the station and the other sent to the Circle Inspector, who
will forward it to the Superintendent or Sub-Divisional Officer, after
making any necessary remarks. The iemarks made in the ~casediariers
will be communicated to the Inspector or the Station House Officers
asthe case may be,by Crime memoranda instead of returninginc remarkcd
case diaries in oiiginal

(Police Gazette, dated l’*th May 1959.)

Note.—(l) In respect of prohibitions cases, the case diaries ~vill be

filled by the Circle Inspectors.

(2) Case diaries of eases under sections 64 and 65 of the Chennai

City police Act need not be forwarded to the Sub-Divisional Officers~
They may be filed by the Inspectors themselves after scrutiny.

571. Further uses of the case diary.—

(1) Remarks snould be applied foi on case diary form. Section 167
(1) of the Criminal Procedure Code rcquiics a copy of (ne case diary
to be sent when remand is sought. The Investigating Cffccr ~nould
therefore, prepare and additional carbon copy of the case diary when.
i aware tuat lie will b.we to seiid ~ prisioner for renxa4.

524 of 780
 520

(2) Caco diary forms ~hoiilo be uscd foi applying to Magistiates

fcr warrants of arrest or search, proclamations and other ordeis con-
cerned with investigation and for foiwarding search list, provided that
these communications refer to iegistered cases. Otherwise the memo-
randum form (Form No. 61) will be used.

572. case Diaries.—

English translation to be sent to Government as soon as a sentence

~f death is passed or confirmed by the High Court.—The Governmentt
of India, Ministry of Home Affairs, have directed, that when a petition
for mercy from a convict under sentence of death is forwarded to them,
it should invariably be accompanied by an English translation of the
Police Diary along with other records of .ne case.

S i~rinte~i1errss’rtll, t~ia, ~rit direct to the Government

i~ th :1 n E~ t~tn i: tw c~rti~ie1cpies of the English transla
tion of the P~lic~ Diary in all cases to which tile accused are sentenced
to death. The recoi~dshould be sent to Government with the leasst
possible delay as soon as a sentence of death is confirmcd by the High
Court or is inflicted by that Court in enhancement of the sentence
passed by the Sessions Court.

~G.O.MS. No. 4290, Home, dited 8th N3vemb~r 1951.)

573. (‘harge sheet to be accompanied by mernorandwn giving names and

addresses of witnesses. —

(1) When a charge sheet in Fcrrn No. 7 is sent to Couit a separa(~

memorandum giving the names and a~dresscs of the witnessee
cited and specifying clearly the points each v~i~ncssis calka to pi-cvc
should be sent to the Ma~istrate.

525 of 780
 521
(2) This Menioran~umof infornistion is inttndcd (dy for th~
use of the Court and copies thereof stiall not be furnished to tr~eacui~ed
or any other person.
(0,0, Nc. 2487, Law (General) 16th October 1928 and 14~8,Law (General)
29th April 1933,)
574. When a juvenile accused is arrested or prosecuted, informaticn
about the age of such person should be invariably be
furnished to the court by the Police Officer taking action in the
case, to enable the cou rt to determine the age of the accu sed with
reference to Section 37 of the Madras Children Act, 1920,
575, Reference under !section 202, Criminal Procedure code.— -

A Police Officer, to whom a case is referred for investigation under

Section 202 of the Criminal Procedure Code, is bound to investr
gate it himself,
576, Report to,Dfreclor-Gencra! in caselof suicide In Police Custody. :
In all cases of suicide in police custody, including subsidiary jails
guarded by the Police, the Superintendent shall submit without delay
a full report to the Director-General.
577, Investigation Into gang and conspiracy cases.—
(1) District Superintendent of the investigation into gang and
conspiracy cases should invariably be by an officer not bekw the rank
of a Superintendent, and the principal Investigating Officer should be
put into the witness box at an early stage of the case to describe how
the evidence has been got together and shifted,
(0.0. No. 917, Judicial, 7th J’ne 1912),
(2) All gang cases and all important conspiracy cases whose
ramifications extend to several districts should be investigated by the
Criminal Investigation Department. Whenever the Police propose
to institute any charge ci abetment by conspiracy, they shot Id obtain
the prier sanction of the Collector wire will decide whether it is of
5ufficient importance to demand investigation by the Criminal Invest!-
atlon Dopartment

526 of 780
 522

~78. forged Currency Islotei.—

(1) Under the Ci rrency Department Code, forged currency
notes received into treast ries and banks are sent to the Police Station
jn the Jorisdicticn of which the treasury or bank is situated for enquiry,
On receipt cf tire report from the treasi ry or bank the Station-House
Officer, will straightaway proceed to register a case in tire first instance
irrespective of its denomination and investigate.
(2) It is not desirable to waste time over investigations which
are not likely to produce resu. its and it is better to concentrate on cases
which give hope of success. If an investigation does not offer any
prospect of any clue, it may be closed in the first week or two instead
of being continued i~idefinitely,
(3) The same principle should be followed in cases in which the
appearance of forged notes is reported direct to the Police Station by
a member of the public.
(4) In every instance Superintendents of Police, Superintendent,
Railway Police and the Commissioner of Police, Madras City should
jfl addition to sending a special report to the Criminal Investigation
Department as required in Order Ne. 501, send a report direct to thg
Currency Officer, Reserve Bank of India, Madras, immediately on the
appearance of the forged ncte, whether the forgery be new or old, in
the form now Sent to the Criminal Investigation Department. The reportt
should contain full partici lass regard irg the series and general number
denomination of the notes, date of appearance, place of detection with
the crime number, Police Station and District, particulars of tenderer
and whether the note has been forwarded to the Master, India Security
Press, Nasik, for opinion and remarks, if any. The note seized slioule
be sent to the Currency Officer, Reserve Bank of India, Madras, along
with a report except when the note is requ ired for invesigation in which
case the note should be forwarded to the Ci rrency Officer, after the
investigation is over, qi otir’g the ni. mber and date ci the original report
sent to him, Great care mi St he FCid to the prcservaticn cf the forged
note and if any loss is repcrted the lace ‘~alie (f the fcrged note will
b~recovered from the concerned by the Reserve Bank of Indi*,

527 of 780
 529

(5) Officers of and above the rank of Deputy Si perintei dents

cf Police mi St exercise a close. si pervisicn over the investigation of
these cases.
(6) With regard to tie investigation cf cases of forged hr. ndred
rupee notes reported, the following instructions should be followed:—
(a) Whenever a forged hundred-rupee note is received at any
office of the Reserve Bank or at an office or branch of the State Bank
of India or any of the Nationalised Banks or at any treast ry or Sob
treast ry, it shall immediately be forwarded to the nearest Police Station
having jurisdiction for investigation along with the report detailing
the circumstances under which the note was received. A copy of the
report shall be endorsed to the Central Bureau of Investigation and if
the note was received at any office or branch of the State Bank of India
0r Nationalised Banks or at a treasury or sub-treasury, also to the
Circle Currency Officer concerned.

(b) The police shall, on receipt of a forged hit ndred-ru pee s

note forwarded to them by thebank or any other agency, or recovered,
direct by them, register a case under the appropriate section of law,
One or more notes recovered in one and the same transaction
should ordinarily can one case,

(c) The seized notes or note shall as early as possible

be referred for examination to the Master, India Security Press,
Nasik as a part of the investigation of the case.

(d) The Master, India Security Press, would have the front
and the back of the suspected forged note carefully examined
so as to ~ ascertain besides the usual broad features of forgery,
the characteristic minute defects in the piinlirg of the for~cd
note, which shall be incorporated on a separate confidential report,
a copy of which shall be forwarded to the Central Buicau of
Investigation. He will also send a copy of his usual report
to the police, the Currency Officer of the Reserve Bank of’

528 of 780
 524

India concerned and the Central Bureau of Investigation. He will

elucidate if any notes referred to him caner had the same.
characteristics of forgery as the note or notes under examination.
(e) The Master will return the note Police to the Officer from
whom it was received unless insturctions have in the mean-
time been sent to the Press, suggestioning that it should be
sent to some other Officer in whichjcase it may be sent to
that officer.
(f) As required under the relevant Police Regulations, the
S~sp~rtateaIeatof Police ~shtll,~as soon as possible after he
r,~iv~1ia~)ifl1tiOa of the appearance of the forged hundred
rupee ~notes,~submit special reports in~presscri bed form to
-

‘1) lIre Couector’~oftheDistrict, as the case may be.

(ii) The Deputy Inspector ‘General of the range.
(iii) The Deputy Inspector General, C.I.D. (Crime) Cbennai.
(iv) Ary n~ighb~uririgSuperintendent of Police, who
he considers should be informed.
(v) The currency Officer concerned and
(vi) The Central Bureau of Investigation, New Delhi.
Such reports should give the denomination of the forged
note, the circle, the dated, the serial letters the consecutives
nurnb~rand any characteristic features of its continuation report
shall be sub mited to the C.I.D. giving particulars of the notes
concerned and the modus operandi ofthe~forgers or utterers, final
reports concern containing the result of investigation shall be
submitted to allthe officers enumerated earlier in this order.
Note:—.For Madras City report at (I) and (ii), will not arise.

(g~ The folloWing are some of the pcints that would be kept in
view during the investigation of such cases —

529 of 780
 S2S
(I) All fresh notes should be examined to see if simlist
notes have coma to notice before,
(ii) Very careful enquiries shot. Id be made to trace
the origin of such counterfeit notes, All si spects connected
with the circdlation of notes should be pi. t through si. stained
interogation as a part 0f more determined effort to get to t~
bottom of the racket,
(iii) As the type of crime is su ch that it is necessary
to arrange inter-district ce-ordination of enqu ires the investigation
of all such cases shalibe done by the C.T.D.
(iv) In order to keep the Central Bi reau of Investi-
gation in touch with the i-p-to-date position regarding the cir-
culation of forged notes on All-India basis, the C.1.D. shall
report to the Central Bureau of Investigation every case
~f detection of forged notes in the State as and when they are
reported to them with the following particulars
l,~’Serta1and general number of the note,

2, Date~of,~appearance.
3, Place of detection with Police Station.
4. Police Station Crime Number,
5, Partlcu lars of the tenderer,

6, Letter number and date with which the forged

notes was forwarded by tire police to the Security Press for
examination,

7, Remarks, if any,

Full particulars of important cases which are likely

to be helpft i in tracing the source of the note will also
be mentioned.

530 of 780
 526
(h) On oompleotion of the investigation or the trial, as
case may be, the forged note explaining the facts of the case
shall be sent to the Circle Currency Officer for eventual dest
truction of the note under theroles of the Reserve Bank, A
report explaining the facts should also be sent to the Master, India
Security Press, Nasic, through CI,D,
(0.0. Ms. No, 3908, Flome, dated 16th December 1963.)
579, Invesltgalion Into cases concerning other departments,—
The result of police investigation into cases connected with other
Government departments should be communicated at once by then
one Investigating Officer to the local head of the department.

580. Cases under the Indian Clnemacograph 4ct and tfle Indian
Electricity Act,—
i,l) In the case of offences under theindian Cinemato-
graph Act arising out of non-compliance with the orders of
the electrical Inspectors to Government, the Electrical Inspector
wilt first reprt such oases to the licencing authority under the
Acts the Commissioner of Police in the Ci y of Madras and tlr~
Disirict Collector in the mofussil and obtain his sanction
for the propsecution of the person concerned, When such sane ion
is received, the Electrical Inspector may Lodge a complaint with
Magistrate having jurisdication, On such a complaint, the
Magistrate may issue an order for investigation by the Police under
Section 155 ‘2), Criminal Procedure Code,

(0.0.Ms. No. 4154, Law General)12 November 1931 and

No, 2742 Law (General) 22nd July 1932.)

(2) (a) In thecaseof non-congizable offence under the Indian

Electricity Act in Madras City requiring investigation by the police
the Electrical Inspector or any person aggrieved may apply
forthe ConrmissionerofPolice, Madras, for orders ~for investigsation
by the Police,
(O0,Ms, No, 349, Home, 1 3tli February 1943,)

531 of 780
 52,
(b) In the case of non-cognizable offences under the
ndian Electricity Act in the mcfoussil, the Electrical Inspector °r
any person aggrieved may make a complaint to the Magistrate to
having jurisdiction. On receipt of si~ch complaint the Magistrate
may issue an order for an investigation by the Police under the
section 155(2) Criminal Prodecedure Code,

(3) In the case of cognizable offences a nder lie Indian

Elecriicity Act, whether in Madras City or in the mofussil,
be Electrical Inspector or any person aggrieved may make
a report to the Police Station with jurisdiction for invesigatlon.
(4) All cases whether under the Indian Cinematograph
Act or the Indian Electricity Act should he cendi cted in
Madras City and in the niofussil by, the prosect. ting staff,
(5) In all cases of prosecutions for tampering with elect
t1j~ metres whether in Madras City or in the niofussi!
the ordinary rule should be for the police to offer the evidence
of the licencesees, engineers, the services of the Llecttrical-
Inspector to Government bei g called in only in Important
cases~ or cases of difficulty or doubt. In the latter case
the Police Department shciu k, in the event of a conviction
dr aw the attention of the Magistrate to the need for Passing
an order under sect icn 357 (1)(a)of the Code of Criminal Pro
cedure, 1975 dir ectiong payment cut of the fine where possible
of the whole or part of the fees ordinarily leviable for the
Electrical Inspector’s service,
• G,O,Ms, No 2687, Home,, dated 7th December 1933,)
581. Aircraft accidents—Procedure in.—
The instructions in th~ pamphlet on “ Organisation and
Procedure for Search and Rescue of Aircraft in distress”
published~by the Civil Aviation Directorate, Govern-ment of India,
should be followed in all cases of search and rescue of
Aircraft in distress. A copy of this pamphlet has been printed as a sup-
plement to the Police Gazette, Part I, dated 3rd January 1959 and sup-
plied to all Police Stations and Circles “,
(0.0. Mi. NO. 3253, Home, dated 15thOctober 1960).

532 of 780
 528

582. Road accidents causing death or bodily injury.—

(1) Whenever a road accident causing death or bodily injury
occurs, or a road accident involving damage (excluding
trivialities) is either reported or otherwise brought to the
notice of the Police, the Station-House Officer concerned shall after
prompt enquiry, prepare a report in Form No. 67 in respect
of accidents in which motor vehivele is involved and in Form No. 70 in
respect of accidents in which non-motor vehicles are involved, in dupli-
cate and forward the original without delay to the Superintendent through
the usual channel, the duplicate being retained in the station.

(2) As soon as reports in Form No. 67 and Form No. 70 are

received in the District Police Office the ‘!etails will be recorded in two
separate ledgers in Form O.M. No. 50-A.
(3) From these ledgers quarterly returns shall be prepared by each
Superintendent in Form No. 68 in respect of motor vehicles accidents
and in Form No. 71 in respect of non-motor vehicle accidents and sent
to the Collector a copy being sent to the Director -General ,through the
Deputy Inspector-General concerned,. The Commissioner of Police,
and all District Collectors should send quarterly returns to the Transport
Commissioner, Madras in the revised Form A-2 so as to reach the
Board not later than 15th of April, 15th of July, 15th of October and
15th of January in respect of the four quarters each year, in accordance
with G.O. Ms. No. 204, Home, dated 17th January 1948. The Commis-
sioner of Police, Madras, and each Superintendent should include In his
Administration Report analysis ofthe causes of road accidents In his
jurisdiction in the year.

(4) Consolidated annual return of accidents regarding non-motor

vehicles should be prepared in Form No. 69 appended to G.O. Ms. 4134,
Home, dated 21st September 1954, and submitted by all Collectors and
the Commissioner of Police to the Transport Commissioner, Madras’
before the 1st February of every year. The Transport Commissioner,
Madras should consolidate the returns and send a report to Government
,lth a copy to the Director-General .f P•lice.

533 of 780
 529

0) The following iartructioas shouhi b~carefully observed when

flhhin&up the forms:—

(a) Each accident causing death or personal injury is counted as

one accident only, irrespective of the number of persons killed or injured
thereby. An accident in which more than one vehicles is involved jS
aijo counted as one accident only. Cases in which only the driver or
the rider is killed or ii~juredare excluded.

(b) Accidents which occurred during the quarter and tenninated

fatally after the end of the quarter are included amongst the figures o1
fatal accidents and persons 1:’led, if reported as fatal before the presenta-
tion of the return. The ‘~ ~~iicle to which the accident was attributed”
means—
(i) where only one vehicle was concerned, that vehicle and

(ii) where more than one vehicle was concerned, vehicle to

which the accident appeazel to be primarily attributable.

(6) (a) Whenever a road accident occurs the duty of the Pc.hice
Officer at the scene or nearer to the scene is to arrange to remove the
injured, If any, to the nearest hospital. if the accident is fatal the body
should be immediately sent to the nearest mortuary through casua.lity~

(b) The vehicle or the vehicles concerned should not impede

the flow of traffic. The relative positions of the vehicles and the injured
should be marked and the vehicles must be removed to a convenient
position by the side of the road and free flow of traffic allowed.

(c) Witnesses to the occurrence should be retained till traffic

Investigation staff arrive and if it is not possible, the names and addresse5
are to be noted down by the officer present at the scene.

583. Unnatural and sudden deaths.—{1) (a) Under Section 174 ~1

the Code of Criminal Procedure Officers in charge of Police Stations o
any other Police Officer specially empowered by the State Governinca
1—230/3—34

534 of 780
 5~O

may in that behalf and in their absence, village headman are required t
0
make an investigation as to the apparent cause of ceath in cases wher
they receive information that a person—
(i) has committed suicide, or
(ii) has been kilicU by another, or by an animal or machinery
or by an accident, or
(iii) has died under circumstances raising a reasonable suspicio*
that some other person has committed an offence.
(c3. 0. MI. NO. 176, Judicial 13, May 1927).
(b) These officers are not requirel to holu an inquest as thjs
can be done by the Magistrate specified in Section 174 (5) of the Code
of Criminal Procedure.
(c) As soon as an intimation of a death under suspicious clrcIJm-
stances is received in a Police Station, the Police Officer empowered t0
make an investigation should proceed to inspect the body and must first
note such a~ounds,fractures, bruises and other marks of injury as may
~e found on the body, as also the manner in which or the weapon or
instrument (if any) with which such marks appear to have been inflicted.

(d) (i) if there Is any doubt regarding the cause of death, or

for any other reason the Police Officer making the investigation consider5
it expedient as to do, he should send the body immediately for post..
mortem examination to the nearest civil surgeon or other qualified man
appointed by the State Government in this behalf ,unless it is necessary
that the body should be kept for identification, in which case it should
be kept only as long as iS necessary for that purpose. Bo;ies sent for
post-mortem examination should be accompanied with a memorandum
in Form No. 80.

(ii) It is specially important that no time should be lost in th

despatch of the dead body to the Mer’ical Officer as every hour’s dela
means further dc-composition and therefore additional difficulty i n
detecting the cause of death.

535 of 780
 31
(iii) The investigation which a Police Officer is required tO
make undci Section 174 (1) 0 the Code of the Criminal Procedure and
the framing of a report in Form No. 79 may be done after the completion
of the preliminary investigation as to the apparent cause of death and
after it has bccn de~idcuwhethei a post-mortem examination should be
~cld or not.
(iv) After the inquest is over and the dead body is disposed
of the Officer, who held the inquest, shall, ‘~ithin 12 hours after ihe
disposal of the body, intimate to the executive authority of the Munici-
pality or Panchayat Board within the jurisdiction of the Police Station,
the particulars of the deceased, the cause and nature of death, etc., in
Form No. 79 as per Rule 6 of the Registration of Births and Deaths
framed under Section 286 of the Madras D~. I Municipalities Act,
1920, in the case of districts and under Section 327 and 347 (1) of th6
Madras City Municipal Act, 1919, in the case of Madras City.
(v) In cases of suspicious and unnatural deaths, apart from
the available officer (a head Constable) gO1fl~to the spot a copy of the
First Information Report should be sent to the Sub-Inspector of Police
by express wherever he may be, so that it would be possible for him to
join that Head Constable during the inquest or at least inimediate~ey
after. The superior Police Officcrs ruuSt rca ke it point to test a ft w
cases of unnatural deaths while on tour ilk the interior. The
inspector M Police should Supervibe investigation of cases which
extend beyond a day.
(e) A r.port of the preliminary Investigation thus made by the
Police should be sent with ut delay to the nearest Magistrate authorised
0 hold inqueSts and the circle Inspectorwho will forward it to the Superin
ttendent -jf Police or Sub-ui visional Officer, after making any necessary
remarks. under Section 174 (4) of tue Code 01 Criminal Procedure or
by the Police, the Police shoul make en ~iie~ at oiu..c, if there is reason
to think that a cognizable crime has been committed and should proceed
to Investigate the matter further as in other cases, but the completion o~
~1iepreliminarY investigation under Section 174 of the Code of Criminal
Procedure as to the apparent cause of death should not be delayed oa
this aocoant.
f—230/3—34A

536 of 780
 532

(fl A Poli~eOJi~erhol ijn.~inve~tigatiortuiiicr Section 174

criminal Proce~lureCode, shmild re~orJin the case of the evidence
of any relatives of the deceased person ani of other persons who may
give evidence touching the cause of death, briefly and not in the form o~
verbatim statemt~nts.
(G. 0. NO. 644 PThJj~(POlice), 16th December 1929 andNo. 123, Pub. (PoIice.2lst
February 1930).

(2) Dealh in jails.—

On the occurrence of a sudden or violent death, or whenever
there is any doubt or complaint or question concerning the
cause of death of any prisoner in a jail, the inquest which the
Magistrate has to hold under rule 567 of the Jail Manual should be
proceded by an investigation by the Police under Section 174 of the Code
of Criminal Procedure in the manner inticated in paragraph (I) above.
No jail official or servant should he chosen a member of the Panchayat.
The presence of the village headman should, if possible, be secured.
(0. 0. NO. 1073, Judicial 17th AuguSt 1909.)
(3) In case of trail for cuppable homicide, the report of preliminary
investigation under section 174, Criminal Procedure Code, shall invari-
ably be exhibited by the prosecution in trial, if there are any dis-
crepanies or apparant discrepanies between the facts noted in the
inq~est report and the evidence elicited in the coui se of the trial, such
discrepancies shOul(l be brought p~ ominently to the notice of the Court
and if they are susceptiole of explanation they should explained the
Court.
(0. 0. NO. 566, Pub. (Police) 17th October 1932).
584. (1) The Commissioner of Police, Chenaai in Chenani City,
and the Supe~itendeiits of Police in the mofussil my
issue on requistiOfl, copies of postmortem ceitificate and
inquest report to the Life Insurance Corporation of india on
Payment of a fee of Rs. 10/- for each such copy so a~to enable the
Life insurance Corporation to flnd out the exact cai se of death i],t
insured and to settle the clalm of t~einsured amount,

Q. O~Ms. NO. 30)M, Home, date 30th August 1962).

537 of 780
 533

The fees so levied and collected shouk~ be ~redi~ed to

Government under the relevant head of accounts.

(2) in case of motor vehicle accidents resuTting in death Or

injurd to pe~’sonsin respect of “wnich prosecution are launched, an
intimation or notice that a prosec~’tionhas been lar nched may be
sent to the insurance companies concerned by the Pc lice. No details
of the case need be given.

(0. 0. Ms. NO. 2446, Home, 26th May 1950).

(3) A report on the res~’Ttof the prosecitien may be sent by the

Police to the insurance company on requisition. A fee of Rs. 10 shall
be levied in respect of each such report and shall be raid in advance
along with the requisition.

(4) Copies of inq’ est reports and Pest-mortem certificates, required

by the Department c~the State and Central GovernmeDts fcr assessing
the amount of compensat;Ln payable to the fami!ies of the deceast~d
persons may be issued free of cost.

(0.0. Ms. Nc. 1779, Home, 24th, June 1955.)

(5) Copies of Police Investidation reports pertaining to accidents

cases net resulting in the death of ins~red persc ns may alsc be Si ppli ~
free of cost to Government Departments whenever req~ired by thorn,
if the object for which they req~ire these repc rts is tie same as t1~atof
the Insurance Companies.

(Govt. Memo No. 113057 PcI. V 57-4 Home, dated 5th December 1958.)

(6) The Commissioner of Police in Wadras City ard Il e ~i pejir.

tendent of Police in the District may issi e cc pies of extracts c f coltjl3ns
(2), (15), (17) of the inqu est report and i es~.It of cncu ~ies ir ip cc 1~rt

538 of 780
 534

cases like fires and hon se collapses to private parties and Ynsurance
companIes after sat1sfyln~himself about the bonafide. of the applicants
after collecting fees as Indicated below :—

Name of document. Scale of fees.

(1) (2)
RI. ~.

1. BxtractsofColumns2,13 Applfcation fee 2 00

and l7of the Inquest Court-fee stamp per page. 0 50
report.

2. Result of Polico enquiries In Copy stamp-fee per page () 50

Important cases like fire and Search fee if the documents 200
houso collapses. relates to past years.

The fee realised should be credited to Government under the

relevant head of account.
(0.0. Mi, No. 1370, Home, dated 2cd May 1964.)

(7) (~)The Commissioner of Police, Chennai In Chennai City and

S’iperintendents of Police in Districts may under Section 109 of the
Mo~orVehicles Act, 1939, Issue Copies ofthe followingrecords connec-
ted ~vithan accident to the victims or complainants on payment ofa fee
of P.s. 1 (Rupee one only) so as to enable the victims or complainant,
t0 ~ ~ ~jjpens~tioa before the Claims Tribunal;—

(1) Complaint.

(2) Sketch of the scene of accident.

(3) Motor Vehicle Inspector’s Report on thø nspectloa of

th~vehlr’le Involved In the accident.
(4) Names and address of the witnesses.

(5) Copy of post-mortem c*rti~catz.

539 of 780
 5~5
(b) in addition to the fee prescribed In suli-ctau*é (a) a !c,
the following fees shall also be collected in each cases :—
Scale offecs—
RI. P.
Court -fee Stamp .. .. .. .. 0 50 per page.
Copy stamp-fee .. .. .. .. 0 50 per page.
Search fee ,if the docr merit relates to 2 00 per page.
past years.
(c) The fees levied and collected with reference to si’b-cl*vi~i
(a) and (b) above sho” Id be credited to Government under the relevant
head of account.
(0.0. Ms.No. 107, Home, dated 12th January 1965.)
585. 1nv~rigitjo’iby our-post Herzd Constables.—
Head Constables in charge of out-posts have beca
empowered to hold investigations under Section 174 (1),
Criminal Procedure Code. It is not, however, the intention
of this order to absolve the Station-}Tuse Officer from anY
responsibility. When, however the Sub-Inspector cannct arrive in
time, the investigation should be conducted by the Village Headman
who will, however, whenever possible, await the arrival of a subordinate
police officer before commencing it. When in exceptional case, it is
Impossible to secure the attendance of the Village Headman, the investi’
gations may be conducted by the Head Constable in charge of the out
post snd in such cases the investigations will be checked by the Sub
inspectors, Wherever practicable.
(0.0. Ms. No.9)7, Ju~U. 21 June 1912.)
586. Points for the enquiry In death cases,—
The folkwir.g rr les thou lc~ be cbservec by Police
Omcers inquiring into cases cf t nnati. ral or s~dden death:—
(1) In case of suspecied poisoning:—
(a) Bring aw~iy i n~er geal, at y h c~, sweet n-eat
c~rlnk, medicines, etc, whi ;h may be f. nd in the hi so c r
near hc he-dy of the victim. While doing so, take care
have the finger prints checked befcre packing and soalin
the orginal containers.

540 of 780
 53~

(b) If vomittirig h25 occvrcd swab up with a clean ra~

any vomitted matter which may he on the person or bed an~j
‘al up the rag In a packet.
(c) Bring away under seal any clothing, wood or mud
flooring In’o which the vomitted matter has socked.
(d) Carefu fly bottle and seal the contents of any vessels
cOntaining vomitted matter.

(e) Ascertain the e~(act time between the intake of

food, drink or ivedicire, the apperarce of symptoms and
occurence of death.
(2) In COSES of Fian~ing of st,?ngula!tonl—.
(a) In order to decide whether a particular case Is
a iulcldal hanging or whether the body is suspended after
death duo to some other carses to simulate suicide, it is
advi~ishle whenever feasible to req’ Isition the services of Medical
Officer to visit the scene of occuranco before the body Ii
dlsturbeci,
(b) To preserved evidence of Finger Prints, marks
cf struggle a Police Constable should be pcs~ed immediately,
(c) The surrotrdlrg and the rositior ~f the body should be
care~u1lyinspected and If the body is suspended In a room
the Investigating O~cor shoulcifinci out whether the doors,
and windows are bolted from inside or outside,
(d) The Investigating Officer should take a photograph
of the body to Indicate the body Is suspended,
(e) The lirature should he removed by cutting awayfrem
the knot. ihc reck shci id Fe rhetcgrarhed after th.
‘igature is renicved from the reck to shcw clearly the
ligature mark, The ligature thou Id he preserved for
-

roniparison and !dcntificnt~cn latter with the materials found In

‘~~sessIon ‘with ftc accu red Ir c~rcs cf stTBrg~laticu. 11’e
ngaturo shuiW be examined for any blood- stains or any
foreign materials or hair sticking.

541 of 780
 537
(I) The investigation Ollicor should Qarefully note th
following.
(I) Ligature mar1~t—
The number, depth, pattern, position breadth, direction and
colour should be carefully noted.

(II) Discharge from the body discharge from mouth

nose and ear should be noted for evidence of blood-stain
etc. Marks of saliva on the chin and chest should be noted.
(Hi) External appearances of decomposition such as pro..
trusion of eye -balls, protrusion of the tongue, discharge of blood
stained Frothy fluid from nose and mouth, bloods on the body
and ~pehlfrigof the skin of body should be carefully noted.
(Iv) The body should be careftully examined for external
Injuries caused (a) crescentic finger nail marks and swelling
(bruises) in the region of the neck in cases of throttling (b)
Injuries caused by the victim in attempting to causes
suicide by other means viz cuts in the neck, wrists etc.,
(c) Injuries by coming Into contract with furniture wall etc.’
during convulsive movements of the body, (d) injuries caused
by persons to bring back life during artificial respiration and,
(e) Injuries casued by and bites.
(v) The clothes should be examined for tear and for
any signs of struggle, The clothes should also be examined
for the Following ‘stainE—’
ri!
(I) Blood -staln~
(H) Seminlal-stain
(UI) stains of vomit
(lv) Fascal matter
(v) Urine

542 of 780
 53g

(iv) A note of an~particular smell emanating from the,

body should be made
(g) Any material found, nearby such as bottles, veasles,
eulothings and letters should be preserved.

(h) There should be no delay in holdirg inquest and a

roquistion should be sent to the Medical Officer as early as
possible. In every case of hanging post -m~temexaminations
ahould be done. The history relating to the incident should be
1~irnished to the Medical Officer alorg with the requistion to con-
duct the post -mortem examination.
(G.O.Ms. No. 1509, Home, dated 15th April 1963.)
(3) On finding a body tn a tank or well.—
(a) Note any marks of blood around the mouth or on th.
sides of the well or tank.
(b) O~ireMoving the body ,carefully examine for and note
~y external marks cf injury especially about the head and i.ck
(a) Note the state of the skin, whether smooth or rough.
(d) Examine the hands and carefully rem’ve anything
they may hold.
j ~• case of a body found murdered in an open road:—~
(~~s Note the nuber ,cbaracter and appearance of
any Injuries.
(b) Should a weapon be found ,cover with paper and
seal any marks of blood and especially note and preserve any
adherent hair.
(c) In the case (F an exposed infant ,nc’te the state
of the cord, especially ,if tied, and any marks of violence.
(5) In case of a presumed murder and burial of the remains :—
(a~ Examine for and note any marks of violence,
about the skull especially.

543 of 780
 539

(b) Note carefully any indications of sex; especially

bring away a jaw and the bone of the pelvis.
(c) If’ any suspicion of poisoning, bring away sealed,
the earth from where the stomach would have been.
(d) If a body presumed to have been murdered has b.en
burnt, collect and bring any fragments of bones which may be
found among the ashes.
(6) When reporting accidental deaths by drowing in wells
the police should always mentioned the state,’ of the parapet walls,
steps etc.,
587 Post-mortem cxaminatlon and Wound certificates.—

(1) (a) Medical practioners appointed by Panchayat Boards

and Municipalities to hold charge of Panchayat Board and
Municiapal medical institutions are authorised to conduct post-
mortem examinations and grant w und certilicates. Their services
may be requisitioned when occasion arises, Under the rOIM.
in the Tamil Nadu Medical Cc~e soch medical practitioners can
claim a fee of Rs. 10 for each case.
(0.0.54, Pub. 2, Feb. 1926.)
(b)
Medical Officers lend by G~vernment to local bcdle5
and private medical practitioners employed in the me” ical insti-
tution maintained by local bodies which receive contribution from
Government will be required to perform these examinations as a
part of their regular duties without further remuneration.
(2) (a) The Government have delegated to Superintendent
of Police the power to sanctioned the payment of teee for wound
and post-mortem certificates issued by Honorary Medical Officci,
appointed to i’~cspitals and medical practitioners appcinted by
panchayat Board and Municipalities to bold charge of Panchayat
Board and Municipal Medical Institutions, subject to the n~axiniuni
of Rs. 10 (Pupecs ten only) for each certificate. If It is pro
posed to reduce considerably the fee in resrect f any certificat’

544 of 780
 540

which a court or the police find fault with on account of the

obscure use of medical terms or other suspected defects in the
certificates, as to which only a medical authority can give
authoritative judgement ,the Superin cut of Police concerned should
refer the matter to the Direct~r-Generat of Police who will issue
orders in consultation with the Director of Health Services.
(G.0.No. 3108, Home, 9th November 1936).
(b) Police Officers should as far as possible refrain from
sending any requisitions to r~ral ine~ical practitioners for medico-
legel work. When once a req isiti n is sent and the rural medical
practitioner grants a certificate, he should be paid a standard
fee of Rs. 10 (Rupees ten) for each wound certificate. The
standard fee referred to sh~uldnot he subject to any oonditions
but if in any case rurnl medical practitioner is adversely
crticised by a Magistrntc, su~t,ib!eaction should be taken
against that pvactitioner.
(G.O.No. 6167,, Fome, 19th December 194L)
(3) Honorary Medical Officers appointed to hospitals in
which there is only Government :‘redical Officer are authorised
to conduct post-m;rtem and other ruedico-legal work during the
una’void able absence of Government Medical Officers but not
in other circumstances. Honorary Medical Officers appointed
to Panchayat Board and Municipal Medical Institutions with the
approval of the Director of Health Services are also authorised
to conduct post-mortem and ther Medico -legal work during
the temporary unavoidable absence c F the medical Officer in-charge
of the institution whether such officer is a Government Medical
Officer or not.
(G.O.Ms. 2130, P.R. 2nd Sep. 1930 & 3294 ,Law (GenI.) Oct. 1933.)
(4) Government have permitted the subsidis
rural med?caj practitioners wi-ole are regis(ercc’ uu’cr the Tam;1
,Nadu Medical Registration Act. 1914 ard practitiorer~
n Indian Medicine ~l-.caicinci rrgc ci ‘l~rc~ rual dispen

545 of 780
 541

a~rte~
11 1 V 1) ~ ii Class A [viz., practitioners whose
r~i5t~f~i
qirtifi~stjoisdenote at least a minlinuui standard of professional
training for u:idertaking medical surgical, (including obstetrical)
aid me1ioo-le~al work], to reader ‘First-aid’ grant wound
certificates when aske:1 for by patients and give evidence if they
are summoned by courts.
(0.0. 1211, P.K4th May 1934 &1~74,Home, 7thApril 1938).
(5) Government have directed that wouud certificates given
by Ayurvedic Licentiates in ~ndiaiiMedicine should not be accepted
as valid. Their services should not, therefore, be requisitioned.

(6) The services are of practitioners in the homeopathia

system of ineliciiie should not be requisitioned for medico -legal
work or for the grant of wound or drunkness certi-ficates.

(G.O.2730, P.H. 21st October 1935.)

588. Instructions in d?~1th cases Pieserration of corpses.—

In order that body may be kept in as good a state of

preservation as possible it should be placed upon a layer of
powdered charcoal from which it is operated by a cloth.
It should then be covered by a cloth upon which another
layer of charcoal is laid tlie whole being covered by another
Cloth and a mat. The Magistragte will pay for the articles used.

(G.O.No. 3109, JudI. 19th Feoruary 1904.)

589. Police Officers acco~npanyinga corpse.—
The Police Officer-incharge of a corpse sent for post-
mortem examination should he able to test if that
the body examined by the inedeal Ofticer was the one escorted
by him. The Police shall arraoge for the disposal of
a body taken for post-mortem, handing it over to friends o.r
relations of the decesasod, if desired.
(GO. 1657, JudI. 20th January 1885.)

546 of 780
 542

590. Medical Certificates.—

Me heal certificates will invariably be ~rasted wlac* req*&raâ
by the Police.
(0.0. 755, pub. 12th September 1908.)
591. Po~t-&fartem and wound Certifka:es—
(1) The original postmortem oertfflcstss has to b. sent
by the Medical Officer direct to th. Magistrate Goncslnsd hr
a seated cover. he Police being give i a copy of it immediately th.
examination is over In order tof’acilitatc this pioced~s the Polie
should specify In their reauisition ~or Dofl -mortea •xamjnatjoa*
the Magistrate to whom the Post-mortem certificate shoald be sent’
(0.0. 2870’ ~1aw,Geal.)25th August 1928.)

(2) Would certificates will be delivered to the Police.

~92. lvi edical Officers to give ver bat information,—

(1) Medical Officers who are public servants, have been directed
by G~vernmentt give Pc lice verbally any informath m required. They
have to supply a c:py f the post-mortem notes on application frt.m
an Officer n~tbelow the rank of Stati~i~-HuuseOfficer.

(2) In additkn to granting post-mortem and would certjficatci

Medical Officers, should furnish the Police with all possible irfor-
mation calculated to assist the elucidation of the case either oraUy o,
in writing.

(3) Further written opinion contemplated in the preceding clause

should be given by Medical Officers if an application therefore Is made’
by the Police in writirg setting forth the circumstances of the caae with
reference to which the opinion is reqiired.!n furnishing the written.
0pinion the Medical Officers should invariably state in their communi-
cation to the Police that the opinion is based on the facts and circugjj_
stances of the case already available aad;or presented tothe MedIcaj
Officers by the Police Officers in their requisition for the grant of written
opinion.

547 of 780
 s4~
(4) Answers to requisiotion so mac’e should he answers to

spicific questions made by the Police.

(5) Each question should be on a particular pciut and not invçlved

593. Chcmieo-Lcga Examination.—
Instructionsfor sending articles for chemical examination as contained
in the Tamil Nadu Medical C de are repr duced beic w:

594. Transmission 0/ suspected substances to the Taint! Nadu Forensic

Science Laboratory, Chenrai.—

Objects in sending suspected matter fc r aralysis—In the trar.smissic n

of suspected matters to the Tamil Nauu F rersic Science Labc rati. ry f r
analysis three objects are to be mainly kept in view viz., the prccf of
,

Ldentity,, the impc ssibility of any interference ~uring transit and

preservatim nc’f the articles fr m deco mpc siticn.Acc rdingly,the fc flowing
rules have been laid down by Government and strict attention to them
is require’%. The Tamil Nadu F( rersic Sciencee Lahcrat ry, Madras
will bring to the notice of Gcvernmer~tevery case iii which these rL,les
are r.eglected.

RULES FOR THE TRANSMISSION OF ARTICLES TO THE

TAMIL NADU FORENISJC SCIENCE LABORATORY, CHr NNAI
Chemico- kgal examination.—
All officers f. rwar~ing articles f r a~dysisto the Tamil Nadu
Forensic Science Labcratc ry, Madras are respc nsible fc r seeing that
the undermentior.ed infcrmaticn is ser.t with the letter advising the
~iespatchcf the articles.—

(a) full details cf the rurrese f r which the aralysis is req’ irec1.
(b) full particulars of the case, whatever its rat~.remay be.
~Q.O,738, P.H.28th June1931)

548 of 780
 S44
t’he folhwiiig instructinns are divided into two parts, via .:—

Part l—Cor.taining rules for the guidance of MagisteriBl and

olice Officers, and
Part II.—Containin~rules for the guidance of Medical Officers.
Note: Neither section is complete by itself, the two sections being
complementary to one another. The term ‘Medical Officer’ for the
purposeof these rules includes Veterinary Officer when the post-mortem
or other examination is conducted by such an Officer.

549 of 780
 545

PART I,
IN~±U~TIONS
POR THE OUIDANCE OF M~1sTgi~iAh
AND
PoI.icn OFFicus.
TF~sfo1kwi~ig
instructions are iss~edfor the g~.idanceof Magistrates
$~tperuttendcats, Assistant Superintendents and Dedu ty Superintend ent*
of Police with a regard to the transmission of substances to the Tam 1
Nadu Forensic Science Laboratory, Madras for examination in Qasse
of suspected poisoning or other cases in which the aid of the Tamil Nadu
~orensis Science Laboratory Madras may be required,
(i) Substances will not ordinarily, be forwarded by the Medical
Oft~er to the Tamil Nadu Forensic Saieace Laboratory, Madras except
upon receipt 9f an order to that eflect from a Magistrate Superientendent
Assistant Superintendent and Deputy Superintendent of Police, It will
therefore be necessary that orders for the transmission of so bstance.s
to the Tamil Nadu Forensic Science Laboratory, Madras for analysis
sl~nuld be issued with promtitude, An order should invariably be
granted if the Medical Officer considers it ad visa ble to obtain the opinon
of the Tamil Nadu Fcrensic Science Labcratory, Madras whiht on the
other hand Magistrates, Superintendents, Assistant Superintendents
arid Deputy Superintendents of Police should issue on order for eXan~i-
nation if they consider it desirable to consult the Tamil Nadu Forensic
ScienGe Lab. ratory Mad r2s although the opinion of the Medical Officer
be adverse to such a proceeding, When tf.o substance in regard to
which the Medical Officer considers it advisable to obtain the opinion
ef the Tamil Nadu Foren&c S&ence Laboratory Chennai is one liable
to rapid decomposition he should forward the so bstancc to the 1 amil
Nadu Forensic Science Laboratory Madras in anticipation c~f the
orders of the Magistrate or the Police Officers, Viscera and other highly
de.ompisabie atricles should not be detained by the Medicri Officer
Icager than 24 hnt rs, in such cases the Medical Officer shot. Id at once
enmm’ nicate the fact of despatch to the officer au thorised under this
paragraph to order an examination and that officer should there upon
send by the next post the requirded along with the information
pres~ribedin instructions (2) and (3) below.

.F—2303.-. 35

550 of 780
 54~
(2) Magistrates, Superintend cats, Assistant Superintendents and
b~puty Superintendents of Police on instructing Medical Officers
ot forward articles for analyais to the Tamil Nadu Forensic Science
Laboratory, Madras should at the same time address the latter officer
quoting the number and date of their order to the Medical Officer and
hould fLriiish the Tamil Forensic Science Laboratory, Chennai with
a brief summary of the history of the case,
(3) The principal paints on which the Magistrate, Superintendent
Assistant Superintendents and Deputy Superintendents of Police iii
cases of suspected poisioning should furnish information to the Tamil
Nadu Forensic Science Laboratory Chennai are as follows :—
(a) What interval was there between the last eating or drinking
and the first apprarance of symptoms of poisioning?
(b) What interval was therebetween the last eating or dinking
and death (if this oocured?
(c) What were the first symptoms
(d) Were any of the following symptoms present ? If so, state
which—
(i) vciuiting and pirging.
(ii) deep sleep,
(iii) tingling of the skin andthroa~j,
(iv) conv1~lsionsor twitcliings 01 the muscles and,
(v) delirium and clutching at imaginary objects,
(e) Were any other symptoms notioced?
çf) Did any other persons partake of the suspected food or
drink and did they also sufler from similar or other symptoms of
posioning?
(4) Any other information available likely to prove serviceable
as a guide to the class of poisn administered should at the same time
be furnished,

551 of 780
 54,

(5) Certificate of chemical analysis are not to be accepted 1rc~iii

Medical Officers as these cfficers arc not in a position to conduct analysis
ii theyshould be carried out for judicialp”rposes.

(6) In every cases of s spected human p~isining it is desirable

that all the Substances req’ iring analysis should be packed and for-
warded to the Tamil Nadu Forensic Science Laboratory, Chennai by the
nearest Medical Officer, If special circumstances render it desirable to
forward any articles directly to the Tamil Nadu Forericis Srience
Lab~raLry,Chennai instruction. (3)to tlO) given in Part 11 nmst be
carefully attended to,
(7) Suspected blood-stains.—
Articles requiring examination for the presence of bloob-stains may
be forwarded direct to the Tamil Nadu Foresic Science Laboratory,
Madras, the following rules being strictly attended to
(i) When clothes are sent up they should be sent as a whole and
the stains need not be indicated by pencil marks, pins
etc. Stains on walls, floors,ground or articles of furniture
etc., should not be scraped off, but the stained area
should be carefully cut out; and when the material is brittle
as in the case of earth of chunam, it should be carefully wrapped in
cotton wool and packed in a box so that the surface may be preserved
from injury. Articles of clothing etc., if wet or moist should be carefully
dried in shade before packing, otherwise the stains rapidly decompose
and their nature cannot be determined.
(ii) Each article requiring separate examination should be
packed separately and labelled. The labels should be numbered
consecutively and should bear the signature of the forwarding officer,
and the number and date of hi S letter of advice to the Tamil Nadu
Forensic Science Laboratory, Chennai All the packets belonging to
one case should then be enclosed in one box or outer covering unless
disparity in the size of the various articles makes this inconvenient, by
articles belonging to different cases should never be forwarded under
the same cover. Articles sent for examination must never be used at
wrappers. Labels should not be pasted over instruments suspected to
contain any stains. All parcels should be carefully sealed by the des-
F—230-3—-35A

552 of 780
pàtchingofflcer áñd ~ackódin such a manner that they cannot be opened
without destroying the seals. The seal used should be the same thro
ughout. either a private seal or an official seal which is kept in safe
custody, impressions of keys, weights, etc., must not be used. A letter
of advices should be separately forwarded to the Tamil Nadu
Forensic Science Laboratory, Chennai This letter should contain :—
(a) An impression of ttie sea used in closing the packets and
description thereof
(b) A list of the articles forwarded and a statement as to how
the articles have been forwarded. The numbers given to the articles on
the list must correspond with the numbers on the labels.
(c) Information as to whether any of the weapons, cloths, etc.,
are to be returned after examination.
(d) Information as to how many persons or animals were
affected, how many died and section of the Indian Penal Code under
which any charge is being brought.

553 of 780
 549

SCIENTIFIC AIDS TO DETECTION.

(v) The blood group test In stain cases,
When the blood calls of one human individual are brought into
contact with the blood serum of another human individual of differing
group clotting or adhering together of the red blood calls is frequently
caused. This phenomenon is known as agglutination. This aggluti
nation is brought about by agglutinable substances or agglutinogen
present in the red blood cells and agglutinating agentsor agglutiniti
‘present in the serum. By testing the red blood cells and the serum of
the bloods of many individuals against one another, it has been estab
lished that there are only two agglutingens. A and B only two
agglutinins (a) and (b) in human bloods. The blood groups, which are
four in number are governed by the disposition of these agglutinogens
and agglutinins present in the red blood cells and serum respectively
These four groups are 0, A, B and All named after the agglutinogens
present in the red blood cells, 0 being zero.
(G. 0. No. 1836, P.H. 3 rd August 1943).

Tue blood groups are as follows .~

Group 0.—
The red blood cells of this group contain no agglutinogen but
the serum contains agglutinnis (a) and(b). The serum of this~group
aggluinates the red blood cells of groups A, B and AB. The red
blood cells are inagglutinable.
Group A.—
The red blood cells contain agglutinogen A and the~ serum
contains agglutinon b. The serum of this group agglutinates the
red blood cells of groups B and AB. The red blood cells of this group
are agglutinated by the seruni of groups 0 and B.
Group .8.—
The red blood Ccells contain agglutinogen B and the serum
rontains agglutinin a. The serum of this group agglutinates th
ed blood cells of groups A and All. The red blood cells of this group
are agglutinated by the seruni of groups 0 and A,

554 of 780
 550

Group AB.—
The red blood cells contain agglutinogens A and B bu1
the serum contains no agglutinin. The serum of this group has no
agglutinating effect on the red blood cells of any group. The red blood
cells of this group are agglutinated by the serum of groups 0, A and B.
The agglutingcns and the agglutinins present in the blood of human
being persist throughout life without changing the group and this basic
fact constitutes the value of this test, about 42 per cent of human being
belonging to group 0, about 41 per cent to Group A, about 12 per cen~
of group B and about 5 per cent to group AB.
The determination of blood groups of an unknown specimen of
blood or blood-stain is made by testing it against sera of blood of
known groups stocked in the laboratory.
Thu’ medico-legal sigmficance of the blood group test in stain cases.—
Since about 83 per cent ofhuman beings belong to groups 0 and A,
the value of the test frequently lies in suggesting the innocence rather
than the guilt ofan accused. The blood group test is valuable for the pu r
pose of exclusion and is not ofdefinite affirmative value. Ifthegroupof
a blood-stain is not the same as that of blood of an individual it can be
stated with certainty that the stain was not produced from that mdi-
vidu alts blood. For example, ifthe blood-stains on a suspected persons
clothing belongs to the same group as the blood of the victim but to a
different groli p fro in that cf the suspect, the suspect cannot claim has
the stains on the clothing have been ca’ sed by his owfl blocd. If the
groupsof a blood-stain is he same as th t of the blood ofan individual,
the atmost that could be stated is that ihe blood-stain could have been
derived from that individual. The grouping re-action narrows down
the individuals from whom a given sample of blood may have been
derived. The similarity of blood group between a blood-stain and th
blood of an individual should not be taken to mean that the blood-stain
is derived from that particular individual hut that it could have been
derived from the individual as well as from any other person of tha
group.

555 of 780
 Requirements for the blood group test.—
In addition to the bloodstained articles in stain cases, specimens
of blood from the victim and from the accused are necessary.

The followingconditions are required for a satisfactory determination

of the blood group ;—

(I) Stain on clothing—

(a) A control free from stain should always be available.
(b) There should be available about one grain of well stained
material stiff with blood or about half a grain of dried blood. Exhibits
not yielding these quantities need not be sent for blood group test.

(2) Blood from living persons (victim or accused).—--

Tne foliowing specimens should be sent with the help of a Medica’
Officer :---

(a) About 0.25 cubic centimetre of blood dried on a chemically

pure filter paper. The Mood is to be dried quickly but not in the sun.
An unstained part of the filter paper should also be sent,

(b) About 0.25 cubic centimetre of clear serum. This is tak.i~

ir~xiia test tube in whcih blood (about 3 cubic centimetres) has been
allowed t0 clot under sterile conditions without distubing the content
much.
(c) About 0.5 cubic cenimetre of serums turbia with red blood
cells. This is taken after shaking the contents of the tube, the clear
scru in having been removed.

If for any reason the whole of the above procedure is not practic-
able a thick drop of b1o~dtaken on a chemically pure filter paper af
in (u) and dried in the shade would be sufficieit, au unstained piece o
the filter paper also being sent as Control.

556 of 780
 552

(3) Blood from dead bodies.—

It should be a general rule that at the time of pest mertemn
examination of all bodies in cases of violent crime the Medical
Officers should preserve specimens of blood from the bodies for the
determination of the blood group, if later found necessary. The
procedure described above under (2) should be followed.

In all cases where the blood group test is ~equired, the articles
should be sent through a Government Medical Officer who will satisfy
himself that the above conditions are satisfied.
This test should be asked for only in special cases and not as a
qiatter of routine.
N.B.— ~—.It should be noted that the taking of the blood from a
living person can be made only with the concent Of the person
concerned. If made without his or her consent it is technically
In assault. It is beyond the powers of a Police Officer, Cornor, Lawyer, Magistrate,
Judge or Bench of Judges to issue such an order. Consent must notbe obtained by
fraud or any undue normal pressure or duress. It must be given freely after full
explanation ofthe reasons for which the examination is required and of the cOnse-
iuecflcsthat mayresult. Silence or compliance should not be taken as consent
In all cases ofdoubt, consent should be taken in writing, in the presence of disin-
terested witnesses. Ifthe person does not consent then the examination must not be
made.

(8) Suspected seminal stains.—

Clothes requiring examination or seminal stain should be
~. t~ a whole, care being taken to cover the suspected
stains with cotton wool to prevent the stains from being
damaged during transit. For information regarding packing and
despatch of 1e~terof advice, see instruction (7) above.

(9) ~‘xplosives.—.
The detailed instructions regardng the packing of exhibits or
objecti suspected to be of an explosive nature in medico-
legal cases for transmission to the Tamil Nadu Forensic SciecCe

557 of 780
 553

Laboratory, Chennai and the mode oflransmission, whether

by post or by messenger, etc., and the precautions eitFer
immediate with reference to the place where found or in the
methods of packing, etc., to be taken in all cases are found in the
‘Instructions for dealing with substances or objects suspected to be of
being explosives issued by the Governmem of India contained in
6.0. Ms. No.730 (Public~(GeneralConfit~ntial),dated 6th July l93~,
~.O. No. 5934, Home, dated 6th March 1943 and G.O. Ms. No. 598,
~ome (Confidential), dated 24th February 1944, as amended from time
to time. The following instructions should however be observed.
All exhibits and substances suspected to be explosive or connected
with an explosive should be sent by the local authorities
to the Tamil Nadu Forensic Science Laboratory, Chennai
in the first instance, with copies of such reports endorsed to
the Inspector of Explosives, South Circle, Madras, in each case. An
exception to th~above procedure is to be adopted in the case of :—
(a) Military Grenades, Mortor bombs, Artillery shells, Land Mines,
Cartridges, etc.,—
Itis dangerous to handle or remove any military shell grenades,
mortar bomb, etc., which is suspected to have no gone off or
exploded; it is immaterial whet her the grenade, etc., is suspected to
be faulty or in good order. If any such object is reported or dis-
covered at any spot it should not be removed but a guard should be
placed over it and information should be sent to the nearest military
post whoshould be asked to removeor destroy it. The discovery should
also be reported to the superior officer.
In cases involving prosecution of persons for illegal possession
of unexploded military grenade, mortar bomb, etc., the Inspector of
Explosives, South Circle, Madras, should be informed by wire, and his
arrival awaited. If the bomb, etc., has exploded and it is desired to
prosecute a surviving person, the Inspector of Explosives, South Circle.
Madras and the ChiefInspector of Explosives in India should be informed
by wire in accordance with the instructions contained in Police Standing
Order No. 336. In other cases, the remnants of the exploded bombs,
etc. should he sent to thelnspectorof Explosives, South Circle, Madras.

558 of 780
 554
(b) Unexploded country bombs made up in soda bottles, jam tins,
earthern cistern floats, chatties, coconut shells, bundles of Jute, hemp
or cloth, bamboo tubes, etc., and book bombs and letter bombs.
These bombs may be designed to explode—
(a) when moved in any way,

~b) when turned over.

(c) when placed in water.
(d) when thrown down.
(e) by lighting a fuse.
(f~by clock work; and

(g) by chemical reaction.

Before touching the bomb, examine it where it lies and see if you
can detect the arrangements for firing. See if there iS any trigger and
if so, if It is set or not. Do not move the bomb unless you are satisfied
that it is safe to do so.
If you are satisfie’, then send the bomb to the Inspector of Explosives
by hand in the first I instance, packed according to the instructions con-
tained in paragraph 14 of G.O. No. 30, Public (General), dated 6th July
1944; if you are not satisfied then place a guard over the bomb and
report to your senior officer and send telegrams immediately to the Chief
Inspector of Explosives in India, New Delhi (Explosives, New Delhi)
as well as to the Inspector of Explosives, South Circle, Madras
(Inspector, South Madras) asking for the assistance in rendering it safe
(c) Remnants ofexploded bombs—
If the exploded bomb is suspected to be of the usual type of
country made bomb of the type met frequently jfl the Districts
remnants will have to be forwarded to the Tamil Nadu Forensie
Science Laboratory, Chennai If it is of unusual type, the remnants
should be forwarded to the Inspector of Explosives, South Circle,
Madras. In either case a copy of the case should also be forwadard
to the Inspector of Explosives, South Circle, Madras.

559 of 780
 555

If the exploded bomb iS suspected to be of military origin, viz.,

military grenade mortar bomb or shell, the remnants may be forwarded
to the Inspector of Explosives, South Circle, Chennai, for his opinion
together with a report of the circumstances.

(d) Incendiary devices not coupled with a bomb or explosive device.—.

The initiating agents in these devices should be carefull
examined and removed before they are sent by messenge
to the Tamil Nadu Forensic Science Laboratory, Chenna
and whenever any doubt is felt, the fact of the case should b
reported to the Senior Officer, and the assistance of the Inspecto
of Explosives, South Circle, Madras, sought for by telegram i
necessary. If the device has taken fire the remains without
removing the ash or soot will have to be sent to the Tamil Nadu
Forensic Science Laboratory, Chennai

(e) Incendiary device coupled with an explosive dcvice.—

These devices have a fairly elaborate mechanical arrangement and ma3~
look like bombs.The Inspector of Explosives, South Circle, Chcnrai,wil
have to be informed by telegram and his arrival awaited. If any piece
of yellow phosphorous is found, it should be removed immediately
If the arrangement has already fired or exploded, the remains togethe
with the ash or soot will have to be sent to the Inspector of Explosives
South Circle, Chennai, for his opinion, along with the report of th
circumstances.

In forwarding articles suspected to be of an explosive nature,

special precautions should be taken to avoid the risk of their exploding
in transit while being unpacked. The usual type of bomb used in
Madras is quite safe to handle, if thoroughly wetted, but very dangeron s
1f dry. Anything of the nature of a live bomb should therefore be
thoroughly wetted with water packed in such way that it will not dry in
transit and be sent through a messenger and not by railway or post, to
‘~ Inspeotor of F xplosives, South Circle, Chenral.

560 of 780
 556

~IO) Fire arms.—

The examination of markings on bullets and cartridg
cases with a view to eatablish the indentity of the weapon
from which they were fired is sometimes necessary and the opinion o
an expert is a vital factor in such cases. The Tamil Nadu Forensic
Science Laboratory, Chennai is in a position to give such expert opinion
(G. 0. No. 3257, Home, 14th June, 1939).
11) Miscellaneous examinations.—
In forwarding coins to the Tamil Nadu Forensic
Science Laboratory, Chennai Magistrates and Police Officer
should follow the directions laid down in clause (ii) o~
Instruction (7) of this Part and in Part II instruction (1) so far as the
may be applicable, and should be careful to include in their letter o~
advice to the Tamil Nadu Forensic Science Laboratory, Chennal
information as to the nature and object of the examination required,
and to furnish any other information likely to assist the Tamil Nadu
Forensic Science Laboratory, Cheunal in making the required
examination.
(12) Return of Articles.—
When articles are wanted back after examination, a note
to this effect should be included in the letter of advice and
unless they are entirely used up in the examination, they will
be returned. In the absence of such a note, the Tamil Nadu Forensic
Science Laboratory will assume that the return of the articles is not
required and they will be destroyed.
(G. 0. NO. 2143, Public Health, dated 13th October 1932.)

561 of 780
 PART-IL

tnstructions tor the guidance of Medical Officers

(1) Medical Officers in charge of hospitals and dispen~aries are

require ~to maintain a supply of methylatel spirit supplied by the
Government Medical Stores and suitable bottles, etc., in readiness for
the transmission of viscera and other matters to the Tamil Nadu Forensic
Science Laboratory, Madras when occasion may arise. In cases of
suspected poisioning it is exceedingly important that viscera and other
suspected matters liable to rapid decomposition should be placed in
spirit as soon as practicable, and every care should be taken lest doubt
may be raise I in court as to the identification of the andes likely to
require examination or as to possibility of their having been acciden-
tally contaminated or improperly interfered with.

BUMAN CASES.
(2) On making a post mortem examination, whenever there is any
suspicion of poisioning, the stomach should be tied at both ends(a double
ligature being applied at the pyloric extremity, so that the contents of
the intestines may not escape) and removed from the body in such a
manner that its contents may be retained; after removal it should be
opened the contents reciev& into a perfectly clean bottle and the mucous
surface of the stomach carefully examineti, its appearance noted, and
any suspicious particles found adhering thereto should be picked off
with a pair of forceps and placed in a separate small phial for trans-
mission. And the mucous membrane of the mouth, pharynx an and
oesophaguS should be examined, and any unusual appearance or marks
of corrosion thereon carefully noted.

(3~The nature of Viscera or Clinical material to be sent for analysis

and their preservation is dependent on the history of
the case. In all eases of death from presumed poisoning

562 of 780
the following articles should be forwarded for analysis, e~tch
in a separate bottle, unless otherwise indicated. Other-
wise viscera or tissue should not be forwarded unless, in the opinion
of the Medical Officer, the special circumstances of the case, which should
be clearly stated in the letter of advice, tender such a proceeding
advisable
(a) Stomach.
(b) Contents of the stomach, which may, if it be convenient, be
put in the same bottle with the stomach.
(c) Suspicious particles (if any have been found) removed from
the mucous membrane of the stomach.
(d) A portion of the liver, not less than 500 giarns. i.~ eight,or
the whole liver, if it weights less than 500 grams and olie kidney.
(e) The vomited matter, if any. The earlier and the later vomits
should when practicable, be sent up in different bottles,. And the
labels should state at what period the maters were vomited. Special
directions are given in instruction(5) for the cisposal of vomited matters
mixed with earth, etc.
(f) A specimen of the spirit used. Four ounces are sufficient.
(g) The contents of the small intestines.
(h) Any urine which may have been separately collected after the
commencement of symptoms, or found in the bladder after death.
(i) Human cases.—~
In cases of poisioning by gases like carbon monoxide, hydrogen
suiphide, etc., the lungs and blood should be sent in addition to
the above. In cases of poisioning by the barbiturate group of drugs,
the brain also should be sent.

The ordinary preservative that should be used for preserving

viscera, etc., is rectified spirit (90 per cent a1co~iol)supplied by the
M~dicalStores Department. But in cases of suspected poisioning by

563 of 780
votile poisons like alcohol, herosenc, etc., the preservative should be
satRrated sodium chloride and not r~etifiedor other spirit. Formal
deyhde is not a preservative for medico- legal purposes and sho~ld not
be used. A concentration of one ~rcent weight volume of Sodi m
flu oria for blood and Phenyl mercuric nitrate for preserving ‘urine
samples suspected of containing alochol. In cases involving drug&
analysis the use of .01 per cent sodium azide is recommended.

(4) Strong methylated spitit supplied by the Government Medical

Stores should in all cases be added as laid down in the rules for the
transmission of articles for analysis detailed in instruction (10) to the
contents of bottles (a), (d), (g), (h) and also the contents of bottles (b)
and (e) unless it is suspected that alcoholic Poisioning has been the cause
of death. No spirit need be added to the contents of bottle (c). Con
tents of bottle (c). Contents of bottle (i) should be overlaid with a layer
of liquid paraffin. Care sholud be taken that no vessel containing flid
matters is quite filled, and that bottles containing viscera with methy-
lated spitit sho’~ld not be more than three quarters filled so that the
viscera may be well shaken with the spirit on the journey. No methy-
ated spirit other thaa thai supplied by the Government Medica~Stores
should be used, and methylated spirit must never be obtained for this
purpose fiom the bazaar.

(5) Vomited and purged matters are frequently received by Medica

Officer mixed with the earth, etc., It the admixuie of earth be sufficient
to render the evacuated malters dty and inoffensive they may be packed
without spirit in an convenient manner, otherwise they must b~
packed with spirit. Vomitted and purged m~’ttersif they have, mus
fi~uuer~tlyhappear, been allowed to fall on the ground, should be care
fully scraped not taking more earth than is n~cessaiy. The superficia
scraping should be packed ~.eparate1y. It is rarely necessary to
remove thesearth of a depth greater than half inch, ever in cases of
suspected metallic poisoning s, unless the soil be of a very loosened
character. Except when a metallic poison is suspected, it is very rarely
necessar le forward purged mattei-s.

564 of 780
 560

(6) if articles of fo~J,m~1icin~, etc., s’isp~c.eito have been th~

vehicle by which pis~n has b~una’lmiais~ered,reqiire exatnin3tiofl
they should each be packed up separately and spirit invariably adoed,
as in the case ot v iscera, to such as are liable to decomposition. Fruits
such as the plantain and custardapple, if suspected to contain poisou,
should be carefully inspected, and if it should appear that some foreign
substance ha~been inserted, this should be picKed out and sent up for
examination. If no suspicious substance can be discovered, the fruit
should be forwarded.

(7) Afrer having made a post mortem examination in a case of

suspected poisoning, and havit g preserved in spirit all articles liable to
rapid decomposition which are likely to i equire examination, the
Medical Officet should report the result of his examination to the Police
and on receipt of an order from the Police or the Magisteare, should
forward the viscera of the deceased and such other articles as may require
analysis to the Thmi! Nadu Forensic science Laboratory, Cheiinai to
examination. In cases where no death has occurred, but where it is
suspected that poison has been adminisrered, the Medic~’l Officer,
having preserved in spirit all aiticles liable to rapid decomposition,
which ai e likely to require examination, should similarly report the case
to the Police and on receipt of an order from the Police ot the magistrate
shouk~for~aidthe vomitted matters or conteuts of the stomach, of the
affected individual, or other mattersrequiring analysis by the Tamil Nadu
Forensic science Laboratory, Chennai

Though Magistrares, Supeninrendents, Assistant Supeninrendents a~d

Deputy Superintend ents o Police required to grant an order for
analysis, should the Medical Officer consider such an annlysis necessary
they can, if they consider it advisable, order viscera, erc., to be sent to
the Tamil Nadu Fo~ensicScience Laboratoey, Chennai even when, in
the opinion of the Menical Officer, such a proceeding may be quite
unnecessary.

Medical Officers are authoriscd to forward suspected arricles liable

to rapid decompcsiticn to the Tamil Nadu Forensic Science Laboratory
Cljennoi, in anticipation of the oldeiS of Mog~strater Police Gfficer.

565 of 780
 561

In such cases the Mecical Officer should at once communicate the fact
of despatch tO the Magi trate, Supeji (en~dnt,Assistant Supe1in~vcient
or Deputy Superintendert cf Police and that Ol~cershould thereupon
send by the next post the iequired order along with the irformaticn
prescribed in instructionS (3) and (4) Part I.

(8) When on receipt of theT~orensicScience

necessary order a Labor
Medical Officer
atory, fcrwaid
Madras fors
articles to the Tamil Nadu
examination he should address at the same time a letter to the Tamil
Nadu Fcrensic Science Laboratory, Madras advising h~mof their
despatch. This ietter should contain —

(a) an impieSsion of the seal used in closing the bottles and a

description thereof;

(h) list of the articles forwarded and a s1~ternefltas to how the

articles have been forwarded

(e) the name of the officer from which the order h~sbeen received
~oforward the aiticle and the number and (kale of such order

(d) a detailed account of the post-mort~~rn

apppea ‘ances observed
in Medical Form 1 42; and

(e) anaccOUnt of the symptoms observed by himself or otjierj

And a statement of the treatment, if any, adopte.

~9) Au bottles and packets should be carefully seale~by the MeJcJ

Officer and closed in such a manner that they cannot be opercu without
~estroyiflg the seals. The seal used should be the same tluougliout,
either piivate ~al or an official seal, which is always iii safe keeping
and impressions of keys, weights, etc., must nev2r be used. Each bottles
or packet should be labelled and each label should bear the number and
date &f the letter of advice to the Tamil Nadu Forensic Science Labo-
ratory, Cb~n~’~elatiugto the case. as well as short description of the
contents, and should be sigaed by the e dical Othcer.

F— 230-3—- 36

566 of 780
 (9A) Specktlsuggestion to Mediea1~ Officers
çi~Always try to obtain some information about the case.
“Poisons are many and the material available for examination is
limited.” Some idea of the symptom and relevant history is, therefore,
of enormous value to the analyst.
(ii) Do not forget to mention if any treatment has beea adopted
Washh.ig the stomach with potasium permanganate, for instance,
destroys the distinctive tests for opium, and hence negative reports
nay be received in well-defined cases of opium poisioning. Vomit is
always more valuable for analysis than any stomach wash.
(iii) Don’t neglet to preserve the urineboth ante and post
mortem. Many alikaloids are recoverable from urine which may easily
be destroyed in a viscera extraction. In barbiturate poisioning about
75 per cent of the drug is execreted in the urine and this is before
death.
(iv) It is suggested that, when taking a four ounce sample of the
preservation is advisable to rinse the inside of the glass vessels to be
used for the viscera with this flu ed and then bottle and seal the simple:
(v) Don’t forget that symptoms of acute poisoning may arise
from food contamination (bacterial poisons) and if this is suspected
the Medical Officer of health should be informed.

(vi) Often, pieces of plant tissue are sent in for identification, this
is generally impossible unless the leaves or flowering tops are received.

(vii) During post-mortem and preservation of viscera, special

care should be taken to read posibility of contamination of dishes
gloves, etc., which might be carried over to the next case.
(viii) Use molten paraffin to seal the stoppers of the glass vessels
and prevent leaks. Sealing wax or plaster of Paris is not advisable.

(ix) Don’t forget the reference number on the outside of the

exhibit box; remember we deal with hundreds of parcels.

567 of 780
 (x) In some cases, especially food poisioning chole ra, etc,
bacteriological examinations may be required, whereas in some other
tissues may have to be subjected to histological examinations.

(10) Rules for the transmission of substances for analyisis.—

Suspected substance may be forwarded by post, by passenger train, or

in charge of a constable. The letter method is recommended in al
cases. Officers forwarding viscera, etc., by post, by rail, or stramer
or by constable to the Tamil Nadu Forensic Science Laboratory
will be held personally responsible that the following instructions
are carefully followed :—

A. Transmission by post:
When visera, etc., are forwarded through the post, the following
rules are to be observed :—

(1) The suspected viscera or other material to be send for

examination should be enclosed in a glass bottle or jar fitted with a
stop per or sound cork.
(2) If the material sent is liable to decomposition, it shoulci
‘i~w~xjably
be presGrvcd by ~ne of the following methods :—

(i) In cases of suspected poisoning, other than alcoholic

poisoning by other volatile poisons, such as kerosene oil, turpeuttine
eucalyptus oil, chloroform, etc., the materials sent should be iinmeers
in rectified spirit or methiated spirit supplied by the Government Med icaA
methylateci spirit supplied by the Government Medical Store Dept.
The spirit should be sufficient in quantity to cover the material immeIse~
in whatever position the vessel containing it may be hell, and should
not bear a loss proportion to the bulk of such material than one-third.
Care should be taken that common bazaar spirit is not used. The
amount of spirit added to each vessel should be measured and the
amounts so added written on the label affixed to the vessel.
F— 23Q-3—36A

568 of 780
 564

(ii) In cases of suspected alcoholic poisoning (including

methyl alcohol) the viscera should be placed in a bottle with a sufficient
quantity of clean table salt to saturate the solution leaving a little salt
undissolved to ensure saturation. A sample of the water and of the table
salt used should also be invariably forwarded for examination.
(iii) While forwarding blood samples for examination of
alcohol content a minimum of 10 ml. of blood preserved in 100 m gms
of sodium fluoride should be sent “.

(3) Great care should be taken that the stopper or cork of the
bottle fits tightly. This precaution is especially necessary when alcohol
is used as a preservative, in such cases a ring of moltenwax should be
poured round the lip of the bottle so as to cover the shoulder of the
stopper. The stopper should be carefully tied down with polythene
paper and carefully sealed.
(4) The glass bottle or jar should then be placed in a strong
wooden or tin box, which should be large enough to allow of a layer of
raw cotton, at le~stthree-fourth of an inch thick, being put between
the vessel and the box.
(5) The box itself should he encased in common gada cloth,
which should be securely closed and sealed. The seals should be at
intervale not exceeling three inches along each line or sewing. All the
seals must be of the same kind of wax, and must bear distinct impres-
sions of the same device. The device should ordinarily be the office
seal of the officer despatching the parcel. The device must in no case
be that of a cii rrent coin or merely a series of straight curved or cross
lines, or impressions of keys or weights.
(6) Despatching Officers will be held personally responsible
that these instructions are carefully followed. Whenever practicable,
such parcels should be packed under the immediate supervision of the
Civil Surgeon.
(7)At all stations where there is a Civil Surgeon the parcels
should invariably be sent to the post office by that officer and not by a
subordinate officer; but where there is no Civil Surgeon that may be

569 of 780
 565

packed and forwarded direct to the Tamil Nadu Forensic Science

Laboratory, Madras by the subordinate officer in charge of the hospital
er dispensary.
(8) A declaration of the contents to the officials of the Postal
Department is unnecessary and should not be made.
B. Transmission by rail.—
When viscera, etc., are forwarded by rail it is annecessary to
encase the box in cloth, but with this exception the rules for forwar-
ding articles through the post must be observed in forwarding articles
by rail.
C. Transmission by Constable.—
When viscera, etc., are forwarded in charge of a constable, it will
nct o be necessary to pack the bottles, etc.. in a stiong box in orde to
protect them from rough handling during transit. But it is dc;irahle
that glass bottles containing viscera, etc., should be wrapped in cloth
or paper so that co-passengers do not complaint of bad odour.
in every other respect the same rule should be observed as in the
transmission of viscera, etc., by rail.
(11) Tissues surrounding gun-shot injuries—Instructions for
despatch of.—
Tissues in cases of death from shooting require to he examined
the presence of traces of lead should be sent in lead free containers’
Country-made earthern-ware jars have been frequently found to contain
lead in their inner wall and should not be used. as containers for packing
such tissues. A specimen of unaffected tissues from the same body should
also be sent in such cases whenever possible.
(Surgeon Generals P. No. 79-M 27, April 1938 & P No. 32-M, dated
20th February 1930.)
(12) Difference of opinion between the Tainil Nadu Forensic
Science Laboratory, Madras and the post-inortum findings of Medical
Officers.—
In all cases where the opinion of Medical officers based on
post-mort~’mfindings differs from that of the Tamil Nadu Forensic
Science laboratory, Madras, the Medical Officers concerned should

570 of 780
 566

get into touch with the Tamil Nadu Forensic Science Laboratory,Madras
and ascertain reasons for arriving at a different findings.
(Surgeon Generals P. No. 51-M, 16th Feberary 1939.)
597. Post-morwm on anima!s.—

594. (1) Where a veterinary dispensary exists, the body of

any animal which has died under suspicious circumstances
in respect of which an offence is reasonably believed to
have been committ&, as well as any living animal regarding which a
cognizable offence resulting in serious injury to such animal is
reasonable believed to have been committed, should be sent to such
dispensary for Post-mortem or other examination and not to any other
institution, and no fees will be charged by Veterinary Assistants in
charge of veterinary dispensaries maintained by Government or by a
municipality or by Veterinary Assistants belonging to the Veterinary
Department and holding charge of a private dispensaries for a post-
mortem or other examination performed under lawful requisition from
a Police Officer. In places where there arc no veterinary dispensaries,
such examinations will be conducted (without fees by itinerating Assis-
tants or Inspectors of the Veterinary Department.
(2) District Collectors have been empowered to sanction a fee not
excee1ing Rs. 10 each case for post-mortem or other examinations
conducted by Veterinary Assistants attached to private Veterinary
Institutions where such Assistants are not Government servants borne
on the cadre of the Tamil Nadu Veterinary Department.
(G.Os. 1314, Judicial, 30th September 1909, 278, Judicial, lstjune
1910 and 208, Judicial l8thFebruary 1912.)

571 of 780
 567

5~8.Admisifon ofPolice Officers into Jails—

The following rules have been laid down in theJail Manual for
regulation the admission of Police Officers in to Jails.
(G.O.Ms. No.1358,Home 23rd May 1942.) (Rule 30, Sail Manual)
(1) Any Police Officer of not lower in rank that a Deputy
Superintendent and any Police Officer authorised to investigate a
cogniz~b1eoffence committed in the jail shall for any purposes connected
with the discharge of his duty as such Police Officer, be permitted to
enter the jail at any time, between unlocking in the morning and lock up
in the evening.
He shall not, however, be permitted to interview any prisoner
without an order in writing from the District Collector or a Deputy
Inspector-General of Police or the Commissioner of Police, addressed
to the Superintendent of the Jail. Such officer may, however, take
Inspectors or Sub-Inspectors with him for assistance with the proviso
that the interview must take place in the presence of the superior M.M
Officer.
(2) Police Officers of lower in rank than Deputy Superintendent
who are in uniform shall be permitted to enter the jail for the purpose
of recognizing old offenders or for conducting operations for the
identification of prisoners during working hours on any week day.

The officer should produce a written authority either from the

Superintendent of Police or the commissioner of Police.
(3) No Police Officer shall be permitted to interview any prisoner
except as provided for in Clause (1).
(4) Any interview permitted under an order from the District
Collector, a Deputy Inspector-General of Police or the Commissioner
of Police shall take place in the presence of the Sailor, or other proper
officer of the Jail who shall, if required to do so, keep at such a distance
that he may not hear the conversation that take place.
(5) The Superintendent of the Jail shall, for the purpose of this
rule, produce any prisoner in his charge whom the Police are autliorised
t’ interview, and shall afford every reasonable facility for this purpoe.

572 of 780
 568

~.1iiitary Lines—.,Search--—,Procedure

596. When any investigation, search or arrest is contemplated within

military lines, the Police Officers concerned should be in uniform and
so far as circu mstances permit, previous notice should be given by them
confidentially to the officer Commanding, Adjutant or orderly Officer,
concerned.
(G.O. No. 382, Pub. (Pol.) 10th August 1934).

Inducements to confest
597. Questioning of accused persons.—.
It is but right that the Police when they are endeavou-
ring to discover the author of a crime, should make
enquiries of, or p~t questions to any person, including the accused
from whom they think they can obtain useful information. But, when
an accu sed person is arrested, he should first be informed of the charge
ag uinst him. It is then open to the Investigating Officer to put him such
question as he considers necessary for the purpose of enabling him to
explain or elucidate any circe mstances that mayhave been ascertained
in the course of the investigation. If the accused proceeds to make a
defence with the object of explaining his position, further questions
may be putto him to elucidate that explantio n. But the questioning
ihould not be persistent or take the form of a cross-examination nor
should the accused be pressed to answer question or make any state-
ment if he is unwillingto do so. The practice ofresorting to persuatfon,
trickerycropp~essionto induce an accused person to confess or
make any statement is prohibited.

(G.O. No. 3460, Home, 4th NoAernberl946)

Recording confession
598. Anaccusedpersondesiring to make a confession shall
ordinarily be produced by the Police before a Stipendiary Magistrate
of the first or second class. Failure to comply with this order will be
held to detract from the value of the confession.
(G.O. No. 842, Home (Judi), dated 24th April 1917.)

573 of 780
 ~69

599. (i) If it appears to the Investigating Officer that any statement

made by an accused persons while in custody will lead to the discovery
of any fact which can be proved under section 27 of the Indian Evidence
Act, he should record the statement clearlyand carefully in the presnce
of two or more respectable persons of the locality. The statement
should he recorded in the first person, that is to say, as far as possible
in the actual words of the acc:sed. It must not be paraphrased.
(G.O. Ms. No. 4274, Home, dated 28th November 1945.)
(ii) It is not necessary that the information should lead to the
discovery of only material objects that can be exhibited. It might lead
to the discovery of concrete relevant facts connected in so me manner
with the concerned crime.

Identification
600. (i) When witnesses allege that they can identify persons who
took part in an occurrence, the Investigating Officers shall record their
desription of theni in detail.
(2) When persons are to be shown to witnessess for identiika~ic~n
they shall be carefully kept out of view of the witnessess and Hi~flflcd
with a considerable number of other person’s of a like class. The
witnesses shall than be asked, one by one and inde~ndent1y,to Point
out any person whom they recognise.
(3) It should then be seen whether the desctip~ionof the person
tallies with tnat given in the first instance.
(4) Identification parade shall be conducted by a Magistrate or
where the presence of the Magistrate cannot be secu red without
considerable amount of delay by panch witnesses and the Police shall,
after aranging the preliminaries for the parade, withdraw allowing the
Magistrate or the panch witnessess as the case may be, to conduct the
parade under his/their exclusive direction and supervision. Whenever
panch witness are requested to conduct the parade the Investigation
Officer shall record in writing the reasons fornot being able to
~ccuçe the presence of a Magistrate to conduct the parade,

574 of 780
 570

Examination of Questioned documents

601. (1) TnStrL’ctions for sending documents for examination in the
Documents Division of the Tamil Nadu Forensic Science Laboratory
Madras and requiring the attendance of the Experts in the Law Courts
are given in the Appendix vjde Volume Ii.

(2) The services of the Laboratory in the examination ofdocu ments

should be requisitioned “in all important cases”. References to the
Document Expert may be for adducing expert testimoney in Court
regarding proof of au thoriship of docu ments etc. or in any cases as
a step in the investigation wherein expert advice willdetermine the cou rse
and direction investigation (e.g.) a note is found on a dead person and
it is necessary to know whether it is the dead person’s own hand
writing r it could have he~nwritten by a third party and planted on
a dead person.
3 While in all cases references to the expert should be made as
early as possible, in the latter case it should be made on soon as the
impugne(1 or rcleventdo~umentcomes ~o the 11 tice of the investigating
Officer.

(4) During inspections and periodical visits Senior Police Office

should scrutinise records of investigation and ensure th~tthiSorderis
complied with in its true spirit.

Rullet and Catridge Cases—Comparison with weapons or other bullets

of catridge cases.

602. The examination of markings on~bullets and catridges cases

with a view to establish the identity ofthe weapons from which they were
tired is sometimes necessary and the opinion of an expert is a vital fac-
tor in such cases. The Forensic Science Laboratory, Madras should
be addressed for such expert opinion in appropriate cases.
Application for the services of the Ballistic Expert should be made as
laid down in clause 15(a) of Police Standing Order 606 Volume I and
the procedure prescribed in Police Standing Order 613 followed.

575 of 780
 571

Injuries from Flreanis—instructlons for investIgating Officers.

603. (1) In cases in which fire arm irjuri~shave been ca~ sed, wletl er
fatal or otherwise, a number of important points of a medico-legal
and technical nature in connection with tie in juris found and ti-c weapon
and ammunition used may he anticipated.

(2) A case will often turn on one or other of the points that arise
ar,d may easily fail before a clever defence, even though other evidence
is available, if a point is left in doubt or unexplained.

(3) The various points are often matters of inference ar1d cap only
be established if the data on which they are based are complete and
reUable. This will depend mainly on the work of the Investigatirg
Officer at the outset of the case. He must corcentrate On makirg a
complete and correct record of all the facts available at and rear the scene
at the earliest opportunity. The value of Hs work will be judged by the
success of the case such will depend on this care, thoroughness and
accuracy of the first investigation.

(4) Fir’ arms ammnnit~onetc.—-

Expert examination will normally be needed ford eleiminirg wi eU:er

there are blood marks or finger prints on a weapon, wheti er a weapt n
shows signs or recent use, and if so, the nature of the powder used,
whether there is blood or powderon clothing, what tie ‘c~eigl t and
measurementof a projectile is and whether a projectile or cabrk’ge case
could have been or actually was fired from a particular weapon.

(S) A through search mu~~ be ma~!eat and within range of the

scene for any spent projectile wad empty, catridge case or Ji~e
catridge and for any weapon or weapons that n~a~ have catzsd thç
injuries.

576 of 780
 572

(6) The exact spots where any articles v~erefourd ard theit
condition should be carefully noted and their exact resition f.,cd
by measurements, weapon should he specially examined for traces
of finger-print and bloodstairs and it should be noted wi-et~er
the barrels are clean or foulded. If an expended catrk~es caEe is
in the chamber breach ,itshould be leftas found. All markings on
weapons catridge cases, etc., should be carefully noted and recorded.

(7) In searching the house of an accused or suspected rer~on

any ammunition or materials used for making ammunition, which
might I-ave caused the irjury, or Pave beer used ir a weapon ti-at has
been recovered should he specially locired for.

(S) When the weapon used is unknown or in doubt, every licenced

weapon in the locality should be checked and the possibility of its having
been used in connection with the occureuce examined. Government
weapons should not be left out of account.

(9) All fire arms and ammunition should be handled and packed
with special care to prevent surface marks being disturbed or obliterated.
The mouths of firearm barrels should be corked up.

(JO) The clothing of an injured person should be carefully examined

for the piesence of powder or blood marks and signs of burning.
where a projectile has passed through any clothing, the appearanat
of the part through which is that passed should be carefully examined
and described. Clothing must be handled with narticular cai e to p:cven
and flakes of smokeless powder that adhere being shaken off. Clothing
should be carefully preserved and sent for expert examination.

(II) IeJurIes—--

A firearm injury provider indica~cnsof the nalure of the ~eapon

and projectile used and the distance from which. a shot was fired, and
the main question that will arise is whether an injury could

577 of 780
 573

have been causeu by a particular weapou in a particular manner. A

detailed and accurate observation and record of every injury is essential
if the subsequent inference are to be of value. Foi the necessary obser-
vation and record, the Police will be dependent on the medical officer
and the Investigating Officer must co-operate closely throughout with
the Medical Officer if the desired iesult is to be obt~’ired.
~ (12)(a) The chief features of a ihearrn injury aie the entrance
and exit wounds and the track.
~b)(i) Entrance wound—
The entrance wound is of special importance. It must be
described accurately and in detail, particular attention being paid to
the following points.-—.
(a) whether the wound is in the form of a cross -shaped tear
a clean punched hole, or an irregular hole;
~b)whether there is bruising of the margins, denudation
of (he outer layer of the skin immediately surrounuing and turning
in and compression of the issues. -
(c~whether rheie is singing of hair and scorching or blacke
ning ofthe skin surrounding the wound and the characteristic tattooning,
due to grains of unburnt powder embedded in the skin;
(J) whether there is a flue ring of blackening around the
wound due to greace and metallic following from the bullet and to the
bruising of the tissues and distinct from the appearance noted in the
previous item ;-

~e) whether tne is ploughing up and blackening of the tissues

beneath ; and
(J) whether any particulars of unburut powder or flasks of
smokeless powder are embodied in or beneath the tissues.
(ii) Exact and accurate measurements should be taken, if
possible with calipere, of the hole proper and of the area of erosion
and the areas of discolouration surrounding it.

578 of 780
 5~?4

(iii) A wound should be examined under a lens and in ihe

cese of inrirder or suspicious death, the tissue should be preserved anct
microscopic and chemical examination should be made.
(c) (I) Exit wound—~.Thewound should be accuratdy measw ed
as in the case of the entrance wound and its appearance noted and
recorded. It should be specially noted whether it is torn!~andpuckered
with the edges turned outwards.

(ii) If no exit wound is found, the projectile should be searched

for in the body by X-ray examination or by dissection as the case may be.

(d) (i) Track —It should be noted whether the track of the
Projectile is in direct line between the entrance and exit wounds or
whether it has taken in irregular course is a result or deflection. The
angle of the track should be noted.

I(ii~The track should be examined for particles of clothing,

tissue, and powder which may have been driven into it.

(iii) Photographs of entrance and exit wound should invariably

be taken.
(iv) Blood splashes on the body or clothing should be exactly
described, the area, shape, the exact location of each splash being noted.

(13) (a) Injuries in bone,—.

Where the skull or a bone, has been penetrated during the entry,
passage or exit of a projectile, the exact position and nature of the hole
and the portions surrounding it should be noted and accurate measure
ments taken. The characteristic bevelling, or cone shaped widening
of the hole in the bone in the direction in which the bullet travelled- -
should be looked for.

(b) In cases of murder or suspiciov s death, portions of fractured

or penetrated bone should be preserved.

579 of 780
 5’15

(14) TypIcal cases,—

Injuries caused by fire arms sometimes appear to have been due to
other causes and injuries apparently due to other causes may actually
have been caused by fire arms. Occasionally a projectile strikes the
skull causing a complete and typical entrance hole but does not actually
enter.
(15) General.—

(a) Phothgaraphs should be taken of the body, in cases of deaih~

at the scene of occurrence, showing near and distant views.
~b)A detailed tnd accurate plan of the scene of oc~uranceshould
be prepared by a professional draughstman showing the distance between
the body and the place of discharge of any weapon and the places where
any projectile, wad, catridge case or live ammunition was found.
(c) The exact position cf the body should be fixed by accurate
measurement from at least two fixed points.
(d) The ground in the vicinity of the spot where an injury occur-
red should be examined with great care to some distance on all sides
for signs of spattering of blood and other mailer.
(e) All articles which have to be sent for expert examinations
should be sent in the first instance to the Director, Tamil Nadu Forensic
Soienc&~Laboratory, Madras, and, if questions of finger-prints or the
ideiuiflcatjon of firearms arise, a copy of the covering, letter to the
Direetor, Taniil Nadu Finger Print Bureau, Madras-4. An account
of the case with a copy of the post-mortem or wound certificate should
accompany articles sent to the Director, Tamil Naclu Forensic Sciencii
Laboratory, Madras. Articles sent for examination should be wrapped
up separately and lables and seals affixed to the covering material
and not direct to the articles themselves.
(f) The question whether an injury could have been caused by ~
particular weapon in a particular manner and at a particular ~
should not be the subject-matter of reference by the investigating Police
~0 the local Medical Officer wlio conducted post-mortem. It should be

580 of 780
 576

zeferred by th~Investigating Officer to the Superintendent of Police

wlw will obtain the opinion of the Professor of Forensic Medicine of th~
concerned area.
(g) instructions regarding careful handling and preseivation of
evidence material firearms and connected article.—
~i)Fire arms.
(a) Do not disturb until checked for finger prints and sealed
phc~ograpnsof the scene of crime are takener.
(b) Preserve foreign material like fibre, hair, blood c~ins etc.,
adhering to the butt or barrel of the weapon.
(c) Do not clean the barrel.
(d) Do not operate the machanism except to unload the weapon
if there is a magazine, remove it as such, in case of a revolver, befcre
removing the catridges draw a diagram of the rear face uf the cylinder.
(e) Label with tie-on label.

(j) Pack it in a plastic bag ur some. rigid ccnt~iner

(ii) Fired bullets, enmpty ~tridge cases and unfired catridges

(a) Preventabrasing~rmultilatica of the surface in any mr~nner

(b) Do not wash or clean;

(c) Pack each bullet or catridge case separately in a small plastic
bag or fold each item in a clean piece cf paper. Place each uf tl e
plastic bags or pruper packets in separate sealed envek pes with prop r
lables.
(iii) wads and pellets.—
(a) Do not wash c,r clean.

(b) Pellets or wads front the same locati~a may be placed

in the same eontaiver. The c ntainer shuld be labelled properly.
(iv) Clothing with gun-po~sderesider or pellet pattern,

581 of 780
 57,

(a) Flatten and dry all bloody or wet objects.

(b) Locate the powder residues and prctect it by coverifia
~rith paper. Do~not fold \vhere power residueo’art located.
() Lable ea ch articles and pack it separately to guard against
tsontanimatiôn Lables She ulci be uSed only en wrapping materials
• ~ Do not shakeout-the clothing. .. ‘

(e) Powder pattàrnjpellet p~tternbn the body shotiki be

p!fob~r~phed
against ‘a scale.’Plidto’data ‘ma~’al~o
befurnished.
(f) In an anatomical cha.rt, the positions of the bullet or
pellet entry wounds and exit wound should be indicated an revealed
in the post mcrtem cii’wc~ind’cettifiéate. ‘ -•

O04. Pollee In~pectioiiof Post Office .~-~W~eâ

~ ~
•tion Ofliqer during the investigation under, the Criminal Proqedur
Code requires to inspect any post office records~he shall make a w~ttçu
application to the Postman who will pioduce the records an d give the
information reqwrecl, provIded that only thüse ccliics in the record
will be disclosed which relate t~ the person or persons accused of tile
offence under Investigation orwhieh relate to that offencç In~ai~
other ca~sethe Postmaster wi’1 refer to the Pçst Master General, who
will decide wheher or not the information should be withheld under
section 124 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1 872(Aet 194 1872)
(G.O. Ms. No. i112,JudieiuL 10th J~mei891). ‘

605. Copies of judgemeats, etc, how obt~ed.

Copies of judgmentsand depositions may be obtained when necessary
by o’~cersof and above the rank o~Deputy Superintendents of Police
and prosecuting staff
(G 0 th39~/udi~ia1dated 9th September 1&13 aad ~ai~Iuduui/, t1ate~
33r4jj~ 1g94.,: ...,, . ‘ .‘ s

60u inspection of Records of Crinunal Courts by the Police

: (li).The’)iigh Court hasruade thefollowingiulesfor the inspection
tif records of Criminal Courts by Police Officers:—. ~.

F—230-3-—37

582 of 780
~1. Inspection by Police or Public Prosecutor,
When’~verit shall appear to any officer of Police, not below the rant
of Sub-Inspector of Police, that an inspection of the records of any
Criminal trial or appeal will facilitate the detection or prevention of
crime or is desired for examination of the conduct of Police Officers con-
nected with the case, and whenever the inspection of such records may
~e desired by a Public Prosecutor, in ibi’ exercise of his duty as Public
Prosecutor, such officer or Public Prosecutor, as the case may. be, may
apply to the Sessions Judge or presiding Magistrate of the court in which
The records are lodged for permission to inspect the same.
(Paragraph 331 to 333 Criminal Rules of Practices.)

• 332. Procedure on application.

• The application referred to in the pieceding rules shall be made iii
wiiting and shalt contain a description of the recoids and shall state
the purpose for which the inspection is sought, and the Sessions.
Judge or Magistrate may grant or refuse the application as he may
see fit, If the application is refused. the Sessions Judge or
Magistrate shall record the reasons for refusal and shall communicate
a copy thereof to the officer of Police concerned or to the Public Prose
cutor, as the case may be. If the application is granted, the Sessions
Judge or Magistrate shall make arrangements for permittingthe inspection
to be conducted in accordance with the next followingrule.

333. Conduct of hspection.

Every inspectioll of r.~cordS under these rules shall be conducted
by an officer of Police not below the rank of Sub-Inspector of
Police or if the inspection is granted on the application of a Public
Pro~ccütorthen by the Public Prosecutor, himself, it shall take place
within the precincts of the Court in which the records are lodged
and in the presence of en officer of the Court who shall be deputed
by the Sessions Judge or Magistrate, or the purpose, and no record or
pert of jecord Shall be’ removed by the inspecting officer from the
precincts of the Court.

583 of 780
 57~

i’ubtic Servants—Evidence Before Courts—Procedure to b0 fotlowel wheh

summoned to produce official docunieat~.
(2) (a) The Central Government have issued the following revised
instructions regarding the procedure to be adopted when a Govern
ment servant is summoned by a Court to produce official docuniet s
for the purpose of giving evidence: -

(b~ The law relating to the production of unpublished official

records as evidence in Courts is contained in sections 123, 124 and 162
of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 (Act I of 1872) which are reproduced
below:—
123. No one shall be permitted to give any evidence derived from
unpublished official records relating to~yaffirs of State, except with the
permission of the officer rt the head of the Department concerned, who shaft
giVe or withhold such permission as he things fit.

124. No public officer shall be completed to disclose communi-

cations made to him in offihcal confidence, when he considers that
the pudlic interests Would suffer by the disclosure.

162. A witness summoned to produce a document shaIl~If It I~j~

his possession or power, bring it to court, notwithstandln~any objection
which there may be to its production or ~oits admissibility. The Validity
of any such objection sh*I1 be decided on by the court.

‘rhe Court, if it sees fit, may inspect thedocument unless it refers

to matters of State or take other evindents to enable it to determine
on its admissibility.

(I) If for such apurposeitisneccSsary to cause anydocumentt~

be translated, the court may, if it thinks fIt, direct the translator to
keep the contents secret, unless the d ocumei~tis to be giver. it. cva er~~
e
and, if the interpreter disobeys such direction, he shall be held to have
committed an offence under section 166 of the Indian Penal Code.
G.O. Ms. No.2670,Hotne dated, 6th September 1954.

~—..23O-3—41A

584 of 780
 • (2) For the pur~osoof s~tion123 above, the expression è.officer
at the he:iJ oftie depitrtino~it‘ô~nceraedmaybe held to mean-theofficer
Soontrol of the d.e.parttnen n whose charge.records of thedepart-
meat remain.,’ Ordinarily, such an officer would be theSecretary to the
State Government. in the case ofState Governments and the Secreatary,
Additional Secretary or Joint Secrçtary. in-charge of the Ministry in
the case of Government of India. But in case of attached officers like
‘DiiectOrates, the Director~ General may be regarded as the head of the
department for the purposes o this section. Only such officer should
b~treatedas the authority to withheld or give the necessary permission
for the production of officialdocuments in evidence. In case ofPartC
•$t~tesTheC~iefCornmiissioner or the Lieutenant Govertior as the case
,jp~y be,regarded as the head of the Department and not his Secretaries.
‘In respect oMocumeñts (a) emanating from a higher authority,
(3)
i.e. the Government oflndia, orthe State Governmentorwhich have
formed the subject of correspodence with such higl,er authiotury, or
(b) emanating from other Government whether foreign or members
~of~the Commonwealth, the hea s of departments should obtain the
consent of the Government of India or of the State Goverrment, as the
:.,~e.m~ybe,, through the usual official channels before giving permi-
~oJ~~X’.produce the~documentsin Court, or giving evidence based on
t~~u~1ess the paPers are intended for publication or are of a purely
formal or routine nature, when a reference to higher authority nii~ybe
dispensed with.

(4) In the case ofdocuments other than those spe~.ifiedin paragraph

3 •ábove, production of documents should be withheld only when the
public interest would by their disclc sure be injured as where disclosure
.wot~id be injurious to national defence, or to good ~iplomaticrelations
orwhere the practice of keeping a class ofdocuments secret is necessary
for:. the properfunctioning of the public service. Some High Courts
.ha,ve. pointed, out ~the circumstances under which no such privilege
should be claimed, e.g. privilege is not to be claimed on tLe ii cie ~r trd
that the documents are State documents or are official or are marked
confidential or if produced, would result in Parlimentary discussion
or Public critieism or would expose want of efficiency in the ad minis-

585 of 780
 5S1

tration cr tend to lay a particalar department of Government ‘open to a

claim for compensation. The mere factt’iat tie headof the :epar~:
ment does not with the do~uneits,to be produced is not an adeq~u~t e
justification for objection to their production. Tl.e Fligh. Courts. La~e.
also tl’at ~refusaltoprod.uce~ ocun.eits relatir g to affair~~f
State implies that their produe tior, will be rrciudii~ía! to public. i~teres-.
onsequenently C~ereasons hierefor should be given in an affid avit. ig
~orm No. I at t~eappropriate pake.
(5) In a case of’d ouht the head oftheclepartnient should invari-
‘ibly refer to higher authority for ord ers.

(6) These instructions apply equally to cases ii wi iJ Cci ci -

nent isa party to the suit. U such casesm uch wilidepend on the legal
idvice as to the value of the documents hut before tl~ey are produced in
a Court, tne considerations stated above must be I on C in Iflir(~ and
reference to higher authority made, wl.en necessary.

(7) The Government servant, whois to atter d a Court as a witnses

with official documents, should, where permission under section 124
has been withheld, be given an affidavit in Form No. I duly signed by
the head ofthed.epartineiit iii the accompanying form He should produce
it when he is called upon to give his evidence and should explain ti-at
he is not at liberty to produce t~ed ocumerts before t~e court, or to give
any evidence derived from them. He should however, take with him
,

the papers which he has been summoned to produce.

(8) The Government servant who is summo:ed to produce olikial

documents in respect of which privilege under section 124 1 as to be
claimed, will make an affidavit intl e accomraryii g Form t’~o.11. WI en
he is not attending the court himself to give evid er e. e SI alt I ni e it
sent to the court along with the documents. The person through whom
the documents are sent to the court should submit the affidavit to
the court when called upon to produce the documents. He should take
with him the documents which he has been called upoti to produce
but should not hand them over to the court w ‘less U e eclilt direCts I n~
to do so. They should not ‘be show ii to the opposite party.

586 of 780
 582

(9) The head of the department should abstain from entering

into correspondence with the presiding officer of the court conceined
in regard to thegrounds on which thedocuments have been called for.
lie should obey the court’s orders and should apçear personnaly or
arrange for the appearence of another officer in the court concerned,
with the documents and act as indicated in paragrapgb 7 above and
produce the necessary affidavitif he claims privilege.

587 of 780
 583

FORM OF AFFIDAVIT NO. I.

IN THE COURT OF

Suit No. Of 19

I, ‘ Secretary/Additional Secretary/Joirt
.

Secretary to the Government of India in the Ministry of

New Delhi, do lereby solemnly affirm and state as follows —

A summon bearing No,~ dated

issued by the court of in Stiit
No.. ofl9 ( . v.
has been received in tI e Ministry of ‘on
19 . recuiring produc~ioriin tbe said Courton 19
of docjments stated below, I as the Head of the Department or
Ministry of as in control of and in-charge of
its records. I have carefully considered the relevant docunents and
have come to the coaclusion that they are unpublished official record
relating to affairs of state and their disclosure will be prejudical to
public interest for the following reasons:

LIST OF DOCUMENTS SUMMONt1D

I do not, therefore, give pern~issionto any ote under section 123

of the Indian evidence Act, 1872, to produce the aaid docun eats ~or:
to given any evidence derived therefroir.
Solemnly affirmed at New Deihi, etc., this day of’ 19
Secretary/Additional Secretary/Joint Secretar in the Muisti iyy of
sworn before me.

588 of 780
 584
FORM OF AFFIDAVIT No. IL
IN THE COURT OF
SiitNo. of 19
do hereby
iolemnly afflp~and State as follows :—
4 swnmons bearing No. dated issued
b~thCCOu!tOf; in suit No. of
19 ( v.
has been served on re on ‘ , 19 requiring
production lathe said cothi o~’ 19 of
the documents stated below. I have carefully, considered th~e~and
have come to the conclusion thai they contain commumcations made
onofficial confidence and I conside that the public intereat would safTej~
by their disclosure for the f’ollowing reasons: —

LiST OF CUMENTS SUMMONED..

I, therefore claim privilege urder section 124 of the Indian Eviderce

Act, 1872. ~.......

Solemnly affirmed at New Delhi, etc., this day . .. .of .. . .19 ..

Secretary/Additional Secretary/Joint Secretary

latheMinistryof cnn
the dep*rti*iit !‘Y~fl’Isfore me. ..

He.re insert the name, the designetion and address ofthepersoniuftkingt

affidavit. ~

589 of 780
 585
CHAPTER XXXL
CRIME-RECORDS BUREAU.

607 C’rane Records Bureau Org~enizauion —

(1) At the headquaters ofeach District and in Mad rasCity, a Crime

Record Bureau is located, with a staff consisting of normally one Deputy
Superintendienit of Police one or two Sub-Inspectors and four to seven
Head Constables depend in~of the size of district volume of the crime
etc., two Grade-I Police Constables as collators for computer work,
one Junior Assistant and one Typist. The Bureau is under the district
control of theSuperintendent of Police~DeputyCommissiorerof Police
(crime~-inMadras City and’ its’ primary duty is to collect, record ‘and
distribute information regarding important property crime and criminals,
that is~criminal (and the crime they commit) whose operations extend
beyond the limits of a Police Station to which they belong. It is in-
tended to be a “Central Criminal Information Bureau” for the district;
Madras City. The Bure&i will not undertake the investigation of cases,
the responsibility for which rests with local officers, but investigating
Officers make free use of it for getting inforrnat~on in
a readily accessible and easily assimilable form. The Bureau will be
of assistance to• officers of and above the rank of Deputy Superin-
tendent of Police controlling investigation and crime generally in
th~’district/MadrasCity.’ In important case of organized crime an
officer of the Bureau may be placed at the disposal of the Local Police
order to collect many particular information or make any special
enquiry, but such officer will on no account take the investigation out
of’the hands of the ‘Local Insvestigation Officer.
(2) A separate, book should be maintained in the Crime Records
Bureau in the district headquarter;Cheni~aiCity for recording informa-
tion received from the aggrieved party by refusal on the part of an
officer in charge of a Police Station to record information in respect
of a cognizable offence and for conducting investigaion into it. This
book should be put up to the perusal of the Supcr~ntendert of F olice
in district and to the Deputy Conimissioner of Police(Crimel in Cbenna.i
City once a month”.
(G.O.Ms. No- 505 ,Home dated 10th March 1983.)

590 of 780
 586

608. Records to be maintained :—(a) The records to be maintained

in the Bureau are (I) Diaries (2) Indexes (3) Photographs of criminal
(4) Crime ‘Charts (5) General subject files (6) History of Crime and
(7) such other items as may be prescribed by special orders from time to
time, All entries in records other than hisrory of crime if maintained
photographs and charts, will be type written.
(d) Records relating to computerization of crimes ard criminals
and man-power utilization performance are also maintained in the
Crime Records Bureau of the district concerned including the Railway
Police.

609. Personal Records :-Hisiory Shet’ts-Dossiors and Indies and Signals-

(1) (a) Dossiers in Form III will be opened onjy for those criminals
who operate in moLethan one circle and for others who on special
grounds and with the Superintend ent approval, are selected by the
Officers. These Divisional will be known as dossier criminals ard will
given a, D.C. (Dossier be Criminal) number. All inter-disrtict criminals
on record iii a Crime Records Bureau must also be on record in the
Crime Records Bureau of each district in which they commit crime, and
those who are dossier criminals will be given a serial D.C. number in each
district. D.C. number of other districts being entered after such rLunlber
or reference.
(0.0. Nos.l 743 Home,26thJulyl943 and Ms.N~’.173,I{oine, 16th
January1950

(d) History Sheets dossiers need not necessarily be maintained for

the life time ofthe criminal concerned but may be closed under the orders
of the Superintendent if the criminal is (I) too old to commit crime or
(ii) unable from any disability or other reason to commit crime or(iii)
Is shown beyond doubt to have reformed and abandoned his criminal
life. An index of the names of the criminals whose history sheets have
been so closed should be maintained and such record should be removed
from this index only after death. History records of dossiers of persons
who have rIled shall øe destroyed under the order ofthe Superintendent.

591 of 780
 (c) A History Sheet will be maintained for every district criminal
in the Station in which he resides for atleast such time as a History
Sheet dossier is retained for itim in the Crime Records Bureau.
(d) History Sheets in Form III sl’oukl also be maintained in tie
Crime Records Bureau for all Notified offerders uider tie Madras
Restriction of Habitual OffendersAct as in tl e case of K.Ds. (1(nown
Deperedators)in addition tothepersonalsleetsprescribed urder tl;e Act.

(G.0. No. 3434, Home 5th Nov 1964.)

(2) (a) The following are the ir,dexcs to be maintained for Dossier
Criminals and all Notified offenders ur.der the Tamil Nadu Restriction
of Habitual Offenders ~ Ct in the Bureau. They should be on the
“Card System” and should be kept in cabinets o an approved type.

(b) The main indcxcs will be :~

(i) Name index
(ii) Serial index
(iii) Alphabetical index.
(iv) Descriptive, def rmative and plysical çeculiaritic~irde~.
(v) Modus Operand Index..
(vi) Alias Card.
(vii) Style Index.
(viii) Trade Mark Index
(ix) Transport Index.
(x) Property lost.
(xi) Property recovered.
(xii) General subject file index.
Supplementary index for criminals in jail, out of view, wanted etc.
will be maintained by signals as indicated in Police Standing Order, No,
513 (10). Other st~pç1cmentaiyindexts n~yniso be opened to narrow

592 of 780
 58g
down the field of enquiry or reference. The exact nature and number
of index will vary with local conditions and should be decided by the
Superintendent according to the requirements of the district.

(1) Name index.—

The cards for the name index ~villbe maintained alphabetical in four
colours red card for inter-State, White for local Criaiiiials, blue for
inter-Police Station and pink for inter-District Criminals. The card
should contain residential particulars etc., height reference to modus
operandi etc., Inter-District Criminals will be given appropriate cards
from point of view of each district eg., a criminal of Salem districet who
also operates Cimbatore district will have at white card in Salem district
and pink one in Coimhitore district also have the white card in Salem
district will b given a green signal to indicate that the criminal also
registered in another district (see instructions under ‘Signals’ infra~
The cards have a line 1/4 above. the bottom edge. Below this line the
name or alias of the Criminal followed by his father’s name indicated
by th~prolix sign “son of” should be typed.

(ii) Serial Index.—

Index to all Dossier Criminals should be maintained serially showing

address p~rtic~brs D.C. Numb~r, Serial Number of History Sheet or
personal file maintained in the district.
(iii) Alphabetical index.—

An alphab~ticalindex showing date of opening of History Sheet,

classification of History Sheet, details of address, etc., should b~main
tamed.

(iv) Descriptive deformative and physical peculiarities index.—

Index cards will be kept1 n respect of all criminals whose appearance

identification marks, habits or other characterities can readily and usefully

593 of 780
 ~99
~e classified. A~artfrom furnishingdetails in this form, the class of
physical and criminal characteristics will be typed below the bottt~mhifle
of the card also. The sp’ere ofoperation will be entered c n the reverse
of the card.
(v) Moa’us Operandi index.—
Tne cards for this index will b~ arranged in tl’c alphabetical
order of the difFerent mcdu s c perandi and other characteristics in
drawers assigned to the main heads of crime. The index heads will be
plaIn langt age catch words, corrtspcndirg to t1~se in the crime
classification list prescribed for indexing “Part I—Staticn Crime
History.
The M.O. details of address with aliases, residential particulars,
history sheet, classification and sphere of operatic 11 will be er~tered
against the name of each individual. The type ofcrime will be entered
below t~iebottom lineofthecard also. Slips and signals will be used on
the sides of the cards according to instructions below
(vi) Alias card..—
A card for each criminal will be opened cont~infng
his aliases, history sheet classification and mcdus cperandi classifi-
cation. The card should be maintained alphabetically.
(vii) Sty4~index.—’

Index cards of the same type as descriptive, defórmative

and physical peculiarities should be kept in respect of all
alleged criminals who indicate tradej pr~Iessicn i all criminals who
indicate alleged at the time of orimmediatelypricr to CcmmiSslofl of
offence, which can readily and usefully be classified. They should be
grog. ped style-war.
(viii) Trade mark index.—’
Similar index cards hike style index shall be maintained
for all criminals who indicate any extraordinary acts
e.g., poisoning dogs, changing clothes, cunning food, committing
nuisance. etc., not assoc’ated with crimes and grouped trade..war.

594 of 780
 5~o

(1x) Transport Index.—

An Index all type oftratisport used at the time of coimnissiomi
of oft~ence, classified according to vehicle used shall be maintained
individually, for each criminal and grouped vehicl%var.
(x) Property lost/stolen.—
Cards shall be opened in respect of identifiable properties loss
or stolen published in Crime and Occurrence Sheet which is not
recovered at the time of publication. The property lost/stolen card
shall be used.
(xi) Property recovered.—
Cards shall be opened in respect ofidentifiable properties recovered
in Crime and Occurrence Sheets which is not traced to any person at
the time ofpa blication. The property recovered cara shall be u sect.

(xiii) Genend subject file index.—

~cardindextothe General Subject lile will be maintained. A
list ofsubjects for which general files have been opened will be kept in
alphabetical order. The first page of each general file will contain a
list of its contents.
(xiii) Sphere of oper~rionindex.—
The cards for this Index will be maintained circle-war against
each circle, Dossier Criminals whooperated in that particular circle, with
details of places in which he operated *hould be furnished.
(xiv) SignJs.—
Slip on signals indicating the particulars noted below will be
attached to the bottom of Name Index Card and to the sides
of Modus Operandi descriptive, deformative and physical peci aliarities
index catds.
Blue .. In Jail.
Red .. Out of view.
Two reds Out of view and wanted.

595 of 780
 ~91

~ehl(lw . . Inactive.
Green .. Operates outside district.
Orange .. Active.
(3) Generel Subject Files.—
Information of permanent value about important classes
of crime and criminals will be maintained in General
Subjects }iles or folios. Material for these files will be got from Weekly
Crime and Occurrence sheets, Case Diaries, special reports and from any
other information obtained or records available. The subjects for
which SUCh files should normally be opened are criminal organizations,
~riminal areas, c~unterfeitcoin and currency notes, Ix nibs, smuggling
of arms poisoning, Idol theft, wire theft, at~to thefU special classes of
crime, etc., The actual nu mberofsu ch files will depend on the conditions
existing in each district. The files sho ii id cover all st bjects of importance
affecting the criminal history o fthe district and sho old Fe arciufly main-
.

tanied and kept up to-date.

(4) Photographs.—
(a) All dossier criminals will he photographed. what are
required are (i) the full face including the bead and shou kiers
(ii) the foil length and (iii) one Profile, the one that has any particu Jar
mark characteristic e.g., scar. The full length photo should be
half-plate size and the remaining quarter plate. The ft 11 length photo-
graph should be taken of the individnial in the dress that he ordinarily
wears when out ofjail. Any marked peciliarity which makes identifI-
cation easy and which can be brought out in a photograph shooki be
brought out iaoneor moreofthepositionsdetailed above or in ancther
position specially taken for the purpose. The name and ni. mbt,r of the
Dossier Criminal should be written distinctly on the back of each photo-
graph and nothing should appear by way of name or number on the
face of the photograph. Photographs of Dossier Criminals should be
dated and retaken every five years.
(b) Each of set of photographs will be mounted on a sheet.

596 of 780
 5~2
(c) i~oreach criminal, two complete sets will be taken, one to
filed with theCrirne Records Bureau History Sheet Dossier and the other
in a loose leaf file arranged in the alphabetical order of the criminals,
names. Anadditionalset will be taken and filed with the }tistory, sheet,
if any, in the Police Station. Extra unmounted copies will be kept in
the envelopes affixed to th~loose-leaf file sheets ready fordistribution when
occasion arises. Additional sets and unmounted copies will be got to
the extent necessary for i iiter-districtcriminals,so that each Crime Records
Bureau concerned has enough..
(4) Time negatives of all photographs shall be retained in boxes
by the police Photographer wherever Forensic Science Laboratory is jn
existence. In other District the negatives of all photographs shtuld be
retauied in boxes in the Crime Records Bureau so that further printscan
be taken if necessary.
(5) ‘History of Crime.—
A list of cases against property known or reasonably
believed to be the work of inter-station or inter-district habi-
‘~

tual criminals in the order of their occurrence will be maintained iti

Form No. 122 or in General Subject Files. Separate registers will be ‘

maintained under the different heads of property crime and sub-

index inthe same way as Part I, Station rime History. Time andspace can
be, saved, by post ng in the appropriate register cuttings from Part I of
Crime and Oecurrence:Sheet, with room below each cutting for brIefly
entering later information and disposal. Cuttings will n~tbe pasted in
the registers jior will entries be made in the records until the Bureau is
satisfied that the cases are both true and important.
(6) Form of Gangs.— -

‘A. register of the activities of all gangs that have

come to notice in the district during the investigatic ~ of cases
will be maintained.’ The registerwill comprise thefo Ilowing ~ fc rmaion
particularsof number of the gang leader to be shown on t~p sphere
of operation, offences in which suspected, convicted, reference to name
index, History Sheet Classifications, Harbóurers, Receivers and cross
i~ferenceto other gangs. These will be maintained Modus Operandi-
war. Apart from the listed Modus Operandi any particular M o: or
special I’~4.O.that comes to notice should be separately listed. Tb,
iegiter shall be in form No. 162.

597 of 780
610~Crime Charts.—
Crime Charts will be maintained for such period s and for su ci’
methods of crime as the Suderintend ent may decide the main object
being that the chart should be of real practical value. Cases of other
district station bordering on the district should inveriably be charted
in the Bureau.
611. References from investigating Officers File of.—
The Crime Records Bureau shall also keep a separate
file showing references received from investigation officers askirg for
information in unlocated cases. The purposes of this file is to eases
how far investigating officers are seeking the help of the Bureau.
612. Attendence register shov~ing visits oi Inspectors etc.~—
An Attendance Register shall be maintained which will show at a
glance, all visits by Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors to the Bureau, and
specify the purpose of their visits to the Bureau.
613. C~o1lectionof Information.—
Station-House Officers are responsible for furnishing the Bureau
with information regarding crime and criminals.
614. Crime.—
(1) Every case crime against property which is known or believed
to have been committed by habital criminals and is not clearly the work
of casuals, shall be reported under Pc lice Standing Odrer No. 687 by
Station-House Officers to the Crime Records Bureau. also or to
the Superintinclent of Polioe if there is no Bureau. Immediately
after the first investigation, if the case is still clearly not the work of
casuals, a further report will be sent in Form No. 109 giving particulars
ofthe Modus Operandi, distance and direction of the scene of the offence
from the st.ation, particulars of persons accused or suspected, etc.,
according to the headings in the form, together with a list of Identifi-
able property lost and thed escription of such property.

(2) Report on the disposal of old cases will be sent in weekly in

Form No. 113.

E—230.3 38
598 of 780
615, Criminals.—
(1) The movements and activities of all dossier criminals should
be promptly reported to the Cnn-Ic ~ecord s Bureau by the Station
House Officer concerned.
(2) A report will be seat monthly to the Records Bureau of the
doings and conduct of all dossier criminals. Where such dossier’
criminals are registered as dossier criminals in another district also
copies of the se monthly reports should be sent to the district concerned
In the case of criminals concrning whom it is desirable to~optain more
freqnent reports the necessary special instructions will be issnueci by
the Crime Records Bureau.

(3) The nLmnles of persons knownor suspected to be active habitual

criminals who pass out of view and of any persons wanted by the
Police will be communicated to the Bureau for publication giving parti-
culars in each case of the Modus Operandi, sphere of operations, names
and addresses of relatives and associates and places like to visit. The
arrest of any such person should be similarly cc•mmunicated notit~
particulars of the person arrested and the circumstances of the ames..

616 Crime intelligence —

(1) Any inlotmation about crime or ciiminals that is likely to

further the activities cf the Bureau or to be of value for the purpose
for which the Bureau is intended, should communica~od to the Bureau
as soon as it comes to notice.
(2) The Bureau ~vil1
gather turther information by enquiries in special
directions by members of the staff, pemsual of case diaries, weekly Crime
and Occurrence Sheets of other districts, Ietc.,

617 Dissemination of intelligence —

(1) Weekly Crime and Occurrence Sheet —For the’ efficient aid
proper dissemination of information regarding arime and. ci~iIUinaIsa
“Weekly Crime and Occurrence Sheet” will be published by the Biwsau
in four parts and printed locally in each district.

599 of 780
 (2, thc sheet should he dated Thursday of each week and ~h~u1d
emb: dy information received up to Wednesday. The pages should be
numbered consecutively for the whole year to facilitate reference.
(3) The sheet should be headed.—
Sheet No 1.9
Full moon date
—~-————-_—CrimeRecords Bureau for week ending
New Moon date
~4) (a) Part will open with a b.ief statement of the property crime
under the different heads reported during the week. Details of the new
eases of the week will follow in tabular form—.
(i) Station,
(ii) Circle,
(iii) Border district,
(iv) Crime No.
(v) Date of occurrence,
(vi) Modus Operandi,
tyii) Property lost,
(viii) Property recoverec.

(ix) (a) Property Seized and suspected to be stolen,

(b) Type of property (under the head specified in comnuur

Code Book)

(c) Desemiption of property into value

~ Date of Seizure, Police Station Crime Ne. and SectJ~L

of law

te) Name and address of the arrested perso~

F—230.3—38A

600 of 780
 596

(b) The names of frontier stations if the district should be printed

i n italics and below the circle tame, the name of the borciering district
(~rdistrict) also in italics.

(c) The place of occurrence, village or stieet in a town and

distance and direction of the scene of offence from the station must be
2iven in each case. The modus operandi saould be given in words.

(d) All cases agail St property which are krown 01 believed to be

the work oi habitual criminals and which are not clearly the work of
casuals should be reported. False and technical cases should not b.~
reported.
(e) Cases should be entered datewar and not circle war under

the following heads:—.

(i) Murder for gain
(ii) Dacoity and robbery
(iii) House-breaking and theft by night
(iv) House-breaking and theft by day
(v) House thefts
(Vi) Ordinary thefts
(vii) Cattle thefts
(viii) Cheating, etc.
(f) LIsts of identifiable propery should be pubfl~hedendet each
new case in Part I. and in Part II if the list refers to an old case.

(g) When a personconcerned in any caseis a Notified Offender

his district number should invariably be given.

(h) When persons suspected or known to have been involved

In a ease are registered criminals of a station or District Criminals, the
fact should be clearly stated.

601 of 780
 597
(i) Instructionsor comments on any case should be published
in italics under the case concerned when they are of more than loca1
importance; otherwise the memorandums number should alone be
noted. I n any case the instruction or comment should be
sent immediately to the officer concerned.
(5) (a) Final report.—
Part II will contain old cases and mu0 be in the following
‘orm ;—

Previous sheet, number and page

Police Station
F.I.R. No of under Section
Complainant.

(t) Classified true or false

(ii) No further clue fordetectionofthe case coti Id be obtained,
The case was therefore, classified as true but undetected.
(iii) The followingfu rtherclue was obtained regarding accu sed
and property
*(But the accused could not be traced the case was
classified as true but undetected).
*gtrjke out if case was detected.

(a) Property:
Stolen Rs.
Recovered Rs.
(b) Persons wanted or arrested and on what information (des—
:ription, relation, etc.,) to be given in criminal history sheet.
(c) Details of part played by each accused in commission of the
Crime or in disposing of stolen property ando n what i it forniatlo n ft-cm
whom property recovered and which property,

602 of 780
 598

(d) Result of action against each acci sed (if sent up to court
court case number als~).

fr) If any of the accused was concerned in any other cases,

Pjlice Station. Case Number and Section of offence and total sentence
of each accused.

(b) Only cases of general interest shcu Id he mentio ned in Part ! I

The disposal. f notable cases and those committed by Dc ssier Criminals
oF persons from other districts shc uld be mentioned, bt t n. t of cases of
local imp rtance only. The Crime Records Bureau should send t0 the
C.E.O. a weekly list fdisposals cf all cases published in Part I.

(6) Part III will deal with persons wanted and arrested, bad
c~aracters ~~ut f view, m~vernentsand activities ~ f inter-district
criminals aod notilied offenders, etc.

(7) Part IV will deal with matters of a general nature and should
be freely used fur the p rpose. Instructions to Station-House Officers
n regard to crime and criminals notes on special feati res of individual
cases or a series of cases, and any matters of general interest shot Id be
issued ii this part. Particulars ofunidentified dead bodies stray cattle
!cst property missing children etc., should also be published in this
section.

(‘s) A’itiq e type should be used wherever necessary in the shee

n order to emphasize important points such as places likely to be
visitel by wanted persons, names cf officers Whose attenticn is to be
directed to any partic~lar entry, etc.

(9) Ia rgeit cases, iniormation should be communicated by

the B rea~ by direct reference. This is particularly necessary in the
case I ki~owaor sLspectcd movements of criminals beyond the district
The B rea~ will also commu nicate promptly to the Station- House
Officers f Circle Inspectors of the b. rder stations of adjoining district t1i~
slightest indicatic nor possibility of any crime in the district bdn~conncc
ed with crime cr criminals beyond the border,

603 of 780
 599

(10) The Weekly Crime and Occi. rrence Sheet will be issued to all
officers of and above the rank of Assistant Superintendents 0f Police/
Deputy Superintendents of Police, Inspectors and Station-Hoi- se Officers
of the district, to the Crime Records Bt. reau of bordering districts, the
Central Intelligence Bureau of the C.I.D., the range Dept. ty Inspector-
Gene~a1of Police and to such Inspectors and Station-House Officers of
bordering districts as the Superintendent shall decide in consultation wit);,
jud with th~approval of, the Deputy Inspector-General concerned.
(11) Crime and Occi. rrence Sheets of this Station shou Id be issi ed
to such officers of bardering States as the Director-General may direct.
(G.O. 1556, Home 29 July 193’.)

(12) An index of the Weekly Crime and Occurrence Sheet will be

maintained in loose leaf form in mant. script, it will he posted weekly
from the current sheet, and filed with it.
(G.O. Ms. 626, HOme, 27 Feb. 1945.)

618. Monthly Crime Review.—

(1) In the beginning of each month a review of crime to
accompany the monthly statement of crime for the pre-
vious month, sent under O.M.O., No. 269, should he prepared by
the Bureau.

(2) The monthly review of crime is an important item cf the work

of the Crime Records Bureau and it is essential that the Superintendent
should give his close personal at tention to it and see that it is properly
prepared.

(3) The main objects of the monthly review are to give a brief
but comprehensive account of the salient featvres of the crime of the
month and to estimate the sources ofundetected crime and inc~icaleways
and means of dealing with it. The review should It rriish a cc ucise
appreciation of the month’s crime for the benefit of si pericr ufiucers and
directions and suggestions that are likely to he of vaht c i~ 1 e Pc lice of
the district and of nei~hbourin~ districts,

604 of 780
 600
(4) For the review to be effective, a careful and methodical study
of the month’s crime is needed. All available data should be carefully
examined and analysed and deductions drawn in the light of the infor-
mation on record in the Bureau and of past experience.

(5) Fluctuations in the total, or under the different heads, of

crime when marked, special outbreaks of crime, particularly noteworthy
or unusual cases, marked activity of particular criminals or criminal
Organizations, are as specially affected, inclidence or crime on gang
routes, etc., are among the items that should receive attention. Local
0utbreaks of crime should be thoroughly examined and dealt with and the
Possibility of cases occurring in different areas forming a series and being
connected should be carefully sc~utined.
(6) The Superintendent w~thth~Cri~tRecoic~~Bureau at ~1i5
disposal and with his own kno~ileu~ and experience is in a position to
produce a review that will be of pTactical value but this result can only
be achieved by close personal interest and application.

(7) A chart showing t’~ec~~elu tlae district for the month should
be sent with the monthly statement of crime each month to the C.I.D.
(8, The monthly crime review should be published in the Weekly
Crime and Occurrence Sheet.
(9) At the en;! of the year a consolidated review of the year’s crime
should be prepared dealing with the salient features, the steps taken and
the r~su1tsachieved
619 Duties of Circle inspectors—
1-e(I) WhenInspector
Circle WeeklyfromCrim,
the and
CrimeOccurrence sheets areho received
Records Bureau, should
by through
go t them carefully and see that any instructions contained
therein are promptly carried out by the Station House Officers concerned
and should draw the attention of his Station House Officers to any
ommission in the reporting of cases,

(2) He should, at every station inspection, verify the list of crimi-

nals for when History Sheet dossiers are maintained in the Crime Records
Burea ii an~~
send to the Superintendent for approva~ and orders any
Suggestions for additions or alteration,

605 of 780
 601

(3)He should by the 5th of each month send to the Crime Records
Bureau a review of tlieCrime of his circle for the previous month.
(4) He should, when visiting th~District Police Office, ascertain
if his Sub-Inspecors are giving proper assistance tc the Crime Records
Bureau and furnishing correct inforn ation.
620. Practical use ofthe Bureau —(1) It should be clearly understood
that the activi.ies c C the Bureau and the relations of the local po’ice with
it are in no way limitel by the above instructions.

(2) The Bureau is intent ed to be practically useful and should be

a mine of useful information its full scope cannot be regulated by hard
and Fast rules, It can (perate only with the assistance of the local Police
and if the local Police do not make proper use of it, its value is lost.

(3) Apart from the formal communication and dissemination of

intelligence provided for above, there should be continueous contact
between the Bureau and the local Police of a more or less informal nature
(4) If a Station-House Officer is in difficulties over crime of his
stations, he should not heasitate to refer to the Bureau for assistance
and if he has any information that is likley to be of more than local or
passing interest he should communicate it to the Bureau where its value
can be determined and suitable use made of it.
(5) The Bureau should make a special effort to furnish assistance
when any call is made on it. and, under the guidance of the Superinten
dent should on its own initiative pass out promply any information or
Suggestion that may be of practical assistance to a local Police unit.
(6) Whenever a Sub-Inspector or Inspector is in headquarters, he
should visit the Bureau and exchange intelligence in such a manner that
the v’s~ts likely to be profitable to both.
(7) Cordial and mutual co-operation between the Bureau and local
Police officer is primary importnce if the Bureau is to fuilfil its
purpose as a central organisation of material value for controlling the
crime and criminals of the district,

606 of 780
 4..

60~

621. The Police Crime Museum.—

(1) The Pol cc Crime Museum is nn;1er the supervision and control
of the Prncipal, Police Training College.
(2) The Museum contains several exhibits in various cases arranged
into section as detailed below :—

Section I—Counterfeit co fling Diejstruck.

Section lI—Counterfeit coining. Moulds.
Section III—Counuerfeit currency.
Section IV—Hcuse breaking implements.
Section V—Theft.
Section VI—Murdes—Implements and other articles concernad
in murder cases.
Section Vu—Cheating.
Section VIII—Dacoity, rioting etc.
Section IX—Miscellaneous.
Secthn X—Forgery.
Section XI—Foot-prints.
Section XII—Arms.
Section XIII—Explosives.

(3) The Museum is used for liustrating to the cadets of the Policc
Train~ngCollege. the methods by the criminals adopted in the Commis-
sion of crime. an~is in charge of the Assistint Law Instructor who
imparts instruction in Scicnctific Aids to crim~nalinvestigation.
~4)W~tha view to enlarging the scope of the museum and its
utility and also to make it as complete as possible Superintendents of
Police should sent! to the Museum all articles of educative value.Articles
which have i~ospecific value, but are concerned only in some

607 of 780
 603
remarkably heinous or imporant crimes need not be sent. Sets c-f
coining, instruments or’particul~rtools or weapons or modes of dress
wh~chare peculiar to certain specified classes crim nals and any record
of notable forgeries or other swindles, are always welcome additions
to the musenm A short note of explanation should accompany each
exhibit sent to the museum.

(5) The articles sent to the Museum are classified as follows

I. Fire Arms.
II. Other weapons.
Ill. Gaming instruments.
IV. House-breaking implements.
V. Exhibits and photographs of foot-prints finger-prints, clothes.
threads, Fibres., seals, forged documents, coints and
currency notes.

VI. Exhibits in cheating cases.

VII. Photographs of the scenes of crimes.
VIII. Photographs of particular types of crim~nals.

(6) The Government have d ~recte’~

that all types offfire-arms, part!-
:ularly of unusual types and hand -made weapons used in the commis-
sion of crinies should be handed over to he Police Department by the
Courts on requisition to the Dstrict Magiscrates.
(1.0. ~fs. 2140, Home 23 ApI 1938-

(7) Sessions !udges arc reqidred to tranfer weapons of unusu~

±aractersuch as usu~’Js, velsticks and knives which are marked fu
courts in crimes of vigilence to the medico legal museum in the
Madras Medical College, in consolation with Ihe Professor of Medical
lurisprudence. They should however consult the Principal, Police
Training College, Chonnai before disposing of weapons concerned in
criminal cases.
(GO. Ms. No. 3069, Home, 3Oih August 1941 ~ 0.0, Ms, No. 4925,
Home, 10th November 1941.)

608 of 780
 604

Addition of Exhibit.

(8) (a) Deputy Inspectors General of Police should select from their
districts, material objects and exhibits of educative value relating to
atleast one case each half year as indicated, below and arrange to send
them to the principal, Police Training College, Chennai exhibition in
the museum :—--

Deputy Inspector General First halt year, to

of’Police, Tirunelveli, be sent before the
Madurai and Tiruchirapalli end of April.
Ranges.

Deputy Inspector General, Second half year,

of Police, Chingleput, to be sent before
Vellore and Coimbatore the end of October.
Ranges.
(b) The Deputy Inspector General of Police (Crime, C.I.D.,
Chennai and the Commissioner of Police, Chennai, should each select
exhitits from atleast one case in the year before the end of July and
November respectively.

(c) The Deputy Inspector.General of Police, (Crime, C.I.D.,

Cheiinai, will see that the order is carried out and send an annual report
to reach the Director General of Police in December,

609 of 780
 CHAPTER XxxIJ
ARiuisT AND CUSTODY
622. Discresion to arre.s tin cogniycble case.
A Police Officer has discretion whether, or not, to arrest a person
of his own motion, in a cognizable case and in instances where the
position of the accused person and the nature of the charge against him
render his arrest without warrant an unjustifiable hardship, application
should be made to the Magistrate to issue a processfor his appearance,

(GO. Ms. No. 1782, Judl. 30th August 1876, and paragraph 155 of
Police Commission report).
623. Part III of the Constitution of India contains certain Funda e
mental Rights which are guaranteed to the citizens. Article 22 of the
Constitution relating to the protection of a person against arrest and
detention is reproduced below :—
“Protection against arrest and detention in certain cases.

(1) No person who is arrested shall be detained in custody without

being informed, as soon as may be,ofthe groundsfor such arrest nor
shall he be denied the right to consult, and to be defended by a legal
practitioner of his choice.
(2) Every person who is arrestee and detained in custody shall be
produced before the nearest Magistrate within a period of twenty four
hours of such arrest excluding the time necessary for the journey from
the place of a arrest to the Court of the Magistrate and no such person
shall bedetained in custodybeyond the said period without the authori~y
of a Magistrate.
(3) Nothing in clauses (1) and (2) shall apply. —
(a) to any person who for the time being is enemy alien or
(b) to any person who is arrested or detr’in.d under any law
providing for preventive detention.

610 of 780
 606

~4)No law providig for preventive detention shall autli.orisc the

detention of a person for a longer period than two -months unless an
Advisory Board constitutLd in accordance with the recommendations
of the Chief Justice of the appropriate High Court has reported befoie
the expiraticr~of the said p.~ricdof two months that thereis ii’ its opinion
sufflcien~cause for such detention.

Provided that an Advisory Board shall consist of a Chairman

and not less than two other members, and the Chairman shall be
a serving Judge of the appropriate High Court and the other
members shall be serving or retire Judges or any High Court;

Provided further that nothing in this clause shall authorise

the detention of any person beyond the maximum period
prescribed by any law made by parliment under -clause
(a) of clause (7)
Explanation —In this “appropriate High Court” means—
(i) in the case of the detention of a person in pursuance
of ~n order ot detention made by the Government or India or an
officer or authority subordinate to that Government, the
High Court for Union Territory or Delhi;
(ii) in the case oi the detention or a person in prusuanc~
or an order or detention made by the Government of any Statc (other
than a Union territory ),the High Court for that State, and

(iii) in the case of’ the detention of a person in pursuance

of an order of detention made by the administrator or union
Territory or an Officer or authority aocordance to such
administrator such High Court as may be specified by or under any
law made by Parliament in this behalf.

(5) When any person is detained in pursuance of an orde.r

made under any law providing br preventive detention ,the.
authority making the order shall, as soon as maybe, communicate

611 of 780
 ~U7

to such person the grounds on which the order has been made and shall
afford him the earliest opportunity of making a representative
against the order.

(6) Nothing in clause (5) shall require the authority making

any such order as if referrred to in that clause to disclose facts which
such authority considers to be against the public interest to such disclose

(7) Parliament may by law perscribe—

(a~ the maximum period for which any person may in

any class or classes of cases be detained under any
law providing for preventive detention; and

(b) the procedure to be followed by an Advisory Board in

an inquiry under clause (4).

624. Informal arrest.—

(1) Informal arrest or an accused person and compelling him
to remain in attendance are forbided. Ti t:he presence or a suspected
person is secured, he shall be formally arrested and, if not kept
1n custody released on bail. This order does not preclude the
quiet watching of suspected person, who is allowed his full liberty.

(G.O. No. 903, JuQicial 23rd May 1889 and 332 Judicial
20th February 1906.)

(2) In case of offences for drunkness under the Prohibition

Act, where the guilt or the suspected person could be established
only on medical examination, it is not necessary to take the person
declines or refuses to accompany the Police Officer for medica
examination; in regard to arrest also, the Police Officer has to
touch or confine the body or the person to be arrested,
only i there isno submission to custody by word or action. Even
in such cases the arrested person should be informed that he is arrested
0r available offence and that he would be released by the Station

612 of 780
fiouse Officer on production of surities. He should be givthi
an opportunity to take the surities with him to get him released
without delay.
(G.O. Ms. No. 4562, Home, 29th Dec. 1961.)
625. Arrest in nuisance cases.—

When it is practiciable to follow the procedure laid down

in Section 42 of the Criminal Procedure Code, persons accused of
offences under the Towns Nuisances Act, 1889 (Madras Act III
or 1889), need not necessarily be arrested.
(G.O.No. 3177, JudI., 4th September 1982 and 332,
JudI., 20th February 1906.)
626. Arrest in nuisance cases in places where there are only
Out Posts—
(1) A person who is arrested under the Town Nui-
sances Act, 1889 (Madras Act III of’ 1889), without a wai rant
and has not been released on bail can be produced
before a Magistrate for being enlarged on bail Officers in charge
of OutPosts should take the accused person to the Magistrate in
Stations where three is one, for being enlarged on bail in-
stead of to the Police Station and should submit complaints direct to
the Magistrate.
.0. No. Ms. 768, Home, 1st March 1958.
(2) A Head Constable in charge of an Out Post can
without the intervention of the officer-in-charge of’ a Police Station,
take cognizance oi offences under the Towns Nuisances Act, nuisances
Sections of the Indian Railways Act, viz., Sections 108, 118, 119, 120,
122 and 123 and also such of the offences under the various
enactments contained in the Madras koad Traffic Code, 1940, as can
be legally taken cognizance of by a Head Constable. A Magistrate
can take cognizance of such offences on report by a Head Constable
1ncharge of an Outpost. This report need not be a charge-sheet.
(G.O, Ms. No. 2658, Home. 9th Aug. l953~)

613 of 780
 609

627. Railway Officials : —

(1) It is incumbent upon line the officers of a Railway

Administration, to relieve from duty any railway employee
whose arrest is required. If, in any case, the duty upon which the
person to be i’rrested happens to be engaged, is such that his immedi-
ate arrest would cause risk or inconvenience, the Police should make
all arrangements necessary to prevent his escape and apply to the prope,
quarter to have him relieved. The fact of the arrest of a railway
employee when off duty, or when not engaged in a duty which renders
his immediate arrest undesirable, should be reported at once to the loca1
Head of the Departnic:~tto which he belongs.
(2) Arrest of employees of Ordance factories owned or sponsored
by the Government should be notified immediately to the Superinten
dent/Officer in-charge oi the factories concerned.
Arrest of Central and State Government Servant and Vilage
Offire~rsby Police —

628(1) (a) When a Central Government or any Department or a State

Government Servant or a Village Officer is arrested or removed by the
Police it is desirable whenever practicable to send prior intimation ~
the arrest of such an officer to his immediate superior officer or the
officer-in-charge 01 the installation or department. This intimation
must be treated as secret.
(b) (i) Information of arrest should be sent to his immediate
superior officer concerned, if in any case, prior warning cannot be given:
and

(ii) this should be followed by a more detailed report ofthe offence

committed together with an indication as to whether the arrested person
is being released on bail or bond by the Police.

(G.O, Nos.44S0,Home, 15 Dec. 1952 and 1987, Home,3rd July 1954).

629. Arrest of en~p!oyeeof Foreign consulates :—In the event ()~

the arrest of an employee of a Foreign Consulate, intimation should

immediately be given to the Consular officer concerned.

230-3—39

614 of 780
 610

630 Arrest of Military personnel :

(a) The fact of the areest of Military Per sonnel by the Police should
be communicated to the Commanding Officer of the Unit to which
they belong and also to the concerned Magistrate Court. Such com-
munication should be sent within 24 hours from the time of arrest.
(b) The Deputy Superintendent of Police in the District Police
and the officers of equivalent rank in Madras CityPojice, Special Pranch
C.I.D., Crime Branch, C.1.D., etc., are authorised to send such in
mation, direct as stated above.
[0.0. No. 1611, Home, (Pol. XIV), 23 June 1982].
631. Arrest of Indian Army Reservists :—

(1) When a reservists of the Indian Army is arrested and remanded

on a criminal charge, the facts of arrest remand will be at once report to
the Director-General with information as to the Military Unit to which
ho man arrested belongs. When the case is over its result and tl-e
event of convticion the period spent in jail by the accused while under
trial prior to conviction and the sentence awarded will be reported.
The infirmation so reported will be comunicated by •the Director
General to the appropriate Military authority.

(2) Arrest, detention, release etc., of Members of Parliament/

Members of Rajya Sabha, Members of Legistalive Assembly /Mernbers
of Legislative Council :—Intimation to Speaker/Chairman/Lok Sabha/
Rajya Sablia Assembly council

(a) Information about the arrest,d etension,release etc.,of the Membei s

of the Lok Sabha Rajya Sabha should be sent immediately by telegram
wireless message to the Speaker / Chairman as the case may be, by the
Superintendent of Police or the Commissioner of Police, Madras. Similar
information should be sent to the Ministry of Home Affairs, New Delhi
Confirmatory report of the telegram/wireless message sFould be sent
immediately by registered post to all the above officers, the Range Deputy,
Inspector-General of Police concerned and the Director-General of
Police, The form in which such confirmatory communication to be sent
is appended below.

615 of 780
 (h) Asiinilat procedure should be ad opted to frunish information
to the Speaker/Chaiiman of the State Legislature as tie case may be
when a M.L.A., or M.L.C., is arrested ,detained, released, etc.

(c) The Chief Secretary to the Government of Taniil Nadu,

Public Department, the Secretary to the Government of Tamil Nadu
Home Department, Cbennai, the concerned Deputy Inspector-General
and the Director-General of Police should also be informed, in the
caseof arrest, detention or release ofmembers of the State Legislature.

230-3--- 39A

616 of 780
 ~‘12

FORM.

Place
Date;

To

The Speaker/Chairman,
Lok Sabha/Rajya Sabha/Legislative Assembly/Council.

Dear Thiru Speaker/Chairman,

I am to inform you that I have found it my duty, in the exer-
cise of my powers under Section of the
(Act) to direct that
Third Member of the
Rajva Sab~a/LokSabha/Legislative Assembly/Council, be arrested!
dctained/released for (reasons for
the arrest or detention, as the case may be).
Thiri~ Member of the

Lok Sabha/Rajya SabhajLegislative Assembly/Council was accordingly

arrested/taken into Cu stod y/released at (time)
on (date) and is at present lodged in
the jail (Place).

632. Cases of escape from Borsta I or C’ert~fiedSchools—Appre-

hension and Prosecution.—
When any inmate of a Borstal or Certified School
who had escaped therefrom is arrested, the Station House
Officer of the Police Station within the limits of which the
inmate is arrested shall be held responsible for returning the inmate
forthwith to the institution from which he or she escaped. A pro-

617 of 780
 613

~ec~:tionshall not be launched against an inmate for escaping from

a Borstal or Certified School except with the concurrence of the
Additional District Magistrate. In the case of persons who have
escaped from Certified Schools, sanction to prosecute will only
be accorded in aggregating circu mstances of a serious natL. re.
While
the necessity for giving full consideration to the question if pro-
secuting an inmate who has escaped from a Borstal School is the
same as in the case of pupils escaping from certified Schools, the
age, character and conduct of the inmate should ah~a~ s Fe taken
into account and will be the deciding factors. Necessary particulars
must therefore be furnished when an application is made for the
prosecution of an inmate.
(0.0. Ms. 3253, Home, 14th June 1939,~

633. Deserters from foreign men-of-war.—

Deserters from foreign men-of-war-cannot be apprehended
and delivered up to th~ foreign Government concerned,
and no assistance should be given by the Police for
their recovety. In respect, however, cf foreign sailors
of ships of war merely outstaying their leave, the case is different,
and there is no objection to the Police making inquiries with
view to the discovery of missing men and to reporting the resuit
to the captains of the vessels concerned; but assistance of an active
kind cannot be afforded and no force what should be used to make
the men return to their ships.
(G.0. Ms-601,Juell 28th April 1900 and 638, JudI. 3rd May 1900.)

634. Place of confinement.—

When a person is arrested, he shall be taken at once to
the nearest Police Station. If it is necessary to detain
him in a village, he should, if possible, be secured in the
village chavadi or ~houltry and net kept in a private house.

618 of 780
 614

635. Ili-tre/ument by the Police.—

Directly an accused person is placed under
arrest the investigating Police Officer shall, as the
first step in the Police investigation, ask him whether he has
any complaint to make of ill-treatment by the Police and shall
enter in the case diary the question and answer. If an allegation
of ill-treatment is made, the investigating officer shall there and
then examine the prisoner’s body, if the prisoner consents, to see
if there are any marks of ill-treatment and shall record the result
of his examination. If the prisoner refu ses to alk w his bcdy to
be examined, the refusal and the reasons therefor shall be recorded.
If the investigating officer finds that there is reason to believe the
allegation of ill-treatment, he shall at once ~o far suspend the
investigation on which the prisoner has been arrested and to
forward the prisoner with his complaint, the record of cor-
poral examination, any other evidence available, and, if possible,
the Police Officers implicated by the prisone?s complaint to the
nearest Magistrate havingjurisdiction to enquire into the case.
(Govt. Memo.9277/ A3/ JuehI 31st Aug. 1911).
636. Search of prisoner.—
(I) Prisoners, who are not released on bail, shall
be searched, as soon as brought to the station
and all property found on their person, except necessary wearing
apparel, shall be sent to the Magistrate with Form No. 86 Prisoners
should not be allowed to have lengthy Dhoties, Sarees, etc., which
may be used for hanging.
(0 0.126, Pub. Pol. 6th March 1935 and Ms. No, 4916 Home,l9th Nov. 1950.)

(2) The removal of a sacred thread, Tall, Wedding ring or

the Lingam worn by Lingayats from the person of a prisoner is
projiibitc4.
(3)~A list of the property, omitting the wearing apparel
retaine4 by the prisoner, shall be entered in the Search Register
(Form No. 85) which shall be signed by the senior Police Qificer
tliq ~tatlon Wntcr and the prisoner

619 of 780
 61 5

~4)~The search should be made at every Police Station

enroute, where the prisoners are temporarily locked up, and entries
made in the Prisoner’s Serach Register in addition to the General
Diary and Sentry Relief Book of such Stations.
(0. o. Ms. 23, Home, 13 Aug-1956)

637. Prisoners in Police custody.—

(I) (a) A Prisoner in Police custody shall not
be permitted to leave the lockup after night fall,
except iii special and mergent circumstances, which shall be
recorded in the General Diary. A prisoner in Police custody prior
to remand is entitled to see a Pleader and his relations.

(b~Whenever any punitive action is taken or contemplated

against any foreign national, he should be provided with facilities
if he so desires, to communicate over the telephone or by telo~am
or letter, with his Counsel or High Commissioner or Consular-
General or his representative, as the case may be.
(G.o. Ms. 4148, Home, 18 oct. 1949)

(2) (a1 He should not at any time be allowed to talk to mem-

Ser~efthe public.

(b) (i) No person in Police custody shall be allowed to be

garlanded or make speeches. He shall not also be allowed to
receive food direct from other people.

(0.0, Ms. 1$12,Home :13 May 1964)

(ii) If a prisoner at the time of arrest is already garlanded,

a completó search shall be made immediately after arrest and the
garlands as well as the other articles except wearing apparel shal
be retnovà~and ~alceripossession of after preparing a Seizure Mahaz at

620 of 780
 616

(3) (a) Dhurries and blankets are supplied for the use of
rho ners in Police lock-ups according to the scale noted below—

(i) All Police Lockups .. Two dhurrics each.

(ii) Police Lock-ups in Stations Two blankets each.

where the Police Staff
are supplied with blankets.
These articles will he treated as Station property and the officer
in charge of the Station or Out-Post will be responsible for their
issue to such f the prisoners who do not provide themselves with
their own bedding.
(b) The Police Lock-up if it contains a prisoner or prisoners
shall be unlocked at day-break. The bedding of the prisoners shall
be at once brought outside, well shaken and, if it is clean, l*ft for
some hours in the sun.
(G. o. 3o17, Home 2nd Aug- 1937)

(c) The night vessels shall be removed and the lock-u p

thoroughly cleaned. As for as possible a flush out seat should be
provided in each lockup cell in Police Stations.
(d) The prisoners shall be taken to the latrine and shall
be allowed to wash. They shall be fed daily at 10 a.m. or earlier
if necessaiy, in time to be taken to Court after meals, and again
at 5 p.m. If prisoners are not brought to the Station till after
the hours prescribed for meals they should be fed as soon as
possible after they are confined.

(~)Officers iii charge of Police Stations and Officers in-charge

of Guards will be held personally responsible for seeing that these
orders are carried out.

~4) ~ Cu stody of women in Police lock-ups during night.

should be avoided. This should be ensured by avoiding arrest
of women a~times when thcft~çustod~during tight may bç 40Ces~

621 of 780
 617

sary and by sending them off for remand as soofl as possible

after arrest. Where the custody or women in a Police Lock-up
during night becomes inevitable, either two to three women Police
Constables should be detailed to guard the prisoner or a reliable
elderly Female Warder should be engaged for the full duiation of
the Women’s custody in the Police lock-up.
G.O. Ms. 1227,Homc ~thApril 1%3)
(b) Every Police Station should have a list of Female Warder
who can be called for duty whenever necessary and they may be
paid fcr their services from contingencies.
638. Treatment of Prisjoners.—
(1) Prisoners are not to be sub-jected to needless indignity or
harsh treatment, At District head-quarters, prisoners s~iouldho
conveyed from Prison to Court and back in a Police Van, where
one has been provided.
(2) Prisoners whose confessions ate to be recorded, should be
taken to the Court from the Prison in a Police Van, when avai-
lable, escorted by warders as a special case.
(3) In places where there are n Police Vans but where motor
bus is available, under-trial prisoners should be conveyed by motor
bus, irrespective, of the distance to be travelled, provided that
number of prisoners to be taken at a time is small and can be
controlkd easily, and provided also that their presence in the bus
does not cause inconvenience or annoyance to members of the pub-
licusin.g it.
G.O.Ms.464,public(pol)l9th August1930 and 1917 Law (general) 11th May 1932
ana 53~4Home 13th Oct. 1939).

~4) In places where none of the above modes of conveyance

is available, under-trial prisoners who are persons of good social
position and are accustomed to use a c invoyance may be allowed a
conveyance provided their safe custody is not endangered.
(5) The same rule should be followed in the case of Pj1SO ners
who are certified by the Medical O~er to be p~ysically unfit to
Wa~

622 of 780
 (6) Tn other cases prisoners should he go on foot except in
the cases noted bdow. No prisoner should however, he compelled
to march on’foot more than twenty-four kilometres in 24 hours.

Exceptions.—
(1) when convicted prisoners are escorte~ along with
under-trial prisoners the former may be conveyed by the motor
bus in which the latter are conveyed, irrespeclive if the distance
to be travelled, in order to avoid the inconvenience and expense
of providing a separate escort for them.
(G.O. Isis. No. 2768, Home, dated 27th June 1940.)
(2) Whenever women prisDners have to be escorted by road,
they should be provided with a conveyance, where the distance
to be traveled by them exceeds two kilo metres. Conveyance may
also be provided for shorter distances in cases in which, for reasons
of health or custom, or other valid reason, failure to make such
provision would cause undue hardship to them.
639. .C/ass~flcation of under-trial prisoners in prisons into ‘habitual?
or ‘casuuls’.—-
(1) There will be two classes of undertrial prisoners,
classified according to their previous standards of living.
During the period. prior to the production of a prisoner
before a competent coil rt, the classifying authority will be the officer
in charg~of a Police station.
(2) Under rules 216 and 217 of the Tamil Nadu Jail Manu al,
it is primarily the duty of the convicting court to classify a con-
vict as a ‘habitual’ or ‘casual’. Government have directed that
the classificatija adopted by the Court shall be noted by it on the
warrant of commitment of each prisoner.
(G. 0. No. 1099, JudI. 10th August 1908).
(3) Station House Officers and Inspectors should invariably
offer all assistance to a Court, if required, to enable it to come
to a correct decision regarding a convict’s classification, and they
will note in the diary reporting the conviction of every case what
classification the Court adopted. Sheuld thay be of opintion that

623 of 780
 619
the classification Is wrong, they should state the fact and give their
reasons to enable the Superintendent to make such representation
to the Court as he considers necessary.
640. PolIce to give information whether an under-trial prisoner
‘sa first offender.—
Under-trail prisoners who have been in prison before
should be segregated from those committed to prison for
the first time. To enable the Prison Superintendents concerned to
arrange this segregation the Station Hoim se Officer sending a prisoner
for remand shall enter in the passport of the escorting Constables
whether the prisoner has been convicted before or, if such informa-
tion is not available, he shall state so.
641. Use of handcuffs.—
(1) When an accused is in Court during the trial
he must be held to be in the custody of the Court. If
an accu sed is so dangerous that it is necessary to handcuff him,
a representation should be made to the Court, and the Court will
Issue proper instructions in the matter. Under these circumstances
accused persons while in Court during trial should not be hand
cuffed except with the permission of the Court.
(G. 0. Ms. No. 1832, Home, lOrd May 1951).
(2) Under-trial prisoners, while being escorted to and from
Court, shall not be handcuffed and chained unless there is a rea
sonable expectations, either from the heinous nature of the crimes
with which they are charged or from their character or behaviour
that such persons will use violence or will attempt to escape, or
that an attempt will be made to rescue them. The same principles
shall be applied to convicts proceeding in public places in Polic
custody. The decision as to whether handcuff and chains should
be used or not will crdioaril! lie with the Station-House Officer or
n his absence, with the officer next below him in a seniority. As
far as possible, the Police escort shall in each case be sufficiently~
~rong to prevent such persons from escaping or giving trouble
(6.0 . No. 330, Public (P01.) dated 12th June 1930.)

624 of 780
 620
(3) Whenever accu sod, hut u nconviced, persons are handcuffed
the fact and the reasons for h shall be stated iii the Station
House General Diary.
(G.0. No. 615, JudI, dated 28th April 1908.)

0) Whenever it is considered necessary to handcuff accused,

but unconvicted, prisoners confined in a sub-jail when taken out
in the precincts of the sub-jail for food and exercise, the orders
of the Superintendent of the Sub-jail should be obtained in a
register in Form No. 87 to be kept by the officer incharge of every
sub-jail guard.
(G. NOs. 1633, judi. 26th June 1916 and 522, judi. 31st Aug. 1929)

(5) In regard to refiactc~ry, violent or dangerous prisoners the

officer in charge of the sub-jail guard or the senior Police Officer
present may impose handcuffs in cases where the orders of the
Superintendent of the sub-jail cannot be obtained in time to avoid
risk, providei that the fact shall lx rep rted t. the Superinf~nden
at once.
(6) Whenever under-trial prisoners, etc., led by escort Police
Constables are taken to latrines, the Police Constables should secure
the prisoners with leading chains and keep gi ard outside holding
the handle of the leading chain thH s preventing the possibility of
escape by the Prisoners.
(G.0. No. 1513, Home, dated 13th May 1964.~
(7) Handcuffs should not he used on political nrisoners except
in the case of members of extremist organisations, vho may be
difficult to control.
642. Sick Prison~’rs.—
(1) When a prisoner arrives at a Police Station seriously
ill, medical aid should be called in, if available. When not
available, the prisoner should be sent by the quickest conveyance
available, if his condition admits, of it, to the nearest Station on the
line of march where medical assistance can be procured.

625 of 780
 621

(2) Whenever a prisoner arriving at a Police Station is found to be

ill-or having any inj u rjes on his person the same should be fully and
carefully recorded in the Station General Diary preferably in the presence
of two respectable witnesses who should be requested to attest the relevant
entry in the General Diary.

(3) Prisoners attacked by cholera in a Police Station should be

removed from the lock-up and placed in an airy part of the Station and
all possible treatment applied.

643. Scale of accommodation for prisoners.—

(1) The maximum number of prisoners that can be confined in
a look-up should, in each case, be fixed by the Superintendent in
consultation with the Executive Engineer, having regard to the
accommodation available therein.
(G.0. Nos. 1672,JudI. 11th July 19 l6and 325, ~-lorBe,(JudI.) 9th Feb. 194g.)

(2) A notice in English and in the regional language should be

hung up outside the lock-up showing the maximum nuriber of male
or female prisoners who may be confine I. in it.
(3) The number so fixed shall never be exceeded ; any excess
over the authorisei number shall be accommodated in any convenient
building under an adequate guard.
NOTE :—For purposes of the above order, 14 cubic metre of breath-
ing space and 4 sq. metre of ground space should be taken as the minii~um
requirement for each prisoner to be accommodate~iin a Police lock-up
except on the Nilgiris where the minimum scale shall be 10.5 cubic metre
of breathing space and 2.5 sq. metre of ground space.
(P.W.D. Circular, Memo, 3266/C/dated 19th~May1917.)

644. Gonfinement Jn Lock-ups ~of prisoners and offenders brought bj~

other Departments.—
(1) (a) When a prisoner escorted by officers of the
Customs or Central Excise and Salt Departrients iS brought for c.ake-
ment in a Police Lock-up, the responsible Police officer, shall, in the

626 of 780
 622

event of there being no prisoner in the lock-up, hand the key over to the
Customs or Central Excise and Salt Officers incharge of the escort
and the officers of these departments will be responsible for the prisoner’s
safe custody.

(b) When the offender arrested either by

(i) a Food Inspector for an offence of Food Adulteration.
‘Jr
(C. 0. Ms. 1~tO.566, Home, 7th February 1962).
(ii) an Officer of the Forest Department for a Forest offence,
is brought for confinement in a Police lock-up for not more than 24
hours pending production before a Magistrate, the responsible Police
Officer, shall, in the event of there being no prisoner in the lock-up, hand
the key over to the officer who arrested offender and that officer will be
responsible for the offender’s safe custody.

(2) When other prisoners are already in the lock-up, the prisoner
or offender as the case may be, brought by other Departments referred
to in sub-clause (1) shall be confined with them, and the Police in-charge
• of the lock-up will be responsible for his safe custody.
(3) In all circumstances the duty of supplying the prisoner or
offender, brought by other Departments, with food and guarding him
when outside the lock-up shall lie with those Departments,

645. Remandof accused to Police Custody—

Government have issued the following rules for the guidance of
Magistrates in regard to the remand of accused to Police custody.
(G.O. NO. 842, Home, (Jtldl.) dated 24th April 1917.)
(I) Magistrates shall not grant remands to Police custody unless
they are satisfied that there is good ground for doing so and shall not
accept a general statement made by the investigating or other Police
officer to the effect that the accused may he able to give further infor-
• mMion. A request for remand to Police custody, shall be accompanied
by an affidavit, setting out briefly the prior history of the investigation
and the likelihood of further clues which the Police except to derive by
having the accused in custody, sworn to by the investigating or other

627 of 780
 623

Police Officer, not below the rank of a Sub-Inspector ,f Police. Magis-

trates may~decide the issue after perusal of the affidavit. The Magis-
trates shall personally see and satisfy themselves about the accused
l)eing sound in mind and body before entrusting him to Police custody
and also at the end of the period of custody by questioning him whether
he had in anyway been interfered with during the period of custody
• Where the object of a remand is verification of statement of an accused,
he shall, whenever possible be remanded to the charge of a Magistrate,
and the period of remand shall be as short as possible.
(2) When application for remand is made to a Magistrate of a
class lower than the second class, the Magistrate shall direct the Police
to go to a Magistrate of a higher class.
(3) An accused who has been produced before a Magistrate for
the purp se of making a confession and who has declined to make it or
has made a statement which, from the point of view of the prosecutionS
is unsatisfactory, shall not be remanded to Police custody. If he is
remanded to other àustody, the investigating Police Officers shall not
except n the presence of the Magistrate, be allowed either to see him
again or to any further communication with him.

(4) It is the duty of Magistrates, who remand accused persons to

~ustody other than that of the Police and of Magistrates in exceutive
• charge of sub-jails to which accused persons are remanded, to guaru
with the greatest care against the possibility of the Police interfering
with them or subjecting them to any undue influence.

(5) A prisoner shoi~id not be removed from one place cf confine-

ment to another for the purpose of proc~ring his identification, The
attendance of any persoi believed to be cognizant of the prisoner’s identity
should bcisec~red,

646, Fljo:ographin.g of under-trial prisOners ~—~(l)The photograph-

• ing of onder-trail prisoners is generally forbidden, However, photo
graphing of c nder-trail priscners is permitted ~nder certain condition
as laid down in sections 4 and 5 of the I4entiflcation of Prisoners Act,
1920.

628 of 780
 624
(2) Any person who has been arrested in connection in with an
affence punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a teim of one year
or upwards shall, if so required by a Police Officer, allow his measure-
ments to be taken in the prescribed manner.

(Section 4 I.P. Act, 1920.)

(3) If a Magistrate is satis&d that, for the piupose of any investi-

gation or proceeding under the Code of Ciiminal Procedure, 1974, it is
expedient to direct any person to allow his measurenlents or photogiaph
to be taken, he may make an order to that efifiect and in hat case the
person shall be produced or shall attend at the tin~eand ph~c~ sp~ci1~.d
in the order and shall allow his measurements or photograph to he taken
as the case may be, by a Pclice Officer.

(Section 5, IP. Act, 1920)

~4) Finger and foot-impressions shall be tne only measurements

that may be takeii Measurements and photograpn shall be taken only
at the following places :—

(a) Prisons

(b~ Magistrate’s Courts

(c) Pclice-Stations and Out-posts

(d) Police lock-ups

(Rule 1 and 2 under .P. Act, 1920.)

(5) if any person who is required to allow his measurements or

photograph ho be taken resists or refuses to allow the taking of the same,
ii. shall be lawful to use all means necessary to ~cure thotaldngtliereof.

(Section 6 (2) l.P. Act, 1920.)

629 of 780
 62S

(6) Resistance to or refusal to allow the taking of measurements

or photographs shall be deemed to be an offence under section 186
I.P.c.

647. Intbnatioi.z to District Probation Officers of re-arrest of Proba-

tioners :—

Whenever a probationer is ye am sted or char~,esheeted for a fresh

offence or when an ex-probatiouer is convicted for a subsequert offez cc
tile District Probatior Officer of the jurisdiction should be immediately
igfo~e4

t (3.0. Ms. No. 3920, Home, l’)th November 1956.)

~?_23O-3-~4&j

630 of 780
 626

CHAPTER XxXIIL
EXTRADITION.
648 Assistance of he Central Bureau of Investigation 16 be enlisted.-.-

When a person accused of a grave offence in the territory of India In

residing or takes refuge in foreign possessions adjoining India,
Radio Message will be flashed to Central Bureau of investigation,
Interpol Division giving a gist of the case and the description of the
wanted offender and requesting assistance for securing him, as also
for watching him till the necessary formalities an, completed.
649. Extradition between India and Pakistan.—
No satisfactory arrangements regarding extradition of fugitive offei-
ders from Pakistan to India and VICE VERSA has been entered into
with pakistan for the present. In the absence of any valid agreement
the subject between India and Pakistan no effect should be given to any
request received from Pakistan for extradition of an offender from India.
As regards offenders in India, every care should be taken to see that
they do not escape to Pakistan as otherwise it will not be possible t.
have them extradited from Pakistan to India.
G. 0. Ms. No. 118, Home, 10th January 1952.
650. Ceylon and other Colonies.—

(I) A requisition for the surrender of a person accused or convincted

of an extradition offence as define in the Second Schedule to the Extra-
dition Act, 1962 committed in India and who is or is suspected to be,
in any foreign State or a Common wealth Country may be made by the
Central Government

(a) to a diplomatic representative of that State or Country as

Delhi, or

(b) to the government of that State or Country through the

diplomatic representative of India in that State or Country and in
modes is convenient, the requisition shall be made in
uch other mode as is settled by arrangement made by the Government
of India with that State or Country.

631 of 780
 ~27

(c) A warrant issued by a Magistrate in India for the apprehen-

sioii of any person who is, or suspected to be in Commonwealth
~ountry shall be in such form, as may be prescribed by the Government
of India under this rule making powers under Section 36 of Extr~di-
tion Act, 1962.

2) Any person accused or convinced of an extrac~ition offence wiio

is surrendered or returned by a Foreign State or Comrnomweallh Country
may, under the warrant of arrest for his surrender or rCti~rfl issued
in such State or Country, be brought into India and delivered to the
proper authority to be dealt with according to law.

(3) Whenever any person accused or convicted of an offence, which

if eommitted in India would be an extradition offence, is surrendered
or returned by a Foreign State or Commonwealth Country, that pCi scn
shall not, until he has been restored or had an opportunity of retr~ning
to that State or Country be tried in India for an offence committed prior
to the surrender or return, other than the extradition offence proved
~y facts on which the Surrender or riKmra is based.
651. Telegraphic Demand t. Ceylon for provisioi~a1arrest. —

(1) Every fugitive criminal of a foreign State or Commonwealth

eountry shall subject to the provisions of the Extradition Act. 1962, be
liable to be arrested and surrendered or returned, whether the offence
ii respect of which the surrender or return is sought was committed
before or after the commenement of the Extradition Act, 1962 a~d
whether or not a court in India has jurisdiction to try that offence.
(2) Where the offence in respect of which the surrender or return
•i a fugitive criminal is sought was committed on board any vessel on
the high seas or any aircraft while in the air outside India or the Indian
Territorial waters which comes into any part of aerodrome of ladia,
the Central Government and any Magistrate having jurisdiction in such
part or aerodrome may exercise the powers conferred by this Act.
(3) if a fugitive criminal who, in pursuance of this Act, has been
committed to prison to await his surrender or return to any Foreign State
or Commomwealth Country is not conveyed out of India within two
F—230-3— 40A

632 of 780
 628

mouths after such committal., the High Court, upon application

to it by or on behalf of the fugitive criminal and upon proof that reaso-
nable notice of the intention to make such application has been given
to the Central Government may order such prisoner to be dischai ged
unless sufficient cause is shown to the contrary.
(4) In the case of a person who is a fugitive criminal arrested are
detained under the Extradition Act, the provisions of the Code of Crimi-
nal Procedure, 1973, relating to bail shall apply in the same manner
as they would applyif such pei son were accused of committing in India
the offence of which he is accused or has been convicted, and in
relation to such bail, the Magistrate before whom the fugitive criminal is
broughtshall have, as for as may be, the same powers and jurisdiction
as court of session under that Code.
(5) A fugitive criminal who is accused or convinced of abetting
any extradition offence shall be deemed for the purposes of the Extra-
dition Act to be accused or convicted of having committed such offence
and shall be liable to be arrested and surrendered accordingly.
(6) It shall be lawful for any person to whom a warrant is directed
for the apprehension of a fugitive criminal to hold in custody and convey
the person mentioned in the warrant to the place named in the warrant
and if such person escapes out of any custody to which he may be deli-
vered in pursuance of such warrant, he maybe re-taken as a person accuse
of an offence against the law of India may be re-taken upon an escape.
652 Summons to a Colony.
(i) Everything found in the possession of a fugitive criminal at the
time of his arrest which may be material as evidence in proving the
extradition offence may be delivered up with the fugitive crininal on his
surrender or return, subject to the rights, if, any of third parties with
respect thereto.
(2) If it appears to the Central Government that by reason of the
trivial nature ofthe case or by reaosn of the application for the surrender
cr return of a fugitive criminal not being made in good faith or in the

633 of 780
 629

interests of justice order political reasons or otherwise, it is unjust or

inexpendient to surrender or return the fugitive criminal,it may, by order,
at any time stay any proceedings under that Extradition Act and direct
any warrant issued or endorsed under that Act to be cancelled and the
person for whose arrest the warrant has been issued or eiidorsed under
that Act to be cancelled and the person for whose arrest the warrantr
has been issued or endorsed to be discharged.
(3) If requisitions for the surrender of a fugitive criminal are
received from more than one foreign State or Commonwealth Country
or from any Foreign State and Commonwealth Country, the Central
Government may, havingregard to the circumstances of the case, surren-
der the fugitive criminal to such State or country as it thinks fit.
~4) A fugitive criminal shall not be surrendered or returned to
Foreign State or Commonwealth country :—

(a) If the offence in respect of which his surrender is sought is

of a political character or if the proves to the satisfaction of the Magis-
trate or Court before whom he may be Produced or of the Central
Government that the requisition or warrant for his surrender has, in
fact, been made with a view to try punish him for an offence of a political
character

(b) If prosecution for the offence in respect of which his surrcrt

der is sought is according to the law of that State or Country ba~red
by time;

() Unless pio~isionis made by he law of the Fcie~n

State or Commonweatih Counry cr in the ~xti adition treaty
with the Foregir’ State ~r Ic the extradition arrargemert with the
Commonwealth Ccur try, that the fugitive criminal shall riot,
until he has been restored or has had an opportunity of
returning to India, be detained or tried in that State or Country
or any offence committed prior to his surrender or return,
other than the extradition offence proved by the facts on which
his surrender or return is based.

634 of 780
 630
(ci) if he has been r’ccused of some offence in
India, not being the offence for which his surrender or return is
sought or is undergoing sentence under any conviction in India
until after he has been discharged whether by acquital or
an expi~ation of his sentence or otherwise.

(e) Uatil after the expiry of fifteen days from the date
of his being committed to ptison by the Magistrate.

(5 Nothing in the Extradition Act shall affect the pro-

Visions of the Foreigners Act, 1946or any order made thereunder.

(6) (t, A rrgitive criminal may be apprehended i~

India under an eiviorsed wa~rant cr a provisional warrant.
(h) Where a warrant for the apprehension of a fugitive cr1 -

minal has been issued in any Commor..wealth country and such

tugitive criminal is, or is suspected to be, in India the Central
Government may, if satisfied that the warrant was issued by a person
having lawful authority to issue the same, endorse such warrant
in the maimer prescribed and the warrant so enelosed shall be
suifficient authority tc apprehend the person named in the warrant and
to bring him before any Magistrate in India.

(c) Any Magistrate may issue a provisional ~arrant

for the app’-ehension of a fugitive criminal from any Common—
wealth country who is, or is suspected to be, in or on his way
to India. oti s~C11 information and under such circumstances as
would, in hs opinion justify the issue of a warrant, if
the offence ot which the fugitive Criminal is accused or
has been c~uvic~cdli~ts been committed within his jurisdiction
and snch wuii~nt way e~ecutcd accordingly.

(d) A Magistrate issuing a piovisiona! warrant shall

forthwith send a report of the issue of the warrant together
with the information or a certified copy thereof to the Central Govern~
merit and the Centra’ Government may, if it think~ fit, discharge
the person apprehended under such warrant.

635 of 780
 631

(e) A fugitive criminal apprehended on a provisional warrant

may from time to time, be remanded for such reasonable, time not
exceeding seven days at any one time, as under the citcumstaflces
seems lequisite for the production of an endorsed warrant.
(7) (a) If the Magistrate before whom a person appre-
hended is brought is satisifled on inquiry that the endorsed warrant
for the apprehension of the fugitive criminal is duly authenticated
and that the offence of which the person is accused or has been
convicted is an extradition offence, the Magistrate shall commit the
fugitive crIminal to prison to await his return and shall forthwith
sead to the Central Government a certificate of the committal.
(b) If on such inquiry the Magistrate is of the opinion
that the endorsed warrant is not duly authenticated or that the offence
of which such person is accused of has been convicted is not an
extradition offence the Magistrate may, pending the receipt of
orders of the ~erLtiai Government, detain such person in custody
or release him on bail.
(c) The Magistrate shall report of his inquiry
to the Central Government and shall forward together with such
report any written statement which the fugitive criminal may
desire to submit for the consideration of that Government.
(8) The Central Government may, at any time after
a fugitive criminal has been committed to prison issue a war rant
for the custody and removal to the Common wealth Country
concerned of the fugitive criminal and for his delivery at place
and to person to be named in the warrant.
(9) The Central Goveinment have entezed into E,~t,a-
dition Treaty between the following Nations:—
(a) Nepal.
(b~ United States of America.
(C) Great Biitain.
(d) Northern Ireland.
Ce) Sikkim.

636 of 780
 632

653 Arrest under Criminal proced,,e Code, Section 41(1) (g) : —

EXfradiiion from Jp4ia.—~l) Powers ot arrest

of criminal who enter Indian Territory after commiting in
certain offences are conferred by section 41(1). clause (g) of
the Criminal Procedure Cede.
(2) TT~e surrender from India of fugitive criminals is
~‘nverned by Jie Indian Extradition Act. 1903 (Act XV of 1903).

637 of 780
 633
CHAPTER XXXIV.
BAIL BY THE POLICE AND REMAND.
654. Bail in non-bailable cases :—

Attention is drawn to the provisions of Section 437 Criminal Proce-

dure Code. Persons accused of non-bailable c ifences should be en-
larged on bail by the Station-Hcuse Officer, if they con-re within the
scope of the section.

655. Station-House Officer alone can grant bail :—

The Station-House Officer alone is empowered to grant hail under

Sections 436 and 437 of the Criminal Procedure Code, but an Investi-
gating Officer may send a person to him with a recommendation to
be released on bail. A Station-House Officer or the Investigating
Officer is empowered to release an accused person under secticn 169.
Criminal Procedure Code.
656. Bailable warrants_Production for remand
A person arrested under a bailable warrant should not be compelled
to come to the Police Staticn to give bail. The officer executing the
warrant should take the necessary bail bond form with hini and take
bail, where offered and release the warrantee.
657. Sunday not excluded under SectIon 57 Criminal Procedure Code:
Sundays are not excluded from the time-limit allowed under Section
57 of the Criminal Procedure Code for the production of prisoners
bçfore a Magistrate.

638 of 780
 634

CHAPTER XXXV.
FINAL REPORTS, PROSECUTION FOR FALSE COMPLAJNTh,
WITHDRAWAL OF CASES, APPEAL AGAINST ACQUITTAL
CRIMINAL APPEALS, FTC.
658. Final Reports
The final report (Form No. 89) is the report prescribed by Section
173 of the Criminal Procedure Code.to be sent to the Magistrate having
jurisdiction This form will be used both for referring cases as false and
reporting them as undertectable.
659. Reporting on false cases !nslructions :—

Cases must not be reported as false unless clearly so. Mere

probability will not suffice. Delay in referring cases as false
must be particularly avoided and cases, in which there has been seriousd
delay, must be returned as undetectable, unless fresh facts arc elicited
demonstrating them to be false.
660. Notice to complainant—
In cases disposed of under Sections 175 and 157 (b),
Criminal Procedure Code, including cases charged, the
Police have t0 serve a notice in Form No.90 on tl~ecomplainant or infor
mant and forward the duplicate duly endorsed with the final report to
the concerned Magistrate. Where the complainant or informant is in
directly concerned with a case, notice may be served on the next of not
or a very close relativeof thedeceased if known and if not kncwn, pasted
on the Police Station notice-borad fcr a pericd of 30 days. In cases in
which investigation is refused, tl~eduplicate notice will be attached to
the First Information Report sent to Court.
G.O. NO. 446, judI. (PoL)dated 25th August 1924 and G.O. No. 2166, Home,
dated 6th July 1953.
661. Final rcports to be sent through Circle Inspector—
Final reports have to be sent through the Circle Inspector, who is
bound to forward them to the Magistrate without delay, noting rpon
them any orde~sissued to the Station House Officer and any remarks

639 of 780
 635

that he may have to offer. The Inspector may order the Station
House Officer to makefurther inquiry or do so himself, In respect ofthe
Single Sation Circles, the final reports may be sent to the Magistrae
direct by the Inspectors concerned.
G.O. No. 2251, Jud!. dated 26th December 1882.
662. Prosecution of complainant—
When t~ie Investigating Officer reports a case as wilfully
or malaciou sly false, he shall state in the final report whether her
intends proceeding against the complainant or not and in the
event will givehis reasons for not doing so.
663. Sanction to initiate proceedings under Section 182 ~r 211, indian
Penal Code—
Prosecutions under Section 182 or 211 of the Indian
Penal Code should not be initiated without the orders of the Superia..
tendent or Divisional Police Officer.
664. Prosecution of Government Servants.—
(l~The Police should-obtain the prior approvalof the Collector in
the mfussil and that of the head of the department to which the
Government servant belongs in Madras City before charge-sheeting any
Government servant for offences alleged to have been committed by him
during the dischargeofhisofficial duties.
(2) Collectors and heads of departments in Madras City should
send their replies to the Police within ten days of the receipt of such
proposal from the Police. In the eventofdifferenccof opinion between
the Police ofl the one hand and a Collector or the head of a department
in Madras City on the other, the Police should obtain the orders of the
Government in the matter.
(3) This order does not apply to cases of Police subordinate
prosecuted under the Madras District Police Act, 1859 (XXIV of 1859)
nor to the prosecution of Government servants not under the control
of the State Government.
No-ru.--.The Collector tc whom the report is to be sent in the Collector
of the District in which the prosecution is to be launched,
0.0. Ms. NO. 2164, Home. dated 11th m~y1950.

640 of 780
 636
65. C’onpla Jut under Section 195, Criminal Procedure C’ode.—
No prosecution for an offence punishable under Section 211, India
Penal Code, shall be launched, when such offence is alleged to have been
committed in , or in relation to, any proceeding in any Court, except
on the complaint in writing of such Court or some other Court to
which such Court is subordinate.

(2) Hence, a complaint in writing of such Court is necessary on

the following occasions ;—

(a) When the original complaint was made to the Magistrate

and referred to the Police under Section 1 56 (3) or 202 of the Criminal
Procedure Code

(b~When the Magistrate has taken any judicial proceedi,ng in

a case in which the original complaint was made to the Police and the
case referred by them as false.

(3) The dismissal of a case under Section 159 of the Criminal

Procedure Code without investigation does not constitute judicial
proceeding.

666. No written complaint ofa Court required in complaints to the Police

or village headman.—
No written complaint of a Court under Section 195
of the Criminal Procedure Code is required in the case of complaints
made directly to the Police or Village Headman. The Madras High
Court has held in Criminal Miscellaneous Petition No. 289 of 1908
(LL.R. XXXII, Mad., Page 258) that a prosecution under Section 211
of the Indian Penal Code will lie in respect of information to a Village
Headman, or to another person bound under Section 40 of the Crimina’
Procedure Code to pass on the information to an authority specified in
that section,provided that the information so given is such as the Village
Ileadman or other person is bound by law to pass on to such
~n authority and thus set the crin~ita1law in motion

641 of 780
 637

667. ProsecutIon under Section 25, Arms Act

A Station House Officer may himself apply to the Collector through
the Circle Inspector to sanction the initiation of prosecution under
Section 25 of the Arms Act

668. Orders of Magistrate on Final Reports

The final report to the Magistrate, under Section 173 of the Ciirninal
Procedure Code, that a case is false may justify an order for further
mvesugation as the section itself indicates, but it is not open to the
Magi.;trate direct the Police to chago the case against their own report
ttut the case is false The Magistrate has pewer to take action him-
sei~under section 190, Criminal Procedure Code, it he is not satisfied
with the report of the Police that the case is false.
669. V~Ethdrawalof the cases
(I) Goveinnient consider it desirable that, in all grave cases in
M~isterialCourts, tne Public Prosecutor, or the Assistant Public Prosy
cutor should consult the Collector before wittidrawing from the
prosecution of an accused.
(G.O.No. 19, JudI. 2nd Jane 1906)
(2) In cases where the Superintendent directs tae withdrawal the
Prosecuting Counsel should be instructed to move the Court for with.
drawal under Section 321 criminal Procedure Ccde.

(G.O.No. 112, Home, 10th Jan, 19o0)

670. Appeal agaInst acquittal
(1) Whenever the Supeintendent of Police considers that there
are grounds foi a successful appeal against an acquittal he should addres5
the Collector in detail with a view to 1~ismoving the Government to
take action.

(G.O.No. 1742, JudI. 17th Aug. 1914)

642 of 780
 638

(2~ Trivial and unimportant cases should not be tak en on appeal

to the High Court, Proposals for appeals against acquittals and revisions
for enhancement of sentences should be sent only in cases where i hicr
are substantial and compelling reasons for doing so.
G.O.Ms.No. 3242, Home, dated 17th November 1955.)
(3) Papers relating to appeals against acquittals should be treated
as “Most I rnnicdiate” at all stages. A red slip bearing the words
“Most Immediate” and mentioning the last date for appeal be pas~ed
to every communication and also on the top of every file dealing with
such a case.
(G.O.Ms.Nc. 539, Home, dated 5th March 1958)
(4) (a) The time allowed for filing appeals is three month. AU
proposals for appeals against acquittals should be submitted to Govern-
ment within a period of two months from the date of judgement to be
appealed against.
(G.O.Ms.No. 630, Uome, dated 10th March 1955),
(b) All proposals for revision petitions for enhancement of the
sentences should be submitted within one month from the date of the
order of discharge or judgement imposing the sentence which ought to
be revised.
(c) proposals for filing an appeal after the expiry of two month-
from the date of judgement sought to be appealed against should be
accompanied with an explanation for the delay.

(5) All prcpc sals for appeals against acquitials shculd Fe acecin
panied in the following infcrmaticn.
(a) the date of judgement of acquittal.
(b~ the date of application fcr a ccpy cf the judgenient.
(c) the date of furnishing copies by the Court and

(d) T~hedate c,f expiry cf limitation.

643 of 780
 639
(6) Pr~posa1sf9r appeals should be accompanied with two court
certi~edcopies of calender and judgement of the Court or Courts apart
from one true copy. When Calender and judgements of two Courts
have to be sent these relating to each Court should be typed separately
leaving enough space on the top for affixing Court-fee stamps. In all
cases where printed copies are normally available, only printed copies
fjudgement s should be sent.
G.O.No. 4211, Home, 22nd Oct. 1949. Govt. Memo No. 157433/Cts.1
1/59—5,4th Jan. 1950-374332/Cts./ 2-1, Home, 3rd April 1962).
671. Criminal appeals High court
(I) The Public prosecutor Madras has issued the following instruc-
tions ia regard to the better representation of the State in criminal appeals
~nthe Fligh Court of Judicature at Chennai.
(a) ~Notice :—

C~pies 0f notices in all criminal appeals are sent to Superintendent

.f Police by the High Court. Superintendent f Pc lice decide t in the
in c~nsu1tationwith the Public Prosecutor, if necessary whether the
deputation of a Police Officer is necessary and intimate to the High
Court whether an additional set of records will be required, in criminai
revisien cases, notices, are sent by the Public prosecutor to the
Collector who in some cases forwards them to the Superintendents of
Police. Ordinarily in revision cases, deputation of an officer is un-
necessary.
(b) Date of hearing :—.

(I) Criminal appeals, referred trials and references injury cases to be

heard before Bench on a Monday will be posted in the rough list on the
previous Tuesday when intimations will be sent to Superintendents of
Police in cases where they have asked for such intimation and only after
receipt of such intimation from the Public Prosecutor should the officer
deputed proceed to Madras to instruct him.
(ii) Criminal revision cases are orainarily posted before a single
Judge on Thursday, and the approximate date of hearing in such cases
is known seven days before the hearing.

644 of 780
 640

(iii) Sometimes officers come up on the date given in the notico

issued by the High Court, but this date is only a formal one and
no case ordinarily comes on for hearing on the date given in the notice.

(c) Bail :—

Ordinarily no notice is given to the Public Prosecutor before movins

an application for bail. Sometimes the Court after the application is
moved directs notice to the Public Prosecutor and adjourns the case to
a specific date to enable him to get instructions. Sometimes practi-
oners give him notice of their intention to apply for bail in which case
he applies to the Collector for instructions. If Collectors or Superin-
tendents of Police desire him to appear and oppose any application for
bail which is likely to be moved in the High Court, Government have
laid down that the following procedure should be followed
(G.O. 632, Public, 24th June 1926.)

(i) When a Superintendent of Police receives information from

his subordinates or otherwise or has reason to believe, that the accused
in a important case in his district intend moving the High Court for
bail and that such application should be opposed, he should give early
intimation of the fact to the Collector and submit a clear statement of
the grounds on which such application, if made, should be opposed.

(ii) As soon as the Collector receives this intimation he should,

if he agrees that the motion if made should be opposed, instruct the
Public Prosecutor, Madras, to do so giving him a brief and clear state-
ment ofthe facts ofthe cases, In urgent cases telegrams should be sent.

(iii) The Public Prosecutor or will then arrange to oppose the

when it is made.

(iv) In cases in which the High Court has released an accused

persononbail without notice to the Public Prosecutor and there arc
adequate grounds for moving for cancellation of the bail, the Colluc-
for should instruct the Public Prosecutor to move the High Court.

645 of 780
 641

(ci) Enhancement or reduction of sentence.-

(1) (i) In all cases in which the Collector is of opinion that a sentence
awarded by a subordinate magistrate ought to be enhanced or reduced
he may make a recommendation~tothe High Court under section 397
Criminal Procedure Code.

(ii) if the Collector thinks that a sentence awarded by a Sessions

Court ought to be enhanced, he shall make the recommendation to
Government in accordance with G. 0. No.1494, Judicial, dated 25th
September 1901.

(iii) If an accused sentenced by the Sessions Court has appealed

to or moved the High Court in revision against the order of the Sessions
Judge, the Collector can in such cases instruct the Public Prosecutor
to move for enhancement of sentence—vide G. 0. No. 303, Judicial,
dated 24th Feburary 1910 and G. 0. No. 1256, Judicial, dated 8th June
1915.

(2) Iii every appeal to the High Court which is of importance and
in whichthe record is voluminous, a Police Officer, with detailed personal
knowledge of the case, should be sent to instruct the Public Prosecutor,
Madras. It is especially desirable that he should be so instructed in
appeals against convictions in im?Ortaut cases based on circumstantial
evidence

(3) The Government have directed that the date of hu~iag o~all
Gvernment case in the High Court, Madras, ~specia1iyui its eany stages
coicerned, by the Law Officer in-charge of the cas~,so that the Head of
the Department, may, if necessary, depute a departmental officer to
instruct the law officer suitably—on departmental matters. These
orders apply to the Civil and the Criminal cases in the High Court,
Ch~nn:ti.
F—230-3—41

646 of 780
 642

Note.—Immediatolv on deciding to depute a Police Officer to Instruct

the Public Prosecutor in cases of Criminm~lAppeals and Referred Trial,
Superintendents of Police should see that printed records are obtained
direct from the Registrar, High Court and that the Police Officer depu-
ted meets the Public Prosecutor with the printed records.
(4) The procedure regarding sending case diaries to Government
for being forwarded with petitions for mercy, is laid down in Police
Standing Order 575.

647 of 780
 643
CHAPTER XXXVI

SEARCHES AND PROPERTY.

672. Searches.—- Witnesses.—

(1) Whenever possible the presence of the Headman of the Village

shall be obtained to witness a search.

(2) Witnesses to a search are required to enter the premises to
be searched and watch the Police Officer performing the search.
(3) Before the commencement of the search the person of the Police
Officer who is to conduct it should be examined before the witnesses.

(4) Search of Mail vans.—~

(a) Sub-Inspectors and Deputy Tahsildars assisted by atleast
one other officer of lower rank will carry out the search.
(G. 0. Ms. No. 1816, Home, 3OthJune 1958.)

~b)Previous information may be given at the discretion of the

State authorities.

(c) As the presence of a Divisional Officer of the Posts and Tele

graphs Department might not always be available at the particul-.
point where the searching Officer enters the Mail Van, the object could ba
attained by associating in the search either the Guard or the Under
Guard of the train and also any member of the Supervisory Railway
Mail Service Office who might be present. If anything is discovered a
record will be made and signed by those present as witnosses.

~d) Only two checking Officers will enter the Mail Van at any one
time.

(e) Searching party may not accept responsilblity for the Ic sses
of postal articles for obvious reasons.
F—230-3--41A

648 of 780
 644

(1) Forward transit bags already checked and sealed by an officer

of origin with a definite destination marked will not be opened by the
Searching Party, bur if they have any doubt as to the contents of any
such bags it will be opened by the Head Sorter or the Official-in-charge
on a specific request from the Searching Party in writing but no postal
article or document relating thereto will be delivered to the Searching
Party except under the provisions of section 95, Criminal ProcedurC
code.
~g) The search should be restricted to the minimum, i.e., to
cases where there is bonafide information that something contraband
was secreted inside the Railway Mail Service Van.

673. Thne of the Search.-—-.

The law does not require a search under the Criminal Procedure
Code to be made during day-light, but, as a rule day-light should be
awaited, the inmates of the house being made to evacuate it and the
house sealed and guarded.
674. Conduct of the Search.—~
(1) Before entering the premises, the exterior of the place shall be
inspected to see whether facilities exist for introducing property from
outside.

(2) Under Section 165(2) of the Criminal Procedure Code, the

Station-House Officer or Investigating Officer must, if practicable
perform the actual search in person. If incapacitated from so doing
he must comply with sub-section 3 of that section and deliver to his
subordinate the pruscribed ‘rder in writing. A verbal order given
Cii the spot will not fulfil the requirements of the section. The Investi-
gating Officer should use Form No. 92 when conducting a search.

675. Search list.-—~

The Search list (Form No. 91) is in duplicate with trifoil for the
Station record. One copy should be forwarded to the Magistrate having
jurisdiction with a case dairy sheet and the other attached to the copy
of the case diary and forwarded to the District Police Office. If blank

649 of 780
 645

paper has unavoidable to be used, two copies of the list should be made
and dealt with, as above, and an entry made on the trifoil in the station
book on return there, the forms attached to the trifoil being destroyed.
676. Property coming into the hands of the Police.----~Disposa1.
Form No. 88 is used for sending property to the Magis-
trate. Three copies of the forms should be prepared by carbon process.
The triplicate should be retained in the Station and the remaining two
copies sent to the Magistrate with time property. When the duplicate
copy is received back from the Magistrate with his orders thereon, it
should be pasted in the book and the triplicate copy removed and filed
withthe case diary.
677. Unclaimed ProperIy.—~
The receipt of any unclaimed property should be entered in the
General Diary and the property forwarded to the Magistrate with Form
No. 86 as soon as possible.

678. Property on unclaimed bodies.—

Properties found on corpses of unidentified persons who have died
of natural casues shall be taken charge of by the Police and sent with
Form No. 86 to the Executive Magistrate (Talisildar) having jurisdie-
ti on, after making necessary entries inthe General Diary.
679. Custody of Property.—
The Magistrate as a rule, will provide a place for the safe custody
of property seized in cases. If, however, he refuses to take charge of
it, the Police must be responsible for it, Such property should be kept
under fock and key in a Sub-jail cell or in and iron damped box ~
custody of the Treasury or Sub-jail Guard.
(G.O.492, usd1, 8thMarch 1881.)
680. Livestock.—~
The seizure of livestock by the Public in criminal cases shall be forth
with reported to the Magistrate for orders under Section 457, Criminal
Procedure Code. Pending orders of the Magistrate regarding its dis-

650 of 780
 646

posal, ~e livestock shall remain in the custody of the Police, but they
may deliver it over to the charge of the Village Headman or its owner
to b, produced when required. The Magistrate having jurisdiction will
be responsibF~for the cost of its feedingin cases other than those in which
it is handed over to the owner.
(G. 0. Ms. No. 2545, Home, 11th June 1940.)

681. Sessions Court.—:

The High Court has directed that the Sessions Court Officer shall
take charge of records and ‘property sent to the Court even during vaca-
tion ani on holidays.

682. Disposal of property of which Court declines to take possession.—.

When aCourt of Magistrate refuses to pass any order under Section

452 of the Criminal Procedure Code as to the disposal of property con-
cerning which he does not believe that an offence has been committed
and refuses to receive it from the Police, the following instructions should
b, observed.
(i) The Police shall retain the property sufficiently long to enable
the parties to appeal to a higher court against the Court’s Magistrate’s
Procedure.
(ii) If no application for revision is made nor order Passed on
revIsion, the Police shall return the property to the person from whom
it was taken, unless there is any obvious objection to so doing.
(iii) In doubtful cases the Police may apply for an order under
Section 457 o~’the Criminal Procedure Code to the Magistrate having
jursidiction.

(iv) ~Vhenno order can be obtained from a Magistrate or Court

and the owner;hip of the property i:~in dispute or difficult of dete rmina-
tion, the safest cour~owill be for the Police to retain the pr’pertv until
cue of the patties obtains the order of a Court. Such case shall be
~epo1-todto the Director-General for orders.

651 of 780
 647

(v) The Police shall not hand over property seized in a critnina
caseto a person other than the one from whom it was taken, without
the orders of a court or Magistrate.
683. Police not to receive back property withoza orders as to disposal.
When once a Magistrate has raken over property from the police,
they should not receive it back without ord ers as to its disçosal.
684. Property liable to distress.—
The joint property of an undivided Hindu famiiy cannot be seized
or sold upon distress warrants issued against individual members ~f
thefamily. The Police should however, as certainwhether the warantee
has any self-acquired property and ifbe las it ira~be auaclecl,seized
,

and sold
(0.0. 1540, JudIcial, 20 th November 1871.)

652 of 780
 648

CHAPTER XXXVII.

SAFE GUAPDING AND DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION—

CO-OPER~T1ON BETWEEN BORDERING AREAS AND
CO-.ORDJ NATION OF WORK TN CONNECTION WITh THE
CONRTOL, OF ORGANIZED CRIME AND OF CRIMINALS.

685. Protection of secret Information.—

It is a universally recogrized and fundamental principal of Police
practice that secret information obtaij-ed by the Police
should at the discretion ofthe head of the Police Force, be kept secret
within the Force, that the identity of sources and agents wl’o
supply such information should be known only to the
Officers who employ these sources and agerts and to such other officers
as the head ofthe Force mayd etermireand tl at every precavtior betaken
to protect secret information and its sources from exposure. No secret
information and no record or dc’cumert or information which leads as
may lead to the disclosure oftl e idertity cftic source fren wi Ic! or the
agent of informant from whom such secret information was obtialned,
or to the discolsure of the ideitity of any Police Officer through whom
it was obtained or to the disclosure of the source from which or the agent
or the informer from whom it is intended or hoped to obtain
secret information,orto the disclosure of ft e identity ofar.~Police Officer
employed on an~particular secret enquiry shall be disclosed by any
Police Officer to any other person, whether a member of ti eFolice Force
or not, except under the direction of the Director-General of Police. ~.io
rePort cortainirg serret information received frcn- ar agent or informe.
from any source s~al1be transmitted either in origii al orbv copy. When
the substance of such a report has to be communicated to anutliorized
persons, it should be paraphrased or written in precis of Summarized
as may be necessary, the greatest care being taken to ensure that its
source is not indicated by anyV ing in the paraphrase, precis or summary

~G.O.259, Public (Pol.) 3rd May 1935, 111, Pub. (Fol.)ctl Marci
l93~and 3755, Home 22rd tecen~er1936.]

653 of 780
 649

(2) Instructionsin the preceding claust regarding the discl osure

of secret information apply to the disclosure of “II kinds of secret
information and their sources includirg (1 cse relatirg to crimes of
violence intended to overthrougl’ tl-e Go~errmertas by law establisi ed.
(0. 0. Ms. No.31 54, Home., 17th August 194?).
(3) Not with standing anything contained iii clause (1) of this Order
or in the instructioms issued thereunder by the Director -General of
Police It shall he obligatory on any &Pojice Officer to furnish secret
information of the type referred to in them, and also information regard-
ing the identity of sources and agents who supply such information, to
the C hiefSecretary to Government and the Secretary to the Government,
Home Department, if called for through c D rector General of Police.
-

(G.O. Ms. No. 2023, Home, 22nd May 1951.)

~4)Collectors, being primarily responsible for the maintenance
of law and Order in their respective districts, are entitled to receive from
their Superintend ents full information ,ir dud ing seceret information,
on all such matters. Normally therefore, Superintendents of Police
should furnish their Collectors—with the particulars on which any
information, or opinion is based. As regards the sources of any secret
information, it may not ordinarily be necessary for Collectors to have
information, regarding them, but in cases in which the Collectors finds it
necessary to have that information, be may ask the Superintendent of
Police and the Superintendent of police shall ordirarily comply with the
Collectors demand. Where a Superiterd ert of Police is unable to ion i
with and such demand made by ti e Collector. ic slould ii fe~rn U e
Collector immediately of his inability to do so. If a Collector feels ti at
the action of the Superintendent ofFolice in tl’is regard is hr j’icj ir c~
that the refusal to comply with his den~~r.dis flkely to l’r.rd~up i~iv
in his work, he may report such c~seto the GcvcTrn tit. 1’! c (1 ‘.jr -

mefnt after callingfor a report from the SvpeT ~rtcrdirt if Tcli Ii c i j I

the Director-General of Poilce and exeniining orders the srecirl reasons
furnished by the Superintendent of Police, will pass appropriate
in each case,

654 of 780
 650

686. Necessity for prompt dissemination of information. —

(1) The prompt dissemination and interchange of general infor-

mation concerning crime. and a criminals form partofthe most important
duties ofthe Police and must receive the close attention of officers of
every rank.

Station House Officers promptly to circulate notice of property

stolen.—
(2) Station 1-I ouse Officers shall be respor sible for tie pic’nrt circu
lation to Stations, where they are likely to be useful of lists of property
lost ~nd descriptions of abscording offerders. It is most important
that the Railway Police should be giver tie very earlier intimation
to be on the lockout for absconding offenders of tie preparators
of any particular crime.
(3) (a) Rtgister of properties stolen, lost or recovered.—
In every Police Station separate registers will be maintained for
properties stolen, lost or recovered. As and when crimes occur the
Station-House Officer shall be responsible for the prompt circulation
to Stations where they are likely to be ~sefu1of lists of property stolen,
lost or recovered including the Railway Police.

(b) From the replies received from v2rious Police Stations the
Station-House Officers shall bring his list upto-d ate. These registers
should be made use of by Station-House Officers to catches the men
during the education classes.
(c) The register shall be in two parts the first rart dealing with
property relating to the Station concerned ard tl e second part of other
Stations.
687. Report of probable presence of habitual criminals.—

(I) In all cases in which the crime is suspected to be the work

of hebitual criminals, a crime card in Form No. 83 will be
sent by the Station-House Officer to the surrounding Police

655 of 780
 651

Stations of his district as also to the bordering Stations of adjoining

districts and Railway Police Stations, to the corcerrec’ (Tine Record
Bureau, to the Crime Inspector, the Sub-Divisional Officer and ti e
Superintendent of Police. If the offerders are frcn: outside, prompt
information should also he sent by Radio to the neigH curh1 Police
and railway Police Station Stations. Station-House Officers who
receive the imformation, whether by crime card or by Radio will
immediately institute the necessary inquiries indicated and with the least
delay report the result by Radio or memorandum or in the “Reply”
portion of the card-to the Stationfrom which the information was sent.
A register will ‘abe maintained for the crime cards and information
sent regarding crimeand criminals in the prescribed form.
(2) These crime cards or messages shall be retained as long as the
care diaries concerned are retained.
(3) A note-book in Form No. 84 will he maintained in cad Stafop
to show the action taken on Crime Cards received ii it,
68~3. Police Sheets.—Notc Publication ni the Criminal
Intelligence Gazette~”tic

F.sll use shoulds be made of District Police and weekly

Crime and Occ,jrrance Sheet for circulating notices of property1
stolen and persons
be published to be
in them arrested.
(Form Outthese
93). As of view known
sheets Departments
are circulated wil
among
neighbouring Districts, lists on stolen property end descriptive rolls
or persons to be arrested should only be sent for publication in tIe
“Criminal Intelligence Gazette” when wide publicity is necessary.

(2) Notices when to be sent to oilier Districts.—

Notices which cannot be delayed until thepublication of tie Police
and Weekly Crime and Occurance Sheets or “Criminal lrtell!ger c
Gazette “, sholuld be promptly circulated in tie District and sent to
other Districts, as the case may be. The number of copies of suc1~
notices likely to be required in another District, should be cyc’cstylcd
and forwarded.

656 of 780
 652

619. Com~sincation of lmelligc’nce to areas beyond the State.—

(l)It should be clearly understood that the instructions contained
iriOrders Nos. 686 to 688 are not limited to area within the State. It i
the duty of the Station-House Officerto communicate to surrounding
areas h~yondthe b0rders cf the State, as promptly and as completely
as to ~rcounding areas within the State,inl’ormation regarding all classes
.f crime against propetty suspected to be the work of habitual criminalS
who might conceivably have come from or proceeded to areas beyond
the Station limits, and information regarding the movements and activi~
ties of any such criminals. He must also act as promptly on receipt Of
nformation received from areas beyond the borders of the State as he
does on receipt of information from within the State. Criminals are
prone to take advantage of State borders for the ~urposes of committing
crime and prompt and effective interchange of intelligence is necessary
t~ overcome the difficulties involved iii controlling crin1e and criminals
in such border areas.
(G.O. Ms. No. 1556, Home, 29 July 1936.)
(2) A’feetings bet wecn bord~:ringofficers for effecting co-operation
in conn~’etionwith the control of organized crime and of criminals.—
(a~Inorder to secure satisfactory co-operation between the Police
of neighbouring areas for the purpose of control of organized crime and
of criminals, all Executive Officers from the rank of Sub-Inspector to
to Superintendent of Police, both of the District and Railway Police,
should keep up frequent and confidential intercourse by corr~pondence
and meetings with officers of corresponding rank in the areas bordering
their jurisdiction, whether within or without the State of Tamil Nadu
Meetings should take place wien there is current matter for personal
discussion and may be held on the frontier or elsewhere as found
convenient. They should take place as often as is necessary for the
p~:rp)Sefor Which they are intended and no year should be allowed to
pass without atleast one meeting.
(b) Similar meetings should also be effected by range Deputy
Inspecto rs- General with bordering Dep.i ty Inspectors-General witlti
the State and with officers 0f corresponding rank of bordering areas

657 of 780
 653

beyond the State, when necessary, for co-ordinating steps to be taken

In regard to the control of crime and criminals. The border meetings
with officers of corresponding rank of bordering State viz., Kerala
Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh should be held every year. They will
be held in Tamil Nadu and the other States concerned by rotation.
(c~.O.Ms. 2335. Home 14th August 1959)

(c) Divisional Officers and Superintendents of Police should

see that the meeting contemplated above are effected by officers of the
rank ofSub-Inspector and Inspector serving under them. Range Deputy
Inspectors-General should see that similar meetings are effected by the
officers of and above the rank of Assistant Superintendents 01 police
Deputy Superintendents of Police serving under them and send a report
to the Director-General of Police on time 1 5th Janu ary each year as to
whether this order has been complied with. In this report, they should
also state what meetings they have themselveseffected during the preced-
ing calandar year with bordering Dep~tyInspectors-General ot Police.
(d) Except in cases of emergency, ollicers subordinate to the
Superintendent must obtain his permission betbre proceedng out of
the district, and Superintendents and Deputy Inspectors-Gcneral of
Police must obtain the permission of the Director-General of Police
before they visit another State for tiiC purpose of such meetings. If.
owing to emergency an officer leaves his district or proceeds to another
State without obtaining previous permission, the journey should be
subsequently sanctioned and ratihied by the authority competent to
grant permission.
(3) Direciion and co-ordination of work in connection with
organized crirne.—~Theofficer responsible for directing and co-ordinating
work in connection with organized crime which extends beyond the area
of aStation is the Circle Inspector within his circle, the Divisio nal Officer
for areas beyond a circle within his jurisdiction, the Superintendent of
Police for areas beyond a Division within this district, time range Deputy
Inspector-General for areas beyond a district within his range and the
Deputy Inspector-General of Police (Crime), C.I.D., for areas beyond
range. The Deputy Inspector-General of Police (Crime), C.I.D.,also

658 of 780
 654

will take up the dirction and co-ordination of work in other cases the
investigation of which has been taken up by his department. Thcse
principle should be regularly applied and followed in practice for areas
within the State. For areas that extend beyond the State where there
cannot in normal circumstances be a single directing andco-ordinating
authority, the necessary co-ordination of work must be attained by
inter-changing intelligence and effecting meetings as laid down in the
previous orders.
693. Notices of disappearance of individuals.
(1) Notices of the disappearance of individuals should be
published when the circumstances of the disappearance ordinarily
give rise to suspicion of foul play.
(2) From time to time people report at the Police Station about a
missing child, relative, friend, etc., A check on this may reveal a crime
or the working of an abducting or kidnapping gang or it may result in
locating the missing person in which event the Police will earn sub-
stantial goodwill by rendering public service. Hence, every complaint
of a missing childJperson should be methodically enqtiircd into as per
proforma given below.

MAN/ WOMAN/130Y1GIRL/MISSING.
Name;1 Age;
I. Elicit description of the missing person as under
(1) Height.
(2) Weight.
(3) Complexion.
(4) Hak.
(5) Identifying Marks.
(6) Clothes last worn.I

659 of 780
 ~_,5
5

(7) Spectacles.
(8) Footwear.
(9) Girth.
(10) Any other special features.
H. Check up whether the missing person is in any of the folcw~r
(i) In Police Station lock-up Cell.
(ii) Remanded to Judicial Custody.
(iii) Admitted to Hospital.
(iv) Dead in Mortuary.
(v) Concerned in accident or suicide.
(vi) If woman or girl, whether admitted to a Women’s Home or
Children’s Home.
III. Elicit from parents or relatives whether missing person had
airec any grievance regarding.—.
(i) StLdies,
(ii) Home Affaris.
(üi) Love Affairs.
(iv) Religion, etc.

IY. sent of mind.—

Would missing person have gone to places like Thirupathi, Rames—
waram, Thiruvannamalai, Ramana Ashrarnam Pondichermy Aravid
Asbramam, Velankanni, Haridwar, Ramakrisbna Mutt at calcutta, etc.,
if so issue Radio message to Police at that place.
V. Would missing person have gone to join as Air Hostess or to
join a Convent, etc.

660 of 780
 656

VI. Elicit names and addresses of friends, associates, mc. see, if

friends or ~associates are also missing~—agroup of boys or gi~is may go
sight seeing to places like Calcutta. Delhi. etc.

VII. how macli cash WOUld missing person imase had on bin/her
and how much has missing person taken Wiaa ah~~it ~ per~oLi’s
shoes, shppe~s,etc.

VUE. The written nut horily from parent cr gra’n dent for g~vi og
publicity through mass media, Radio, Television, Nev.spapers, etc.
Parent’s feelings for the present and for the missing person’s fuiure
should be respected.
691 - ‘A’ and ~B’Lists of absconding w~rrwees.

(1) When a person for whom a warm-ant has been issued is absconding
and there is rio immediate prospect of his arrest, the Stati on—fl ouse Officer
should send a (ICSCrip~iveroll of the individual, in Form No. 94 in Tarnil
to the Dh net Office~ in addition he willater ih~names of’ jo
in the ‘‘;\bseondor Register”— Part ‘A’ furnkjiiig d~iails of olThoce
residence ot the absconder and action taken o ap~aehendh~to”

(2) hlieso rolls will he published in a supplement to tli Disti~ct

Police Sheet in Form M. 9~,the issnes of tlr~ sapplement being
numbered and paged censecu iv’ely. Those hi ~ts will b.~termed ‘A’
lists.
(3> iii addition to ab;condiug \varmaitoe~ f the to net ihe
Superintendent will publish in uk ‘A’ lki tie desci~ft se rolls of
absconding warrantees of oilier districts and of TensullS published
ii the ‘‘C minal intelligence Gazette’’ \~hoare natives cf or likely to
cOnic to,hs district.

(4) The ‘A~hsts’vilt be fi1~dsepam-a~ely ii each S>a on and from

them the Station Hou-~eOfficer ~hahicinitile in Form N. 94, a
moluse-ipt list of pCNOH likely to conic to hk Station Ii mit~.which
will be hung upin the Stot lot. Ti, met in lie S~aion ss iii be CXICC!ed to
learn the details of’ these norsons In addition Ic will Otter in ho
Ab~eonderRegister. PLt~t‘13’ thu name.~of such of the ~e ~ us who
are either likely to . sit lis Poltcu Seitiun jut isdetion or residents of his
jurisdiction.

661 of 780
 o57
(5) The names of persons who have been arrested or whose arrest
jS no longer require, will be published in the Police Sheet proper in a
list which will be known as ‘B’ List, Form No. 95, ‘A’ list and manuscript
lists shall be always kept up to date from the ‘B’ lists. Absconder
Registers ‘A’ and ‘B’ will always be kept up-to-date either From ‘B’ list
ofthe district or from correspondence with the concerned Police Stations.

(G.O. Ms. No.1156, Home, dated 11th 4pril 1954)

Absconder Register.

(6) Apart from publishing the name and particular of wanted

persons in the Crime and Occurence Sheet, the Crime Records Bureau
will maintain an absconder register, one for persons of this State and
at~otherfor persons wanted in other States who are either residents Cf
this State or likely to visit this State. The resgister to be maintained for
criminals of this State will be called Part I and the other Part II , These
registers will contain, name, caste, parentage, description section of
offence, Crime Number date, name of Police Station, complete
particulars 01 residence, details of stolen property, place or place
which is likely to be visited name of relations whom the absoconder is
expected to visit (I) in his own district, (2) outside his district and State
reward offered for arrests.F.P.B.S. Number date of arrest and remarks,
Part Ii will contain all the above particulars and in addition the name of
the State will be entered below the Crime tumber and Station -

Descriptive Rolls.

(7) The Crime Records Bureau will cdl for details of wanted persons
from the Police Stations in the form—Descriptive Roll. The Crime
Records Bureau will maintain the particulars of all \vantecl persons in this
Lot-in and the same form will be used while communicating trticulai S
of wanted persoas to the Modus Operandi Bureau. This form will be
used I y the Crime Records Bureau wheit communicating particulars
of want~dpersons to other districts or other States through the Mcdus
Oporandi Bureau or publication intended for the Criminal 1ntelli,~etico
Qazette.
F—230;2--—42

662 of 780
 f~5S

CHAPTER XXXVIII.
DETECTIVE DUTY

Detective hiWty
692, Head Constables and Constablesniay be employed on (elective
duty in searching for information, followii g up son c special clues,,
tracing individuals whose whereabouts are unknown and for
watching suspected persons.
Te b. given c~efiniteTnstructions:
693. The most definite instructions possible si all ah~aysbe gi\erI
to msndeputed on detectiveduty.Thcseii~stiutci si tilic em trio on
their passports to th. extent considered desirable. In e~eiyruse tle
Head Constables or Constable shall be given written irstmncticrs on his
passport as to the date on which he shall report back at this Station
This should invariably be within seven days at tle maxiJl in iei kss
the Divisional Officer or the Superintendent orders otherwise.
To report frequently:
694. Men on detective duty, when in touch with their Superior
Officer, should see himfrequently. When at adistance, tley slallserd
in Special reports at least once in every three days, through the nearest
Police Station. The fact of their having visited the Station must be
noted in the General Diary.

Special reports:
695. The substance of special reports shall be embodied in tLe
case diary aid the reports shall be attacl ed to El e copy of 11 e case
diary which goes to the Circle Inspector.
Passports for leavng the Stete;
696. Head Constables and Constabes leuvi r 1! C :1 Si id 4 a \
duty of a special nature and Sub-Inspectors proceedings on duty beyond
their districts shall be furnished with a passpomt in Form No. 96. All
subordinate police Officers sent on special duty outside the State shall
be furnished with a passport in Form No. 97 signed by the Superin-
tindent, or if the cirucmstancesdo not allow ofdelay, by the deputing

663 of 780
 659

o~cer on behalf of’the Superintendent who v~ilibe irf in c ci the

issue, provided shat where reciprocity exists between tie Superinterdert
oa either side ofthe State border, no such issue neen be made.
Plala Ootk~spatrols ii towia:
697. (1) Ii towns where there is sufficient supervision, plain-clothes
patrols may be sent out at night and men in plian clothes deputed to
ebserve Bad Characters secretly.
(G.O. 332, JudI., dated 20th February 1906.)
Pki~clothes mel at Railway Stations

(2) Men ef the District or Railway Policedeputed to look out

for Bad Characters at large and busy Railway Stations, ~y, at tM
discretion of their Superintendents, be allowed to wear mufti.

F—.-230—3 42A

664 of 780
 660

CHAPTER XXXIX

PRESERVATION OF THE PEACE

Watching for developments:

698. (1) In so for as the causes of unrest are usually rf a general,

rligious, political or economic character, it may he difficult for local
officers of the Government to do anyth’ng effective in isolation towards
their removal. When, however, they are of a local character (though
perhaps general teition tends to accentu ate the situation), local officers
mayoften be able to effect their removal or at least, mitigate their
effects. To this end, it is very essential for the local officers to keeP

0ontinuous watch over developments from the very early stages, even
~horigh the circr instances may be si oh as te render it u nnecessary or even
undesirable for them to intervene in the early stage. The District
Collector must make effective arrangements to see that he is flly and
continuously kept abreast of the situation as it develops .The responsibilitY
for such liaison rests entirely on the Collector.
(2) One of the most important duties of the Police is tije collection
of information about every movement, state of feeling, dispu t or
incident, which may iea~i.toa breach of the peace and the communi-
cation of such information to the District Collector. Failure in th~
performance of this duty will be severely noticed.

(G.O. Ms. eVo. 3064, Home, dated 3rd October 1960.)

Preventive Action
699. (1) When a breach of the peace is anticipated, the Police should
take timely action under the preventive sections of Chapters Xl andXII
of the Criminal Procedure Code, and under the provisions of sections
30 and 30A of the Police Act, 1861 (Act V of 1 861). First report made
to Magistrates with a view to action being taken under sections 144 and
145 of the Criminal Procedure Code should he made on the First Infor-
mation Report foim and subsequent reports on case diary forms, as in
ordinary cases under the Indian Penal Cede and copies sent to the
superior Police Officers concerned.

665 of 780
 661

(2) In a serkin s emergency relating to the disti rhance of the peacee

recourse should be had tothe appointment of SpecialPoliceOfficers under
section l6of the Madras District Police Act, 1859 (Act XXI of 1859)
to regulate the enrolment and employment of Special
1ns~p~jctjoflS
PoIic~Officers are oontairwd in police Standing Orders, Volume H.

(3) (a) All public officers shall consider it their duty to do every-
thing that is possible for the removal of causes of friction, commnal

0r otherwise, to foster good relations and friendly feelings between

different sections of thepublic, to take all possible precautions toprevent
disorders and to spare no efforts in bringing disorders under control
with the least possible delay. There should be no hesitation in taking
disciplinary action against any Government servant who is guilty of any
wilful neglect ofd uty or who contribi ted openly or covertly to the origin
or the continuance of the tension.

(b~Police officers should, whenever a suitable opportunity

presents itself, impress on the people that it is the primary duty of each
citizen to keep the peace and do everything in their Power for theremoval
of Co inmi nal and other ill-feelings that to disturb p-i hue peace.

(c) Police Officers shoC-Id keep the concerned Executive

Magistrates informed of the course of any agitiation or dispute that is
likely to lead to a breach of the peace. The following items should he
emphasised in their reports, (i) area affected, (ii) cause of dispute,
(iii) numberofpersons involved in the dispute, (iv) leaders ofthe dispute
and the action, if any, suggested against them and (v~precautionary
arrangements, if any, necessary.
(d) Tue Superintendent cf Plice will be held responsible for
pro mptly communicating si cli information to the Collector of his district,
the Range Deputy Insector-General of Police, the Deputy Inspector-
General of P~’lice (Intelligence), C,l.I). and the Director-General of
Police,C hennai.

(4) (a) Whe’i it is a q~esticn of deal ng wit~ communal

disturbances, the only prescriptions of general appicatiuns that can be
made in regard to precautionary measures arc, in the first place, that

666 of 780
 ~62

where there are persistent or recurrent local grounds for disputes, such
as music or processions in particular localities or at particular times,
ivory endeavour should be ma-Ic to have these settied on a permanent
basis by agreement. Such settlements, usually on the basis of an
ascertainment of old customs in such matters have frequently proved
of great valie and secondly continuous vigilance should be observed
when communal feeling is running high, since any trivial incident may
serve to start Conflagration. This is particularly true of large towns.

(b) The authorities entrusted with the task of maintaining law

sad order should note that it is a right recogniied by law that an assembly
la~vfully engaged in the performance of religious worship or
religious ceremonfes shall not be disturbed and also that persons may
for a lawful purpose, whether civil or religious, use a common highway
by parading it attended by music, provided that they do not ohrtruct
the use of it by other persons. The attention of Poiri officialg is, l~
thu connection invited to section 30(4) of the Police Act of 1861, which
•I~powersa Superintendent of Police or Assistant Superintendent of
Police to regulate the extent to which music may be used in public
places on the occassions of festivals and ceremonies.

Otber Precautionary measures:

(5) Other precautionary measures must depend on a number of

factors includingthe cau seoffrictio n, the nature of the particular dispute
If any, the question whether the danger is continuous or associated,
wIth a special festival or occasion, the influence of local leaders, etc.
Premature action may increase rather than reduce the danger and
excessive precautions mayhave the effect creating a feeling of panic.
But, generally, speaking when tension is really acute, experience is very
definitely in favour of taking excessive rathe than inadequ ate precautions,
since these tend to inspire confidence in the weaker Party and can tiou
In the stronger one. They also tend to check The ardour of the infla-
niatory elements on both sides.

667 of 780
 663

Precautions in towns:
(6) In the case of towns, the following precautions have proved
of valu~1uringperiodsofsustainedtension, “some of them with suitable
modifications may usefullybe followed in any large-scale dispute octsid°
towns also—
(a) Intelligence.—The Police in charge of Law and Order and
of Intelligence should set up independent sources and get Information
of any portents of communal trouble or ether disturbances and effec-
tive measures should he taken to nip in the bud any trouble that is likelY
to develop.

(b) Increase in the number of Police Pickets strengthering of

local Police, stationing of units of Armed Reserve at strategc
and vital places; the institution of Armed Police Patrols in vehicleS
~tted with wireless sets and the establishment of a Police Control Room
with the necessary striking force, ambulance and fire brigade. If vital
places are not connected by telepuone, a wireless Station should be
established and a few despatch riders on motor cycles may be kept ready
for comminicating orders promptly.

(c) Efficient and prompt system of communication between

Police Ffeadquaters, Police posts and the Executive officers concerned.

(d) Security proceedings against persons on b0th sides, who

engage in exciting ill-feeling or who are known bad characters likely
to take an active part in the disorder if it occu rs. Such of the unruly5
elements as are suspected to be responsible for thebetension,
and urchins likely to case breach of peace should rounded hooligan
up under
Section 1 51 Cr. P.C.

(e) Prosecution under Section 153-A, Indian Penal Ccde

0r
action under Section 108, Criminal Procedure Code, against
who promote enemity or ill-feeling.

(f) Formation of Block Vigilance Squads in Towns

668 of 780
 664

(g) Action under Section 144, Criminal Procedure Code, where

the danger of a clash appears t~be imminent, e.g., prohibiting carrying
arms or lathis, assembly of more than five persons in the public streets,
etc.
(It) Action under the Police Act or other provisions of the
law to control or prohibit processions, etc.
(i) Watching for Strangers.
A sharp look-out should be kept for strangers who not only
inflame the feelings of the people but distribute objectionable posters
and offensive weapons. Railway stations, Ferry Ghats, Bus-stands,
Choultries, Hotels, Mosques, Temples and houses of leaders of both
the parties involved in the riotsare places to be watched forsuch persons.
If their movements are found to be suspicious, free use of Sections 41
42, 107, 109 and 151, Criminal Procedure Code, should be made.
(I) Careful watch over the movement of dangerous goods.

Whenever there is reason to suspect that a railway parcel contains

dangerous or offensive goods such as ammunition, the Raliwa y
authorities should be moved tc open the package under Section 59~4~
of the Railway Act.
(k) Distribution of leaflets in the affected and surrounding
areas warning the in-habitants against creating disturbances and appealing
for the maintenance of peace. The citizens should also be assured
that their legitimate rights will be protected. This especially in hartal,
will enable them to pursue their normal vacations without fear of attack
or of victimization.
(G.O. Ms. 3064, flume, dated 3rd October i960.)
700. (1) It is the duty of the Plice to watch the state of feelings,
disputes or incidents among the communities and to take adequate
measures to prevent breaches of the peace which if they
occur, must be handled immediately and effectively. Precautionary
measures for preventing such disorders should Include, beside the
sevreal measures mentioned in Order No. 6c~8action under section 151

669 of 780
 66S

of the Criminal Procedure Code, against rowdies or persons likely by their

actions to create trouble. In proper cases these who incite ‘class-
hatred’ should be proceeded against under Section 153-A c-f the Indian
Penal Code.
~ Use or non.official:
It is very desirahie that the services of non-officials should be
ii, ilisesi when these are likely t~beef vali e in 5L ch situ alicns. For this
purpose it is essential that St-perintendents of’ Police should net keep
themselves aloof from non-officials. They should endeavour in the
course cf thtir tours t~meet leading n n-cfficials cf ti-c place sc that
they cart get to know them well and enlist their help in an emergency.

(3) Prior to anicipated cot-breaks of disorders the Police Force

in the locality must he strengt!-ened or mobilised as circt itistances
permit, so as to deal promptly and effectively with major or mionr
incide-~ts.Arrange~neitsmust he made fc-r mobile patrols and pickets
and for the establishment of communications between the various P0lice
parties and the Police Headquarters.
(4) During both periods c•f tension and actual out-breakes cf dis-
orders it is essential that art efficient system of intelligence should be
available so that officers responsible for the maintenance of law and
order are able to obtain timely information of incidents and develop-
ments. It is niost intportarlt that Police oificers s!iould be in close touch
with the Magistracy.

(5) Vigorous precal tiouary measures, frequent patro1liu~,visit by

superior officers to places of trouble and, above all, a sense of prepared-
ness and determination on the part of the Police to prevent or deal
effectively with any disorder will go a lofig way towards inspiring ccnfi-
dence in the public and preventing or checking activities of irresponsible
elements.
(6~En plaCes where communal disorders are usually associated
with particular occasions such as festivals, a proper riot scheme should
bç drawn up in consultation with the District Collector.

670 of 780
 666

7) Preparations of Riot Schemes:

The preparation of Riot Schemes which can be bro tight into prompt
(operation has proved of real value in the case of large towns.
Internal security and ajaram schemes presuppose a set of condtions
quite different from those which obtain in the case of communaland
other locaIiz~driots and are generally ill-suited for tue løtter purpoNs
‘The character and de~~ls of Riot schemes will necessarily vary from
town to town and following items are merely illustrate of matters which
may require consideration and inclusion in the scheme.—
(a) Choice of headquarters of the Police and Chief Executiv.
Officers (and of Military Liaison Officers, if provision is made for
Military aid).

(b) Adequate arrangements for telephonic communication and

periodical testing of them. If a serious riot occurs, extra connections
are of great value.
(c) Arrangement for transport of Police reinforcements.

(ri) Initial disposition of Police Force, jincluding schemes of

patrols and pickets with mobile reserve. This apart of the Scheme
should be fluid and admit of rapid change as the situation develops.
(e) Division of the area likely to be affected into patrol areas
and in particular, irtto areas capable of patrol by motor vehicles. The
latter part of this scheme involves actu altests before hand of the streets
arid lanes down which motor vehicles can pass. Patrol, areas sho uld be
as small as the Forces available and local conditions will permit, since
the more intensive patrolling can be made the more useful it will prove.
(f) The allocation of du ties and stations to particular Magistrate
(g) Plans for the requisition of Motor Lorries and Motor Car,
(It) Allocation to particular offiler of the duty of requisitioning
a sufficient number oftown eriers, who may prove invalti able in the early
stages of riot for the parpose of proclaiming by beat of drum orders
of the executive authorities.

671 of 780
 667
~i) Pub/ic Addrc ~s Syrtern.—
Use of Public Address System mountert on Police Vehicles for
publishing official announcement countering mischievous rumours, etc.,
(I) K’eping Photograph at hand.—
Photographing situations has a deterrent effect on trouble makers
arid for pursuing investigation and prosecution.

(k) Positioning T.V. Camera has the effect of drawing people to

the desired place and thereby releasing crowd pressure where control
becomes difficult.
(1) If military aid is locally available, the scheme should include
provision for this, framed by or in eonsultation with the Military
authorities. Among other matters provision should be made for
~t) strength and composition of
(a) initial force, and

(b) reinforcements

(ii) the initial dispositions.

(iii) liaison with the civil authorities

(ivy Warning message to stand by and subsequent message
~ifproves necessary) to proceed in aid of the civil powel; and
(if) deputation of Magistrates for duty with the various detach-
nints.
(tn~Medical relief for the injured
(n) Provision of wireless sets
(o) Periodical revision of each Riot Scheme.
-NoT~..-~---(l)
During periods of tension the civil authorites is should
keep the military closely informed of the situ ation.
(2) Instructions regarding use of military in aid of civil power ait~
iven in G.O. Ms. No. 1985, Pu bile (General-A), dated 4th June 1 955

672 of 780
 668

(8) Police Officers engaged md ealing with such situations or

investigating offences arising frcm them, must hew themselves to be
strictly impartial.

9. oceur.—-
rV’h~nc1~~/ics
If a clash occurs immediate and vigorous action may nip the
trouble in the hid and prevent it from spreading. If it is
possible to make arrests, these will have a good effect. Where the
clash take the form cf mob fighting, there should be no hesitation
to disperse by force or to report to firing, if life is seriously endangered,
the provisions of the law in thei respectes being, of course, observed.
Procrastinating and feeble parleying for long periods often lead to the
heighteningoftenSiOn and Worsening of the situ ation. This is freqt~ently
so because lack of prompt firmnessand decision is interpreted as weakness
and vacillation on the part of the authorities, which it frequently actu ally is
10. It will isally be the safe and sound policy at times of acute
feeling to assi me that a clash in a large town may develop into serious
trouble arid to take prompt precautionary measures on this assumption.
These will stop initial clashes in other areas and so preventspread of the
trouble.
N~rE.—Instruetions regarding dispersal of unlawful assemblies are
given in Police standing Order No. 703.

ii. (a) ~feaci,rec to pit down disturbance

Whatever measures may he taken disorder may obtain a firm
foot holi before the necessary forces can be obtained to stamp it out.
Ordinarily, thetroible willthen assume the k~rrnof a gang attacks
in localities where one party is weak and the Police or troops are
inadeqi ate to stop them or (b) ‘Kill and run when the Police or troops
are sifficielt to stop gang attacks. Looting and arson willoften be
features of this stage.
(It) The measures which have proved of value at tl~iscnd subse-
quent stages are :~-••
(i) Orders under Section 144, Criminal Procedure Code, in
~o far as it is possible to enforcethem, e.g., curfew orders, prohibition
nn carrying of lathies, etc.

673 of 780
 669

(ii) Early instructions to Magistrate to give orders to fire if thi

circumstances justify such Orders tinder the law of self-defence or ii nde~
Chapter 1X of the Criminal Procedure Code. The proclamation by heat
ofdrum or through loud speakers of the fact that such itistru ctions have
been issued often has a deterrent effect, even though the occasions
or opportunities for resort to firing may be very few.
(iii) Instensfve petrols and pickets in areas affected.—
A particulally valuable for of patrol is by Jeep, a Magistrate
setting in the front scat, with two constables behind with loadep
muskets. The fact that the Magistrate will give the order to fire, if
necessary, Soon becomes known and the frequency and unexpecte-
d~.essof his visits are effective in checking sporadic a~saiIts and
murders.
(ivy The arrest of suspects and had characters on a big scale
as soon as circumstances permit.

(v) Censorship of local newspapers that spread alarming

reports or contain infiamatory news. This can be done by an order
under Sectoin 144 Criminal Procedure Code, in extrcme cases of real
urgency.
(vi) The utilisation of reliable non-officials of influence
specially for the purpose of restoring confidene.
(vii) Restrictions by arrangement with the Railway authorities
on passenger traffic when there is a real danger of persons cowing frofu
out side to join in the rioting,
viii) Despatch of small police parties 10 couth the distrubed
areas for rioters whenever disurb:nces are indospread,
(ix) Confiscation of’ the arms of undesirable licensees so that
they do not fall into the hands of undesirable persons.
(x~Formation of Central and Local Peace Committees with
influential residents of the locality in an extreme, emergency when it is
• felt that the emergency situation cannot be controlled otherwise. These
residents may also be appointed Special Police Officers under Section
17 of the Madras CityPoliceAct, 1888,orSection l6oftheMu~1,
District Police Act, 1859, as the case maybe for the purpose of assisting
the Police in the maintenance of Law and order.

674 of 780
 670

12 Aftermath—
When the situation has been brought under reasenable control,
new problems come into being among the foflowing may be
mentioned:—

(a) The withdrawal of Police op troops.—

The instructios in paragraph 27 of G.O. Ms. No. 1985, Public
(General-A,) dated 4th June 1956, should be followed.

(b~Police precautions should ordinarily continue though on

a decreasing scale until confidence is trestored.

(c) Similarly, it is often desirable to keep in force for some days

or even weeks particular orders passed under Section 144, Criminal
Procedure Code, since these assist in preventing panic.

(d) There are almost invariable complaints regarding the investi-

gation of offences committed during the disorders, and it is desirable
to ensure as strict impartialy as possible, in the investigating staff and also
careful supervision.

(e) The question of prosecution is a difficult one. Beth sides

usually press for them at the outset and later ask for their withdrawal.
The deterent effect of adequ ate sentences has to be set off against the
intrigue and bitterness which prosecutions encourage; but experience
would seem to show that, in the absence of very~stroiigconsideration to
the contrary, the balance of advantage is very definitely in favour of
offenders being brought to justice.

(fl The assistance of non-officials is probably of greater value

daring the conciliation stage than at any other and the fullest USC should
be made of their co-operation.

(g) Whenever, during the course of a disturbance, a person jS

shot by any member of the Police Force or other Government officials
th. Collector in accordance with the instructions in G.O. No. 348.8

675 of 780
 611
Public(General-A.) dated 17th November 1955, should order a Magis-
terial enquiry, unless the Government themselves order an enquiry
into the, incidents by a Sepcial Officer or a Tribunal.

(G.O. Ms. No. 3064, Home, 3rd October 1960)

Hook-swinging and other allied practices—Prohibition.

‘100 (1) (a) The practices of self mutilation specified below should
be prohibited altogether on the ground of ‘danger to human life health
or safety.’
(G.O. [092 Public (GenI.), 27th October1934, and
4 Pub. (Pal.) 3rd January 1935.)

(b~Prohibitory orders under section 144, Criminal Procedure

Code should accordingly be obtained whenever the intension to carry
0ut such 1~ractieescomes to notice. Steps should be taken to obtain
such orders only it’ it is practicible for the Superintendent or other res-
ponsible Police Officer to reath the spot in time with a sufficient force to
secure the enforcementof theorder without undue risk ía breach of the
peace.
Practices which are likely to prove dangerous to human life, health
or safety and therefore to be prohibited.
(2) (a) Hook-swinging;
(b) Hooking-dragging, i.e. dragging cars other than to~cars
by hooks inserted into the body;
(c) Carrying of kavadis other than toykavadisby meansof
books inserted into the body.

(d) Piercing the muscles of the body with metal rods.

Power to compel application for liceoce for assembly Or Procession

702. (1) Officers of and above the rank of Deputy Superintendents

ofPolicehavcpowerundersection 3OofthePolice Act, 1861 Act ~
of 1861, to issue a general or special notice to all persons convenin~,

676 of 780
 672

or collecting a public assetably on any public road, public street cr

Pu blic tnoroughfareor promoting or forming a procession, that such
persons must apply for a licence, provided that the District Magistratc
or Additional District Magistrate or Sub-divisional Magistrad Jas given
an opinion that such assembly or processi~nit’ ac~.iitr..lied, is likely
to cause a breach of the P~tcc.
(G.O. No. 145$, fad!. 24, October 1908 and
2083, Judicial 14th December 1907.~

(2) They have the power to give notice in the case of any assembly,
or procession that the use of music most he under licence. such licences
being issued by themselves.

(3) The last irie~tionednotice m~.s~r~,t he iss~ed ycI:e1~Ii\ft all

the inhabitants within thcirjurisdiclion, hi t roust only be iss ed Wi:Cfl
it i~ku0 wn hat it is intended by any pcrsc us, r ace dc~s ~ us
to convene, or collect, an asse ably, oi. Ej 1or~na procession, a~i must
bea notice addressed tothe p~rsonsconvcning or cLlteeting s~ch
assembly or directing or promuting such prJce~~sioIl.

Dispersal u~ Unlawful Assemblies

703. (1) (a) It is the bounden duty of the Police to preveut cogni-
jat,~eoffences as per Section 139 Cr. P~C.which is as i’olli)ws.—
‘‘Every Police Officer may interpose ft r 1 he pu rp u ~4 picvrnLIng
and shall to the best ~1 his ability, pievcat, ~e c.,ioissi; ot any
cognii.ablc ffeune”.
(/i) lae police draws us authority to declare and chsperse niaw
lu I assemblies from Section 129 Cr. P.C., which is as ft ll~W~.—
—

“Any Executive Magistrate or Officer in-c~areeof a P~lice

Station or, in tne absence of such Officer in-charge, any Police Officer
not below the rank of a Sub-inspector, may command any unlawful
asseml,Iy, oranyassemblyottiveor more persons likely t0 case
disturbance of the public peace, t0 disperse, and it shall thereupon he
the duty of the members 0f such assembly 10 disperse accordingly.

677 of 780
 ii7~

If, upon being so commanded, any such assembly does nc~

disperse, or if, without being so commanded, it conducts itself in such
a manner as to show a determination not to disperse, any Executive
Magistrate or Police Officer referred to in Sub-section (1), may proceed
to disperse such assembly by force, and m~y require assistance ot
iiny male person. not being an officer or member of the armed forces
v~dacting as such, for the purpose of dispersing such assembly~
and, if necessary, arresting and confining the persons who form
part of it in order to disperse such assembly or that they may
be punished according to law.”

(c) Police Officers superior in rank to an officer in-charges ofan

Police Station are empowered to exercise all the powers tiM are give
to an Officer in -charge of a Police Station as per Section 36 Cr. P.C.
which is as follows—.

“Police Officers superior in rank to an Officer in-charge of a

Police Station may exercise that same powers, throughout the local
area to which they are appointed, as may be exercised by such officer
within the limits of his stations’,

(d) Police Officers who are below the rank of Sub-Inspector arc
not emowpered to declare a mob unlawful. But they can exercise the
right of a private defence which is avalible to every other person as per
Section 97 LP.C., which is as follows:—

“Every person l~saright, subject to the restrictions

contained in Section 99, to defend—.

First--His owii body, and the body of any other person,

againSt an.y offence affecting the human body:;

Secondly—The property, whether movable or imomvable of hi ni

self or of any other person, against any act which is an off~pç~
F—230--3—43

678 of 780
 ~14

of theft, robbery, 1
their, iiisclnef.
falling
res~assunder the definition
or which ia an attempt to commit r crin~iiIa
robbery, mischief or
criminal trespass”
(L) Accroding to Section ~6 1.FC. , Nothirg” is an offerce
which is done in the exercise of the right or privatedefencc. ‘ihe exlcrt
and limitation as of this right are to be found in Section 98 to Section
106 of the l.P.C

(1) The Executtive Magistrate is one who is appointed by the

State Government as envisaged in Section 20 of the Cr. P.C. Ac-
cording toSection22 oft! eCr. P.C.tlc Governirert car arpoii~tSpecial
Executive Magistrates for particular area s and for the perfermence
of the particular functions and confer on them such of the powers as
are. conferrable under the code on E~ecuti~eMagaistrate.

(g) The procedure to be followedo in dealing with unlawful!

assemblies is laid down in the “Drill and Trainirg Manual” Section
123—Drill instruction for dealing with crowds. roitours n ois etc.
and in s~ction2~—Mobfiring small parties ofPolice.

Ui) All Police Officers should be fully conversant with the

above noted provisions of law which enumerate their rights and respon-
siblities in deali rig with unlawful assembhites and with thed nh procedure
as laid down in tfie Drill and Taraining Manual.
(i) In any situation arising where the Police arc compelled
tod cal with unlawaful assemblies in different place of the same village
or town, it would be necessary to secure, as far as possible, the presence
and permission of a Magisirate before resorting to the use of force for
dispersing any or all of such assembilies.

The presence of an Executive Magistrate in the trouble spot

~hould be ensured wherever possible. Ii trouble is expected in number
of places simultaneously, a large numb~rof Magistrates should be
made available.

2. (a) When a Magistrate is present, an assembly shall not b~called

upon to dispe~scnor shall force be used to disperse it without the order
ofsu~hMagistrate ; provided that if a gazetted Police Officer is presen
in tbe.absence of the Magistrate, such Police Officer may act indes
pendently in ordering an assembly to disperse.

679 of 780
 675

(brlf an Executive Magistrate is present at the spot, it shall he

his responsibility to declares tht~mob unlawful and direct them to dis
perie. if the members of thc unlawful assembly do tiot disperse rhe
shall direct the Police to use force that is necessary for the purpose. Th~
nature of force to be used. Tear gas, hathi-charge or water Jet and the
method at c quantum of fo~ceto be used should be decided by the senior -

most Police officer present on the spot. Thereupon the Executive Magist
rate shall not interfere with the Physical operation of mob dispersal...--
(c) In the absence of an Executive Magistrate, the senior most
Police Officer not below the rank of Sub-Inspector will carry out the
functions of the Executive Magistrate in addition to his own.

~d) If any Police Officer below the rank of a Sub-Inspector is

faced with a mob, he shall exercise his right of private defence, taking
particular care not to exceed his rights.

(e) All commands to the Police are to be given by the Officer -

in-Command of the party.

(1) The main principle to be observed isth~ttlv~minimum necessaty
force to achieve the desired object should be used regulating it according
to the circumstallceS of each case. The object of the use of force is to
prevent disturbance of the peace or to disperse an assembly which
threatens such disturbances and has either refused to disperse or shows
a determination not to disperse; no punitive or repressive considera
lions being permitted to become operative w’iile this is being done.—

(g~Having decided on the kind of force to be used the Officer -

in-charge of the Police will be responsil-le for deciding as to the each

amount of the force to be used, the manner of using it and for setting
the details of the operations connected with the use of force the Police
Officer should, of course, bear in mind the principle that no force more
than is necessary should be used.

(Ii) ii’ the members of the unlawful assembly do not disperse, the
Executive Magistrate or the senior most Police Officer present in the
absenceof the Executive Magistrate shall direct the Police to use force,
that is necessary for the purpose. The nature of force to be used, tear
F 230-3—43A
..

680 of 780
gas, lathi care chargó or water jet and the method of quantum of force
to be us~’l shioakl b: decided by the senior most Police Officer present
on the spot.:
(1) if the crowd refusess to follow the lawful instructions to
disperse, the nut flag should be raised, the attention of the mob drawn
through a buglecall with long blast and a clear warning that force would
b ~used to disperse them will be given through megaphone. The opera-
t i~nwill commence of the mob refuses to head to the warning.

(j) Officers commanding police parties will on every occassion

when employed in the superression of a riot of enforcement of the law
ensure that the fullest warning is given to the mob in a clear and distinct
manner before any order is given to use tear gas or lathi/cane or fired
arms and to use the most effeetful means to explain before hand to the
people opposed to them, in the event of the Police party ordered to fire
that the fire will be effective.

(k) If any or all these method fail to disperse the mob and if in
his opinion nothing short of firing can disperse the mob, the Executive
Magisirate will order fire to be opened. Again the manner in which
firing is to be directed against the mob, type of ammunition to be used
and the method of firing are the individual responsibilities of the senior
most Police Officer.

(1) The Police used for dispersing mobs should wear uniform
including boots, putties and steelfifce glass helmets. The Police party
should be provided with riot shields. The tear gas sections and the armed
body protecting the tear gas section should wear anti-gas respirators

3. If the crow becomes defiant tear gas should be used effectively.

if this becomes in fructious then lathi cane charge can be made, if the
crowd is still defiant resort, may be had to the use of fire arms.
4. ~ It is not necessary that on every occasion tear gas should be
used. Use of tear gas will depend on the availability of a sufficient
stock of gas ammunition, wind direction, nature of the neighbourhood
and ahailability ofescapt routes for the mob, On no account should gas
be used in poor visibility especially betweet sun-set and sun-rise, arid
inside buildings or when the wind direction is such that the smoke will
effect the Police party or innocent people in the yicjiijt orw hen thu
wob is too close to the Police party,

681 of 780
 677

(b) Use UI’ Nrc engtries to spray water-jets at the mob also depen~se
on the existim~ circumstances, This method of dispersal is possible
when the mob is not armed and is not very violent, it can be tried eithe’
before or after the use of tear gas. Fast colours added to the water wile
enable the id.enti fica,ion of the membet s of tite unlawful assembly fe r
the purpose of subsequent arrest and prosecution. The decision to use
fire engines should he taken before hand by the Commissioner of Police
01 the Superintendent of Police in consuhfatk>n with the officials of the

Fire Service,
t~c)Fire units and their crew requisitioned for dispersing cicwd
should be given adequate Pclice protection to ensure the safety of their
PCI SOfl and equipment in the event of the crowd becoming violent.

(d) A fire Officer not below the rank of Sub Offi~ei should
pet serially be incharge, of the fire unit and should ensure that only spray
nozzles are used or directing water on ciowds. He shculd ensure that
the ordinary tyne of nozzles which gives a solid jet of water is never
used in such cases.

Note.— It should lie clearly undet stood that the above method of
dispersal will have the desired effect only on an unarmed cic~~dwli cli
not violent.
(e) If water jets or tear gas fail to disperse the mob, lathi cane
charge shouid be ordered. Lathi/Cane charges should not be attempted
in the strength of the Police force is not adequate to c~eate an effect on
th~crowd and the crowd is likely to overheim the Police party easily.
The personnel engaged in the lath/cane charge should be urider the
proper control and the charging should cease as soon as the desired
objective is achieved. The procedure laid down in the Di ill and Training
Manual will be followed. Care slioud be taken to prevent the lutJti/
cane sections getting separated from the main party and the Commander
5. (a) If lathi charge also fails and when it is certain that nothing
short of firing can disperse the mob a distinct and clear warning that
firing would be resorted to resulting in loss of life should be given.
Bugles will be used to draw the attention of the crowd. Rict flag will ~re
I ~iit the warning ~4jniniste~edthrough meg~phones.

682 of 780
 678

(b) The cardinal principles in mob firing are

(i) firing should be resorted to only when all other means of
mob dispersal fails.

(ii) f’iring~should be selective and conti oiled. The senior most

officer will watch the reaction of the crowd after each round or set of
rounds is fired. As soon as the mob shows signs of dispersal he should
order cease fire,

(iii) under no circumstances should blank rounds be used or

rounds fired in the air as warning shots. Once f~ringis decided upon
it should be effective.

(iv) Aim should be kept low preferably well below the waist
level and directed against the most threatening pait of the mobi, and

(v) The Police force should exercise strict restiaint and self
control even under the gravest provoctaion and it must under rio cir.
cumstanees take action in a retaliatory or revengeful spirit.

(c~The Officer in charge over the Arms Squad should get th~
squad ready for mcb firing. But it is the senoir most officer who should
give all the commands relating to firing.

(d) If the senior-most officer is of opinion that it will suffice he wilj

fire give the wre order to on~or two individuals only. if, however, h~
considers that this will be insufficient and the mob will over power the
Police party he will give the word of command to one or two flies the
other files being held in peserve. Normally firing will commence with
buckshots, the fire of each person or file will be given by the regular
word of command by the officer incharge of the party.
(e) It the crowd does not dispe:se after buckshots are fired bat1
t. But if the crowd is in a very
ammunition
violent mood(.410
and orhas
.303)
comewilltoo
be close
use to the Police paity, buckshots
with their limited stopping power will be useless. In suchcircupistances
ball ammunition will be used straightaway.

683 of 780
 679
(1) An armed force should however be brought so close to a large
and dangerous mob as to risk its either being over whelmed by number
or being forced to inflicit heavy casuahities.
6. (a~After making sure that the mob will not reasonable the opera
tjo~will be closed. BL1 sufficient strength will ~beleft behind till
normally i etui n”.

(b) Immediate steps should be taken to give First Aid to the

injured and rush them to the hospital. Armed guards should be posted
to watch the dead bodies till inquest is completed.

(C) It should be the endeavour ‘of thePolice to artest ~ m~iny

rioters as fasible from the spot itself. Special parties should be kept
~n reserve or this purpose.

(d) Police photographers should every iircident

o~ mob disp~rs:’l. They should, wherever availably, carry
movice or video cameras to capture the sequence of events of
~verts ~‘rd to record the indentication of the rioters.
(e) Soon after the operaticn is over, the scnicr n~ost
Police Officer will flash message and prep~re situation reports
with details of the operation ,time and squence, of events details
of force used, ammunition spent, casualities on either side, etc.,

707. ‘%inftz~— ‘

704 (a) Superiritenderts Ut Police ~,iiculd ensure that sub

Divisional Officers ,Irtspeôtors and Sub Inspectors
‘ a~e eiven
sufficent training in conducting mob operatio’~. all officers should be
taught the legal requirements of the operation and be given
demonstration in mob operation when they assemble.~t the District
Headquarters or th,rir monthly meeting. ‘

• (b Officers and men should be given 2ciequate target

pi acticeand should be training the ~titfereiit etfects of of: buck
r~ught.. 4J0 ball anc 303 buirets have oo a riotous s~o~

684 of 780
 680
(e) Theeiwire Armed Reserve should be trained in teargas
drill. They should be ab1~to use~ gas in yarious conditions
of’ wind.
70~. Equipment and amn,uni?ion.
(a) Th: gas stock should be replaced from time to time
guard agnunst failure at crucial times Adequale o.gas stock to gas-..
gur~.ihelh 3ud Eanedes should be available at all times

(b) Blank cartringes shall never be issued to the Police

staff whe~ithey are sent on mob dispersal duties.
(e) The arms party will carry both 410 muskets and 303
rifles 50 ~erscent of the staff carrying muskets will bC
supplied with buck sLiots and the rest ,with 410 bal’
ammunition.
(d) ‘ Two’ different types of riot flags should be prepards
one carrying the.~genera1 warning to be given before the commence
m~nt of mob operation and the second carrying the warning
to be given before opening fire.
(e) Battery operated rnegapliones and one or two bug
lets to cal the attention ‘of the mob should be available.
(f) A first aid box and an ambulance should be kep
ready. The mere presence of art ambulance will have a sobering
effect on the rioters.
(g) Every one who takes part hi mobo peration should be
• • uniform provided wiith hell mets, shields and gas m3tks.
Wind scroel glasses of the Police vehicles should be provided
(/t)
With at one guatds. All vehic1e~should be assembled in a single place
an4 placed under an armed guard.
(i) ‘Mike-fitted vehicles and sufficient number of walkie talkie sets
tiould be tn ~de available at the Spot.

685 of 780
 681

CHAPTER XL,
‘STATION HOUSE RECORDS AND RETURNS.
709. Gene rat Diary— C~ontents.—
706 (1) In the Geieral Diary (F~rinN. 75) should be entered
in regular sequence in point of time, the work done at the Station
aid the information received. Detals of cognizable complaints
or investigations already given In the First Information Book
and the case diary, need not be reported in the General Diary, but record
ofoccurrences in the Station in connection with those cases, such as the
receipt of information, the production of prisoners, or the departure
for, or return from, inquiry of Investigating Officers must be enteredi
information received and action taken in non-cognizable cases as well
as itformation rec iv0d regarning fires where there in no reason to
suspect the comiss ion cf a eognizable offenceshould be entered in it,
(2) If in the normal course ofduties in a Police Station no entry im
the Station House General Diary becomes necessary for a period of two
hours from the la;t one, a formal entry statifig that there is nothing
particulartobeerreoordei should find aplaceat the endof two hours.
The Station H.)use General Diary sh~uldhave no gap in the entries for
more than tw0 hours under any circumstances.
(G.O. Ms. No. ~ Home ,26th August 1967.)

(3) The pages in this general diary sholild be senially numbered and
the page nrtmbers should be prited.
710. Copy tobe forw.~rded.—
707. (1) Trre General Diary of a day should cover 24 hours, and
a copy of it shall bedespatched daily at the earliest opportunity
after being closed, to the Circle Inspector with Form No 76 an abstract
of duty done by the Station Staff.
(2) The General diary shall be commenced at 0700 hours in all
Stations and OLtt-PoSts, and shall be closed at 0700 hours the next duty.
In Hill Stations, it shall becommenced at 0800 hours and shall be closed
at 0800 hours the next day.

686 of 780
 682
(3) (a) As soon as the General Diary for each 24 hours period
is closed, it should he handed over to the Station Collator, who will
extract the required information from the General Diary and record as
follows ;—

(i) In Station HuSe Registert’orm or asetofsjch form

with one line entry in respect of each member of the Police ~Station all
ranks). Tnis will be signed by the Station House Officer who shall
forward the same day to the Circle Inspector; and

(ii) In a Station Mouse Report to be prepared by the Collator

by binding 200 or 300 S.H.R. forms,) in which one or more.
pages will be allotted for daily one-line entries in respect of each member
of the Pohicc Station (all rarrks); the daily fig ores for each member
will be totalle I for every Calen tar month and the monthly totals for each
member wll b~carried oVer to one or more loose S.H.R. forms as a,
m)lt”Il,V S.~LR.ret mrFl t) be p:djced by the Station House Officer
before the Circle Iisp~ctorby the 2nd of the following month.

(b) Functional units like Crime, Traffic Police Stations or Detach-

ments whici maintain separate General Diaries may use the S.HR. s
daily with them but need not maintain a S.F1.R. or submit a monthly
S.I-LR.
708. Duty üf Circle Inspector.—.
(1) Inspectors of Police should ensure that the General
Diaries of Stations in their Circles are written up then and
there by the Station House Officers concerned and sent to them
at the ea~Ii~stpp)rt !nity. Undue delay on the part of the
Station House Officers be promptly checked by Inspectors concerned~
Repeated failures on the part of Police Subordinates concerned to send
up the General Diary to Inspectors in time should be viewed seriously
and disciplinary action should be taken against those responsible in
the matter. The Divisional Officers should see whether the Inspector5
are bestowing their best attention in this behalf, and if not, concan take
action against them also for perfunctory or sl~cksupervision ôveL
their suboroinates.
GO, Ms. No 3537 Flomne 17th December 1959

687 of 780
 ~83

(2) When the Station House Officers produce their mcnthly

S.H. Rs. before the Circle inspector, the latter will discuss the per-
formance of each member of the Police Station with the Station House
Officer concerned and record performance rating against the entry for
each member in the S.H.R. form. The ratings will be ‘A ‘for “Above
Average “, ‘B’ for “Average “and ‘C’ for “ Below average” and
the scores under each rating will be totalled for the Police Station for
the month. T-he Circle Inspector will then sign the monthly S.H.R. and
forward it to the Crime Records Bureau by the 5th of every month.

(3) The Deputy Superintendent of Police in charge of Crime

Records Bureau will scrutinisethereturns and accept them after being
satisfied of their correctness. He should carefully verify the correctness
of the totals for the number of men and various duties and performance
ratings in the vertical columns. After being so satisfied he should
despatch these returns in a consolidated file to reach the Police Co mpu ter
Wing on or before the 10th of every month.
(4) After the monthly S.H. Rs. of all Stations are received the
Police Computer Wing will have their data content processed on the
Computer and will provide local officers with an analysis of manpower
utilisation and performance in standardized output formats
as follows

(a) Monthly—for each month by the 10th of the following

month—.to all Divisional Officers—Stationwise statements with an
aggregated statement for the division.

(b) Quarterly_for each quarter by the 10th of the following

month—to all Superintendents of Pohice-_Divisionwise statements
with an aggregated statement for the District.

(5) The Divisional Officer will record his Comments on the mnthly
computer sta~cmentand put it up to the Superintendent of Police for
perusal who will return with his coninrents, if any, ~‘emffenls of the

688 of 780
 684

Superintendent of Police and Divisional Officers will be communicated

to Circle Inspectorfor necessary action. The Divisional Officer will build
up a neat chronological file for the monthly statements.

‘(6) Similarly, the Superintendent ofPolcie will record his comments

on the quarterly stattments and mark it t0 the Range Deputy Inspector-
General of Police for perusal who will return with his comments if any.
Comments of the Deputy Inspector-General of Police and the Superin-
dentof’ Police will be communicated to the Divisional Officer for neces-
sary action. The Superintendent of Police will build up a neat
chronological file ofthe quarterly statements.

(7) Divisional Officer should, during Station visits, specifically

checkwlether the S.H.Rs. and Re~ister~s are being cQrrectly posted ei~ery
- day, whether claims to good work are being recorded and whether ratings
*ieassigned meticulously eVery thoñth under the dated acknoWledge-
n~et~ts ofthe individuals concerned.

709 Circle Abstract.

An abstract of crime shall be made be out quarterly

in each Station in Form No. 98 and a copy forwarded to the District
‘~ffloefor comparisOn with the ledger. Nuisance cases Shottid appear
in the Central Crime Abstract circle Inspectors shall check and
connversign these abstracts.
710. Note Bo~k3—c’onfents
(i) In addition to containing a recoro ef investigation, the
Note Books of Police Officers, from Inspector down wards, shall
contain an account of them duty done and places visited daily
Intormation picked up concerning c ime and bad characters~
and other matters of importance to a Police Policer Officer should
be cotered Head Constables and and Constables are required
toenter afuhlaccou~toftbei doings onbeat of any special duty.

689 of 780
 (a~ Sufficient stock of Note Books to ~tatjons
should be supplied by the District Police Office in order llutt
only Government supply is used.
(b) Receipt and issue of Note Books should be correctly
accounted for in the Circle Office to avoid anysubstifulion,eic.,
(a) if, however, ,Governemnt supp’ly runs out of stock
due to unforeseen circumstances, it Is the duty of the Inspector to
see that well stirched Note Book duly stamped and page numbered are
supplied.

711. Custody of Note Books

The Note Bociks of Constables shall be kept in the station
in-charge of the Station Writer, ,being handed to them when
they go out on duty and received back, on their return Note
Blooks of the Station staff when full or no no longer of use,
shall be kept in the Station under the personal charge of the
Station Hcharge of the St~tion House Officer for a periodof five
years following the year to which the Note Books relates and then
destroyed. Investigating Officers, when trans erred fiom a
Station, shall leave their current Note Books behind.
712. Arreyt Report.—
An Arrest report (Form No.99) need not be sent when pei son
arrested by Officers of the Customs, Salt and Central Exci~
Departmeats are praduced in tbe Pclice Station to be bailed.
Search RegLner.—Entry of descriptionof Prisoner.—.
713. (1) The description o prisonersa ~houk1 be carefully
ano ully recorded in column 65 of the Search Register on his
being biought to the Station House. It should be Sufficiently
complete to fulfil all the tequiremetits of a description for public
cation in the event of the men absconding. Instructions for recoj
ding descriptionsaregiven in Volume Ii.
(2) The prisoner’s relatives together With their actdre~e~
~øuld be entered underneath the description.

690 of 780
 714. Eail Bond :—
714 A separate BLil Bond Book (For~nt4o. 88) shall be kept I’or USC in
the case of persons brought to be bailed by officer to the Customs. Salt
and Central Excise Departments.
Process Register :—

715. (1) A register of processes in Form No. 100 shall be maintained in

each Police Station, in which shall be entered all processes rec~l~d
from Courts for service or execution, as the case may be.
(G.O. Ms. 3495, Home 1st October 1952.)
(2) This register shall be maintained in the orm o a ledger HU
“Magistrate War” viz., separate sections in the register being opened
for each of the Magistrates’ Courts from which the prticular Polic
Station receives processes.
(3) Every Inspector of Police in charge of a Circle shall, as often
as possible and atleast once in two months, or four months in the case of
Inspectors of the Railway Police, take the pi ocess registers of the Police
Stations under him to the concerned Magistrate’s Court, check up the
entries with the corresponding registers and, if neceassry, with other
records maintained by the Court and report to the Superintendent of
Police concerned cases involving serious delays or omissions.
(G.O.Ms.No. 3185, Home, 12th November 1955.)
(4) Uriexcuted processes shall be brought forward in the register
at the beginning of the month.

(5) All non bailable warrents issued at the instance of the other
departments should be executed by the Police with the assistance of
Departmental officials concerned to identify the accused.
(6) Monthly abstract: —

At ~heend of the month an abstract in Form No. 101 shall be entered

n the register.

691 of 780
 ~1) Quà)terly in list of unexecuted wirrant —

At the close of each quarter Station House Officer shall send

through the Circle lnrpector to the SlJperintcnuent of F ol i cc ~i
1jst of unexecuted warrants in Form No. 102. In sub divsin,
the luspector shall for ward the list through the Divisional Oflice~s.

(8) Return of arrest warrants :—

Warrants of arrest shall be entered in the register of station in wl ich

first received, and shall not be transfered without sanction of an officcr
of and above the rank of a Deputy Superintend ent of Police / Assistant
Superintendent of police.
(9) Non-bailable warrants of arrest shall only be returned tFrci~1i
or under orders of an officer of and above the rank of Deputy Superin
terident of Police / Assistant Superintendent of Police. 1 l~ewarrants
s iouldbe returned to the Court of issue when applying for proclamation
under section 82 of the Criminal Procedure Code, but at the same
time fresa warrants should be obtained and keep for further action.
(10) All proceses Issued by the High Court of Session in appeals
revision cases, etc., for service through Magistrates, Courts also shall
be cntered in this register.

71 6. Nuisance case Register :—

Whenever the Towns Nuisance Act, 1SS9 (Madras Act Ill of 1b9)
is in force a register in Form No. 103 shall be kept for enterirg case,
un er that Act and other cognate cases Charge-sheets in such cases
are put iii on sheets in the same form. The register should be kept at
the Station and distroyed after three years.

7 17, D’i ty Rosti’ r :—

(1) In all Urban and Rural Police Stations Roll Call for Station
staff will be held at 5 p.m. every of~day, The All Head Constable and
Police Constable present at Head quarters including those sick as

692 of 780
 68~

düt-~átient but excluding those on Sub-Jail and Treasury Guard

duties or given specified duties in the Town at that hour will attend
the Roll Call.

(2) At 6 p.m. each day, the Station staff will be informed of the
duties on which they are likely to be detailed dtrring the following 24
hours and an entry made accordingly in the• General Diary. The Duty
Roster (Form No. 104 will only be filled up at the time of Head Con-
stable or Police Constable is actually sent from the Station on a duty.

(3) Duties performed during nights will countltowards that parti-

cutar day irrespective of the change in the Calander day (e.g.) the dut~
of night patrol men between sunset and sunrise on the night of 25/
26th March 1955 will count for 25th March 1955 and not for 25th
March 1255.

(4~Men should start on all duties from the Station inself and not
from their residence, Similarly they must on return from duty report
at the Station before going home.

(5) Miscellaneous duties should be shown separately each under

a separate heading. This would enable the Inspectosr and Officers of
and above the rank of Assistant Sucerintendentof Police/DeputySuperin.
tendent of police to check up more thoroughly whether the Station
staff has been properly utilised.

(6) SuperintendentS of Police and Divisional Officers should see

that the duty roster is properly maintained both at their inspection and
at their_visits to Police Stations.

718. VilLage~Roster.—

Important villages for which regular beatS are detailed under

Orders Nos. 368 and 369 with their hamlets should be shown first in the
Village Roster (Form No,. 105 grouped into beatS arid the remaãninl
villages subsequentlY as a niliQellaneous beat.

693 of 780
71,. J~4frfnook.—
Si~gt7~p

The Sentry Relief Book (Fcem No. 50) ia a Police Station where there
there is no standing g~sard, shall be entered up with refesence to the
Constables deputed on Station watch. When a prisoner is confined
in the lock up , a regular guard should be posted., and the necessat ~r
entries made in the Sentry Relief hook.

720. Cu3tOdy of Ammunition in Stat/oPts. —

The service ammunition in a Station shall be kept under lock and

key. In small stations the Station record box can be used for the
puprose. Whenever the Stat~ofl Hbtise Officer leaves his head
quarters, he must hh~dever the key to the Station sen~y.

721. Respo*~IMhVtyof Sentry. —

(1) The Station Sentry shall be responsible for all the Property
in the Station and the jelieving sentry should invariably see that it is
correct.

(2) A list of the regularly kept property shall be hung up in th

Station. Any other articlost temporarily deposited shall be entered
the sentry book
(3) The list should be checked by the Circle Inspector with his
Register of Government property and with property actually in the Sta
don, at hIs hair-yearly inspec~tiotiof the Station.

(4) (a) The Station sentry is also responsible for guarding the wall
coffer or cash chest in the station. The wahl-coftffer/ca~hchest should
be scaled and handed over to the sentry in the Prescribed manner.

(b) When there is an amount of Rs. 5,000 and over at night in

the cash chest of any Police Station in which the cash schest is embedded
In the floor or wall a guard consisting of hree Police Constables should
be mounted so that one sentry is always on the alert during the night.
i~—23O-3—44

694 of 780
 6~0

(c)~SiinilarlyJ, when there is an amount of Rs 3,000 and over

at night in the cash chest of any Police Station in whichthe cash chests
not embedded in the floor or wall, a guard consisting ci ihxe Police
Constables should he niounito. ‘lhc cash chest sLcu]d be suthd ~.rd
handed over to the guard in the prescribed manne~,
722. Cash chesLs of othev~deparlments —

(1) Cash chests or tue Post office of India iuy 1c cn.hc(!&d in the
floor of Trearury guard-roonis with the Ccllector’s rermission. The
a~nccourse nia~lx loll’. w~wiibrc~rictoihdrloc~.ticninPcliceStrticns,
elf agreed upon by the SuFerinter~dent ~nc the Collector in con~vl.
tation,
(G, 0. Ms. No.. 1679, Judicial, 10th August 1895, 994,—P.W.D.—3lst
March 1873 and 1620, Judicial, 18th June 1885.)
(2) The permanent custody of public money of departments other
than the Post Office can only be a~ ;anged at large Stations where there
is a permanent guard. Officers may however, temporarily locate
their cash chest in a Police Station, provided that they are securely sealed
and that they detail a member of their own establish ments to assist
in guarding them.

(3) The deposit and -removal of cash chests shall always be entered
In the Sentry Book.

723. Payment of Pensioners —

(1) Cash chests of Pension Paymasters shall be received in Pc lice
Station for safe custody when required.

(2) When payment is to be made, the Pchice shall furnish at escort

for the chest to, arid frcm, the .place of payment.

124. lappal nook.—

The Tappal Book (Form No 306) shall contain the account of postage
stamps icoluding those expendid on telegrams.

695 of 780
 691
725. I’isUing Book —

(1) The Visiting Book (Foim No, 107) is for the remarks of Polide
Officers ofand above the rank of Assistant Superintendent of Police
Deputy Supetintendent of Police and District or Addlional District
Magistrate as tne case may be and Revenue Divisional Officer and fiuist
CIas~ Magistrate.
~2) Copies ci remarks made by Execu lye Magistrates shall be sent
without delay to the District or Additional District Magistrate as the
case may be with the repoit ci tne Supeiintendent of itLe acticn taktn
in reference thereto.
726. Custody of Medicaa J-ii.ctory ~iheet~.—
Medical Histcry Sheets of Head Const2blss shall hr in ~Fecusidy
of th~Static ii-House Officer and ~sill be given to the men wnen they go
to Hospital. On discharge the Medical Histi ry Sheets will he returncd
to the station-House Officer.
72 . Men attending hospitas —

(1) Head Constables and constables attendirg Hospilal

for treatment must invariably be given passport, except ir the case
of men who att~ndedas outpatients, while ccntinuing to do duty
(2) In-patients in Hospital should not leave the Hospital without
the permission of a Medical Officer, A man absenting nimsclf from
Hospital is liable tc punishment for absence without leave,
728. Defaulter Sheets —.
(1) Defaulter Sneets of the men of Stalicn shall be in the charge
of the Station-House Offic~r, and either he or the Inspector shall make
the necessary entries therein,
t.2) In tile case of Single Station Circles the Inspetr will he the
custowan.
729 Leave Report

Whenever a Constable , Head Con~tableor Sub-Inspector proced

on leave other than casual leave, tne Station-House Officer should sen
to the District Office a report in Form No, 34.
F—230- 3—44A

696 of 780
 692

730. 4cqiittvw~Re!, of Clothing.—

Th~ Station -Bc use Officer shall prepare tile half-yearly acquittance
roll ot clothing for the men of his Station and forward it to the Inspector
by the 15th of June and the 15th ci December
731. Notice 8oa~d—
Eviry Station shall be provided with a Board, 120 ems square to be~
hung up cutside the Station for affixing notices of persons wanted,rewards
offered etc. A separate board of the same dimensicu should also be
hung up to notify the call-outs etc of the Home Guards.
732. Station 7~lame.Boards.—
The name of every Station shall be painted in Tarnil and in English
on a board to be hung up conspicuously outside the Station House.
It shall be well illuminated between sunset and sunrise.
733. Out-posts—Record.—
A list of rocrds to b~niiatiincl in out-Posts is printed at the end
of this vioume
734. Surveilllance ofcrimlna’s at Oat-Post.g
Copies of the History Sheets of criminals whc are to be watched
from the out-Post, shall be kept therein The Head Constable in charge
shall send Bad Character Rolls in Form 118 regarding the movements
of such criminals direct to the Stations concerned. All entries made in
History Sheets at Out-Posts shall be copied in to the original History Sheets
kept in the Station.
(2) Bad Character Roll Form No, 119 should be kept in Out-
posts for use when necessary..
735. Not~fled Offenders—Personal records to be maintained by
~tatlo,u.—
fhe ?ollowing personal records of notified offenders shall be
~ intainod in the Stations in the limits of which they reside :—

697 of 780
 693

(I) A personal sheet for each Notified offender containing details

of—
(a) His Habitual Offender number with Criminal Tribe Regis-
tration Number, if any;
(b) Movement Sheets;
(c) Current doings;
(d) Copy oforiginal notification issued by the District Collector;
(e) Copies of subsequent notifications, or orders or memoranda,
Ifany
(J) Copies of orders exempting him from Section 5 of the Tamil
Nadu Restriction of Habitual Offenders’ Act, 1948, if any; and
(g) Copy of identification roll with his acknowledgement.
(2) A list of Notified Offenders in the Station limits.

(3) History Sheets of Notified Offenders who are treated as K .T)s.

or Suspects.
(4) The records of Notified Offenders whose notifications have
been cancelled under Rule 21 of the Tamil Nadu Restriction of Habitual
Offenders Rules, 1949, will be closed and filed in the Stations. They
should be retained for 10 years and destroyed by order of the Superin..
tendent of Police.
(5) The records of Notified Offenders who have died, shall be
destroyed by order of an officer of and above the rank of Assistant
Superintendent of Police/Deputy Superintendent of Police. It is
essentIal that the evidence of death should he definite.

698 of 780
 694

PART VI.
PREVENTION OF CRiME, SURVEILLANCE OF CRIMINALS
AND FINGER PRINTS.
CHAPTER XLI.

SECURITY FOR GOOD BEHAVIOUR.

736. Cases against local habitual criminals.—
Security cases under Sections 109 and ItO of the Criminal
Procedure Code against local habitual criminals should be built
up on details recorded in the Station Crime History as the result
of careful watching by the Police over a period of time. It should
be very exceptional for a local criminal for whom a History Sheet
has not been opened, to be put up under these sections.
737. Evidence of bad repute.—
It is very important that evidence of bad repute should be
reliable, and essential that witnesses to it should be able to give
intelligent reasons for their believing the accused to be of bad
character. In assessing such evidence judicial discretion and
dispassionate j udgement should be exercised by the Station-House
Officer.
738. Security Proc&edings—Instructions.—
The offi;er who is re~ponsi~le for initiating pro~eelingsunler
Chaptel VIII of the Criminal Proceiure Code is the Magistrate, He
may initiate proceelings on information supplied to him through
any source, including a private person ; A FORTIORI he can act on
information receivel from Police Officers who are concerned in the
maintenance of the public peace. But in laying charge-sheets in security
cases, the police should deem themselves wholly responsible. In these
cases, as in the other cases, principles of Judicial independence should
be fully observed, Indiscriminate action is strictly forbidden.

(G. 0. Nos. 1Q86, Home, 17th Mareh 1951, 2291, Public (Gen~-A),27th
August 1953 and 868, Home, 31st March 1954).

699 of 780
 695

739. Obftetion to sureties.—

When the Police have objections to raise to the sureties tendered
they should raise them without delay, and on sure grounds.

740. Further inquiry.—

The High Court of Madras has ruled that further inquiry cannot
be ordere I under S~etiou398 of the Criminal Procedure Code into
the case of a person discharged under Section 118, Criminal Procedure
Code. In such cases, the District Magistrate has power und~t
Section 395 Criminal Procedure Code, to report for the orders of
the High Court.

700 of 780
 696

CHAPTER XLII.
STATION CRIME HISTORY, CHECK REGISTER OF HABITUAL
CRIMINALS, WEEKLY CRIME REPORTS, DISTRICT AND
DIVISIONAL CRIME CHARTS AND GENERAL CONVICTION
REGISTER.
N0TE.—The following orders apply chiefly to the District Police.
Special Orders applicable to the Railway Police are given in Chapter
XXV(2).
741. Station Crime Hirtory—Five Parts.—
To facilitate the study of crime and crirninais, the Station Crime
History shall be maintained in all Stations. It shall be a confidential
racord.
(0. 0. No. 400, Judicial 12th 5~eptember1927.)
741. Part I—Work of Habituals Cri,ninal.—
(I) In Part I (Form No. 107) of the Station Crime History shall
be entered. in the order of their occurrence all true cases of crime
coming under the following classes as well as attempts to commit
these otiences :—
The following is a typical district list. Some of the items may
not apply to all districts and some districts may need a few additional
items. Such additions should only be made with the approval of the
range Deputy Inspector-General of Police.
(G. 0. Ms. No. 2167, Home, 8th August 1955).

CLASSES OF CRIME.
MAJOR AND MINOR CLAssiFICATION;.

C!qss 1—Offences attended wit/i violence—

(d) Dacoity.
(m) Murder for gain.
(p) Poisoning or Drugging.
(I.) :~))bJ~’J,

701 of 780
 697

Glass !J—Jfouse-Breahing and Theft.

(a) Auger.
(b) Bolt hole.
(c) Chiselused.
(d) Door lifted off hinges.
(d2) Lifting latci- by inserting hand or impleme~~,
(d3) Opening door not locked.
(e) Eaves.

(n) Holes on the wall or manIi, Ic.

(k) Key (false) used to open lock or picking.
(ii) Breakii g lock or fastening.
(r) Roof-hole.
(s) Sealing (wall or roof)
(t) Threshold hole.
(u) Unclassified.
(wl) Window bars removed.
(w 2) Window frame removed.
(w3) Inserting hand or stick through wind ow (Day house-breakir~
may be indicated thus—I! Day. School or Temple House-breakim~
may be indicated thus—II Sch. Il-Te.).
Class ill—House Theft.—
(a) Automobiles.
(al) Automobiles, spare parts.
(a2) Automobiles—Tools.
(bi) Bogus visjtQ;.

702 of 780
 698

(b2) Bank.
(b3) Bungalow.
(ci) Counter (Bank or Post Office.)
(c2) Clothes.

(c3) Clocks, time-pieces, watches.

(c4) Cash.
(e) Electrical meters.

(ci) Electric gas and welding eqdipments.

(e2) Electric motors or oil engines and parts thereof.
(e3) Electrical appllrnces—Miscellaneous.
(I) Fountain pens.
(g) Grains
(h) Hostels and Hospitals.
(I) Jewels.
(1) Lanterns.
(r) Radios, transistors or accessories.
(sl) Schools.
(s2) Shops.
(s3) Servants.
(s4) Sleeping persons (from)
(ti) Templeidols.
(t2) Temple jewels.
(13) Temple Kalasams

(ç4) Typewit~s,

703 of 780
 699

(u) Unclassified.
(v) Vessels
(G.O. Ms. No. 1812, Home, dated 10th June 1964.)

Class tV—Ordinary thefts.—

(a) Agricultulal implements (thefts of.)
(a 1) Automobiles or spare parts.
(a2) Automobiles—Tools.
(b) Bandies of or from
(b) Bulüs.
(ci) Cycle thefts.
(c2) Clothes.
(c3) Cameras.
(c4) Cash.

(cS) Copper boilers.

(ii) Children from
(dl) Delcos.
(d2) Dynamos.
(e) Electrical Meters.

(eI) Electrical gas and welding equipments.

(e2) Electric motors or oil e.giries a~dparts thereof.

(e3) Wectrical appliances—Miscellaneous

(1) Fairs 4nd festivals.

704 of 780
 100
(f1) Filth rubbing to divert attention.
(f2) Fuse carriers.
(gl) Grains.
(g2) Garden produce.
(h) Thefts from bathing ghats.

(I) Jewels.
(1) Lanterns.
(m) Motor cars (from)
(ml) Machinery—Miscellaneous and parts thir.f.

(p) Picket picking.

(si) Snatching.
(s2) Sleeping persons (from)
(t) Time-pieces or watches or clocks.
(u) Unclassified.
(v) Vessels.
(w) Wire.
~G.O. Ms. N’. 743. l:ic,n~.dated 2nd March 1963.)

‘~lassV—Cattle thefts—

(b) Buffaloes.
(d) Donkeys.
(g) Goats or sheep.
(Ii) Horses.
(Os) Oxen for sale or ransom.
(ok) Oxen for skin or meat.
(p) Pigs.

705 of 780
 701

Class J’I—Receiving or possession of stolen property.

Class Vu—Cheating—

(a) Advertisements or calling for applications for employment.

(b) Bogus agent.
(c) Doubling currency confidence—Trickers.

(d) Degree or Diploma or educational certificates (Academic &nd

Technical) forgery.
(j) Floating chit companies.
(j) Gilt jewels.
(p) Personation.
(pl) Passports.
(u) Unclassified.
(0.0. Ms. No. 745 Hwn0, dated 2nd March 1963.)

Class VIH—Cowuerfelilng.

(c) Making or passing counter feit coins.

(n) Making or passing oounterfcit notes.

Class !X—CrlminaI breach of trust or misappr.priatiop,.—.

(c) Cycles.

(d) Dhoby.

(e) Jewels.

(s) Servant or Clerk.

(u) Unclassified.

706 of 780
 IC 2

Class X—Kidn~jppiag.—

(b)~Beggary.~
(:1)Trafficking’in~womcnfor prostitution.
(:2) .TraffickingJn~childrenfor sale.
(g3) Trafficking inwomen~andchildren for ransom.
(2) The nature of the property stolen shall be detailed in column
(0.0. Ms No. 2769, Home. dated 6th August 1965)
(4). In columu(5) shall be noted each of the above crime classification
heads which applies to the entry; a single case often falls under two
or three heads. In column (6) any useful information shall be noted
respecting the offence or any discovery made during the investigation,
Including thenames ofthe known or the suspected accused, with grounds
of suspicion, any peculiarity in the commission of the offence, as the
use of fire-aims or poisons, offences in temples and also the result of the
case. A rod line shall divide the entries relating to each lunar month
taken from the full-moon day.
(G.0.Ms. 364 Home, 15th Feb.1943.)
(3) A page or more shall ,bo reserved at the end of each year for
a review of the crime of the year. This shall be drawn up by the Cfrcle
Inspector.
Nom.—Cases in which investigation is refused under Section 157
(I) (b), Criminal Procedure Code, need not be entered.

(4) The First Information Report Index (Form No. 72) will be
kopt as an appendix to Part I.
(P. G.dt. 28th Sept.1957.)

743. (1) The Annual Review of crime is an important item of work

of the Circle Inspector and it is essential that he should give it his close
~w attention. The main objects of the Annual Review are
to gl~s$ brW’but comphensive account of the salient features of the
j~ of the yesr In the Station of his Circle to estimate the sources of
undetected crime and indicate to his Sub-Inspectors ways and means of
t~aflng‘with It. The review should furnish a concise appreciation of

707 of 780
 ~O3

the year’s crime for the benefit of superior officers and directions and
suggestions that are likely to be of value to the Station Police. For
the review to be effective, a careful and methodical study of the year’s
crime is needed. Fluctuations in the total crime or under the different
heads when marked, special outbreaks of crime, activity of particular
criminals or criminal organizations, towns and villages specially affected,
are among the items that should receive attention. The possibility of
t ne cases occuring in different areas of his circle forming a series and
being connected should be caref~illyscrutinized and commented on.
The nature of the work under the security sections done during the year
and the results achieved should be briefly stated and directions in regard
to future action under the sections should be recorded. The review
should be of practical value and not a more catalogue of the crime in
the year. The close personal interest and application of the Inspector
are essential in the preparation of this review.
((3.0. Ms, No, 812, Home, 14th March 1944.)

(2) Inspector’s Annual Crime Reviews of the Stations in their

charge should be approved by the Superintendent, through the Divisional
O&ors, b~orothey are entered in Part I of the Station Crime History
of the Stations concerned.

144. Part If—Crime Charts.—

(1) Part II shall consist of a crime chart or charts showing
village boundaries and the principal physical features of the
Station limits and of the adjoining areas to a distancee froa
8 kilometres to 16 kilometres outside the Station limits. On it
shall be entered at the spot representing the scene of offence, the major
and minor classification of the offence (as given in Police Standing
Order 742 (1) and the date of occurrence e.g.

Il-H II Sch. III (b2)

or or
11/7 11/9 3~8
(0,0. Ma, No, 2167,Home 8th August 1955)

708 of 780
 104
(2) The object of the Station Crime Chart is chiefly to show where
ctinie mostly occurs. The Chart may be for a year, half-year, a quarter
or a calendar month according as crimes are few or more numerous.
(3) A Note giving the scale of the map, full-moon dates, the dates
of important festivals and shandies and the names of the villages shall
be entered on the iaap.
745. Part III and General Conviction Register.—(l) Part III and
General Convictions Register shall be in Form No. 116. The names
of the following persons shall be entere I in the register, except in the
case of persons coming under, clauses (e),(f) and (g) below whose finger-
prints have been ordered by the Superintendent to be retained :—
(G.O~o.2167, Home, 8th August 1955)
(a) Persons convicted of offences under chapter XII and XVII
of the Indian Penal Cole, for which a punishment of three years or up-
wards is prescribed.
(b) Persons convicted of offences under Section 489-A to 489-D,
Indian Penal Code (forgery of currency notes and bank not-es).
(c) Persons convicted under sections of chapter XVI of the
Indian Penal Code refrerred to in the Scheduleunder the Madras Restric-
tion of Habitual Offenders Act, 1948.
(d) Persons bound over under sections 109, and 110, Criminal
Procedure Code and those convicted under Section 65 of the Madras
City Police Act.
(e) Persons convicted under Section 64 of the Madras City
Police Act.
(f) Allpersons convicted under the Protection of Civil Rights
Act, 1955 (Central Act No. 22 of 1955) and under the Temple Entry
Authorization Act, 1947 (Madras Act V of 1947),
(g) Unconvicted persons reasonably suspected to have commit-
ted offences with particulars of the offences selected for inclusion with
the approval of an officer of and above the rank of Assistant Superin-
tendent of Police or Deputy Superintendent of ?ulice, These shall be
retained only so long as reasonable suspicion .~xistsagainst them.

709 of 780
 705
(h) Persons notified under the Madras Restriction of Habitual
Offenders Act, 1948 convicted of offences under Section 12 of the said
Act.
(0.0. Ms. No. 1208, Home, dt. 21st April 1964.)
(2) This register will contain convictions in cases registered at the
Station and of persons living in the Stathn limits convicted elsewhere
If a conviction is reversed on appeal, the entry should be crossed out
u uless the person is brought under clause 0) of parapraph (1). In the
‘Remarks’ column of the form shall be entered a broad classification
of crime committed by the criminal.
(3) The names of persons registered in Part III and General Con-
ViCti)fl Register shalibe struck off after a perIod often years from the
expiry of their last sentence, provided in the case of persons for whom
History sheets have been opened, the History sheets have been dis~
continued. The removal may be effected by Circle Inspectors. An
Officer of and above the rank of Assistant Superintendent of Police or
Deputy Superintendent of Police may, however, sanction the removal o~
names at any time within the period mentioned above, If the retention
of such names is considered unnecessary.

(4) Convicted and unconvicted persons not removed from Part

- III and General Concivtiort Register, shall be enquired about aid checked
atleast once a year. If such persons are absent during the first enqLiiry,
they s~iallbe repeatedly enqo irel about until! they are finalLy treaced.
746. Port IV— Hisiojy Shoe is.—
(1) Part V (Form No. Ill) shall contain the History ‘sheets
of the persons resident permanently or temporarily in ther
Station limits who are known or believed to be addicted
to or to aid and abet the commission of crime, whether co nvictecl of
not, cr who are believed to be habitual receivers.
(0.0. Ms.. .No. 364, Home, 15th Feb. 1943.)
Only sheets Nos. 1, 3, 7 and 8 are to be maintained in the
History Sheet forms in use in Station. Sheet No. 9 should alse be
maintained, if a photograph of the criminal is available.
~ote:.—.Thissub-paragraph will not effect the History Sheets ma in
~r~ned in Ci Ime Records Bureau.
F—234-3—45

710 of 780
 706

(2) At the back of sheet No. 1, below item 7, the following dot
xiptive details should be shown
Age,
Height,

Complexion, and

Particular marks of identification.

(3) In sheet 8 under heading the ‘Current doings’ entries which

are informative and useful based on the facts asertained both by the
Sub-Inspector and his men since the date of last entiy, shall be made
month-war for close watch bad chai acters and quarterly fcr non-close
watch bad characters. Anything of interest coming to notice, in
respect of a bad character during a month should be entered then and
there, without waiting for the end of the month or the quarter.

(4) The entries in the various cloumns in the History Sheet should
be checker! by the Su b-Inspector personally and brought upto-date once
a year. The fact of such verification should be certified by him in the
column under the “Current doings”.
747. Automatic opening of History Sheets.~—(l)History sheets shall
be opened automatically at th~time of conviction for~persons convicted
~sunder, and shall be retained for two years after release from jail.

P~rsons or how convicted. Number of

times
convicted~
(I) (2)
Persons released from imp:is~nmentfor life under
Chapters XII and XVII, Indian Penal Code.
Professional Priso ners
Indian Penal Code, Sections 395 tO 402. Once.
Indian Penal Code, Sections 392 to 394, if convicted or Twice.
liable to conviction under Section 75, Indian Penal
Code.

711 of 780
 707
House-breaking twke
Theft Thrice
Conviction under Section 109, Criminal Procedure Twice
Code.
Conviction tinder section 110, Criminal Procedure OneC
Code.
O.Os. 532, JudI, 20 Feb. 1906 and 497, Law (Gent.), 10th Feb. 1923).

NoTE.—<I) Order No. 747 need not be strictly applied to such persons,
but History Sheets should be opened under that order in respect of
individuals for whom the Superintendent or Su b-Divisional Officer
thinks it advisable on account of their active criminality.
(G.0.Ms. 3434, Home, 5th Nov. 1964).

(2) The History Sheet of a Known Depredator, against whom an

order has been passed under Section 356 Criminal Procedure Code,
shall not be closed until the period during which he is required to report
changes of residence has elapsed.
(2) Persons convicted as above will be styled KnownDepredators.
Nom.— Inmates or ex-inmates of a Borstal Institutkn shotdd
not bo styled as “Known Depredators”.
748. Discontinuance of History Sheets.—
(1) History Sheets shall be closed by the definiti orders of an
officer of and above the rank of Assistant Superintendent of
PoliceJDeputy Superintendent of Police and shall be filed in t~e Station.
The History Sheets of persons who have died shall bc1destroyed
under orders of art officer of and above the ranic of Assistan
Superintendent of Police/Deputy Superintendent of Police. The
Superintendent of Police mayorder the closure of a History Sheet at any
time but a Divisional Officer may only do so on the expiry of
the period named above~
G.0.Ms..3929, Home, 5th Sept. 1950).
F-- 230—3— 45A

712 of 780
 108

(2) Where retention of a 1-listury Sheet is considred necessary after

twu years r~,fregistration, orders of an officer of and above the rank of
As~istantSuperintendent of Police/Dep’: ty Superintendent of Police mu St
be taken fur the extension in the first instance upto the end of the next
D~~emher and further annti al extensions from January to December.
(3) The above orders shall apply to Rowdy Sheets also.
749. Suspects.—
(1) The following persons shall be classed as suspects and History
Sheets shall bc opened for them under orders of the Superintendent or
Divisional Officer, if so empowered by the Superintendent ;—‘

• ;.:~ (a) Persons once convicted under any Section of tFe Indian Penal
Qode are considered to be likely to commit crime
(b) Persons, not convicted, but believed to be addicted to crime.

(2) The following persons may be classified as rowdies and Rowdy

Sheets (Form No. 112) may be opened for them under the orders of
the Superintendent or Sub-Divisional Officer —
• (a) Persons who habitu ally commit, attempt to commit or
abet the commission of offences involving a breach of peace.
(b) Persons bound over under Sections 106 and 107
Criminal Procedure Ccde.
(c) Persons who have been convicted under Section 75 of the
Madras City Pu lice Actor twice in two consecutive years nder Section 3
i

Clause 12 of the Town Nuisance Act.

(d).rsons who are illicit distillers and known purveyors of

liuor

G0 M.S, 3461, Home’ 10th Dec. 1956.

Pert Sons either convicted under Section 49-A of the Madras)

City Pôlicó Act, 1885 (Madras Act HI of I8~8)or under Section (4) of
The Mádi~asGaming Act 1930, (Madras Act III of 1930), or iesonably
suspected to be habitu ally committing or abetting the commission oy

713 of 780
 710

• (a) All persons for whom rowdy sheets are maintained under
O~detNo. 749.

(b) (i) Anti-social elements who intimidate people and

exploit them for selfish ends, or actively promote communal disFar-
money.
(ii) Persons believed to be keeping brothers or opiu ml dens or
promoting offences under the Gaming Act.
(c) Persons bound over under Section 11 O(e) and (f) Criminal
Procedure Code.
(d) Persons convicted under Section 294, I.P.C.
(e) Known drunkards.

750. Not to be openedfor wanderers.—

(1) History Sheets shall not be opened for criminals of no fixed
residence.

(2) This restriction does not apply to persons who move about
in a limited area such as two or three districts. History sheets should
be opened fer s~chpersons at the Superintendent’s discretion.
?51. Period ofretention of History Sheets of suspects.—
History sheets of suspects shall be maintained from the date of
egistration upto the end of December after which the orders
6! an Officer of and above the rank of Assistant Superintendents
of Police/Deputy Superintendent of Police as to their discoritinuance,
ot retention for a further period from January to December where
necessary shall be obtained.
(G.O.Ms.No. 3929~HOme, 5 Sept. 195).

752.—Persons to be closely watched.—

(1) Persons for whom History Sheets have been opened shall be
plorrnally watched by the Police or Village Head~nan,

714 of 780
 711

(2) Close watch Bad Characters should be written, K.Ds. first

and then suspects, in red ink as contemplated in Police Standing Order
No. 368 (3) followed by non-close watch Bad Characters in blue or
black ink, in the same order. All these entries should be beatwar. -

(3) The date of expiry of the History Sheet shall be noted in the
remarks column against each Bad Character.
(4) Whenever a Histosy Sheet is opened for a Bad Character fotthe’
first time, he shall be under close watch.

(5) The Bad Character returning from jail should be under close
watch. If they settle down and are of good character, close watch can
be removed.

753. Index.—
(1) The fo1low~ng~ndexes shall be maintained

(i) An Alphabetical loose-leaf crime classificatic n index to Part-F

and Part III and General Conviction Register as per list specified in
Order No. 45 (1) in the form shown below.
G.O~Ms.. 2868, Home, 27 Sept. 1944.

Volume and pagenumber of Name, father’s name, Crime

~ village, Police number.
Part-I. Part III and Station of the
General convict 01 suspect.
Regiser.
(1) (2) (3) • (4)
(ii) An alphabetical index of persons entered in Part HI and
General conviction Register.

(2) (I) A check register of persons entered in Part III and Gcnera
Conviction Register shall be maintained in Form No. 117. Village was
Villages being arranged alphabetically.

715 of 780
 709

(3) The fact that a History Sheet has been opened ~ za suspect, o thef
i1~anan ordinary criminal shall be kept confidential.
0.0. MO. 480, Judl. 10th Aug. 1921.)
(4) All registered rowdies should be kept under the same type of
watch as in envisaged for registered suspects. The names of History-
Sheeted rowdies should be entered in the Station Check-Register of K.Ds.
and the rowdies should be checked regularly by beat Police Constables
in rural Police Stations and by rowdy patrols in large towns as also by the
Sub-Inspectors (Law and Order). The checking however should he
discretely donø by th~method of enquiries and not in the manner o~
domiciliary checks.
(5) Inspectors and Divisional Officers when they visit the aiea
~houtd make their owfl independent enquiries and not their findings in
th~oHistory Sheets and in Inspection Reports, if any.
(6) All reports against notorious rowdies entered in the General Diary
of the Station or matters brought to light on enquiries in the petitions
should be entered against them in the personal sheets and should be
dated.
(7) Rowdies are often employed for committing breaches of
peace end of intimating opponents in times of political or communal
tension inspectors of Police should take effective and timely action
to control their activities. The active once among these should be deal
with appropriatelyunder Section 11O(a) and (f)cf the Criminal Procedure
Code or under Section 160 I.P.C. or under Section 75 of the Madras City
Police Act and Section 106 of the Criminal Procedire Ccde.
(8) Besides registered rowdies for whom seperate sheets are main
tamed there are a set of anti-social elements in every street atici village
who intimidate the local people and exploit them for their selfish ends
They are of ten believed to be keeping brothel hou ses clandestinely o
promoting prohibition or offences under the Gaming Act. Sometime~
they have political backing also. The activities of these persons also
require vigilant watch and check. For this purpose a register in Form
No. 112 shall be maintained on all Police Stations. The categories of
persons which should be entered into the registers are

716 of 780
 712

(ii) Names of ~x-~nv~ction of the Station who reside in the limits

of other Stations will be noted in this register separately Stationwar.
(iii) At the end of ~.clt year, an abstract will be prepared iii
his register indicating the nwnber of ex-convjets who are present, in jail.
ard out of view.
G.O.Ms.. 364, Home, 15 Feb. 193.

754. Bud Character Roll. —

Movements to the limits of another Station of persons brought
on part III and General Conviction Register, when such persons
change their place or resi~cnce after release from jail or
after registration in this record, shall be communicated to that Station
by means of Bad Character Roll in Form No. 118 for entry in the
register of that Station. The roll will be returned with the page
number of the register, ~fl which the entry has been made noted thereon.
This page number will be noted in column (3) of the Station Registe~-.
GO. Ms. 109, Home, 10 Jan. 1948.

Nom.—It is not necessary that Form No. 118 should be used for the
communication of conviction particulars or for the transfer of History
Sheets. These can be done by using the Memo. Form Book. It is
likewise unnecessary to send bad Character Rolls with History Sheet
dossiers submitted to superior officers for orders regarding their reten-
tion or closure. Orders can be obtained ~fl the dossiers themselves.
755. Death ofregisteredhabitual criminaZs!.~
The death of any person1 registered in Part Ill ani General
Conviction Register shall atOflce be communicated to any Station
where he has been registered and entries regarding him shall be
stnick off the registezs.
0.0. Ms No 1364 Jud).5 Dec. 1922, and 400 Judl. 12 Sept. 1927.

756. Part V—Notcs on important events—(l) Part IV of the Station

Crime History (Form No. 110) shall contain notes on important factions
and disputes especially between castec! and communities and regarding

717 of 780
 ‘713
the commission of serious breaches of the peace. Notes should be
made therein regarding police ‘bandobust’ necessary for important
festivals, etc.. in short, any information which may be usefUl to a
new Station House Officer having no previous exper:ence of the
Station, should be enterel in this register. One or more sheets,
as may be necessary, should be kept for Station information of a
general nature. Information relating to different villages shall be
records on separate sheets headed by the names of the v~lIages. All
entries in this record shall be edited, signed and dated by the Circl~
Inspector. Only the Station copy ofthis record is to be maintalned~
Cricle Inspector will not maintain a copy wit] 1 is circle records but
will summarize all important points in the Circle Jiiformation Book-vide
order No. 218.
(2) Village Cri,ne Note Book.—
The Village Crime Note Book shall be in four parts—
(i) Part I shall contain general information regarclirg popula
tion, number of houses, hamlets revenue market days. fa~is ard festi~als
principal castes, tribes and population, of each. In addition it will
contain name of Fleadman, other leading man, village ~atclmen, sar
panch and pench, number of village defence parties.

(ii) Part Ii shall contain the list of crimes that have occurred~’fn
each village, complainants property lost and recovered, where recovery
was effected, person who helped the accused, harbourers receivers
person who furnished bail.
(iii) Part III shall contain the list of visitors:—
Visitors implies.—
(a) Persons who are K.Ds.
(b) Persons established through information sheets (Stranger
roll) to be ofdoubtful character either by reason of] avirg bccr svsFettcd
or convicted of offence in respect of which entries are required to be
made in Part ill or Part V of their houslehold statistics or for other
adequate reasons.

718 of 780
 714

(c) Psrsons arrested ia the village under section 41/109, Cr1-,

minal Procedure Cod.providsd aosntry shall be made unless the persom
concerned are placed on security.
Note.—This provision will not apply in cases where particulars
of the person concerned would otherwise normally be entered by virtue
of(a1 and~b~ above.
(iv) PartlY shall consit of confidential rotes or tie village
regarding influential person who abet or shelter criminals type of law
l.ssn.es, gangs, land disputes, fairs, festivals, ard tie scale of bardo
bust notes on habitual criminal persons released under Prolatfcn of
Offenders Act and list of in~uentialpersor s who can help the Police.

757 History Sheets— Numbering-

(1) History Sheets shall be numbered serially in each Police
Station.
(2) Index to History Sb cc i d Persona! File
An Index to History Sheets and Personal Files will be
maintained in each Police Station. Apart from the identity parti-
culars of the criminal it will also contain date on which sheet
was opened whether he is a District Criminal, Known Des-
predator, Habitual Oflender or Suspect. \\~hen History
Sheets or personal files are transferred or destroyed this re-
gister should accompany the sheet or files to the Superinten
dents of Police for orders of such transfer or destruction.
758. Entries faveurable to criminal to be made—
When any information favourable to an individual for who-rn
a flistory Sneet is being kept, is received, it shall be entered
therein.
(G.O. No. 332. Jud. 20 Feb. 1906).
759. TranSte1~of History Sheets —

(1) The History Sheets of a person who changes his resi.

~enee to another Station limits, shall be forwarded to that Statiou
uircugh DiV1510~alOfficer.

719 of 780
 715

(2) The ~.Istory Sheet of a lad Character who changes

his residence from police Station in the State of Tamil Nadu
to a Station in another State shall be forwarded by the Station
House Officer of the Tamil Nadu Station to his Superintendent
of Pilice through the usual channel, and the latter shall
foiwaid the sheet confidentially to the Superintendent of Police
of the District in which the individual concerned has taken up
re~ide~ce. Reciprocel arrangements have been made with other
States in this matter and History Sheets of Bad Characters
who have changed their residence from other States when
received by the Superintendents of Police from the Police author.
ties of these State will be dealt within accordance with Orders
Nos. 757, 75S 759 (1).

G.O. No. 1566, Home 29th July,1936.

760. Weekly Crime Reports —

(1) The Station Crime History in all its parts shall be main-
tained in English.

(2) The Circle Inspector shall maintain an outline Crime

Chart of the Circle showing Station limits prepared in the same
way as in station.

(3) Superintendents and Divisonal Officers shall similarly

maintain Crime Chart showing Station limits for the District
and Division respectively. The period of currency of eaeh
onart is left to the discretion1 of the Office maintaining it
On- this shall be entered eli true cases relating to in murder
for gain, dacoity, rebbery, house-breaking and houso-tkeft Any
other class of crime unusally prevalent in the district, Division
or Circle,, may be shown on the chart, or on a special chart,
as may be convenient These maps shall be written upon
receipt of crime cards and shall be correctea, if necessary on receipt
of the case diary~

720 of 780
 Y16

(4) (a) Superintendents and Divisional Offices shall also

maintain in coiaiu notion with crime Chart, registers in F’orm No.
114 ~a) to enable them to keep a chech on the case diaries’
on crii~s and the pregress of cases in their laiges. in the
case of Superintendents the register and Cries Charts *ay be
kept by the Crime Recerds Berau. 1* case of *ivisional
Olicers the register in ~oi~ No. 14 ~ay be kept by the camp
clerks while the Criwe charts should be kept by the officers
themselves. A careful study of the distribution of crime and
the type of crime occurring may e*able officer to draw deductions
as to the criminals at worl( so that they may issue indicative
instructions to their sub-ordinates as to the line of in-
vestigation to be pursued.

(b) The more important role of the Crime Register for

the officers of and above the rank of Assistant Superintendents
of Police 7 Deputy Superintendents of Police (Form No. 110)
is to enable the Divisional Officers (including Superindentsents
of Police having charged of Divisions, if any) to keep a
check on crime and the progress of all cases. The Divisional
Officers should ,therefore, take a personal interest in the main-
tenance of this register and not leave it to the Camp Junior
Assistant (or Crime Records Bureau) as a more records of case
diaries. To make it more use ful. at the end of each month,
a list of pending cases foi Station, separalely should, be made
out in the register showing the cases under investigation and those
pending tiial In column (28) of Form No. 114 should be
entered the number and date of Crime memoranda and the points
to be kept in mind This register must be taken by the Divisional
on every visit to any Police Station He should go through
with the Sub-Inspector personally all cases under investigation
and thereby supervise and guide the Sub-Inspector in all his cases
Such visits by Divisional Officers to Police Stations at their
headquarters should he at regular intervals.

721 of 780
 ‘717

(5) Specimens of form No. 109 of the Crime Chart are given
in Volume Eli.

761. Juveui1es.~

(n) A History Sheet shall never be opened for a juvenile

discharges from Bo~stal or C~fLifitiCd School or rdeased under
Section 360, Cr. P.C. or treated under the provisions of the
Tamil Nadu Probation of Offender’s Act nor shall be
treated as a B~d Character not watched nor incerrogat~d,un-
Ie~ssuspected of committing crime. -

(2) Where it can be avoided, it is cbvicus1y undesirable

that a juvenile c~e~derconfined in the Borstal or certified
Scirool should be prosecuted for an offence conlmiLted by him
before his adinissien into the schaol.

(GO. No. 114. Jud. 23 July 1917.)

762. Watching ~f suspects.—

The surveillance of a susprct, other than and ordinary criminal
shall be conduct& in a confidential manner.
G.O. Ms. 332 Judi 2OEep. 1906 a~d400Judi 12 Sep 1927

763. Entry in Village Headman’s Register.—Psrsons for whom History

Sheets have been opened may, at the discretion of the Station-Hoi2 se
Officer, be entered in the Village Headman’s register of Known Depre~
dators arid Suspects (Appendix XVIII to the Village Officers’ and Ryot-
Manual, 1931 edition) and it shall be obligatory upon the Village Heads
iran to report their movements to the Police Station.

722 of 780
 118

CHAPTER XLII1
SURVEILLANCE.
164. Reporting movements.—
(1) Movements of persons closely watched under Order No. 752
and of those registered under the Tamil Nadu Restriction of
Habitual Offondors Act, 1948, shall be promptly reported by
one Station-House Officer to another (in Enquiry Roll
Worm A) (Form No. 118). The receipt of such roll shall be
fniniodiately acknowledged and a report as to the presence of the Bad
Character made with the least possible delay. If the Bad Character is a
prson to be closely watched and becc mes a temporary resident within
the limits of another Station, he should be entered by the Police of the
latter Station in the register in Form No. 57 vide Order No. 368.
GO NO. 332 JudI 20th Febuary 1906
(2) Tho roll shall be retained until the individual moves on, when
it will be forwarded to the Station of his destination. If this State is
other than the one at which the criminal is registered. the Station-
House Officer of the latter Station shall be informed of the movement.
No-rE.-—.When persons closely watched under Order No. 752 are
likely to use the Railway, intimation of their movements should also b~
Zivan to the nearest Railway Police Station.
765. Transmission of Enquiry Roll Form A to other States etc.,—
(1) In the case of a criminal who is known to have gone to another
State the Enquiry Roll Form A shall be sent direct to the Station-
House Officer of the Station in that State. Such Rolls should be
written only in English.
(2) In respect of Inter-State Criminals, the Rc us should be sent
through the State Criminal Investigation Department who will forward
the aims to their counterpart in that State. If the transmission of such
Rolls is ur&ent, a copy of the Roll shall be sent to the Criminal Investi-
ration Department, thc fact of the original having been sent direct being
notod thereon.

723 of 780
 119

(3) The Enquiry Roll Form A in respect of criminal who is

known to have gone out of India, shall be sent to the Central Bureau
of Investigation (Crime PreventioA Division), New Delhi.
766. Presence of suspicious stranger.—
(I) When a stranger of suspicious conduct or demeanour is found
within the limits of a Police Station, the Station-House Officer shall
forward an Enquiry Roll Form-i (Form No. 119), to the Police Station
in which the stranger alleges that he resides. The receipts of such a
roll must be immediately acknowledged and a prompt reply sent.
GO. NO. 332 JudI. 20th Fsbruary 1~06.
(2) if the suspicious stranger states that he resides in another State
an Enquiry Roll in Form B (Form No. 119) shall be written in English
and sent direct to the Station-H use Officer of the Station in that
State.

767. Bad Characters going 0. V.— Issue of 0. V. cards.—

When a Bad Character goes out of view, the information should ho

broadcast in Form No. 120 to the Police Stations havingjurisdiction over
the places likely to be visited by the Bad Character and also to the
neighbouring Stations, whether such Stations are in this State or in
another State. Copies of the card should also be sent by the Station
i-iou se Officer concerned to his Circle Inspectc.r and to the Crime
Records Bureau of his district.

768. Tranrfer of Criminals to Prisons of native place P.R.!T.System.—

(1) All prisoners registersed under the Tamil Nadu Restriction of
Habitual Offenders Act, 1948, as well as all dangerous convicts who
are likely to revert to crime on release and who are not residents of the
State in which theyare sentenced, have to be transfered two months before
their release to the priscfls of their native districts.

(2) Endeavour shalt be made to trace the prisoner’s native place

through the Finger Print Bureau, which should make a reference to th~
Bureau of the State to which the prisoner is suspected to belong.

724 of 780
 720

(3) Ifthe native place of the prisoner is ascertained and the Superin,
tendent of Police decides that he should he transfered, intimation should
be sent immediately to the Superintendent of the Prison by a P.S./T. Slip
(Form No. 121) anda counter part of the P.R.!T Slip shall be sent to the
~uperintendent of Police of the district to which the prisoner belongs.
(Go. 841. JudI. 8th June 1801)
(4~This system should invariably be applied ~oChapparbands.
Nor~—Thesystem of registering criminals as P.R. or P.R./T should
~ be ~‘~‘r~lied
to any inmate or ex-inmate of the Borstal Institution.
(6.0. No. 497, law (Geni) 10 Feb. 1923)
769. Release of Foreign Pricouers. -. Reportto be made to the C.I.D.

Before the release of a foreig~ prisoners

who is convicted for an offence of the type in which finger
prints would ordinarily be taken for record under the rules, a report
should be sent by the Superintendent of the district in which the case
was registereel, to the C.LD. for transmission, to the Central Bureau
of Investigation, Gover*ment of India giving in formation regarding
date, route, Stoarner, etc. on or by which tile 1is~aerswill be travelling,
in order that such informat~onmay he transmitted to the country of the
mae’s origin.

770. Shadowing of convicts on release.~.

The followng are the rules for the shado~vngof convicts on theli
release from Prison.
(1) Only those concvits who (a) have rio fixed abode or (b) aie
not likely to return to their native Place on release Or (c) are exceptionally
dangerous shall be shadowed.

- ~2) The Superintendent shall decide which convicts have to be

shadowed. For this purpose the Sub Ilispecto, w~lnote On the
c~nvlctioflMemorandum for Finger Print purpOSt~s(Form No. 127)
- w~thershwlowin,g is necessary on ~L. The Ciicle Inspector will pass
• a ~aai order.

725 of 780
 itt

~3)Th~act thaf the convict is ‘~ohe sh~c1ewedshall ‘he ent’r:cl In

~ Ditrict Police Otfice in he Fin~rprint Regis er ~Form No. 136.
and communicated in Form No. 123 to he Superin~enden1of the Irisos
where ~beconvict Is Imprisoned, whc ~sill note In red ink the letters PRS
(Police registered prisfoner for shi’dowing) above the member of the eon
‘sict in the Conviction Register, the Committal Warant, the History
sheet, the Release Register and fin~l1yin the monthly release lists sent
to the Superintendents. The Super intedent of Prison will enter the
particulars in a Ptison elease register maintained for the purpose. The
register will apart from containing the psrt1c~.larsof the name and address
offence, conviction particulars, date of release from prison will 5150
contain history sheet classiftcations. A copy of this will be sent to
the Station House Officer in whose jurisdiction the cx convict resi-Jes,
The Station House O~ceiwill repoit in the same form under the coli,iu~
rern~srk,the (t’Lte o~’ 1 !Vl’ Ia vi~i~, s~uliny in prrticulars. r~
case when the releasel cOllViCt Jo~slot return to the village, the Station
House Officer will send O,V. cards and intimate the fact to the Cr~ine
Recordi Bureau for publication in the Crime and Occurrence Sheet. On
receipt of the prison release list the shadow and residential particulars will
he ~ered in the history sheet of the ex-convict,
(G.O. Mi. 2549 Home 29th July lt165)
~ On receipt of the release li~~ t, the Superintendent of the di stri~
in which the Prison is situated and, fri the case ot Madras City, the of
commissioner, shall make a list of P.R./S. convicts Form No. 123
sad communicate it to the officer iii charge of the Police Station ijit~
Limits of which the Prison is situated, with orders to arrange for i~
shadowing of the selected prisoners. This Officer will also arrange to
give sufficient previous information to the local Railway Police in a cisc
where the ex-convict is likely to travel by train and ~o the local Di%t! ict
Police whete the ex-convict i~to deterain, and he will point him ow on
release to the Railway Police and it shall be the duty of the RailwayP~1kw
to anange for and undertake the surveillance of Bad Characters till h,sj
are handed over to the District Police who will on their part depute Pc Ii..
Constables to the various Railway Stations where the sz-convfst~~ze
likely to detrain.
P—230-3—46

726 of 780
 722

(5)~An~i-convict
who travels!~byroad shall be~lcept~underobeer
-vation by the Police of he district until the leaves their district, when inti-
mation of his arrival will be given to the Police of the next district.
(6) When an cx convict breaks his journey instead of proceeding
to the place to which he was granted a ticket, the Railway Police shall
inform the District Police of the locality where the ca-convict alighted
and the District police ofthe locality to which the cx convict was granted
a ticket. The Police of the place where he broke his journey will then
be responsible for keeping him under observation. The District Police
of the place where tius ex.coavict has iakea up his residence should be
Communicated to the District Police of the locality where this ex-convicC
should have proceeded intimating as to where and when exactly he hat~
taken up abode.

(7) (a) A Constable deputed for shadowing an ex-convct shall

enter the fact in his note. boolc in wnica ne snail also take the sij~~e
of the Constable to whom he passes on the surveillance.
(b) The Constable shall be furnished with a Chalan in Form No. 124
showing the parricuiars of the ex-convict to be shadowed. This form
shall be returned by the Station rLou~eOiflcer of the Station where the
ca-convict takes up his residence or passes out of view to the District
Police Office of the listrict where the Piison is situated, or to the Corn-
aussioner in the case o’ Mauras city anu snail be filled in that office.
(~)Eti convict should be kept in view, but on no account should
r~isuamg be put epon then movemeirts.
Note. .—Adokscents iele~sedfrom dorstal Schools should net be
ohadoweU ann ~upeiiu1enoeatsof Police are requijed tosce that they
arc not makreu P.R.jS. at ~iietime of conviction.

9. Instructions regarding surveillance of con~ictsbetween ~ta,es.

~on~icts 01 ~a~uI L.ladu State to f ris~. ci ~.drata, K.4fnata~aand
~ra i’rw~es..~Lafl OL release be ~ &~ L.~.iCb
1,ei.U~.b14~~
£~ Loxt,ei A c~
4.10 tLe i~eav~bt ~u~U()Lt~iij~eLci~c~,tate ~f

727 of 780
 723

the criminals. Such reciprocal surveil~aicc W~11also be made in re;pect

of convicts of Kerala, -Karnataka and AiidLra Fradesh in ‘Iairil Indu
Prison.
Q.O. Ms. No. 1116, Home, 13th April 1967.

771. PrLson Release LLct.

L Superi~iteadeit of Prko~sire r~iiired.by the provisions in ~

Pri~o\4a~iua1,to sead to )•~iit~iti its of the districts in which
Prisons are situated, befre tse 15th of each month, a list of.—.-

(a) prisoaers r~iit~r~1,

for 1ovi~ig(t~.R.S.)in accorthanc
with Order No. 770;

(b) Prisoners convicted under the Tamil Nadu Restriction of

Habitual OffendersAct. 1948; and

(c) those imprisonment under the bad livelihood sections Ic be

released during the next ensuring in ortiT and a similar list to the
Superintendent of’the district in which tLc prisoner’s homes are siti~i.ed
or in which they may have been con victeL in the latter case,
Superintendentshould on receiptof the prison release list givep informa: inn
regarding the release to the Superintendent of the district in which z~~o
prisoners’ homes are situated.

2. In addition to t~ielist to ~ t~)~to~~ c.i~Htj, leri:itei Ic i~

of Prisons will, if nc~essary,s~n.l a su?~le~ncatal list containing the
nanes of prisiers ~i1nitted after tie 51.i of ~wo naita and who will ,o
released during the next ensuing month.

3. Whenever there is delay in the re~ei?tot’ release list from priso~e

he matter should be re?ortci to tie )~cc~tor-C}eneral who will bri :t~
to the atice of t~cto spector-Jeneral of Prisons,

P—230-3---46A

728 of 780
 ‘724

~tr4ctk ~obe tent to Siotlons.—

(4) B~tracts from release lists shall be communicated by
Buperintendents through Circle Inspectors, to the Stations within tli~
limits of which the Prisoners’ homes are situated and Sub-Inspectors
shall, after a reasonable time, return these extracts through
their Inspectors, nothing thereon whether the prisoners referred to
have returned to their homes or not
77.. Heinous offenders granted remission.—
In the case of decoits and persons convicted of other heinous
organized crimes the Superintendents of Prisons, will, under the rules
hi the Prison Manual, note in the monthly lists of releases to be
furnished to Superintendents the period of remission earned under
Prison Mark Rules, which should be passed under Police surveillanc0
These released convicts will be considered as persons who ought
to be ‘closely watched’ under Order No. 752 and the ordinary
Polico surveillance over Known Depredators will generally meet their
case. If, however, in any instance, the Superintendent thinks stricter
surveillance necessary, the special orders of the Director-General should
be obtained.
0.0. Nos. 207 JudI., 31st Jan., 1895, 711, J~dl.,4, April 1895 and 400,
Ju.dl., 12th, September 1927,
‘773. Convicts released on medical grounds.—
A convict nicased by Government on nedical grounds is required
under the conditions of his release, to report himself to the Superin-
tcndcnt of the District in which he wishes to reside, immediately on
release and once on each month thereafter and not to leave the
d~trict without the Superintemlent’s permission. The conditions to
,‘hich be subscribøs before release are set forth in Volume II.
G.O.Nos. 1942,Judj. 23rdJaly 1876 and 163, J..dl,23rd Jan 1888
774. Life Convicts conditionally released.—
(1) (a) In the case of life convicts conditionally released
It has been made a conr~ition of their release that they shall proceed
under Po’ke escort from the place of release to their destination.
The Government of India have dod e I that such convi~ts shall b.
es..orte”~un”er the existing rUes for the escort of prisoners, except
~st t shall not be handcuffed.

729 of 780
 (b) The Railway Police shall render any assia~nceneco~ry.
(2) The tenna of conditional release arc given in Volume II.

0.0. No. 126~,Judl., 10th August 1905

775. Instructions regarding watching ex-con U.s ordes’ed to notify real-

The following instrictions are issued with re~ardto ex-convitt

•rdsrod to notify resi fence w’er section 356 Criminal Procedure Code
(I) Each Station House Officer is responsible for maintaining a
correct list of ox-convicts ordered to notifly residcnr~ein Form No. 125
which shall be hung up in the Station. The village notified
dats of release will be entered from Prison release lists.

Woit—This order does not apply to Railway Police Station.

(2) When an ox-convict does not appear at the place notifie I with in
a reasonable time, the Station House Officer shall report the fact to t~ it
Superintendent for inquiry to be made.
(3) Ex-convicts ordered to notify shall be watched in the same way
as other dangerous criminals and their intended movements of which
they give notice and movements communicated by Enquiry Roll
Form A (Form No. 118).
(4) The certificate prescribed by rule 7 of the Rules framed by
Government is in form No. 126. A copy of the certificate shall he
attached to the copy of the General Dh’ry sent to the office and remain
lied with it.
(5) (a) Prosecution of ox-convicts for breach of th. rules shall not
be undertaken without the sanction of the Superintendent cr the Divi-
sional Officer.
(b) The offence falls under the second part of section 176, Jndian
P.aal Code.

(c) The rules framed by Govennnent are printed in Vc1~n~e

IL

730 of 780
 726

CHAPTER XLIV.

THE TAMIL NADU RESTRICflON Of HABITUM. OFFENDERS

ACE, 1948, AND THE TAMIL NADU RESTRICrION OF
HABiTUAL OFFENDERS RULES, 1949.
flibitual Offender:
776. A habitual Offender is one who has been sentenced to a
substantive term ofimprisonment,such sentencenot havingbeen set aside
in appeai or revision, on not less than threeoccassions, for one or another
of the offences under the Tndian Penal Code act forth in the Schedule
t: the Tamil Nadu Resliiction of Habitual Offenders Act, each of the
su ‘sequent sentences havingbeen passed in respct ofan offence commit-
to I after the passing of the sentence on the previous occasion. [Secticn
2()].
No’rc.—(I) The demand of a security for good behaviourunder section
11), Criminal Procedure Code will amount to the passing of a sentence
of substantive imprisonment, for the purpose of the above defliotion.
(2) The following are the offences und~’rthe Indian Penal Code
en imeratod in tFe Schedule to the Act :—
Sections 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 239, 240, 242 and
243 under Chapter XII, Sections 299, 307, 308, 310, 322, 326
f~7, 328~329, 332, 333, and 369 under Chapt~rXVI and sections 382.
~ 3, 385, 386, 387, 390, 391, 393, 394, 397, 398. 399, 402,
457, 458, 459, and 460 und’~rChapter XVII.
777. NotIfied Offender.—
A notified offender is a habitual offender against whom a
notification under section 3 of the Act has been issued and is in force.
773. NotificatIon by the Collector.—
(1) Persons mentioned in Police Standing Order No. 781 should
be notified under the Act by the iss~eof a notification by the
Cllector.
f 2) The cases of all persons registered under Section 16(1) of the
TunllNadu Restriction of Habitual Offenders Act, 1948 should be
~viewed’withrfueI1ce to each such person whethcr be would come

731 of 780
 727
within the definition qf a “Eabitual Offender’ In clause t4~Of~(~fl 2
o~the Act. If, on examination of the facts, It Lq f~rndtl*t lie bad
cotnn,itted n ffences hi recevtt yea’s so as to bring him within Section 2(4)
then a notice has to be ssued to hlw to show cause why the restriction
against hint should not be cnnttvied In~ncha ca~a.the oMe~would
really be in the nature of a fresh Order under Scetion ~. If the pe~ion
a~focto4would not fall withh’t the defiritior of ‘Pabitupl CPerdf’T’ so
that a f’nrt’ier order could not be macic in 1’Ig case, his reristratior SboUlc!
be ca ncelled formally.
~}.2 N-. ¶‘lR, TTr~tneof’ Decemi~T1940
77g. R.rtrfrtlon on all No tiff’ d Offenders.
~“~ef,hI~-vin~are the restrictions on a n’-t~e”oll’ender urder lie
Act:—
(I) uti’uation of residence, chart re or ab’ rrce f
1 r r~ ‘5 (I

(~ectioq~
(i~~e~triction of ‘nove~neitto speci~le4area (cection ~: and
(iii’s Placing him in cettlernent (~,ction8).
780. Place of’ residence ~‘

The nla~eof recile~ccflirriishel by the ~qotifledOfTenders at ~lie

tkie o~’his ‘e~i5trationshall be taken a; the place of his residence
(Rule 11).
781. IdentIfication RoDs:
11
EveryXI
in Form notified offender
,reccrlbed shall
under thebeTamil
~pplI~dwiff ar dertfrp$er
Nadu Restriction so
of ITabitnal
~)iTen4ersh~uTos194Q. An acknowledgenient for the receipt of the
identification roll with the left..thumb in-pressior of ti-c noti1~edcf~erder
shalt be attached to the personal sheet of the notified ofTerder ~Fvie
10(1) and (2)1
~82. Obligations of Notified OffendeK zineio iJr At’:
1. Every notified offender shall give t1-i~ I rtfcstcr rd1 ‘0
~ ~iitt,i ‘r hs’,ecti~n when required by any Police Cfcer o
Magistrate, or any other persor avtl-cri~c’l~ti-c Cclfrctrr ii’ thl
b,i-
IC (s)).
5~f l1~i~~

732 of 780
 728
• 2. Every notified offender who intends to leave, perwarently er
tcm~oraxily,thevil1ageinwhichheisresi(~ir~ ~1~ k ic1c~eFaj~ic,
Intimate the headman of such village arti sFall oliaii frcrt I ~n’a ceiU~-
sate in Form XIII and shall comply with the specifications cor.taitcd i*
the certificate (Rule 12).

3 Any notified offender who Intends to leave his honse during night
betveen 10 p.m. and 5 s.m. on any day to go to any other placs wlth.a
the ~amovillage, shall before his departure Intimate to the headman of
the ‘illage with details of the time when he Intends to leave and return
and the place or promises to ‘which he Is goinìg (Rule 12.-A).

783. NotifIed offenders who may be exeinpiem’

Any notified offender may be cxe~nptedby the Collector from tb.s
ob1i~ationsimposed by Section 5 of the Act, either co~itlona1lyor un-
conditionally. Such exemptions should be granted when a notified
offender is old, sick, or Infirm, or is otherwise incapacitated from corn-
znitti rig crime and if he has continued to be satisfactory conduct for a
p.rnd of three years after his last rolcase from prison. If, however, he
rcve ts to crime, the exemption will be revoked and obligation of the
OVlSi)fl of section Swill be reimposed (Rule 21).

‘1 he Superintendents of Police may be authorised by the Collector

by a general rule, to exempt any notified offender from reporting any
temporary absence of his, for a period not exceeding four montis as
a time.

784. Penalty under the Act

Any notified offender who viclates any or the provisions of the Act
or any notification rule or order made thereunder, shall be punishable
(a) on a first conviction with imprisonnient for a term which may extend
to six months, or with fine which may extend to Rs. 200 or with both,
and (b) on a second or subequent conviction, with imprisonment for
a term which may extend to one year or with fine which may extend to
Rs. 500 or with both.

733 of 780
 ~29

785. ConvictionS to be noted in Part Ill and General Convict!.”

Register
Convictions under this Act and for oftbnces referred to in the varjoous
sections mentioned in the Schedule to this Act (Vide Note 2 under Police
Standing Order No. 781) shall be entered in Part III and General Convic-
lion Register.

786. 4rreeis under the Act :—:

SectIon 12 provides for punishment for any notified offender who

contravenes any of the provisions of the Act or rules thereunder Tb,
maximum punishment provided therein is one year with or withouttin
not exceeding Rs. 500. As such, offences under the Act are non-
cognizable. by virtue of the Schedule U to the Criminal Procedure Code
relating to offences under other laws. So, no Police Officer can arrest
without warrant any notified offender for an offence under Section l~
of the Act. Section 13 hw~ver,,rovides fr th, arrest without warrens
by any Police Officer of a notified offender whose movements have bean
restricted under Section 6 or who has escaped from a Settlement in whlcb
be has been placed under Section 8.

787. permanent records to be maintained

The records mentioned in Police Standing Order No. 735 will be
.iaintained in a Police Station in respect of notified offenders residing
In its limits.

788. powers and duties of a Station-House Officer :—

(1) Any Police Officer not below the rank of Sub-Inspector may at
any time inspect the residence of a notified offender. (Rule 19).

(2) Any Police Officer is competent to pay domiciliary visits within

his jurisdiction to any notified offender with a view to verify the presence
of such notified offender and it is the duty of such notified offender to
appear before such officer (Rule 20).

734 of 780
 130

(3) !achVillage Headman should maintain a list of notified ofibndeil

residing with his limits. It is the duty of the Station-House Officer
to see that this list is maintained correctly and upto-date. The list may
be inspected, checked and corrected by a Police Officer not below the
rank of a Sub-Inspector (Rule 11(2).
(4) Station-House Officers shall from time to time, examined cases
of persons residing in their Station limits, including those in Prison
who come within the definition of a “Habitual Offender” and submit
proposals to the Superintendent for addressing the Collector to notify
them under the Act.
(5) If a i’otified offender who ha’ been exerrnted by the Collector
revertsto crime it is suspected to aid or abet the Commission of offence,
the Station-House Officer shall ret~ortthe same to the Superintendent
of Police to enable him to address the Collector to reinipose the obhi-
gationcof the provision of’ section 5 on such a notified offender (Rule
21~4)
(6~ If, in the opinhr n of a Station-Rouse Officer the movements
of any notified offender residing in his limits should be restricted to any
particular area he should renort the matter to the Superintendent of
Police with a rcqu~stto address the Collector to take necessary action
under rule 22.

789. Duties of Circle inspector :—

At the time of his periodical inspection of the Station the Circle,
Inspector shall scrutinise all the relevant records to satisfy himself
that all those persons who fall witrin the definitionof ‘Habitual Offenders’
have been proposed by the Station House Officer for registration
under the Act.

735 of 780
 731

CHATPER XLV.
FOREIGNERS, FOREIGN NOMADS, PAThANS AND
STRANGERS.

790. Definition
A “foreigner” means any person who is not a Citizen of India. It
a’pplies to foreigner whose residence in the Tamil Nadu, is either per-
manent or temporary.:
791. ForeIgners of good charactor not to be reported :—
No report need be made about foreigners who have come to the
Tamil Nadu on BONAFIDE purposes, or about whose conduct and
demeanour there is nothing suspicious.
792. Reporting Foreigners.—
Upon the appearance of a foreigner, about whose conduct or de-
meanour the Station-House Officer entertains a suspicious, he should
submit a roll in Form No. 132 to the Superintendent through the Circle
Inspector and the Divisional Officer, having the foreigner wa~
dhed un.
obtrusively if necessary.
793. Reporting movements of foreigners :—

The Superintendent will decide whether the movements of the foreign~

should be watched or not. If he decides in the affirmative, the move-
ments of the foreigner should be reported to the C.LD. direct by post
by the Station-House Officer concerned in FormNo. 119 and to the
Snoerintendent through the C :clo Inspector and the Divisional
Officer in the same manner.
794 Watching:—
(1) A foreigner whose movements have been ordered. recoin-
mended to be watched should not be followed nor escorted. Watching
should be done unobtrusively only.

736 of 780
 732
(2) The Station-House Officer of the Station whose hints he is about
to enter should be warned by the speediest means available to expect
his arrival and the Superintendent should Inform the Superintendent
of the district into which the moves, of the movement.
795. ComplicIty in grave crime to be reported to C.I.D,
If a foreigner is suspected of having taken pait in a grave crime,
the Criminal Insvestigatlng Department should be immedia!ely
Informed by the Station-House Officer or any officer above him.
796. Accounts given to be tested :—~

The account givin of themselves by foriegners should be tested as

far as possible and not be accepted too readily.
797. Certificates not se be gI~mto wandeting gasgi offoretgner.
Mcmbers of wa idoring gangs of tor~iignersshovid on no account
be granted safe oond~ictpasses or ocr o~t~s
by any Police Officer.
(G.Os. 848 JudI. 13th June 1903 and 2088, Revenue 12th July 1912.)

79$. Susptdous Poreingners :—

Members of wandering gangs of foreigners should be dealt vltk

as “ suspicious foreigners“.

799. To be clo.,e1~watched
(1) Gangs of foreign nomads require close watchir~gas they are
apt to be lawless and to terrorise the people.
(0.05. 848 Judi., 18th June 1908.)
~2) If they commit oflenoes or are unruly they should be proceeded
against for specific ofienoes committed and unJer the s~wIty section,
of the Criminal Procedure Code.
(3) No liocfloos for arms should be granted to thorn. If fo~ a
posaossioa of ~zras,they should be promptly disarmed.

737 of 780
 733

(4) Gang of foreign nomads who come from beyond India may.
if necessary, be removed from India undor section 3 (2) (cc) of the
Foreigners Act of 1946 (Act XXXI of 1946).

800 Reporting presence of foreign nomads :ma

The entry of a gang of foreign nomads into a District should be
reported to the Superintendent by the Station House Officer direct, by
wire if available, and their movements to the C.I.D. direct and to the
Superintendent, in Form No. 119. The behaviour of the gang and any
complaints or cases against its members should be noted in the
reports.

738 of 780
 ~,34

CI1~PTEgXLVI

FINGER PRINTS AND PHOTOGRAPHS.

801. Finger Print Bureau.—

(1) In each State there is a Finger Print Bureau in which the finger-
prints of criminals are kept on record. Bureau have been established
at the following places :

WWtin India.

Allahabad. Uttar Pradesh.

Abmedabad. Gujarat.

Bangalore. Karnataka.

Bliopal. Madhya Pradosh.

Bombay. Maharashtra

Calcutta. West Bengal.

Bhubaiioshwar. O~issa.

Hyderabid Aadhra Pradesh.

Jaipur. Rajasthan.
Nagpur. Maharashtra.
Patna. Bihar.

Phillur. Punjab.

Poona. Maharashtra.

Pondi~’therry. Pondicherry.

Shillong. Assam.

Tirvandrum. Kerala.

739 of 780
 735

Aurangabad. Maharashtra.
Karnal. Haryana.
Agartala. Tiripura.
Cheenai. Tamil Nadu.

(2) Address of Bureau.—

Reference to the Bureau at Chennai should be addressed to—
“The Director,
Tamil Nadu Finger Print Bureau,
Forensic House,
Chennai-600004.
(3) (a) Finger prin’s ~—Det1nittons.-—
‘Finger Prints’ include prints of the thumb and are either ‘rolled’
or ‘plain’.

(b) Rolled print :—

A ‘rolled’ print is obtained by placing the inked thumb or

finger on the paper so the plane of the nail is at right angles to the
plane of the paper. The thumb ox finger should then be pressed lightly
on the paper and turned over so that the bulb surface which originally
faced, say, to the lelt, faces to the right, the plane of the nail being
again at right angles to the paper.

(c) Plain Print.—

A plain priut is obtained by lightly pressing ~.heinked bulb of
thunib or Linger up,n tli~psper without any turning movement.
(d) Unidentified.-
‘Unidentified’ means a person whose residence and antoc~iunt
are Dot known.

740 of 780
 7~6

•) Untraced.-
‘Untraced means a person against
‘ whom ic previous
conviction have been traoO(4.
(J) Proficient.—
‘Proficient’ means an officer who has bees declared by a
Superintendent ot Police or ii~the City of Madras by the Commissioner
of Police to be qualified to take clear and well —rolled imprenions.
(g) Expert.—
“Expert” moans an officer who lv~sbeen d4 clar d by the All Ir,dia
Board of Examination for Finger Print ~xpertI, to be coalpeteat
to examine, classify and give esport opinion on finger impr~ufo*s.
(k) Bureau,—
(A) ‘Bureau’ meena a Finger -Print Bures~.

(4) (a) Method of taking finger print,: Appliances—

The appliances required fox taking finger print. compiles
a glass slab, a rubber roller and a pot of printer’s h*.
These must be kept scrupulously clean and free from dust,
grit, and hairs. The slab should be freanly cleaned before
~se eacji day, all particles cf cid ink being rubbed off. The
roller, when not in use, should be kept wrapped up in a
piece of clean oiled paper. Botn slab and roller shoul4
periodically be cleaned with soap, beuzine or kerosone. The
pct of ink should be kept tightly closed when not in use.
(b) Preparation of appliances.—
The slab must be perfectly smooth and should be wiped
free of dust before use. A small quantity of the mb
then should be put on the slab with the point of a knife and
the roller used to bring it down to the finest possible film so
that the glass is dimly visible through ~ ~
has shown that it is easier to start with a very small qianUty

741 of 780
 137
of ink and to increase it as necessary. if too much inic
has been put on the slab, a sheet of paper laid on it and joilcd
over with the roller will generally reduce it sufficiently. 11 the ink
is dry and thick, it will be found that with ~t litth~preservi~ralx~
it can be worked up smooth on the slab.
(c) inking the fingers.—
The fingers of the su~Jectshould be robbed clean and dry,
as the slightest perspiration on the finger will cause
blotches aud blut print. Only ~ the jailer portion of the upper
phanlanges of the fingers should he inked. To take a ‘rolled’
impression place the finger cu trie ink~ed slab, the plane ci
the nail being at right angles to the slab, and turn over till the blab
surface which originally faced to the left, now faces to the right.
For a ‘plain’ impression, place the ridge surface of the finger~
flat upon the inked slab.
(d) Taking impression.—-
Prints should invariably be taken on tne autiiorised ringer
Print Form No 129 (for recora) and Foim hO (fcr search).
In tno slip, space has been provided for the ‘rolled’ prints ef all
the ten digits as well as for the ‘plain, prints Of the four fingers of
each hand. Tne heading of tfle slip- are self-explanatory.
(ej Slips to be folded For taking ‘roIled’ prints.—
For convenience in taking ‘rolled’ prints, the slip should
be folded at the line indicated and the fold placed in line with the
edgt of the table.~
(I) Order of raking prints.—-
The ‘rolled’ punts of the right hand shouki be taken l~rst
each finger b~inginked and impressed before the next finger,
in rotation is inked. When the ‘r’ lied’ prints of the right hand
have been taken, the operatoi should take the ‘plain’ prints of
the four Iingures of that hand simultaneously in the space
provided for them on the slip, When the right band has been
fiin.ished’ the operatot’ should proceed to lake the prints ‘railed’
and “plain’ of the left hand in a’similar manxi~i.
F’—230.3—47 ‘ .;,:.:~., ‘ .

742 of 780
 738

(g~ Entry of dett’u!s on slips

\Vh~~ithe finger prints of both hands have been take,l
the slip ~haiild be turned over and the subjects name, residence
de~ail~ and conviclious filled in
The subject should then sigr’ the form or make his mark it
unable to write and immediately afterwards ‘plain’ print of nia
left thumb should be taken in the space provided for the
purp~se. The special criminal number and the regular criminal
number assigned to each accused should be noted in the colums
provided in the front page.
(h) Points to be noted in pr~-p.’~ri’zslips.
The following points should be specially noted in preparing
Finger Print Slips.—
(i) Imprev;ioflS must invariably be taken with the tip of
the finger printing to the top of the form, except in the case of th~
‘~iain’print of the left thumb on the reverse of the slip.

(ii) The ‘rolled’ prints should shcn the complete contour

of the bulbs of the fingers. One delta in the case of the ‘loops’
and two in the case of ‘whorls’ should be visible.
(iii) The ‘rolled’ print of each finger must be taken in the
space allotted for that finger and the impression should not
project beyond that space. The impression of’ only the upper
phalan Cf the finger shouk appear.
(iv~ All names, whether of persons or places should be
written legibly all entries should be as concise as possible and
coivictions should he entered in chronological order.
(i) Dt’formitk~’.
II a tinger is missing or is 50 delrormed that it is
jr~possible to obtaian impression, the fact should be noted in
ink in the space allotted Icr that finger by the words ‘missing
~r ‘deformed’. In the case of double fingers, the prints of both

743 of 780
 ‘739

ringers stiould be taken. if possible and the print ol the mete

promiment of the two invariably. Deformities cuts, scar5
and disease marks interfering with the clarity of the impressions
should be fully described and it should be stated if they are tern.
porary or permanent. Subjects suffering from’ open Cuts ‘or
scars in any of the upper phalanges of the fingers should not
(if this can be arranged) have the prints of such fingers taken
until the cuts or scars have healeL
(j) Persons whose finger-prints shou’d not be taken~—

Finger prints of lepers are not to be taken on any account. Persons

suffering from catagious and infectious diseases should not have their
finger-prints taken until completely recovered.
(k) Finger Prints by whom to be taken. —

Finger impressions shall be taken only by officers declared by a

Superintendent or, in the City of Madras by the Conirnissioner of Polk;
to be qualified to take clear and well-rolled impressions.
802. Persons whose finger prints are to be taken for record .—
The Finger Prints of the following persons (juvenile, adults, niales,
females or eunuches) should ordinarly be taken for permanent record.
(1) All persons convicted of offences under Chapters XII andXVII,
Indian Penal Cod; which are punishable with rigorous imprisonment
for a term of one year or more.
(2) All persons convicted of any offence under Chapter VI, Indian
Penal Code, or of sabotageand subversive activities against the State.

(3) All persons convicted of oficrtces under sections 170, 302 and,
304 (murder for gain) 328, 338, 465, to 477-A and 489-A to 489-D,
indianPenal Code.

~4) All persons convicted under the Arms, Opium and State Excise
Act who are suspected to be smugglers inArms, OphLm ordangerous
drugs as defi.rjed in the Dangerous Drugs Act (Act 11 of 1930), or en-
tailing ehnanced punishment on re-conviction. -

F—.230-3—47A

744 of 780
 (5) All persons convicted of smuggling gold. curr~n~y
and ~aluab1e
auicles under Forei~Exchange Regulation Act VII of 1947.

~6) AU persons ordered to execute bonds under Sections 109 and

110 Criminal Procedure Code (for offences against property only).
(7) All traffickers in Wcurten and Children who are convicted ‘under
S~CtiOn5 363,363-A and 364 to 374 indian Penal Code.
(8) All persons convicted under section 5 of the Telegraph Wires
(Unlawful Possession) Act (L)~XLVof 1950) for unlawful possession
of telegraph wires.
(9) ALl peisóns convicted under Section 3 of the Railway Stores
(Unlawful Possession) Act, 1955 (Act LI of 1955) for unlawful possession
of Railway Sores
(1~ All professional criminals and persons of dangerous character
externed from any area under an~State Act,
(11) All foreigners externed under Foreigners Act XXXI of 1946.

(12) All approvers in gang, dacoity and criminal conspiracy cases,

(13) AU persons suspected of being prOfessional itinerant criminals

and persons of notoriously criminal reputation who habitually the
absent themselves from their homes and are believed to travel the other
States ‘for the purpose of committing crime and have been arrested
by Police and whose finger prints have been taken, even if they
ate acquitted, provided, that in case of acquittal Permission for
record for finger prints is obtained from the Court under Section 7 of-
the identification of Prisoners Act (XXXII! of 1920).

(14) All petsnos convicted for attempt or abetment (Section 5

or Sections 109, 144, indian Penal Code) and Criminal conspiracy(Section
120-B Indian Penal Code) for various oflences mentioned in this order.

(15) All Indian Nationals convicted outside India of ‘any offence

for which finger prints have been received at the State Bureau froin
tncse countries.

745 of 780
 741
(16) All International criminals and absconders wi~ose finger
prints are sent to tile State Bureau from countties outside Inaia.

(17) All persons convicted under Explosive Substances Act (Act

VI of 1908.)
(18~ All persons convicted under the Official Secrets Act (Act.
‘XIX of’ 1925).

(19~ All persons convicted under the sections, 101, 126 and 128
of the Indian Railways Act (Act TX of 1890). -

(20) Any other person whose finger prints are ordered to be main-
tamed by the Government ojIndia from time to time, subject to tne
provisions of tne Identification of Prisoners Act (Act XXXIII of 1920).
(21) Persons notified under the Madras Restriction of ‘Habitual
Offenders Act, 1948 convicted of offences under seci ion 12 of the
Act and any ‘of the offences narratec~in the Schedule to the said
Act.
G. 0. Ms. 1208, Home, 21st April 1c64.
(22) All peisons convicted under sections 3, 5,
7 (2) 8 and 9 of the Suppei ssion of Immoral Traffic in Women and -

Gisri Act, 1956.

(23) “Persons convicted under Protection of Civil Rights
Act, 1955 (Central Act 22 of 1955) and under the Temple Entry
Authorisation Act, 1947,(Madras Act V of 1947.)”
‘Note—r(i) The taking ‘of’ Finger prinfs of persons who are locals
and Convicted of offCnces to trivial nature will be subject to the
discretion of the Superintendent of police of the District concerned
(ii) An extra set of finger Print slips for all persons who
are fo~..ndto have been convicted in cases of house breakings or
house thefts in madurai town whenevar they might be arrested
Subsequently should be taken and sent to the single digit section
Mathirai -through the Su~erintedentof police Madurai Dci istrict.
803. procedure rega,’djng finger print slips to be sent for record
by Station House Officers._
(1) Station House Officers are r...spcn~ibIefor taking the finger
prints of persons, who, on conviction have to be finger printed under
the previous order. Three sets of finger -prints shall be taken on
the arrest of the accused pei son arid the name and other particulars
filled in, immediately afici regardiii~ the prints, In the ~ of tI~

746 of 780
 142

~nge~prints of terhales’ female’ should be wiitten on the frcnt page

top of’ form’ in bold letters. One set will be sent for search and the
other two sets w~l1be sent for record in the event of a conviction.
The Station House Officer will, ~t the time of arrested~fill up the
description of the arrested person in the form No, 129, sign on
the first page ard send ‘oüe set for search to the finger.print Bureau,
as contemplated in police Standing Order No. 804 (1). If the
person chargeed is convicted, all the particulars of the conviction should
be filled in and if the convict has previous convictions, all particu1ar.~
of his previous and present convictions in the chronclogical order
with theli Finger Print Bureau Serial Numbers shall be entered in the
second and third sets of flngei print slips and forwarded to the
Crime Records Bureau together with the conviction memorandum
(Form No. 127.) A bold, note ‘Iteconvicted’ or ‘Unidentified’
as he case may be should be made on the top of the Form No.
129 and the finger print slip should be folded in accordance with
the directions on the form. If the’ prisoners is aqu~tted or dis-
charged the station House Officer will file the finger prini slips
taken by him along with the Station copy of the case dairy.

~ All the Finger Print slips 0f convicted persons Intended

for ‘record in the Finger Print Bureau, Madras and other State
Finger Print B.rea~x should be sent to the Single Digit Finger
Print, Sections ~f the respective districts The Finger Print Expert
concerned will scrutinise those Finger Print Slips and returun such
of ‘those Finger Print Slips wanting in f~2.llpsrticulars or for better
prints to -the Stations concerned and get them rectified, All the
Finger Print cirrents accepted for record will be forwarded from
the Single Digit Finger Print Section to the Director Tamil Nadu
Finger Print Bureau. Madras for further action. Likewise the
Director, Tamil Nadu Finger Print Bureau, Madras will return the
convictions memoranda with Finger Print Bureau Serial Numbers
to the concerned District Single Digit Finger Print Sections from
where the convictions memoranda will be forwarded to the Stations
concerned,

747 of 780
 74 ~
(3) Sh~t~ldthe S~.perindentett tf Pc-lice deci’e n form ~O.
~.

l2~lthat the finger-prints 0f an accused person undergoing impri-

sonment in a prison are to be recorded the c~~nyictionmemoran-
dum will be unmbered and the finger-perint slip Is obviously unfit
for record in the Bureau the Finger Print Expert attached to the
Single Digit Finger print Section of the district in. which the pcis~
IS Sirtuated will prepare a fresh slip keep it in an open file and
await the arri~-alof the Finger Print Tester, who wilt proceed by
according to the instructions in order No. 810 below.

(4) central Finger print Bnre.au —Finger print slips to be cent for
record at the Central Pinger Print Bureau through she F1ne~
Prier Bureau, Madras,—
(a) A Central Fiager Print B~reau has been formed by the
Government of India and is located e.tNo,3O.~GorachandRoad Calcutta,
Finger print slips of all persons convicted for the offenees mentioned in
P.5.0. N—’~.8O2should be sent to the Finger Print B reau Madras, and
a clu plicate finger print slip f~.’reach of these Shoi, Id be sent f~rreeor
in the Central Finger Print Bureau, The finger print Slip intended foi
record in the Central Finger Print B reat should he sent through the
,

Finger Print B. rea~Madras and nut direct. When sending finger-Print

slips for recorded they should be sent in dulpicate one with the
conviction memoraidum fur record in the Finger Print Bureau
Madras, and the other witho~t the convictiofi mernc randu ni f( cm
transmission to thc Ce~tral. Finger Print Bi reau at Calcutta, In
the cases of persons for whom additional slips have to be recorde~
in other State Bnreau as per Police Standing Order No. 8I~ such
dUplicate finger print slips as are necessary shall also be taken and
sent.

(b) The procedure prescribed by the Government of india

for sending finger print slips to the Central Finger Print Bureau
is detailed below. The Crime Records Bureau should sçr’~rtjnisothe

748 of 780
 744
clarity of the print and the correctness of the duties before sending
• the slips for record. WhiTe sending first finger slips for record,
-

despatch memoranda should be used filing the relevant entries In

all the threefoils of the form. In no case finger print slips of more
than ten persons should be sent under a single despatch memoran-
dum. -

(5) (a) One set of finger print slips of all persons convicted of any
offence mentioned in P.S. 0. No. 802 shall be prepared by the Crime
Records Bureau for record in the Central Finger Print Bureau in
addition to the number of sets required for the State Bureau.

(b) All the finger print slips of convicts for recording at the
Central Finger Print Bureau shall be sent under triplicate despatch
-

memoranda through the Tamil Nadu Finger Bureau.

- . (c) In cases where the Tamil Nadu Finger Print Bureau sen~I~
the -figer-print slips for, record to other Bureau, the Superintendent
shall issue triplicate despatch -memorandum along with these finger
.

print slips. -

(d) The State Bureau shall see that in no case finger print slips
- of more than ten convicth are sent under a single despatch memo•
randum.

(e) The State Bureau shall maintain a register to kep an account

~f the despatch memoranda sent by the Crime Records Bureau. The
columns of the register shall be as shown in Form No. 136-A, Police
Standing Order, Volume III,

(f) The State Bw~eau, on receipt of the print slips meant for
record at the Central Finger Print Bureau, shall, examine the clarity
of the impressions, scrutinise the order of the impressions. arid entries
on the slips and return to the District Office those finger print slips
tkat arc unfit for record and for want of necessary partIculars.

749 of 780
 745

• (g) The State Bureau which is to issue despatch. memoranda

or sending finger print slips to the Central !~inger Print Bureeu
shall also maintain a register as stated in paragraph (c) above.
~h).The Stm’te Bureau shall forward only such finger print
,‘

slips that are fit for record and contain correct particulars to the .

Central Fing~r Priat Bureau.

(I) Tnc State Bureau shall keep an account of ‘the finger print
~.1ipsreturned to the district office for rectification of defects.
(j) The St~te Bureau snail be sent that all finger print slips returned
for rectification of defects are rubmitted to the Central Finger Print
Bureau under fresh despatcli memoranda.
- • (Ic) All intimation regarding absconders shall be sent by the State
Bureau under a despatch inemoramuda along with a finger ~printslip
(if available) with part~cularscf the case in ssliich they are wantd and
the office to which the intmation of arrest is to be given (TN BLOCK
LETTERS).
(1) In the case of intimation regarding absconders whose spare
-

finger print slips are not available, the State Bureau shall -send a photo-
~stat~copy(actual size) of the rolled impressions from the record finger
print slip of the State Bureau under a despatch memorandum
(in) The state Bureau shall see that finger. print slips of persons
convicted for the 111 st time and the finger -print slips of persons traced
by the Central Finger Print Bureau when convicted are sent under
separate despatch memoranda.
(n) In sending finger print slips of the persons traced by the Central
Finger Print Bureau , the formula supplied by the Central Finger
Print Bureau on the seardh slip ‘shall be noted on the record finger-print
slij’.
(o) The. State Bureau. on receipt of duplicate clesipach n~c ire.
randa with ~lassificationformula from the Central Finger Print Bure~u
shall.file one copy. at the Bureau and send the other to the Single Digit
Finger Print Section concerned.

750 of 780
 14d

(p~The State Bureau shall set that intimation regarding abs.

conders is despatdchcd to the Central Finger Print Bureau within a week
from the date of rec’~ipt.
(q) The State Bureau aliall see tuat all finger print slips meant
tor record at t~eCentral Finger Print Bureau are despatched within a
week from the date of receipt.
(r) The State Bureau shall see tnat one extra copy of each of
the finger print slips of Inter-State, International ‘auto’ theives, Idcq
and Curieo thci’vcs hotel thieves, poisoners, forgers of currency, cheats
and comets is taken for singlo.print record at the Central Finger P
1intS
Bureau and sent to the Central Finger Print Bureau with a short note
on the modus perandi.
(s) The State Bureau shall bring to the notice of the Central
Finger Print Bureau all new features regarding the scienceof indifications
from tue finger-prints observed by them and any forgery of finger print
which they may c inc across.

(t) The State Bureau has the option to refer to the Central Finger
Print Bureau for scrutiny any case of difference of opinion arising between
two State Bureau.
(u) The State Bureau may sek the help of the Central Finger
Print Bureau in sol’dng all problems relating to the science of identifi-
cation from papillary ridges
(,) All correspondet~cewitn the Central Finger Print Bureau
shall be addressed to the Director, Central Finger Print Bureau No. 30.
Gorachand Road, Calcutta-14
804 Duties of the 1)istrict Police and Search reference —
(1) The finger-prints of all unidentified persons who are arrested as
suspects or are under trial on a criminal charge will be taken on Form
No. 129 by the Station House Officer and submitted to the Tamil Nadu
Finger Print Bureau Madras for search Foim No. 130 In such cases.
the search slip contain full details of the circumstances under which
the suspect has cc’me into the bands of the Police and also information

751 of 780
 747

regarding convictions with the Bureau serial numbers, if known. The

Director, Tamil Nadu Finger Print Bureau Madras will return the slip
duly filled in, for file with the foil in the Station.
(2) Fm this purpose every person in cusi ody whose residence and
antocedints are not known or have not been fully ascertained during
Police invistigation, or of persons, who, though known, have been
outof view for some time, will be considered to be’ unidentified.
(3) The Finger Print Slips of persons obtaircd as per instructions
contained in P S 0 804 (1) should be sent to the Single Digit Finger
Print Section of the District by tue Station House Officers. Th. Superin-
tendent, Single Digit Finger Print Section will ex~.inineihe clarity of
the finger prints and whether all the particulars rcquirLd, were filled in
tue search slip and on the finger print slip. He will return such of
those finger print ships where in the prints are riot clear (or) the required
particulars are not furnished to the Stations concernecd and receive
them back, after rectification. In all the finger print slips found fIt foi
Search, computer coding will be worked out in the Single Digit Finger
Print Section and the computor data will be transmitted to the Police
Computer Wing, Madras by radio and the finger print slips with encod-
ing will be forwarded to the Finger Print Bureau, Madras for scarch
result. The Director, Tamil Nadu Finger Print Bureau Madras will
return the finger print slips with the result of search to the Single Digit
Finger Print Section concerned and these finger print slips will be for-
warded to the Stations concerned, from the Single Digit Finger Print
Section of the District.

805. Action after conviction —

(I) If the person is convicted counterfoil should be returned to the

Bureau with the finger-slips for record.
(2) Submission of finger print slips to the Bureau of Stale of
arrest as well as to the Bureau of Home State —
(a~ When an unidentified person is, or is reasonably suspected to
be a resident of or has wandered to another State in India, or is suspect-
ed to have extended his operaticns to another State~refercnceshould be

752 of 780
 148

made. by the Station House Officer witn copies of his finger print slips
i the manner prescribed, direct to the Bureau of the State of which
he is a native or of the States where his operations are believed to extend
as well as to the the Bureau at Madras
(b) When sending the finger print slips of an under traliprisoner
or suspect for search, the names of the Bureaux to which copies of the
finger print slips have been sent for search should be noted on Thearob
slip.
(3) Method of proving previous con ilctions in traced cases —

If on the return of the search slip from the Bureau it is found that
previous convictions have been traced against the accused, steps should
be taken to prove such previous convictions, when necessary under the
Section 298 Criminal Procedure Code, which requires—
(a) that a certified copy of the previous conviction should b~
mcd.; and
(b) that the identity of the accused should be proved.
(4) Proof of last conviction will generally suffice :—

In the case of a person who has been previously convicted more than
once, it will generally suffice to prove the last conviction only, provjde~j
that the former convictions were proved in tlu’t case and,are mentioned
in the judgement.
(5) Method of proving ide nrity of accused :—
The identity of the accused should ordinarily be proved by the evidents
of a police officer who is cognizant of the previous conviction, or by
a prison officer who can recognize the accused as the prisoner who under
went the previous sentence of imprisonment but if such witnesses to
identity cannot be obtained, identity may be proved under Sectiors
45 an~73 of the Indian Evidence Act, l872(ActI of 1872), as
amended by Act V of 1899, by moans of expert evidence, for whiàh
purpose the record slip must be obtained from the Bureau by which the
accused was traced and the services of a an “expert” requisitioned
from the Chennal, Bureau.

753 of 780
 ~49
806. Finger prints o~adolescents sent to ~ special fnstjtutjo,i
The finger prints of an adolescents sent to a special institution should
be seat for record to the Bureau of the State of which he is a resident
and a copy kept in the Bureau ofthe State in which he is convicted.

Go. No. 442 Published 1st June 1923.

807. Finger prints of persons convicted in one State who are believed
to have had Their origin in another State
The finger prints of persons convicted in one State who are believed
to have had their origin in another State, though not actually identified as
residents thereof shall be taken in duplicate and sent to the Bureau of
the State~in which they are convicted as well as to the Bureau of the State
of suspected origin.
808. Persons who are likely to pass quickly out of custody :—.-

In the case of persons sentenced to fine or imprisonment in the sub-

jail only, the Station House. Officer will proceed as directed in Order
No. 803 above. If the Superintendent or, subject to his general super-
vision, the Divisional Police Officer decides that is it is unnecssary to
send the finger prints fOr record, the slip will be destroyed. If he
decides to the contrary, he will forward the finger print slips direct to
the Bureau at Mttdtas for record and return the Conviction
Memorandam to the Station House Officer. Such finger print slips
and memorandawill be numbered ~.ndplace on the file but will not be
submitted to the Tester.

809. Transler to another prtson

If a ccmvictiS transferred from one District Prison to another prison
before the arrival of the Tester, the Superintendent will forward
the finger print slip and conviction memoranduam
to the Superintendent of the district to whicn the prisoner ha5
beca transferred where it will be placed with the other slips of the
district or Cotttral Prisons, thi finger print slips and conviction memo -

randa will be sent to the S. perintendent of the nearest district in which

754 of 780
 750

there is such a Prison. Such slips will, after test, be returned to the
Superintendent of the district of conviction for transmission to the
Finger Print Bureau at Madras.
810. Responsibility of Tester.—
(I) on the arrival in a district of the fester, the files containing
the conviction memoranda and finger print slips will be handed
over to him, and he will proceed to test tbe slips at the Prison and.
to complete all details which are required by the Bureau.
In making the test the tester Will prepar for each prisoner sup in
form No. 131 and will satisfy himself that the prints have been properly
taken in the original finger print slips and that they are those of the
convict named in the slip, that all the particulars recorded in the slip
are correct, that all conVictionS are properly and correctly entered and
that the required number of copies have been taken. Any mistakes
should be brought to the notice of the Superintendent. Finger-print slips
on which the impressions are blurred or indistinct should be rejected and
should be replaced by fresh slips prepared by the Tester, but where the
finger slips prepared by the Station Hot’se Officers are sufficiently clear,
those slips should be sent to the Bureau for record.
(2) After having tested the slips, the Tester will note the word
‘tested’ with his initials and date (1) against, the prisoners’ names in
the Prison admission registers(2) in the Crime Records Bureau, Finger-
print Register (3) on the back of the conviction slips and (4) on the history
tickets.
(3) Tho Tester is responsible for the correctness of the convictions
and all other details entered by him or the Station House Officer on the
reverse of the slip. He will sign each slip that he has tested and his
signature will be held to show that he has verified the sentence, previous
convictions and personal details of the convict from the judicial and
jail records.
811. Disposal of finger-print slips and conviction memoranda.—
(1) Finger print slips and conviction memoranda aftcr being tested,
will be made over by the Tester to the Superi~itendentof Police who
will sand the slips to the Madras Bureau provided that the time of
appeal is over or the appeal (if any) has been decided.

755 of 780
 .~lsI

~) All finger print slips sent for record in the Bureau shall be
ccompaniod by their relative conviction memorundu rn. The Bureau
will return the conviction memrandum dr ly signed by the Director with
the Finger Print Bureau Serial Number noted against the heading provi-
dod for the purpose. On receipt of the conviction memorandum from
the Finger Print Bureau, the Superintendent will send it for file to the
Station House Officer who will enter the Bureau serial number in the
concerned station records. In susbsoquent references to the Bureau,
this serial number shall invariably be quote~1.

812. Slips of convicts remaining unidentified to be distinguished

In the case of convicts who remain unidentified, the word ‘unidenti-
fied’ will be written in red ink on the top of the reverse side of the
finger print slip before it is sent to tho Bureau. In the case of re-con
victed persons whose finger prints are known cr believed to be already
record, the slip will be endorsed in a similar manner with the word
“reconvicted” in order that it may attract special no tic( in the Bureau.

813. Nu,nber of copies of slips requiredfor record.—.

The number of finger print slips required for record is ~s
follows ;—

(I) Of convicts other than those mentioned,

(2) below, convicted in this State two sets of finger print slips will
be taken, one for record in the Bureau of this State and the other for
transmission to Central Finger Print Bureau, Calcutta for record.

(2) Of all convicts—

(a) Whose wanderers, unidentifiedor whoseoperatjons arc known
to extend beyond the limits of their own State, or

(b) Who, though themselves resid~.ntsof the State cf conviction,

are really foreigners, and are thus likely to have relations
with criminals of other States, Or

756 of 780
 7~2

(c) Who have been notified under the Tamil Nadu Restriction of
Habitual OffendersAct, 1948, or are l~nownor believed
to be connected with organiied gangs iii nther States~ or

(dl Who have been convicted of theft of firearms and ammunition

or under the ArmS, ‘Opium or Dangerous Drugs Acts, in’
circumstances which render it likely that they are’ illicit
dealers in Arms Opium or Cocaire, oi

(e) Who have been convicted u n3er section 328 Indian Penal Code
if the offence was of a professional type, or under Sea-
tions 231 to 253, Indian Penal Code and Sections 489~A
to 489-D as many copies will be taken as’ are required for
record in (a) the local Bureau (b) the Bureau ofthe States
of which the convicts are alleged to be residents ~ and
(c) the Bureau of the States where their operations ara
known to have extended.

(3) Of foreigners convicted ofan offence of th~type in which finger

prints would ordinarily be taken for record under the rules, the finger
prints and photographs should be takon in DUPLICATE and sent by
the Superintendent of the district in which the case was registered, for
record in the local Crime Records Bureau and foi transmission to the
Central Bureau of Investigation, Ministry of Home Affairs, Government
of India, through the c.LD.

814. Escape to be immediately reported to the Bureau—

When prisoner escapes from the custody of the Police or Prison

and his finger-prints have already been taken prior to his’ escape, the
finger print slip, whether it would4 otherwise be forwarded to jthc
Bureau, or not under the rules, should be forwarded to the ~ur.au
at once, with particUlars of the circumstances of the escape, so that it
may be placed ontherecord. Whentheslipisaireadyonrecord in the

757 of 780
 753

Bureau it would be enough to inform the Bureau of the escape in o tfer

that the slip may be stritably marked in accordance with order qo-
815 below.
815. Action onfinger printed ex-convicts absconding.-
(1) If any person whose finger print slip has been sent for recorc. is
subcequently declared as a proclaimed offenders, or escape from pris,n
or Police custody,or absconds after committing some offence, or
an out of view Dossier Criminals the Station House Officer will s:nd
immediately information to the Superintendent of Police in Form No
133 for transmission to the Madras Btireau.

(2) On re&pt of the repxt referred to in clause (I) above a red

slip ~$11 be attached to the slip so that immediate information ma) be
given to the Police by whom the absconder is wanted, in the event of Ihe
absconder’s finger prints being subsequently trap&. In such case;, a
copy of the red slip together with the absconder’s classification nun her
wiu be sent by the B:lreau receiving the report to the other B!lreal; in
which t.he abander’s finger prints are on record.

816. Report of deaths.-

If a convict whose finger-prints have been taken dies in Prision
the Superintendent of Police, if the deceased was convicted in
his district, will forward a death repxt in Form Nc~. 131 to Ma;,Jas
Bureau. Should such convict die in prison after transfer, the
Superintendent of Police of the district in which the prison is situa&d
wa forward the death report to the Superintendent of Police of the dis>ic:
in w’&h the deceased was convicted, who will fornard the same to &
Madras Bureau. Should a convict die after release from prison, the
Station House officer will forward thedcath report to th@ Madras Btireau
through the Superintendent of Police.

817. The Bureau classification.-

(i) AlI classi6cation and arrangement of slips will be dor[e in
aCGep@nce with the instrilctions contained in HePry’s Finger-I’1illC
Marval
F-230-3-48

758 of 780
 (2) Punctual disposni of search slips :-
All slipsrecSvcr1 for search will bereturned wilhin 2~ hoursofreccipta,
if possible.
(3) Distribution of slips by Bureau of Stat? of conviction :-

All copies of slips takt-n for record arc sent to the Bureau of the State
in which the conviciion is obtaincci and that Bureau will forward the
copies intended for the Home and other Bureau noting on each copy
the names of the other Bureaux in which the slip is on record.
(4) Slip. received fo: rccorll to be carefully scrutinized :--

Every slip received fCJ’ record will bc carefully scrutinized before

king classifaetl, checks: ant: recorded and if found deficient in any
respect, will be lc”lurned with an objection slip (Form No. 135) attached
for the sub mission of aml:n ;ed or fresh slip.

818. Rerrzoval qf slips on rccciyt of de& reports :-

The slips of pc’(‘sons repc&ed to have died in prison or Government

Hospitals will be remove?. fr-cm the record and destroyed at once. In
cases of the reported Lcath cf others, the date of death report will be
marked in red ink across the slip which will remain in the record fof
another two years when it will be removed and destroyed.

819. Periodica ehination of’ finger print slips :-

(i) All slips will bc examined annually and in the absence of any
special reasons to the conir::ry, those enumerated below will be with
drawn fi 0171record. :--
(G.O. Ms. No. 5-K Pablic [Police), 20th Oct. 1933.)

(u) In the case of a person who is a professional criminal not

folgcr, coiner, arms smuggler, auto thieves, Idol and Curio thieves
or d habit&al offcntier notified L~U~CI T:,mil Nadu Restriction of
Habitual Offcnc!ers Ac;, 1948, on his dtaining the age of 80 years w
op his death whichever is earlier ;

759 of 780
 755
(b) In the case of a person who was a registered member of a
mified tribe at the time of the repeal of the Criminal Tribes Act, 1924
if he had hem convicted for any property offcnce 07 for 8ny offence
under section 24 of the Criminal Tribes Act 924 or had been bound
over lynder Section 109 or 110 of the Criminal Procedure Code and has
not subsequent to his conviction or last convicticn :L$ the case may
be been suspected of crime or convicted on the ex$rg cf 15 yrr-r s f: ~,m
thedate of his release or last release from prison as the case may he : and-
(c) In the case of any other peJWnS -

(I) If he has not more than two conviction!; in his native district
(not having been convicted outside his native clistlict: en< Fr.:snot, s&se-
quent t o his conviction 01 last convictinn, as the cask may be been SUWX-
ted of crime or convicted, on the expip of ten years from the date of his
release or last release from pxiwn as the case may be ; or
(ii) Tf he has been convicted outside his native district or has
more than two convictions in his native district and h2.s not subseql em
to his conviction or last convictkn, as I!X CYW m:‘y br, brrn S&WC ted
of crime or convicted. on tne expiry of 15 years from the date of his
release or last release from prison, as the case may be ; or
(iii) on his aWining the ageot 80 years, or
(iv) on nis death
Whichever is earlier.
(2) TO prevent the possibility of the wrong full destruction of any
finger-print slip in the Bureau, Slips withdrawn from record will be sent
to the ~Superititetendentconcerned for information and destruction. The
Superintendent of pclke ~1ill pass them on to the Divisional Pclice Cfker
ooucernedfor necessi, action. Tf the Division?! Cffccrj-fszry c~~:cc-
tion to the destruotion Lf any particular slip, he should return it to the
Bureau through the District Police Offke explzning fully nby he wants
it to be retained.
(3) The destruction of slips of fingcr-lTrinry ~l’i(1. :‘IS on record
rd#r wlrona w!ll~Inrtm&cd to thaw Burewx bytho Tm-4 FJadu
lftWtUl.

760 of 780
 756

820 PrivatepartieJ applvingfor the services of a Finger Print Expert -

No fee need be charged for giving evidence for one day
by the personnel of the Finger Print Bureau when they are called
to do so by the Court concerned. Hcwever, the Travelling
Allcwance and Daily Allowance admissible to the Finger I% nt
Rersonnel under the Tamil Nadu Travelling Allowance Rules
shall be borne by the private parties whet! they are c: lled to give
evictence in Courts cr Departments outside Madras City. If their
evicience is required fat subsequent days a fee of Rs. 200, Rs. 100
ant’. Rs 50 per day for the Director, Superintendent and Finger Print
Expert respectively of the Finger Print Bur:au Madras shall be levied.
The fat shall be deposited in advance by the parties in Courts. In
all casesthe fee , when realised sh?ll be credited to Government.
(0.0. Ms. No. 3050, Hcme, 3rd December 1978).

821 Photographs-Record-hstructiom.- .
(1) The District Police may have photographs taken .-
(a) of any object concerned in investigations which it is desirable
should be examined in the C 1 D office but whicn cannot be conveniently
sent there. Negatives should be not smaller than quarter plats no
larger than full plate. When negatives are sent by post. they shoud
bc carefully packed ir soft paper and enclosedin a wooden box.
(8) (i) of persons who are convicted of of%nces falling under
Chapter XII or XVII of the Indian Penal Code and punishable
with rigorous imprisonment for a term of one year or upwardsand who
IVY beIi& to be habitual criminals.
(ii) When their photographs are nece>sary for purposes of
Jav&igation and under the orders of First Class Magistrates, of any
personal.

(iii) of foreigners when convicted for offences ,punishable

with rigorous imprisonment for a term of one veaz ar uowa&urrder
t&Xndiaa Ksnar.soda : maa

761 of 780
 757

(iv) Of all prisoucr’s who arc clasified by Superintendent of

Pmsns 011 their own, 3s (hi T:~.CI~S 17.iV,n::s or tiatlgxous escaped
or whom 1hc inves, igating Pa,lic so intlic,rte 10 the Su:x;intcndent of
Prison and in ~‘cspcct of whom h: Supcri:ltendent of Police of adistiict
receives a requisition from the S’ pcrintendont of a p.iso? Iexated in his
district to photogrnph the pi-isoner.
(G.O. Ms. No. 259, Home, r!,\tcd 28th J:rnuary 1972).

(2) T’v‘ !)‘I )tc’ r~phs will ii ake:!l by ‘I P%)licc :% 5 ynphe. *:nd
:

hc photo;: ~~l.ph,<nil bc I~\Iu\N\ IVC~uutlei. a ~tcknowlcdgl: ncnt to the

Superintendent of Prison who equisitioner! the photoglxpfig.
(3) When nny dangerous prisoner has before committed to 3
Pr,ison shown ;rny teilderrcy 2:~ escape and who by the nature orhis
offcnce wc)tJd prove dauger~ 1 s to the cr)mmunily ,ihe officer in-
charge of the investigation should make a point of intimating the
Superintendent of the prison concerned, through the escort Cons able
that such a pris.jner is a potextially dangerous escape or a
dangerous prisoner and th.xt it ~~voulc! be xlvisable for his photograph
to be taken.
(4) The dress t ) b;: worn I-,:, a person when bein; ?i,ot.lgflph ed by
the p.)lice shiould be his ordinarily every ‘lay ,atti,e pr.,vi&d.tb,at a
pr.)fessi-,:ral i,n,xri 12J.,r may ais:) be ph. !tLl;;r?p!!e 1,in ,g!Ch CcStulneS
as he ;rsadopted for the pur~sse f such imperson&cn. .
(5) In the case of persona whose History She& arg cn rgcord, o
are proposed to be reCorc!e,l in the Celltral BuITau cf lr vg$ig&opi.&
set of the !?:I )! )~~~ngphs shill je kept in the offco c f the district
Superiut&e?t c,Jncernzd- an:! ( meset sh(,ulll be senr: to *he Cmtral
Bureau of Investigation for recc :d

762 of 780
 758

All photopraphs will be examined annually and in he absence

of Special reasons to the contrery these enumarated below with
drawn from ret; rd ; -
a. 0. My. No. 548, public,, (police) dated 20th December 1933)
(i) ln the case ot a pe son wh- 1s a professional prisoner,not a
forger, coiner, ar:ns sm.lepllor. AlIt) thieves Idol and Curio thieves
or a habitual offender nctified under the Tam;: Fadu Restriction of
Hati.ual Offenders Act, 1948 on t%is attaining the age of 80 years
or death, whichever is earlier ; ani! . .
(ii) In case of any other i;e:scn-
(1) If he has not more than IWO convictions in his native
district (not having beer convicted outside his native distrkt) and has
not, subse?;lents to his cDnviction or last conviction, as the case may
be, ~;ee~suspected of crime 01 convitzted, on theexpiry of ten years
from the date his releaseor last release from prison, as the @se flay
be, or
(b) If be has been convicted outside his native! district or
has more than twg> convictions in his native district and has not subse-
v&to his cor?vktioa or last conviction as the case may be been
suspectedof crime or convicted on the expiry of 15 years from thedate of
his r&se or last releasefrom prslon, as the casemay be ; or-
(c) on his attaming the ageof 80 yeara, or

whIchever ir earlier.

763 of 780
 759

PART VII.
POLICE SYSTEMSINTGWNS OTHERTHANCHE~~NAI.
OHAPTER XLVII.
POLICE IN SELECTED MOFFUSSIL CITIES-DUTIES OF AND
PROCEDURE IN CASES, E? C.
823. Organisation of the Police Yn certain citks.-

Special P&e Orgauisations are provided in certain cities. The

orders in his pi’, dsalt with points peculiar to t$ose organ&tions
In matters not specifically deat wit’) iii -t+ispart the general orders in
other pZus should be applied in SO far as t?ey are not inconsistent with
these special olaers.

824. The Police Force in ea91 city works directly under a Divi-
sional Officers subject to the co!ltrol of the S:iperintendeut. It is divided
into two m?in branches viz., ((2) t3e law and order branch which
inclSldes the trtic section aid (6) the Crime .Branch. Each branch
is in the direct exe(:utive charr:e of an Inspector. The traffic section
will be in thedirect charge of a Reserve Inspector wl-,ere tt.ere is one.
8’75. Divi.yionnl Officer-His duties, etc.-

(1)Order No, 145 defines in general terms the duties of a Divi-

sionel Officer appointed to a special city orgarisation is, under the
Superintendent, in direct executive cber&e of that orgainisation and
responsible for the executive performa.lce a:ld supervision of all work
and police duty in the city. He will keep in the closest touch with the
the District Magistrate or Additional District Magistrate as the case
may he, and tile Superintendent and consult tl em on all matter
of importance. He will be responsible for seeing that there is complete
co-operation between all branches and section s of his charge.
(2) He will visit tie Law a.ld Order and Crime stations frequently
and leave written instructions on all importai!t matters. He will attend
his office on all working days. receive petitions ant’ interview visitors.
@t pill personally investigate crimes and take ‘over the direction

764 of 780
an3 co-ordination work in reference to all outbreaks or series of’ crimes
He will intervie,x investigating offsets ‘a!:<’ ti c Special J,ra~:cl. ]I1srectOr
and maintain close control over crime and Special BrarcL ~~orh il. tlx
City. He will lrrange to get telepho lit information in all cases and
matters of importance atA take suita! ale steps promy:tly. He will also
kee;, in close touc’l with ti.e Town hIa< istrates and the feadirg off+ials
and no3 official of City He will himself <heck traffic pail ts and outdoor
duties frequently and will be responsible, that such duties are
properly deputed an1 performed.
826. Duties of the Law and Order Inspector -The Lsw aad Order Ins-
pector will supcbrvise all the wxk of his branch and maintain discipline
among bis sub6 &nates. H-Z will pZis~~lIl\y hold drill parades and kit
inspection and will freq,lcntly supcrv $1: ins!ruction cl;~,ses He will
check night hc:.ts atleast oncl: a week ; .nd will mov: about ia the city
morning an1 :ir::l:n;. T-l? ~:ll v:slt ~.::l L?w aql Order Sta?ion
frequently n sting th e?ime ot arriv4 an! dei?.irture in the Remarks B33k
and rec*)rding any in;truc:i;lw called for. He wi!l visit the crime
St::ti 3, the Centrel Grim< S -ation a111 the Reclbrd
Section frequen’ly and will meet Fnc. tuain%.in co. ?pcratioll with ‘he
Crime Branch staff and ihe deteciivc staff. He w 11 make 011 police
arrangement ; f6.brimportall c.2casion;. He will give Ihe earlieQ possW3
inl ,;mxtion ‘)I t :I<:phon$ 1 I im,o*. 11’. or sensa~~~on.~l happening to
t ht.: Div;sion i I )f&er. H ~3 be res,’ nsihle ior acquiring an intimate
knowledge of the discovery element c’f the city population and fors
taking nassnry action wi! h a vi :w to their control by the use of S eetion
106, 107 or 110 Grimin, Pioccdure Code.

827. Law and Order Sub-lns:~ectors-Their Duties, etc.-

The Law and Order Sub-inspectors P ill be in direct charge of the Law.
and Order Sl.atlom, to which they are posted and will be responsible
for the running of those Sations.

(2) They will record in the Statior General Diary details of work
done by the~n as it is done and, all ‘i ;-lportant matters which come
untiei thijir peisonzl notice The origidlls ti &ese Cries *Will be‘ .su’b-
mitted daily to the fjivisional Officer through the Inspector

765 of 780
 ‘161

828 Detective Staff in Law and order Station —

r. The Detective Staff attached to each Law and Order Station should
investigate in to the offonces mentioned in P.S.O. 843(1) and check and
keep track of local criminals and.~report on them and make local
enquiries as may be necessary or as they may be ordered to make, The
Detectivesub-Inspector in enarge of the Staff, will maintain a separate
diary which will be forwarded to the Crime Branch Inspector. He will
also Supervise the work and have disciplinary control ovei~men undei
his charge.
(2) The Detective Staff in Law and Order Stations will work under
the direct supervision of the Detective inspector or the Crime Branch
Inspector as the case may be.
829, Station General Diary. —
The Station General Diary will be in the charge of the Sub-Inspector.
All reports of non-congisable case accidents other than traffic repoits,
and all other occurances not relating, to traffic or crime shall be entered
therein. In the absence of the Sub-Inspector this will be in the charge
of the person to whom the charge is made over by the Sub-Inspector.
830. ?M,Qlr aNd’Rowds.—
(1) In each Law and Order Station there will be a
miaimumofthree sections of Constables (A, B and C) each
iu~dura Head Constable fotsectionduty by day and night. Where
an~additional section of Consta~blesis provided, its actual effective
strength for duty at a time will be six men. and these men will be
distributed, two to each relief, to reinforce the section on duty.

(2) (a) Six men of each section will be on duty at a time, each day
one manof each section proceeding off duty for a ckar day offduty, his
place being filled by the manreturning that day from a similar day off. A
man relieved for his weekly day off will proceed off duty after the last
spell of duty on which his section is engaged on the day of his relief and
will return to his section for his first spell of duty on the third day.

F—230.3—49

766 of 780
 1G~

(b) (i) The men of an additional section distributed for duty

with the three main sections will be relieved for their weekly days off
from the Soctloni concerned in rotation,one man at a time. The ~nsn
so relieved from ‘B’ soction duty on the first day will rejoin ‘C’ section
duty on the third day and so on. The Station-House Officer of each
station will draw up in advance a list of Head Constables and Police
Constables showing on Which day of the following week each is allotted
his off-duty and paste it on the Notice Board every Friday. This
will be liable to alteratijn, saould it be found later that a particular
Constable or Police Constables is required for a particular duty, e.g., to
attend Court on his off-duty day. That Head Constable or Police
Constable will then have his day off duty altered to the duty preceding or
the dayfollowing his allotted day, Head Constable or Police Constable
duo for
0ff duty that day being interchanged.
(0.0. Ms NO. 1272, Home. dated 13th May 1958).

(u) No one on his off-duty may leave his headquarters without

pwiniuion.
(iii) If, in the public interest, any Head Constable or Police
~Jonstableis not given a day off-duty in any week, he shall be granted
remuneration for the extra time duty at the rate prescribed from time to
time. Each Station House Officer will maintain a list ofHead Constables
and Police Constables who are eligible to draw this extratime remune
ration with full details as to the circumstances in which off-duty days-
~ouldnot be allowed. A copy of those entries should be sent to the
])istrict police Office once in a month when such claims are preferred.
(iv) A Head Constable or Constable having had a day’s leave
during a calender week, shall not be eligible for a day off-duty during
th, remainder of the week.

(3) The day for purposes of duty shall run from 7 a.m. to 7 a.m.
the following day, the 24 hours being divided into five reliefh— four
of these consisting of four hours each and one of eight hours.

767 of 780
 763

(4) (~) The following table shows the cycle of section duties and tile
rotation of reliefs. The table covers four days of duty a—

Reliefs and hours. Sections on duty for four.

d6ys.
(‘) ~2)
First 7 a.m. to 11 a.m. .. A B C A
Second 11 a.m. to 3 p.m. .. B C A B
Third 3 p.m. to 7 p.m. .. A B C A
Fourth 7 p.m. to 11 p.m. .. B C A B
Fifth II p.m. to ‘1 a.m. .. C A B C
(b) The indicence of a Constable’s duty for a period ofthree days
will thus be as follows ;—

First day.— Beat duty from 7 a.m. to 11 a.m. and from 3 p.m.
to 7 a.~.8 bourc.
Second day.— Night patrol Ifromi 1 p.m. to 7a.m. 8 hours.
Third day.—Beat duty from 11 a.m. to 3 p.m and from 7p.m. to 11
p.m. —8 hours.
(5) (a) Arrangements will be made to relieve the men on duty from
7 p.m. to 11 p.m. as far as possible in batches for halfan hour for their
evening meals ordinarily the actual period of night patrol of the fifth
relief should be only from 12 midnight to 5 a.m. but the hours of patrol
may be varied subject to the period of five hours of actual patrol duty
not being exceeded.

(b) Night patrols will be so arranged by the Sub- Inspectors as

effectively to guard all main routes and junctions which criminals mt st
pass in coming ano going. At important junctions, pickets in points
of vantage and concealment will be substituted for patrols. The extent
of the limits of each patrol should be restricted to ensure that men on
duty can spot chocking officers passing through thier areas quickly and
with certainty. They will be held responsible for doing so.
F_ 2303—49A

768 of 780
 164

(6) The Section Officers will march out their mOn so as to reach
their patrol area or post at the time appointed by the Sub-Inspector and
satisfy themselves that thc instructions noted in their beat tickets are
understood by the men. They will thereafter check the men on duty
as suitable intervals.

831. DutIes of Station Writer-General Duty and Section Head

Congtablei.—
(1) A Station Writer Head Constable and a general duty Head
Constable will be permanently attached to each Law and Order Station
and removed only on the order of the Divisional Officer. The Station
Writer Head Constable will be present inthe Station from 7 a.m. to 11a.m.
and from 4 p.m. to 8 p.m. or such extra time as may be necessary to
complete the work on hand. He will attend to all telephonecalls while
in the Station, the telephone being placed on his table. The general
duty Head Constable is the Sub.Inspoctor’s assistant. He will be conti-
nuouslyon dutyexcept in so far as he is allowed off by the officer in charge
of the Stationfor the time being. He will be the officer in charge of the
Station in the Sub-Inspector’s absence, responsible for the generalrunning
and for tha efficient performance of Station work.

(2) The Station Head Cosntablos will work with the Sections and
the Law and order Inspectorwill arrange for each of them to be relieved
fora day off duty after sixdaysduty. The Station Head Constable ‘ccli! be
responsible for the efficient patroi of his Station limits during the hours
of duty ofhis Section,for seeing that regularchocks on rowdies are made,
that the areas where nuisances are prevalent are patrolled during the
hours when nuisances committed and that rowdy characters are kept
under controL Complaints of a patty nature should be referred to the
Section Head Constable by th~ Sub-Inspector or the Station Writer
promptly and it will be his duty to attend to them promptly. He will
arrange for the performance of such other dutios asmay be allottcd to
him by his Sub-Inspector or officer in chago of the Station. Malkrs
connected with tho work of his Section will be recosded by him in the
Section General Diary. Copjes of Section General Diaries will be

769 of 780
 765

sent up daily through the Inspector as with the other Station diaries.
When he loaves the Station he wi1~ nominate under record a senior
Constable to be in charge of the Section and to maintain the Sesction
General Diary.

832. Emergency mobilization of the Law and Order Poli~e.—

Intimes of emergency when it may prove necessary to mobilize an
emergency force of the Law and Order Police, Orders will be issued
to stop weekly day off in all Stations or in any Station and the
emergency force so mobilized will be assembled and maintained on
duty wh3re its services may be required for such period as may prove
necessary. To mobilize a larger force additional Section may be with
drawn from Stations to which they may be attached.

*33. General Diaries.—

There will be two Law and Order General Diaries in each
Station, viz., the Station General Diary and the Section General
Diary to be written up by the Head Constables in charge of th.
Section on duty from time to time. The Law and Order Sub-Inspector
wjl}elosethe two diaries daily at 7 a.m. and submit them to the Law and
OrderIflSP~~0t.The Law and Order Inspector will forward all diaries
to the Divisionalofficer.
834. Sub-InspectorS’ Instructions to Section Officers.—
Daily instructions to Section Øfficers will be recorded by the
Sub~InsP0Ct0Tor the Øfficer in charge of Station in the Section
Ges~.l Diary regarding all such matters as required particular
attention. These instructions will deal with—
(1) The notorious rowdies who required to be looked up and the
imcs when they should be checked.

(2) Localities where nuisances are committed or which are liable to

.bstruction and the times at which they specially require attention.
~3) Reports of missing chlldren~

770 of 780
 7~6

(4) Notices of cases requiring the interest or vigilance of Section

mcii.
(~) Partic: lar localities to be specially visited for prevention of
mischief or other crime.
(6) Localities in which street gambling is likely to go on.
(7) Areas in which there is menace of stray cattle.
835. Section Officer’s Instructions.—
(1) Section officers will, as they come on duty, make a point of
perusing the orders and the instructions recorded in the Section
General Diary and the Telephone Message Book for their information
and guidance, noting their having done so.
(2) The Section Officers shall detail and utilise the men available
for duty to carry o!~tthe instructions issi- ed. T.hcy shall, when sending
cut their men, iss~e urders in their beat tickets detailing the specific wcrk
required to b~done, making a note in the Section Diary on their leaving
and on their return.

(3) Section Constables sentout to attend to obsrnction or nuisances

in particular localities or any other work, may be instri.~ctedif theyfind no
obstruction or ni isance, etc., or when they have done the work allotted
in the placed to which they were sent, to patrol through them smartly
and ret’~rn at once to the Station to be in awaitingor to be sent out to
other places. Constable without specific work are not to loiter about the
streets.
(4) Section Constables when not employed on any patrol shall
remain in the Station, when they will receive instructions from the Section
Head Co~stablesin catchism, Police orders and the contents of the
Crime and Qccnrrence Sheet. Special attention shall be paid to recruits
and Constables new to the Station.
(~) Constablus will nte in their tickets the time of their departi~
from and return to the Station, giving reference to their note books fox
details of work done which they will hand over to their Section Officer on
return to the Station. The object of these work tickets is chiefly to serve

771 of 780
 761

as a ready reference by the men themselves as to the particular work

they have to perform at a particular time, and also to assist officers wh ile
out on Sections in ascertaining on which duty the Constables have been
deputed. Any shortcoming noticed by the officers should be noted In
their tickets. ~n the return of Constables to the Station it is the duty
of the Section Head Constables to receive from the Constables their
tickets and note books and to see that these are properly written up, and
ensure that the tasks allotted to them have been duly performed.

836. Night Rounds by Officers.—

Checking of night duties will be divided among the
Inspector and Sub-Inspectors of the Law and Order Branch one
officer being on checking each night in turn. A roster of checking
will be prepared weekly for the ensuing week. Checking
officers will visit all guards and Police posts within the area and sig’1
the Sentry Relief Books. They wifi report the number of prisoners.
if any, found in Police lock-ups.

837. Tappal orcTerliet and Process-servers.—

Tappal orderlies and process servers attached to stations will
report at the Station for the duty at 7 a.m. daily and wait there
till they - get their instructions for the day. They will leave
the Station for meals or for relaxation only with the permission
of the officer in charge of the Station, to be recorded in the
Station General Diary. Their deputation on duty from the
Station and their return to the Station from such duty will be recorded
in the Station General Diary.

838. Enquiries under SectIon 174 CrimInal Procedure Code.—

Enquiries under Section 174, Criminal Proceduree
Code, will be held by th~ Lsw and Orderl uspecto
in all important cases, and as far as possible in other lnstances’~
Whea they relate to cases in charge of the Crime
Branch or the Detective staff, the evidence will be presented by the Crime
Branch Officers or the Detective staff in charge of the investigation.

772 of 780
 ‘768

839. Crime Abstracts.—

Each Law and Order Station will maintain Crime
Abstracts for the entire crime registered in the Station and handled
by both the Law and Order and the Detective Staff, while the Centra1
Crime Station will maintain separate abstract in respect of the crimes
actually handled by them.

840. Traffic Section.—

The Traffic Section will be generally under the direct
control of law and order Inspector, but will be under the direct
charge of a Reserve Inspector where there is one. It will be
divided into group centres to each of which a definite jurisdict on will
be allotted. The staff of each group centre will be under the direct
executive charge of a Reserve Sub-Inspector or a Sub-Inspector, respoir
sible for the performance of all dutiies within his area and the main.
tenance of the records connected therewith. Definite sectional areas
within group centres will be allotted to Traffic Section Head Constable.
The Traffic Section will work in accordance with cycles of duty to be
fixed having reference to local conditions. In each group centre, a Gene-
ral Diai-y and a Duty Roster in Form No. 104 will be maintained
Investigations of minor traffic cases, where investigations are necessary
will, when a Sub-Inspector is in charge of a traffic group centre, be con-
ducted by him. When a Reserve Sub-Inspector is in charge ,tl ey wiil
be conducted by him. The Law and Order Inspector will investigate
important or complicated traffic cases personally.

841. Checking of the Traffic Police by Law and Order Sub-Inspectors!

Reserve Sub-Inspectors.—
The Law and Order Sub-Inspectors will cxxercise the same
degree of check over the work of the Traffic Police Staff working
in their jurisdiction as they do over the Law and Order Police and
note in the Traffic General Diary all defects and irregularities. In places
where there are Reserve Sub-Inspectors exclusively for Traffic dutieg.
they will supervise the work of the Traffic Police Staff.

773 of 780
 769

842. Crime Branch.—The Crime Branch Inspector will be in direct

charge, of the Central Crime Station and in places where no separate
Detective Inspector has been provided he will also be in charge
of the detective staff attached to the Law and Order stations when he leave
the stations he will hand over to the senior Sub-Inspector present under
record Inthe station general diary. Except as deputed for duty from time
to time or allowed off meals Or relaxation or rest under orders of the
officer jfl eharge of the station recorded in the station general diary all
ofilôers of the general crime station staff will always be on duty at the
station.

843. InvestigatiOn of caSes (1) The detec2ive staff attached

to law and order station will be responsible for the investigation ci
all penal code crime other than purely petty crime occuring in the city
or security cases relating to habitals, and of such specially compli-
cated oltences under special or local laws as may be referred to it by the
Superintendent or the Divisional Officer for investigation. Purely
petty Penal Code crime, including petty by local or causal offenders and
cases of hurt or grievous hurt in which the injuries are known to be
of a minor character will be handled by the Law and Order Police.

(2) The Central Crime Station will take up investigation of all

important cases, cases wider which involve prolonged investigation over
areas and property offences which form a series, and any other case
wider that may be allOtted by the Divisional Officer or the Superinten-
dent of Police.
(3) One First Information Book will be maintained in each of the
Law and Order and the Central Crime Station. The first information
in all cases reported at any station, whether Law and Order or Crime
Branch, will be immediately recorded in the Station where the crime
reported First information brought to Law and Order Stations will
-

be at once reported by telephone to the Central Crime Station. All infori...

mation in the First Information Book maintained by the Crime Branc’i
will b~recorded whether reported direct to the Crime Branch or trans.

774 of 780
 770

rnitted rrom one or other of the Law and Order Stations, All Crime
Branch cases will show two numbers ‘namely, that ofthe Law and Order
Station in whose limits the crlme occurred and that ofthe Crime Branch.
(4) All Stations records connected with crimes investigated by
the Crime Branch or the Detective Staff will be maintained by the Crime
Branch or the Detective Staff respectively and orders will be Issued by
the Divisional Officer fixing responsibility for the maintenance and
posting up of these records. The entire Crime Branch staff will be
continuously on duty except during periods they are allowed off duty
under record for meals or relaxation.
(5) Duplicate boards to be kept on the Slot and Spill or other
convenient system will be maintained in the Central Crime Station.
One board will show (a) the Officers, Head Constables and men in
waiting in their or der for duty (b) the officers allowed out off duty, with
the date and hour when each is due back for duty and (c) the officers
actually on out door duty with the crime numbers of the cases on which
they are engaged and dates and hours fixed for submission of their reports
The second board will be a case board which will exhibit cases pending
investigation or trial under three heads, namely, current investigation
cases, cases in which preparation of final reports has been ordered and
cases pending trial. In regard to all these heads, the board will show
the Officer in charge and the date and hour at which his next or final
report, as the case may be, is due. The Officers deputed for duty them
selves will be responsible for altering and fixing the spills on the ~piIl
board while the officer for the time being in charge of the Central Crime
Station will post the case board in accordance with the orders and instruc
tions issued from time to time., officers and men in waiting will proceed
on duty only under the orders of the officer in charge of the Station
who will fix, on the spills concerned a date and hour for each officer or
man to return to waiting dL’ty.
844. Action by Crime Br~nehOhice,:
The officer in charge of the Central Crime Station tor the time being
will receive and record reports of cases by phone and will see to the
fecording of First Intormation in cases reported direct. He will, when

775 of 780
 771

a case is reported, promptly depute the Sub Inspector in waiting with

the necessary assistance. In important cases, the Inspectoi himself
may proceed to take tip the investigation, handing ovei to the next
senior officer present. Crime Brarch Officers deputed or~case investi
gation Will pick up the concerned First Information Reports at the
station record EN ROUTE to scene of crime.

845. Detective Staff Check by Crime Branch inspector:

—

(I) The Crime Bi anch Inspector will visit Law and Order Stations
frequently to check the work of the Detective Staff located there.
(2 Constant communication will be mair~tainedby telephone and
by reports and by personal cortact between the Central Crime Station
and its Detective Staff in law and ordei Stations. They will keep
day to day check over known depredator and habitual offenders and
will attend to all the work allotted to them and submit all reports require
of them by the Crime Branch Inspector. All surveillance work and
enquiries for a absconding offenders should be attended by these detach
ments. Each detachment will make a rcutine report 1w telephone daily
each morning to the Central Crime Station dealing with the plesenceor
absence and doing of badicharactel s and any other matters of importance
with in the Law and Order Station ate to which they are attached.
(G.O. Ms. No. 2968, Home, 21st August 1965.

846. Night duty in Central Crime Station

It will be arranged as far as possible that from 9 p.m. to 7 a.ni. there
will he one Sub inspector on duty in the Central Crime Station. When
information received during the night demands the immediate presence
of cther officers they should be summoned.

847. Central Crime Station —Station Writer

A Head Constable will be deputed as station writer and he may

be given a Constable as Assistant.

776 of 780
 772

$48 Telephone Message3:

When the telephoneis used for the transmission of messages between

Station and Station, the officer sending the message and the officer
receiving it respectively will personally make a record of the message
and the time at which it was sent and received. They will also record
the name of the officer with whom they conversed. When the information
conveyed by telephone is important, it will be recorded in the Station
general diaries.

Cases —Publication In Crime and Ocrurrence Sheets:

849~(1) On the day they register the case, Investigating Officers of

all branches will report to the Record Section for publication in the
Crime and occurrence Sheet, the following particulars of each case
against property:

(a) Section of law and modus operandi.

(b) Locality.
(c) &ation and crime Number.

(d) Date of occurrence,reporting and registration.

(e) Brief particulars including place of occurrence and details

of modus operandi.

(f) As full and complete a list of the lost property as possible

comitting nothing (it is Ior the Record Section to decide which items to
publish and index ; and investigation officers should not omit unidenti
fiable items, as they may be helpful in conjunction with other information
available in Record Section).

(g) As full a description of the accused as possible.

777 of 780
 773

(2) Each morning with their reports about new cases for publica’
tion, Central Crime Station and the Defective Staff Investigation Officess
will send to the Record Section a precis of the important information
obtained in their previous day’s investigations in pursuance of which
further action can usefully be taken by the Record Section. The Record
Section will publish this in the sheet under Caption “Old cases —Action
required in Stations” and local Sub Inspectors will immediately act
and report thereon. Information requiring urgent attention will also
be telephoned to the Stations concerned in anticipation of publication.

Express Telephonic Report ofImportant case and occurrences:

850. The Central crime Station will report at once by telephone to the
Divisional Officer information of reports of grave or sensational or
important crimes and occurrences. Similar express reports by tele
phone must be sent by local Stations to the Divisional Officer abou)
charges of torture or other serious misconduct against Police Officers.

Tj~ R;~i ~3CI1Oj ~I

851. (a) The Record Section of the Crime Branch will, for the area
~f the City, perform all the functions and duties allotted to Crime
Records Bureau in Chapter XXX of these orders. The Sub Inspector
in. charge of it will be directly responsible for all its work. It will keep
in the closest touch and work in co-operation with the Crime Records
Bureau. Its records and indices will cover at the City Crime of a
professional type, and the cases of all professional criminals, cx convicts
and suspects who are known to be or who might be active within the
City. It will also maintain for the whole City area a set of records
corresponding in effect a Station Crime History and to a Part III and
General Conviction Register.; and it will keep all the prescribed 4
habitual offender’s records. Its General Information files will be very-
much more detailed than the General Information files mamtaaueed

778 of 780
 774

by the Crime Records Bureau. The Sub Inspector in charge of it will

be directly responsible for keeping control of day to day surveillance
in all its branches, and for the completeness of all criminal records.

(b) It will be open between 8 a,m. and . 6 p.m. daily. If there

are any urgent messages to communicate by telephone outside these
hours, the main Central Crime Station telephone should be used.

(c) It will be subject to the inspection of the Deputy Inspector

General of Police (Crime, C.I.D., and will conform to his general
instructions. It will keep in close and constant communication with
the local Railway Police staff.

Pending warrants and A ‘Lists:

‘

852. (1) When a person for whom a warrant has been issued is
absconding and there is no immediate prospect of his arrest, the Case
Diary file and warrant will be sent to the Records Section of the Crime
Branch and action under section 82 and 83 Criminal Procedure Code
will be instituted by the investigating officer concerned. The Record
Section thereon will include the warrant in their pending warrant case
file, and publish the warrantee in the ‘A’ list. It will thereafter be
responsible for seeing that all necessary iand practicable enquiries to
trace the warrantee are made.

(2) It will publish a monthly ‘A’ List (list of absconding warran

Lees) and ‘B’ list (list of absconding warrantees arrested or no longer
wanted) and annual consolidated ‘A’ and ‘B’ lists as soon as possible
after January each year. It will also publish monthly and annual lists
of out of view active criminals. Alterationsto these lists will be published
in the daily Crime and occurrence Sheet and all Stations and officers
will correct their lists therefrom. The names of all persons published
in the lists of other jurisdictions, who are likely to come to the City
will be included in these lists.

779 of 780
 775

Matterfor publication in the Crime and Occurrence Sheet:

853.Law and Order Stations and the Detective Staff will at once report to
£~RecordSection for publication all information they may get about
missing children, lost property and so on. Information must also be
sent to the Record Sections as soon as persons or property reported lost
whether in cases or otherwise are found or absconding accused or out
of view registered criminalsare arrested or, lost traced,L so that the
property’ the’ wanted and other indices and records can be kept up to
‘

date.

Bad Character Rolls _Forms ‘A ‘and ‘B’:

854.The Record Sectionlwilldeal with Bad Character Rolls,Fornis ‘A’
and ‘B’, but Bad Character Rolls and other correspondence from the
mofTussil to the City about criminals should be addressed to the Central
Crime Station. Such communications received elsewhere or by Law
and Order Stations should be sent forthwith to the Record Section for
disposal.

il~,a.tsP~omCts Diaries for permanent records

855. The Record Section wIll go through all Case Diaries and Extract
material u.efbl for psrmancnt record in Histories, General Information
tiles and indices.

Further general butructiow adopted to local requirements:

856.Subject to the orders in this Chapter, subsidiary detailed instructions
for the working of City Police Forces adopted to special local require
ments may be issued by the Superintendents concerned with the approve
of the Director General.

780 of 780